Skip to main content

Full text of "School of Nursing Catalog 1976-1987"

See other formats


^ 


SCHOOL 
URSING 
976-1 978 


vJ^T;-;%. 


<  «""■-  5 


/' 


«& 


University  of  Maryland 
at  Baltimon 


"***& 


fc 


- 


FOR  ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  AT  BALTIMORE  (UMAB) 

Program  Information  Office  of  Dean 

School  of  Nursing,  University  of  Maryland 
655  W.  Lombard  Street,  Baltimore  21201 

Undergraduate  528-6282 

528-7503 

Graduate  528-6711  or  12 

Admissions  or  registration  Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 

(upper  division  students  only)  University  of  Maryland 

Howard  Hall,  Room  132 
660  W.  Redwood  Street,  Baltimore  21201 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  AT  COLLEGE  PARK  (UMCP) 

Program  Information  Room  209,  Turner  Laboratory,  College  Park  20742 

Admissions  or  registration  Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 

University  of  Maryland 
North  Administration  Building 
College  Park  20742 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND— BALTIMORE  COUNTY  (UMBO 

Admissions  or  registration  Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 

UMBC 
5401  Wilkens  Avenue,  Baltimore  21228 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND— EASTERN  SHORE  (UMES) 

Admissions  or  registration  Office  of  Admissians  and  Registrations 

University  of  Maryland — Eastern  Shore 
Princess  Anne,  Md.  21853 


The  provisions  of  this  publication  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  an  irrevocable  contract  between  the 
student  and  the  University  of  Maryland.  Changes  are  effected  from  time  to  time  in  the  general  regulations 
and  in  the  academic  requirements.  There  are  established  procedures  for  making  changes,  procedures 
which  protect  the  institution's  integrity  and  the  individual  student's  interest  and  welfare.  A  curriculum  or 
graduation  requirement,  when  altered,  is  not  made  retroactive  unless  the  alteration  is  to  the  student's 
advantage  and  can  be  accommodated  within  the  span  of  years  normally  required  for  graduation.  When 
the  actions  of  a  student  are  judged  by  competent  authority,  using  established  procedure,  to  be  detrimental 
to  the  interests  of  the  university  community,  that  person  may  be  required  to  withdraw  from  the  university. 


University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing  Assessment  Form 


Lower  Division  Requirements 


English  Composition 

Chemistry  with  Laboratory 
(including  organic  content) 

Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  with 
Laboratory 

Microbiology  (with  laboratory) 

Social  Sciences  (12  cr.  -  includes 
sociology,  psychology,  anthro- 
pology, political  science,  eco- 
nomics, geography) 

One  course  must  be  in  sociology 
and  one  must  be  psychology 


Humanities  (15  cr.)  Need  courses 
from  at  least  3  of  the  following  areas 
Literature ,  language  ,  fine  arts  , 
history,  philosophy,  mathematics 


Nutrition 


Admission  G.P.A. 


Electives 


Matriculation  G.P.A 

MAH/vh  -  Revised  l/'ll 


(OVER) 


Rules*  for  Completing  the  Assessment  Form 


1.  Human  anatomy  and  physiology,  chemistry  and  microbiology  must  be  courses  taken 
by  students  who  plan  to  or  could  use  them  as  credits  toward  a  major  in  these  areas. 
In  other  words,  they  cannot  be  terminal  courses  for  non-majors;  I.e.  ,  students 
majoring  in  nursing,  physical  education,  etc.   (An  exception  to  this  policy  is  made 
for  students  attending  UMBO 

2.  Required  natural  science  courses  (chemistry,  microbiology  and  human  anatomy 
and  physiology)  must  include  laboratory  experience. 

3.  Courses  in  religion  will  be  accepted  in  transfer  when  they  have  been  taught  within 
a  framework  which  oversteps  specific  sectarian  concerns  and/or  dogma.    Religion 
courses  whose  content  is  exclusively/primarily  limited  to  sectarian  dogma  will  not 
be  accepted  in  transfer. 

4.  Basic  nutrition  must  be  a  course  with  prerequisites  of  organic  chemistry  and 
anatomy. 

5.  Humanities  credit  will  be  given  one  "studio"  course  in  the  fine  arts;  t.e .  ,  class  in 
piano,  painting,  etc.)  only  if  credit  in  the  appropriate  survey  course  is  also  earned 
(music  literature,  history  of  art,  etc.). 

6.  "D's"  are  not  transferable  for  anatomy  and  physiology  and  microbiology  from  either 
in-state  or  out-of-state  institutions. 

7.  "D's"  are  not  transferable  from  out-of-state  public  or  private  institutions  or  from 
private  colleges  within  the  State  of  Maryland. 

8.  Courses  taken  on  a  Pass/Fail  basis  may  be  used  for  elective  credits  only. 

9.  Credits  earned  in  courses  titled  Human  Growth  and  Development  are  not  applicable 
toward  preprofessional  course  requirements.     (This  content  is  taught  within  the 
School  of  Nursing  (Junior  Year) . 

10.  Remedial  and/or  repetitive  courses  are  not  applicable  for  credit. 

11.  Nursing  courses  are  not  transferable.   (These  are  taught  in  the  junior-senior  years). 

12 .  Only  a  total  of  64  applicable  credits  are  transferable  and  the  admission  screening 
q  .p. a .  is  based  on  the  applicable  credits  which  are  transferable  (excluding 
elective  credits) . 


*In  addition  to  the  Rules  found  on  pages  31,  32,  and  33  of  the  Bulletin 


Students  Seeking  A  Baccalaureate  Degree  In  Nursing  Only! ! ! 


ATTENTION!      ATTENTION!     ATTENTION!!!    ATTENTION!     ATTENTION! 


For  admission  consideration  to  the  University  of  Maryland 
School  of  Nursing  for  the  Class  of  1978  an  applicant"  must  have  the 
results  of  the  Allied  Health  Professions  Admission  Test  submitted 
to  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Progressions  located  at  655  West 
Lombard  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201  by  March  1,  1978. 

The  1977/78  testing  dates  are  November  19,  1977  and  January  21, 
1978 o  Write  the  Psychological  Corporation  for  an  application  and 
brochure.   The  brochure  will  provide  you  with  information  on  cost, 
testing  dates,  testing  sites  and  the  deadline  date  for  submitting 
the  application  to  the  Psychological  Corporation. 

The  address  of  the  Psychological  Corporation  is  as  follows: 

ALLIED  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS  ADMISSION  TEST 

The  Psychological  Corporation 

304  E.  45th  Street 

New  York,  New  York  10017 

Telephone  number:   (212)  888-3221 


*THIS  NOTICE  DOES  NOT  APPLY  TO  A  PERSON  WHO  HAS  AN  R.N.  DIPLOMA 
OR  AN  ASSOCIATE  DEGREE  IN  NURSING. 


MAH/vh 
7/21/77 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2012  with  funding  from 

LYRASIS  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://archive.org/details/nursingc87unse 


SCHOOL  OF 

NURSING 

1976-78 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

AT  BALTIMORE 


CONTENTS 


ADMINISTRATION/ 4 

CALENDAR/ 9 

GENERAL  INFORMATION  / 1 1 

RESOURCES  /1  7 

FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  /20 

STUDENT  LIFE/26 

UNDERGRADUATE  PROGRAM /29 

GRADUATE  PROGRAM  /41 

CONTINUING  EDUCATION  PROGRAM  /60 

FACULTY/ 62 
CAMPUS  MAP/  70 


ADMINISTRATION 


ADMINISTRATION 

BOARD  OF  REGENTS 

Dr.  B.  Herbert  Brown,  Chairman,  1979 

Mr.  Hugh  A.  McMullen,  Vice  Chairman,  1980 

Dr.  Samuel  H.  Hoover,  Secretary,  1977 

Mr.  N.  Thomas  Whittington,  Jr.,  Treasurer,  1980 

Mrs.  Mary  H.  Broadwater,  Assistant  Secretary,  1978 

Mr.  John  C.  Scarbath,  Assistant  Treasurer,  1980 

Mr.  Percy  M.  Chaimson,  1981 

Mr.  Ralph  W.  Frey,  1981 

Mr.  Barry  M.  Goldman,  1977 

The  Hon.  Young  D.  Hance,  Ex-officio 

Mr.  Edward  V.  Hurley,  1977 

Mr.  Gerard  F.  (Gary)  Miles,  1977 

Mr.  A.  Paul  Moss,  1978 

Mr.  Peter  F.  O'Malley,  1980 

The  Hon.  Joseph  D.  Tydings,  1979 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  CENTRAL  ADMINISTRATION 

President 

Wilson   H.   Elkins,   B.A.,   University  of  Texas,   1932;   M.A.,   1932;    B.Litt.,   Oxford 
University,  1936;  D.Phil.,  1936. 

Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs 

R.  Lee  Hornbake,  B.S.,  California  State  College,  Pennsylvania,  1 934;  M.A.,  Ohio  State 
University,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

Vice  President  for  General  Administration 

Donald  W.  O'Connell,  B.A.,  Columbia  University,  1 937;  M.A.,  1 938;  Ph.D.,  1 953. 

Vice  President  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research 

Michael  J.  Pelczar  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1936;  M.S.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  State 
University  of  Iowa,  1941. 

Wee  President  for  Agricultural  Affairs  and  Legislative  Relations 

Frank  L.  Bentz  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

Assistant  to  the  President  for  University  Relations 

Robert  A.  Beach,  A.B.,  Baldwin-Wallace  College,  1950;  M.S.,  Boston  University, 
1954. 

Vice  President  for  Development 

Robert  G.  Smith,  B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Geneseo,  1952;  M.A.,  Ohio 
University,  1956. 

UMAB  PRINCIPAL  ACADEMIC  OFFICERS 

Dean,  Dental  School 

Errol  L.  Reese,  B.S.,  Fairmount  State  College,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Detroit,  1968; 
D.D.S.,  University  of  West  Virginia,  1963. 

Dean,  School  of  Law 

Michael  J.  Kelly,  B.S.,  Princeton   University,   1959;   Ph.D.,  Cambridge  University, 
1964;  LL.B.,  Yale  Law  School,  1967. 


Dean,  School  of  Medicine 

John  M.  Dennis,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.D.,  1945. 

Dean,  School  of  Nursing 

Marion  I.  Murphy,  B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1936;  M.P.H.,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1946;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Dean,  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Dean,  Graduate  Studies  and  Research 

William  J.  Kinnard  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1953;  M.S.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Purdue 
University,  1957. 

Dean,  School  of  Social  Work  and  Community  Planning 

Daniel  Thursz,  B.A.,  Queens  College,   1949;   M.S.W.,  Catholic  University,   1955; 
D.S.W.,  1959. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  AT  BALTIMORE 

Chancellor 

Albin  O.  Kuhn,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  M.S.,  1939;  Ph.D.,  1948. 

Vice  Chancellor  for  Health  Affairs 

John  M.  Dennis,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.D.,  1945. 

Assistant  to  the  Chancellor 

W.  Jackson  Stenger,  B.A.,  Washington  College,  1949;  M.A.,  Georgetown  University, 

1959;  Ph.D.,  1965. 
Assistant  to  the  Chancellor 

Roy  Borom,  B.A.,  Wooster  College,   1959;   M.S.S.A.,  Western   Reserve  University 

School  of  Applied  Social  Sciences,  1951. 

Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 

Wayne  A.  Smith,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 
Director  of  Business  Services 

Robert  C.  Brown,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963. 

Director  of  Computer  Services 

Frederick  Straughn,  B.S.,  University  of  Baltimore,   1963;   M.B.A.,   Loyola  College, 

Baltimore,  1975. 
Director  of  Personnel 

Ronald  J.  Baril,  B.S.Ed.,  Bridgewater  State  College,  Massachusetts,  1965. 

Director  of  Student  Financial  Aid 

James  F.  Forsyth,  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1966;  M.A.,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1968. 

Director  of  Physical  Plant 

Robert  L.  Walton,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938. 

Director  of  Student  Health  Service 

Wilfred  H.  Townshend,  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1936;  M.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1940. 

Director  of  University  of  Maryland  Hospital 

G.   Bruce  McFadden,  B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,   1957;  M.H.A.,  Medical 
College  of  Virginia,  1 961 . 

Director,  University  Relations 

Walter  T.  Brown,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.S.,  American  University, 
1970. 


SCHOOL  OF  NURSING  ADMINISTRATION 

Marion  I.  Murphy,  Dean  and  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1936;  M.P.H.,  University  of  Michigan,  1946;  Ph.D., 

1959;  (RN) 
Frieda  M.  Holt,  Associate  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1956;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1969;  Ed.D.,  1973;  (RN) 
Associate  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  (Information  not  available  at  time  of  printing) 
Hazel  Johnson,  Assistant   Dean  and  Assistant  Professor;    Director,  Walter  Reed  Army 

Institute  of  Nursing 

B.S.,  Villanova  University,  Pennsylvania,  1959;  M.S.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia 

University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1976;  (RN) 
Shirley  L.  Hale,  Assistant  Dean  and  Associate  Professor;  Coordinator,  Mercy  Center 

B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  Ph.D., 

1974;  (RN) 
Malissa   Harkleroad,  Assistant  Dean,   Undergraduate  Admissions  and   Progression  and 

Associate  Professor 

B.S.N.,  Medical  College  of  Virginia,  1956;  M.S.N.,  University  of  North  Carolina, 

1961;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1973;  (RN) 
Rosetta  Sands,  Assistant  Dean,  Undergraduate  Curriculum  and  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M.S.,  1970;  (RN) 
Rachel  Z.  Booth,  Chairperson,  Primary  Health  Care  and  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  M.S.,  1970;  (RN) 
Hazle  Blakeney,  Chairperson,  Career  Development  and  Professor 

B.S.,  Kansas  State  College,   1946;   M.A.,  Teacher's  College,  Columbia  University, 

1953;  Ed.D.,  1967;  (RN) 
Chairperson,  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Information  not  available  at  time  of  printing) 
Betty  Shubkagel,  Chairperson,  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  and  Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954;  M.N.Ed.,  Emory  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1976;  (RN) 
Mary  V.  Neal,  Chairperson,  Maternal-Child  Nursing  and  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.Litt.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1952;  Ph.D., 

New  York  University,  1968;  (RN) 
M.  Virginia  Ruth,  Chairperson,  Community  Health  Nursing  and  Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  Georgetown  University,   1953;   M.S.,  Yale  University,   1961;    Dr.P.H.,  Johns 

Hopkins  University,  1976;  (RN) 
Sonya  R.  Shelley,  Director  of  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation  and  Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  Ph.D., 

1974 

Helen  R.  Kohler,  Director,  Special  Outreach  Project  and  Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1962;  Ph.D., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1974;  (RN) 

Frances  P.  Koonz,  Director  of  Continuing  Education  and  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1954;  M.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1961;  (RN) 

Ann  P.  Morgan,  Coordinator,  Orientation  and  Faculty  Development,  and  Assistant  Profes- 
sor 
B.S.N.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1960;  M.S.N.,  1971;  (RN) 


NURSES'  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 

Officers  for  1976-77 

Verna  Zang  Martin   President 

Susan  Wilson  Batzer  First  Vice  President 

Eleanor  Harrison  Greentree Second  Vice  President 

Jean  Warfield  Donnelly  Secretary 

Sara  Whiting     Treasurer 

Board  of  Directors 
Doris  Alt  Heaver 
Linda  Williams 
Ruth  Busch  Lovett 
Alice  S.  Ottavi 


CALENDAR 


CALENDAR 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 

1976-77  ACADEMIC  CALENDAR  GRADUATE  AND  UNDERGRADUATE 

PROGRAM 


FALL  SEMESTER  1976 


August  23-24 

Monday-Tuesday 

August  25 

Wednesday 

August  26 

Thursday 

August  26 

Thursday 

August  27 

Friday 

September  6 

Monday 

November  24 

Wednesday 

November  25-26 

Thursday-Friday 

November  29 

Monday 

December  1  7 

Friday 

Registration  (undergraduate) 
General  Orientation  (undergraduate) 
Registration  (graduate) 
Team  Orientation  (undergraduate) 
Instruction  begins  (undergraduate  and 

graduate) 
Labor  Day— HOLIDAY 
Class  ends  at  noon 
Thanksgiving— HOLIDAY 
Classes  resume 
Semester  ends   (undergraduate   and 

graduate) 


WINTER  SESSION  1977 


December  6-8 
January  3,  1977 
January  14 

January  28 


Monday- Wednesday 

Monday 

Friday 

Friday 


Preregistration  for  Winter  Session 

Instruction  begins 

Martin   Luther  King  Jr.'s   Birthday- 

HOLIDAY 
Session  ends 


SPRING  SEMESTER  1977 


February  4 

Friday 

Late   Registration   for  those  failing  to 
preregister 

February  7 

Monday 

Instruction  begins 

February  21 

Monday 

Washington's  Birthday— HOLIDAY 

April  4-8 

Monday-Fi 

iday 

Spring  break— HOLIDAY 

April  11 

Monday 

Classes  resume 

May  30 

Monday 

Memorial  Day— HOLIDAY 

June  2 

Thursday 

Semester  ends 

June  3 

Friday 

Commencement — 3:00  p.m. 

10 


GENERAL 
INFORMATION 


11 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 

STATEMENT  OF  PHILOSOPHY 

The  School  of  Nursing,  an  autonomous  educational  unit  within  the  University  of 
Maryland,  derives  the  broad  outlines  of  its  purpose  and  functions  from  the  philosophy  and 
policies  of  the  university.  The  faculty  of  the  School  of  Nursing  is  accountable  for  imple- 
menting the  triad  of  university  functions:  teaching,  research  and  service.  These  functions 
are  attuned  to  the  ever-changing  needs  of  society  in  the  global  community.  The  faculty 
recognizes  the  interrelationships  between  teaching,  research  and  practice  in  nursing. 
Through  participation  in  research  and  utilization  of  valid  research  findings,  teachers  and 
learners  contribute  to  effective  nursing  practice. 

Inherent  to  the  practice  of  nursing  is  the  shared  belief  that  man  is  an  integration  of 
components  and  processes  that  cannot  exist  independently  of  each  other.  Internal  and 
external  environmental  influences  alter  man's  state  of  health  from  moment  to  moment 
throughout  the  life  cycle.  The  stimulus  for  change  can  emanate  from  either  environment  as 
both  evolve  through  the  continuum  of  time.  When  manipulation  of  these  forces  is  required 
to  enhance  man's  potential  for  health,  nursing  can  enter  as  a  means  to  bridge  the  gap 
between  potential  and  actual  health  states. 

The  goal  of  professional  nursing  is  to  assist  the  individual,  the  family  and  the 
community  in  the  development  of  their  potential  by  helping  each  to  gain,  maintain  or 
increase  his  optimal  level  of  health.  Interacting  in  a  dynamic  way,  the  nurse  becomes  an 
integral  part  of  the  environment  of  the  client,  acting  with  awareness  of  selected  factors 
operating  within  that  environment.  Through  a  mutual  relationship  based  on  trust,  the  nurse 
demonstrates  respect  for  the  client's  autonomy,  integrity,  dignity  and  feelings,  and  recog- 
nizes rights  and  responsibilities.  This  kind  of  nursing  is  best  fostered  in  a  delivery  system 
which  is  responsive  to  the  range  of  internal  and  external  forces  affecting  health  care, 
strengthening  the  forces  which  contribute  to  higher  states  of  health  and  diminishing  those 
which  lead  to  reduced  levels  of  health.  The  goal  of  nursing  is  achieved  through  recognition 
of  specific  needs  of  consumers  and  the  mobilization  and  distribution  of  resources  to  meet 
those  needs.  The  effective  operation  of  the  health  care  system  requires  essential  input  from 
both  consumers  and  professional  nurses  to  achieve  desired  goals. 

Education  is  an  on-going  process  which  involves  the  teacher  and  the  learner  in 
pursuing  and  sharing  knowledge  in  an  organized  setting  with  planned  experiences  result- 
ing in  desired  behavioral  change.  Believing  in  democratic  principles,  the  faculty  empha- 
sizes its  faith  in  the  individual  as  a  being  of  inherent  worth  and  dignity  who  has  the  right 
and  responsibility  to  participate  in  the  educative  process  to  the  extent  of  his  capabilities. 
Learning  is  enhanced  in  a  setting  which  encourages  analytical  evaluations  of  existing 
health  practices  and  open  communication  among  members  of  the  various  health  services. 
Under  the  guidance  of  the  faculty,  purposeful  behavior  is  encouraged  and  developed  in 
students  through  the  incorporation  of  knowledge  from  the  humanities  and  the  behavioral, 
biological  and  physical  sciences  with  current  theory  and  practice  in  professional  nursing. 

The  three  educational  programs  within  the  School  of  Nursing,  undergraduate,  gradu- 
ate and  continuing  education,  have  evolved  from  and  are  in  agreement  with  this  philoso- 
phy. Elaboration  of  this  basic  philosophy  will  be  found  in  sections  of  this  bulletin  dealing 
with  the  undergraduate  program  (page  29),  the  graduate  program  (page  41),  and  con- 
tinuing education  (page  60). 

HISTORY 

The  School  of  Nursing,  one  of  seven  professional  schools  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  Baltimore,  was  established  on  December  15,  1889  by  Miss  Louisa  Parsons  in 
the  old  University  Hospital  Building  on  Lombard  and  Greene  Streets.  Miss  Parsons  had 
been  a  student  of  Florence  Nightingale  and  was  a  graduate  of  Miss  Nightingale's  school  at 
St.  Thomas'  Hospital  in  London. 

12 


The  original  curriculum  of  the  University  of  Maryland  Training  School,  which  re- 
quired two  years  for  completion,  was  extended  to  three  years  in  1902.  In  1920  the  School 
of  Nursing  became  a  separate  unit  of  the  university  although  administered  by  the 
hospital.  An  optional  five-year  curriculum  was  instituted  in  1926  combining  two  years  of 
arts  and  sciences  on  the  College  Park  campus  and  three  years  at  the  School  of  Nursing  in 
Baltimore.  Both  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  a  Diploma  in  Nursing  were  awarded 
upon  completion  of  the  five-year  program.  This  sequence,  as  well  as  the  three-year 
hospital  school,  phased  out  in  1952  when  Dr.  Florence  M.  Gipe,  now  dean  emerita, 
became  dean  of  the  new  autonomous  four-year  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Nursing. 

In  1954  the  School  of  Nursing  became  a  department  of  the  Graduate  School  which 
awards  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  with  a  major  in  nursing  to  qualified  candidates. 
One  of  Dean  Gipe's  lasting  contributions  to  nursing  education  in  the  south  was  her 
leadership  in  establishing  graduate  education  within  the  Nursing  Council  of  the  Southern 
Regional  Education  Board.  Together  with  the  deans  of  five  other  Schools  of  Nursing  with 
accredited  graduate  programs,  she  pioneered  in  setting  guidelines  and  interpreting  the 
need  for  graduate  programs  of  high  quality.  (See  the  Graduate  Program  for  further 
information  concerning  advanced  study,  page  41). 


School  of  Nursing 


13 


The  School  of  Nursing  has  two  decentralized  settings  where  qualified  (undergraduate) 
students  may  complete  the  nursing  major.  The  Walter  Reed  Army  Institute  of  Nursing 
(WRAIN)  was  created  in  1964  through  a  contractual  arrangement  between  the  University 
of  Maryland  and  the  Department  of  the  Army.  Students  in  this  program  have  been 
subsidized  during  the  junior-senior  years  and  following  graduation  are  obligated  to  serve 
for  three  years  in  the  Army  Nurse  Corps.  A  second  decentralized  program  was  initiated  in 
1 974  through  an  agreement  between  the  university  and  the  Mercy  Hospital  Clinical  Center 
in  Baltimore.  Organized  along  lines  somewhat  similar  to  WRAIN,  with  Mercy  Hospital 
bearing  the  main  expense  of  instruction,  the  Mercy  program  represents  a  unique  way  in 
which  one  private  hospital  chose  to  continue  its  support  to  nursing  education  after  closing 
its  hospital  school.  A  first  University  of  Maryland  class  of  33  students  whose  main  clinical 
base  had  been  the  Mercy  Clinical  Center  graduated  in  June  1976.  Students  in  both 
decentralized  programs  meet  the  school's  admission  criteria.  Faculty  at  these  centers  are 
appointed  by  the  University  of  Maryland  and  utilize  university-approved  clinical  resources 
in  providing  learning  experiences  which  meet  requirements  of  the  School  of  Nursing 
curriculum.  Although  in  decentralized  settings,  both  faculty  and  students  function  as  one 
school. 

The  employment  of  a  director  of  continuing  education  in  1969  resulted  in  much 
appreciated  services  to  nurses  throughout  Maryland.  Subsequent  development  of  regional 


University  of  Maryland  Hospital 
14 


committees  has  involved  large  numbers  of  nurses  in  planning  for  continuing  education 
programs  geared  to  specific  interests  and  needs  (See  Continuing  Education,  page  60). 

A  multimedia  self-instructional  grant  from  the  Division  of  Nursing,  Department  of 
Health,  Education  and  Welfare,  during  1969-74  provided  the  stimulus  for  the  develop- 
ment and  use  of  newer  teaching-learning  strategies.  An  Instructional  Media  Center  staffed 
with  nursing  faculty  and  skilled  technicians  has  continued  to  be  a  valuable  resource  to 
faculty  and  students. 

A  research  development  grant  from  the  Division  of  Nursing,  Department  of  Health, 
Education  and  Welfare,  which  was  available  to  the  School  of  Nursing  from  1 970  to  1 975 
served  to  increase  faculty's  involvement  in  research.  The  establishment  of  a  Center  for 
Research  and  Evaluation  in  1975  provided  for  the  coordination  of  research  courses  as  well 
as  additional  consultative  services  to  both  faculty  and  students. 

Since  early  days,  the  baccalaureate  curriculum  has  been  available  to  registered  nurses 
who  wished  to  pursue  further  study.  However,  in  recent  years  faculty  have  put  forth  great 
effort  to  encourage  nurses  who  demonstrated  motivation  and  ability  to  avail  themselves  of 
options  which  increasingly  are  available  to  the  adult  learner  in  higher  education.  Admis- 
sion to  the  school's  integrated  upper  division  clinical  program  was  facilitated  by  adminis- 
tration of  newly  designed  challenge  examinations.  Clinical  experiences  available  to  R.N.'s 
provided  innovative  approaches  to  meeting  objectives  of  the  baccalaureate  curriculum. 
Further  evidence  of  the  school's  concern  for  enlarging  the  pool  of  baccalaureate  prepared 
nurses  in  Maryland  was  the  institution  in  1975  of  an  outreach  program  for  "community 
bound"  nurses  in  Western  Maryland  and  the  Eastern  Shore. 

Faculty  have  accomplished  a  complete  revision  of  both  baccalaureate  and  graduate 
curricula  in  recent  years.  Implementation  of  the  former  was  initiated  in  the  fall  of  1972 
concurrently  with  a  very  large  increase  in  upper  division  nursing  enrollment  of  the 
Baltimore  campus.  Since  1974,  because  of  limitations  in  the  availability  of  clinical 
facilities  in  the  Baltimore  metropolitan  area,  it  has  been  necessary  to  restrict  admissions  to 
the  junior  class  (UMAB  and  Mercy)  to  300  students.  The  new  graduate  curriculum,  which 
was  granted  approval  by  the  Graduate  School  early  in  1976,  was  characterized  by 
flexibility  in  the  choices  offered  to  students.  The  revision  also  was  responsible  for  the 
creation  of  a  new  Department  of  Primary  Health  Care.  In  addition  to  preparing  competent 
practitioners  to  meet  current  health  care  needs,  both  curricula  endeavor  to  provide 
graduates  with  a  foundation  to  adapt  to  and  influence  changing  trends  in  health  care 
delivery. 

NURSES'  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 

Nurses'  Alumni  Association:  Organized  in  1895,  School  of  Nursing  Alumni  provided 
early  leadership  in  the  organization  of  the  Maryland  Nurses'  Association  and  in  passage  of 
the  Nurses'  Licensing  Act  of  1903.  Over  the  years  alumni  have  demonstrated  not  only  their 
strong  support  of  the  school  but  awareness  of  changes  taking  place  in  nursing.  Although 
incorporated  as  Alumnae,  the  association  changed  its  title  to  Alumni  in  1964  thus 
establishing  the  eligibility  of  men  graduates  for  membership.  The  historic  pin,  designed  by 
Tiffany's  for  the  class  of  1894,  bore  the  inscription  Nurses'  Alumni  Association  until  1970 
when,  by  action  of  the  association,  the  lettering  for  future  graduates  was  changed  to 
School  of  Nursing,  University  of  Maryland.  The  Nightingale  cap,  bestowed  by  the  school's 
founder,  Louisa  Parsons,  remains  the  property  of  the  alumni  association.  Since  1968,  all 
baccalaureate  graduates  of  the  School  of  Nursing  are  eligible  to  purchase  the  cap. 

THE  CAMPUS: 

THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  AT  BALTIMORE 

The  tradition  of  education  of  the  human  service  professions  on  the  Baltimore  campus 
began  with  the  founding  of  the  School  of  Medicine  in  1807.  The  Dental  School  was  the 
first  in  America;  other  professional  schools  in  order  of  date  of  origin  are  law,  pharmacy, 

15 


nursing,  and  social  work  and  community  planning.  These  professional  schools  represent  a 
tremendous  resource  to  the  community  in  which  they  are  located.  Also,  their  proximity  to 
one  another  offers  rich  opportunity  for  interprofessional  activities  of  a  service  and  research 
nature. 

The  UMAB  campus  is  situated  in  the  heart  of  the  downtown  section  of  Baltimore,  a 
city  whose  early  historic  origins  are  rivaled  only  by  tremendous  urban  center  develop- 
ments in  recent  years.  Baltimore  is  one  of  the  foremost  commercial,  cultural  and  scientific 
centers  on  the  Eastern  seaboard  and  offers  unlimited  extracurricular  activities  to  students 
and  visitors. 

ACCREDITATION  AND  MEMBERSHIPS 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  a  member  of  the  Association  of  American  Colleges  and 
is  accredited  by  the  Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools.  The 
undergraduate  and  graduate  programs  of  the  School  of  Nursing  are  accredited  by  the 
National  League  for  Nursing;  the  school  also  maintains  membership  in  the  Council  of 
Member  Agencies  of  the  Department  of  Baccalaureate  and  Higher  Degree  Programs  of  the 
National  League  for  Nursing.  The  baccalaureate  program  is  approved  by  the  Maryland 
State  Board  of  Examiners  of  Nurses.  The  school  is  represented  in  the  Council  on  Collegiate 
Education  for  Nursing  of  the  Southern  Regional  Education  Board  by  the  dean,  associate 
deans  of  undergraduate  and  graduate  studies  and  the  director  of  continuing  education.  The 
school  also  is  a  member  of  the  American  Association  of  Colleges  of  Nursing. 

EQUAL  OPPORTUNITY 

Qualified  applicants  are  admitted  without  discrimination  in  regard  to  age,  creed, 
ethnic  origin,  marital  status,  race  and  sex.  The  enrollment  of  the  racial  minority  student, 
the  male  student  and  the  "adult  learner"  has  been  increasing  annually.  In  line  with  its 
stated  philosophy,  the  School  of  Nursing  encourages  students  with  diversified  back- 
grounds to  seek  admissions  to  the  baccalaureate  and  graduate  program  thereby  enriching 
the  educational  experience  for  all. 

Similarly,  effort  is  made  to  recruit  faculty  with  diversified  backgrounds  particularly 
representatives  of  minority  groups.  Although  all  faculty  carry  certain  common  responsibili- 
ties, the  black  or  male  faculty  member  undeniably  becomes  a  role  model  further  illustrat- 
ing the  school's  commitment  to  affirmative  action. 

REGISTRATION  ELIGIBILITY  ON  CAMPUSES  WITHIN  THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  MARYLAND  SYSTEM 

Registration  at  one  of  the  University  of  Maryland  campuses  permits  a  student  to 
register  for  courses  (space  available)  offered  by  another  campus  within  the  University  of 
Maryland  system. 

DETERMINATION  OF  RESIDENCE 

Determination  of  In-State  Status  for  Admission,  Tuition  and  Charge-Differential 
Purposes.  The  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of  Maryland  approved  new  regulations 
for  the  determination  of  in-state  status  for  admission,  tuition  and  charge-differential  pur- 
poses effective  January  1 974.  A  copy  of  the  regulations  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of 
Admissions  and  Registrations. 

INSURANCE  COVERAGE 

All  nursing  students,  undergraduate  and  graduate,  enrolled  for  clinical  nursing 
courses,  are  required  to  carry  malpractice  liability  insurance. 

16 


RESOURCES 


17 


RESOURCES 

INSTRUCTIONAL  FACILITIES  AND  RESOURCES 

HEALTH  SCIENCES  LIBRARY 

The  Health  Sciences  Library,  situated  very  near  the  School  of  Nursing,  also  serves  the 
schools  of  medicine,  dentistry,  pharmacy  and  social  work-community  planning.  Its  re- 
sources include  more  than  146,700  bound  volumes  and  over  2,850  current  subscriptions 
to  scientific  journals.  Study  space  is  provided  and  a  staff  of  professional  librarians  assists 
the  student  body  in  the  use  of  library  resources. 

INSTRUCTIONAL  MEDIA  CENTER 

The  School  of  Nursing  offers  opportunity  for  both  individual  and  group  learning 
activities. 

Self-Instruction:  The  rationale  for  this  approach  is  that  the  knowledge  and  skills 
needed  by  individual  nursing  students  vary  at  any  given  time.  Availability  of  appropriate 
materials  in  self-instructional  format  provides  for  this  diversity  of  needs.  As  the  result  of  a 
special  project,  a  group  of  faculty  and  technicians  developed  and  produced  a  large 
number  of  multimedia  self-instructional  study  units.  In  addition,  commercially  prepared 
materials  have  been  purchased  as  appropriate  to  meet  students'  needs.  The  environment 
for  self-study  is  an  Instructional  Media  Laboratory  with  68  carrels  including  a  variety  of 
equipment.  Undergraduate  students  may  be  required  to  study  specific  units  as  course 
requirements  and  may  pursue  other  self-instructional  materials  relevant  to  their  individual 
learning  needs.  Graduate  students  utilize  the  laboratory  on  a  selective  basis. 

Skills  Practice:  Undergraduate  students  who  wish  to  practice  certain  nursing  skills  and 
procedures  may  do  so  in  a  Skills  Laboratory  adjoining  the  Media  Center.  The  laboratory 
contains  typical  clinical  equipment  which  enables  students  to  simulate  direct  care  situa- 
tions. A  Skills  Laboratory  Committee  of  faculty  members  with  student  representation 
prepares  skill  guides  to  assist  the  student  using  the  laboratory;  an  R.N.  laboratory  assistant 
is  available  to  provide  guidance  to  students  on  a  part-time  basis. 

Both  the  Instructional  Media  Laboratory  and  the  Skills  Laboratory  are  open  during 
early  evening  hours  and  on  Saturdays. 

Croup  Instruction:  Classroom  instruction  at  the  School  of  Nursing  is  supported 
through  a  variety  of  Media  services.  Movie  projectors,  overhead  projectors,  audio  tape 
recorders  and  other  equipment  are  available  for  use  in  classes  or  seminars.  A  library  of  film 
and  other  media  catalogs  is  maintained  to  help  faculty  locate  desired  films,  tapes  and  other 
resources.  Materials  for,  and  assistance  in  the  production  of  slides  and  overhead  projector 
transparencies  are  available  to  faculty  members  who  wish  to  make  use  of  those  tech- 
niques. 

The  school  also  has  a  closed  circuit  black-and-white  television  studio  where  live  or 
taped  programs  can  be  produced.  A  portable  videotape  system  and  production  assistance 
is  available  for  faculty  and  students  who  wish  to  videotape  projects  on  their  own. 

CENTER  FOR  RESEARCH  AND  EVALUATION 

As  nursing  moves  forward  in  the  establishment  of  its  own  theoretical  base  and 
explores  it  relationship  to  other  human  services,  research,  formerly  given  only  token 
recognition,  has  assumed  new  dimensions.  The  School  of  Nursing  provides  introductory 
courses  in  research  methodology  for  undergraduate  students  and  more  advanced  offerings 
for  graduate  students.  The  faculty  of  the  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation,  in  addition  to 
teaching,  are  available  to  assist  faculty  and  graduate  students  with  research  design, 
sampling  procedures,  techniques  of  measurement,  data  collection  and  analysis  as  well  as 
preparation  of  reports  and  proposals.  A  specialist  in  educational  evaluation,  who  joined 


the  center  faculty  in  1976,  provides  leadership  in  evaluation  of  curricula  and  other  areas. 
The  School  of  Nursing  has  a  small  Statistical  Laboratory  where  instruction  is  available  to 
faculty  and  students.  Computer  service  facilities  on  both  the  Baltimore  and  College  Park 
campuses  also  are  utilized  extensively. 

School  of  Nursing  faculty  participate  in  a  regional  research  consortium  and  graduate 
students  from  a  three-state  area  meet  annually  for  informal  presentations  of  their  research 
projects.  Undergraduate  and  graduate  faculty  and  interested  students  share  membership  in 
a  Research  Committee  of  the  School  of  Nursing.  Research  of  a  multidisciplinary  nature  is 
increasingly  possible  as  nursing  and  other  health  disciplines  have  identified  common 
problems.  The  school  schedules  two  "Research  Days"  during  the  academic  year  to 
highlight  such  activities  as  part  of  its  faculty  development  program. 

ALTERNATE  CURRICULUM  TIMING  (ACT)  PROGRAM 

The  school  provides  a  program  of  studies  to  meet  the  needs  of  undergraduate  students 
whose  life  experiences  preclude  them  from  successfully  completing  the  upper  division 
course  work  of  the  nursing  major  in  the  usual  two  academic  years.  Students  enrolling  in 
this  program  will  have  academic  and  personal  support  services,  as  well  as  increased 
faculty  contact  needed  to  promote  their  growth  and  successful  completion  of  the  program. 

Students  admitted  to  the  junior  class  who  are  desirous  of  utilizing  this  option  should 
notify  the  Office  of  the  Assistant  Dean  for  Admissions  and  Progression,  School  of  Nursing, 
UMAB  Campus. 

CLINICAL  PRACTICE  FIELDS 

Clinical  practice  fields  for  the  baccalaureate  program  are  provided  through  arrange- 
ments with  a  wide  variety  of  hospitals  and  other  health  agencies.  All  clinical  course  work 
is  under  the  direct  supervision  of  the  School  of  Nursing  faculty  whether  it  takes  place  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  Hospital,  the  Mercy  Hospital  Clinical  Center,  the  Walter  Reed 
General  Hospital  or  at  any  of  the  other  hospital  or  community  facilities  used  for  instruction 
of  nursing  students. 

The  selection  and  use  of  clinical  facilities  by  the  faculty  of  the  School  of  Nursing  is 
subject  to  change  in  line  with  needs  of  students  and  objectives  of  the  curriculum. 


19 


FINANCIAL 
INFORMATION 


20 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 


FEES 


EXPENSES 

FINANCIAL  AID 

UNDERGRADUATE  PROGRAM** 

Applicants  and  students  are  directed  to  review  the  fees  and  charges  section  of  the  general 

catalog  originating  at  the  campus  of  their  choice.  The  information  given  below  is  minimal 

and  reflects  fees  and  other  expenses  for  the  1976-77  academic  year. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  COLLEGE  PARK 

LOWER  DIVISION— Freshman-Sophomore  (full-time)— School  of  Nursing 

Fall  Spring 

In-State  Semester  Semester  TOTAL 

*Fixed  Charges  and  389.00  389.00  778.00 

Mandatory  Fees 

Board  (Full-1 9  meals  per  week)  380.00  380.00  760.00 

Dormitory  388.00  388.00  776.00 


$1,157.00 

$1,157.00 

$2,314.00 

Out-of-State 

*  Fixed  Charges  and 

$1,084.00 

$1,084.00 

$2,168.00 

Mandatory  Fees 

Board  (Full-1 9  meals  per  week) 

380.00 

380.00 

760.00 

Dormitory 

438.00 

438.00 

876.00 

$1,902.00  $1,902.00  $3,804.00 

♦Mandatory  fees  include  the  following:  instructional  materials,  athletics,  student  activi- 
ties, recreational  facilities,  auxiliary  facilities  and  health  fee. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  BALTIMORE  COUNTY 
Full-time  Undergraduate 

Fall  Spring 

In-State  Semester  Semester  TOTAL 

*Fixed  Charges  and  $379.00  $379.00  $758.00 

Mandatory  Fees 
Board — 19  meal  plan 
14  meal  plan 
Dormitory 
Out-of-State 
*Fixed  Charges  and 

Mandatory  Fees 
Board — 19  meal  plan 
14  meal  plan 
Dormitory 

CREDIT  HOUR  FEE  FOR  PART-TIME  UNDERGRADUATES 

(8  semester  hours  or  less) — each  credit — $34.00 

*Mandatory  Fees  include  the  following:  instructional  materials,  athletics,  student  activi- 
ties, recreational  facilities,  and  auxiliary  facilities. 
**Graduate  students  are  referred  to  page  51  of  this  bulletin. 

21 


375.00 

375.00 

750.00 

350.00 

350.00 

700.00 

372.00 

372.00 

744.00 

$1,074.00 

$1,074.00 

$2,148.00 

375.00 

375.00 

758.00 

350.00 

350.00 

700.00 

422.00 

422.00 

844.00 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  EASTERN  SHORE 
Full-time  Undergraduate 


In-State 

*Fixed  Charges  and 
Mandatory  Fees 

Board 

Dormitory 

Out-of-State 

*Fixed  Charges  and 
Mandatory  Fees 

Board 

Dormitory 


Fall 
Semester 

$250.00 

365.00 
270.00 

$695.00 

365.00 
300.00 


Spring 
Semester 

$250.00 

365.00 

270.00 

$695.00 

365.00 
300.00 


TOTAL 

$500.00 

730.00 
540.00 

$1,390.00 

730.00 
600.00 


*Mandatory  fees  include  the  following:  Athletics,  Student  Activities  and  Student  Union. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  AT  BALTIMORE 

UPPER  DIVISION— Junior-Senior  (full-time)  School  of  Nursing 


In-State 


Fall 
Semester 


Spring 
Semester 


TOTAL 


Matriculation  (new  students  only) 
""Tuition — Fixed  Charges 

In-State 

Out-of-State 
Instructional  Resources  Fee 
Student  Activities  Fee 
Student  Health  Fee 
Supporting  Facilities  Fee 
**Health  Insurance  (Blue  Cross) 

One  Person 

Two  Persons 

Family 
Dormitory 

Graduation  Fee  (Seniors) 
Malpractice  Insurance  Fee 
Late  Registration  Fee 
Change  Fee 


$15.00 


$310.00 

$310.00 

620.00 

1,025.00 

1,025.00 

2,050.00 

20.00 

20.00 

40.00 

5.00 

5.00 

10.00 

5.00 

5.00 

10.00 

30.00 

30.00 

60.00 

65.88 

65.88 

131.76 

131.06 

131.06 

270.12 

177.54 

177.54 

355.08 

399.50 

399.50 

679.00 
15.00 

12.50 

12.50 

25.00 

20.00 

20.00 

5.00 

5.00 

(8  semester  hours  or 


CREDIT   HOUR   FEE   FOR   PART-TIME   UNDERGRADUATES 

less) — each  credit  $34.00 

*A  $50.00  nonrefundable  deposit  is  required  at  the  time  of  the  student's  acceptance  for 
admission.  The  amount  will  be  applied  to  the  fall  tuition  fee. 

**STUDENT  HEALTH  CARE  PROGRAM— Health  insurance  is  required  of  all  full-time 
students.  Students  with  equivalent  insurance  coverage  must  provide  proof  of  such  cover- 
age at  the  time  of  registration  and  obtain  a  hospital  insurance  waiver.  Rates  are  subject  to 
change. 

Registration  Fee:  All  students  are  expected  to  complete  registration,  including  the 
filing  of  class  cards  and  payment  of  bills,  on  the  regularly  scheduled  registration  days. 
Those  who  do  not  complete  registration  during  the  prescribed  days  must  pay  a  late 
registration  fee  of  $20.00.  , 


22 


Students  on  the  Baltimore  campus  including  those  at  the  Mercy  Hospital  Clinical 
Center  and  at  the  Walter  Reed  Army  Institute  of  Nursing  receive  registration  instructions 
from  the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 

Explanation  of  Fees:  The  application  fee  for  the  undergraduate  colleges  and  the 
summer  session  partially  defrays  the  cost  of  processing  applications  for  admission  to  the 
university.  If  a  student  enrolls  for  the  term  for  which  he  applied,  the  fee  is  accepted  in  lieu 
of  the  matriculation  fee. 

Fixed  Charges  Fee  is  charged  to  help  defray  the  cost  of  operating  the  university's 
programs. 

Instructional  Resources  Fee  represents  a  charge  for  instructional  materials  and/or 
laboratory  supplies  furnished  for  and  to  students. 

Student  Activities  Fee  is  collected  by  the  university  and  used  at  the  discretion  of  the 
various  student  government  associations  to  provide  financial  support  for  recreational, 
social  and  professional  activities. 

Student  Health  Fee  is  charged  to  help  defray  the  cost  of  providing  a  Student  Health 
Service.  This  service  includes  routine  examinations  and  emergency  care.  Blue  Cross  or 
other  acceptable  medical  insurance  is  required  in  addition  to  the  student  health. 

Supporting  Facilities  Fee  is  payable  by  all  students  on  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
Baltimore  campus  and  is  used  to  support  the  auxiliary  facilities  and  service  provided  for 
the  convenience  of  all  students. 

Diploma  Fee  is  charged  to  help  defray  costs  involved  with  graduation  and  com- 
mencement. 

Malpractice  Insurance  Fee  is  charged  at  registration  and  is  applicable  to  all  under- 
graduate nursing  students. 

Additional  expenses  include  the  purchase  of  uniforms  (approximate  cost — $100.00) 
and  the  recommended  purchase  of  a  stethoscope  at  approximately  $25.00. 

No  diploma,  certificate,  or  transcript  will  be  issued  to  a  student  until  all  financial 
obligations  to  the  university  have  been  satisfied. 

The  university  reserves  the  right  to  make  such  changes  in  fees  and  other  charges  as 
may  be  necessary. 


23 


FINANCIAL  AID  OVERVIEW 

Financial  aid  in  the  form  of  scholarships,  grants,  loans,  and  work-programs  is  awarded 
to  women  and  men  students  and  is  based  upon  apparent  academic  ability  and  financial 
need.  Applicants  must  complete  a  financial  aid  application  annually  in  the  spring  preced- 
ing the  academic  year  for  which  aid  is  sought.  By  completing  one  application,  the 
applicant  will  be  considered  for  all  types  of  aid  available  through  the  school.  Separate 
applications  must  be  completed  to  be  considered  for  funding  from  sources  outside  the 
school.  Because  of  limitations  in  available  funds,  preference  is  given  to  full-time  students. 

Recipients  of  financial  aid  are  expected  to  make  satisfactory  progress  toward  attain- 
ment of  a  degree  and  to  abide  by  all  academic  and  nonacademic  regulations  of  the 
university.  Baccalaureate  students  in  the  School  of  Nursing  must  have  a  minimum  of  a  2.0 
average  the  semester  prior  to  applying  for  aid;  graduate  students  must  meet  academic 
requirements  of  the  Graduate  School.  In  the  case  of  new  students,  applicants  must  have 
been  accepted  for  admission  to  the  university  before  the  financial  aid  application  will  be 
reviewed. 

Each  of  the  university's  campuses  has  established  its  own  financial  aid  application 
filing  deadline.  Students  should  make  early  contact  with  the  aid  office  on  the  appropriate 
campus  to  insure  they  are  able  to  comply  with  filing  dates  for  completed  aid  applications. 
Requests  for  information  about,  and  applications  for,  financial  aid  should  be  addressed  to 
the  office  on  the  appropriate  campus: 

Student  Aid  Officer 

University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore 

610  W.  Lombard  St. 

Baltimore,  Md.  21201 

Director  of  Student  Aid 

University  of  Maryland 

College  Park,  Md.  20742 

Director  of  Financial  Aid 

University  of  Maryland  Baltimore  County 

5401  Wilkens  Ave. 

Baltimore,  Md.  21228 

Director  of  Student  Financial  Aid 

University  of  Maryland — Eastern  Shore 

Princess  Anne,  Md.  21853 


SOURCES  OF  AID— BACCALAUREATE  STUDENTS 

University  Sources 

State  Grant — Grants  for  minority  and  disadvantaged  students  who  are  residents  of 
Maryland 

Dean's  Scholarship — Grants  for  minority  and  disadvantaged  students  who  need  not 
be  residents  of  Maryland 

Nurse  Training  Act  Scholarships  and  Loans — Scholarships  to  a  maximum  of  $2,000 
annually  and  loans  to  a  maximum  of  $2,500  annually.  Loans  are  at  three  per  cent 
annual  interest  with  principal  and  interest  payments  beginning  nine  months  after 
graduation;  deferment  and  cancellation  provisions  are  available. 

College  Work-Study — Support  for  students  in  career  related  employment  both  on  and 
off  campus,  during  the  academic  year  as  well  as  the  summer  months. 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants — For  students  demonstrating  excep- 
tional need. 

24 


Private  Endowment  and  Donations — Donations  and  bequests  have  established  schol- 
arship and  loan  accounts,  each  varying  in  eligibility,  amounts,  availability,  and — 
for  loans — repayment  terms. 

Pi  Chapter  of  Sigma  Theta  Tau,  the  national  honor  society  for  nursing,  offers  a  $300 
scholarship  to  a  senior  nursing  student  each  year.  Eligibility  requirements  are  the 
same  as  those  established  for  membership  in  Sigma  Theta  Tau.  Applications  may 
be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Student  Aid,  Baltimore  campus.  The  deadline  for 
application  is  September  15. 

A  limited  number  of  public  health  traineeships  for  registered  nurse  students  may  be 
available  from  the  Public  Health  Special  Purpose  Traineeship  Program,  Depart- 
ment of  Health,  Education  and  Welfare.  In  order  to  be  eligible,  a  registered  nurse 
should  be  completing  the  final  year  of  the  baccalaureate  program  on  a  full-time 
basis  and  plan  to  accept  employment  in  public  health  nursing  following  gradua- 
tion. Inquiries  may  be  addressed  to  the  Office  of  the  Dean,  University  of 
Maryland  School  of  Nursing,  655  W.  Lombard  St.,  Baltimore,  Md.  21201. 

Non- University  Sources 

Walter  Reed  Army  Institute  of  Nursing  Program  (WRAIN) — This  plan  has  provided 
opportunity  for  a  selected  group  of  young  women  and  men  to  receive  support  for 
the  final  two  years  of  the  baccalaureate  program  in  nursing  at  the  University  of 
Maryland.  Students  in  this  program  complete  the  nursing  major  at  WRAIN  under 
university  faculty  direction.  Successful  participants  are  commissioned  into  the 
Army  Nurse  Corps  and  are  obligated  for  three  years  of  service  following  gradua- 
tion. Further  information  is  available  from  Headquarters  U.S.  Army  Recruiting 
Command,  ATTN:  USAR-CRM-M  (Officers'  Branch)  Fort  Sheridan,  III.  60037. 

Basic  Educational  Opportunity  Grant — Awards  for  undergraduate  students  who  have 
not  previously  earned  a  baccalaureate  degree;  awards,  based  on  financial  need, 
range  from  $200  to  $1,400.  Applications  are  available  from  any  financial  aid  or 
high  school  counseling  office. 
Maryland  State  Scholarship  Board — Residents  of  Maryland  may  apply  for  aid  through 
each  of  the  following  programs: 

House  of  Delegates  Scholarships 

Senatorial  Scholarships 

Professional  Schools  Scholarships 

General  State  Scholarships 
Further  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Maryland  State  Scholarship  Board, 
2100  Guilford  Ave.,  Baltimore,  Md.  21218. 
Bank  Loans — Students  may  obtain  educational  loans  through  private  lending  institu- 
tions, such  as  banks  or  credit  unions.  In  many  cases,  federal  assistance  in  the 
payment  of  the  seven  per  cent  interest  can  be  obtained.  As  lenders  have  limited 
funds  for  this  program,  students  are  encouraged  to  contact  their  lending  institu- 
tions at  the  earliest  possible  date. 

The  Maryland  Higher  Education  Loan  Corporation  (MHELC)  Program  permits 
graduates  to  borrow  up  to  $2,000  annually,  undergraduates  may  borrow  up  to 
$1 ,500  annually.  MHELC  applications  are  available  in  the  Student  Aid  Office. 

SOURCES  OF  AID— GRADUATE  STUDENTS 

University  Sources 

Traineeships — Refer  to  information  describing  the  Graduate  Program,  page 

Nurse  Training  Act  Scholarships  and  Loans — See  "undergraduate"  above. 

College  Work-Study — See  "undergraduate"  above. 
Non-University  Sources 

Bank  Loans — See  description  above. 

25 


STUDENT 
LIFE 


26 


STUDENT  LIFE 

STUDENT  DEVELOPMENT  SERVICES:  UNDERGRADUATE  PROGRAM 

Academic  Counseling:  Academic  counseling  is  available  for  lower  division  generic 
students  on  the  College  Park  and  Baltimore  County  campuses  and  by  correspondence  for 
students  at  the  University  of  Maryland  Eastern  Shore.  The  School  of  Nursing  also  maintains 
a  system  of  faculty  counseling  for  registered  nurse  students  whether  enrolled  on  one  of  the 
university  campuses,  in  University  College  or  at  other  colleges  or  universities.  Registered 
nurses  are  advised  to  write  to  the  Office  of  the  Dean,  UMAB,  concerning  such  services. 

In  Baltimore,  guidance  and  academic  counseling  are  provided  by  an  assistant  dean 
for  admissions  and  progression  with  the  assistance  of  advisors.  Personal  counseling, 
advisement  on  extracurricular  activities,  and  financial  aid  information  are  provided  by  the 
Coordinator  for  Student  Development  Services. 

Health  Insurance:  Health  insurance  is  required  of  all  full-time  professional  school 
students  (nine  or  more  semester  hours)  in  addition  to  the  student  health  fee.  At  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore,  the  Health  Care  Program  consists  of  the  following: 
Blue  Cross-Blue  Shield  Diagnostic  and  Major  Medical  coverage.  Students  with  equivalent 
insurance  coverage  must  provide  proof  of  such  membership  at  the  time  of  registration  and 
obtain  a  hospital  waiver. 

Health  services  are  provided  for  School  of  Nursing  students  in  Baltimore  through  the 
Student  Health  Office  in  Howard  Hall.  Health  and  counseling  services  are  also  available 
to  students  at  the  Walter  Reed  Army  Institute  of  Nursing  and  at  the  Mercy  Clinical  Center. 

Student  Government  Association:  A  Student  Government  Association  is  operated  by 
upper-division  students  in  the  School  of  Nursing  at  all  centers.  A  central  body,  the  SGA 
Board,  acts  as  a  mediating  and  coordinating  agent  for  the  entire  Student  Government 
Association. 

Student  Handbook:  The  school  publishes  a  Student  Handbook  for  undergraduate 
students  at  the  Baltimore  and  Mercy  Centers.  An  appropriate  modification  is  available  to 
students  at  the  WRAIN  Center. 


LIVING  ARRANGEMENTS 

Freshman-Sophomore  Years 

Since  facilities  on  all  campuses  are  limited,  assignments  are  based  on  the  distance 
from  home  to  the  campus,  date  of  housing  application,  age  and  marital  status  of  the 
student,  and  availability  of  space.  Specific  housing  information  for  the  College  Park 
campus  may  be  obtained  from  the  Housing  Office,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park, 
Md.  20742.  Additional  information  for  the  UMBC  campus  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Student  Life  Office,  UMBC,  5401  Wilkens  Ave.,  Baltimore,  Md.  21228.  Information  about 
dormitories  at  the  Eastern  Shore  campus  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Housing  Office, 
UMES,  Princess  Anne,  Md.  21853. 
Junior- Senior  Years 

Information  and  applications  for  living  accommodations  on  the  Baltimore  campus 
may  be  obtained  from  the  Director  of  Housing,  Baltimore  Student  Union,  621  W.  Lombard 
St.,  Baltimore,  Md.  21 201 .  Because  of  space  limitations,  resident  and  single  undergraduate 
women  students  have  priority  for  accommodations  in  Parsons  Hall.  Male  and  female 
students  enrolled  on  the  Baltimore  campus  may  arrange  for  living  accommodations  in  the 
Baltimore  Student  Union.  Board  contracts  are  not  available  on  the  Baltimore  campus; 
meals  may  be  purchased  on  an  individual  basis  in  the  Baltimore  Student  Union  or 
University  of  Maryland  Hospital  cafeterias. 

Students  receiving  support  through  the  WRAIN  program  are  provided  housing  accom- 
modations at  Delano  Hall  at  the  Walter  Reed  Army  Medical  Center.  Students  admitted  to 

27 


the  Mercy  Clinical  Center  may  obtain  information  and  application  for  living  accommoda- 
tions from  the  Residence  Director,  107  E.  Pleasant  St.,  Baltimore,  Md.  21202. 

Off-Campus  Housing:  Off-campus  housing  information  is  available  through  the 
housing  office. 

STUDENT  DEVELOPMENT  SERVICES:  UNDERGRADUATE  AND  GRAD- 
UATE PROGRAMS 

NATIONAL  HONOR  SOCIETY  OF  NURSING 

Sigma  Theta  Tau,  founded  in  1922,  is  the  national  honor  society  of  nursing;  Pi 
Chapter  was  established  at  the  University  of  Maryland  in  1959.  The  purposes  of  Sigma 
Theta  Tau  are  to  recognize  superior  scholarship  achievement,  encourage  and  support 
research  activities,  and  strengthen  commitment  to  the  ideas  and  purposes  of  the  nursing 
profession. 

Candidates  for  membership  are  selected  from  the  basic  baccalaureate,  the  registered 
nurse,  and  the  graduate  students  in  nursing  as  well  as  outstanding  nurses  from  the 
community.  Selection  is  based  on  scholastic  achievement,  leadership  qualities,  creativity, 
professional  standards  and  commitment. 

WHO'S  WHO  AMONG  STUDENTS  IN  AMERICAN  UNIVERSITIES  AND 
COLLEGES 

Membership  in  this  organization  is  open  to  juniors,  seniors  and  graduate  students  in 
the  School  of  Nursing.  Both  students  and  faculty  participate  in  the  nomination  and 
selection  of  members  on  the  basis  of  the  following  criteria: 

1 .  scholarship  ability; 

2.  participation  and  leadership  in  academic  and  extracurricular  activities; 

3.  citizenship  and  service  to  the  school; 

4.  potential  for  future  achievement. 

OTHER  AWARDS 

School  of  Nursing  students  are  eligible  for  several  types  of  awards  upon  completion  of 
the  undergraduate  or  graduate  program.  The  awards,  which  are  presented  at  an  academic 
convocation,  have  been  donated  by  the  Nurses'  Alumni  Association  or  other  groups  or 
individuals  who  wish  to  recognize  outstanding  individuals  in  the  student  body. 


28 


UNDERGRADUATE 
PROGRAM 


29 


UNDERGRADUATE  PROGRAM 

UNDERGRADUATE  PROGRAM  OVERVIEW 

The  program  in  professional  nursing,  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Nursing,  is  available  to  women  and  men  who  have  established  eligibility  for  admission  to 
the  university.  The  first  two  years  of  preprofessional  study  are  spent  on  the  College  Park, 
the  Baltimore  County,  the  Eastern  Shore  campuses  or  in  other  institutions  of  higher 
education.  On  these  campuses,  the  student  pursues  a  program  geared  to  providing 
fundamentals  of  a  liberal  education  plus  subjects  which  are  supportive  to  the  study  of 
nursing.  The  junior  and  senior  years  are  devoted  to  completing  the  nursing  major,  related 
courses  and  electives  on  the  Baltimore  campus,  at  the  Mercy  Clinical  Center  in  Baltimore, 
or  in  the  case  of  WRAIN  participants,  at  the  Walter  Reed  Army  Medical  Center  in 
Washington,  D.C. 

Registered  nurses  who  desire  to  bring  their  previous  preparation  for  nursing  in  line 
with  requirements  for  the  baccalaureate  degree  are  encouraged  to  establish  eligibility  for 
admission.  Credits  previously  earned  at  an  accredited  two-  or  four-year  college  or 
university  are  assessed  according  to  University  of  Maryland  and  School  of  Nursing  policies 
governing  transfer;  opportunity  to  establish  credit  for  certain  foundational  and  nursing 
courses  is  provided.  (See  page  34  for  Registered  Nurse  Program). 


OBJECTIVES  OF  THE  UNDERGRADUATE  PROGRAM 

The  baccalaureate  graduate  of  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing  is 
committed  to  the  total  well-being  of  an  individual  and  demonstrates  a  respect  for  the 
dignity,  worth,  autonomy  and  uniqueness  of  people.  In  ambulatory,  inpatient  and  commu- 
nity settings,  the  graduate  will  assist  the  individual  and  selected  small  groups  at  any  point 
on  the  health  continuum  to  attain  and/or  maintain  their  maximum  level  of  health. 

More  specifically,  the  graduate  is  able  to  assess  clients  and  to  identify  nursing 
problems  utilizing  appropriate  resources  to  provide  effective  professional  nursing  care  in  a 
variety  of  settings.  The  baccalaureate  program  fosters  purposeful  self-direction;  implemen- 
tation of  nursing  care  is  based  upon  nursing  knowledge  and  skill,  analytical  thinking  and 
discriminative  judgments.  As  a  result  of  the  educative  process,  and  following  an  appropri- 
ate orientation  to  a  nursing  care  setting,  the  graduate  is  able  to  assume  beginning 
leadership  in  the  practice  of  nursing.  Awareness  of  nursing's  impact  on  improvement  of 
health  care  services  to  people  gives  impetus  to  the  graduate's  continuing  search  for 
knowledge  which  supports  practice. 

To  achieve  these  ends,  the  graduate  will: 

1 .  synthesize  selected  concepts  from  the  affective,  cognitive,  and  psychomotor 
domains  in  formulating  a  philosophy  of  nursing; 

2.  use  affective,  cognitive,  and  psychomotor  behaviors  in  applying  the  nursing 
process  to  individuals  and  small  groups; 

3.  demonstrate  personal  and  professional  growth  with  increasing  self-direction; 

4.  demonstrate  leadership  in  own  nursing  practice; 

5.  demonstrate  responsible  organizational  behaviors  in   meeting  professional 
goals  within  health  care  agencies; 

6.  collaborate  in  the  assessment  of  and  planning  for  meeting  the  health  care 
needs  of  individuals  and  small  groups; 

7.  improve  own  nursing  practice  through  the  evaluation  and  application  of 
selected  research. 

30 


ADMISSION  TO  LOWER  DIVISION 

High  School  Preparation 

Students  should  enroll  in  the  college  preparatory  program  in  high  school.  The 
following  subjects  are  specifically  recommended  by  the  School  of  Nursing  in  addition  to 
other  academic  subjects  generally  required  for  high  school  graduation: 

Mathematics  (college  preparatory)  3  units 

Biology  1  unit 

Chemistry  1  unit 

APPLICATION  PROCEDURE 

Freshman-Sophomore  Program — UMCP,  UMBC,  UMES 

(Lower  Division — Preprofessional  Program) 

Prospective  students  may  secure  application  forms  by  writing  to  the  director  of 
admissions  at  the  campus  of  their  choice.  Application  forms  are  not  available  from  the 
School  of  Nursing  office  in  Baltimore.  Foreign  students  who  are  applying  to  the  lower 
division  should  contact  the  appropriate  foreign  student  officers  on  the  particular  campus  of 
their  choice. 

ADVANCED  PLACEMENT 

Students  entering  the  university  from  high  school  may  obtain  advanced  placement 
and  college  credit  on  the  basis  of  their  performance  on  the  College  Board  Advanced 
Placement  examinations.  These  examinations  are  normally  given  to  eligible  high  school 
seniors  during  the  May  preceding  matriculation  in  college. 

Questions  about  the  program  may  be  addressed  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  and 
Registrations,  College  Park,  UMBC,  or  Eastern  Shore  campus.  For  detailed  information 
about  examinations  and  procedures  in  taking  them,  write  to  Director  of  Advanced 
Placement  Program,  College  Entrance  Examination  Board,  475  Riverside  Drive,  New  York, 
N.Y.  10027. 

CURRICULUM 

Freshman-Sophomore  Program:  Lower  Division 

Prior  to  fall  matriculation  at  UMAB  as  a  junior,  all  students  must  have  completed  the 
following  lower  division  requirements  of  the  School  of  Nursing. 

Lower  Division  Requirements  Credits 

English  Composition  3 

Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  (C  or  better  grade)  6-8 

Microbiology  (C  or  better  grade)  3-4 

Chemistry  including  laboratory  (C  or  better  grade)  6-8 

*Social  Sciences  12 

♦♦Humanities  15 
Nutrition  (presently  recommended;  required  for 

incoming  juniors,  fall  1 978,  and  thereafter)  3 

Electives  6-10 


Minimum  of  59  credits 

Social  sciences  include  sociology,  psychology,  political  science,  economics,  geog- 
raphy, anthropology.  Humanities  include  literature,  history,  philosophy,  foreign  lan- 
guages, mathematics,  fine  arts.  In  addition,  the  School  of  Nursing  has  established  the 
following  policies: 

1 .  Foreign  Language — Humanities  credit  will  be  given  for  the  first  semester  elemen- 
tary course  in  a  language  (i.e.,  FREN  101,  ITAL  101,  etc.)  only  if  additional  credit  is 

31 


earned  in  that  language.  However,  the  first  course  can  be  used  for  elective  credit 
even  if  no  additional  credit  in  that  language  is  earned. 

2.  Fine  Arts — Humanities  credit  will  be  given  for  one  "studio"  course  in  the  fine  arts 
(i.e.,  class  in  piano,  painting,  etc.)  only  if  credit  in  the  appropriate  survey  course  is 
also  earned  (music  literature,  history  of  art,  etc.). 

3.  Social,  physical  and  natural  science  courses  taken  10  years  prior  to  student's 
admission  date  will  not  be  accepted  (effective  1977/1978). 

4.  OTHER  POLICIES  RELATED  TO  ADMISSION  CRITERIA  AND  THE  ASSESSMENT 
OF  LOWER  DIVISION  CREDITS  FOR  ADMISSION  PURPOSES  ARE  AVAILABLE 
BY  WRITING  THE  OFFICE  OF  THE  ASSISTANT  DEAN  FOR  ADMISSIONS  AND 
PROGRESSION. 

*  Must  include  at  least  one  course  in  sociology  and  one  course  in  psychology. 
**  Must  include  courses  selected  from  at  least  three  disciplines  within  the  humanities 
areas. 


ESTABLISHING  CREDIT  BY  EXAMINATION 

No  more  than  half  of  the  120  applicable  credits  required  for  graduation  can  be  earned 
by  examination. 

Lower  Division — Departmental  Examinations:  Many  two-  and  four-year  colleges  and 
universities  provide  an  opportunity  for  students  to  take  examinations  for  credit,  provided 
the  student  has  had  some  instruction  and  experience  in  the  content  of  the  course  under 
consideration.  Arrangements  are  made  by  students  with  the  appropriate  departments  in  the 
college  in  which  they  are  matriculated  on  a  full-  or  part-time  basis.  The  School  of  Nursing 
will  accept  the  credit  earned  by  examination  provided  the  course  name  and  number, 
grade,  and  credits  earned  are  on  the  transcript. 

Lower  Division — CLEP:  It  is  possible  to  earn  credit  by  examination  through  the 
College  Level  Examination  Program  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board.  The 
School  of  Nursing  recognizes  selected  CLEP  exam  results  for  credit  provided  the  student 
earns  a  grade  determined  acceptable.  CONSULT  THE  OFFICE  OF  THE  ASSISTANT  DEAN 
FOR  ADMISSIONS  AND  PROGRESSIONS  FOR  INFORMATION  RELATING  TO  THIS 
MATTER.  (Registered  nurse  students  see  pages  34  and  35  for  Challenge  Examinations  in 
junior  year  courses). 

JUNIOR-SENIOR  PROGRAM:  UPPER  DIVISION 

Advancement  or  transfer  to  the  upper  division  program  in  the  School  of  Nursing  is 
limited  to  the  number  of  students  that  can  be  accommodated,  and  selection  must  be  made 
from  applicants  who  are  judged  to  have  the  most  potential  for  completing  the  professional 
program.  Testing  variables  determined  by  the  school's  admissions  committee  may  be 
included  in  the  admission  criteria.  Academic  performance  in  preprofessional  courses  is  an 
important  factor.  A  grade  of  C  or  higher  in  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  and  Microbi- 
ology is  required  of  all  students.  It  is  important  that  students  who  enroll  in  the  freshman 
and  sophomore  years  in  preparing  for  nursing  recognize  that  although  every  effort  is  made 
to  continue  to  expand  the  enrollment  of  the  professional  program  on  the  Baltimore 
campus,  there  is  no  way  in  which  students  can  be  guaranteed  admission  to  the  junior  and 
senior  years  of  the  professional  program. 

APPLICATIONS  FOR  ADMISSIONS  TO  EITHER  THE  UMAB  CAMPUS  OR  THE 
MERCY  CLINICAL  CENTER  FOR  JUNIOR-SENIOR  STUDY  MUST  BE  FILED  BEFORE 
FEBRUARY  1  FOR  THE  FALL  SEMESTER.  Applications  should  be  sent  to  the  Office  of 
Admissions  and  Registrations,  Howard  Hall,  Room  123,  University  of  Maryland,  Balti- 
more, Md.  21201 .  Applicants  for  the  junior  class  will  be  selected  from  among  those  who 
have  successfully  completed  a  minimum  of  44  applicable  credits  of  lower  division  study 
by  February  1.  Also,  applicants  must  have  met  all  academic  and  health  requirements 
established  by  the  School  of  Nursing  and/or  the  University  of  Maryland. 

32 


Applicants  to  the  upper  division  program  for  fall  1977  and  thereafter  must  have 
successfully  completed  44  semester  hours  of  applicable  credits  including  eight  semester 
hours  of  required  chemistry,  anatomy  and  physiology,  or  microbiology  by  the  application 
deadline. 

Effective  in  1978  the  44  credits  must  be  distributed  as  follows: 
English — 3  credits 

Natural  Science  (required) — 8  credits 
Social  Science — 6  credits 
Humanities — 6  credits 
The  admissions  committee  will  not  review  any  application  that  is  deficient  in  these  areas. 
Nonrefundable  Deposit:  A  fifty  dollar  ($50.00)  nonrefundable  deposit  will  be  re- 
quired of  all  persons  admitted  to  the  School  of  Nursing  in  1977  (WRAIN  exclusive).  (The 
deposit  will  be  paid  at  the  time  the  applicant  returns  his  letter  of  acceptance  to  the  school 
and  will  be  applied  to  his  fall  tuition). 

ALL  APPLICANTS  ARE  REMINDED  THAT  COMPLETION  OF  PREPROFESSIONAL 
COURSE  REQUIREMENTS  DOES  NOT  AUTOMATICALLY  ASSURE  ADMISSION  TO  THE 
PROFESSIONAL  PROGRAM  IN  NURSING  BECAUSE  ENROLLMENT  MUST  BE  LIMITED. 

UNIQUE  FEATURES  OF  THE  CURRICULUM:  UPPER  DIVISION 

The  junior-senior  years  of  the  nursing  curriculum  are  offered  at  UMAB  and  two 
satellite  centers:  Walter  Reed  Army  Institute  of  Nursing,  Washington,  D.C.,  and  the  Mercy 
Clinical  Center  in  Baltimore.  Each  center  uses  the  same  integrated  curriculum  design.  The 
integrated  approach  requires  that  students  be  taught  by  a  team  of  teachers;  the  teams  are 
composed  of  faculty  members  who  have  specialized  knowledge  in  the  areas  of  maternal- 
child,  psychiatric-community  mental  health,  medical-surgical,  and  community  health 
nursing.  Students  are  given  the  opportunity  to  evaluate  the  curriculum. 

The  curriculum  focuses  on  cognitive  skills  such  as  problem-solving,  critical  thinking, 
making  nursing  judgments,  interpersonal  skills  as  well  as  technical  skills.  Indeed,  the 
curriculum  is  best  described  as  one  in  which  emphasis  is  given  to  the  psychosocial  needs 
of  man  without  negating  the  importance  of  his  physical  and  spiritual  needs. 

A  typical  plan  of  study  for  the  upper  division  (nursing  major)  at  UMAB,  WRAIN  or 
Mercy  Clinical  Center  follows: 

JUNIOR  YEAR 

Fall  Semester  Credits 

*NURS  314  Concepts  of  Nursing  I  9 

NURS  318  Health  Elective  3 

*NURS  316  Human  Growth  and  Development  3 

TOTAL  ~~ ]~5~ 

Winter  Session  Credits 

*NURS  317     Deviations  in  Human  Growth  and  Development  2 

*NURS  320     Introduction  to  the  Administration  of  Medications  1 


TOTAL  3 

Spring  Semester  Credits 

*NURS  315     Concepts  of  Nursing  II  9 

*NURS  310     Pathophysiology  and  its  Pharmacological  Implications  4 

NURS  321      Introduction  to  Organizational  Behavior  3 


TOTAL  1 6 

*These  courses  may  be  challenged  by  R.N.  students  after  being  admitted  to  the  upper 
division. 

33 


SENIOR  YEAR 

Fall  Semester  Credits 

NURS  324-325     Concepts  of  Nursing  III  A  or  B  9 

NURS  322     Nursing  in  Society  3 

NURS  410     Survey  of  Research  and  Statistics  3 

TOTAL  ~ lT~ 

Winter  Session  Credits 

NURS  326     Clinical  Nursing  Elective  3 

TOTAL  ~T~ 

Spring  Semester  Credits 

NURS  324-325     Concepts  of  Nursing  III  A  or  B  9 

NURS  418     Health  Elective  2-3 


TOTAL  11-12 

Policies  Regarding  Nursing  Concepts  Courses: 

The  major  nursing  concept  courses,  i.e.,  NURS  314,  315,  324,  325,  334,  and  335, 
must  be  taken  within  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing.  This  policy  does  not 
negate  the  opportunity  for  R.N.  students  to  challenge  the  junior  year  nursing  courses. 

Students  are  assigned  to  teams  of  instructors  in  the  major  nursing  concepts  courses.  In 
each  course,  all  students  will  be  working  to  achieve  the  same  course  objectives.  However, 
the  teaching-learning  methods  used  by  individual  teams  may  vary.  The  clinical  placement 
for  students  may  also  vary. 


REGISTERED  NURSE  PROGRAM 

Graduates  of  diploma  and  associate  degree  nursing  programs  have  an  opportunity  to 
apply  for  study  toward  the  bachelor  of  science  degree  in  the  School  of  Nursing.  The 
preprofessional  lower  division  courses  required  by  the  school  may  be  completed  through 
enrollment  in  day  or  evening  classes  on  one  of  the  campuses  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
or  in  another  institution  of  higher  education. 

Registered  nurses  interested  in  completing  requirements  for  a  degree  should  address 
their  initial  inquiries  to  the  Office  of  the  Assistant  Dean  for  Admissions,  University  of 
Maryland  School  of  Nursing,  655  W.  Lombard  St.,  Baltimore,  Md.  21201.  After  prelimi- 
nary assessment  of  previous  academic  preparation,  the  registered  nurse  applicant  will  be 
assigned  an  advisor.  Students  are  urged  to  confer  with  the  advisor  to  assure  proper 
selection  and  sequence  of  course  requirements. 

Establishing  credit  by  examination:  After  admission  to  the  School  of  Nursing,  regis- 
tered nurses  must  establish  advanced  placement  by  taking  examinations  for  credit  in: 

Credits 

Pathophysiology — Pharmacology  Implications  4 

Concepts  of  Nursing  I  9 

Concepts  of  Nursing  II  9 

Human  Growth  and  Development  3 

Deviations  in  Human  Growth  and  Development  2 

Introduction  to  the  Administration  of  Medications  1 

*A  minimum  grade  of  "C"  is  required  on  each  Challenge  Examination  for  Concepts  of 
Nursing  courses  and  Introduction  to  Administration  of  Medications. 

34 


NURS 

310 

*NURS 

314 

*NURS 

315 

NURS 

316 

NURS 

317 

*NURS 

320 

Applications  for  advancement  or  transfer  to  the  Baltimore  campus:  these  must  be  filed 
on  the  Baltimore  campus  by  February  1  for  the  fall  semester.  The  nature  of  the  curriculum 
dictates  that  students,  both  basic  and  registered  nurse,  may  enter  the  junior  year  in  the  fall 
semester  only.  In  all  cases,  admission  to  the  Baltimore  campus  must  be  restricted  to  those 
who  can  be  accommodated  by  existing  clinical  facilities  and  nursing  faculty. 

Curriculum:  the  undergraduate  program  of  study  for  R.N.  students  who  have  met  the 
requirements  for  the  preprofessional  courses  and  have  established  credit  through  satisfac- 
tory completion  of  challenge  examinations  follows: 

SENIOR  YEAR 

Fall  Semester  Credits 
NURS  334     Concepts  of  Nursing  IV  A  9 

NURS  321      Introduction  to  Organizational  Behavior  3 

NURS  410     Survey  of  Research  and  Statistics  3 


TOTAL  1 5 

Winter  Session  Credits 

NURS  326     Clinical  Nursing  Elective  3 

or — 

NURS  348     Seminar,  Workshop  TOTAL  3 

Spring  Semester  Credits 

NURS  335     Concepts  of  Nursing  IV  B  9 

NURS  418     Health  Elective  3 

NURS  322     Nursing  in  Society  3 

TOTAL  ~~ 15 

The  faculty  reserve  the  right  to  make  curriculum  modifications  providing  the  program 
to  which  the  student  was  admitted  is  not  extended  in  length. 

Part-time  Study:  Part-time  study  is  available  to  registered  nurses  who  are  admitted  to 
the  School  of  Nursing;  part-time  students  are  expected  to  complete  the  program  in  three 
academic  years.  Enrollment  in  certain  courses  may  be  limited  depending  upon  demand. 
Further  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  assistant  dean  for  admissions  and  progres- 
sion in  the  School  of  Nursing. 

Outreach  Nursing  Program:  During  the  1975-76  academic  year,  an  off-campus 
degree  completion  program  for  "community-bound"  R.N.'s  was  established  in  Western 
Maryland  and  on  the  Eastern  Shore.  This  program  enables  registered  nurses  to  complete  all 
requirements  for  the  baccalaureate  degree  in  nursing  through  enrollment  on  a  part-time 
basis  in  regional  centers.  Requirements  for  achieving  senior  year  status  are  the  same  as  on 
the  Baltimore  campus;  the  usual  senior  year  curriculum  which  involves  33  earned  credits 
is  arranged  over  a  three-year  time  span.  Inquiries  should  be  addressed  to  the  Director  of 
the  Outreach  Program,  School  of  Nursing,  Baltimore  campus. 


ACADEMIC  REQUIREMENTS  APPLICABLE  TO  THE  NURSING  MAJOR 

JUNIOR/SENIOR  PROGRAM 

Students  enrolled  in  the  professional  program  in  nursing  may  obtain  information 
regarding  academic  regulations  from  their  professors  and/or  the  assistant  dean  for  admis- 
sions and  progression.  The  following  paragraphs  contain  both  general  and  academic 
regulations  of  the  School  of  Nursing. 


35 


GRADE  POINT  AVERAGE 

The  academic  average  of  a  student  is  recorded  in  terms  of  the  following  symbols  and 
numerical  values:  A  =  4  points,  B  =  3  points,  C  =  2  points,  D  =  1  point,  F  =  0  points,  I 
(Incomplete)  =  0  points.  Students  are  responsible  for  assessing  their  academic  progress; 
students  should  assess  their  grade  point  average  each  semester. 

The  following  example  illustrates  the  method  to  be  followed:  to  obtain  the  total 
quality  points  for  a  course,  multiply  the  number  of  credits  for  the  course  attempted  by  the 
numerical  value  (points)  of  the  grade  for  the  course.  Do  this  for  each  course  attempted. 
Total  the  number  of  credit  hours  attempted  and  the  number  of  quality  points  received. 
Divide  the  total  quality  points  by  the  total  credits  attempted.  This  yields  the  grade  point 
average  for  the  semester. 
Example:  (A  typical  fall  semester  for  a  junior  student) 

NURS  314  (9  cr)  B  =  27  QP 
NURS  316  (3  cr)  B  =  9  QP 
NURS  318         (3  cr)  C  =     6  QP 

15  cr  42  QP 

42  -=-  15  =  2.800  —  grade  point  average 

CUMULATIVE  GRADE  POINT  AVERAGE 

The  cumulative  grade  point  average  is  computed  in  a  similar  manner  by  including  all 
applicable  courses  attempted  for  the  baccalaureate  degree  in  nursing.  Where  possible, 
credit  established  by  examination  is  included  in  the  grade  point  average.  Physical  educa- 
tion and  courses  failed  in  the  first  semester  of  the  freshman  year  are  not  counted  in 
computing  the  grade  point  average. 

Students  are  expected  to  maintain  at  least  a  2.0  cumulative  grade  point  average.  The 
progress  of  students  who  fall  below  the  2.0  grade  point  average  is  considered  unsatisfac- 
tory and  continuance  in  the  program  is  subject  to  review  by  the  Committee  on  Academic 
Progression  of  Undergraduate  Students. 

Those  students  who  earn  a  1.95  or  lower  cumulative  G.P.A.  are  academically 
dismissed  from  the  school.  Students  whose  achievement  falls  between  a  G.P.A.  of  1 .96  to 
1 .99  are  placed  on  academic  probation;  probationary  status  will  not  be  permitted  for  more 
than  two  successive  semesters. 

A  grade  below  a  "C"  in  any  clinical  nursing  course  requires  repeating  the  course  the 
next  time  it  is  offered  and  earning  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better;  both  attempts  are  computed  in 
the  grade  point  average.  A  student  who  receives  a  grade  lower  than  a  "C"  in  either  the 
theory  or  clinical  portion  of  a  clinical  nursing  course  which  is  requisite  to  the  next  clinical 
nursing  course  cannot  register  for  the  next  course  in  the  nursing  sequence;  the  student  is 
on  academic  probation  until  the  clinical  nursing  course  in  which  the  grade  of  "D"  or  "F" 
was  received  is  satisfactorily  completed.  Academic  dismissal  occurs  upon  earning  two 
"Ds"  in  clinical  nursing  courses. 

Students  who  have  done  work  of  acceptable  quality  in  their  completed  assignments 
but  who,  because  of  extenuating  circumstances,  have  been  unable  to  complete  all  course 
requirements  may  be  given  an  Incomplete  grade.  This  grade  cannot  be  carried  over  into 
the  next  succeeding  semester.  When  all  course  requirements  have  been  met,  faculty  will 
replace  the  Incomplete  with  the  final  grade  earned  in  the  course. 

WITHDRAWAL 

The  School  of  Nursing  reserves  the  right  to  request  the  withdrawal  of  students  who  do 
not  maintain  the  required  standing  of  scholarship,  or  whose  continuance  in  the  school 
would  be  detrimental  to  their  health,  or  to  the  health  of  others,  or  whose  conduct  is  not 
satisfactory  to  the  authorities  of  the  school.  It  is  a  general  expectation  that  students  will 

36 


abide  by  rules  and  regulations  established  by  the  university.  Violation  of  university 
regulations  may  result  in  disciplinary  measures  being  imposed. 

PROGRAM  COMPLETION— Minimum  Criteria  for  Graduation 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing  degree  is  granted  on  recommendation  of  the 
faculty  in  nursing,  upon  completion  of  university  and  school  requirements,  and  a  mini- 
mum of  1 20  semester  hours  of  applicable  course  work  with  at  least  a  2.0  cumulative  grade 
point  average  in  all  course  work  completed. 

TRANSCRIPT  OF  RECORDS 

All  financial  obligations  to  the  university  must  be  satisfied  before  a  transcript  of  a 
student's  record  will  be  furnished  any  student  or  alumnus.  There  is  a  charge  of  $2.00  for 
each  transcript.  Checks  should  be  made  payable  to  the  University  of  Maryland.  Transcripts 
of  records  should  be  requested  at  least  two  weeks  in  advance  of  the  date  desired.  They 
may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Office  of  the  Registrar,  University  of  Maryland,  660  W. 
Redwood  St.,  Baltimore,  Md.  21201. 

ELIGIBILITY  FOR  STATE  LICENSURE 

Graduates  of  the  program  are  eligible  for  admission  to  the  examination  given  by  the 
Maryland  State  Board  of  Examiners  of  Nurses  (or  by  any  other  state  board)  for  licensure  to 
practice  nursing.  Application  is  generally  submitted  prior  to  the  date  of  graduation. 


37 


EMPLOYMENT  OPPORTUNITIES 

Baccalaureate  graduates  of  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing  have  many 
career  opportunities  available  to  them.  Graduates  may  choose  to  practice  nursing  in  a 
hospital  or  outpatient  clinic,  an  extended  care  facility,  or  a  variety  of  community  agencies 
including  schools,  industries,  physicians'  offices.  In  addition,  the  registered  nurse  who  has 
a  baccalaureate  degree  may  choose  a  career  in  civil  service,  the  military,  or  the  Veteran's 
Administration.  A  survey  of  1975  graduates  indicated  that  98  per  cent  were  employed; 
nonemployment  was  related  to  personal  reasons.  Salaries  for  new  graduates  ranged  from 
$10,000  to  $12,000.  The  graduate  who  earns  a  baccalaureate  degree  as  a  registered  nurse 
typically  is  paid  at  a  higher  rate  because  of  prior  experience  in  nursing. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

BACCALAUREATE  PROGRAM  Upper  Division  (Junior-Senior)  Curriculum 

NURS  31 0     PATHOPHYSIOLOGY  AND  ITS  PHARMACOLOGICAL  IMPLICATIONS  (4) 

Spring  Semester,  junior  year.  This  four-credit  lecture,  nonlaboratory  course  is  designed  for 
students  having  prerequisite  course  work  in  human  anatomy  and  physiology.  Disease  is 
presented  as  an  alteration  of  form,  structure  of  function,  often  not  visible  until  it  affects 
organ  or  organism  function.  Pharmacological  interventions,  emphasizing  properties,  ac- 
tions, therapeutic  uses  and  adverse  effects  of  drugs  upon  the  system  are  presented 
concurrently  as  diseases  are  described. 

NURS  314  CONCEPTS  OF  NURSING  I  (9)  Fall  semester,  junior  year.  The  focus  of  the 
course  is  on  man  as  a  behavioral  system,  the  concept  of  health  and  the  role  of  professional 
nursing  in  helping  clients  maintain  and/or  promote  health.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
assessment  component  of  the  nursing  process.  Clinical  laboratory  experiences  will  be 
primarily  in  communitybased  settings. 

NURS  315  CONCEPTS  OF  NURSING  ll(9)  Spring  semester,  junior  year.  Prerequisites, 
NURS  314,  NURS  316,  NURS  317,  NURS  320.  A  study  of  adults  and  children  who  are 
experiencing  biopsychosocial  disruptions  which  are  long-term  and  relatively  stable,  with  a 
focus  on  nursing  interventions  which  assist  the  clients  to  move  toward  optimum  level  of 
functioning.  The  mutual  interaction  between  family  and  client  is  explored.  Laboratory 
experience  will  include  inpatient  and  community-based  settings.  (If  NURS  320  is  not  taken 
in  the  winter  session  preceding  NURS  315,  the  student  must  pass  a  mastery  test  related  to 
dosage  calculations  within  the  first  two  weeks  of  the  course). 

NURS  316  HUMAN  GROWTH  AND  DEVELOPMENT  (3)  Fall  semester,  junior  year. 
Prerequisites,  Sociology,  Psychology,  Anatomy  and  Physiology.  Concepts  from  the  biolog- 
ical and  behavioral  sciences  are  used  to  give  the  student  a  framework  from  which  to  view 
an  individual  from  conception  to  late  adulthood  with  his  unique  heredity,  rates  of  growth 
and  development  and  individual  experiences  that  shape  his  relations  to  his  world. 

NURS  317  DEVIATIONS  IN  HUMAN  GROWTH  AND  DEVELOPMENT  (2)  Winter 
session,  junior  year.  Prerequisite  NURS  316.  Knowledge  of  normal  growth  and  develop- 
ment as  requisite,  this  course  focuses  on  deviations  in  development  which  are  disruptive  to 
optimal  growth.  Specific  deviations  include  learning  disabilities,  and  mental  retardation. 
Provision  for  clinical  application  of  learning  is  an  integral  part  of  Concepts  of  Nursing  II 
since  students  interact  with  clients  exhibiting  deviations  in  their  developmental  patterns. 

38 


*NURS  318  SPECIAL  TOPICS— ELECTIVES  IN  HEALTH-RELATED  COURSES  (3)  Fall, 
semester,  junior  year.  Designed  to  provide  course  offerings  in  current  health-related  topics 
which  include  Communication  Skills  in  Health  Education,  Nutrition  for  Health  Personnel, 
Sex  Education,  Death  Education,  and  Principles  of  Cross-Cultural  Nursing. 

NURS  320  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE  ADMINISTRATION  OF  MEDICATIONS  (1)  Jun- 
ior year,  winter  session.  An  introduction  to  the  theory  and  practice  of  medication  adminis- 
tration. Professional  and  legal  responsibilities  as  well  as  various  modes  of  medication 
administration  will  be  explored.  Participant-observer  experiences  will  be  provided. 

NURS  321  INTRODUCTION  TO  ORGANIZATIONAL  BEHAVIOR  (3)  Fall,  spring  se- 
mesters, junior  year.  This  course  focuses  on  the  social  and  and  psychological  processes  of 
organizations  in  modern  society.  The  course  provides  a  foundation  which  contributes  to 
the  student's  ability  to  demonstrate  responsible  organizational  behavior  in  meeting  profes- 
sional goals  within  health  care  agencies. 

NURS  322  NURSING  IN  SOCIETY  (3)  Fall,  spring  semesters,  senior  year.  This  course 
provides  an  opportunity  for  students  to  study  the  multiple  factors  which  have  contributed 
to  the  emergence  of  professional  nursing.  The  profession  is  studied  in  relation  to  and  as  an 
integral  part  of  the  changes  in  our  society.  Significant  issues  confronting  the  profession  are 
identified.  Upon  completion  of  this  course  the  student  should  demonstrate  a  better 
understanding  of  the  profession  of  nursing  in  its  present  state  of  growth,  an  awareness  of  its 
potential  and  direction,  and  cognizance  of  each  nurse's  own  responsibility  in  its  develop- 
ment. 

NURS  324  CONCEPTS  OF  NURSING  III  A  (9)  Fall,  spring  semesters,  senior  year. 
Prerequisites,  NURS  31 5,  NURS  320,  NURS  31 0,  NURS  321 .  The  focus  of  this  course  is  on 
clients  experiencing  biopsychosocial  disruptions  who  are  hospitalized  and  experiencing 
more  intense  stress  states.  All  components  of  the  nursing  process  are  utilized  with  the 


39 


client.  Community  data  are  viewed  as  inputs  to  the  family  system.  Organizational  and 
group  behaviors  are  related  to  the  health  team  in  inpatient  settings. 

NURS  325  CONCEPTS  OF  NURSING  III  B  (9)  Fall,  spring  semesters,  senior  year. 
Prerequisites,  NURS  31 5,  NURS  320,  NURS  310,  NURS  321 .  The  focus  of  this  course  is  on 
clients  experiencing  identified  biopsychosocial  disruptions  with  emphasis  on  clients 
experiencing  varying  stress  states  who  are  maintained  through  ambulatory  services  and 
community — based  agencies.  All  components  of  the  nursing  process  are  utilized.  Student 
interventions  include  the  assessment  of  the  family  and  intervention  with  one  or  more 
family  members.  Organization  and  group  behaviors  are  applied  in  a  peer  group  experi- 
ence with  nursing  students. 

NURS  334  CONCEPTS  OF  NURSING  IV  A  (9)  Fall  semester,  senior  year.  This  course  is 
designed  to  assist  the  registered  nurse  student  to  synthesize  previous  knowledge  with 
advanced  theoretical  concepts  in  relation  to  man,  his  primary  groups  and  his  environment. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  application  of  concepts  of  systems  theory,  health,  stress, 
communication,  family  and  group  theory  to  nursing  process.  Specific  clinical  experiences 
are  provided  with  clients  experiencing  varying  stress  states. 

NURS  335  CONCEPTS  OF  NURSING  IV  B(9)  Spring  semester,  senior  year.  Prerequi- 
sites, Nurs.  321,  Nurs410,  NURS  334.  This  course  is  designed  to  assist  the  registered  nurse 
student  to  synthesize  previous  knowledge  with  advanced  theoretical  concepts  in  relation 
to  man,  his  primary  groups,  and  his  environment.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
application  of  concepts  of  crisis,  decision  making,  planned  change,  teaching/learning, 
family  and  community.  Specific  clinical  experiences  are  provided  with  clients  experienc- 
ing varying  stress  states. 

NURS  326  CLINICAL  NURSING  ELECTIVE  (3)  Senior  year.  Prerequisite,  NURS  324, 
NURS  325,  NURS  334,  or  NURS  335.  Designed  to  offer  the  student  an  opportunity  to 
select  and  study  an  area  of  particular  interest  in  clinical  nursing.  Distributive  and  episodic 
nursing  practice  settings  serve  as  clinical  laboratories  for  learning.  Senior  students  may 
elect  to  take  NURS  326  off-campus  under  faculty  mentorship. 

NURS  348  ELECTIVES,  WORKSHOPS,  SEMINARS,  AND  INSTITUTES  (1-6)  Designed 
to  provide  participation  in  workshops,  institutes  and  seminars  in  various  aspects  of 
nursing.  Faculty  reserve  the  right  to  place  a  limit  on  the  number  of  credits  a  student  may 
take  in  workshops,  institutes  and  seminar  study. 

NURS  410  SURVEY  OF  RESEARCH  AND  STATISTICS  (3)  Fall,  spring  semesters,  senior 
year.  In  the  context  of  the  total  research  process,  the  basic  elements  of  research,  including 
defining  the  research  question,  literature  search,  sampling  research  design,  measurement 
and  data  gathering,  statistical  analysis,  and  interpretation  of  results  are  presented  and  their 
interdependence  stressed.  Inferential  statistics  include  chi  square,  ordinal  data  methods, 
correlation,  multiple  regression,  t  test,  F  test,  analysis  of  variance  (one  way  and  factorial), 
and  analysis  of  covariance.  Application  and  interpretation  rather  than  theory  or  mathemat- 
ical derivation  are  emphasized.  Evaluation  of  measurement  tools  in  terms  of  item  analysis, 
reliability,  and  validity  is  presented.  Student  research  teams  critique  a  research  project 
report  in  the  literature  and  develop  a  research  proposal  which  includes  a  pilot  test  of  the 
proposed  study.  Prerequisite:  senior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

*NURS  418  SPECIAL  TOPICS— ELECTIVES  IN  HEALTH-RELATED  COURSES  (3)  Fall, 
spring  semesters,  senior  year.  Designed  to  provide  course  offerings,  in  current  health- 
related  topics  which  include:  Issues  in  Health  Services  Organizations,  Alcohol  and  Drug 
Abuse,  Community  Nutrition,  Intimate  Behavior,  and  Law  and  Health.  An  independent 
study  component  is  part  of  the  design  for  each  offering.  Students  also  have  the  opportunity 
to  elect  independent  study  for  three  credits  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty  member.  *A 
limit  of  three  credits  in  a  NURS  318  offering  and  in  a  NURS  418  offering  is  acceptable 
toward  the  total  of  120  credit  matriculation  for  completion  of  degree  requirements. 

40 


GRADUATE 
PROGRAM 


41 


GRADUATE  PROGRAM* 

AREAS  OF  CONCENTRATION  (Majors) 

CLINICAL 

Child  Psychiatric  Nursing 

Community  Health  Nursing 

General  Psychiatric  Nursing 

Maternal  and  Child  Health  Nursing 

Medical-Surgical  Nursing 

Primary  Care  Nursing 
ROLE 

Administration  of  Nursing  Education 

Administration  of  Nursing  Service 

Teaching  of  Nursing — A.D.  Program 

Teaching  of  Nursing — B.S.  Program 

Teaching  of  Nursing — Staff  Development 

OVERVIEW 

The  master's  degree  program  for  nurses  at  the  University  of  Maryland  is  the  only 
graduate  program  in  the  state.  It  awards  approximately  100  degrees  a  year  thus  making  it 
one  of  the  largest  in  the  nation.  While  the  program  is  offered  in  the  School  of  Nursing,  it  is 
part  of  the  Graduate  School  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore;  therefore,  it  is 
subject  to  the  requirements  of  both  schools.  The  graduate  curriculum  has  undergone 
massive  revision  and  the  new  curriculum  was  fully  implemented  in  the  fall  semester,  1976. 
The  program  is  three  semesters  in  length  except  for  Primary  Care  Nursing  which  is  four 
semesters. 

In  keeping  with  the  changing  needs  of  society,  the  new  curriculum  increases  the 
specialty  options  available  to  students.  All  students  are  required  to  develop  competence  in 
a  specialized  clinical  area,  but  opportunity  is  provided  to  concentrate  (major)  in  either  the 
clinical  or  the  role  area  depending  on  specific  career  goal  and  previous  preparation.  The 
student's  secondary  interest  (minor)  is  selected  in  the  opposite  area  so  that -every  graduate 
is  prepared  in  both  a  clinical  and  a  role  area. 

Graduate  education  fosters  the  responsibility,  creativity,  and  self-direction  which 
characterizes  professional  commitment  and  enhances  a  continuing  desire  to  learn  and  to 
grow.  The  graduate  student  is  viewed  as  a  partner  in  the  teacher-learner  dyad;  receives 
stimulation  and  support  for  scholarly  pursuits;  and  is  given  the  freedom  to  think  and  try  out 
new  ideas  through  the  application  of  knowledge  and  the  development  of  new  skills.  The 
opportunity  to  articulate  beliefs,  ideas,  and  formulations  is  gained  through  interaction  with 
other  members  of  the  academic  community. 

ELABORATION  OF  THE  PHILOSOPHY:  GRADUATE  PROGRAM 

The  Graduate  Program  of  the  School  of  Nursing  derives  its  strength  and  purpose 
directly  from  the  underlying  philosophy  which  is  shared  by  the  faculty.  Tenets  of  the 
philosophy  held  by  graduate  faculty  of  the  School  of  Nursing  provide  a  foundation  for  the 
conceptual  framework  upon  which  the  curriculum  is  based.  This  conceptual  framework 
analyzes  the  unit  (the  individual,  family  or  community)  in  terms  of  three  interrelated 
expressions  of  health — physical,  cognitive  and  personal.  The  physical  expression  refers  to 
the  unit's  structural  and  functional  endowment  or  integrity.  The  cognitive  expression 
addresses  the  capacity  of  the  individual  to  receive,  to  perceive  and  to  organize  informa- 

*Graduate  students  also  are  referred  to  the  General  Information  and  Resources  section  of 
this  bulletin. 

42 


tion.  The  personal  expression  is  concerned  with  the  affective  relationships  of  the  unit.  The 
relationships  between  the  expressions  are  complex  and  vary  at  different  points  in  time.  The 
expressions  lend  themselves  to  assessment,  quantification  and  regulation.  The  intervention 
phase  of  the  nursing  process  consists  of  regulations  of  the  inputs  and  sources  of  the 
expression.  Evaluation  is  achieved  through  examination  of  the  resulting  state  of  health. 

Graduate  education  in  nursing  is  built  upon  and  extends  a  knowledge  base  acquired 
in  a  baccalaureate  degree  program  in  nursing  and  is  derived  from  the  humanities,  the 
physical  and  life  sciences  and  the  behavioral  sciences.  Each  student  brings  to  graduate 
education  a  unique  combination  of  experiences  and  capabilities.  This  diversity  creates  a 
learning  environment  shared  by  faculty  and  students  which  facilitates  the  establishment 
and  attainment  of  professional  objectives  throughout  the  educational  experience.  This 
dynamic  interchange  between  faculty  and  students  results  in  a  commitment  to  and 
involvement  in  the  development  of  nursing  knowledge  and  the  refinement  of  nursing 
theory.  Recognizing  that  the  growth  process  in  the  student  is  continuous  and  that  the 
health  needs  of  society  change,  the  Graduate  Program  is  flexible  and  dynamic. 

PURPOSES  AND  OBJECTIVES  OF  THE  GRADUATE  PROGRAM 

The  program  objectives  are  formulated  on  the  assumption  that  graduate  education 
builds  upon  undergraduate  education.  It  is  a  more  intensive  and  analytic  expansion  of 
knowledge,  enabling  the  perception  and  development  of  new  and  more  complex  relation- 
ships that  affect  nursing.  Graduate  education  provides  further  opportunity  for  the  student 
to  think  conceptually  and  to  apply  theory  to  practice. 

The  purposes  of  the  graduate  program  are: 

1.  to  prepare  a  nurse  practitioner  in  the  area  of  research,  consultation,  teaching, 
administration  and  a  given  clinical  field; 

2.  to  provide  preparation  for  competence  in  one  functional  area — administration, 
teaching  or  clinical  practice; 

3.  to  prepare  nurses  for  leadership  roles; 

4.  to  provide  the  basis  for  doctoral  study; 

5.  to  identify  with  the  profession  in  articulating  and  implementing  a  philosophy  of 
nursing  practice. 

The  objectives  are  to  prepare  students  who: 

1.  demonstrate  competency   in   a   given   clinical   area   by  applying  theoretical 
knowledge  to  assess,  plan,  implement,  and  evaluate  clinical  service: 

2.  assess  current  research  in  nursing  and  related  fields  and  utilize  these  findings  to 
study  and  solve  nursing  problems: 

3.  develop  competency  in  consultation  through  applying  nursing  theory  and  re- 
lated theories  to  the  consultant-consultee  relationship; 

4.  acquire  entry  behavior  for  teaching  or  nursing  service  administration; 

5.  develop  increased  self-understanding  which  will  serve  as  a  basis  for  further 
personal  and  professional  growth; 

6.  work  collaboratively  with  professionals  and  nonprofessionals  within  community 
agencies  to  articulate  and  to  implement  the  philosophy  of  nursing. 

CURRICULUM 

The  nursing  program  leading  to  a  Master  of  Science  degree  is  three  semesters  plus  a 
minimester  in  length  and  requires  41  credits,  except  for  the  Primary  Care  specialty  which 
is  four  semesters  and  requires  54  credits. 
Areas  of  Concentration 

Each  student  selects  a  clinical  practice  area  and  a  functional  role  area.  The  student 
then  chooses  either  one  of  these  as  the  area  of  concentration  (major). 

The  student  selects  one  area  of  concentration  (major)  from  the  following: 

1.  Administration 

2.  Education 

43 


3.  Child  Psychiatric  Nursing 

4.  Community  Health  Nursing 

5.  Maternal  and  Child  Health  Nursing  (Nursing  of  Children  or  Maternal-Infant 
Nursing) 

6.  Medical-Surgical  Nursing 

7.  General  Psychiatric  Nursing 

8.  Primary  Care  Nursing 

For  those  choosing  to  major  in  administration  or  education,  a  clinical  practice  area 
must  also  be  selected  in  one  of  the  following: 

a.  Community  Health  Nursing 

b.  Maternal  and  Child  Health  Nursing 

c.  Medical-Surgical  Nursing 

d.  Psychiatric  Nursing  or  Child  Psychiatric  Nursing 

In  addition,  all  students  select  a  functional  role  track  from  one  of  the  following: 

a.  Administration  of  Nursing  Service 

b.  Administration  of  Nursing  Education 

c.  Teaching  in  Associate  Degree  Program 

d.  Teaching  in  Baccalaureate  Degree  Program 

e.  Teaching  in  Staff  Development 

f.  Clinical  Nurse  Specialist 

Curriculum  Design         In  summary,  the  curriculum  design  contains  the  following  compo- 
nents: 

1 .  Core  courses  required  of  all  graduate  students  regardless  of  the  area  of  concen- 
tration. 

2.  Clinical  courses  required  of  students  in  their  chosen  clinical  area  (i.e.,  Commu- 
nity Health,  Psychiatric,  Child  Psychiatric,  Medical-Surgical,  Maternal  and 
Child  or  Primary  Care  Nursing).  All  students  take  a  designated  number  of  these 
courses  regardless  of  whether  their  area  of  concentration  is  in  clinical  practice 
or  role  specialization. 

3.  Functional  role  track  courses  required  of  students  in  their  chosen  functional  role 
(i.e.,  Administration  in  Nursing  Service,  Administration  in  Nursing  Education, 
Teaching  in  A.D.  Program,  Teaching  in  a  B.S.  Program,  Teaching  in  Staff 
Development,  and  Clinical  Nurse  Specialization).  All  students  take  a  designated 
number  of  these  courses  regardless  of  their  area  of  concentration. 

4.  Research  courses  required  of  all  graduate  nursing  students. 

5.  Support  courses  vary  according  to  the  student's  area  of  concentration.  These 
might  include  non-nursing  courses. 

Summary  of  Design 

General  Plan:  Primary  Care: 

Core  10  credits  Core  10  credits 

Clinical  6  credits  Clinical  1 5  credits 

Role  6  credits  Role  6  credits 

Support  8  credits  Support  9  credits 

Research  5  credits  Research  5  credits 

Thesis/Electives  6  credits  Thesis/Electives  6  credits 

Total  41  credits  Elective-Role  Prerequisite  3  credits 

Total  54  credits 

Thesis/Nonthesis  Option 

Students  may  elect  either  a  thesis  or  a  nonthesis  option,  depending  on  their  career 
goals.  Six  credits  are  earned  for  either  option  and  the  student  must  successfully  pass  a 
written  comprehensive  examination. 

Thesis  Under  the  guidance  of  a  committee,  the  student  designs,  imple- 

ments, evaluates  and  orally  defends  a  research  project. 
Non-Thesis       Six  credits  of  electives  are  taken  under  advisement.  One  scholarly 
seminar  paper  is  submitted. 

44 


RESOURCES 

Over  60  community  and  health  care  agencies  cooperate  with  the  program.  In  some 
instances,  faculty  have  joint  appointments  with  the  school  and  the  agency. 

Additional  resources  are  available  through  the  offerings  of  other  schools  of  the  health 
professions.  Non-nursing  courses  also  may  be  taken  on  the  College  Park  campus,  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  Baltimore  County  (UMBC)  or  through  University  College  on  the 
Baltimore  campus. 

In  addition  to  the  Health  Sciences  Library,  the  students  have  access  to  the  Enoch  Pratt 
Free  Library  of  Baltimore,  the  Library  of  Congress  in  Washington,  and  the  National  Library 
of  Medicine  in  Bethesda,  Maryland.  See  RESOURCES  for  the  Instructional  Media  Center 
and  the  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation  within  the  School  of  Nursing. 

ADMISSION 

Admission  to  graduate  study  at  the  University  of  Maryland  is  the  exclusive  responsi- 
bility of  the  Graduate  School  and  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research.  Applica- 
tions to  the  graduate  program  in  nursing  are  reviewed  by  faculty  in  the  student's  area  of 
concentration  and  by  the  School  of  Nursing  Graduate  Committee  on  Admissions,  Progres- 
sion and  Graduation.  Recommendations  for  acceptance  are  then  made  by  the  committee 
to  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research. 

Any  student  who  wishes  to  attend  the  School  of  Nursing  must  apply  for  admission, 
submit  required  credentials,  and  be  accepted  for  matriculation.  Consideration  is  given  to 
academic  work  completed  in  other  schools.  Personal  references  are  required. 

After  an  applicant  has  been  accepted,  a  faculty  adviser  is  assigned.  The  adviser  and 
the  student  plan  a  program  of  study  leading  to  the  degree.  Course  credits  are  officially 
accepted  for  the  degree  only  after  the  student  has  matriculated  in  the  School  of  Nursing. 

Senior  students  in  their  final  semester  of  work  toward  a  bachelor's  degree,  may  be 
offered  provisional  admission  to  the  graduate  program  pending  the  receipt  of  a  supple- 
mentary transcript  recording  the  satisfactory  completion  of  undergraduate  course  work 
and  the  awarding  of  the  degree.  Completed  records  of  all  previous  work  must  be  received 
within  three  months  following  the  completion  of  such  study  and  the  awarding  of  the 
degree. 

The  student  must  matriculate  within  1 2  months  after  notification  of  admission  accept- 
ance. If  the  student  does  not  acknowledge  the  acceptance,  a  new  application  must  be 
submitted  for  future  enrollment. 

Starting  on  the  first  day  of  matriculation,  a  time  limit  of  a  maximum  of  five  years  is 
allowed  for  the  completion  of  graduate  degree  requirements.  This  applies  to  part-time  and 
full-time  students. 

REQUIREMENTS 

The  student's  previous  academic  work,  personal  qualifications  and  professional 
experience  are  evaluated  to  determine  if  prerequisites  have  been  met.  Prerequisite  courses 
do  not  carry  credit  toward  the  master's  degree. 

For  admission,  the  applicant  must  meet  the  requirements  of  both  the  Graduate  School 
and  the  Graduate  Committee  on  Admissions,  Progression  and  Graduation  of  the  School  of 
Nursing.  The  School  of  Nursing  requirements  are: 

1.  a  baccalaureate  degree  with  an  upper  division  nursing  major  from  an  NLN 
accredited  program; 

2.  completion  of  a  course  in  elementary  statistics; 

3.  a  photocopy  of  licensure  for  the  practice  of  nursing  in  one  or  more  states; 

4.  official  scores  on  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  (aptitude  portion)  and  the 
Miller  Analogies  Test; 

45 


5.  undergraduate  grade  point  average  (GPA)  of  3.0  on  a  4.0  point  scale.  If  GPA  is 
between  2.7  and  3.0,  provisional  acceptance  may  be  considered  if  the  candi- 
date demonstrates  graduate  potential  by  other  means; 

6.  evidence  of  personal  and  professional  qualifications  from  three  professionals 
familiar  with  applicant's  academic  ability,  work  experience,  professional  nurs- 
ing contributions  and  potential  to  achieve  in  Graduate  School.  Suggested 
sources  include  nurse  educators,  nurse  administrators  and  colleagues  from  other 
disciplines  who  have  worked  with  the  applicant.  Two  of  the  references  must  be 
from  nurses; 

7.  personal  interviews  are  required  for  Primary  Care  and  encouraged  by  all 
specialty  areas; 

8.  two  years  of  clinical  experience  are  required  for  Primary  Care  and  one  year  of 
experience  in  a  maternity  or  pediatric  setting  is  required  for  Maternal  and  Child 
Health  Nursing. 

Those  applicants  who  exhibit  exceptional  qualities  without  meeting  the  stated  criteria 
may  apply  for  special  consideration.  Students  who  seek  variance  from  an  academic  policy 
should  appeal  to  the  Committee  on  Admissions,  Progression  and  Graduation. 

A  written  offer  of  admission  from  the  Graduate  School  will  be  sent  to  an  applicant 
who  meets  all  admission  requirements.  The  offer  will  specify  the  time  of  entrance  which 
will  normally  coincide  with  the  requested  starting  time.  Upon  acceptance  by  the  Graduate 
School,  the  applicant  should  reconfirm  enrollment  intentions  by  writing  to  the  School  of 
Nursing.  If  the  applicant  is  unable  to  enroll  at  the  expected  date,  a  written  request  for  a 
postponement  of  the  admission  date  is  made  through  the  School  of  Nursing.  If  these 
arrangements  are  not  made  within  one  year  of  anticipated  enrollment  date,  the  offer  of 
admission  lapses,  and  a  new  application  and  fee  must  be  submitted  to  be  reconsidered  for 
admission. 

The  offer  of  admission  may  be  used  as  a  permit  to  register  for  courses.  Permanent 
identification  as  a  graduate  student  will  be  issued  at  the  time  of  first  registration. 

Admission  Procedure 

The  admission  forms  should  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  and 
Research,  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore,  524  W.  Lombard  St.,  Baltimore,  Md. 
21201. 

1.  An  application  fee  of  $15.00  must  accompany  the  application  for  admission. 
This  fee  is  not  refundable  under  any  circumstances,  but  if  the  applicant  is 
accepted  and  enrolls  for  courses,  it  will  serve  as  a  matriculation  fee. 

2.  The  following  materials  should  be  returned  directly  to  the  Office  of  Graduate 
Studies  and  Research,  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore,  524  W.  Lombard  St., 
Baltimore,  Md.  21201: 

a.  two  copies  of  the  application  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School; 

b.  application  fee; 

c.  two  sets  of  official  transcripts  from  each  college  and  university  attended.  If 
applicant  is  a  diploma  school  graduate,  transcripts  of  the  diploma  course 
work  are  also  required; 

d.  letters  of  reference  from  three  professionals  who  know  the  candidate's 
qualifications; 

e.  official  record  of  the  results  of: 

1.  the  Miller  Analogies  Test  (test  available  through  testing  services  of 
most  colleges  and  universities); 

2.  the  Aptitude  Test  of  the  Graduate  Record  Examinations  (Applicants 
should  write  to  the  Graduate  Record  Examinations,  Educational  Test- 
ing Services,  Princeton,  N.  J.  08540  for  details). 

3.  Applications  and  supporting  documents  must  be  received  by  July  1  for 
the  fall  semester,  December  1  for  the  winter  session  and  the  spring 
semester,  and  May  15  for  the  summer  session. 

46 


Admission  Status 

Applicants  may  be  recommended  for  admission  into  the  categories  of: 

1.  Full  Graduate  Status  in  which  the  applicant  clearly  meets  all  requirements; 

2.  Provisional  Graduate  Status  in  which  the  applicant  shows  promise  of  being  able 
to  achieve  at  the  graduate  level  but  does  not  currently  meet  all  requirements. 
The  students  must  achieve  a  "B"  or  above  in  every  course  during  the  first 
semester  (or  four  courses)  to  qualify  for  continued  enrollment; 

3.  Nondegree  Graduate  Status  in  which  the  applicant  may  enroll  on  a  "course 
work  only"  basis  for  a  specified  period  of  time  if  the  record  meets  Graduate 
School  standards. 

Admission  is  granted  by  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research  and  is  confirmed 
by  enrollment  in  the  term  for  which  admission  is  approved. 

Part-time  Study 

Students  eligible  for  admission  but  who  are  able  to  devote  only  a  portion  of  their  time 
to  graduate  study  are  subject  to  the  same  privileges  and  matriculation  requirements  as  full- 
time  students.  Part-time  students  are  urged  to  assume  responsibility  for  program  planning 
with  an  adviser.  All  students  must  complete  the  program  within  five  years  of  matriculation. 

A  graduate  student  who  is  in  good  standing  at  another  institution  may  apply  to  enroll 
for  a  single  course  or  summer  session.  (See  Categories  of  Admission  in  the  Graduate 
School  Bulletin). 

Foreign  Students 

Students  from  foreign  countries  who  show  evidence  of  education  equivalent  to  a 
baccalaureate  degree  in  nursing  are  considered  for  admission.  All  applicants  who  are  not 
citizens  of  the  United  States  are  classified  as  foreign  students  for  admission  purposes.  (See 
the  Graduate  School  Bulletin  for  further  information). 

Record  Maintenance  and  Disposition 

All  records,  including  academic  records  from  other  institutions,  become  the  official 
file  and  can  neither  be  returned  nor  duplicated  for  any  purpose. 

Admission  credentials  and  application  data  are  retained  for  one  year  only.  This 
regulation  pertains  to  applicants  who:  did  not  register  for  courses  at  the  period  for  which 
they  had  been  admitted;  did  not  respond  to  a  departmental  request  for  additional 
information;  did  not  respond  to  requests  for  additional  transcripts  or  test  results;  were 
disapproved  for  admission. 
Student  Advisement 

Upon  admission  to  the  Graduate  Program  each  student  is  assigned  an  academic 
adviser  from  the  major  area  of  concentration.  The  student  is  also  assigned  an  adviser  in  the 
secondary  area  of  interest.  The  adviser  assignments  are  subject  to  change  as  additional 
interests  of  the  student  are  determined  or  upon  request  of  the  adviser  or  advisee.  The 
adviser  is  available  for  academic  counseling  and  guides  the  student  in  a  plan  of  study, 
determination  of  thesis  or  nonthesis  option,  and  selection  of  thesis  chairman  or  readers  for 
the  seminar  paper. 

A  nondegree  student  is  assigned  an  adviser  at  the  time  of  acceptance.  An  official 
record  of  courses  is  kept  for  all  nondegree  students.  If  a  student  subsequently  wishes  to 
enter  the  degree  program,  reapplication  is  necessary.  While  consideration  may  be  given  at 
a  later  date  to  the  application  of  credits  earned  toward  a  degree  program  while  in  this 
status,  there  is  no  assurance  that  such  requests  will  be  granted.  If  granted,  a  maximum  of 
six  credits  may  be  transferred. 

Plan  of  Study 

A  Plan  of  Study  form  for  all  graduate  degree  students  (which  outlines  the  student's 
expected  progression  through  the  degree  requirements)  must  be  filled  out  by  the  student 
and  the  faculty  adviser.  One  copy  of  this  Plan  of  Study  must  be  filed  with  the  Graduate 
Office  by  the  beginning  of  the  second  semester  of  study  (or  at  the  end  of  nine  hours,  in  the 

47 


case  of  part-time  students).  A  second  copy  of  the  Plan  of  Study  remains  in  the  student's 
School  of  Nursing  file.  Any  major  alteration  of  the  plan  necessitates  the  refiling  of  an 
amended  plan.  It  is  suggested  that  students  retain  a  copy  of  this  plan  for  their  own  files. 

The  entire  course  of  study  constitutes  a  unified  program  approved  by  the  student's 
major  adviser  and  by  the  Graduate  School.  Faculty  in  each  department  provide  individual- 
ized guidance  in  the  selection  of  courses  based  upon  guidelines  and  policies  approved  by 
the  Graduate  Curriculum  Committee  and  the  Graduate  School.  Considerable  flexibility  is 
possible  within  the  framework  of  a  student's  area  of  interest  and  specific  career  goals. 
Beginning  competence  in  research  is  provided  by  the  inclusion  of  courses  in  research  and 
statistics. 

All  students  are  required  to  successfully  pass  a  written  comprehensive  examination. 
Additional  regulations  and  requirements  may  be  found  in  the  Baltimore  campus  bulletin  of 
the  Graduate  School  and  in  Important  Dates  for  Advisers  and  Students,  issued  each  year  by 
the  Graduate  School. 

REGISTRATION 

Registration  is  conducted  by  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations,  UMAB 
campus.  The  student  receives  detailed  instructions  concerning  dates  and  registration 
procedures.  Each  matriculated  student  in  the  School  of  Nursing  must  obtain  official 
approval  from  an  adviser  for  all  courses  in  which  enrollment  is  sought  outside  the  School 
of  Nursing.  Credit  is  granted  only  if  such  courses  have  had  prior  approval  and  are 
successfully  completed.  Students  must  file  a  list  of  these  courses  with  the  registrar  on  a 
registration  card  signed  by  the  adviser.  Graduate  students  are  not  permitted  to  enroll  for 
courses  on  a  pass/fail  basis. 

Students  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School  pay  graduate  tuition  fees  whether  or  not  the 
credit  will  be  used  to  satisfy  program  requirements.  Graduate  credit  will  not  be  given 
unless  the  student  has  been  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School.  The  admission  of  a  new 
student  is  validated  when  he  registers  for  and  completes  at  least  one  course  during  the 
semester  for  which  entrance  was  authorized. 


48 


Every  student  must  register  during  the  official  registration  period.  Students  failing  to 
register  during  these  periods  must  utilize  late  registration  dates  and  have  the  consent  of 
their  adviser,  the  course  instructor,  the  Graduate  School,  and  the  registrar. 

Late  Registration  Fee    $20.00 

Change  Fee,  charged  for  each  change  in  program     5.00 

Registration  is  completed  with  the  payment  of  the  required  fees.  Privileges  of  the 
university  are  available  only  after  registration  has  been  completed. 

COURSE  WORK 

Withdrawal 

A  withdrawal  is  noted  on  the  student's  transcript  by  a  "WD".  In  cases  of  excessive 
absences  from  courses  an  "F"  is  given  unless  the  student  officially  withdraws  from  a 
course.  The  semester  credits  for  the  "F"  grade  are  computed  in  the  grade  point  average. 

Unsatisfactory  Achievement 

At  the  end  of  each  semester,  the  record  of  any  students  with  a  grade  point  average 
below  3.0  is  reviewed  by  the  Graduate  Committee  on  Admissions,  Progression  and 
Graduation.  The  student  is  placed  on  probation  and  permitted  another  semester  of  full- 
time  study  (or  four  courses  part-time)  upon  recommendation  of  the  committee.  A  student's 
registration  in  the  graduate  program  may  be  discontinued  at  any  time  if  work  or  progress  is 
deemed  unsatisfactory. 

1.  When  either  the  cumulative  or  semester  grade  point  average  is  between  2.71 
and  2.99  at  the  end  of  any  semester  of  study,  the  student  is  placed  on  probation 
and  permitted  another  semester  of  study  upon  recommendation  of  the  Graduate 
Committee  on  Admissions,  Progression  and  Graduation.  At  the  end  of  the 
semester  on  probation,  the  cumulative  grade  point  average  must  be  3.0  in  order 
for  the  student  to  remain  in  the  school. 

2.  When  the  grade  point  average  is  2.7  or  below  upon  completion  of  one  semester 
(or  four  courses)  of  graduate  study,  the  student  is  requested  to  withdraw  upon 
recommendation  of  the  Graduate  Committee  on  Admissions,  Progression  and 
Graduation  and  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School. 

3.  The  record  of  a  part-time  student  is  reviewed  by  the  Graduate  Committee  on 
Admissions,  Progression  and  Graduation  when  four  courses  are  completed.  If 
the  grade  point  average  is  below  3.0,  the  committee  may  recommend  probation 
status  for  a  semester.  If  the  grade  point  average  is  2.7  or  below,  the  student  is 
requested  to  withdraw. 

Incomplete 

A  grade  of  "I"  (Incomplete)  is  given  if  course  work  is  not  completed.  If  the  student 
does  not  complete  the  course  requirements  within  the  following  semester,  the  "I"  grade  is 
changed  to  an  "F"  grade  or  the  grade  appropriate  to  a  computation  without  the  missing 
work.  The  evaluation  of  the  missing  work  is  determined  by  the  instructor  of  the  course  and 
the  semester  credits  for  the  consequent  grade  are  computed  in  the  grade  point  average. 
Certain  exceptions  are  made  for  graduate  courses  requiring  two  or  more  semesters  of  work 
before  a  grade  can  be  determined  and  courses  involving  the  writing  of  a  thesis  or  clinical 
paper  for  which  a  grade  cannot  be  given  until  the  work  has  been  accepted.  Students  with 
provisional  admission  or  on  academic  probation  may  not  register  for  additional  course 
work  until  the  "I"  grade  is  removed. 

Transfer  Credits 

A  maximum  of  six  credits  of  acceptable  graduate  level  course  work  may  be  applied 
toward  the  master's  degree  as  transfer  from  another  school  or  from  the  course  work  only 
status.  Permission  must  be  given  by  the  major  adviser  and  the  Graduate  School  before  any 
credits  are  transferred.  In  order  to  be  eligible  for  transfer,  the  transfer  course  must  have 
been  taken  within  the  five-year  time  limit  for  the  degree,  and  it  may  not  have  been  used  to 

49 


satisfy  requirements  for  any  other  degree  or  admission  into  the  graduate  program.  Transfer 
credits  are  not  calculated  in  the  final  grade  point  average  (GPA). 

Credit  by  Examination 

A  graduate  student  may  receive  credit-by-examination  only  for  a  course  for  which  he 
is  otherwise  eligible  to  receive  graduate  degree  credit.  A  maximum  of  six  credits  is  possible 
through  credit-by-examination;  nine  credits  can  be  accepted  in  the  Primary  Care  program. 
A  graduate  student  seeking  to  utilize  this  option  must  obtain  the  consent  of  the  adviser  and 
of  the  instructor  currently  responsible  for  the  course.  The  Graduate  School  maintains  a  list 
of  courses  for  which  examinations  are  available  or  will  be  prepared.  Full-time  students  are 
charged  $30.00  for  each  course  examination  regardless  of  the  number  of  credits.  This  fee 
is  paid  upon  application  for  the  examination  and  is  not  refundable  regardless  of  whether  or 
not  the  student  completes  the  examination.  Part-time  students  are  charged  in  the  same 
cost-per-credit-hour  basis  as  though  they  were  taking  the  course  in  the  regular  manner. 

SCHOLASTIC  REQUIREMENTS 

The  Graduate  School  requires  that  a  student  achieve  a  "B"  or  3.0  GPA  for  the  entire 
program.  No  grade  below  a  "C"  is  acceptable  towards  the  graduate  degree.  The  School  of 
Nursing  requires  that  a  student  receive  a  "B"  or  higher  in  the  nursing  courses  in  his/her 
area  of  concentration.  Any  course  with  a  grade  below  "B"  in  the  area  of  concentration 
must  be  repeated. 

Since  graduate  students  must  maintain  an  overall  "B"  average,  every  credit  hour  of 
"C"  in  course  work  must  be  balanced  by  a  credit  hour  of  "A".  A  course  in  which  a  grade 
of  less  than  "B"  is  received  may  be  repeated.  The  grade  on  the  repeated  course  whether  it 
is  higher  or  lower  than  the  original  grade  replaces  the  original  grade.  Courses  in  the  degree 
program  which  are  completed  with  a  "D"  or  "F"  must  be  repeated.  Grades  earned  for 
thesis  research  are  not  included  in  the  computation  of  the  GPA. 

Grades  from  courses  which  are  transferred  in  for  degree  credit  from  other  schools  and/ 
or  previous  study  are  also  not  included  in  the  computation  of  the  GPA. 

Incomplete  grades  must  be  removed  the  following  semester  and  before  the  degree  is 
conferred.  A  course  with  an  incomplete  grade  should  not  be  repeated;  the  incomplete 
should  be  removed  in  all  cases.  Incompletes  received  for  research  credits  will  be  removed 
when  the  thesis  has  been  certified  by  the  appropriate  oral  examination  committee. 

Withdrawal,  Suspension,  Dismissal 

A  "Graduate  School  Program  Withdrawal  Form"  must  be  completed  and  submitted 
when  a  student  officially  withdraws  from  the  Graduate  Program.  An  application  for 
withdrawal  bearing  the  proper  signatures  must  be  filed  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  If  a 
student  leaves  the  university  prior  to  the  conclusion  of  a  semester  or  session,  the  date  used 
in  computing  a  refund  is  the  date  the  application  for  withdrawal  is  filed  in  the  registrar's 
office.  A  student  who  withdraws  during  the  semester  and  does  not  file  an  application  for 
withdrawal  with  the  registrar  will  receive  marks  of  failure  in  all  courses  and  will  forfeit  the 
right  to  any  refund. 

Faculty  adviser  and  graduate  student  share  the  responsibility  for  the  student's  prog- 
ress. Students  are  expected  to  comply  with  rules  and  procedures  of  the  Graduate  School  as 
well  as  with  specific  requirements  established  by  individual  departments.  In  fulfilling  this 
responsibility  the  student  should  seek  the  advice  of  a  faculty  adviser,  department  chairper- 
son, and/or  the  administrative  officers  of  the  School  of  Nursing  and  the  staff  of  the  Dean  for 
Graduate  Studies. 

Procedures  are  established  to  protect  the  institution's  integrity  and  the  individual 
student's  interests  and  welfare.  The  University  of  Maryland,  through  its  various  faculties 
and  appropriate  committees,  reserves  the  discretionary  right  to  suspend  any  student  from 
the  university  for  failure  to  maintain  a  satisfactory  academic  record,  acceptable  personal 
behavior,  accepted  standards  of  practice  in  a  clinical  agency,  or  satisfactory  standard  of 
health. 

50 


When  the  actions  of  a  student  are  judged  by  competent  authority  using  established 
procedure  to  be  detrimental  to  the  interests  of  the  university  community,  that  person  may 
be  required  to  withdraw  from  the  university. 

FEES  AND  EXPENSES 

Matriculation  (new  students)     $15.00 

Tuition — per  credit  (in-state)     50.00 

Tuition — per  credit  (out-of-state)      85.00 

Supporting  Facilities  Fee  (full-time)  per  semester 30.00 

Supporting  Facilities  Fee  (part-time)  per  semester     6.00 

Student  Health  Fee  (full-time)  per  semester    5.00 

Student  Health  Fee  (part-time)  per  semester 2.00 

Health  Insurance  (Blue  Cross)* 

One  Person      65.88 

Two  Persons    135.06 

Family 177.54 

Student  Activity  Fee  ($7.00  per  semester) 14.00 

Graduation  Fee    15.00 

Late  Registration  Fee      20.00 

Change  Fee      5.00 

*Student  Health 

Health  insurance  is  required  of  all  full-time  professional  school  students  (nine  or  more 
semester  hours)  in  addition  to  the  Student  Health  Fee.  The  insurance  coverage  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  is  Blue  Cross-Blue  Shield  Diagnostic  and  Major 
Medical.  Additional  information  concerning  this  program  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Student  Health  Office. 

Students  with  equivalent  insurance  coverage  must  provide  proof  of  such  membership 
at  the  time  of  registration  and  obtain  a  hospital  insurance  waiver. 

Malpractice  Insurance 

All  graduate  nursing  students  are  required  to  carry  professional  malpractice  insurance 
throughout  their  academic  program.  Documentation  of  coverage  is  required  at  the  time  of 
registration  and  must  meet  the  amount  set  by  the  School  of  Nursing  and  clinical  agencies. 

Financial  Aid 

Students  who  meet  admission  requirements  and  are  U.S.  citizens  are  eligible  to  apply 
to  the  School  of  Nursing  for  federal  funds  for  full-time  study.  Professional  nurse  trainee- 
ships  available  from  the  Division  of  Nursing,  Health  Resources  Administration,  Health, 
Education,  and  Welfare,  provide  tuition,  fees,  and  a  monthly  stipend.  Students  in  psychiat- 
ric nursing  are  eligible  for  support  under  a  grant  from  the  National  Institute  of  Mental 
Health.  Since  there  are  limitations  on  the  number  of  traineeships  available,  applicants  are 
ranked  according  to  total  professional  background. 

In  the  case  of  either  type  of  traineeships,  prospective  students  make  application  to  the 
School  of  Nursing.  No  action  is  taken  by  faculty  until  eligibility  for  admission  has  been 
established.  Graduate  students  also  are  referred  to  the  Federal  Nursing  Loan  and  Scholar- 
ship Program  described  under  the  undergraduate  financial  aid  section  of  this  bulletin. 

Graduation 

Requirements  for  graduation  from  the  master's  degree  program  include:  completion 
of  the  planned  program  within  a  five-year  period,  achieving  a  cumulative  grade  point 
average  of  "B"  or  3.0,  and  completion  of  a  minimum  of  one  year  of  full-time  study  or  its 
equivalent. 

Application  for  the  diploma  must  be  filed  with  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  within  the 
first  three  weeks  of  the  semester  in  which  the  candidate  expects  to  obtain  a  degree  except 

51 


during  the  summer  session.  During  the  summer  session,  the  application  must  be  filed  in 
the  Office  of  the  Registrar  during  the  first  week  of  classes. 

If,  for  any  reason,  a  student  does  not  graduate  at  the  end  of  the  semester  in  which  he 
applies  for  the  diploma  he  must  reapply  for  it  in  the  semester  in  which  he  expects  to 
graduate. 


EMPLOYMENT  OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates  of  the  masters  degree  program  of  the  University  of  Maryland  have  a  variety 
of  employment  opportunities.  Surveys  of  recent  graduates  (since  1975)  indicate  100% 
employment.  Approximately  60%  of  these  graduates  are  employed  in  hospitals,  30%  as 
faculty  in  schools  of  nursing  and  1 0%  in  other  areas  including  nursing  homes,  community 
mental  health  and  public  health  clinics.  Salaries  vary  with  the  type  of  position,  the  setting, 
the  geographical  areas,  and  the  individual  graduate's  professional  experience.  Beginning 
salaries  in  the  Baltimore-Washington,  D.C.  area  for  new  master's  graduates  range  from 
$12,709— $18,000  per  year. 

GRADUATE  STUDENT  ORGANIZATION 

Graduates  in  Nursing  (GIN)  is  an  organization  of  all  the  students  in  the  graduate 
program  in  the  School  of  Nursing.  The  purpose  of  the  organization  is  to  foster  unity  among 
graduate  students  to  aid  in  the  pursuit  of  individual,  institutional  and  professional  goals, 
and  to  enhance  communication  among  students,  faculty  and  the  community.  Student 
representatives  function  in  a  liaison  capacity  by  serving  on  various  school  and  university 
committees.  GIN  serves  the  graduate  student  body  through  orientation  programs,  a 
monthly  newsletter,  education  and  social  functions,  and  the  establishment  of  ad  hoc 
committees  when  student,  faculty  and  community  needs  arise. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

NURS  602  CONCEPTUAL  FRAMEWORK  FOR  NURSING  PRACTICE  (6)  This  course 
provides  an  introduction  to  the  articulation  of  a  philosophy  of  nursing  to  a  conceptual 
framework  for  nursing  practice.  The  philosophy  states  that  the  personal,  cognitive,  and 
physical  expressions  of  health  interact  throughout  life  and  unfold  in  dynamic  interplay 
with  the  environment.  The  three-hour  lecture  session  each  week  emphasizes  the  study  of 
scientific  concepts  which  influence  man's  expressions  of  health.  The  other  three  credits 
will  provide  departmentally  supervised  clinical  practicum  with  emphasis  on  assessment 
and  on  evaluation  of  nursing  interventions  or  regulatory  processes.  (Reid  and  Staff) 

NURS  604  FOUNDATIONS  OF  ROLE  PREPARATION  IN  NURSING  (2)  An  explora- 
tion and  analysis  of  commonalities  inherent  in  nursing  practice  in  various  roles.  Content 
from  systems,  role,  organizational  behavior,  consultation,  learning  and  change  theories 
provides  the  basis  for  synthesis  into  a  conceptual  framework  of  practice  in  teaching, 
clinical  practice  and  administration.  (Hechenberger) 

NURS  606     INFLUENTIAL  FORCES,  HEALTH  CARE  AND  HEALTH  CARE  SYSTEMS  (2) 

The  identification  and  analysis  of  the  economic,  social,  political  and  educational  forces 
which  influence  the  health  of  man,  affect  the  health  care  delivery  system  and  produce 
changes  in  nursing.  (Proulx) 

NURS  608  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  NURSING  (1-3)  The  major  objective  of  this  course 
is  to  develop  further  clinical  competencies  in  selected  students  who  wish  to  use  an 
interdepartmental  approach.  Registration  upon  consent  of  adviser.  Students  may  register 
for  one-three  credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  (6)  credits  per  degree.  (Staff) 

52 


NURS  611  INTRODUCTION  TO  CONCEPTS  AND  TECHNIQUES  OF  PRIMARY  CARE 
NURSING  (2)  This  course  emphasizes  the  development  of  the  student's  concepts  of  the 
expanded  nursing  role.  It  builds  on  assessment  skills  and  knowledges  pertaining  to  the 
conceptual  framework  acquired  in  NURS  602.  It  provides  opportunity  to  collect  and 
analyze  data  with  a  variety  of  skills  and  techniques  that  expand  the  nursing  process  for  the 
health  of  adults.  Requisite:  NURS  602,  NPHY  602.  (Guberski  and  Jones) 

NURS  61 3  CLINICAL  DIAGNOSIS  AND  MANAGEMENT  I  (4)  This  course  prepares  the 
student  to  function  at  a  beginning  level  as  a  nurse  practitioner  in  an  ambulatory  setting. 
This  is  the  first  of  two  sequential  courses  which  focuses  on  a  different  set  of  health 
problems  for  study.  The  student  applies  the  nursing  process  by  performing  communication 
and  assessment  skills,  interpreting  findings,  applying  laboratory  diagnostic  methods,  de- 
veloping plans  of  care,  and  implementing  nursing  strategies  to  promote  personal,  cognitive 
and  physical  health  of  clients  with  common  health  problems.  Prerequisite:  NURS  61 1 . 

NURS  614  CLINICAL  DIAGNOSIS  AND  MANAGEMENT  II  (4)  This  course  prepares 
the  student  to  function  as  a  nurse  practitioner  in  an  ambulatory  setting  with  clients  who 
have  complex  health  problems.  This  is  the  second  of  two  sequential  courses  which  apply 
the  nursing  process  by  performing  communication  and  assessment  skills,  interpreting 
findings,  applying  laboratory  diagnostic  methods,  developing  plans  of  care,  and  imple- 
menting nursing  strategies  to  promote  personal,  cognitive,  and  physical  health  of  clients. 
Prerequisite:  NURS  613.  (Staff) 

NURS  615  ADVANCED  PRIMARY  HEALTH  CARE  (5)  This  course  consists  of  an  inten- 
sive applied  clinical  experience  and  seminar  sessions.  It  is  designed  to  assist  the  student  in 
analyzing  multiple  variables  in  health  and  disease,  and  through  a  problem-solving  ap- 
proach, determine  an  optimal  plan  in  relation  to  both  short  and  long-term  goals.  The 
emphasis  is  an  increased  independence  and  decision-making  in  an  interprofessional 
environment.  Prerequisite:  NURS  613  and  614.  (Staff) 

NURS  618  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  PRIMARY  CARE  (1-3)  An  independent  study 
course  which  allows  students  in  the  primary  care  department  to  develop  special  compe- 
tencies or  obtain  in-depth  clinical  experience.  Students  outside  the  Department  of  Primary 
Care  may  select  this  course  to  study  selected  concepts  relating  to  primary  care  nursing. 
Registration  upon  consent  of  adviser.  Students  may  register  for  varying  units  of  credit 
ranging  from  one-three  credits.  (Staff) 

NURS  621  MEDICAL-SURGICAL  NURSING  I  (2)  The  first  level  Medical-Surgical  Nurs- 
ing course  focuses  on  the  adaptation-stress  model  with  consideration  of  how  stress  affects 
the  expressions  of  health  in  an  adult  client.  Contemporary  nursing  theories  relating  to  this 
content  are  examined.  The  course  emphasizes  the  interrelationships  of  concepts  as  they 
are  utilized  for  adult  clients  with  physiological  alterations.  Nursing  strategies  are  identified 
based  upon  the  expressions  of  health  which  are  affected  by  stress  and  adaptation.  The 
course  builds  upon  NURS  602  and  NPHY  602  which  is  studied  concurrently  or  prior  to 
NURS  621.  (Staff) 

NURS  622  MEDICAL-SURGICAL  NURSING  II  (4)  Building  on  NURS  602  and  the  first 
level  Medical-Surgical  Nursing  course,  NURS  622  focuses  on  the  influence  that  develop- 
mental processes  in  the  adult  client  have  physical,  personal,  and  cognitive  expressions  of 
health.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  development,  implementation  and  evaluation  of  nursing 
strategies  based  on  the  conceptual  framework  which  is  congruent  with  the  student's 
philosophy  of  nursing.  The  practicum  is  individualized  in  order  to  extend  and/or 
strengthen  the  skills  gained  in  NURS  602  and  NURS  621  to  promote  the  progression  of 
students  towards  the  attainment  of  their  respective  clinical  goals.  NURS  602,  621  and 
NPHY  602  are  prerequisites.  (Staff) 

NURS  628  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  MEDICAL-SURGICAL  NURSING  (1-3)  The  major 
objective  of  this  course  is  to  develop  further  clinical  competencies  within  the  broad 

53 


category  of  medical-surgical  nursing.  Registration  upon  consent  of  adviser.  Student  may 
register  for  varying  amounts  of  credit  ranging  from  one-three  credits  per  semester  with  a 
maximum  of  six  (6)  credits  per  degree.  (Staff) 

NURS  631  MATERNAL  AND  INFANT  NURSING  I  (3)  First  semester  of  a  two-semester 
sequence.  A  conceptual  approach  which  focuses  on  extensive  understanding  of  nursing  in 
society's  total  program  of  maternal  health  services  with  emphasis  on  increased  practitioner 
skills  for  independent  and  collaborative  components  of  professional  nursing  of  mothers 
and  infants.  (Neal  and  staff) 

NURS  632  MATERNAL  AND  INFANT  NURSING  II  (3)  Second  semester  of  a  two- 
semester  sequence.  NURS  631  is  prerequisite.  (Neal  and  staff) 

NURS  633     PROFESSIONAL  NURSING,  CHILDBEARING  AND  CHILDREARING  (2) 

Second  semester.  The  interrelated  needs  of  parents  and  children  are  studied  in  the  light  of 
recent  trends  in  family  care  and  guidance.  Focus  is  on  the  study  of  social  factors 
influencing  maternal  and  child  nursing,  the  relationship  of  current  problems  and  their 
significance  in  childbearing  and  childrearing.  (Neal  and  staff) 

NURS  634  SCIENTIFIC  BASIS  OF  MATERNAL  AND  INFANT  NURSING  I  (2)  A  study  of 
scientific  concepts  which  influence  life  processes  as  they  relate  to  maternal  and  infant 
nursing.  (Neal  and  staff) 

NURS  635     SCIENTIFIC  BASIS  OF  MATERNAL  AND  INFANT  NURSING  II  (2)  The 

course  builds  upon  and  extends  the  application  of  scientific  concepts  to  maternal  and 
infant  nursing  which  was  begun  in  NURS  634.  (Neal  and  staff) 

NURS  638  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  MATERNITY  NURSING  (1-3)  The  major  objective 
of  this  course  is  to  develop  further  competencies  in  the  area  of  maternity  nursing. 
Registration  upon  consent  of  adviser.  Student  may  register  for  varying  amounts  of  credit 
ranging  from  one-three  credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  (6)  credits  per  degree. 

(Neal  and  staff) 

NURS  641  NURSING  OF  CHILDREN  I  (3)  First  semester  of  a  two-semester  sequence. 
Focuses  on  extensive  knowledge  and  understanding  of  nursing  in  society's  total  program 
of  child  health  services  and  on  gaining  increased  practitioner  skills  in  professional  nursing 
of  children.  (Neal  and  staff) 

NURS  642  NURSING  OF  CHILDREN  II  (3)  Second  semester  of  a  two-semester  se- 
quence. NURS  641  is  prerequisite.  (Neal  and  staff) 

NURS  643     SCIENTIFIC  BASIS  OF  NURSING  OF  CHILDREN  I  (2)  A  study  of  scientific 
concepts  which  influence  life  processes  as  they  relate  to  the  nursing  of  children.      (Neal 
and  staff) 

NURS  644  SCIENTIFIC  BASIS  OF  NURSING  OF  CHILDREN  II  (2)  This  course  builds 
upon  and  extends  the  application  of  scientific  concepts  to  nursing  of  children  which  was 
begun  in  NURS  643.  (Neal  and  staff) 

NURS  648  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  NURSING  OF  CHILDREN  (1-3)  The  major  objec- 
tive of  this  course  is  to  develop  further  competencies  in  the  area  of  nursing  of  children. 
Registration  upon  consent  of  adviser.  Student  may  register  for  varying  amounts  of  credit 
ranging  from  one-three  credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  (6)  credits  per  degree. 

(Neal  and  staff) 

NURS  650  INDIVIDUAL  THERAPY  I  (3)  The  course  will  consist  of  one  theory  seminar 
per  week,  clinical  experience  in  which  the  student  provides  two  hours  of  individual 
psychotherapy  per  week,  and  a  supervisory  seminar  with  individual  supervision  as 
needed.  In  this  course,  students  are  given  the  opportunity  to  examine  and  apply  concepts 
that  include  dynamics  of  human  behavior,  formation  of  personality,  the  techniques  of 

54 


problem-solving,  and  the  skills  of  communication  in  relation  to  therapeutic  nursing  care  of 
psychiatric  patients.  (Robinson) 

NURS  651  INDIVIDUAL  THERAPY  II  (3)  The  course  will  consist  of  a  seminar  every 
other  week  and  clinical  experience  in  which  the  student  provides  a  minimum  of  two  hours 
of  individual  psychotherapy  per  week.  Supervision  of  the  practicum  is  weekly.  Twice  a 
month  the  scheduled  supervision  will  occur  in  a  group;  the  alternate  week's  supervision  is 
on  an  individual  basis.  Both  process  recordings  and  tape  recorded  interviews  will  be 
utilized.  In  this  course,  students  are  given  the  opportunity  to  expand  their  knowledge  of 
concepts  and  therapeutic  interventions  with  psychiatric  patients  which  they  identified  in 
NURS  650  (Individual  I)  to  be  of  particular  interest  or  significance  to  them.  NURS  650  is  a 
prerequisite.  (Robinson) 

NURS  652  GROUP  THEORY  AND  PRACTICE  I  (3)  This  course  is  designed  to  provide 
the  basis  for  a  conceptual  framework  in  group  psychotherapy.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
application  of  theory  to  group  practice.  Included  is  the  study  of  the  therapist's  role  in  the 
development  of  technical  and  communication  skills  in  group  work.  Each  student  is 
required  to  co-lead  a  group  approved  by  the  faculty.  (McManama) 

NURS  653  GROUP  THEORY  AND  PRACTICE  II  (3)  This  course  is  designed  to  further 
develop  the  student's  theoretical  and  clinical  expertise  in  group  work  and  group  psychoth- 
erapy. Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  role  of  the  therapist  in  the  integration  and  utilization  of 
theoretical  concepts  to  clinical  group  practice  and  in  developing  skills  in  supervision. 
NURS  652  is  a  prerequisite. 

Specialized  group  therapy  techniques  and  research   relate  to  group  practice  are 
reviewed.  Each  student  is  required  to  co-lead  a  group  approved  by  the  faculty. 

(McManama) 

NURS  654  LIAISON  NURSING  I  (3)  The  students  gain  skills  in  therapeutic  interaction 
with  hospitalized,  physically  ill  patients  based  upon  their  assessment  of  the  patient's 
psychological  needs  and  an  evaluation  of  appropriate  vehicles  for  their  gratification.  Goals 
are  established  which  take  into  consideration  physiological  versus  psychological  priori- 
ties, assigning  weights  in  terms  of  immediacy  of  need.  The  hospital  is  viewed  as  a  social 
system,  and  means  of  interacting  effectively  in  it  are  explored.  (Robinson) 

NURS  655  ORIENTATION  TO  CRITICAL  CONCEPTS  IN  FAMILY  (3)  Orientation  to  the 
theories  and  techniques  of  family  therapy.  Emphasis  on  family  systems  theory.  Interview 
experience  with  selected  families  and  development  of  observational  skills. 

(Cain  and  Ward) 

NURS  656  INTRODUCTION  TO  CLINICAL  PRACTICE  WITH  FAMILIES  (3)  Orientation 
to  the  role  of  the  clinician  in  family  therapy.  Emphasis  is  on  the  identification  of  existing 
family  behavior  patterns.  Clinical  practice  with  at  least  one  family.  (Cain) 

NURS  657  ADVANCED  CLINICAL  PRACTICE  WITH  FAMILIES  (3)  Advanced  clinical 
practice  and  refinement  of  clinical  skills.  (Cain) 

NURS  658  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  ADULT  PSYCHIATRIC  NURSING  (1-3)  The  major 
objective  of  this  course  is  to  develop  further  competencies  in  the  area  of  adult  psychiatric 
nursing.  Registration  upon  consent  of  adviser.  Student  may  register  for  varying  amounts  of 
credit  ranging  from  one-three  credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  (6)  credits  per 
degree.  (Staff) 

NURS  660     INTRODUCTION  TO  SELECTED  ASPECTS  OF  CHILD  DEVELOPMENT  I  (2) 

This  course  explores  selective  theoretical  concepts  of  child  development  during  the  first 
six  years  of  life.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  integrating  personality  development  and  intellec- 
tual development.  Assessment  tools  which  reflect  the  theories  presented  will  be  discussed. 
No  prerequisites.  (McElroy) 


55 


NURS  661  ORIENTATION  TO  CRITICAL  PROBLEMS  IN  FAMILY-CHILD  RELATION- 
SHIPS I  (2)  First  semester  of  a  two-semester  sequence.  Examination  of  theoretical  concepts 
of  normal  and  abnormal  psychological  developments  that  are  applicable  to  nursing 
situations.  (Staff) 

NURS  662  ORIENTATION  TO  CRITICAL  PROBLEMS  IN  FAMILY-CHILD  RELATION- 
SHIPS II  (2)  Second  semester  of  a  two-semester  sequence.  NURS  661  is  prerequisite. 

(Staff) 

NURS  663     NURSING  OF  PRESCHOOL  CHILDREN  WITH  DEVIANT  BEHAVIOR  (2) 

Second  semester.  Laboratory  experience  with  preschool  children.  Emphasis  is  on  using 
observations,  participation  and  understanding  of  play,  play  materials  and  language  as 
media  utilized  by  children  to  express  themselves  to  the  nurse.  (Staff) 

NURS  664     INTRODUCTION  TO  SELECTED  ASPECTS  OF  CHILD  DEVELOPMENT  II 

(2)  This  course  explores  selective  theoretical  concepts  of  child  development  during  the 
years  from  seven  through  adolescence.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  examining  the  following 
theorists:  Erikson,  Winncott,  Lidz  and  Piaget.  NURS  660  is  a  prerequisite  to  this  course. 

(McElroy) 

NURS  665     COMPREHENSIVE  CARE  OF  CHILDREN  WITH  PSYCHIATRIC  DISORDERS 

I  (4)  First  semester  of  a  two-semester  sequence.  Assessment  of  child  psychiatric  nursing 
practice  in  primary,  secondary,  and  tertiary  prevention  of  emotional  disturbances  in 
children.  Students  gain  experience  in  practice  of  treatment  modalities  in  inpatient  and 
community  settings.  (Staff) 

NURS  666     COMPREHENSIVE  CARE  OF  CHILDREN  WITH  PSYCHIATRIC  DISORDERS 

II  (4)  Second  semester  of  a  two-semester  sequence.  NURS  665  is  prerequisite.         (Staff) 

NURS  668  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  CHILD  PSYCHIATRIC  NURSING  (1-3)  The  major 
objective  of  this  course  is  to  develop  further  competencies  in  the  area  of  child  psychiatric 
nursing.  Registration  upon  consent  of  adviser.  Student  may  register  for  varying  amounts  of 
credit  ranging  from  one-three  credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  (6)  credits  per 
degree.  (Staff) 

NURS  670  SCHOOL  HEALTH  (2)  This  course  is  designed  to  examine  factors  and 
programs  that  contribute  to  the  promotion  and  maintenance  of  health  in  the  school 
population.  The  development  of  school  health  programs  and  nursing  services  are  dis- 
cussed. Issues,  legislation  and  organizations  involved  in  school  health  are  explored. 
Prerequisite:  NURS  602  or  permission  of  Instructor.  Offered  fall  semester.  (Northrop) 


56 


NURS  671  EPIDEMIOLOGY  (2)  A  contemporary  approach  to  epidemiological  concepts 
and  methods.  General  considerations  and  laboratory  application  to  data  in  specific 
situations.  Open  to  non-nursing  majors  with  permission  of  instructor.  Prerequisite:  Statis- 
tics. Offered  spring  semester.  (Kohler) 

NURS  672  COMMUNITY  HEALTH  NURSING  I  (1)  This  first  level  departmental  course 
is  given  concurrently  with  NURS  602  and  is  designed  to  identify,  describe,  and  define 
concepts  of  the  conceptual  framework  that  are  relevant  for  community  health  nursing 
practice.  Family  and  community  are  employed  as  the  basic  units  of  study,  and  the 
construct,  health,  is  considered  the  norm  to  be  maintained  or  achieved.  Requisite:  NURS 
602.  (Ruth  and  White) 

NURS  673  COMMUNITY  HEALTH  NURSING  II  (3)  This  is  a  required  second  level 
departmental  course.  While  the  families  that  students  selected  in  Community  Health 
Nursing  I  continue  to  serve  as  the  basic  unit  of  analysis,  emphasis  shifts  to  the  study  of  the 
community.  The  community's  structure  and  level  of  functioning,  and  the  interrelatedness 
between  community  health  and  family  health  is  explored.  Participation  in  community 
organizations  and  the  investigation  of  community  health  nursing  practice  is  included  in 
the  practicum.  Prerequisites:  NURS  602,  NURS  606,  and  NURS  672.  Offered  fall  semes- 
ter. (Lenz) 

NURS  674     COMMUNITY  HEALTH  NURSING  WITHIN  THE  HEALTH  CARE  SYSTEM 

(2)  This  course  focuses  upon  the  relationship  between  the  health  level  of  the  community 
and  the  organization  of  the  health  care  system.  Social  and  political  forces,  and  major 
public  policies  that  are  shaping  the  organization  and  delivery  of  community  health  nursing 
services  will  be  analyzed.  An  examination  of  theory,  research,  governmental  and  other 
professional  documents  will  provide  the  bases  for  discussion  as  to  how  effective  and 
efficient  services  can  be  achieved.  Various  systems  of  health  care  organization  will  be 
compared  in  terms  of  health  level,  structure,  and  reimbursement  mechanisms.  Prerequi- 
sites: NURS  672,  NURS  606.  Offered  spring  Semester.  (Ruth  and  White) 

NURS  675  COMMUNITY  HEALTH  NURSING  III  (2)  This  is  a  required  third  level 
departmental  course  for  students  whose  area  of  concentration  is  community  health 
nursing.  It  is  given  concurrently  with  the  practicum  in  role  preparation.  The  emphasis  is 
upon  intervention  strategies  as  applied  to  selected  roles  in  community  health  nursing. 
Prerequisites:  NURS  602,  NURS  604,  NURS  606,  NURS  672  and  NURS  673.  (Northrop 
and  Ruth) 

NURS  676  COMMUNITY  HEALTH  GROUPS:  LEADERSHIP  STRATEGIES  (2)  The  the- 
ory content  and  practicum  of  this  course  offers  learning  experiences  particularly  pertinent 
and  applicable  to  working  with  well  families  and  health-oriented  community  groups.  The 
course  is  designed  to  provide  graduate  students  in  community  health  an  opportunity  to 
gain  additional  skills  in  the  use  of  group  leadership  strategies  to  bring  about  change  toward 
defined  goals  and  objectives.  Prerequisites:  Basic  course  in  group  dynamics;  NURS  602, 
NURS  604,  and  NURS  672.  (Boyd  and  White) 

NURS  677  URBAN  HEALTH  (2)  This  course  focuses  on  the  impact  of  demographic  and 
social  change  on  health  in  the  urban  setting.  Emphasis  is  on  viewing  health  and  health 
services  within  an  analytical  perspective  stressing  interrelationships  with  urban  structure, 
patterns  of  demographic  transition,  urban  life  styles  and  environments,  and  the  resources 
and  strengths  of  urban  community  systems.  Open  to  non-nursing  majors  with  permission 
of  instructor.  Fall  semester.  (Lenz) 

NURS  678  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  COMMUNITY  HEALTH  NURSING  (1-3)  The  ma- 
jor objective  of  this  course  is  to  develop  further  competencies  within  the  area  of  commu- 
nity health  nursing.  Registration  by  consent  of  adviser.  Students  may  register  for  varying 
amounts  of  credit  ranging  from  one-three  credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  (6) 
credits  per  degree.  (Staff) 

57 


NURS  680  CURRICULUM  AND  INSTRUCTION  IN  NURSING  EDUCATION  (3)  This 
course  combines  the  elements  of  the  curriculum  process  with  instructional  principles  and 
methodologies  through  both  faculty  and  student  conducted  seminars.  It  is  designed  to 
assist  the  student  in  the  understanding  and  application  of  the  foundations  and  methods  of 
curriculum  development.  Pre  or  corequisite:  NURS  604.  (Blakeney) 

NURS  682  PRACTICUM  IN  TEACHING  IN  NURSING  (3)  Experience  in  clinical  and 
classroom  settings  promotes  the  opportunity  for  development  and  increased  skill  in  the 
total  teaching  learning  process.  An  analytical  approach  to  teaching  effectiveness  is  empha- 
sized. Placement  in  junior  college  baccalaureate  programs  or  inservice  settings  is  ar- 
ranged according  to  track  selected.  Pre  or  corequisite:  NURS  680.  (Staff) 

NURS  683  PRACTICUM  FOR  CLINICAL  SPECIALIST  IN  NURSING  (4)  Supervised 
experience  which  will  prepare  the  graduate  student  to  function  in  the  role  of  clinical 
specialist.  Placement  may  be  in  community  or  home  settings,  chronic  and  long-term  care 
facilities  as  well  as  intensive  care  units.  Taken  concurrent  with  NURS  684.  (Staff) 

NURS  684  SEMINAR  IN  NURSING— CLINICAL  SPECIALIZATION  (2)  The  purpose  of 
this  course  is  to  provide  the  knowledge,  understanding  and  skill  necessary  to  function  as  a 
clinical  specialist.  (Staff) 

NURS  685  INSTRUCTIONAL  SKILLS  (3)  This  course,  conducted  by  means  of  micro 
teaching  lab,  fosters  the  development  and  analysis  of  selected  teaching  skills  directed  at 
predetermined  levels  of  functioning  in  the  cognitive,  affective  and  psychomotor  domains. 
Prerequisites:  NURS  604,  and  two  semesters  of  clinical  course  work.  Pre  or  corequisite: 
NURS  680.  (Robinette) 

NURS  688     SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  NURSING  EDUCATION  (1-3)  The  major  objec 
tives  of  this  course  is  to  develop  further  competencies  in  the  area  of  teaching.  Registration 
upon  consent  of  adviser.  Student  may  register  for  one-three  credits  per  semester  with  a 
maximum  of  six  (6)  credits  per  degree.  (Staff) 

NURS  689  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  CLINICAL  SPECIALIZATION  (1-3)  The  major 
objective  of  this  course  is  to  develop  further  competencies  in  the  areas  of  clinical 
specialization.  Registration  upon  consent  of  adviser.  Students  may  register  for  one-three 
credits  per  semester  with  a  maxi  mum  of  six  (6)  credits  per  degree.  (Staff) 

NURS  691  ADMINISTRATION  OF  NURSING  EDUCATION  (2)  Application  of  admin- 
istrative processes  as  employed  in  nursing  education  settings.  Comparison  and  contrasts  of 
the  administrative  skill  requirements  among  types  of  educational  programs  will  be  ad- 
dressed where  appropriate.  Prerequisite:  NURS  604.  (Hechenberger) 

NURS  692  ADMINISTRATION  OF  NURSING  SERVICE  (2)  Examination  and  applica- 
tion of  administrative  processes  employed  in  nursing  service  settings.  The  independent 
functions  of  nurse  administrators  in  an  organization,  at  various  levels  of  decision  making, 
are  identified  and  analyzed.  Prerequisite:  NURS  604.  (Proulx) 

NURS  693  PRACTICUM  IN  NURSING  SERVICE  ADMINISTRATION  (4)  Field  place- 
ments provide  for  synthesis  of  learning  through  observation  of  and  participation  in 
administrative  activities.  Placements  are  arranged  to  support  skill  development  in  keeping 
with  the  student's  career  goals.  Regular  conferences  with  university  instructors  and  field 
preceptor  enrich  the  student's  learning  opportunity.  Prerequisite:  NURS  692.  (Proulx) 

NURS  694  PRACTICUM  IN  NURSING  EDUCATION  ADMINISTRATION  (4)  Field 
placement  provides  for  synthesis  of  learning  through  observation  of  and  participation  in 
administrative  activities.  Students  may  elect  placement  in  baccalaureate  or  associate 
degree  basic  education  programs  or  in  staff  development  settings.  Regular  conferences 
with  university  instructors  and  the  field  preceptor  enrich  the  student's  learning  opportu- 
nity. Prerequisite:  NURS  691.  (Hechenberger) 

58 


NURS  698  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  NURSING  ADMINISTRATION  (1-3)  The  major 
objective  of  this  course  is  to  develop  further  competencies  in  the  area  of  administration. 
Registration  by  consent  of  adviser.  Student  may  register  for  one-three  credits  per  semester 
with  a  maximum  of  six  (6)  credits  per  degree.  (Staff) 

NURS  701  RESEARCH  METHODS  AND  MATERIALS  IN  NURSING  (3)  One  four  hour 
lecture/lab  a  week.  Includes  basic  understandings  of  the  philosophy  of  research,  the  nature 
of  scientific  thinking,  methods  of  research,  and  research  literature  in  nursing.  Working  in 
teams,  students  plan  and  implement  a  research  study.  Basic  statistics  is  prerequisite. 

(Shelley  and  staff) 

NURS  702  APPLICATION  OF  INFERENTIAL  STATISTICS  TO  NURSING  RESEARCH 
DESIGNS  (2)  This  course  emphasizes  the  requirements  and  interpretation  of  inferential 
procedures  widely  used  in  nursing  research  designs.  Statistical  computer  programs  are 
utilized  with  actual  nursing  data.  Selection  of  the  most  appropriate  procedure  is  stressed. 
Data  snooping  and  alternative  analyses  are  studied,  including  bivariate  correlation,  partial 
correlation,  one-way  ANOVA,  ANCOVA,  multiple  regression  and  various  nonparametric 
analyses.  Instrument  reliability  is  computed  and  an  overview  of  other  procedures  is 
presented.  A  pragmatic  rather  than  mathematical  approach  is  used.  A  three-hour  class 
session  each  week  combines  lecture  and  lab.  Prerequisite:  NURS  701 .  (Staff) 

NURS  708  SPECIAL  PROBLEMS  IN  NURSING  RESEARCH  (1-3)  The  major  objective  of 
this  course  is  to  develop  further  research  competencies  in  selected  students.  Registration 
upon  consent  of  instructor.  Variable  amounts  of  credit  ranging  from  one-three  per  semester 
may  be  taken  with  a  maximum  of  six  (6)  credits  per  degree.  (Staff) 

NURS  771  OCCUPATIONAL  HEALTH  (2)  This  course  provides  an  examination  of 
issues  and  research  in  occupational  health.  The  expressions  of  health  of  working  segments 
of  the  adult  population  in  various  occupations  will  be  explored.  The  role  of  the  nurse  in 
occupational  health  is  considered  in  terms  of  legislation,  private  and  public  industry, 
unionized  and  nonunionized  worker.  Prerequisite:  NURS  602  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Offered  spring  semester.  (Northrop) 

NURS   799     MASTER'S  THESIS  RESEARCH  (1-6)  (Staff) 

NPHY  421,  422  PRINCIPLES  OF  HUMAN  PHYSIOLOGY  (3,  3)  Required  for  students 
majoring  in  maternal  and  child  nursing.  Open  to  all  other  students.  (Urbaitis) 

NPHY  480  HUMAN  PHYSIOLOGY  (3)  The  focus  of  this  course  is  directed  toward  the 
study  of  selected  areas  in  normal  human  physiology.  Emphasis  is  given  to  analysis  of 
normal  function  at  the  cellular  and  organ  levels.  Major  regulatory  and  integrative  mecha- 
nisms of  the  body  are  elaborated  to  elucidate  body  function.  The  course  expands  upon  a 
basic  knowledge  of  physiology.  (Staff) 

NPHY  610  METHODS  AND  PRINCIPLES  OF  APPLIED  PHYSIOLOGY  I  (3)  The  first  of 
two  sequential  courses  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  a  deeper  base  of  scientific 
knowledge  that  correlates  physiology  and  corresponding  alterations  to  a  process  of  clinical 
diagnosis  and  management. 

The  course  elaborates  upon  specific  pathophysiologic  principles  and  a  study  of 
disease  entities.  It  also  provides  exercises  in  applying  epidemiological  knowledge  in 
clinical  practice  and  preventive  health  settings.  Prerequisite:  NPHY  480.  (Edmunds) 

NPHY  61 1  METHODS  AND  PRINCIPLES  OF  APPLIED  PHYSIOLOGY  II  (3)  The  last  of 
two  sequential  courses  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  an  in-depth  base  of  scientific 
knowledge  that  correlates  physiology  and  corresponding  alterations  to  a  process  of  clinical 
diagnosis  and  management. 

The  course  elaborates  upon  specific  pathophysiologic  entities  and  study  of  disease 
entities.  It  also  provides  exercises  in  applying  epidemiological  knowledge  in  clinical 
practice  and  preventive  health  settings.  Prerequisites:  NPHY  480  and  NPHY  610.       (Staff) 

59 


CONTINUING 

EDUCATION 

PROGRAM 


60 


CONTINUING  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 


In  recent  years  the  School  of  Nursing  has  greatly  increased  the  number  of  workshops, 
seminars  and  short  courses  designed  to  meet  specific  continuing  education  needs  of 
practicing  nurses  in  Maryland.  These  offerings  are  built  upon  the  basic  preparation  of  the 
registered  nurse  and  are  not  a  substitute  for  the  organized  sequence  of  studies  leading  to  an 
academic  degree. 

The  Continuing  Education  Program  serves  to  enhance  or  update  knowledge  and 
professional  competency  in  the  delivery  of  health  services.  Participation  of  the  learners 
during  the  planning,  implementation  and  evaluation  of  each  continuing  education  offering 
is  encouraged.  Activities  are  coordinated  with  professional  groups,  other  educational 
institutions  and  health-related  agencies  in  the  state  to  encourage  cooperative  planning  and 
interdisciplinary  programming.  In  addition  to  three  regional  committees  consisting  of 
nurses  in  western  Maryland,  the  Hagerstown  area  and  the  Eastern  Shore,  each  workshop  is 
sponsored  by  a  special  interest  committee  whose  members  participate  in  planning  and 
evaluation. 

A  Council  for  Continuing  Education  of  the  Baltimore  campus  is  composed  of  the 
Directors  of  Continuing  Education  in  the  seven  professional  schools.  The  number  and 
scope  of  interdisciplinary  courses  has  increased  as  a  result  of  the  council's  activities. 

A  Faculty  Advisory  Committee  in  the  School  of  Nursing  assists  with  identifying 
continuing  education  needs  and  overall  program  planning.  Faculty  members  participate  in 
planning  for  an  teaching  in  specific  workshops  as  appropriate  and  serve  as  consultants  to 
the  program.  The  director  of  the  Continuing  Education  Program  serves  as  a  consultant  to 
the  codirectors  of  an  ongoing  Primary  Care  Nurse  Practitioner  Program  which  is  supported 
by  a  grant  from  the  Division  of  Nursing,  DHEW,  for  a  three-year  period. 

Appropriate  continuing  education  units  (CEU's),  based  upon  guidelines  and  criteria 
established  by  the  National  Task  Force  on  the  Continuing  Education  Unit,  are  awarded  to 
participants  completing  offerings  sponsored  or  cosponsored  by  the  School  of  Nursing. 


61 


FACULTY 


Dean  Marion  I.  Murphy 
62 


THE  FACULTY 
UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 


Abbott,  Nellie  K.,  Associate  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Waynesburg  College,  1954;  M.  Litt.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1958;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1968; 

(RN)* 
Akehurst,  Alice  ).,  R.N.  Advisor  and  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958;  M.S.,  1966;  (RN) 
Allanach,  Bruce  C,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Boston  University,  1967;  M.N.,  University  of  Washington,  1973;  (RN) 
Arnold,  Thelma  S.,  Assistant  Professor  (Nutrition) 

B.S.,  Virginia  Technologic  and  State  University,  1961;  M.S.,  Oregon  State  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Virginia 

Technologic  and  State  University,  1975 
Ashjian,  Ann  N.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  St.  Louis  University,  1961;  M.P.H.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1969;  (RN) 
Awrey,  )une  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  of  Children  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Western  Ontario,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1968;  (RN) 
Bailey,  Mary  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Arizona  State  University,  1969;  M.S.,  Medical  College  of  Georgia,  1972;  (RN) 
Baker,  Patricia,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing — Media) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1970;  (RN) 
Bausell,  R.  Barker,  Assistant  Professor,  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation 

B.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1976 
Beck,  Cheryl,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  Western  Connecticut  College,  1970;  M.S.N.,  Yale  University,  1972;  (RN)  Certified  Nurse-Midwife 
Berg,  Ellen  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Incarnate  Word  College,  1962;  M.P.H.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1967;  (RN) 
Blakeney,  Hazle  E.,  Chairperson,  Career  Development  and  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Kansas  State  College,  1944;  M.A.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1951;  Ed.D.,  1967;  (RN) 
Boaz,  Evelyn  E.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Roanoke  College,  1962;  B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1966;  M.P.H.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1975;  (RN) 
Boland,  Barbara,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Catherine  Spaulding  College,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
Booth,  Rachel  Z.,  Chairperson,  Primary  Care  Nursing  and  Assistant  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  M.S.,  1970;  (RN)** 
Booth,  Sandra,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959;  M.S.,  1975;  (RN) 
Bowie,  Reuben  B.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Tuskegee  Institute,  1965;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
Brewer,  Thomas,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.A.,  Marquette  University,  1965;  B.S.,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1974;  (RN) 
Brice,  Betty,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Loretto  Heights  College,  1970;  M.S.,  Columbia  University,  1972;  (RN)  Certified  Nurse-Midwife 
Brock,  Anna  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  M.Ed.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976;  (RN) 
Brodkey,  Caroline  O,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Miami,  1964;  M.P.H.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1970;  (RN) 
Brooks,  Naomi,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961;  M.S.,  1976;  (RN) 
Brunner,  Suzanne,  Instructor  of  Nursing  of  Children  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1972;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976;  (RN) 
Cain,  Ann  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1956;  M.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972; 

(RN) 
Carson,  Verna  ).,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  M.S.,  1973;  (RN)* 
Carty,  Arlene,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.N. ,  Duquesne  University,  1965;  M.S.N.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1972;  (RN) 
Chichester  Myra,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.N. ,  Columbia  University,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  (RN) 
Ciamillo,  Carmiele,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  (RN) 


63 


Claflin,  Marjorie  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Bridgeport,  1963;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  (RN) 
Cohen,  Francine,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Wagner  College,  1971;  B.S.,  Downstate  Medical  Center,  1974;  M.S.,  Rutgers  State  University,  1976; 

(RN) 
Cohen,  Marsha  H.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1971;  (RN) 
Damratowski,  Frances  ).,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  DePaul  University,  1 962;  M.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1 967;  (RN)  Certified  Nurse-Midwife 
Davis,  Ada  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  M.S.,  1974;  (RN) 
Dietrick,  Helen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1973;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  (RN) 
Distasio,  Carol  A.,  Research  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  M.S.,  1973;  (RN)* 
Dorsey,  Donna  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  East  Carolina  University,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  (RN) 
Edmunds,  Marilyn,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Brigham  Young  University,  1964;  M.S.,  DePaul  University,  1970;  (RN) 
Eggebroten,  Evelyn  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1948;  M.S.,  1960;  (RN) 
Ellis,  Merlan  O.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Idaho,  1964;  M.P.H.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1970;  (RN) 
Ensor,  Barbara,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  M.S.,  1974;  (RN) 
Ewing,  Donna  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.A.,  Allegheny  College,  1960;  B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Washington,  1973; 

(RN) 
Eyster,  Donna,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1969;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1972;  (RN) 
Fischman,  Susan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Maternity  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Michigan,   1957;  M.P.H.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1965;   Dr.  P.H.,  1974;  (RN) 

Certified  Nurse-Midwife*,** 
Fisher,  Myra,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1965;  M.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1971;  (RN)* 
Ford,  Joshua,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University,  1967;  M.S.N.,  University  of  Texas  at  San  Antonio,  1974;  (RN) 
Fortier,  Julie  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Medical  College  of  Georgia,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  (RN) 
Fox,  Eileen  L,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Catholic  University,  1965;  M.S.,  1973;  (RN) 
Funk,  Karen  L,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1971;  M.Ed.,  1973;  (RN) 
Gannon,  Mary  Ellen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1969;  (RN)  (On  leave  1976-77) 
Gibbons,  Jack  E.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Madison  College,  1958;  M.S.N. ,  Ohio  State  University,  1975;  (RN) 
Gipe,  Florence  M.,  Dean  Emerita 

B.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1937;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1940;  Ed.D.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1952;  (RN) 
Goldberg,  Evelyn,  Research  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.  University  of  Maryland,  1967;  Sc.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1971;  (RN)* 
Goolkasian,  Pauline,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Northeastern  University,  1971;  M.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1973;  (RN) 
Gossard,  Virginia  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M.S.,  1970;  (RN) 
Grimm,  Patricia,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1964;  M.S.,  Catholic  University,  1976;  (RN) 
Gross,  Elizabeth  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  California  (San  Francisco),  1966;  M.S.,  1968;  (RN) 
Gruber,  Patricia,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Incarnate  College,  1956;  M.S.,  St.  Louis  University,  1972;  (RN) 
Guberski,  Thomasine,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  American  International  College,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1969;  (RN) 
Gunnett,  Ann  E.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  M.S.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University,  1975;  (RN) 


64 


Hale,  Shirley  L,  Assistant  Dean  and  Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1974;  (RN) 
Hamer,  Lawrence  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Iowa,  1968;  M.A.,  1973;  (RN) 
Hammack,  Betty  L,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1 965;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1 968;  M.P.H.,  )ohns  Hopkins  University, 

1974;  (RN)' 
Hammond,  jean  E.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Southern  Connecticut  State  College,  1972;  M.S.N.,  Yale  University,  1974;  (RN) 
Hardman,  Margaret,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Oregon,  1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  (RN) 
Harkleroad,  Malissa  A.,  Assistant  Dean,  Undergraduate  Admissions  and  Progressions  and  Associate  Professor 

B.S.N. ,  Medical  College  of  Virginia,  1956;  M.S.N. ,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Catholic 

University  of  America,  1973;  (RN) 
Haymaker,  Sharon  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  M.S.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University,  1973;  (RN) 
Hechenberger,  Nan  B.,  Associate  Professor,  Career  Development:  Administration  of  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Villanova  University,  1956;  M.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1973;  (RN) 
Henderson,  Kathryn,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
Herberg,  Paula,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Child  Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  California  State,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  (RN) 
Hicks,  lohnnye  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Maternity  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Winston-Salem  University,  1961;  M.S.,  Yale  University,  1965;  (RN)  Certified  Nurse-Midwife 
Higginbottom,  Rhonda  W.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1970;  M.S.,  1972;  (RN) 
Holt,  Frieda,  Associate  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Associate  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1956;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1969;  Ed.D.,  1973;  (RN) 
Horan,  Janet  B.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1969;  M.P.H.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1975;  (RN) 
Hughes,  Elizabeth,  Associate  Professor,  Career  Development  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1973;  (RN) 
Huss,  Karen,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  M.S.,  1975;  (RN) 
Jaffe,  Robin,  Assistant  Professor  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  Cornell  University,  1969;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland  ,1973;  (RN) 
James,  Doris  M.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Youngstown  State  University,  1964;  M.S.N.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1974;  (RN) 
Jensen,  Jo  Anne,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1976;  (RN) 
Johnson,  Hazel,  Assistant  Dean  and  Assistant  Professor;  Director,  Walter  Reed  Army  Institute  of  Nursing 

B.S.,  Villanova  University,  Pennsylvania,  1959;  M.S.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1963;  Ph.D., 

Catholic  University  of  America,  1976;  (RN) 
Jones,  Addie,  Instructor  in  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Omaha  University,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1972;  (RN) 
Jones,  L.  Colette,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1958;  M.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1972;  (RN) 
Kennedy,  Patricia  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing — Media) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  M.S.,  1963;  (RN) 
Kerr,  Sr.  Charlotte,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  M.P.H.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1973;  (RN) 
Kessler,  Jo  Marie,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  California  State  University  at  Los  Angeles,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976;  (RN) 
Klisch,  Mary  L.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1966;  M.S.,  1976;  (RN) 
Knepper,  Glenn  B.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1966;  M.P.H.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1970;  (RN) 
Kohler,  Helen  R.,  Director,  Special  R.N.  Project  and  Associate  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North 

Carolina,  1974;  (RN)*  * 
Koonz,  F.  Patricia,  Director  of  Continuing  Education  and  Assistant  Professor  (Continuing  Education) 

B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1954;  M.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1961;  (RN) 
Krall,  Paulette,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  M.S.N.,  Loyola  University  of  Chicago,  1974;  (RN) 
Krauss,  Nancy,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1965;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967;  (RN)* 


65 


Kreider,  Mildred  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N.,  Goshen  College,  1958;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1976;  (RN) 
Kunder,  Antonia,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
Lawrence,  Arlene  M.,  Assistant  Professor  (Nutrition) 

B.S.,  College  of  Misericordia,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973 
Lazor,  Elizabeth,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Incarnate  Word  College,  1970;  M.S.N.,  Medical  College  of  Georgia,  1975;  (RN 
Leak,  Elvira  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  D'Youville  College,  1971;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
Leavitt,  Jean  D.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1968;  M.S.,  1970;  (RN) 
Lensing  William  A.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  Loyola  University,  1966;  M.S.N.,  University  of  Illinois,  1973;  (RN) 
Lenz,  Elizabeth  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Community  Health  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N.,  DePauw  University,  1964;  M.S.,  Boston  College,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware,  1976 
Lewis,  Frances  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Loretto  Heights  College,  1967;  M.N.,  University  of  Washington,  1968;  M.A.,  Stanford  University, 

1974;  (RN) 
Lindberg,  Ruth  R.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  (RN) 
Lindsey,  Ada  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1959;  M.S.,  1960;  (RN) 
Linthicum,  Louise,  Associate  Professor  of  Maternity  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1959;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1975;  (RN) 
Madison,  Ann  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 

1973;  (RN) 
Martin,  Elizabeth  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  Tuskegee  Institute,  1969;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  (RN) 
Matejski,  Myrtle  S.,  Assistant  Professor,  Career  Development:  Teaching  of  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Boston  University,  1953;  M.S.,  1954;  A.M.,  1958;  (RN) 
Mayer,  Judith  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Northern  Illinois  University,  1973;  M.S.,  1974;  (RN) 
McBee,  Betty,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967;  M.S.,  1971;  (RN) 
McElroy,  Evelyn  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Colorado,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1973;  (RN)*' 
McEntee,  Margaret,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
McFadden,  Ellen,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Virginia,  1973;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  (RN) 
McGinty,  Margaret  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  M.S.,  1974;  (RN) 
McManama,  Delores  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1959;  M.S.N.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1962;  (RN) 
Mechalske,  Helen  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.N. ,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  M.S.N.,  1976;  (RN) 
Melcolm,  Norma  J.,  Director,  Senior  Year  and  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  Medical  College  of  Georgia,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  (RN) 
Minahan,  Sue  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Texas  Woman's  University,  1962;  M.N.,  University  of  Washington,  1973;  (RN) 
Moleski,  Carol,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  M.S.,  Arizona  State  University,  1975;  (RN) 
Morgan,  Ann  P.,  Coordinator,  Orientation  and  Faculty  Development  and  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.N.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1960;  M.S.N.,  1971;  (RN) 
Moseley,  H.  Jewel,  Associate  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959;  M.S.,  1963;  (RN) 
Murphy,  Marion  I.,  Dean  and  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1936;  M.P.H.,  University  of  Michigan,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1959;  (RN) 
Muth,  Stephanie  H.  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  of  Children  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Capital  University,  1963;  M.S.,  University  of  California  (San  Francisco),  1969;  (RN) 
Neal,  Margaret  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Southern  Missionary  College,  1965;  M.S.N.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1970;  (RN) 
Neal,  Mary  V.,  Chairperson,  Maternal  and  Child  Nursing  and  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.  Litt.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1952;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University, 

1968;  (RN) 

66 


Newman,  Barbara  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical-Surgical  Nursing) 

B.A.,  Oklahoma  City  University,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
Newton,  Laura  D.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  Duke  University,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  (RN) 
Northrop,  Cynthia  E.,  Instructor  of  Community  Health  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Columbia  Union  College,  1972;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  (RN) 
Oatway,  David  M.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  California  State  College,  1967;  M.P.H.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1974;  (RN) 
O'Brien,  Maureen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Boston  College,  1964;  M.A.,  Boston  University,  1967;  (RN) 
O'Neal,  Daniel  ).  Ill,  Assistant  Professor  in  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M.A.,  New  York  University,  1972;  (RN) 
O'Toole,  Susan,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Georgetown  University,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1975;  (RN) 
Pape,  Linda  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical-Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1963;  M.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1972;  (RN) 
Parelhoff,  Sally  ).,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  lohns  Hopkins  University,  1965;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  (RN) 
Parker,  Barbara  ).,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976;  (RN) 
Peddicord,  Karen  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  M.S.,  1972;  (RN) 
Perry,  Lesley  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.N. ,  Roberts  Wesleyan  College,  1966;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1969;  (RN) 
Preston,  Vivian  G.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1970;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1975;  (RN) 
Prorok,  Colleen,  Instructor  of  Child  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  D'Youville  College,  1969;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN)* 
Proulx,  Joseph  R.,  Associate  Professor,  Career  Development:  Administration  of  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Bridgeport,  1961;  M.S.N.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1966;  Ed.D.,  Teachers  College, 

Columbia  University,  1972;  (RN) 
Rapson,  Mary,  Assistant  Professor  in  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961;  M.S.,  1967;  (RN) 
Rawlings,  Norma  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing-Media) 

B.S.,  Winston-Salem  University,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  (RN) 
Reid,  Marlene  B.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N. ,  Catholic  University,  1960;  M.S.N.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1969;  (RN) 
Reiff-Ross,  Eleanor,  Assistant  Professor,  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation 

A.B.,  Hunter  College,  1947;  A.M.,  Columbia  University,  1948;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  Ph.D., 

1972 
Robinette,  Marjorie,  Assistant  Professor,  Career  Development:  Teaching  of  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  M.S.,  1968;  (RN) 
Robinson,  Lisa,  Professor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  American  University,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1970;  (RN)** 
Rojek,  Evelyn,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical-Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  DePaul  University,  1958;  M.S.N.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1974;  (RN) 
Rollings,  )o  Ann,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical-Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Baylor  University,  1969;  M.N.,  University  of  Washington,  1974;  (RN) 
Ruth,  Mary  V.,  Chairperson,  Community  Health  Nursing  and  Associate  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Georgetown  University,  1 953;  M.S.,  Yale  University,  1 961 ;  Dr.  P.  H.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1 976; 

(RN)  Certified  Nurse-Midwife 
Ryan,  Judith  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Primary  Care:  Continuing  Education) 

B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1965;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1967;  (RN) 
Sanbury,  Virginia,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1956;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1966;  (RN) 
Sands,  Rosetta,  Assistant  Dean,  Undergraduate  Curriculum  and  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M.S.,  1970;  (RN) 
Sayle,  Suzanne  F.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

A.S.,  Briarcliff  College,  1970;  B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1972;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976;  (RN) 
Scott,  Doris  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Human  Development) 

B.S.N..  Dillard  University,  1963;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1968;  (RN)* 
Shelley,  Sonya  I.,  Director,  Research  and  Evaluation  Center  and  Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1973 
Shubkagel,  Betty  L.,  Chairperson  and  Associate  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1 954;  M.N.Ed.,  Emory  University,  1 957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1 976; 

(RN) 


67 


Silber,  Deborah  H.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing-Alcoholism  and  Drug  Abuse) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  M.S.,  1974;  (RN) 
Small,  Norma  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical-Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Incarnate  Word  College,  1965;  M.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1971;  (RN) 
Smith,  Claudia  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  M.P.H.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1971;  (RN) 
Smith,  Mary  E.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical- Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Misericordia  College,  1968;  M.N.,  University  of  Florida,  1973;  (RN) 
Smith,  Ruth  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical-Surgical  Nursing) 

A.B.,  Asbury  College,  1960;  M.N.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1964;  (RN) 
Smith,  Sheila  C,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  Indiana  University,  1970;  M.S.,  1974;  (RN) 
Solomon,  Natalie  S.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Skidmore  College,  1971;  M.S.,  New  York  University,  1974;  (RN) 
Spilman,  Helen  P.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical-Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  M.S.,  1974;  (RN) 
Spivack,  Barbara  ).,  Coordinator  for  Student  Personnel  Services 

A.B.,  Michigan  State  University,  1965;  M.A.,  1969 
Stabingas,  Sandra  F.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical-Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  M.S.N.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1975;  (RN) 
Stewart,  Daryl  C,  Assistant  to  the  Dean,  College  Park 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1959 
Stremmel,  Jean,  Assistant  Professor  (Continuing  Education) 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1954;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
Stuart,  Gail  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  Georgetown  University,  1971;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
Sullivan,  Margaret  A.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  M.S.,  1974;  (RN) 
Tross,  Eleanor  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Boston  College,  1956;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1962;  (RN) 
Veditz,  Shirley  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  M.S.,  1972;  (RN) 
Venn,  Regina,  Director,  Junior  Year  and  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Virginia,  1964;  M.N.,  Emory  University,  1968;  (RN) 
Vineys,  Eugenia  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  Incarnate  Word  College,  1970;  M.S.N.,  Texas  Woman's  University,  1974;  (RN) 
Voigt,  Irena  L,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Columbia  Union  College,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
Waldo,  Elizabeth  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  (RN) 
Walker,  Marcus  L,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1957;  M.A.,  Teachers  College,  1959;  M.P.H.,  Johns  Hopkins 

University,  1972;  Dr.  P.H.,  1976;  (RN) 
Wallace,  Margaret  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Maternity  Nursing  (Special  Assistant:  Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N. Ed.,  Duke  University,  1955;  A.M.,  1958;  Ed.D.,  1964;  (RN)* 
Waltz,  Carolyn  A.,  Associate  Professor,  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  M.S.,  1968;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware,  1976;  (RN) 
Ward,  Catherine  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1954;"  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1962;  (RN) 
Washington,  Lawrence  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  M.S.N. ,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1972;  (RN) 
Waskey,  Patricia  A.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  St.  Joseph  College,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  (RN) 
Watson,  Eileen,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  1967;  M.S.N.,  University  of  Texas  at  Austin,  1975;  (RN) 
Weakland,  Mary,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  (RN) 
Wells,  Carol  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Texas,  1967;  M.N.,  University  of  California,  1973;  (RN) 
Weinstein,  Ruth  K.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  M.S.,  1974;  (RN) 
Weisburger,  Linda,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  M.S.,  1976;  (RN) 
White,  Caroline  M.,  Assistant  Professor  in  Community  Health  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1962;  M.P.H.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1964;  Dr.  P.H.,  1974;  (RN) 
Williams,  Linda  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Columbia  Union  College,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  (RN) 

68 


Wilsker,  Donna  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Bridgeport,  1971;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
Wilson,  Margaret,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Missouri,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1972;  (RN) 
Wohlsen,  Kathryn  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

A.B.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1938;  M.N.,  1941;  M.A.,  Cojumbia  University,  1947;  (RN) 
Wright,  Pamela  ).,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  1971;  M.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1974;  (RN) 
Wyatt,  Janet  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Keuka  College,  1971;  M.S.,  University  of  Alabama,  1974;  (RN) 

*  Part  time  appointment 

**  Joint  appointment  in  School  of  Medicine 

ASSISTANT  INSTRUCTORS 

Ansel,  Gail  A.,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  (RN) 
Bacot,  Mary  H.,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  (RN) 
Kelleher,  Patricia  W.,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  (RN) 


69 


CAMPUS 
MAP 


70 


. 


BUILDING  KEY,  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  AT  BALTIMORE 


1  Ailed  Health  Professions  BuMng, 
32  S   Greene  Street 

Medical  Technology,  School  of 
Pharmacy.  Physical  Therapy, 
Radiologic  Technology  classrooms, 
offices,  laboratories 

2  Alpha  House.  828  N.  Eutaw  Street 
(off  campus) 

3  Balbmore  Union,  621  W    Lombard 
Street 

Cafeteria,  student  housing,  meeting 
rooms  for  students  and  faculty, 
lounges. 

4  Bressier  Research   Building.    29  S. 
Greene  Street 

Medical  school  research  laborato- 
ries, Baltimore  offices  of  the  univer- 
sity's Board  of  Regents 

5  Communty  Mental  Health  and  Re- 
tardation Center  (under  construc- 
tion), Fayette  and  Arch  Streets 
The  university  wil  use  the  $12  mil 
lion  plus  facilty  jomily  wth  the  In- 
ner Cty  Mental  Health  Program 
and  the  State  Department  of  Mental 
Hygiene. 

6  Community  Pediatric  Center,  412 
W  Redwood  Street  (off  campus) 
Innovative  program  of  comprehen- 
sive health  care  for  children  In 
southwestern  health  district  Feder- 
ally funded. 

7  Davidge  Hall.  522  W    Lombard 
Street 

Built  in  1812  and  designed  by  R 
Cary  Long,  who  used  the  Pantheon 
In  Rome  as  his  model  The  oldest 
building  In  the  nation  used  continu- 
ously for  medical  education.  The 
university's  Medical  Alumni  Associ- 
ation plans  to  restore  the  building  to 
Ss  original  state  and  open  I  to  the 
pubic  as  a  medical  museum. 

8  Dunning  Hall,  636  W    Lombard 
Street 

School  of  Pharmacy  classrooms  and 
offices  Drug  manufacturing  lab, 
poison  information  center 


9  Fayette  Street  Garage.  633  W  Fay 
ette  Street 

10  Gray  Laboratory.  520  Rear  W 
Lombard  Street 

Medical  school  offices  and  laborato- 
ries. Physical  Therapy  offices.  Per- 
sonnel training  room. 

11  Hayden-Harrts  Hall,  666  W  Bath 
more  Street 

School  of  Dentistry  clinics,  class- 
rooms, offices  Opened  tn  1970 
12.  Health  Sciences  Computer  Center, 
610  W  Lombard  Street 
Computer  Center,  pharmacy  school 
offices  and  labs.  Medical  Technol- 
ogy labs,  Division  of  Clinical  Investi- 
gation. Office  of  Student  Affairs. 

13  Health  Sciences  Library,  111  S. 
Greene  Street 

Main  library  for  all  professional 
schools  except  the  School  of  Law. 
Includes  historical  book  collection 
and  computerisd  circulation  and 
information  services 

14  Howard  Hall.  660  W  Redwood 
Street 

Central  Administration  offices  med- 
ical school  classrooms  offices,  labs 

15  Howard  Hall  AddMton,  655  W  Bal- 
timore Street 

Medical  school  classrooms  offices 
labs. 

16  Institute  of  Psychiatry  and  Human 
Behavior.  645  W  Redwood  Street 
(F  wing  of  hospttal) 

The  medical  school's  center  for  psy- 
chiatric teaching  and  research  as 
well  as  inpatient  and  outpatient 

17  KeDv  Memorial  Building.  650  W 
Lombard  Street 

Headquarters  of  Maryland  Pharma- 
ceutical Association  B  OBve  Cole 
Museum. 


IS    Law  Building  (Lane  Hall),  500  W 
Baltimore  Street 
School  of  Law  classrooms  offices 

19  Lombard  Building,  511  W  Lom- 
bard Street 

Bookstore.  Juvenile   Law  Clinic, 
University  Relations, 

20  Maryland  Institute  for  Emergency 
Medicine,  22  S  Greene  Street 
The  first  major  trauma  program  in 
the  nation,  combining  multidtscrpl- 
nary  teaching  and  research  with  ex- 
pert round-the-clock  care  for  the 
critically  ll  and  injured  Many  pa- 
tients are  brought  by  state  potke 
helcopter  from  all  parts  of  Mary- 
land 

21  Medical  School  Teaching  Facilty 
(under  construction),  10  S.  Pine 
Street 

1Z.   Medical  Technology  Building,  31  S 
Greene  Street 
Medical  school  offices,  labs 

23  Mencken  House.  1524  Hollins 
Street  (off  campus) 

24  Methadone  Program,  104  N 
Greene  Street  (off  campus) 

25  National  PKutary  Agency,  210  W 
Fayette  Street  (off  campus) 
Under  contract  with  the  National 
Institutes  of  Health,  the  University 
of  Maryland  administers  the  NPA, 
which  is  the  official  agency  for  col- 
lection and  distribution  of  human 
pituitary  hormones  for  research  pur- 
poses. 

26  Newman  Center,  712  W  Lombard 
Street 

27  NOsson  House.  826  N  Eutaw  Street 
(off  campus) 

2S    Parsons  Residence    Hall,    622  W 

Lombard  Street 
29     Pratt  Street  Garage  and   Exercise 

Facilty  (under  construction) 


30  Redwood  Hall.  721  W  Redwood 
Street 

Division  of  AlcohoHsm  and  Drug 
Abuse  offices  clinical  areas. 

31  School  of  Nursing  Building.  655  W 
Lombard  Street 

Modem  classroom  and  office  facilty 
for  nursing  school,  completed  In 
1971 

32  School  of  Social  Work  and  Admin- 
istration Building.  525  W  Redwood 
Street 

Office  of  the  chanceHor  School  of 
Social  Wont  and  Community  Plan- 
ning classrooms  offices 

35  State  Medical  Examiner's  Building. 
Ill  Penn  Street 

34  Stroke  Center,  412  W  Redwood 
Street  (off  campus) 

35.    Temporary  Academic  Building,  601 
Rear  W  Lombard  Street 
School  of  Social  Work  and  Com- 
munity Planning  classrooms  offices 

36  Tuerk  House.  106  N  Greene  Street 
(off  campus) 

Residential  facilty  for  alcohofism 
programs  of  the  University  of  Mary- 
land Hospttal.  (Also  Alpha  and  Nils- 
son  Houses) 

37  University  College.  520  W  Lom- 
bard Street 

Offers  degree  and  non-degree  edu- 
cational programs,  usually  held  In 
the  late  afternoon  or  evening  for 
adults 

38  Untversty  Garage.  701  W  Red- 
wood Street 


Western  Health  Cbnic,  700  W 
Lombard  Street 

Whltehurst  Hall,  624  W  Lombard 
Street 

Graduate  School  office,  nursing, 
pharmacy,  socbl  work  and  commu- 
nity planning  offices  classrooms 


71 


University  of  Maryland 
at  Baltimore 


This  publication  produced 
by  the  Office  of  University  Relations, 
51 1  W.  Lombard  Street 
Baltimore,  Maryland  21201 

Director 

Walter  T.  Brown 
Art  Director  Designer 

Marge  Schweizer 
Photographer 

Philip  Szczepanski 


72 


0* 


*% 

^ 

V 
N 


S 
o, 


> 


^ 

v 


f\ 


^ 


n 


\ 


School  of  Nursing 

University  of  Maryland 

Baltimore,  Maryland 

21201 


UNIVERSITY 

OF  MARYLAND 

AT  BALTIMORE 

1978-1980 


SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 


UNIVERSITY 

OF  MARYLAND 

AT  BALTIMORE 

1978-1980 


-■  • " 


\ 


«> 


•*  s .  -.• 


X* 


■  i±    '  in 


I  ■  MP  -x 


*fif«»W 


CONTENTS 


General  Information  5 

Instructional  Facilities  and  Resources  1 1 

Undergraduate  Program  1 5 

Graduate  Program  35 

Continuing  Education  Program  57 

Administration  59 

Calendar  65 

The  Faculty  67 

Campus  Map  73 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 


STATEMENT  OF  PHILOSOPHY 

The  School  of  Nursing,  an  autonomous  educational  unit  within  the  University  of  Mary- 
land, derives  the  broad  outlines  of  its  purpose  and  functions  from  the  philosophy  and 
policies  of  the  University.  The  faculty  of  the  School  of  Nursing  is  accountable  for  imple- 
menting the  triad  of  University  functions:  teaching,  research  and  service.  These  functions 
are  attuned  to  the  ever-changing  needs  of  society  in  the  global  community.  The  faculty 
recognizes  the  interrelationships  between  teaching,  research  and  practice  in  nursing. 
Through  participation  in  research  and  utilization  of  valid  research  findings,  teachers 
and  learners  contribute  to  effective  nursing  practice. 

Inherent  to  the  practice  of  nursing  is  the  shared  belief  that  man  is  an  integration  of 
components  and  processes  that  cannot  exist  independently  of  each  other.  Internal  and 
external  environmental  influences  alter  man's  state  of  health  from  moment  to  moment 
throughout  the  life  cycle.  The  stimulus  for  change  can  emanate  from  either  environ- 
ment as  both  evolve  through  the  continuum  of  time.  When  manipulation  of  these  forces 
is  required  to  enhance  man's  potential  for  health,  nursing  can  enter  as  a  means  to  bridge 
the  gap  between  potential  and  actual  health  states. 

The  goal  of  professional  nursing  is  to  assist  the  individual,  the  family  and  the 
community  in  the  development  of  their  potential  by  helping  each  to  gain,  maintain  or 
increase  his  optimal  level  of  health.  Interacting  in  a  dynamic  way,  the  nurse  becomes 
an  integral  part  of  the  environment  of  the  client,  acting  with  awareness  of  selected 
factors  operating  within  that  environment.  Through  a  mutual  relationship  based  on 
trust,  the  nurse  demonstrates  respect  for  the  client's  autonomy,  integrity,  dignity  and 
feelings,  and  recognizes  rights  and  responsibilities.  This  kind  of  nursing  is  best  fostered 
in  a  delivery  system  which  is  responsive  to  the  range  of  internal  and  external  forces 
affecting  health  care,  strengthening  the  forces  which  contribute  to  higher  states  of  health 
and  diminishing  those  which  lead  to  reduced  levels  of  health.  The  goal  of  nursing  is 
achieved  through  recognition  of  specific  needs  of  consumers  and  the  mobilization  and 
distribution  of  resources  to  meet  those  needs.  The  effective  operation  of  the  health  care 
system  requires  essential  input  from  both  consumers  and  professional  nurses  to  achieve 
desired  goals. 

Education  is  an  on-going  process  which  involves  the  teacher  and  the  learner  in 
pursuing  and  sharing  knowledge  in  an  organized  setting  with  planned  experiences  re- 
sulting in  desired  behavioral  change.  Believing  in  democratic  principles,  the  faculty 
emphasizes  its  faith  in  the  individual  as  a  being  of  inherent  worth  and  dignity  who  has 
the  right  and  responsibility  to  participate  in  the  educative  process  to  the  extent  of  his 
capabilities.  Learning  is  enhanced  in  a  setting  which  encourages  analytical  evaluations 
of  existing  health  practices  and  open  communication  among  members  of  the  various 
health  services.  Under  the  guidance  of  the  faculty,  purposeful  behavior  is  encouraged 
and  developed  in  students  through  the  incorporation  of  knowledge  from  the  humanities 
and  the  behavioral,  biological  and  physical  sciences  with  current  theory  and  practice  in 
professional  nursing. 

The  three  educational  programs  within  the  School  of  Nursing,  undergraduate, 
graduate  and  continuing  education,  have  evolved  from  and  are  in  agreement  with  this 
philosophy.  Elaboration  of  this  basic  philosophy  will  be  found  in  sections  of  this  bulletin 
dealing  with  the  undergraduate  program,  the  graduate  program  and  the  continuing 
education  program. 


HISTORY 

The  School  of  Nursing,  one  of  six  professional  schools  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
at  Baltimore,  was  established  on  December  15,  1889  by  Miss  Louisa  Parsons  in  the  old 
University  Hospital  Building  on  Lombard  and  Greene  Streets.  Miss  Parsons  had  been  a 
student  of  Florence  Nightingale  and  was  a  graduate  of  Miss  Nightingale's  school  at  St. 
Thomas'  Hospital  in  London. 

The  original  curriculum  of  the  University  of  Maryland  Training  School,  which 
required  two  years  for  completion,  was  extended  to  three  years  in  1902.  In  1920  the 
School  of  Nursing  became  a  separate  unit  of  the  University  administered  by  the  hospital. 
An  optional  five-year  curriculum  was  instituted  in  1926  combining  two  years  of  arts 
and  sciences  on  the  College  Park  campus  and  three  years  at  the  School  of  Nursing  in 
Baltimore.  Both  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  a  Diploma  in  Nursing  were  awarded 
upon  completion  of  the  five  year  program.  This  sequence,  as  well  as  the  three-year 
hospital  school,  phased  out  in  1952  when  Dr.  Florence  M.  Gipe,  now  dean  emerita, 
became  dean  of  the  new  autonomous  four-year  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Nursing. 

In  1954  the  School  of  Nursing  became  a  department  of  the  Graduate  School  which 
awards  the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  with  a  major  in  nursing  to  qualified  candidates. 
One  of  Dean  Gipe's  lasting  contributions  to  nursing  education  in  the  south  was  her 
leadership  in  establishing  graduate  education  within  the  Nursing  Council  of  the  Southern 
Regional  Education  Board.  Together  with  the  deans  of  five  other  Schools  of  Nursing 
with  accredited  graduate  programs,  she  pioneered  in  setting  guidelines  and  interpreting 
the  need  for  graduate  programs  of  high  quality. 

The  first  decentralized  setting  of  the  School  of  Nursing  where  qualified  (under- 
graduate) students  could  complete  the  nursing  major  was  established  when  the  Walter 
Reed  Army  Institute  of  Nursing  (WRAIN)  was  created  in  1964  through  a  contractual 
arrangement  between  the  University  of  Maryland  and  the  Department  of  the  Army. 
Students  in  this  program  were  subsidized  during  the  junior-senior  years  and  following 
graduation  were  obligated  to  serve  for  three  years  in  the  Army  Nurse  Corps.  The  Walter 
Reed  Army  Institute  of  Nursing  closed  with  the  last  class  of  WRAIN  students  graduating 
in  June,  1978.  A  second  decentralized  program  was  initiated  in  1974  through  an  agree- 
ment between  the  University  and  the  Mercy  Hospital  Clinical  Center  in  Baltimore. 
Organized  along  lines  somewhat  similar  to  WRAIN,  with  Mercy  Hospital  bearing  the 
main  expense  of  instruction,  the  Mercy  program  represents  a  unique  way  in  which  one 
private  hospital  chose  to  continue  its  support  to  nursing  education  after  closing  its 
hospital  school.  A  first  University  of  Maryland  class  of  33  students  whose  main  clinical 
base  had  been  the  Mercy  Clinical  Center  graduated  in  June,  1976.  Students  in  the  de- 
centralized program  meet  the  School's  admission  criteria.  Faculty  at  this  center  are 
appointed  by  the  University  of  Maryland  and  utilize  University-approved  clinical  re- 
sources in  providing  learning  experiences  which  meet  requirements  of  the  School  of 
Nursing  curriculum.  Although  in  a  decentralized  setting,  both  faculty  and  students  func- 
tion as  one  school. 

The  employment  of  a  director  of  continuing  education  in  1969  resulted  in  much 
appreciated  services  to  nurses  throughout  Maryland.  Subsequent  development  of  re- 
gional committees  has  involved  large  numbers  of  nurses  in  planning  for  continuing  edu- 
cation programs  geared  to  specific  interests  and  needs  (See  Continuing  Education, 
page  57). 

A  multimedia  self-instructional  grant  from  the  Division  of  Nursing,  Department 
of  Health,  Education  and  Welfare,  during  1969-74,  provided  the  stimulus  for  the  devel- 
opment and  use  of  newer  teaching-learning  strategies.  An  Instructional  Media  Center 
staffed  with  nursing  faculty  and  skilled  technicians  has  continued  to  be  a  valuable  re- 
source to  faculty  and  students. 

A  research  development  grant  from  the  Division  of  Nursing,  Department  of  Health, 
Education  and  Welfare,  which  was  available  to  the  School  of  Nursing  from  1970  to 
1975  served  to  increase  faculty's  involvement  in  research.  The  establishment  of  a  Center 


for  Research  and  Evaluation  in  1975  provided  for  the  coordination  of  research  courses 
as  well  as  additional  consultative  services  to  both  faculty  and  students. 

Since  early  days,  the  baccalaureate  curriculum  has  been  available  to  registered 
nurses  who  wished  to  pursue  further  study.  However,  in  recent  years  faculty  have  put 
forth  great  effort  to  encourage  nurses  who  demonstrated  motivation  and  ability  to  avail 
themselves  of  options  which  increasingly  are  available  to  the  adult  learner  in  higher 
education.  Admission  to  the  School's  integrated  upper  division  clinical  program  was 
facilitated  by  administration  of  newly  designed  challenge  examinations.  Clinical  experi- 
ences available  to  R.N.'s  provided  innovative  approaches  to  meeting  objectives  of  the 
baccalaureate  curriculum.  Further  evidence  of  the  School's  concern  for  enlarging  the 
pool  of  baccalaureate  prepared  nurses  in  Maryland  was  the  institution  in  1975  of  an 
outreach  program  for  "community  bound"  nurses  in  Western  Maryland  and  the  Eastern 
Shore.  The  first  outreach  program  class  of  27  students  graduated  in  June,  1978. 

Faculty  have  accomplished  a  complete  revision  of  both  baccalaureate  and  graduate 
curricula  in  recent  years.  Implementation  of  the  former  was  initiated  in  the  fall  of  1972 
concurrently  with  a  very  large  increase  in  upper  division  nursing  enrollment  of  the 
Baltimore  campus.  Since  1974,  because  of  limitations  in  the  availability  of  clinical  facili- 
ties in  the  Baltimore  metropolitan  area,  it  has  been  necessary  to  restrict  admissions  to 
the  junior  class  (UMAB  and  Mercy)  to  300  students.  The  new  graduate  curriculum, 
which  was  granted  approval  by  the  Graduate  School  early  in  1976,  is  characterized 
by  flexibility  in  the  choices  offered  to  students.  The  revision  also  was  responsible  for 
the  creation  of  a  new  Department  of  Primary  Health  Care.  In  1978,  the  opportunity 
for  specialization  in  gerontological  nursing  was  added  to  the  graduate  curriculum. 
In  addition  to  preparing  competent  practitioners  to  meet  current  health  care  needs,  both 
curricula  endeavor  to  provide  graduates  with  a  foundation  to  adapt  to  and  influence 
changing  trends  in  health  care  delivery. 

During  the  1977-78  academic  year,  the  second  dean  of  the  School  of  Nursing, 
Dr.  Marion  I.  Murphy,  announced  her  retirement  plans.  She  served  as  dean  from 
1967-78  guiding  the  School  and  faculty  with  imaginative  and  assertive  leadership  and 
continuously  working  to  assure  quality  educational  opportunities  for  more  nurses  at  all 
levels  of  preparation.  During  her  tenure  as  dean,  Dr.  Murphy  served  as  Chairperson 
of  the  Maryland  Commission  for  Nursing;  this  Commission  proposed  ten  recommenda- 
tions based  on  identified  nursing  education  needs  of  the  state  of  Maryland.  In  her  final 
year  as  dean,  a  substantive  proposal  for  a  doctoral  program  in  nursing  leading  to  the 
award  of  a  Ph.D.  degree  was  developed  and  approved  by  the  University.  Implementation 
of  the  doctoral  program  in  nursing  is  planned  for  the  fall  semester,  1979.  The  addition 
of  this  program  increases  the  level  of  educational  preparation  offered  by  the  School  of 
Nursing  and  is  congruent  with  and  supportive  to  the  missions  of  the  University. 


NURSES'  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 

Organized  in  1895,  School  of  Nursing  alumni  provided  early  leadership  in  the  organiza- 
tion of  the  Maryland  Nurses'  Association  and  in  passage  of  the  Nurses'  Licensing  Act  of 
1903.  Over  the  years  alumni  have  demonstrated  not  only  their  strong  support  of  the 
School  but  awareness  of  changes  taking  place  in  nursing.  Although  incorporated  as 
Alumnae,  the  Association  changed  its  title  to  Alumni  in  1964  thus  establishing  the  eligi- 
bility of  men  graduates  for  memberships.  The  historic  pin,  designed  by  Tiffany's  for  the 
class  of  1894,  bore  the  inscription  Nurses'  Alumni  Association  until  1970  when,  by 
action  of  the  Association,  the  lettering  for  future  graduates  was  changed  to  School  of 
Nursing,  University  of  Maryland.  The  Nightingale  cap,  bestowed  by  the  School's  founder, 
Louisa  Parsons,  remains  the  property  of  the  Alumni  Association.  Since  1968,  all  bac- 
calaureate graduates  of  the  School  of  Nursing  are  eligible  to  purchase  the  cap. 


THE  CAMPUS: 

THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  AT  BALTIMORE 

The  tradition  of  education  of  the  human  service  professions  on  the  Baltimore  campus 
began  with  the  founding  of  the  School  of  Medicine  in  1807.  The  Dental  School  was  the 
first  in  America;  other  professional  schools  in  order  of  date  of  origin  are  Law,  Pharmacy, 
Nursing  and  Social  Work  and  Community  Planning.  These  professional  schools  repre- 
sent a  tremendous  resource  to  the  community  in  which  they  are  located.  Also,  their 
proximity  to  one  another  offers  rich  opportunity  for  interprofessional  activities  of  a 
service  and  research  nature.  The  professional  schools  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
Baltimore  have  accepted  as  one  of  their  major  missions,  leadership  responsibility  for  the 
continuing  improvement  of  health  care  delivery  in  Maryland.  This  will  be  accomplished 
by  educating  and  training  the  appropriate  kinds  and  numbers  of  professionals  to  meet 
the  needs  of  the  people  of  the  state.  The  development  of  improved  methods  of  health 
care  delivery  will  be  incorporated  into  the  education  process,  including  those  which  en- 
sure efficiency  and  establish  standards  for  quality  of  care. 

The  UMAB  campus  is  situated  in  the  heart  of  the  downtown  section  of  Baltimore, 
a  city  whose  early  historic  origins  are  rivaled  only  by  tremendous  urban  center  develop- 
ments in  recent  years.  Baltimore  is  one  of  the  foremost  commercial,  cultural  and  scien- 
tific centers  on  the  Eastern  seaboard  and  offers  unlimited  extracurricular  activities  to 
students  and  visitors. 


ACCREDITATION  AND  MEMBERSHIP 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  a  member  of  the  Association  of  American  Colleges  and 
is  accredited  by  the  Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools.  The 
undergraduate  and  graduate  programs  of  the  School  of  Nursing  are  accredited  by  the 
National  League  for  Nursing;  the  School  also  maintains  membership  in  the  Council  of 
Member  Agencies  of  the  Department  of  Baccalaureate  and  Higher  Degree  Programs  of 
the  National  League  for  Nursing.  The  baccalaureate  program  is  approved  by  the  Mary- 
land State  Board  of  Examiners  of  Nurses.  The  School  is  represented  in  the  Council  on 
Collegiate  Education  for  Nursing  of  the  Southern  Regional  Education  Board  by  the 
dean,  associate  deans  for  undergraduate  and  graduate  studies  and  the  director  of  con- 
tinuing education.  The  School  also  is  a  member  of  the  American  Association  of  Colleges 
of  Nursing. 


EQUAL  OPPORTUNITY 

Qualified  applicants  are  admitted  without  discrimination  in  regard  to  age,  creed,  ethnic 
origin,  marital  status,  handicap,  race  and  sex.  The  enrollment  of  the  racial  minority 

8 


student,  the  male  student,  and  the  adult  learner  has  been  increasing  annually.  In  line 
with  its  stated  philosophy,  the  School  of  Nursing  encourages  students  with  diversified 
backgrounds  to  seek  admissions  to  the  baccalaureate  and  graduate  programs,  thereby 
enriching  the  educational  experience  for  all. 

Similarly,  effort  is  made  to  recruit  faculty  with  diversified  backgrounds  particularly 
representatives  of  minority  groups.  Although  all  faculty  carry  certain  common  responsi- 
bilities, the  black  or  male  faculty  member  undeniably  becomes  a  role  model  further 
illustrating  the  School's  commitment  to  affirmative  action. 

REGISTRATION  ON  CAMPUSES  WITHIN  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF 
MARYLAND  SYSTEM 

Registration  at  one  of  the  University  of  Maryland  campuses  permits  a  student  to 
register  for  courses  (space  available)  offered  by  another  campus  within  the  University 
of  Maryland  system. 

DETERMINATION  OF  RESIDENCE 

The  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of  Maryland  approved  new  regulations  for  the 
determination  of  in-state  status  for  admission,  tuition  and  charge-differential  purposes 
effective  January  1974.  A  copy  of  the  regulations  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of 
Admissions  and  Registrations. 

INSURANCE  COVERAGE 

All  nursing  students,  undergraduate  and  graduate,  enrolled  for  clinical  nursing  courses, 
are  required  to  carry  malpractice  liability  insurance. 


INSTRUCTIONAL  FACILITIES 
AND  RESOURCES 


HEALTH  SCIENCES  LIBRARY 

The  Health  Sciences  Library,  situated  near  the  School  of  Nursing,  serves  the  schools 
of  nursing,  medicine,  dentistry,  pharmacy  and  social  work  and  community  planning.  Its 
resources  include  over  92,000  books,  99,800  serials  and  18,800  non-print  materials. 
The  Library  subscribes  to  138  abstracting  and  indexing  services  and  3,200  scientific 
journals.  Computerized  reference  and  bibliographic  services  are  available.  Study  space 
is  provided  and  a  staff  of  professional  librarians  assists  the  student  body  in  the  use  of 
library  resources. 


INSTRUCTIONAL  MEDIA  CENTER 

The  School  of  Nursing  offers  opportunity  for  both  individual  and  group  learning  activi- 
ties. 

Self-Instruction:  The  rationale  for  this  approach  is  that  the  knowledge  and  skills 
needed  by  individual  nursing  students  vary  at  any  given  time.  Availability  of  appropriate 
materials  in  self-instructional  format  provides  for  this  diversity  of  needs.  As  the  result  of 
a  special  project,  a  group  of  faculty  and  technicians  developed  and  produced  a  large 
number  of  multimedia  self-instructional  study  units.  In  addition,  commercially  prepared 
materials  have  been  purchased  as  appropriate  to  meet  students'  needs.  The  environment 
for  self-study  is  an  Instructional  Media  Laboratory  with  68  carrels  including  a  variety 
of  equipment.  Undergraduate  students  may  be  required  to  study  specific  units  as  course 
requirements  and  may  peruse  other  self-instructional  materials  relevant  to  their  indi- 
vidual learning  needs.  Graduate  students  utilize  the  laboratory  on  a  selective  basis. 

Skills  Practice:  Undergraduate  students  who  wish  to  practice  certain  nursing  skills 
and  procedures  may  do  so  in  a  Skills  Laboratory  adjoining  the  Media  Center.  The 
laboratory  contains  typical  clinical  equipment  which  enables  students  to  simulate  direct 
care  situations.  A  Skills  Laboratory  Committee  of  faculty  members  prepares  skill  guides 
to  assist  the  student  using  the  laboratory;  an  R.N.  laboratory  assistant  is  available  to 
provide  guidance  to  students  on  a  part-time  basis. 

Both  the  Instructional  Media  Laboratory  and  the  Skills  Laboratory  are  open  during 
early  evening  hours. 

Group  Instruction:  Classroom  instruction  at  the  School  of  Nursing  is  supported 
through  a  variety  of  media  services.  Movie  projectors,  overhead  projectors,  audio  tape 
recorders  and  other  equipment  are  available  for  use  in  classes  or  seminars.  A  library  of 
film  and  other  media  catalogs  is  maintained  to  help  faculty  locate  desired  films,  tapes 
and  other  resources.  Materials  for  and  assistance  in  the  production  of  slides  and  over- 
head projector  transparencies  are  available  to  faculty  members  who  wish  to  make  use 
of  those  techniques. 

The  School  also  has  a  closed  circuit  television  studio  where  live  or  taped  programs 
can  be  produced.  A  portable  videotape  system  and  production  assistance  are  available 
for  faculty  and  students  who  wish  to  videotape  projects  on  their  own. 

11 


CENTER  FOR  RESEARCH  AND  EVALUATION 

As  nursing  moves  forward  in  the  establishment  of  its  own  theoretical  base  and  explores 
its  relationship  to  other  human  services,  research  has  assumed  new  dimensions.  The 
School  of  Nursing  provides  introductory  courses  in  research  methodology  for  under- 
graduate students  and  more  advanced  offerings  for  graduate  students.  The  faculty  of 
the  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation,  in  addition  to  teaching,  are  available  to  assist 
faculty  and  graduate  students  with  research  design,  sampling  procedures,  techniques 
of  measurement,  data  collection  and  analysis  as  well  as  preparation  of  reports  and 
proposals.  A  specialist  in  educational  evaluation,  who  joined  the  center  faculty  in  1976, 
provides  leadership  in  evaluation  of  curricula  and  other  areas.  The  Center  has  a  Re- 
search Reading  Room  with  a  collection  of  200  books  primarily  devoted  to  aspects  of 
research  methodology;  selected  journals;  and  a  file  of  measurement  instruments  appro- 
priate for  use  in  behavioral  research  and  a  Data  Analysis  Laboratory  that  houses  a 
teletype  and  a  variety  of  mini-calculators  and  mini-computers  for  faculty  and  student 
use.  Instruction  in  utilization  of  hardware  in  the  laboratory  is  available.  Computer  service 
facilities  on  both  the  Baltimore  and  College  Park  campuses  also  are  utilized  extensively. 
School  of  Nursing  faculty  participate  in  a  regional  research  consortium  and  gradu- 
ate students  from  a  three-state  area  meet  annually  for  informal  presentations  of  their 
research  projects.  Undergraduate  and  graduate  faculty  and  interested  students  share 
membership  in  a  Research  Committee  of  the  School  of  Nursing.  Research  of  a  multi- 
disciplinary  nature  is  increasingly  possible  as  nursing  and  other  health  disciplines  have 
identified  common  problems.  The  School  schedules  two  "Research  Days"  during  the 
academic  year  to  highlight  such  activities  as  part  of  its  faculty  development  program. 


STUDENT  SERVICES:  UNDERGRADUATE  AND 
GRADUATE  PROGRAMS 

NATIONAL  HONOR  SOCIETY  OF  NURSING  Sigma  Theta  Tau,  founded  in  1922, 
is  the  national  honor  society  of  nursing;  Pi  Chapter  was  established  at  the  University 
of  Maryland  in  1959.  The  purposes  of  Sigma  Theta  Tau  are  to  recognize  superior 
scholarship  achievement,  encourage  and  support  research  activities,  and  strengthen  com- 
mitment to  the  ideas  and  purposes  of  the  nursing  profession. 

Candidates  for  membership  are  selected  from  the  basic  baccalaureate,  the  registered 
nurse,  and  the  graduate  students  in  nursing  as  well  as  outstanding  nurses  from  the  com- 
munity. Selection  is  based  on  scholastic  achievement,  leadership  qualities,  creativity, 
professional  standards  and  commitment. 

WHO'S  WHO  AMONG  STUDENTS  IN  AMERICAN  UNIVERSITIES  AND  COL- 
LEGES Membership  in  this  organization  is  open  to  juniors,  seniors  and  graduate 
students  in  the  School  of  Nursing.  Both  students  and  faculty  participate  in  the  nomina- 
tion and  selection  of  members  on  the  basis  of  the  following  criteria:  scholarship  ability, 
participation  and  leadership  in  academic  and  extracurricular  activities,  citizenship  and 
service  to  the  school  and  potential  for  future  achievement. 

PHI  KAPPA  PHI  Phi  Kappa  Phi  is  a  national  honor  society  which  was  established  at 
the  University  of  Maryland  in  1920.  Its  objective  is  to  foster  and  recognize  outstanding 
scholarship,  character  and  social  usefulness  in  students  from  all  areas  of  instruction. 

Candidates  for  membership  are  selected  from  the  basic  baccalaureate,  the  registered 
nurse  and  the  graduate  students  in  nursing. 

OTHER  AWARDS  School  of  Nursing  students  are  eligible  for  several  types  of  awards 
upon  completion  of  the  undergraduate  or  graduate  program.  The  awards,  which  are_ 
presented  at  an  academic  convocation,  have  been  donated  by  the  Nurses'  Alumni  Asso- 
ciation or  other  groups  or  individuals  who  wish  to  recognize  outstanding  individuals  in 
the  student  body.  An  annual  Research  Award  is  presented  to  a  graduate  student  in 
recognition  of  an  outstanding  thesis. 

12 


IT!   WM 

i    •    •    •    I    I 
•    •    i    i    «    ■ 


^ .......  ^ 

;   ,   ,   .   , 


■   f   »    i   i    «    i   \   \   \ 


,. 


m 


ft 


' 


r 


t 


UNDERGRADUATE  PROGRAM 


UNDERGRADUATE  PROGRAM  OVERVIEW 

The  program  in  professional  nursing,  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
nursing,  is  available  to  women  and  men  who  have  established  eligibility  for  admission 
to  the  University.  The  first  two  years  of  preprofessional  study  (lower  division  work)  are 
available  at  University  of  Maryland  campuses  or  at  any  other  accredited  college  or 
university.  On  these  campuses,  the  student  pursues  a  program  geared  to  providing 
fundamentals  of  a  liberal  education  and  subjects  which  are  supportive  to  the  study  of 
nursing.  The  junior  and  senior  years  are  devoted  to  completing  the  nursing  major,  re- 
lated courses  and  electives  on  the  Baltimore  campus  and  at  the  Mercy  Clinical  Center 
in  Baltimore. 

Registered  nurses  who  desire  to  bring  their  previous  preparation  for  nursing  in  line 
with  requirements  for  the  baccalaureate  degree  are  encouraged  to  establish  eligibility  for 
admission.  Credits  previously  earned  at  an  accredited  two  or  four-year  college  or  uni- 
versity are  assessed  according  to  University  of  Maryland  and  School  of  Nursing  policies 
governing  transfer;  opportunity  to  establish  credit  for  certain  foundational  and  nursing 
courses  is  provided. 

OBJECTIVES  OF  THE  UNDERGRADUATE  PROGRAM 

The  baccalaureate  graduate  of  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing  is  com- 
mitted to  the  total  well-being  of  people  and  demonstrates  respect  for  their  dignity,  worth, 
autonomy  and  uniqueness.  In  ambulatory,  community,  and  inpatient  settings,  the  grad- 
uate provides  effective  nursing  care  that  assists  individuals,  families  and  other  groups 
at  any  point  on  the  health  continuum  to  attain,  regain,  or  maintain  their  maximum  level 
of  health  and  highest  level  of  functioning. 

The  baccalaureate  program  provides  a  learning  environment  which  fosters  pur- 
poseful self-direction;  implementation  of  nursing  care  is  based  on  a  deep  grasp  of  nurs- 
ing knowledge  and  skill,  analytical  thinking  and  discriminative  judgment.  As  a  result  of 
the  educative  process,  and  following  an  appropriate  orientation  to  a  nursing  care  setting, 
the  graduate  is  able  to  assume  beginning  leadership  in  the  practice  of  nursing.  Aware- 
ness of  nursing's  effectiveness  on  the  improvement  of  health  care  services  to  people 
gives  impetus  to  the  graduate's  continuing  search  for  knowledge  which  supports  practice. 

To  achieve  these  ends,  the  graduate: 

1.  synthesizes  selected  concepts  from  the  affective,  cognitive,  and  psychomotor 
domains  in  formulating  a  philosophy  of  nursing; 

2.  uses  affective,  cognitive,  and  psychomotor  behaviors  in  applying  the  nursing 
process  to  individuals  and  small  groups; 

3.  demonstrates  personal  and  professional  growth  with  increasing  self-direction; 

4.  demonstrates  leadership  in  own  nursing  practice; 

5.  demonstrates  responsible  organizational  behaviors  in  meeting  professional 
goals  within  health  care  agencies; 

6.  collaborates  in  the  assessment  of  and  planning  for  meeting  the  health  care 
needs  of  individuals  and  small  groups; 

7.  improves  own  nursing  practice  through  the  evaluation  and  application  of 
selected  research. 

15 


UPPER  DIVISON  PROGRAM  — ARTICULATION  PROGRAMS 

The  undergraduate  nursing  program  of  the  University  of  Maryland  is  an  upper  divi- 
sion program.  This  means  that  a  student  must  successfully  complete  two  years  of  college 
coursework  prior  to  entering  the  School  of  Nursing  at  Baltimore.  The  required  lower 
division  courses  taken  in  the  first  two  years  of  study  may  be  taken  at  any  accredited 
institution  of  higher  education.  The  following  have  designed  special  articulation  pro- 
grams which  facilitate  a  student's  admission  to  the  School  of  Nursing: 

Anne  Arundel  Community  College 

Alleghany  Community  College 

Catonsville  Community  College 

Cecil  Community  College 

Charles  County  Community  College 

Chesapeake  College 

The  Community  College  of  Baltimore 

Dundalk  Community  College 

Essex  Community  College 

Frederick  Community  College 

Garrett  Community  College 

Hagerstown  Junior  College 

Harford  Community  College 

Howard  Community  College 

Montgomery  College 

Prince  George's  Community  College 

Frostburg  State  College 

University  of  Maryland  —  Baltimore  County  Campus 

University  of  Maryland  —  College  Park  Campus 

University  of  Maryland  —  Eastern  Shore  Campus 

The  articulation  program  for  each  of  the  above  listed  community  colleges  is  de- 
scribed in  a  booklet  entitled  as  follows:  "Programs  Articulated  Between  (insert  one  of 
the  above)  College  and  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  City."  This  booklet  is 
kept  in  the  counseling  center  of  each  community  college.  The  articulation  program  for 
the  following  institutions   is  listed  in  their  college  catalogue: 

University  of  Maryland  —  Baltimore  County 
University  of  Maryland  —  College  Park 
University  of  Maryland  —  Eastern  Shore 
Frostburg  State  College 

LOWER  DIVISION  REQUIREMENTS 

Professional,  upper  division  education  in  nursing  requires  a  foundation  of  learning  pro- 
vided by  the  lower-division  college  courses.  Prior  to  fall  matriculation  as  a  junior  in 
the  undergraduate  program,  students  must  have  completed  the  following  lower  division 
course  requirements  at  an  accredited  college  or  university. 

Course  Requirements  Credits 

English  Composition   3 

Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  Including  Laboratory 6-8 

Microbiology  Including  Laboratory 3-4 

Chemistry  Including  Laboratory 6-8 

*Social  Sciences    12 

**Humanities 15 

Nutrition  (sophomore  level)   3 

Electives 6-10 

Minimum  of  59  credits 

*Must  include  at  least  one  course  in  sociology  and  one  course  in  psychology. 
**Must  include  course  selected  from  at  least  three  disciplines  within  the  humanities  areas. 

16 


ADMISSION  TO  THE  UNDERGRADUATE  PROGRAM 

Application:  Beginning  Fall  1978,  the  School  of  Nursing  is  making  early  decisions  for 
admission  on  qualified  students,  as  well  as  admitting  qualified  applicants  so  long  as 
space  is  available  regardless  of  date  of  application.  This  means  that  generally  the  sooner 
the  student  submits  application  and  supporting  documents,  the  earlier  notification  of 
admission  will  be  sent.  Students  are  encouraged  to  apply  during  the  fall  semester  and 
submit  all  necessary  documents  by  February  1 . 

Applications  are  available  from  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  660  W.  Redwood  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201. 

Eligibility  for  Applying:  Applicants  must  have  completed  the  59  credits  of  lower  divi- 
sion requirements  listed  above  by  the  time  they  enter  the  fall  semester  of  the  junior  year. 
This  normally  means  that  by  the  end  of  the  previous  fall  semester,  applicants  should  have 
successfully  completed  44  semester  hours  of  applicable  credits  including  eight  semester 
hours  of  required  chemistry,  anatomy  and  physiology,  or  microbiology.  These  credits 
must  be  distributed  as  follows: 

English  —  3  credits 
Natural  Science  (required)  —  8  credits 
Social  Science  —  6  credits 
Humanities  —  6  credits 

Foreign  Students:  Prior  to  applying  to  the  School  of  Nursing  (upper  division),  foreign 
students  should  seek  advisement  from  the  Foreign  Student  Office  in  an  accredited  edu- 
cational institution  of  his  choice.  The  advisor  may  determine  which  credits  are  trans- 
ferable to  the  American  system  and  then  determine  if  there  are  lower  division  courses 
to  be  completed  in  order  to  be  eligible  for  admission  to  the  School  of  Nursing.  The 
campus  Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations  processes  foreign  students'  applications. 
The  processing  takes  approximately  six  months. 

Students  are  required  to  take  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language.  A  score 
of  500  is  considered  to  be  an  indication  that  the  applicant  could  be  successful  in  language 
comprehension  and  use. 

Application  For  The  Allied  Health  Professions  Admission  Test:  In  addition  to  the 
application,  submit  the  results  of  the  Allied  Health  Professions  Admission  Test  to  the 
Office  of  Admissions  and  Progressions  located  at  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of 
Nursing,  655  West  Lombard  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201. 

Write  the  Psychological  Corporation  for  an  application  and  brochure  at: 
ALLIED  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS  ADMISSION  TEST 
The  Psychological  Corporation 
304  E.  45th  Street 
New  York,  New  York  10017 
Telephone  Number:  (212)  888-3221 

Students  planning  to  apply  to  the  School  of  Nursing  for  Fall  1980  should  contact 
the  Assistant  Dean  for  Admissions  and  Progressions,  University  of  Maryland,  School 
of  Nursing,  655  West  Lombard  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201  in  the  spring  of 
1980  for  possible  changes  regarding  the  admission  criteria. 


UNIQUE  FEATURES  OF  THE  CURRICULUM:  UPPER  DIVISION 

The  junior  and  senior  years  of  the  nursing  curriculum  are  offered  at  the  UMAB  campus 
and  the  Mercy  Clinical  Center  in  Baltimore.  Both  centers  use  the  same  integrated  cur- 
riculum design.  The  integrated  approach  requires  that  students  be  taught  by  a  team  of 
teachers;  the  teams  are  composed  of  faculty  members  who  have  specialized  knowledge 
in  the  areas  of  maternal-child,  psychiatric-community  mental  health,  medical-surgical, 

17 


and  community  health  nursing.  All  teams  of  students  work  toward  the  same  course 
objectives,  although  the  teaching-learning  methods  may  vary  among  the  teams. 

Each  team  has  approximately  40-50  students  who  are  taught  by  5-6  teachers.  This 
student-faculty  ratio  of  approximately  1:10  creates  a  learning  situation  whereby  students 
have  sufficient  opportunity  to  learn  the  clinical  skills  required  of  professional  nurses. 

The  goal  of  nursing  care  is  to  assist  man  to  reach  his  highest  level  of  functioning 
compatible  with  health.  Consequently,  the  curriculum  focuses  on  the  development  of 
the  requisite  interpersonal  and  cognitive  skills  such  as  problem-solving,  discriminative 
thinking  and  making  nursing  judgments  as  well  as  technical  skills.  Indeed,  the  curriculum 
is  best  described  as  one  which  emphasizes  the  psychosocial  needs  of  man  without  negat- 
ing the  importance  of  physical  and  spiritual  needs. 

A  typical  plan  of  study  for  the  upper  division  nursing  major  follows: 

JUNIOR  YEAR 

Fall  Semester  Credits 

*NURS  314     Concepts  of  Nursing  I   9 

NURS  318     Special  Topics — Electives  in  Health  Related  Courses 3 

*NURS  316     Human  Growth  and  Development  3 

TOTAL         15 

Winter  Session  Credits 

*NURS  317     Deviations  in  Human  Growth  and  Development 2 

*NURS  320     Introduction  to  the  Administration  of  Medications 1 

TOTAL  3 

Spring  Semester  Credits 

*NURS  315     Concepts  of  Nursing  II 9 

*NURS  310     Pathophysiology  and  its  Pharmacological  Implications 4 

NURS  321     Introduction  to  Organizational  Behavior  3 

TOTAL         16 

*These  courses  may  be  challenged  by  R.N.  students  after  being  admitted  to  the 
upper  division. 


SENIOR  YEAR 

Fall  Semester  Credits 

NURS  324-325     Concepts  of  Nursing  III  A  or  B  9 

NURS  322     Nursing  in  Society   3 

NURS  410     Survey  of  Research  and  Statistics 3 

TOTAL         15 

Winter  Session  Credits 

NURS  326     Clinical  Nursing  Elective ._ 3 

TOTAL  3 

Spring  Semester  Credits 

NURS  324-325     Concepts  of  Nursing  III  A  or  B 9 

NURS  418     Special  Topics— Electives  in  Health-Related  Courses .  2-3 

TOTAL    11-12 
18 


Policies  Regarding  Nursing  Concepts  Courses:  The  major  nursing  courses,  i.e.,  NURS 
314,  315,  324,  325,  326,  334,  and  335,  must  be  taken  within  the  University  of  Mary- 
land School  of  Nursing.  This  policy  does  not  negate  the  opportunity  for  R.N.  students 
to  challenge  the  junior  year  concepts  of  nursing  courses. 

Clinical  Practice  Fields:  Clinical  practice  fields  for  the  baccalaureate  program  are  pro- 
vided through  arrangements  with  a  wide  variety  of  hospitals  and  other  health  agencies. 
All  clinical  coursework  is  under  the  direct  supervision  of  faculty  of  the  School  of  Nurs- 
ing wherever  it  takes  place.  Students  are  assigned  to  anyone  of  a  number  of  different 
agencies  for  the  purpose  of  accomplishing  the  course  objectives  as  determined  by  faculty. 


ALTERNATIVE  CURRICULUM  TIMING  (ACT) 

Alternative  Curriculum  Timing  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  students  whose  past 
or  present  life  experiences  may  require  them  to  take  somewhat  longer  than  the  usual 
two  academic  years  to  complete  upper  division  course  work  of  the  nursing  major.  These 
students  are  offered  the  option  of  choosing  a  reduced  credit  load  thereby  extending  their 
education.  Once  admitted,  students  with  the  following  life  circumstances  may  qualify 
and  apply  for  ACT:  unusual  family  responsibilities;  an  academic  record  that  shows  a 
reduced  credit  load  may  facilitate  academic  success;  unusual  financial  responsibilities; 
and  students  who  are  disadvantaged  or  from  minority  groups.  An  additional  feature 
of  ACT  is  the  provision  of  additional  personal  and  academic  support  services. 

The  sequencing  of  courses  for  this  program  (ACT)  is  as  follows: 

Summer  Session  Credits 

NURS  316     Human  Growth  and  Development 3 

NURS  318     Special  Topics — Electives  in  Health  Related  Courses   3 

TOTAL  6 

Fall  Semester  Credits 

NURS  314     Concepts  of  Nursing  I   _9 

TOTAL  9 

Winter  Session  Credits 

NURS  317     Deviations  in  Human  Growth  and  Development 2 

NURS  320     Introduction  to  the  Administration  of  Medications 1 

TOTAL  3 

Spring  Semester  Credits 

NURS  310     Pathophysiology  and  its  Pharmacological  Implications 4 

NURS  315     Concepts  of  Nursing  II _9 

TOTAL         13 

Summer  Session  Credits 

NURS  418     Special  Topics — Electives  in  Health-Related  Courses 3 

NURS  321     Introduction  to  Organizational  Behavior 3 

TOTAL  6 

Fall  Semester  Credits 

NURS  324     Concepts  of  Nursing  III  A 9 

NURS  322     Nursing  in  Society    _3 

TOTAL         12 

19 


Winter  Session  Credits 

NURS  326     Clinical  Nursing  Elective   3 

TOTAL  3 

Spring  Semester  Credits 

NURS  325     Concepts  of  Nursing  III  B   9 

NURS  410     Survey  of  Research  and  Statistics 3 

TOTAL         12 


REGISTERED  NURSE  STUDENTS 

This  opportunity  for  the  completion  of  the  baccalaureate  degree  by  graduates  of 
associate  degree  and  diploma  programs  is  a  result  of  the  faculty  belief  that  these  adult 
learners  possess  special  characteristics:  diverse  life,  educational  and  clinical  experiences; 
a  high  level  of  motivation  that  fosters  independent  and  collaborative  learning;  and  a 
need  to  complete  baccalaureate  education  to  prepare  them  effectively  for  additional 
career  opportunities.  Before  admission  the  required  lower  division  courses  may  be  com- 
pleted on  University  of  Maryland  campuses  or  at  other  accredited  colleges  or  univer- 
sities. Graduate  nurses  may  be  accepted  into  the  program  pending  results  on  the  State 
Board  Examination.  Failure  to  become  licensed  will  mean  the  immediate  withdrawal 
from  the  program. 

The  modification  of  the  University  of  Maryland  curriculum  for  registered  nurse 
students  builds  on  the  knowledge  and  skills  of  these  students  in  a  unique  way.  There 
is  opportunity  through  challenge  examinations  to  validate  and  receive  credit  for  knowl- 
edge acquired  in  their  first  nursing  program.  In  the  senior  year,  registered  nurse  students 
concentrate  on  the  use  of  the  University  of  Maryland  curriculum  which  provides  the 
framework  for  content  organization,  as  well  as  the  implementation  and  evaluation  of 
nursing  care  beyond  their  initial  preparation  in  nursing. 

Registered  nurses  interested  in  completing  requirements  for  a  degree  should  ad- 
dress their  initial  inquiries  to  the  Office  of  the  Assistant  Dean  for  Admissions  and  Pro- 
gressions, University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing,  655  W.  Lombard  St.,  Baltimore, 
Md.  21201. 

Establishing  credit  by  examination:  After  admission  to  the  School  of  Nursing, 
registered  nurses  may  establish  advanced  placement  by  taking  examinations  for  credit. 
Study  guides  and  bibliographies  for  these  are  sent  to  all  applicants. 

Credits 

NURS  310  Pathophysiology  and  its  Pharmacological  Implications 4 

*NURS  314  Concepts  of  Nursing  I 9 

*NURS  315  Concepts  of  Nursing  II 9 

NURS  316  Human  Growth  and  Development  3 

NURS  317  Deviations  in  Human  Growth  and  Development 2 

*NURS  320  Introduction  to  the  Administration  of  Medications 1 

*A  minimum  grade  of  C  is  required  on  each  Challenge  Examination  for  Con- 
cepts of  Nursing  courses  and  Introduction  to  Administration  of  Medications. 

Failure  to  begin  the  course  of  study  within  two  years  after  passing  challenge  exams 
will  necessitate  revalidation.  Failure  on  an  examination  requires  taking  the  course. 

Applications  for  admission  must  be  filed  on  the  Baltimore  campus  by  February  1 
for  the  fall  semester.  All  students  are  admitted  only  in  the  fall  semester.  Admission  is 
restricted  to  those  who  can  be  accommodated  by  existing  clinical  facilities  and  nursing 
faculty. 

Curriculum:  A  typical  plan  of  study  appears  below  for  R.N.  students  who  have  met 
the  requirements  for  the  preprofessional  courses  and  have  established  credit  through 
satisfactory  completion  of  challenge  examinations: 

20 


Fall  Semester  Credits 

NURS  334     Concepts  of  Nursing  IV  A 9 

NURS  321     Introduction  to  Organizational  Behavior 3 

NURS  410     Survey  of  Research  and  Statistics _3 

TOTAL         15 

Winter  Session  Credits 

NURS  326     Clinical  Nursing  Elective   

or 
NURS  348     Seminar,  Workshop    _3 

TOTAL  3 

Spring  Semester  Credits 

NURS  335     Concepts  of  Nursing  IV  B 9 

NURS  418     Special  Topics — Electives  in  Health-Related  Courses 3 

NURS  322     Nursing  In  Society   _3 

TOTAL         15 

Students  may  not  take  more  than  eighteen  credits  during  the  fall  and  spring  semes- 
ters or  4  credits  in  the  winter  session  without  administrative  approval. 

Part-Time  Study:  This  option  is  available  to  registered  nurses  who  are  admitted  to 
the  School  of  Nursing.  Part-time  students  are  expected  to  complete  the  program  in  three 
academic  years.  Enrollment  in  certain  courses  may  be  limited  depending  upon  demand. 

Outreach  Students:  During  the  1975-1976  academic  year,  an  off-campus,  part-time 
degree  completion  program  for  "community  bound"  registered  nurses  was  established 
in  Western  Maryland  and  on  the  Eastern  Shore.  Graduates  completed  the  program  in 
1978.  This  offering  is  continuing  in  Western  Maryland,  in  the  Cumberland  area  and  the 
Hagerstown  area.  The  program  enables  registered  nurses  to  complete  all  requirements 
for  the  baccalaureate  degree  in  nursing  through  enrollment  on  a  part-time  basis  in 
regional  centers.  Requirements  for  achieving  senior  year  status  are  the  same  as  on  the 
Baltimore  campus;  the  usual  senior  year  curriculum  which  involves  33  earned  credits 
is  arranged  over  a  three-year  time  span.  Inquiries  should  be  addressed  to  the  Director 
of  the  Outreach  Program,  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing,  655  West  Lombard 
Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201. 


DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS  — BACCALAUREATE  PROGRAM 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  faculty  of  the  School  to  establish  and  publish  degree  require- 
ments. Responsibility  for  knowing  and  successfully  meeting  these  requirements  rests 
with  the  student.  Requirements  are  set  forth  in  this  bulletin  and  updated  annually  in 
the  Academic  Handbook  given  to  enrolled  students  at  the  beginning  of  each  academic 
year.  Current  requirements  are  as  follows: 

1.  Certain  lower  division  coursework  is  required  for  admission  to  the  junior  year  of 
the  undergraduate  program  in  nursing.  Official  transcripts  of  this  coursework  must 
be  submitted  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations. 

2.  A  minimum  of  120  credits  (122  for  generic  students  and  120  for  R.N.  students)  in 
certain  coursework  is  required.  The  lower  division  courses  required  for  admission 
to  the  junior  year  and  the  required  courses  of  the  upper  division  major  in  nursing 
completed  at  the  University  of  Maryland  comprise  the  required  credits.  At  least  the 
senior  year  must  be  completed  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 

3.  Upper  division  major  in  nursing;  required  courses  appear  elsewhere  in  the  bulletin. 

21 


4.  A  minimum  grade  point  average  of  2.0  is  expected  each  semester  of  the  junior  and 
senior  year,  as  well  as  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.0  for  graduation. 

5.  A  grade  of  C  or  better  is  required  in  both  the  didactic  and  clinical  portions  of  Nurs- 
ing Concepts  Courses,  NURS  314,  315,  324,  325,  326,  334,  and  335.  These  courses 
are  sequential,  and  a  C  must  be  earned  before  registering  for  the  next  course  (except 
for  NURS  326  which  is  graded  Pass/Fail  and  requires  a  Pass  grade).  If  a  D  or  F 
is  received  in  a  Nursing  Concepts  Course,  the  course  must  be  repeated  with  per- 
mission of  the  Progressions  Committee  and  a  C  grade  or  higher  earned  the  next 
time  it  is  offered. 

6.  A  diploma  application  must  be  filed  with  the  Director  of  Admissions  and  Registra- 
tions, University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore,  before  the  stated  deadline  date  in  order 
to  receive  the  degree. 

GRADING  SYSTEM 

The  following  grades  are  used  to  report  the  quality  of  upper  division  coursework  on 
grade  reports  and  transcripts: 

Grade 

A 
B 
C 
D 


F 

I 
P 

WD 
AU 


Quality 

Grade  Points 

Excellent 

4 

Good 

3 

Satisfactory 

Minimal  Passing 
(but  not  acceptable  in 
certain  courses) 

2 
1 

Failure 

0 

Incomplete 

Passing  at  C  level 
or  above 

— 

Withdrew  from  all 
courses  and  the 
university 

Audit 



Note:  Only  grades  of  A,  B,  C,  D  and  F  are  computed  in  the  grade  point  average  on  the 
official  transcript  and  grade  reports  published  by  the  Office  of  Admissions  and 
Registrations. 

A  grade  of  P  is  given  only  for  specified  courses  that  are  graded  Pass/Fail  when 
performance  is  at  a  C  level  or  above. 

A  grade  of  D  or  F  is  unsatisfactory  for  Nursing  Concepts  Courses  which  re- 
quire a  C  grade  or  higher  for  the  fulfillment  of  degree  requirements. 

A  grade  of  I  is  given  at  the  discretion  of  the  instructor  only  when  extenuating 
circumstances  beyond  the  student's  control  prevent  the  completion  of  a  minor  portion 
of  work  in  a  course.  Students  receiving  a  grade  of  an  I  are  responsible  for  arranging 
with  the  instructor  the  exact  work  required  to  remove  the  incomplete.  If  an  I  grade 
is  not  removed  by  the  end  of  the  following  semester,  the  grade  automatically  converts 
to  F  except  with  Nursing  Concepts  courses  when  the  time  of  completion  is  deter- 
mined by  the  instructor.  An  I  grade  may  preclude  normal  progression  in  the  program 
as  determined  by  the  progressions  committee. 

A  WD  notation  indicates  the  student  has  withdrawn  from  all  coursework  and  from 
the  University  as  a  degree  candidate. 

22 


Note:  When  a  student  withdraws  from  the  University  or  drops  courses  after  the  end 
of  the  eighth  week  of  the  fall  or  spring  semester  or  at  the  third  week  of  the  sum- 
mer session,  a  summary  statement  of  the  student's  performance  in  the  course  is 
placed  in  the  student's  record  by  the  instructor  together  with  notation  as  to 
whether  the  student  was  passing  or  failing. 

Computation  of  grade  point  average  for  a  semester:  The  grade  points  are  added  for 
the  courses  attempted  in  a  given  semester  in  the  upper  division  major  and  multiplied 
by  the  number  of  credits  attempted.  The  sum,  divided  by  the  total  credits  for  the  courses, 
equals  the  grade  point  average  as  in  the  example  below: 

NURS  314  (9cr)  B=27  grade  points 

NURS  316  (3cr)  B=  9  grade  points 

NURS  3 1 8  (3cr)  B=_9_  grade  points 

15cr  45 

3.0         grade  point  average 


15   [45.00 

Computation  of  the  cumulative  grade  point  average:  The  total  grade  points  for  all 
courses  (including  the  upper  division  course  work,  challenge  examination  grades  for 
the  R.N.  and  courses  accepted  for  admission)  are  added  and  calculated  as  above. 


PROGRESSION  AND  REINSTATEMENT  POLICIES 

It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  monitor  his  academic  progression  toward  the  com- 
pletion of  degree  requirements,  as  well  as  to  maintain  good  academic  standing.  Students 
receive  from  faculty  a  mid-semester  warning  if  in  jeopardy  of  failing  a  course.  At  the 
end  of  each  semester,  students  receive  grade  reports  on  coursework  completed  from  the 
Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations.  These  reports  of  official  grades  (and  their 
entry  on  the  official  transcript)  and  the  grades  for  courses  accepted  for  admission  are 
used  by  faculty  to  certify  academic  standing  and  to  determine  honors,  academic  proba- 
tion and  dismissal,  and  the  completion  of  degree  requirements. 

The  Committee  on  Academic  Progressions  meets  regularly  to  establish  and  imple- 
ment policy  on  progression  and,  through  the  Office  of  the  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions 
and  Progressions,  formally  notifies  students  in  poor  academic  standing  who  are  placed 
on  academic  probation  or  are  academically  dismissed. 

Academic  Retention  and  Reinstatement 

Good  Academic  Standing:  is  defined  as  satisfactory  academic  progress  of  a  registered 
degree  candidate  in  coursework  and  toward  degree  requirements. 
Poor  Academic  Standing:  is  unsatisfactory  academic  progress  of  a  registered  degree 
candidate  in  coursework  and  toward  the  completion  of  degree  requirements.  Such  stu- 
dents are  normally  placed  on  academic  probation  and  may  be  subject  to  academic  dis- 
missal. 

Academic  Probation:  a  student  in  poor  academic  standing  is  placed  on  probation  by  the 
Committee  on  Academic  Progressions  or  the  Academic  Deans  for  the  undergraduate 
program.  In  the  written  notification  of  probation  and  unsatisfactory  academic  achieve- 
ment, the  student  will  be  informed  of  the  length  of  the  probation  and  any  specific  con- 
ditions that  must  be  satisfied  to  be  removed  from  probation.  Specific  conditions  war- 
ranting academic  probation  include: 

1 .  a  D  or  F  in  a  Nursing  Concepts  course 

2.  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  1.96  to  1.99 

3.  repeated  mid-semester  warnings  in  courses 

4.  academic  dishonesty 

5.  an  academic  record  reflecting  other  unsatisfactory  progress  in  meeting 
degree  requirements 

23 


Academic  Dismissal:  a  student  is  dismissed  from  the  undergraduate  program  by  the 
Committee  on  Academic  Progressions  or  Academic  Deans  for  the  undergraduate  pro- 
gram for  continued  evidence  of  unsatisfactory  progress  toward  meeting  course  or  degree 
requirements  as  usually  evidenced  by  repeated  academic  probation  or  cause  as  specified 
below.  Specific  causes  for  academic  dismissal  include: 

1 .  two  D  or  F  grades  earned  in  Nursing  Concepts  courses 

2.  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  1.95  or  lower 

3.  successive  semesters  of  academic  probation 

4.  academic  dishonesty 

5.  an  academic  record  reflecting  other  unsatisfactory  progress  in  meeting 
degree  requirements 

Reinstatement:  Students  who  withdraw  in  good  academic  standing  can  apply  for  rein- 
statement through  the  Assistant  Dean  for  Admissions  and  Progressions.  A  student  who 
was  academically  dismissed,  or  who  withdrew  in  poor  academic  standing,  must  request 
reinstatement  to  degree  candidacy  from  the  Committee  on  Academic  Progressions.  This 
written  request  is  made  to  the  Assistant  Dean  for  Admissions  and  Progressions. 
Although  such  requests  are  considered  individually,  the  following  guidelines  are  in  force: 

1.  General  admission  policies  of  the  University  and  the  School  prevail  (e.g. 
space  available,  University  rules  and  regulations,  etc.). 

2.  Students  may  be  reinstated  only  once. 

3.  A  current  physical  examination  by  the  Student  Health  Service  is  required 
as  a  condition  of  reinstatement. 

4.  The  student's  academic  record  and  academic  standing  upon  dismissal  are 
considered. 

5.  Academic  requirements  for  reinstatement  will  be  specified  and  will  include 
at  least  a  mastery  examination  in  NURS  320. 

Deadline  dates  for  requesting  reinstatement: 

1st  Monday  of  November  for  winter  session  and  spring  semester. 
1st  Monday  of  April  for  reinstatement  for  summer  and  fall  semesters. 

Academic  Honesty 

Academic  institutions  exist  for  the  discovery  and  transmission  of  knowledge  within  a 
community  of  scholars,  and  essential  to  this  purpose  is  the  freedom  to  teach  and  the 
freedom  to  learn.  In  order  for  these  freedoms  to  flourish,  certain  ethical  standards  of 
conduct  must  prevail  which  teachers  and  students  uphold.  The  underlying  principle  is 
that  of  honesty,  a  norm  well-established  in  our  culture  and  manifested  in  virtually  all 
aspects  of  our  lives.  Honesty  in  respect  to  academic  matters  includes  responsibility  for 
all  authorship  of  one's  own  work  and  respect  for  the  work  of  others.  Examples  of  infrac- 
tions of  that  norm  are:  to  submit  as  one's  work  the  work  of  another;  to  misrepresent  one's 
work  submitted  for  the  satisfaction  of  the  requirements  for  a  course  or  degree;  to  use 
materials  or  any  other  assistance  except  that  explicitly  authorized  by  the  instructor  in 
examinations  or  assignments;  to  reveal  the  contents  of  an  examination  to  anyone  who 
has  not  yet  taken  the  exam;  to  abuse,  mutilate  or  remove,  without  proper  authorization, 
any  library  or  other  study  materials  for  the  use  of  all  students,  or  materials  belonging 
to  another  student;  failure  to  report  infractions;  any  other  academic-related  kinds  of 
objectionable  behavior  disrespectful  of  the  rights  of  individuals,  policies  of  the  School 
and  University,  or  not  in  keeping  with  professional  standards  of  conduct.  These  infrac- 
tions shall  be  reported  promptly  to  the  appropriate  Year  Director  and  are  cause  for 
academic  probation  or  dismissal  and/or  may  also  result  in  penalties  such  as  a  failing 
grade  in  the  course  or  assignment  in  question. 

Dismissal  of  Delinquent  Students 

The  School  of  Nursing  reserves  the  right  to  request  the  withdrawal  of  students  who  do 
not  maintain  the  required  standing  of  scholarship,  or  whose  continuance  in  the  School 

24 


would  be  detrimental  to  their  health,  or  to  the  health  of  others,  or  whose  conduct  is  not 
satisfactory  to  the  authorities  of  the  School.  It  is  a  general  expectation  that  students 
will  abide  by  rules  and  regulations  established  by  the  University.  Violation  of  University 
regulations  may  result  in  disciplinary  measures  being  imposed. 

Withdrawal  From  The  School 

Should  a  student  desire  or  be  compelled  to  withdraw  from  the  School  at  any  time,  he 
must: 

1 .  write  a  brief  letter  to  the  Dean  explaining  the  reason  for  withdrawal; 

2.  secure  a  withdrawal  form  with  appropriate  signatures  from  the  Assistant 
Dean  for  Admissions  and  Progressions; 

3.  submit  the  signed  withdrawal  form  to  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Regis- 
trations. 

The  staff  of  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Progressions  will  notify  the  instructors 
of  the  withdrawal. 

The  date  used  in  computing  refunds  is  the  date  the  application  for  withdrawal  is 
filed  with  the  Registrar,  Office  of  Admissions  and  Progressions. 


25 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 
UNDERGRADUATE 

FEES 

The  information  given  below  is  minimal  and  reflects  fees  and  other  expenses  for  the 
1978-79  academic  year. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  AT  BALTIMORE 
UPPER  DIVISION  (Junior-Senior) 

Fall  Spring 

Semesterf  Semester       TOTAL 

Matriculation  (new  students  only)    $15.00  or  $15.00           $15.00 

*Tuition-Fixed  Charges  Fee 

In-State    310.00  $310.00           620.00 

Out-of-State    1 125.00  1 125.00         2250.00 

Part-time  Undergraduate  per 

credit  —  8  credits  or  less 38.00  38.00                  — 

Supporting  Facilities  Fee  (Full-time)    30.00  30.00             60.00 

(Part-time)    6.00  6.00             12.00 

Instructional  Resources  Fee  (Full-time)    21.00  21.00             42.00 

(Part-time)    10.50  10.50             21.00 

Student  Health  Fee                 (Full-time)    5.00  5.00             10.00 

(Part-time)    2.00  2.00               4.00 

Student  Activities  Fee  (Full  &  Part-time) 5.00  5.00             10.00 

**Health  Insurance 

One  Person 102.12  102.12           204.24 

Two  Persons 196.68  196.68           393.36 

Family 261.96  261.96           523.92 

Malpractice  Insurance  Fee 12.50  —             12.50 

***Dormitory  Fee  —  Single  Occupancy 462.50  462.50           925.00 

—  Double  Occupancy  ..  .              427.50  427.50           855.00 

Diploma  Fee  (Seniors) 15.00 

Late  Registration  Fee    20.00  20.00 

Change  Fee 5.00  5.00 

*A  $50.00  nonrefundable  deposit  is  required  at  the  time  of  the  student's  acceptance 
for  admission.  The  amount  will  be  applied  to  the  fall  tuition  fee. 

**Health  Insurance  (the  University  plan  or  equivalent  insurance)  is  required  of 
all  full-time  students.  Students  with  equivalent  insurance  coverage  must  provide  proof 
of  such  coverage  at  registration. 

***Dormitory  fee  for  1979  has  not  been  determined  as  of  the  printing  of  this 
bulletin. 

t  Includes  Winter  Session. 


EXPLANATION  OF  FEES: 

Registration  Fee:  All  students  are  expected  to  complete  registration,  including  the 
filing  of  class  cards  and  payment  of  bills,  on  the  regularly  scheduled  registration  days. 
Those  who  do  not  complete  registration  during  the  prescribed  days  must  pay  a  late 
registration  fee  of  $20.00. 

26 


Students  on  the  Baltimore  campus  including  those  at  the  Mercy  Hospital  Clinical 
Center  receive  registration  instructions  from  the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 

Tuition-Fixed  Charges  Fee:  helps  defray  the  cost  of  operating  the  University's  pro- 
grams. 

Instructional  Resources  Fee:  represents  a  charge  for  instructional  materials  and/or 
laboratory  supplies  furnished  for  and  to  students. 

Student  Activities  Fee:  collected  by  the  University  and  used  at  the  discretion  of  the 
various  student  government  associations  to  provide  financial  support  for  recreational, 
social  and  professional  activities. 

Student  Health  Fee:  charged  to  help  defray  the  cost  of  providing  a  Student  Health 
Service.  This  service  includes  routine  examinations  and  emergency  care.  Blue  Cross  or 
other  acceptable  medical  insurance  is  also  required. 

Supporting  Facilities  Fee:  payable  by  all  students  on  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
Baltimore  campus  and  is  used  to  support  the  auxiliary  facilities  and  service  provided  for 
the  convenience  of  all  students. 

Diploma  Fee:  charged  to  help  defray  costs  involved  with  graduation  and  commence- 
ment. 

Malpractice  Insurance  Fee:  charged  at  registration  and  is  applicable  to  all  under- 
graduate nursing  students. 

Additional  expenses  include  the  purchase  of  uniforms  (approximate  cost — $120.00) 
and  the  recommended  purchase  of  a  stethoscope  at  approximately  $25.00. 

No  diploma,  certificate,  or  transcript  will  be  issued  to  a  student  until  all  financial 
obligations  to  the  University  have  been  satisfied. 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  make  such  changes  in  fees  and  other  changes  as 
may  be  necessary. 


REGISTRATION 

The  initial  registration  at  the  School  of  Nursing  must  be  done  in  person,  and  accord- 
ing to  registration  dates  and  procedures  provided  by  the  UMAB  Office  of  Admissions 
and  Registrations. 

Students  may  preregister  for  subsequent  semesters  through  the  School  of  Nursing 
Office  of  Admissions  and  Progressions  and  may  preregister  by  mail. 

After  classes  begin,  students  who  wish  to  terminate  their  registration  must  follow 
the  withdrawal  procedures  and  are  liable  for  charges  applicable  at  the  time  of  withdrawal. 

Students  who  are  out  of  course  sequence  with  their  classmates  must  confer  with 
the  Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions  and  Progressions  and  develop  an  individual  progres- 
sion pattern  to  be  followed. 

Students  who  fail  to  register  during  official  registration  periods  must  utilize  late 
registration  dates  published  by  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations  and  pay  a 
late  fee  of  $20.00  together  with  a  $5.00  fee  for  each  change  in  program.  Privileges  of 
the  University  are  available  only  after  registration  has  been  completed. 


RECORDS 

Transcripts — All  financial  obligations  to  the  University  must  be  satisfied  before  a  trans- 
script  of  a  student's  record  will  be  furnished  any  student  or  alumnus.  There  is  a  charge 
of  $2.00  for  each  transcript.  Checks  should  be  made  payable  to  the  University  of  Mary- 
land. Transcripts  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Office  of  the  Registrar,  University 
of  Maryland,  660  West  Redwood  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201. 

Review  of  Records — All  records,  includng  academic  records  from  other  institutions, 
become  the  official  file  and  can  neither  be  returned  nor  duplicated  without  student's 
prior  consent.  Provisions  are  made  for  students  to  review  their  records  if  they  desire. 

27 


FINANCIAL  AID  OVERVIEW 

Financial  aid  in  the  form  of  grants,  loans,  and  work-programs  is  awarded  to  stu- 
dents and  is  based  upon  apparent  academic  ability  and  financial  need.  Applicants  must 
complete  a  financial  aid  application  annually  in  the  spring  preceding  the  academic  year 
for  which  aid  is  sought.  By  completing  one  application,  the  applicant  will  be  considered 
for  all  types  of  aid  available  through  the  University.  Separate  applications  must  be  com- 
pleted to  be  considered  for  funding  from  sources  outside  the  University.  Because  of 
limitations  in  available  funds,  preference  is  given  to  full-time  students. 

Recipients  of  financial  aid  are  expected  to  make  satisfactory  progress  toward  attain- 
ment of  a  degree  and  to  abide  by  all  academic  and  non-academic  regulations  of  the 
University.  Baccalaureate  students  in  the  School  of  Nursing  must  have  a  minimum  of  a 
2.0  average  the  semester  prior  to  applying  for  aid;  graduate  students  must  meet  academic 
requirements  of  the  Graduate  School.  In  the  case  of  new  students,  applicants  must  have 
been  accepted  for  admission  to  the  University  before  the  financial  aid  application  will 
be  awarded. 

Priority  date  for  submitting  application  for  the  following  academic  year  is  February 
15.  Requests  for  information  about,  and  applications  for,  financial  aid  should  be 
addressed  to: 

Student  Aid  Officer 
University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore 
610  West  Lombard  Street 
Baltimore,  Maryland  21201 


SOURCES  OF  AID— BACCALAUREATE  STUDENTS 

University  Sources — 

State  Grant — Grants  for  minority  and  disadvantaged  students  who  are  residents  of 
Maryland. 

Dean's  Scholarship — Grants  for  minority  and  disadvantaged  students  who  need  not 
be  residents  of  Maryland. 

Nurse  Training  Act  Scholarships  and  Loans — Scholarships  to  a  maximum  of  $2,000 
annually  and  loans  to  a  maximum  of  $2,500  annually.  Loans  are  at  three  per 
cent  annual  interest  with  principal  and  interest  payments  beginning  nine 
months  after  graduation;  deferment  and  cancellation  provisions  are  available. 

College  Work-Study — Support  for  students  in  career  related  employment  both  on 
and  off  campus  during  the  academic  year  as  well  as  the  summer  months. 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants — For  students  demonstrating  excep- 
tional need. 

Private  Endowment  and  Donations — Donations  and  bequests  have  established 
scholarship  and  loan  accounts  each  varying  in  eligibility,  amounts,  availability, 
and  repayment  terms  for  loans. 

Pi  Chapter  of  Sigma  Theta  Tau — The  national  honor  society  for  nursing  offers  a 
$300  scholarship  to  a  senior  nursing  student  each  year.  Eligibility  require- 
ments are  the  same  as  those  established  for  membership  in  Sigma  Theta  Tau. 
Applications  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Student  Aid,  Baltimore 
campus.  The  deadline  for  application  is  September  15. 

Basic  Educational  Opportunity  Grant — Awards  for  undergraduate  students  who 
have  not  previously  earned  a  baccalaureate  degree;  awards,  based  on  financial 
need,  range  from  $200  to  $1,600.  Applications  are  available  from  any  finan- 
cial aid  or  high  school  counseling  office. 

Desegregation  Grants — Minority  students  who  are  Maryland  residents  are  eligible 
for  these  funds.  Desegregation  grants  normally  will  be  used  to  reduce  the 
amount  of  loan  included  in  the  financial  aid  award. 

Air  Force  Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps  (AFROTC) — Two-year  nursing  schol- 
arships are  awarded  to  applicants  accepted  into  the  ROTC  program  and  the 

28 


upper  division  nursing  program.  The  scholarship  includes  books  and  tui- 
tion plus  $100  dollars  a  month,  or  approximately  $1,000  a  year.  Applicants 
must  enroll  in  the  ROTC  course  at  the  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park, 
Maryland.  See  the  junior  or  senior  Year  Director  about  availability  of  place- 
ment on  the  Washington-based  team  to  reduce  commuting  problems.  For 
further  information,  contact  Detachment  330,  University  of  Maryland,  phone 
301-454-3245/42. 

Non-University  Sources — 

Maryland  State  Scholarship  Board — Residents  of  Maryland  may  apply  for  aid 
through  each  of  the  following  programs: 

House  of  Delegates  Scholarships 
Senatorial  Scholarships 
General  State  Scholarships 

Further  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Maryland  State  Scholarship 
Board,  2100  Guilford  Avenue,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21218. 
Bank  Loans — Students  may  obtain  educational  loans  through  private  lending  insti- 
tutions such  as  banks  or  credit  unions.  In  many  cases,  federal  assistance  in 
the  payment  of  the  seven  per  cent  interest  can  be  obtained.  As  lenders  have 
limited  funds  for  this  program,  students  are  encouraged  to  contact  their  lend- 
ing institutions  at  the  earliest  possible  date. 

The  Maryland  Higher  Education  Loan  Corporation  (MHELC)  Program 
permits  graduates  to  borrow  up  to  $5,000  annually;  undergraduates  may 
borrow  up  to  $2,500  annually.  MHELC  applications  are  available  in  the 
Student  Aid  Office. 


STUDENT  SERVICES 

Academic  Counseling:  The  School  of  Nursing  maintains  a  system  of  academic  coun- 
seling that  is  course-related,  provided  by  faculty  and  faculty  teams.  Academic  coun- 
seling that  involves  the  progression  of  students  in  the  program  is  provided  by  the  School's 
Office  of  Admissions  and  Progressions.  Additionally,  there  are  special  counselors  who 
provide  academic  assistance  in  test-taking,  study  skills  and  the  writing  of  papers,  as 
well  as  psychological  counseling  for  personal  problems.  These  counselors  can  be  con- 
tacted through  the  Coordinator  of  Student  Development  of  the  School  of  Nursing. 

Health  Service:  Health  insurance  is  required  of  all  full-time  students  of  nursing, 
either  the  University  plan  or  equivalent  coverage.  In  addition,  a  required  student  health 
fee  makes  services  available  at  the  Student  Health  Service  during  the  school  year  as  well 
as  the  required  physical  examinations  for  students  of  nursing. 

Student  Government  Association:  A  Student  Government  Association  is  operated 
by  upper-division  students  in  the  School  of  Nursing  with  the  assistance  of  the  Coordi- 
nator of  Student  Development.  A  central  body,  the  SGA  Board,  acts  as  a  mediating  and 
coordinating  agent  for  the  entire  Student  Government  Association. 

Academic  Handbook:  The  School  publishes  an  Academic  Handbook  for  under- 
graduate students. 


LIVING  ARRANGEMENTS  — UMAB  CAMPUS 

Information  and  applications  for  living  accommodations  on  the  Baltimore  campus  may 
be  obtained  from  the  Director  of  Housing,  University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore  Student 
Union,  621  W.  Lombard  St.,  Baltimore,  Md.  21201.  Because  of  space  limitations,  Mary- 
land residents  and  single  undergraduate  women  students  have  priority  for  accommoda- 
tions in  Parsons  Hall.  Male  and  female  students  enrolled  on  the  Baltimore  campus  may 
arrange  for  living  accommodations  in  the  Baltimore  Student  Union.  Board  contracts  are 
not  available  on  the  Baltimore  campus;  meals  may  be  purchased  on  an  individual  basis 

29 


in  the  Baltimore  Student  Union  or  University  of  Maryland  Hospital  cafeterias.  Off- 
campus  housing  information  is  available  through  the  housing  office. 

SCHOLASTIC  AND  SPECIAL  AWARDS  FOR 
BACCALAUREATE  GRADUATES 

1.  The  Edwin  and  L.  M.  Zimmerman  Award  is  given  by  The  Trustees  of  the 
Endowment  Fund  for  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing  to  the 
member  of  the  graduating  class  who  consistently  demonstrates  a  high  level  of 
of  professional  nursing  practice  in  caring  for  patients. 

2.  The  Frances  Arnold  Memorial  Award  is  given  by  the  Women's  Auxiliary  to 
the  member  of  the  graduating  class  who  has  shown  the  most  interest,  enthu- 
siasm and  proficiency  in  neurosurgical  nursing. 

3.  The  Award  for  Excellence  in  Neurological  Nursing  is  given  by  the  Department 
of  Neurology  in  the  School  of  Medicine  to  the  member  of  the  graduating  class 
who  excells  in  neurological  nursing. 

4.  The  Evelyn  Lundeen  Award  for  Excellence  in  Pediatric  Premature  Care  is 
given  by  the  Department  of  Pediatrics  in  the  School  of  Medicine  to  the  mem- 
ber of  the  graduating  class  who  excells  in  premature  pediatric  care. 

5.  The  Loretta  Ford  Award  for  Excellence  in  Pediatric  Ambulatory  Care  is 
given  by  the  Department  of  Pediatrics  in  the  School  of  Medicine  to  the  student 
in  the  graduating  class  who  excells  in  premature  ambulatory  care. 

6.  The  Flora  Hoffman  Tarun  Memorial  Award  is  given  from  the  Endowment 
Fund  to  a  member  of  the  graduating  class  for  leadership,  loyalty  and  school 
spirit. 

7.  The  Elizabeth  Collins  Lee  Award  is  given  from  the  Endowment  Fund  to  the 
student  having  the  second  highest  average  in  scholarship. 

8.  The  Nurses  Alumnae  Association  of  Mercy  Hospital  Award  for  Excellence  in 
Clinical  Nursing  is  given  to  the  members  of  the  graduating  class  from  Mercy 
Center  who  excells  in  clinical  nursing. 

9.  The  University  of  Maryland  Alumni  Association  Award  to  the  graduate  with 
the  highest  average  in  scholarship  is  given  to  one  member  of  the  graduating 
class  from  the  UMAB  campus  and  one  member  from  the  Mercy  campus. 

10.  The  University  of  Maryland  Alumni  Association  Award  for  leadership  in  the 
Professional  Student  Nursing  Organization  is  given  to  one  member  of  the  grad- 
uating class. 

1 1 .  The  R.N.  Faculty  Award  is  given  by  the  R.N.  faculty  to  one  R.N.  graduating 
student  who  is  outstanding  in  professional  leadership. 

EMPLOYMENT  OPPORTUNITIES  UPON  GRADUATION 

Baccalaureate  graduates  of  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing  have  many 
career  opportunities  available  to  them.  Graduates  may  choose  to  practice  nursing  in 
a  hospital  or  outpatient  clinic,  an  extended  care  facility,  or  a  variety  of  community 
agencies  including  schools,  industries,  and  physician's  offices.  In  addition,  graduates  who 
have  a  baccalaureate  degree  may  choose  a  career  in  civil  service,  the  military,  or  the 
Veteran's  Administration.  A  survey  of  1975  graduates  indicated  that  98  percent  were 
employed;  nonemployment  was  related  to  personal  reasons.  Salaries  for  generic  gradu- 
ates ranged  from  $10,000  to  $12,000.  The  graduate  who  earns  a  baccalaureate  degree 
as  a  registered  nurse  typically  is  paid  at  a  higher  rate  because  of  prior  experience  in 
nursing. 

ELIGIBILITY  FOR  STATE  LICENSURE 

Graduates  of  the  program  are  eligible  for  admission  to  the  examination  given  by  the 
Maryland  State  Board  of  Examiners  of  Nurses  (or  by  any  other  state  board)  for  licensure 

30 


to  practice  nursing.  Application  is  generally  submitted  prior  to  the  date  of  graduation. 
Students  interested  in  applying  for  admission  to  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of 
Nursing  should  be  aware  of  Maryland's  Nurse  Practice  Act,  Article  43,  Section  299 
which  authorizes  the  Board  to  withhold,  deny,  revoke,  suspend  or  refuse  to  renew  the 
license  of  a  nurse  or  applicant  for  a  variety  of  reasons  including  conviction  of  a  crime 
involving  moral  turpitude  if  nature  of  the  offense  bears  directly  on  the  fitness  of  the 
person  to  practice  nursing  or  violation  of  any  provision  of  the  Nurse  Practice  Act. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

BACCALAUREATE  PROGRAM  Upper  Division  (Junior-Senior) 
Curriculum 

NURS  310  Pathophysiology  and  its  Pharmacological  Implications  (4)  Spring  Semes- 
ter, junior  year.  This  four-credit  lecture, non -laboratory  course  is  designed  for  students 
having  prerequisite  course  work  in  human  anatomy  and  physiology.  Disease  is  presented 
as  an  alteration  of  form,  structure  or  function,  often  not  visible  until  it  affects  organ 
or  organism  function.  Pharmacological  interventions,  emphasizing  properties,  actions, 
therapeutic  uses  and  adverse  effects  of  drugs  upon  the  system  are  presented  concur- 
rently as  diseases  are  describd. 

NURS  314  Concepts  of  Nursing  I  (9)  Fall  semester,  junior  year.  The  focus  of  the 
course  is  on  man  as  a  behavioral  system,  the  concept  of  health  and  the  role  of  pro- 
fessional nursing  in  helping  clients  maintain  and/or  promote  health.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  assessment  component  of  the  nursing  process.  Clinical  laboratory  experiences  will 
be  primarily  in  community-based  settings. 

NURS  315  Concepts  of  Nursing  II  (9)  Spring  semester,  junior  year.  Prerequisites: 
NURS  314,  NURS  316,  NURS  317,  NURS  320.  A  study  of  adults  and  children  who 
are  experiencing  biopsychosocial  disruptions  which  are  long-term  and  relatively  stable, 
with  a  focus  on  nursing  interventions  which  assist  the  clients  to  move  toward  optimum 
level  of  functioning.  The  mutual  interaction  between  family  and  client  is  explored. 
Laboratory  experience  will  include  inpatient  and  community-based  settings.  (If  NURS 
320  is  not  taken  in  the  winter  session  preceding  NURS  315,  the  student  must  pass  a 
mastery  test  related  to  dosage  calculations  within  the  first  two  weeks  of  the  course.) 

NURS  316  Human  Growth  and  Development  (3)  Fall  semester,  junior  year.  Pre- 
requisites: Sociology,  Psychology,  Anatomy  and  Physiology.  Concepts  from  the  bio- 
logical and  behavioral  sciences  are  used  to  give  the  student  a  framework  from  which  to 
view  an  individual  from  conception  to  late  adulthood  with  his  unique  heredity,  rates  of 
growth  and  development  and  individual  experiences  that  shape  his  relations  to  his  world. 

NURS  317  Deviations  in  Human  Growth  and  Development  (2)  Winter  session, 
junior  year.  Prerequisite:  NURS  316.  Knowledge  of  normal  growth  and  development  as 
requisite,  this  focuses  on  deviations  in  development  which  are  disruptive  to  optimal 
growth.  Specific  deviations  include  learning  disabilities  and  mental  retardation.  Provi- 
sion for  clinical  application  of  learning  is  an  integral  part  of  Concepts  of  Nursing  II 
since  students  interact  with  clients  exhibiting  deviations  in  their  developmental  patterns. 

*NURS  318  Special  Topics-Electives  in  Health  Related  Courses  (3)  Fall  semester, 
junior  year.  Designed  to  provide  course  offerings  in  current  health-related  topics  which 
include  Communication  Skills  in  Health  Education,  Nutrition  for  Health  Personnel, 
Sex  Education,  Death  Education,  and  Principles  of  Cross-Cultural  Nursing. 

NURS  320  Introduction  to  the  Administration  of  Medications  (1)  Junior  year,  win- 
ter session.  An  introduction  to  the  theory  and  practice  of  medication  administration. 
Professional  and  legal  responsibilities  as  well  as  various  modes  of  medication  adminis- 
tration will  be  explored.  Participant-observer  experiences  will  be  provided. 

31 


NURS  321  Introduction  to  Organizational  Behavior  (3)  Fall,  spring  semesters,  junior 
year.  This  course  focuses  on  the  social  and  psychological  processes  of  organizations  in 
modern  society.  The  course  provides  a  foundation  which  contributes  to  the  student's 
ability  to  demonstrate  responsible  organizational  behavior  in  meeting  professional  goals 
within  health  care  agencies. 

NURS  322  Nursing  in  Society  (3)  Fall,  spring  semester,  senior  year.  This  course 
provides  an  opportunity  for  students  to  study  the  multiple  factors  which  have  contributed 
to  the  emergence  of  professional  nursing.  The  profession  is  studied  in  relation  to  and  as 
an  integral  part  of  the  changes  in  our  society.  Significant  issues  confronting  the  profes- 
sion are  identified.  Upon  completion  of  this  course  the  student  should  demonstrate  a 
better  understanding  of  the  profession  of  nursing  in  its  present  state  of  growth,  an  aware- 
ness of  its  potential  and  direction,  and  cognizance  of  each  nurse's  own  responsibility  in 
its  development. 

NURS  324  Concepts  of  Nursing  III  A  (9)  Fall,  spring  semester,  senior  year.  Pre- 
requisites: NURS  315,  NURS  320,  NURS  310,  NURS  321.  The  focus  of  this  course  is 
on  clients  experiencing  biopsychosocial  disruptions  who  are  hospitalized  and  experienc- 
ing more  intense  stress  states.  All  components  of  the  nursing  process  are  utilized  with 
the  client.  Community  data  are  viewed  as  inputs  to  the  family  system.  Organizational  and 
group  behaviors  are  related  to  the  health  team  in  inpatient  settings. 

NURS  325  Concepts  of  Nursing  IIIB  (9)  Fall,  spring  semesters,  senior  year.  Pre- 
requisites: NURS  315,  NURS  320,  NURS  310,  NURS  321.  The  focus  of  this  course  is 
on  clients  experiencing  biopsychosocial  disruptions  with  emphasis  on  clients  experienc- 
ing varying  stress  states  who  are  maintained  through  ambulatory  services  and  community- 
based  agencies.  All  components  of  the  nursing  process  are  utilized.  Student  interventions 
include  the  assessment  of  the  family  and  intervention  with  one  or  more  family  members. 
Organization  and  group  behaviors  are  applied  in  a  peer  group  experience  with  nursing 
students. 

NURS  334  Concepts  of  Nursing  IV  A  (9)  Fall  semester,  senior  year.  This  course  is 
designed  to  assist  the  registered  nurse  student  to  synthesize  previous  knowledge  with 
advanced  theoretical  concepts  in  relation  to  man,  his  primary  groups  and  his  environ- 
ment. Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  application  of  concepts  of  systems  theory,  health, 
stress,  communication,  family  and  group  theory  to  nursing  process.  Specific  clinical  ex- 
periences are  provided  with  clients  experiencing  varying  stress  states. 

NURS  335  Concepts  of  Nursing  IV  B  (9)  Spring  semester,  senior  year.  Prerequi- 
sites: NURS  321,  NURS  334,  NURS  410.  This  course  is  designed  to  assist  the  registered 
nurse  student  to  synthesize  previous  knowledge  with  advanced  theoretical  concepts  in 
relation  to  man,  his  primary  groups,  and  his  environment.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
the  application  of  concepts  of  crisis,  decision  making,  planned  change,  teaching/learning, 
family  and  community.  Specific  clinical  experiences  are  provided  with  clients  experi- 
encing varying  stress  states. 

NURS  326  Clinical  Nursing  Elective  (3)  Senior  year.  Prerequisites:  NURS  324, 
NURS  325,  NURS  334,  or  NURS  335.  Designed  to  offer  the  student  an  opportunity  to 
select  and  study  an  area  of  particular  interest  in  clinical  nursing.  Distributive  and  epi- 
sodic nursing  practice  settings  serve  as  clinical  laboratories  for  learning.  Senior  students 
may  elect  to  take  NURS  326  off-campus  under  faculty  mentorship. 

NURS  348  Electives,  Workshops,  Seminars,  and  Institutes  (1-6)  Designed  to  pro- 
vide participation  in  workshops,  institutes  and  seminars  in  various  aspects  of  nursing. 
Faculty  reserve  the  right  to  place  a  limit  on  the  number  of  credits  a  student  may  take 
in  workshops,  institutes  and  seminar  study. 

NURS  410  Survey  of  Research  and  Statistics  (3)  Fall,  spring  semester,  senior  year. 
In  the  context  of  the  total  research  process,  the  basic  elements  of  research,  including 
defining  the  research  question,  literature  search,  sampling  research  design,  measurement 

32 


and  data  gathering,  statistical  analysis,  and  interpretation  of  results  are  presented  and 
their  interdependence  stressed.  Inferential  statistics  include  chi  square,  ordinal  data 
methods,  correlation,  multiple  regression,  t  test,  f  test,  analysis  of  variance  (one  way 
and  factorial),  and  analysis  of  covariance.  Application  and  interpretation  rather  than 
theory  or  mathematical  derivation  are  emphasized.  Evaluation  of  measurement  tools  in 
terms  of  item  analysis,  reliability,  and  validity  is  presented.  Student  research  teams 
critique  a  research  project  report  in  the  literature  and  develop  a  research  proposal  which 
includes  a  pilot  test  of  the  proposed  study.  Prerequisite:  senior  standing  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

*NURS  418  Special  Topics-EIectives  in  Health-Related  Courses  (3)  Fall,  spring 
semester,  senior  year.  Designed  to  provide  course  offerings  in  current  health-related 
topics  which  include:  Issues  in  Health  Services  Organizations,  Alcohol  and  Drug  Abuse, 
Community  Nutrition,  Intimate  Behavior,  and  Law  and  Health.  An  independent  study 
component  is  part  of  the  design  for  each  offering.  Students  also  have  the  opportunity 
to  elect  independent  study  for  three  credits  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty  member. 

*A  limit  of  three  credits  in  a  NURS  318  offering  and  in  a  NURS  418  offering  is 
acceptable  toward  the  total  of  120  credit  matriculation  for  completion  of  degree  re- 
quirements. 


33 


GRADUATE  PROGRAM 


* 


AREAS  OF  CONCENTRATION  (Majors) 
CLINICAL 

Child  Psychiatric  Nursing 

Community  Health  Nursing 

General  Psychiatric  Nursing 

Gerontological  Nursing 

Maternal  and  Child  Health  Nursing 

Medical-Surgical  Nursing 

Primary  Care  Nursing  (Adult  and  Pediatric) 


ROLE 


Administration  of  Nursing  Education 
Administration  of  Nursing  Service 
Teaching  of  Nursing — Associate  Degree  Programs 
Teaching  of  Nursing — Baccalaureate  Degree  Programs 
Teaching  of  Nursing — Staff  Development 


OVERVIEW 

The  master's  degree  program  for  nurses  at  the  University  of  Maryland  is  the  only 
graduate  program  in  the  state.  It  awards  approximately  100  degrees  a  year  thus  making 
it  one  of  the  largest  in  the  nation.  While  the  program  is  offered  in  the  School  of  Nursing, 
it  is  part  of  the  Graduate  School  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore;  therefore, 
it  is  subject  to  the  requirements  of  both  schools.  The  graduate  curriculum  has  undergone 
substantive  revision  with  the  new  curriculum  fully  implemented  in  the  fall  semester, 
1976.  The  program  is  three  semesters  and  a  minimester  in  length  except  for  Primary 
Care  Nursing  which  is  four  semesters  and  Gerontological  Nursing  which  is  three  semes- 
ters and  one  summer  session. 

Congruent  with  the  changing  needs  of  society,  the  curriculum  offers  a  number  of 
specialty  options  to  students.  Students  are  required  to  develop  competence  in  a  spe- 
cialized clinical  area,  and  opportunity  is  provided  to  concentrate  (major)  in  either  the 
clinical  or  the  role  area  depending  on  specific  career  goals  and  previous  preparation. 
The  student's  secondary  interest  (minor)  is  selected  in  the  opposite  area  so  that  every 
graduate  is  prepared  in  both  a  clinical  and  a  role  area. 

Graduate  education  fosters  the  responsibility,  creativity,  and  self-direction  which 
characterize  professional  commitment  and  enhance  a  continuing  desire  to  learn  and 
grow.  The  graduate  student  is  viewed  as  a  partner  in  the  teacher-learner  dyad;  receives 
stimulation  and  support  for  scholarly  pursuits;  is  given  the  freedom  to  think  and  try  out 
new  ideas;  and  has  the  opportunity  to  apply  knowledge  and  develop  new  skills.  The 
opportunity  to  articulate  beliefs,  ideas  and  formulations  is  gained  through  interaction 
with  faculty  and  other  members  of  the  academic  community. 

*  Refer  to  the  General  Information  and  Resources  section  of  this  bulletin  for  additional 
information. 

35 


DOCTORAL  PROGRAM 

The  faculty  of  the  School  of  Nursing  is  developing  a  doctoral  program  in  nursing. 
Implementation  of  the  program  is  planned  for  the  fall  semester,  1979.  Those  desiring 
further  information  should  write  to:  Director,  Doctoral  Program,  School  of  Nursing, 
University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore,  655  W.  Lombard  St.,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201. 

ELABORATION  OF  THE  PHILOSOPHY:  GRADUATE  PROGRAM 

The  graduate  program  of  the  School  of  Nursing  derives  its  purpose  directly  from  the 
underlying  philosophy  which  is  shared  by  the  faculty.  Tenets  of  the  philosophy  held 
by  graduate  faculty  of  the  School  of  Nursing  provide  a  foundation  for  the  conceptual 
framework  upon  which  the  curriculum  is  based.  This  conceptual  framework  analyzes 
the  unit  (the  individual,  family  or  community)  in  terms  of  three  interrelated  expressions 
of  health — physical,  cognitive  and  personal.  The  physical  expression  refers  to  the  unit's 
structural  and  functional  endowment  and  integrity.  The  cognitive  expression  addresses 
the  capacity  of  the  individual  to  receive,  to  perceive  and  to  organize  information.  The 
personal  expression  is  concerned  with  the  affective  relationships  of  the  unit.  The  rela- 
tionships between  the  expressions  are  complex  and  vary  at  different  points  in  time.  The 
expressions  lend  themselves  to  assessment,  quantification  and  regulation.  The  intervention 
phase  of  the  nursing  process  depends  on  the  relationships  between  and  the  pattern  of  the 
expressions  of  health.  Evaluation  of  nursing  intervention  is  achieved  through  examina- 
tion of  the  resulting  state  of  health  of  the  unit. 

Graduate  education  in  nursing  is  built  upon  and  extends  a  knowledge  base  acquired 
in  a  baccalaureate  degree  program  in  nursing  and  is  derived  from  the  humanities,  the 
physical,  biological  and  behavioral  sciences.  Each  student  brings  to  graduate  education 
a  unique  combination  of  experience  and  capabilities  and  the  learning  environment  facili- 
tates the  establishment  and  attainment  of  professional  objectives  throughout  the  educa- 
tional experience.  The  dynamic  interchange  between  faculty  and  students  results  in  a 
commitment  to  and  involvement  in  the  development  of  nursing  knowledge  and  the  refine- 
ment of  nursing  theory.  Recognizing  that  the  growth  process  in  the  student  is  continuous 
and  that  the  health  needs  of  society  change,  the  graduate  program  is  flexible  and 
dynamic. 

PURPOSES  AND  OBJECTIVES  OF  THE  GRADUATE  PROGRAM 

The  program  objectives  are  formulated  on  the  assumption  that  graduate  education 
builds  upon  undergraduate  education.  Graduate  education  is  an  intensive  and  analytic 
expansion  of  knowledge,  enabling  the  perception  and  development  of  new  and  more 
complex  relationships  that  affect  nursing.  Graduate  education  provides  further  oppor- 
tunity for  the  student  to  think  conceptually  and  to  apply  theory  and  research  to  practice. 
The  purposes  of  the  master's  degree  program  are  to  prepare  nurses: 

1 .  with  expertise  in  a  clinical  field  of  nursing; 

2.  to  function  in  one  of  the  following  areas:  administration,  education,  clinical 
specialization; 

3.  for  leadership  roles; 

4.  for  entry  into  doctoral  study. 

The  objectives  of  the  master's  degree  program  are  to  prepare  graduates  who: 

1.  utilize  a  nursing  theoretical  framework  as  a  basis  for  professional  nursing 
practice; 

2.  generate  innovative  nursing  actions  based  on  theories  in  nursing  and  related 
fields  and  evaluate  nursing  actions  of  self  and  others; 

3.  incorporate  organizational  theories  and  learning  theories  in  the  practice  of 
one  of  the  following  roles:  administration,  education,  clinical  specializa- 
tion; 

36 


4.  collaborate  with  health  care  providers  and  consumers  to  achieve  shared 
healthcare  goals; 

5.  use  theory  in  nursing  and  related  fields  and  observations  in  practice  to 
generate  hypotheses  and  conduct  nursing  research  studies; 

6.  analyze  factors  influencing  the  health  care  system  and  devise  strategies  for 
improving  delivery  of  health  care. 

In  addition  to  the  knowledge  and  practice  components  of  the  objectives  listed  above, 
it  is  recognized  that  the  behavior  of  graduates  should  reflect  an  internally  consistent 
value  system.  It  is  expected  that  graduates  will  value  scientific  inquiry  as  a  basis  for  pro- 
fessional practice  and  will  seek  to  increase  their  contributions  to  the  nursing  profession. 


CURRICULUM 

The  nursing  program  leading  to  a  Master  of  Science  degree  is  three  semesters  and  a 
minimester  in  length  and  requires  the  completion  of  41  credits.  There  are  two  excep- 
tions; the  Primary  Care  Nursing  specialty  is  four  semesters  requiring  54  credits  and 
Gerontological  Nursing  is  three  semesters  and  a  summer  session  requiring  44-45  credits. 

Areas  of  Concentration 

Each  student  selects  a  clinical  practice  area  and  a  functional  role  area.  The  student 
then  chooses  either  one  of  these  as  the  area  of  concentration  (major). 

The  student  selects  one  area  of  concentration  (major)  from  the  following: 

1.  Administration 

2.  Child  Psychiatric  Nursing 

3.  Community  Health  Nursing 

4.  Education 

5.  General  Psychiatric  Nursing 

6.  Gerontological  Nursing 

7.  Maternal  and  Child  Health  Nursing  (Nursing  of  Children  or  Maternal- 
Infant  Nursing) 

8.  Medical-Surgical  Nursing 

9.  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Adult  or  Pediatric) 

For  those  choosing  to  major  in  administration  or  education,  a  clinical  practice  area 
must  also  be  selected  from  one  of  the  following: 

a.  Community  Health  Nursing 

b.  Maternal  and  Child  Health  Nursing 

c.  Medical-Surgical  Nursing 

d.  Psychiatric  Nursing  or  Child  Psychiatric  Nursing 

In  addition,  all  students  select  a  functional  role  track  from  one  of  the  following: 

a.  Administration  of  Nursing  Service 

b.  Administration  of  Nursing  Education 

c.  Teaching  in  Associate  Degree  Program 

d.  Teaching  in  Baccalaureate  Degree  Program 

e.  Teaching  in  Staff  Development 

f.  Clinical  Nurse  Specialization 

Curriculum  Design 

In  summary,  the  curriculum  design  contains  the  following  components: 

1.  Core  courses  required  of  all  graduate  students  regardless  of  the  area  of  concen- 
tration. 

2.  Clinical  courses  required  of  students  in  their  chosen  clinical  area  (i.e.,  Com- 
munity Health,  Gerontological,  Psychiatric,  Child  Psychiatric,  Medical-Surgical, 
Maternal  and  Child  or  Primary  Care  Nursing).  All  students  take  a  designated 

37 


number  of  these  courses  regardless  of  whether  their  area  of  concentration  is  in 
clinical  practice  or  role  specialization. 

Functional  role  track  courses  required  of  students  in  their  chosen  functional 
role  (i.e.,  Administration  in  Nursing  Service,  Administration  in  Nursing  Edu- 
cation, Teaching  in  A.D.  Program,  Teaching  in  B.S.  Program,  Teaching  in 
Staff  Development,  and  Clinical  Nurse  Specialization).  All  students  take  a 
designated  number  of  these  courses  regardless  of  their  area  of  concentration. 
Research  courses  required  of  all  graduate  nursing  students. 
Support  courses  vary  according  to  the  student's  area  of  concentration.  These 
might  include  non-nursing  courses. 


Summary  of  Design 

General  Plan: 

Core    10  credits 

Clinical    6  credits 

Role     6  credits 

Support    8  credits 

Research    5  credits 

Thesis/Electives    6  credits 

Total  41  credits 


Gerontological  Nursing: 

Core    10  credits 

Clinical    6  credits 

Role     6  credits 

Support    11-12  credits 

Research    5  credits 

Thesis/Electives    6  credits 

Total     44-45  credits 


Primary  Care  Nursing: 

Core    10  credits 

Clinical    15  credits 

Role     6  credits 

Support    9  credits 

Research    5  credits 

Thesis/Electives    6  credits 

Elective-Role  Prerequisite  .  3  credits 

Total  54  credits 


(includes  6  credits  for  second  clinical  area) 


Thesis/Non-Thesis  Option 

A  student  may  elect  either  a  thesis  or  a  non-thesis  option,  depending  on  the  nature  of 
the  problems  she/he  wishes  to  investigate  and  her/his  career  goals;  six  credits  are 
earned  for  either  option.  In  addition,  all  students  must  successfully  pass  a  written  com- 
prehensive examination. 

Thesis  Under  the  guidance  of  a  committee,  the  student  designs,  imple- 

ments, evaluates  and  orally  defends  a  research  project. 

Non-Thesis  Under  the  guidance  of  the  adviser,  the  student  takes  six  credits 

of  electives  and  submits  one  scholarly  seminar  paper. 


RESOURCES 

Over  60  community  and  health  care  agencies  cooperate  with  the  program  in  providing 
sites  for  clinical  and  role  practicum  experiences  and  for  the  conduct  of  research.  In  some 
instances,  faculty  have  joint  appointments  with  the  School  and  the  agency. 

Additional  resources  are  available  through  the  offerings  of  other  schools  of  the 
health  professions.  Non-nursing  courses  also  may  be  taken  on  the  College  Park  campus, 
at  the  University  of  Maryland  Baltimore  County  (UMBC)  campus  or  through  Univer- 
sity College  on  the  Baltimore  campus. 

In  addition  to  the  Health  Sciences  Library,  the  students  have  access  to  the  Enoch 
Pratt  Free  Library  of  Baltimore,  the  Library  of  Congress  in  Washington,  and  the  Na- 
tional Library  of  Medicine  in  Bethesda,  Maryland.  (See  General  Information,  Instruc- 
tional Facilities  and  Resources  Section:  Instructional  Media  Center  and  the  Center  for 
Research  and  Evaluation.) 


38 


ADMISSION 

Admission  to  graduate  study  at  the  University  of  Maryland  is  the  exclusive  responsi- 
bility of  the  Graduate  School  and  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research.  Appli- 
cations to  the  graduate  program  in  nursing  are  reviewed  by  faculty  in  the  student's  area 
of  concentration  and  by  the  School  of  Nursing  Graduate  Committee  on  Admissions, 
Progression  and  Graduation.  Recommendations  for  acceptance  are  then  made  by  the 
Committee  to  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research. 

Any  student  who  wishes  to  attend  the  School  of  Nursing  must  apply  for  admission, 
submit  required  credentials,  and  be  accepted  for  matriculation.  Consideration  is  given 
to  academic  work  completed  in  other  schools.  Personal  references  are  required. 

After  an  applicant  has  been  accepted,  a  faculty  adviser  is  assigned.  The  adviser 
and  the  student  plan  a  program  of  study  leading  to  the  degree.  Course  credits  are  offi- 
cially accepted  for  the  degree  only  after  the  student  has  matriculated  in  the  School  of 
Nursing. 

Senior  students  in  their  final  semester  of  work  toward  a  bachelor's  degree  may  be 
offered  provisional  admission  to  the  graduate  program  pending  the  receipt  of  a  supple- 
mentary transcript  recording  the  satisfactory  completion  of  undergraduate  course  work 
and  the  awarding  of  the  degree.  Completed  records  of  all  previous  work  must  be  re- 
ceived within  three  months  following  the  completion  of  such  study  and  the  awarding 
of  the  baccalaureate  degree. 

The  student  must  matriculate  within  12  months  after  notification  of  admission 
acceptance.  If  the  student  does  not  acknowledge  the  acceptance,  a  new  application  must 
be  submitted  for  future  enrollment. 

Starting  on  the  first  day  of  matriculation,  a  time  limit  of  a  maximum  of  five  years 
is  allowed  for  the  completion  of  graduate  degree  requirements.  This  applies  to  part-time 
and  full-time  students. 

Admission  Requirements 

The  student's  previous  academic  work,  personal  qualifications  and  professional  ex- 
perience are  evaluated  to  determine  if  prerequisites  have  been  met.  Prerequisite  courses 
do  not  carry  credit  toward  the  master's  degree. 

For  admission,  the  applicant  must  meet  the  requirements  of  both  the  Graduate 
School  and  the  Graduate  Committee  on  Admissions,  Progression  and  Graduation  of  the 
School  of  Nursing.  The  School  of  Nursing  requirements  are: 

1.  a  baccalaureate  degree  with  an  upper  division  nursing  major  from  an  NLN 
accredited  program; 

2.  satisfactory  completion  of  a  course  in  elementary  statistics; 

3.  a  photocopy  of  current  licensure  for  the  practice  of  nursing  in  one  state; 

4.  official  scores  on  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  (aptitude  portion)  and  the 
Miller  Analogies  Test  (allow  6-8  weeks  for  receipt  of  test  scores); 

5.  undergraduate  grade  point  average  (GPA)  of  3.0  on  a  4.0  point  scale.  If  GPA 
is  between  2.75  and  3.0,  provisional  acceptance  may  be  considered  if  the  can- 
didate demonstrates  graduate  study  potential  by  other  means; 

6.  evidence  of  personal  and  professional  qualifications  from  three  professional 
individuals  familiar  with  applicant's  academic  ability,  work  experience,  pro- 
fessional nursing  contributions  and  potential  to  achieve  in  Graduate  School. 
Suggested  sources  for  recommendations  include  nurse  educators,  nurse  admin- 
istrators and  colleagues  from  other  disciplines  who  have  worked  with  the  appli- 
cant. Two  of  the  references  must  be  from  nurses; 

7.  personal  interviews  are  required  for  Primary  Care  Nursing  and  are  encouraged 
by  all  specialty  areas; 

8.  two  years  of  full-time  clinical  experience  are  required  for  Primary  Care;  one 
year  of  full-time  clinical  experience  is  required  for  Community  Health  and  one 
year  of  experience  in  a  maternity  or  pediatric  setting  is  required  for  Maternal 
and  Child  Health  Nursing; 

39 


9.  one  year  of  full-time  clinical  experience  is  required  for  students  wishing  to 
major  in  the  administrative  or  teaching  area.  (Applicants  with  somewhat  less 
experience  may  be  accepted  as  part-time  students  if  full-time  work  experience 
is  being  pursued.) 

Those  applicants  who  exhibit  exceptional  qualities  without  meeting  the  stated  cri- 
teria may  apply  for  special  consideration.  Students  who  seek  variance  from  an  academic 
policy  should  appeal  to  the  Committee  on  Admissions,  Progression  and  Graduation. 

A  written  offer  of  admission  from  the  Graduate  School  will  be  sent  to  an  applicant 
who  meets  all  admission  requirements.  The  offer  will  specify  the  time  of  entrance  which 
will  normally  coincide  with  the  requested  starting  time.  Upon  acceptance  by  the  Grad- 
uate School,  the  applicant  should  reconfirm  enrollment  intentions  by  writing  to  the 
School  of  Nursing.  If  the  applicant  is  unable  to  enroll  at  the  expected  date,  a  written 
request  for  a  postponement  of  the  admission  date  is  made  through  the  School  of  Nurs- 
ing. If  these  arrangements  are  not  made  within  one  year  of  anticipated  enrollment  date, 
the  offer  of  admission  lapses,  and  a  new  application  and  fee  must  be  submitted  to  be 
reconsidered  for  admission. 

The  offer  of  admission  may  be  used  as  a  permit  to  register  for  courses.  Permanent 
identification  as  a  graduate  student  will  be  issued  at  the  time  of  first  registration. 

Admission  Procedure 

The  admission  forms  should  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  and  Re- 
search, University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore,  624  W.  Lombard  St.,  Baltimore,  Md. 
21201. 

1.  An  application  fee  of  $15.00  must  accompany  the  application  for  admission. 
This  fee  is  not  refundable  under  any  circumstance,  but  if  the  applicant  is  ac- 
cepted and  enrolls  for  courses,  it  will  serve  as  a  matriculation  fee. 

2.  The  following  materials  should  be  returned  directly  to  the  Office  of  Graduate 
Studies  and  Research,  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore,  624  W.  Lombard 
St.,  Baltimore,  Md.  21201: 

a.  two  copies  of  the  application  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School; 

b.  application  fee; 

c.  two  sets  of  official  transcripts  from  each  college  and  university  attended.  If 
applicant  is  a  diploma  school  graduate,  transcripts  of  the  diploma  course 
work  are  also  required; 

d.  letters  of  reference  from  three  professionals  who  know  the  candidate's  quali- 
fications; 

e.  official  record  of  the  results  of: 

1.  the  Miller  Analogies  Test  (test  available  through  testing  services  of 
most  colleges  and  universities) ; 

2.  the  Aptitude  Portion  of  the  Graduate  Record  Examinations  (Applicants 
should  write  to  the  Graduate  Record  Examinations,  Educational  Testing 
Services,  Princeton,  N.J.  08540  for  details.); 

3.  Applications  and  supporting  documents  must  be  received  by  July  1  for 
the  fall  semester,  December  1  for  the  winter  session  and  the  spring 
semester,  and  May  15  for  the  summer  session. 

Admission  Status 

Applicants  are  offered  admission  status  in  the  graduate  program  according  to  the  fol- 
lowing categories : 

1.  Unconditional  Admission:  applicant  meets  all  requirements; 

2.  Provisional  Admission:  applicant  does  not  meet  all  requirements  for  uncondi- 
tional admission  but  who  in  the  opinion  of  the  Graduate  School  and  the  Grad- 
uate Program  Admissions  Committee  demonstrates  potential  for  graduate 
study.  To  qualify  for  continued  enrollment  the  student  admitted  provisionally 
must  achieve  a  B  grade  or  above  in  every  course  during  the  first  semester  of 
full  time  study  (the  first  12  credits  for  part-time  students).  Unconditional  status 

40 


will  be  granted  upon  attainment  of  a  B  grade  or  better  in  every  course  in  the 
first  semester  of  full-time  study  (minimum  of  9  credits)  or  in  the  first  12  credits 
of  part-time  study; 

3.  Incomplete  Admission:  applicants  for  whom  information  is  incomplete; 

4.  Nondegree  Graduate  Status:  applicant  may  enroll  on  a  "course  work  only" 
basis  for  a  specified  period  of  time  if  the  applicant's  record  meets  Graduate 
School  standards. 

Admission  is  granted  by  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research  and  is  con- 
firmed by  enrollment  in  the  term  for  which  admission  is  approved. 

Part-time  Study 

Students  eligible  for  admission  but  who  are  able  to  devote  only  a  portion  of  their  time 
to  graduate  study  are  subject  to  the  same  privileges  and  matriculation  requirements  as 
full-time  students.  Part-time  students  are  urged  to  assume  responsibility  for  program 
planning  with  an  adviser.  All  students  must  complete  the  program  within  five  years  of 
matriculation. 

A  graduate  student  who  is  in  good  standing  at  another  institution  may  apply  to 
enroll  for  a  single  course  or  summer  session  (see  Categories  of  Admission  in  the  Gradu- 
ate School  Bulletin). 

Foreign  Students 

Students  from  foreign  countries  who  show  evidence  of  education  equivalent  to  a  bac- 
calaureate degree  in  nursing  are  considered  for  admission.  All  applicants  who  are  not 
citizens  of  the  United  States  are  classified  as  foreign  students  for  admission  purposes 
(see  the  Graduate  School  Bulletin  for  further  information). 

Record  Maintenance  and  Disposition 

All  records,  including  academic  records  from  other  institutions,  become  the  official 
file  and  can  neither  be  returned  nor  duplicated  without  the  student's  prior  consent.  Pro- 
visions are  made  for  students  to  review  their  records  if  they  desire. 

Admission  credentials  and  application  data  are  retained  for  one  year  only.  This 
regulation  pertains  to  applicants  who:  did  not  register  for  courses  at  the  period  for 
which  they  had  been  admitted;  did  not  respond  to  a  departmental  request  for  additional 
information;  did  not  respond  to  requests  for  additional  transcripts  or  test  results;  or 
were  disapproved  for  admission. 

Student  Advisement 

Upon  admission  to  the  graduate  program  each  student  is  assigned  an  academic  adviser 
from  the  major  area  of  concentration.  The  student  is  also  assigned  an  adviser  in  the 
secondary  area  of  interest.  The  adviser  assignments  are  subject  to  change  as  additional 
interests  of  the  student  are  determined  or  upon  request  of  the  adviser  or  advisee.  The 
adviser  is  available  for  academic  counseling  and  guides  the  student  in  a  plan  of  study, 
determination  of  thesis  or  non-thesis  option,  and  selection  of  thesis  chairman  or  readers 
for  the  seminar  paper. 

A  nondegree  student  is  assigned  an  adviser  at  the  time  of  acceptance.  An  official 
record  of  courses  is  kept  for  all  nondegree  students.  If  a  student  subsequently  wishes 
to  enter  the  degree  program,  reapplication  is  necessary.  While  consideration  may  be 
given  at  a  later  date  to  the  application  of  credits  earned  toward  a  degree  program  while 
in  this  status,  there  is  no  assurance  that  such  requests  will  be  granted.  If  granted,  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  may  be  transferred. 

Plan  of  Study 

A  Plan  of  Study  form  for  all  graduate  degree  students  (which  outlines  the  student's 
expected  progression  through  the  degree  requirements)  must  be  filled  out  by  the  student 
and  the  faculty  adviser.  One  copy  of  this  Plan  of  Study  must  be  filed  with  the  Graduate 
Office  by  the  beginning  of  the  second  semester  of  study  (or  at  the  end  of  nine  hours,  in 
the  case  of  part-time  students).  A  second  copy  of  the  Plan  of  Study  remains  in  the 

41 


student's  School  of  Nursing  file.  Any  major  alteration  of  the  plan  necessitates  the  refiling 
of  an  amended  plan.  It  is  suggested  that  students  retain  a  copy  of  this  plan  for  their 
own  files. 

The  entire  course  of  study  constitutes  a  unified  program  approved  by  the  student's 
major  adviser  and  by  the  Graduate  School.  Faculty  in  each  department  provide  indi- 
vidualized guidance  in  the  selection  of  courses  based  upon  guidelines  and  policies 
approved  by  the  Graduate  Curriculum  Committee  and  the  Graduate  School.  Consider- 
able flexibility  is  possible  within  a  student's  area  of  interest  and  specific  career  goals. 
Beginning  competence  in  research  is  provided  by  the  inclusion  of  courses  in  research 
and  statistics. 

The  nature  of  graduate  education  requires  serious  and  rigorous  study.  All  students 
are  required  to  successfully  pass  a  written  comprehensive  examination.  Additional  regu- 
lations and  requirements  may  be  found  in  the  Baltimore  campus  bulletin  of  the  Gradu- 
ate School  and  in  Important  Dates  for  Advisers  and  Students,  issued  each  year  by  the 
Graduate  School. 


REGISTRATION 

Registration  is  conducted  by  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations,  UMAB  campus. 
The  student  receives  detailed  instructions  concerning  dates  and  registration  procedures. 
Each  matriculated  student  in  the  School  of  Nursing  must  obtain  official  approval  from 
an  adviser  for  all  courses  in  which  enrollment  is  sought  outside  the  School  of  Nursing. 
Credit  is  granted  only  if  such  courses  have  had  prior  approval  and  are  successfully  com- 
pleted. Students  must  file  a  list  of  these  courses  with  the  registrar  on  a  registration  card 
signed  by  the  adviser.  Graduate  students  are  not  permitted  to  enroll  for  courses  on  a 
pass/fail  basis. 

Students  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School  pay  tuition  fees  whether  or  not  the  credit 
will  be  used  to  satisfy  program  requirements.  Graduate  credit  will  not  be  given  unless 
the  student  has  been  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School.  The  admission  of  a  new  student 
is  validated  when  he  registers  for  and  completes  at  least  one  course  during  the  semester 
for  which  entrance  was  authorized. 

Every  student  must  register  during  the  official  registration  period.  Students  failing 
to  register  during  these  periods  will  be  subject  to  late  registration  fees  and  must  have 
the  consent  of  their  adviser,  the  course  instructor,  the  Graduate  School,  and  the  regis- 
trar. 

Late  Registration  Fee   $20.00 

Change  Fee  charged  for  each  change  in  program 5.00 

Students  must  be  registered  for  at  least  one  credit  in  the  semester  in  which  they 
wish  to  graduate. 

After  classes  begin,  students  who  wish  to  terminate  their  registration  must  follow 
the  withdrawal  procedures  and  are  liable  for  charges  applicable  at  the  time  of  with- 
drawal. 

Registration  is  completed  with  the  payment  of  the  required  fees.  Privileges  of  the 
University  are  available  only  after  registration  has  been  completed. 


GRADUATE  UNIT  SYSTEM 

In  order  to  accurately  reflect  the  involvement  of  graduate  students  in  their  programs  of 
study  and  research,  and  the  use  of  University  resources  in  those  programs,  the  graduate 
councils  use  the  graduate  unit  system  in  making  calculations  to  determine  full  or  part- 
time  graduate  student  status,  in  the  administration  of  minimum  registration  requirements 
described  below,  and  in  responding  to  student  requests  for  certification  of  full-time  status. 
The  number  of  graduate  units  per  semester  credit  hour  is  calculated  in  the  following 
manner: 

42 


Courses  in  the  001-399  series  carry  2  units/credit  hour. 

Courses  in  the  400-499  series  carry  4  units/credit  hour. 

Courses  in  the  500-599  series  carry  5  units/credit  hour. 

Courses  in  the  600-798  and  800-898  series  carry  6  units/credit  hour. 

Master's  thesis  research  (799)  carries  12  units/credit  hour. 

Doctoral  dissertation  research  (899)  carries  18  units/credit  hour. 

To  be  certified  a  full-time  student,  a  graduate  student  must  be  officially  registered 
for  a  combination  of  courses  equivalent  to  48  units  per  semester.  A  graduate  assistant 
holding  a  regular  appointment  is  a  full-time  student  if  registered  for  24  units  in  addition 
to  the  service  appointment. 

Any  graduate  student  making  any  demand  upon  the  academic  or  support  services 
of  the  University,  whether  taking  regular  lecture,  seminar  or  independent  study  courses, 
using  University  libraries,  laboratories,  computer  facilities,  office  space,  consulting  with 
faculty  advisers  or  taking  comprehensive  or  final  oral  examinations,  must  register  for  the 
number  of  graduate  units  which,  in  the  judgment  of  the  faculty  adviser,  accurately  reflect 
the  student's  involvement  in  graduate  study  and  use  of  University  resources. 


SCHOLASTIC  REQUIREMENTS 

The  Graduate  School  requires  that  a  student  achieve  a  B  or  3.0  GPA  for  the  entire 
program.  No  grade  below  a  C  is  acceptable  toward  the  graduate  degree.  The  School 
of  Nursing  requires  that  a  student  receive  a  B  or  higher  in  the  nursing  courses  in 
her/his  area  of  concentration.  Any  course  with  a  grade  below  B  in  the  area  of  con- 
centration must  be  repeated. 

Since  graduate  students  must  maintain  an  overall  B  average,  every  credit  hour 
of  C  in  course  work  must  be  balanced  by  a  credit  hour  of  A.  A  course  in  which  a 
grade  of  less  than  B  is  received  may  be  repeated.  The  grade  on  the  repeated  course 
whether  it  is  higher  or  lower  than  the  original  grade  replaces  the  original  grade.  Courses 
in  the  degree  program  which  are  completed  with  a  D  or  F  must  be  repeated.  Grades 
earned  for  thesis  research  are  not  included  in  the  computation  of  the  GPA. 

Grades  from  courses  which  are  transferred  in  for  degree  credit  from  other  schools 
and/or  previous  study  are  also  not  included  in  the  computation  of  the  GPA. 

Transfer  Credits 

A  maximum  of  six  credits  of  acceptable  graduate  level  course  work  may  be  applied 
toward  the  master's  degree  as  transfer  credits  from  another  school  or  from  the  course 
work  only  status.  Permission  must  be  given  by  the  major  adviser  and  the  Graduate  School 
before  any  credits  are  transferred.  In  order  to  be  eligible  for  transfer,  the  transfer  course 
must  have  been  taken  within  the  five-year  limit  for  the  degree,  and  it  may  not  have 
been  used  to  satisfy  requirements  for  any  other  degree  or  admission  into  the  graduate 
program.  Transfer  credits  are  not  calculated  in  the  final  grade  point  average  (GPA). 

Credit  by  Examination 

A  graduate  student  may  receive  credit-by-examination  only  for  a  course  which  he  is 
otherwise  eligible  to  receive  graduate  degree  credit.  A  maximum  of  six  credits  is  pos- 
sible through  credit-by-examination;  nine  credits  can  be  accepted  in  the  Primary  Care 
Nursing  program.  A  graduate  student  seeking  to  utilize  this  option  must  obtain  the  con- 
sent of  the  adviser  and  of  the  instructor  currently  responsible  for  the  course.  The  gradu- 
ate School  maintains  a  list  of  courses  for  which  examinations  are  available  or  will  be 
prepared.  Full-time  students  are  charged  $30.00  for  each  course  examination  regardless 
of  the  number  of  credits.  This  fee  is  paid  upon  application  for  the  examination  and  is 
not  refundable  regardless  of  whether  or  not  the  student  completes  the  examination. 
Part-time  students  are  charged  on  the  same  cost-per-credit-hour  basis  as  though  they 
were  taking  the  course  in  the  regular  manner.  The  grade(s)  received  for  course (s) 
accepted  through  credit-by-examination  is  (are)  computed  in  the  grade  point  average. 

43 


Withdrawal  from  a  Course 

A  withdrawal  is  noted  on  the  student's  transcript  by  a  WD.  In  cases  of  excessive  ab- 
sences from  courses  an  F  is  given  unless  the  student  officially  withdraws  from  a  course. 
The  semester  credits  for  the  F  grade  are  computed  in  the  grade  point  average. 

Incomplete  Course  Work 

A  grade  of  I  (Incomplete)  is  given  if  course  work  is  not  completed  because  of  ill- 
ness or  other  reasons  satisfactory  to  the  instructor.  In  calculating  the  GPA,  1  =  0;  there- 
fore a  grade  of  I  constitutes  a  penalty  until  the  I  grade  is  removed.  The  work  must 
be  completed  and  the  I  grade  must  be  converted  to  a  letter  grade  by  the  end  of  the 
next  semester  (exceptions  include  courses  numbered  799  or  899  or  special  problems 
courses  requiring  two  or  more  semesters  of  work  before  a  grade  can  be  determined). 
If  the  course  requirements  are  not  completed  the  I  grade  can  be  changed  by  the  in- 
structor to  a  grade  appropriate  to  a  computation  without  the  missing  work.  A  course 
with  an  incomplete  grade  should  not  be  repeated.  Students  with  provisional  admission 
or  on  academic  probation  may  not  register  for  additional  course  work  until  the  I 
grade  is  removed. 

Unsatisfactory  Achievement 

At  the  end  of  each  semester,  the  record  of  any  student  with  a  grade  point  average  be- 
low 3.0  is  reviewed  by  the  Graduate  Committee  on  Admissions,  Progression  and 
Graduation.  A  student's  registration  in  the  graduate  program  may  be  discontinued  at 
any  time  if  work  or  progress  is  deemed  unsatisfactory. 

1.  When  either  the  cumulative  or  semester  grade  point  average  is  between  2.71 
and  2.99  at  the  end  of  any  semester  of  full-time  study  (or  12  credits  of  part- 
time  study),  upon  recommendation  of  the  Graduate  Committee  on  Admissions, 
Progression  and  Graduation,  the  student  may  be  placed  on  probation  and  per- 
mitted another  semester  of  study  (or  12  credits  of  part-time  study).  At  the 
end  of  the  semester  on  probation,  the  cumulative  grade  point  average  must  be 
3.0  in  order  for  the  student  to  remain  in  the  School. 

2.  When  the  grade  point  average  is  2.7  or  below  upon  completion  of  any  semester 
of  full-time  graduate  study  (or  12  credits  of  part-time  study),  upon  recom- 
mendation of  the  Graduate  Committee  on  Admissions,  Progression  and  Gradu- 
ation and  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School,  the  student  will  be  requested  to 
withdraw.  To  be  considered  for  readmission,  the  procedures  and  policies  out- 
lined for  admission  must  be  followed;  the  application  records  will  be  reviewed 
with  those  of  all  new  applicants. 

Withdrawal,  Suspension,  Dismissal 

A  "Graduate  School  Program  Withdrawal  Form"  must  be  completed  and  submitted 
when  a  student  officially  withdraws  from  the  graduate  program.  An  application  for  with- 
drawal bearing  the  proper  signatures  must  be  filed  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  If  a 
student  leaves  the  University  prior  to  the  conclusion  of  a  semester  or  session,  the  date 
used  in  computing  a  refund  is  the  date  the  application  for  withdrawal  is  filed  in  the 
registrar's  office.  A  student  who  withdraws  during  the  semester  and  does  not  file  an 
application  for  withdrawal  with  the  registrar  will  receive  marks  of  failure  in  all  courses 
and  will  forfeit  the  right  to  any  refund. 

The  faculty  adviser  and  graduate  student  share  the  responsibility  for  the  student's 
progress.  Students  are  expected  to  comply  with  rules  and  procedures  of  the  Graduate 
School  as  well  as  with  specific  requirements  established  by  individual  departments.  In 
fulfilling  this  responsibility  the  student  should  seek  the  advice  of  a  faculty  adviser,  de- 
partment chairperson,  and/or  the  administrative  officers  of  the  School  of  Nursing  and 
the  staff  of  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies. 

Procedures  are  established  to  protect  the  institution's  integrity  and  the  individual 
student's  interests  and  welfare.  The  University  of  Maryland,  through  its  various  faculties 
and  appropriate  committees,  reserves  the  discretionary  right  to  suspend  any  student  from 
the  University  for  failure  to  maintain  a  satisfactory  academic  record,  acceptable  personal 

44 


behavior,  accepted  standards  of  practice  in  a  clinical  agency,  or  satisfactory  standard  of 
health. 

When  the  actions  of  a  student  are  judged  by  competent  authority  using  established 
procedure  to  be  detrimental  to  the  interests  of  the  university  community,  that  person 
may  be  required  to  withdraw  from  the  University. 

Graduation 

Requirements  for  graduation  from  the  master's  degree  program  include:  completion  of 
the  planned  program  within  a  five-year  period,  achieving  a  cumulative  grade  point 
average  of  B  or  3.0,  and  completion  of  a  minimum  of  one  year  of  full-time  study  or 
its  equivalent. 

The  student  must  be  registered  for  at  least  one  credit  in  the  semester  in  which 
she/he  wishes  to  graduate. 

Application  for  the  diploma  must  be  filed  with  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  within 
the  first  three  weeks  of  the  semester  in  which  the  candidate  expects  to  obtain  a  degree 
except  during  the  summer  session.  During  the  summer  session,  the  application  must  be 
filed  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  during  the  first  week  of  classes. 

If,  for  any  reason,  a  student  does  not  graduate  at  the  end  of  the  semester  in  which 
he  applies  for  the  diploma,  he  must  reapply  for  it  in  the  semester  in  which  he  expects 
to  graduate. 


FEES  AND  EXPENSES 

Matriculation  (new  students)    $   15.00 

Tuition  —  per  credit  (in-state)   55.00 

Tuition  —  per  credit  (out-of-state)    95.00 

Supporting  Facilities  Fee  (full-time)  per  semester 30.00 

Supporting  Facilities  Fee  (part-time)  per  semester 6.00 

Student  Health  Fee  (full-time)  per  semester 5.00 

Student  Health  Fee  (part-time)  per  semester 2.00 

Health  Insurance  (Blue  Cross)  * 

One  Person   102.12 

Two  Persons    196.68 

Family    261.98 

Student  Activity  Fee  ($7.00  per  semester)  7.00 

Graduation  Fee  15.00 

Continuous  Registration  Fee  (Doctoral  Candidates)   10.00 

Late  Registration  Fee   20.00 

Change  Fee   5.00 

:;  Student  Health  and  Health  Insurance 

Health  insurance  is  required  of  all  full-time  professional  school  students  (nine  or  more 
semester  hours)  in  addition  to  the  Student  Health  Fee.  The  insurance  coverage  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  is  Blue  Cross-Blue  Shield  Diagnostic  and  Major 
Medical.  Additional  information  concerning  this  program  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Student  Health  Office. 

Students  with  equivalent  insurance  coverage  must  provide  proof  of  such  member- 
ship at  the  time  of  registration  and  obtain  a  hospital  insurance  waiver. 

Health  Services  are  provided  for  School  of  Nursing  students  through  the  Student 
Health  Office  in  Howard  Hall. 

Malpractice  Insurance 

All  graduate  nursing  students  are  required  to  carry  professional  malpractice  insurance 
throughout  their  academic  program.  Documentation  of  coverage  is  required  at  the  time 
of  every  registration  and  must  meet  the  amount  set  by  the  School  of  Nursing  and  clinical 
agencies. 

45 


FINANCIAL  AID  OVERVIEW 

Financial  aid  in  the  form  of  scholarships,  grants,  loans,  and  work-programs  is  awarded 
to  women  and  men  students  and  is  based  upon  apparent  academic  ability,  nearness  to 
program  completion  and  financial  need.  Applicants  must  complete  a  traineeship  appli- 
cation at  admission  or  preregistration  preceding  the  semester  for  which  aid  is  sought. 
Separate  applications  must  be  completed  in  the  financial  aid  office  to  be  considered  for 
funding  from  sources  outside  the  school.  Because  of  limitations  in  available  funds, 
preference  is  given  to  full-time  students. 

Recipients  of  financial  aid  are  expected  to  make  satisfactory  progress  toward  attain- 
ment of  a  degree  and  to  abide  by  all  academic  and  nonacademic  regulations  of  the 
University.  Graduate  students  must  maintain  a  3.0  GPA  to  be  eligible  for  financial  aid. 
In  the  case  of  new  students,  applicants  must  have  been  accepted  for  admission  to  the 
University  before  the  financial  application  will  be  reviewed. 

Students  should  make  early  contact  with  the  financial  aid  office  to  insure  com- 
pliance with  filing  dates  for  completed  aid  applications.  Requests  for  information  about, 
and  applications  for,  financial  aid  should  be  addressed  to  the  following: 

Student  Aid  Officer 
University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore 
610  W.Lombard  Street 
Baltimore,  Maryland  21201 


SOURCES  OF  AID 

University  Sources 

Traineeships — Students  who  meet  admission  requirements  and  are  U.S.  citizens  are 
eligible  to  apply  to  the  School  of  Nursing  for  federal  funds  for  full-time  study.  Profes- 
sional nurse  traineeships  available  from  the  Division  of  Nursing,  Health  Resources 
Administration,  Health,  Education,  and  Welfare,  provide  tuition,  fees,  and  a  monthly 
stipend.  Students  in  selected  specialty  areas  may  also  be  eligible  for  support  under 
specialized  grants  obtained  by  the  School  of  Nursing  or  available  through  application 
to  a  specific  foundation  or  funding  source.  Since  there  are  limitations  on  the  number 
of  traineeships  available,  applicants  are  ranked  according  to  total  professional  back- 
ground. 

In  the  case  of  all  traineeships,  prospective  students  make  application  to  the  School 
of  Nursing.  No  action  is  taken  by  faculty  until  eligibility  for  admission  has  been  estab- 
lished. Graduate  students  also  are  referred  to  the  Federal  Nursing  Loan  and  Scholar- 
ship Program  available  through  the  financial  aid  office. 

Nurse  Training  Act  Scholarships  and  Loans — Scholarships  to  a  maximum  of  $2,000 
annually  and  loans  to  a  maximum  of  $2,500  annually  are  available.  Loans  are  at  three 
per  cent  annual  interest  with  principal  and  interest  payments  beginning  nine  months 
after  graduation;  deferment  and  cancellation  provisions  are  available. 

College  Work-Study — Support  for  students  in  career  related  employment  both  on  and 
off  campus  during  the  academic  year  as  well  as  the  summer  months  may  be  available. 

Non-University  Sources 

Bank  Loans — Students  may  obtain  educational  loans  through  private  lending  institu- 
tions such  as  banks  or  credit  unions.  In  many  cases,  federal  assistance  in  the  payment 
of  the  seven  per  cent  interest  can  be  obtained.  As  lenders  have  limited  funds  for  this 
program,  students  are  encouraged  to  contact  their  lending  institutions  at  the  earliest 
possible  date. 

The  Maryland  Higher  Education  Loan  Corporation  (MHELC)  Program  permits 
graduate  students  to  borrow  up  to  $2,000  annually.  MHELC  applications  are  available 
in  the  Student  Aid  Office. 

46 


EMPLOYMENT  OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates  of  the  master's  degree  program  of  the  University  of  Maryland  have  a  variety 
of  employment  opportunities.  Surveys  of  recent  graduates  (since  1975)  indicate  100% 
employment.  Approximately  60%  of  these  graduates  are  employed  in  hospitals,  30% 
as  faculty  in  schools  of  nursing  and  10%  in  other  areas  including  nursing  homes,  com- 
munity mental  health  and  public  health  clinics.  Salaries  vary  with  the  type  of  position, 
the  setting,  the  geographical  areas,  and  the  individual  graduate's  professional  experi- 
ence. Beginning  salaries  in  the  Baltimore-Washington,  D.C.  area  for  new  master's  grad- 
uates range  from  $12,709 — $18,000  per  year. 

GRADUATE  STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS 

Graduates  in  Nursing  (GIN)  is  an  organization  of  all  the  students  in  the  graduate 
program  in  the  School  of  Nursing.  The  purpose  of  the  organization  is  to  foster  unity 
among  graduate  students  to  aid  in  the  pursuit  of  individual,  institutional  and  profes- 
sional goals,  and  to  enhance  communication  among  students,  faculty  and  the  com- 
munity. Student  representatives  function  in  a  liaison  capacity  by  serving  on  various 
School  and  University  committees.  GIN  serves  the  graduate  student  body  through  orien- 
tation programs,  a  monthly  newsletter,  education  and  social  functions,  and  the  estab- 
lishment of  ad  hoc  committees  when  student,  faculty  and  community  needs  arise. 

As  a  focal  point  for  graduate  student  awareness,  the  UMAB  Graduate  Student 
Association  (GSA)  is  comprised  of  one  representative  from  each  department  on 
campus  that  offers  a  graduate  degree.  Its  main  purpose  is  to  promote  a  better  graduate 
student  life  by  providing  efficient  orientation  of  new  students,  communicating  research 
interests  across  departmental  lines,  and  providing  a  channel  for  the  communication  of 
graduate  student  concerns  to  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research  and  to  the 
Graduate  Council.  The  Graduate  Student  Association  chooses  one  of  its  own  members 
each  year  to  serve  as  a  voting  member  of  the  Graduate  Council  and  also  elects  repre- 
sentatives to  the  UMAB  Senate. 


47 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

NURS  602  Conceptual  Framework  for  Nursing  Practice  (5)  This  course  provides 
an  introduction  to  the  articulation  of  a  philosophy  of  nursing  to  a  conceptual  framework 
for  nursing  practice.  Our  philosophy  states  that  the  personal,  cognitive,  and  physical 
expressions  of  health  interact  throughout  life  and  unfold  in  dynamic  interplay  with  the 
environment.  The  two  credit  theory  session  each  week  is  a  coordinated  approach  by 
representative  departmental  faculty  in  which  the  study  of  scientific  concepts  which  in- 
fluence man's  expressions  of  health  is  emphasized.  The  other  three  credits  provide  a 
departmentally  supervised  clinical  practicum  with  emphasis  on  assessment  and  on 
evaluation  of  nursing  interventions  or  regulatory  processes.  (Reid  and  Faculty) 

NURS  604  Organizational  Behavior  and  Role  Fulfillment  (3)  An  exploration  and 
analysis  of  commonalities  inherent  in  nursing  practice  in  various  roles.  Content  from 
systems,  role,  organizational  behavior,  consultation,  learning  and  change  theories  pro- 
vides the  basis  for  synthesis  into  a  conceptual  framework  of  practice  in  teaching,  clinical 
practice  and  administration.  (Faculty) 

NURS  606  Influential  Forces,  Health  Care  and  Health  Care  Systems  (2)  The  iden- 
tification and  analysis  of  the  economic,  social,  political  and  educational  forces  which 
influence  the  health  of  man,  affect  the  health  care  delivery  system  and  produce  changes 
in  nursing.  (Faculty) 

NURS  608  Special  Problems  in  Nursing  (1-3)  Provides  for  alternative  learning  ex- 
periences: independent  study;  development  of  specific  clinical  competencies;  classes 
focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  interest  topics  or  topics  of  an  interdepartmental  nature. 
Registration  upon  consent  of  adviser.  Students  may  register  for  one-three  credits  per 
semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  611     Introduction  to  Concepts  and  Techniques  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (2) 

This  course  emphasizes  the  development  of  the  student's  concepts  of  the  expanded 
nursing  role.  It  builds  on  assessment  skills  and  knowledge  pertaining  to  the  conceptual 
framework  acquired  in  NURS  602.  It  provides  opportunity  to  collect  and  analyze  data 
with  a  variety  of  skills  and  techniques  that  expand  the  nursing  process  for  the  health 
of  adults.  Concurrent:  NURS  602,  NPHY  480.  (Faculty) 

NURS  613  Clinical  Diagnosis  and  Management  I  (4)  This  course  prepares  the  stu- 
dent to  function  at  a  beginning  level  as  a  nurse  practitioner  in  an  ambulatory  setting. 
This  is  the  first  of  two  sequential  courses  which  focuses  on  a  different  set  of  health 
problems  for  study.  The  student  applies  the  nursing  process  by  performing  diagnostic 
methods,  developing  plans  of  care,  and  implementing  nursing  strategies  to  promote  per- 
sonal, cognitive  and  physical  health  of  clients  with  common  health  problems.  Prerequi- 
site: NURS  611,  NPHY  480.  Open  to  majors  only.  (Faculty) 

NURS  614  Clinical  Diagnosis  and  Management  II  (4)  This  course  prepares  the 
student  to  function  as  a  nurse  practitioner  in  an  ambulatory  setting  with  clients  who 
have  complex  health  problems.  This  is  the  second  of  two  sequential  courses  which  apply 
the  nursing  process  by  performing  communication  and  assessment  skills,  interpreting 
findings,  applying  laboratory  diagnostic  methods,  developing  plans  of  care,  and  imple- 
menting nursing  strategies  to  promote  personal,  cognitive  and  physical  health  of  clients. 
Prerequisite:  NURS  613.  Open  to  majors  only.  (Faculty) 

NURS  615  Advanced  Primary  Health  Care  (5)  This  course  consists  of  intensive 
applied  clinical  experience  and  seminar  sessions.  It  is  designed  to  assist  the  student  in 
analyzing  multiple  variables  in  health  and  disease,  and  through  a  problem-solving  ap- 
proach, determine  an  optimal  plan  in  relation  to  both  short  and  long-term  goals.  The 
emphasis  is  on  increased  independence  and  decision-making  in  an  interprofessional  en- 
vironment. Prerequisite:  NURS  614.  Open  to  majors  only.  (Faculty) 

48 


NURS  618  Special  Problems  in  Primary  Care  (1-3)  An  independent  study  experi- 
ence which  allows  students  in  the  primary  care  department  to  develop  special  compe- 
tencies or  obtain  in-depth  clinical  experience.  Students  outside  the  Department  of  Pri- 
mary Care  Nursing  may  elect  this  experience  to  study  selected  concepts  relating  to 
primary  care  nursing.  Registration  upon  consent  of  adviser.  Students  may  register  for 
varying  units  of  credit  ranging  from  one-three  credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of 
six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  621  Medical-Surgical  Nursing  I  (2)  The  first  level  Medical-Surgical  Nursing 
course  focuses  on  systematic  exploration  of  concepts  that  are  particularly  pertinent  to 
adult  clients  with  physical  alterations.  The  concepts  are  developed  within  the  graduate 
program  framework,  interrelationships  among  concepts  are  determined  and  clinical 
implications  are  considered.  Values,  beliefs,  and  attitudes  about  nursing,  health,  and 
illness  are  explored.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent:  NURS  602  and  NPHY  480.  (Shubkagel 
and  Faculty) 

NURS  622  Medical-Surgical  Nursing  II  (4)  Building  on  Nursing  602  and  621  this 
course  focuses  on  the  articulation  of  selected  concepts  with  the  development,  imple- 
mentation, and  evaluation  of  regulatory  processes  from  the  perspective  of  the  graduate 
program  framework.  The  practicum  gives  the  students  an  opportunity  to  test  the  pre- 
sented theory  within  a  clinical  perspective,  to  strengthen  and  extend  previously  acquired 
knowledge  and  skill,  and  to  progress  toward  attainment  of  individual  clinical  goals. 
Prerequisite:  NURS  621.  (Shubkagel  and  Faculty) 

NURS  625  Introduction  to  Gerontological  Nursing  (2)  This  introductory  course 
traces,  via  an  historical  perspective,  the  beginnings  of  the  science  of  gerontology  and 
gerontological  nursing.  The  focus  is  on  implications  for  nursing  in  regard  to  the  myths 
and  misconceptions,  current  health  care  problems  and  the  influence  societal  thinking 
has  had  on  attitudes  and  interests  regarding  the  elderly.  (Brock) 

NURS  626  Processes  of  Aging:  Implications  for  Nursing  Care  (4)  This  course  pro- 
vides an  indepth  analysis  of  specific  concepts  related  to  the  cognitive,  physical  and  psy- 
chosocial health  care  problems  of  the  aged.  The  emphasis  in  exploring  these  concepts 
is  on  assessment  methodologies  and  nursing  care  strategies  which  are  designed  to  assist 
the  aged  person  to  cope  with  alterations  in  the  expressions  of  health  related  to  the  aging 
process  and,  where  possible,  prevent  the  occurrence  of  alterations  in  health.  (Brock) 

NURS  628  Special  Problems  in  Medical-Surgical  Nursing  (1-3)  Provides  alternative 
learning  experiences:  independent  study;  development  of  specific  clinical  competencies; 
classes  focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  topics  or  topics  of  an  interdepartmental  nature 
within  the  broad  category  of  medical-surgical  nursing.  Registration  upon  consent  of 
adviser.  Student  may  register  for  varying  amounts  of  credits  ranging  from  one-three 
credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Shubkagel  and  Faculty) 

NURS  631  Maternal  and  Infant  Nursing  I  (2)  First  of  a  two-semester  sequence.  A 
conceptual  approach  which  focuses  on  extensive  understanding  of  nursing  in  society's 
total  program  of  maternal  health  services  with  emphasis  on  increased  practitioner  skills 
for  independent  and  collaborative  components  of  professional  nursing  of  mothers  and 
infants.  Prerequisite:  NURS  602.  (Neal  and  Faculty) 

NURS  632  Maternal  and  Infant  Nursing  II  (4)  Focuses  on  extensive  knowledge  and 
understanding  of  maternal  care  and  on  gaining  increased  collaborative  and  practitioner 
skills  in  professional  nursing  within  interdisciplinary  health  agencies  and  institutions. 
Second  semester  of  a  two-semester  sequence.  Prerequisite:  NURS  602  and  NURS  631. 
(Neal  and  Faculty) 

NURS  638  Special  Problems  in  Maternity  Nursing  (1-3)  Provides  for  alternative 
learning  experiences:  independent  study;  development  of  specific  clinical  competencies; 
classes  focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  interest  topics  or  topics  of  an  interdepartmental 

49 


nature  within  the  broad  category  of  maternity  nursing.  Registration  upon  consent  of 
adviser.  Student  may  register  for  varying  amounts  of  credit  ranging  from  one-three 
credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Neal  and  Faculty) 

NURS  641  Nursing  of  Children  I  (2)  First  semester  of  a  two-semester  sequence. 
Focuses  on  extensive  knowledge  and  understanding  of  nursing  in  society's  total  program 
of  childhealth  services  and  on  gaining  increased  practitioner  skills  in  professional  nurs- 
ing of  children.  Prerequisite:  NURS  602.  (Neal  and  Faculty) 

NURS  642  Nursing  of  Children  II  (4)  Focuses  on  extensive  knowledge  and  under- 
standing in  society's  total  program  of  child  health  services  and  in  gaining  increased 
collaborative  and  practitioner  skills  in  professional  nursing  of  children.  Second  semester 
of  a  two-semester  sequence.  Prerequisite:  NURS  602  and  NURS  641.  (Neal  and 
Faculty) 

NURS  648  Special  Problems  in  Nursing  of  Children  (1-3)  Provides  alternative 
learning  experiences:  independent  study;  development  of  specific  clinical  competencies; 
classes  focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  interest  topics  or  topics  of  an  interdepartmental 
nature  within  the  broad  category  of  nursing  of  children.  Registration  upon  consent  of 
adviser.  Student  may  register  for  varying  amounts  of  credit  ranging  from  one-three 
credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Neal  and  Faculty) 

NURS  650  Individual  Therapy  I  (3)  The  course  will  consist  of  one  theory  seminar 
per  week,  clinical  experience  in  which  the  student  provides  two  hours  of  individual 
psychotherapy  per  week,  and  a  supervisory  seminar  with  individual  supervision  as 
needed.  In  this  course,  students  are  given  the  opportunity  to  examine  and  apply  con- 
cepts that  include  dynamics  of  human  behavior,  formation  of  personality,  the  techniques 
of  problem-solving,  and  the  skills  of  communication  in  relation  to  therapeutic  nursing 
care  of  psychiatric  patients.  Offered  Fall  Semester.  (Robinson) 

NURS  651  Individual  Therapy  II  (3)  The  course  will  consist  of  a  seminar  every 
other  week  and  clinical  experience  in  which  the  student  provides  a  minimum  of  two 
hours  of  individual  psychotherapy  per  week.  Supervision  of  the  practicum  is  weekly. 
Twice  a  month  the  scheduled  supervision  will  occur  in  a  group;  the  alternate  week's 
supervision  is  on  an  individual  basis.  Both  process  recordings  and  tape  recorded  inter- 
views will  be  utilized.  In  this  course,  students  are  given  the  opportunity  to  expand  their 
knowledge  of  concepts  and  therapeutic  interviews  with  psychiatric  patients  which  they 
identified  in  NURS  650.  Prerequisite:  NURS  650.  (Robinson) 

NURS  652  Group  Theory  and  Practice  I  (3)  This  course  is  designed  to  provide  the 
basis  for  a  conceptual  framework  in  group  psychotherapy.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
application  of  theory  to  group  practice.  Included  is  the  study  of  the  therapist's  role  in 
the  development  of  technical  and  communication  skills  in  group  work.  Each  student  is 
required  to  co-lead  a  group  approved  by  the  faculty.  (McManama) 

NURS  653  Group  Theory  and  Practice  II  (3)  This  course  is  designed  to  further 
develop  the  student's  theoretical  and  clinical  expertise  in  group  work  and  group  psycho- 
therapy. Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  role  of  the  therapist  in  the  integration  and  utilization 
of  theoretical  concepts  to  clinical  group  practice  and  in  developing  skills  in  supervision. 
Specialized  group  therapy  techniques  and  research  as  related  to  group  practice  are 
reviewed.  Each  student  is  required  to  co-lead  a  group  approved  by  the  faculty.  Pre- 
requisite: NURS  652.  (McManama) 

NURS  654  Liaison  Nursing  (3)  The  students  gain  skills  in  therapeutic  interaction 
with  hospitalized,  physically  ill  patients  based  upon  their  assessment  of  the  patient's 
psychological  needs  and  an  evaluation  of  appropriate  vehicles  for  their  gratification. 
Goals  are  established  which  take  into  consideration  physiological  versus  psychological 
priorities,  assigning  weights  in  terms  of  immediacy  of  need.  The  hospital  is  viewed  as 
a  social  system,  and  means  of  interacting  effectively  in  it  are  explored.  Offered  Spring 
Semester.  (Robinson) 

50 


NURS  655  Orientation  to  Critical  Concepts  in  Family  (3)  Orientation  to  the  theories 
and  techniques  of  family  therapy.  Emphasis  on  family  systems  theory  (the  Bowen 
Theory).  Interview  experience  with  selected  families  and  development  of  observational 
skills.  (Cain  and  Ward) 

NURS  656  Introduction  to  Clinical  Practice  With  Families  (3)  Orientation  to  the 
role  of  the  clinician  in  family  therapy.  Emphasis  is  on  the  identification  of  existing 
family  behavior  patterns.  Clinical  practice  with  at  least  one  family.  Prerequisite:  NURS 
655.  (Cain  and  Slater) 

NURS  657  Advanced  Clinical  Practice  With  Families  (3)  Advanced  clinical  prac- 
tice and  refinement  of  clinical  skills.  Prerequisite:  NURS  656.  (Cain) 

NURS  658  Special  Problems  in  Adult  Psychiatric  Nursing  (1-3)  Provides  alternative 
learning  experiences:  independent  study;  development  of  specific  clinical  competencies; 
classes  focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  interest  topics  or  topics  of  an  interdepartmental 
nature  within  the  area  of  adult  psychiatric  nursing.  Registration  upon  consent  of  ad- 
viser. Student  may  register  for  varying  amounts  of  credit  ranging  from  one-three  credits 
per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  660  Introduction  to  Selected  Aspects  of  Child  Development  I  (2)  This  course 
explores  selective  theoretical  concepts  of  child  development  during  the  first  six  years 
of  life.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  integrating  personality  development  and  intellectual  de- 
velopment. Assessment  tools  which  reflect  the  theories  presented  will  be  discussed. 
(McElroy) 

NURS  661     Orientation   to   Critical   Problems   in   Family-Child   Relationships   I   (2) 

First  semester  of  a  two-semester  sequence.  Examination  of  theoretical  concepts  of  nor- 
mal and  abnormal  psychological  developments  that  are  applicable  to  nursing  situations. 
(Faculty) 

NURS  664  Introduction  to  Selected  Aspects  of  Child  Development  II  (2)  This  course 
explores  selective  theoretical  concepts  of  child  development  during  the  years  from  seven 
through  adolescence.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  examining  the  following  theorists:  Erikson, 
Winncott,  Lidz  and  Piaget.  Prerequisite:  NURS  660.  (McElroy) 

NURS  665  Comprehensive  Care  of  Children  With  Psychiatric  Disorders  I  (4)  Sec- 
ond semester  of  a  two-semester  sequence.  Assessment  of  child  psychiatric  nursing  prac- 
tice in  primary,  secondary,  and  tertiary  prevention  of  emotional  disturbances  of  chil- 
dren. Students  gain  experience  in  practice  of  treatment  modalities  in  inpatient  and 
community  settings.  (Faculty) 

NURS  668  Special  Problems  in  Child  Psychiatric  Nursing  (1-3)  Provides  for  alterna- 
tive learning  experiences:  independent  study;  development  of  specific  clinical  compe- 
tencies; classes  focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  interest  topics  or  topics  of  an 
interdepartmental  nature  within  the  broad  category  of  child  psychiatric  nursing.  Regis- 
tration upon  consent  of  adviser.  Student  may  register  for  varying  amounts  of  credit 
ranging  from  one-three  credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree. 
(Faculty) 

NURS  670  School  Health  (2)  This  course  is  designed  to  examine  factors  and  pro- 
grams that  contribute  to  the  promotion  and  maintenance  of  health  in  the  school  popu- 
lation. The  development  of  school  health  programs  and  services  are  discussed.  Issues, 
legislation  and  organizations  involved  in  school  health  are  explored.  This  course  includes 
a  variety  of  learning  experiences  such  as  field  trips  where  students  have  the  opportunity 
to  develop  an  interdisciplinary  approach  to  the  population.  AHEC  experience  is  avail- 
able. Prerequisite:  NURS  602  or  permission  of  instructor.  Open  to  non-nursing  majors. 
Offered  Winter  Session.  (Northrop) 

NURS  671  Epidemiology  (2)  A  contemporary  approach  to  epidemiological  concepts 
and  methods.  General  considerations  and  laboratory  application  to  data  in  specific 

51 


situations.  Open  to  non-nursing  majors  with  permission  of  instructor.  Prerequisite:  Sta- 
tistics. Offered  Spring  Semester.  (Kohler) 

NURS  672  Community  Health  Nursing  I  (1)  This  first  level  departmental  course 
is  designed  to  explore  the  relevancy  of  the  school's  conceptual  framework  for  community 
health  practice.  Students  also  discuss  the  nature  and  scope  of  community  health  nursing 
and  its  relationship  to  the  public  health  sciences  and  to  nursing.  Family  and  community 
are  identified  as  the  basic  units  of  study  and  primary  prevention  as  a  major  responsi- 
bility. Prerequisite  or  concurrent:  NURS  602.  Offered  Fall  Semester.  (White  and  Ruth) 

NURS  673  Community  Health  Nursing  II  (3)  This  is  a  required  second  level  de- 
partmental course.  Although  students  continue  with  their  community  assessment  and 
one  well  family  selected  during  NURS  602,  analytical  focus  is  extended  to  include  the 
use  of  regulatory  processes  with  families  who  have  multiple  problems.  Additional  con- 
ceptual frameworks  commonly  employed  in  family  and  community  study  are  examined. 
Program  planning,  implementation,  and  evaluation  are  discussed  in  relation  to  the  stu- 
dent's assessment  of  a  community's  health  problems.  Prerequisite:  NURS  606  and 
NURS  672.  Offered  Spring  Semester.  (Ruth  and  Northrop) 

NURS  674  Community  Health  Nursing  Within  the  Health  Care  System  (2)  This 
course  focuses  upon  the  relationship  between  the  health  level  of  the  community  and 
the  organization  of  the  health  care  system.  Social  and  political  forces  and  major  public 
policies  that  are  shaping  the  organization  and  delivery  of  community  health  nursing 
services  will  be  analyzed.  An  examination  of  theory,  research,  governmental  and  other 
professional  documents  will  provide  the  bases  for  discussion  as  to  how  effective  and 
efficient  services  can  be  achieved.  Various  systems  of  health  care  organization  will  be 
compared  in  terms  of  health  level,  structure,  and  reimbursement  mechanisms.  Open  to 
non-nursing  majors  with  permission  of  instructor.  Offered  Spring  Semester.  (Ruth) 

NURS  675  Community  Health  Nursing  III  (2)  This  is  a  required  third  level  depart- 
mental course  for  students  whose  area  of  concentration  is  community  health  nursing. 
It  is  given  concurrently  with  the  practicum  in  role  preparation.  While  the  emphasis  is 
upon  intervention  strategies  and  regulatory  processes  in  community  health  nursing,  con- 
tent related  to  public  health  administration  is  discussed  and  includes  areas  such  as 
reimbursement  mechanisms,  legislation  and  regulation,  and  standards  of  practice.  Stu- 
dents will  plan,  implement,  and  evaluate  a  health  program  of  primary  prevention  in  their 
selected  communities.  Prerequisite:  NURS  604  and  NURS  673.  Offered  Fall  Semester. 
(Faculty) 

NURS  676  Community  Health  Groups:  Leadership  Strategies  (2)  The  theory  con- 
tent and  practicum  of  this  course  offer  learning  experiences  particularly  pertinent  and 
applicable  to  working  with  well  families  and  health-oriented  community  groups.  The 
course  is  designed  to  provide  graduate  students  in  community  health  nursing  and  other 
specialty  areas  an  opportunity  to  gain  additional  skills  in  the  use  of  group  leadership 
strategies  to  bring  about  change  toward  defined  goals  and  objectives.  Prerequisite:  Basic 
course  in  group  dynamics;  permission  of  instructor.  Open  to  non-nursing  majors.  Offered 
Spring  Semester.  (White) 

NURS  677  Urban  Health  (2)  This  course  focuses  on  the  impact  of  demographic  and 
social  change  on  health  in  the  urban  setting.  Emphasis  is  on  viewing  health  and  health 
services  within  an  analytical  perspective  stressing  interrelationships  with  urban  structure, 
patterns  of  demographic  transition,  urban  life  styles  and  environments,  and  the  resources 
and  strengths  or  urban  community  systems.  Open  to  non-nursing  majors  with  permission 
of  instructor.  Offered  Fall  Semester.  (Lenz) 

NURS  678  Special  Problems  in  Community  Health  Nursing  (1-3)  Provides  alterna- 
tive learning  experiences:  independent  study;  development  of  specific  clinical  competen- 
cies; classes  focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  interest  topics  or  topics  of  an  interdepart- 
mental nature  within  the  broad  category  of  community  health  nursing.  Registration  by 

52 


consent  of  adviser.  Students  may  register  for  varying  amounts  of  credit  ranging  from 
one-three  credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  680  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Nursing  Education  (3)  This  course  com- 
bines the  elements  of  the  curriculum  process  with  instructional  principles  and  method- 
ologies through  both  faculty  and  student  conducted  seminars.  It  is  designed  to  assist  the 
student  in  the  understanding  and  application  of  the  foundations  and  methods  of  cur- 
riculum development.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent:  NURS  604.  (Blakeney) 

NURS  682  Practicum  in  Teaching  in  Nursing  (3)  Experience  in  clinical  and  class- 
room settings  promotes  the  opportunity  for  development  and  increased  skill  in  the  total 
teaching  learning  process.  An  analytical  approach  to  teaching  effectiveness  is  empha- 
sized. Placement  in  junior  colleges,  baccalaureate  programs  or  inservice  settings  is  ar- 
ranged according  to  track  selected.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent:  NURS  680.  (Matejski 
and  Robinette) 

NURS  683  Practicum  for  Clinical  Specialist  in  Nursing  (4)  Supervised  experience 
is  provided  by  each  clinical  department  which  will  prepare  the  graduate  student  to 
function  in  the  role  of  clinical  specialist.  Placement  may  be  in  community  or  home 
settings,  chronic  and  long-term  care  facilities  as  well  as  intensive  care  units.  Concurrent: 
NURS  684.  (Faculty) 

NURS  684  Seminar  in  Nursing — Clinical  Specialization  (2)  This  seminar  focuses  on 
increasing  organizational  behaviors  to  function  effectively  as  clinical  nurse  specialists. 
Particular  attention  is  given  to  improving  the  delivery  of  health  care  to  consumers 
through  consultation,  teaching,  research,  and  clinical  practice  in  medical-surgical,  ma- 
ternal and  child  health,  psychiatric  (adult  and  child),  gerontological  and  community 
health  nursing.  Concurrent:  NURS  683.  (Faculty) 

NURS  685  Instructional  Skills  (3)  This  course,  conducted  by  means  of  micro  teach- 
ing lab,  fosters  the  development  and  analysis  of  selected  teaching  skills  directed  at  pre- 
determined levels  of  functioning  in  the  cognitive,  affective  and  psychomotor  domains. 
Prerequisite:  NURS  604  and  two  semesters  of  clinical  course  work.  Prerequisite  or 
concurrent:  NURS  680.  (Robinette) 

NURS  688  Special  Problems  in  Nursing  Education  (1-3)  The  major  objectives  of 
this  independent  study  experience  are  to  develop  further  competencies  in  the  area  of 
teaching.  Registration  upon  consent  of  adviser.  Student  may  register  for  one-three  credits 
per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  689  Special  Problems  in  Clinical  Specialization  (1-3)  The  major  objectives 
of  this  independent  study  experience  are  to  develop  further  competencies  in  the  areas 
of  clinical  specialization.  Registration  upon  consent  of  adviser.  Students  may  register 
for  one-three  credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  691  Administration  of  Nursing  Education  (2)  Application  of  administrative 
processes  as  employed  in  nursing  education  settings.  Comparison  and  contrasts  of  ad- 
ministrative skill  requirements  among  types  of  educational  programs  will  be  addressed 
where  appropriate.  Prerequisite:  NURS  604.  (Hechenberger) 

NURS  692  Administration  of  Nursing  Service  (2)  Examination  and  application  of 
administrative  processes  employed  in  nursing  service  settings.  The  independent  and 
interdependent  functions  of  nurse  administrators  in  an  organization,  at  various  levels 
of  decision  making,  are  identified  and  analyzed.  Prerequisite:  NURS  604.  (Proulx) 

NURS  693  Practicum  in  Nursing  Service  Administration  (4)  Field  placements  pro- 
vide for  synthesis  of  learning  through  observation  of  and  participation  in  administrative 
activities.  Placements  are  arranged  to  support  skill  development  in  keeping  with  the 
student's  career  goals.  Regular  conferences  with  university  instructors  and  field  preceptor 
enrich  the  student's  learning  opportunity.  Prerequisite:  NURS  692.  (Proulx) 

53 


NURS  694  Practicum  in  Nursing  Education  Administration  (4)  Field  placement 
provides  for  synthesis  of  learning  through  observation  of  and  participation  in  adminis- 
trative activities.  Students  may  elect  placement  in  baccalaureate  or  associate  degree 
basic  education  programs  or  in  staff  development  settings.  Regular  conferences  with  uni- 
versity instructors  and  the  field  preceptor  enrich  the  student's  learning  opportunity. 
Prerequisite:  NURS  691.  (Hechenberger) 

NURS  695  Organization  Development  in  Nursing  (3)  Explores  the  nature,  origin, 
and  strategies  of  Organization  Development.  Concepts  related  to  behavioral  science 
interventions  for  organizational  improvements  are  based  on  the  processes  of  planning, 
organizing,  leading,  and  evaluating.  Prerequisite:  NURS  604.  (Hechenberger  and 
Hughes) 

NURS  696  Cases  and  Concepts  in  Nursing  Administration  (2)  Second  level  course 
in  Nursing  Administration.  It  is  a  required  course  for  students  whose  major  area  of 
concentration  is  Administration  of  Nursing  Service/Education  and  is  an  elective  course 
open  to  all  other  students.  The  course  focuses  on  administrative  cases  and  is  designed 
to  assist  the  student  in  exploring  administrative  concepts  and  analyzing  administrative 
situations.  Prerequisite:  NURS  604.   (Hechenberger  and  Proulx) 

NURS  698  Special  Problems  in  Nursing  Administration  (1-3)  The  major  objective 
of  this  independent  study  experience  is  to  develop  further  competencies  in  the  area  of 
administration.  Registration  by  consent  of  adviser.  Student  may  register  for  one-three 
credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  701  Research  Methods  and  Materials  in  Nursing  (3)  One  four-hour  lecture/ 
lab  a  week.  Includes  basic  understandings  of  the  philosophy  of  research,  the  nature  of 
scientific  thinking,  methods  of  research,  and  research  literature  in  nursing.  Working  in 
teams,  students  plan  and  implement  a  research  study.  Prerequisite:  Basic  statistics. 
(Shelley  and  Faculty) 

NURS  702  Application  of  Inferential  Statistics  to  Nursing  Research  Designs  (2)  This 
course  emphasizes  the  requirements  and  interpretation  of  inferential  procedures  widely 
used  in  nursing  research  designs.  Statistical  computer  programs  are  utilized  with  actual 
nursing  data.  Selection  of  the  most  appropriate  procedure  is  stressed.  Data  snooping 
and  alternative  analyses  are  studied  including  bivariate  correlation,  partial  correlation, 
one-way  ANOVA,  ANCOVA,  multiple  regression  and  various  nonparametric  analyses. 
Instrument  reliability  is  computed  and  an  overview  of  other  procedures  is  presented.  A 
pragmatic  rather  than  mathematical  approach  is  used.  A  three-hour  session  each  week 
combines  lecture  and  lab.  Prerequisite:  NURS  701.  (Faculty) 

NURS  708  Special  Problems  in  Nursing  Research  (1-3)  The  major  objective  of  this 
independent  study  experience  is  to  develop  further  research  competencies.  Registration 
upon  consent  of  instructor.  Variable  amounts  of  credit  ranging  from  one-three  per 
semester  may  be  taken  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  710  Health  Supervision  of  the  Well  Child  I  (3)  This  is  the  first  of  two  se- 
quential courses  which  focus  on  health  promotion  and  health  maintenance  for  children. 
This  course  deals  primarily  with  the  health  needs  of  children  during  the  first  five  years 
of  life.  The  student  will  function  at  a  beginning  level  as  a  Nurse  Practitioner  in  an  ambu- 
latory setting.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  application  of  the  nursing  process:  assessing  the 
physical,  personal  and  cognitive  expressions  of  health  of  well  children  during  the  first 
five  years  of  life  within  the  context  of  their  family  environments;  developing  plans  of 
care  based  on  knowledge  of  the  cultural  patterns  of  the  family  and  of  the  predominant 
pattern  of  organization  of  the  child's  expressions  of  health,  implementing  and  evaluat- 
ing nursing  strategies  to  promote  health  and  normal  growth  and  development.  Prerequi- 
site: NURS  602,  NURS  611  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  (Faculty) 

NURS  711  Health  Supervision  of  the  Well  Child  II  (3)  This  is  the  second  of  two 
sequential  courses  which  apply  the  conceptual  framework  of  the  graduate  program  and 

54 


the  nursing  process  through  communication  and  assessment  skills,  developing  plans  of 
care,  implementing  and  evaluating  the  use  of  selected  regulatory  processes  to  promote 
the  personal,  cognitive  and  physical  health  of  children.  The  course  focuses  on  the  health 
needs  of  school  age  children  and  adolescents.  Normal  growth  and  development  are 
emphasized.  Prerequisite:  NURS  710  or  permission  of  instructor.  (Faculty) 
NURS  713  Common  Health  Problems  of  Children  I  (4)  This  is  the  first  of  two 
sequential  courses  which  focus  on  selected  health  problems  of  children  frequently  en- 
countered in  ambulatory  settings  and  the  underlying  alterations  in  health  equilibrium. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  problem  identification,  application  of  appropriate  regulatory 
processes  and  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  intervention.  Prerequisite:  NURS  602, 
NURS  61 1  or  permission  of  instructor.  (Faculty) 

NURS  714  Common  Health  Problems  of  Children  II  (4)  The  focus  of  this  second 
of  two  sequential  courses  is  selected  health  care  problems  of  children  and  the  underlying 
alterations  in  health  equilibrium.  The  problems  considered  will  be  of  a  more  complex 
nature.  Problem  identification,  application  of  appropriate  regulatory  processes  and 
evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  intervention  are  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  NURS  713 
or  permission  of  instructor.  (Faculty) 

NURS  715  Advanced  Primary  Care  of  Children  (5)  This  course  is  designed  to  assist 
the  student  to  integrate  and  synthesize  the  material  from  all  course  work,  material 
previously  learned  and  some  new  concepts  in  Primary  Care  Pediatric  Nursing.  Clinical 
experiences  will  allow  the  student  to  assume  a  more  independent  role  in  assessing  and 
managing  the  health  care  of  children  from  birth  to  adolescence  as  part  of  a  multi- 
disciplinary  health  care  team.  Prerequisite:  NURS  711  and  NURS  714.  (Faculty) 

NURS  771  Occupational  Health  (2)  This  course  provides  an  examination  of  issues 
and  research  in  occupational  health.  The  expressions  of  health  of  working  segments  of 
the  adult  population  in  various  occupations  will  be  explored.  The  role  of  the  health 
provider  in  occupational  health  is  considered  in  terms  of  legislation,  private  and  public 
industry,  unionized  and  nonunionized  workers.  This  course  includes  a  variety  of  learn- 
ing experiences  such  as  field  trips  where  students  have  the  opportunity  to  develop  an 
interdisciplinary  approach  to  the  population.  AHEC  experience  is  available.  Prerequi- 
site: NURS  602  or  permssion  of  instructor.  Open  to  non-nursing  majors.  Offered  Winter 
Semester.  (Northrop  and  White) 

NURS  799     Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6)     (Faculty) 

NPHY  421,  422  Principles  of  Human  Physiology  (3,  3)  Required  for  students  ma- 
joring in  maternal  and  child  nursing.  Open  to  all  other  students.  (Urbaitis) 

NPHY  480  Human  Physiology  (3)  The  focus  of  this  course  is  directed  toward  the 
study  of  selected  areas  in  normal  human  physiology.  Emphasis  is  given  to  analysis  of 
normal  function  at  the  cellular  and  organ  levels.  Major  regulatory  and  integrative 
mechanisms  of  the  body  are  elaborated  to  elucidate  body  function.  This  course  expands 
upon  a  basic  knowledge  of  physiology.  (Selmanoff ) 

NPHY  610  Methods  and  Principles  of  Applied  Physiology  I  (3)  The  first  of  two 
sequential  courses  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  a  deeper  base  of  scientific  knowl- 
edge that  correlates  physiology  and  corresponding  alterations  to  a  process  of  clinical 
diagnosis  and  management.  The  course  elaborates  upon  specific  pathophysiologic  prin- 
ciples and  a  study  of  disease  entities.  It  also  provides  exercises  in  applying  epidemio- 
logical knowledge  in  clinical  practice  and  preventive  health  settings.  Prerequisite: 
NPHY  480.  (Faculty) 

NPHY  611  Methods  and  Principles  of  Applied  Physiology  II  (3)  The  last  of  two 
sequential  courses  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  an  indepth  base  of  scientific 
knowledge  that  correlates  physiology  and  corresponding  alterations  to  a  process  of 
clinical  diagnosis  and  management.  The  course  elaborates  upon  specific  pathophysiologic 
entities  and  study  of  disease  entities.  It  also  provides  exercises  in  applying  epidemiologi- 
cal knowledge  in  clinical  practice  and  preventive  health  settings.  Prerequisite:  NPHY 
480  and  NPHY  610.  Concurrent:  NURS  614.  Open  to  majors  only.  (Faculty) 

55 


CONTINUING  EDUCATION 
PROGRAM 


The  Continuing  Education  Program  is  designed  to  facilitate  the  life-long  learning  process 
of  individual  nurses  and  provides  an  essential  bridge  between  the  School  of  Nursing  and 
the  nursing  community  in  Maryland.  The  program  offers  workshops,  short  courses  and 
seminars  which  build  upon  the  basic  preparation  of  the  registered  nurse  and  serve  to 
enhance  or  update  knowledge  and  professional  competence  in  the  delivery  of  health 
services.  Aware  of  the  expanding  decision-making  responsibilities  now  confronting 
nurses,  the  program  provides  for  opportunities  to  learn  about  new  concepts  in  profes- 
sional nursing,  and  bring  participants  into  dialogue  with  colleagues  in  the  nursing  pro- 
fession as  well  as  experts  in  related  fields. 

Activities  are  coordinated  with  other  professional  groups,  institutions  and  health 
related  agencies  in  the  state  to  encourage  cooperative  planning  and  interprofessional 
programming.  Regional  committees  consisting  of  nurses  in  western  and  southern  Mary- 
land and  the  Eastern  Shore  assist  with  identification  of  continuing  education  needs  and 
participate  in  planning  and  implementing  individual  offerings  in  those  regions. 

The  School  of  Nursing  Committee  for  Continuing  Education  serves  in  an  advisory 
capacity  for  program  development  and  evaluation.  Faculty  members  participate  in 
planning  for  and  teaching  in  specific  offerings  and  serve  as  consultants  as  appropriate. 

The  Interprofessional  Council  for  Continuing  Education,  UMAB,  is  composed  of 
the  Directors  of  Continuing  Education  in  the  six  professional  schools.  The  number  and 
scope  of  interprofessional  offerings  has  increased  considerably  as  a  result  of  the  Coun- 
cil's activities. 

The  Director  of  the  Continuing  Education  Program  serves  as  a  consultant  to  the 
faculty  of  an  ongoing  Primary  Care  Nurse  Practitioner  Program  which  is  supported  by  a 
grant  from  the  Division  of  Nursing,  DHEW. 

Appropriate  continuing  education  units  (CELTS)  based  upon  guidelines  and  cri- 
teria established  by  the  National  Task  Force  on  the  Continuing  Education  Unit  are 
awarded  to  participants  completing  offerings  sponsored  or  co-sponsored  by  the  School 
of  Nursing. 


57 


y&* 


ADMINISTRATION 


BOARD  OF  REGENTS 

Dr.  B.  Herbert  Brown,  Chairman,  1979 

Dr.  Hugh  A.  McMullen,  Vice  Chairman,  1980 

Dr.  Samuel  H.  Hoover,  Secretary,  1982 

Mr.  N.  Thomas  Whittington,  Jr.,  Treasurer,  1980 

Mrs.  Mary  H.  Broadwater,  Assistant  Secretary,  1983 

Mr.  John  C.  Scarbath,  Assistant  Treasurer,  1980 

Mr.  Percy  M.  Chaimson,  1981 

Mr.  Ralph  W.  Frey,  1981 

The  Hon.  Young  D.  Hance,  Ex-officio 

Mr.  A.  Paul  Moss,  1983 

Mr.  Peter  F.  O'Malley,  1980 

Mr.  Jeffrey  J.  Silver,  1979 

The  Hon.  Joseph  D.  Tydings,  1979 

Mr.  Wilbur  G.  Valentine,  1982 

Mr.  Samuel  M.  Witten,  1979 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  CENTRAL  ADMINISTRATION 

President 

John  S.  Toll,  B.S.,  Yale  University,  1944;  A.M.,  Princeton  University,  1948; 
Ph.D.,  1952. 

Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs 

R.  Lee  Hornbake,  B.S.,  California  State  College,  Pennsylvania,  1934;  M.A.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

Vice  President  for  General  Administration 

Donald  W.  O'Connell,  B.A.,  Columbia  University,  1937;  M.S.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

Interim  Vice  President  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research 

David  S.  Sparks,  B.A.,  Grinnell  College,  Iowa,  1944;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1945;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

Vice  President  for  Agricultural  Affairs  and  Legislative  Relations 

Frank  L.  Bentz,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

Vice  President  for  University  Development 

Robert  G.  Smith,  B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Geneseo,  1952;  M.A., 
Ohio  University,  1956. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  AT  BALTIMORE 
PRINCIPAL  ACADEMIC  OFFICERS 

Dean,  Dental  School 

Errol  L.  Reese,  B.S.,  Fairmont  State  College,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Detroit, 
1968;  D.D.S.,  University  of  West  Virginia,  1963. 


59 


Dean,  School  of  Law 

Michael  J.  Kelly,  B.S.,  Princeton  University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Cambridge  University, 
1964;  LL.B.,  Yale  Law  School,  1967. 

Dean,  School  of  Medcine 

John  M.  Dennis,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.D.,  1945. 
Dean,  School  of  Nursing 

Nan  B.  Hechenberger,  B.S.,  Villanova  University,  1956;  M.S.,  The  Catholic 
University  of  America,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1974;  (RN). 

Dean,  School  of  Pharmacy  and  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School 

William  J.  Kinnard,  Jr.,  B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1953;  M.S.,  1955;  Ph.D., 
Purdue  University,  1957. 

Dean,  School  of  Social  Work  and  Community  Planning 

Ruth  H.  Young,  A.B.,  Wellesley  College,  1944;  M.S.S.W.,  The  Catholic  University 
of  America,  1949;D.S.W.,  1965. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  AT  BALTIMORE 

Chancellor 

Albin  O.  Kuhn,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  M.S.,  1939;  Ph.D.,  1948. 

Vice  Chancellor  for  Health  Affairs 

John  M.  Dennis,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.D.,  1945. 

Assistant  to  the  Chancellor 

W.  Jackson  Stenger,  B.A.,  Washington  College,  1949;  M.A.,  Georgetown 
University,  1959;  Ph.  D.,  1965. 

Assistant  to  the  Chancellor 

Roy  Borom,  B.A.,  Wooster  College,  1959;  M.S.S.A.,  Western  Reserve  University 
School  of  Applied  Social  Sciences,  1951. 

Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 

Wayne  A.  Smith,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

Director  of  Business  Services 

Robert  C.  Brown,  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963. 

Acting  Director  of  Health  Sciences  Computer  Center 

Roy  Borom,  B.A.,  Wooster  College,  1959;  M.S.S.A.,  Western  Reserve  University 
School  of  Applied  Social  Sciences,  1951. 

Director  of  Personnel 

Ronald  J.  Baril,  B.S.Ed.,  Bridgewater  State  College,  Massachusetts,  1965. 

Director  of  Student  Financial  Aid 

James  H.  Nolan,  B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin-Madison,  1965. 

Director  of  Physical  Plant 

Robert  L.  Walton,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938. 

Director  of  Student  Health  Service 

Wilfred  H.  Townshend,  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1936;  M.D.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1940. 

Director  of  University  of  Maryland  Hospital 

G.  Bruce  McFadden,  B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1957;  M.H.A.,  Medical 
College  of  Virginia,  1961. 

Director,  University  Relations 

Louise  M.  White,  A.B.,  Randolph-Macon  Woman's  College,  1959;  M.L.A., 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1965. 

Librarian,  Health  Sciences  Library 

Cyril  C.  H.  Feng,  B.A.,  Tamkang  College,  Taiwan,  1961 ;  M.S.,  University  of 
Kentucky,  1965. 

60 


SCHOOL  OF  NURSING  ADMINISTRATION 

Nan  B.  Hechenberger,  Dean  and  Professor 

B.S.,  Villanova  University,  1956;  M.S.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1959; 

Ph.D.,  1974;  (RN) 
Frieda  M.  Holt,  Associate  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1956;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1969;  Ed.D.,  1973; 

(RN) 
Mary  A.  Eells,  Associate  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  State  University  College  of  Plattsburgh,  New  York,  1955;  M.S.,  University 

of  Rochester,  1968;  Ed.D.,  1970;  (RN) 
Ada  M.  Lindsey,  Assistant  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  The  Ohio  State  University,  1959;  M.S.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 

1977;  (RN) 
Shirley  L.  Hale,  Assistant  Dean  and  Associate  Professor;  Coordinator,  Mercy  Center 

B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960; 

Ph.D.,  1974;  (RN) 
Malissa  Harkleroad,  Assistant  Dean,  Undergraduate  Admissions  and  Progressions 

and  Associate  Professor 

B.S.N. ,  Medical  College  of  Virginia,  1956;  M.S.N.,  University  of  North  Carolina, 

1961 ;  Ph.D.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1973;  (RN) 
Rosetta  Sands,  Assistant  Dean,  Undergraduate  Curriculum  and  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M.S.,  1970;  (RN) 
Norma  J.  Melcolm,  Director,  Senior  Year  and  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  Medical  College  of  Georgia,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  (RN) 

Mary  R.  Venn,  Director,  Junior  Year  and  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Virginia,  1964;  M.N.,  Emory  University,  1968;  (RN) 

Hazle  Blakeney,  Chairperson,  Career  Development  and  Professor 

B.S.,  Kansas  State  College,  1946;  M.A.,  Teacher's  College,  Columbia  University, 
1953;  Ed.D.,  1967;  (RN) 

Rachel  Z.  Booth,  Chairperson,  Primary  Health  Care  and  Assistant  Professor 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  M.S.,  1970;  (RN) 

Mary  V.  Neal,  Chairperson,  Maternal  and  Child  Nursing  and  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.  Litt.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1952; 
Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1968;  (RN) 

Marlene  B.  Reid,  Chairperson,  Psychiatric  Nursing  and  Associate  Professor 
B.S.N.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1960;  M.S.N.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1969; 
(RN) 

M.  Virginia  Ruth,  Chairperson,  Community  Health  Nursing  and  Associate  Professor 
B.S.,  Georgetown  University,  1953;  M.S.,  Yale  University,  1961;  Dr.P.H.,  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1976;  (RN) 

Betty  Shubkagel,  Chairperson,  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  and  Professor 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954;  M.N.,  Emory  University,  1957;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1976;  (RN) 

Elizabeth  R.  Lenz,  Director,  Doctoral  Program  and  Associate  Professor 

B.S.N.,  DePauw  University,  1964;  M.S.,  Boston  College,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Delaware,  1976;  (RN) 

Sonya  R.  Shelley,  Director,  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation  and  Professor 
B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971 ; 
Ph.D.,  1974 

Helen  R.  Kohler,  Director,  Special  Outreach  Project  and  Associate  Professor 
B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1962; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1974;  (RN) 


61 


Frances  P.  Koonz,  Director  of  Continuing  Education  and  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1954;  M.S.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America, 

1961;  (RN) 
Ann  P.  Morgan,  Coordinator,  Orientation  and  Faculty  Development  and  Assistant 

Professor 

B.S.N.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1960;M.S.N.,  1971;  (RN) 

NURSES'  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 

Officers  for  1978-79 

Claire  Payne  Greenhouse President 

Jean  Warfield  Donnelly  First  Vice  President 

Thelma  Kleckner Second  Vice  President 

Miriam  Croft  Dunbar Secretary 

Ruth  Thanner   Treasurer 

Board  of  Directors 

Lenora  Miller  McKenzie 
Peggy  Edelman  Hefner 
Susan  Wilson  Batzer 
Juanita  Edwards 


62 


I 


it- 


* 


^ 


<' 


\ 


i 


* 


i 


mt 


CALENDAR 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 
1978-1979  ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 


FALL  SEMESTER  1978 


August  22-23 
August  23 
August  24 
August  24-25 
August  28 
September  4 
September  15 
November  13-17 
November  23-24 
November  27 
December  8 

December  20 


Tuesday-Wednesday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 

Thursday-Friday 

Monday 

Monday 

Friday 

Monday-Friday 

Thursday-Friday 

Monday 

Friday 

Wednesday 


WINTER  SESSION  1979 

January  3  Wednesday 


Registration  (Undergraduate) 
Orientation  (Graduate) 
Arena  Registration  (Graduate) 
Orientation  (Undergraduate) 
Instruction  Begins 
HOLIDAY— Labor  Day 
Last  Day,  Jan.  1979  Diplomas 
Preregistration  for  Winter  and  Spring 
HOLIDAY— Thanksgiving 
Last  Day  Certification-Thesis  (Graduate) 
Last  Day  Thesis  Defense-Certification- 
Non-Thesis  (Graduate) 
Semester  Ends 


Drop-Add  Period  for  Winter 
(Undergraduate) 


January  3 

Wednesday 

Arena  Registration  (Graduate) 

January  3 

Wednesday 

Instruction  Begins 

January  15 

Monday 

HOLIDAY— King's  Birthday 

January  26 

Friday 

Winter  Session  Ends 

January  26 

Friday 

Drop-Add  Period  for  Spring 
(Undergraduate) 

January  26 

Friday 

Arena  Registration  (Graduate) 

SPRING  SEMESTER  1979 

January  25 

Thursday 

Orientation  (Graduate) 

January  29 

Monday 

Instruction  Begins  (Graduate) 

January  29 

Monday 

Instruction  Begins-Non-Clinical  Nursing 
Courses  (Undergraduate) 

January  3 1 

Wednesday 

Instruction  Begins-Clinical  Courses 
(Undergraduate) 

February  16 

Friday 

Last  Day,  May  1979  Diplomas 

February  19 

Monday 

HOLIDAY— Washington's  Birthday 

April  2-6 

Monday-Friday 

Spring  Break 

April  16-20 

Monday-Friday 

Preregistration,  Fall  1979 

April  20 

Friday 

Last  Day  Certification-Thesis  (Graduate) 

May  11 

Friday 

Last  Day  Thesis  Defense-Certification 
Non-Thesis  (Graduate) 

May  29 

Tuesday 

Semester  Ends 

May  30 

Wednesday 

Convocation — 9:00  A.M. 

May  31 

Thursday 

Commencement — 3:00  P.M. 

June  1 

Friday 

HOLIDAY— Memorial  Day 

65 


THE  FACULTY 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 

Akehurst,  Alice  J.,  Advisor-Office  of  Admissions  and  Progressions,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958;  M.S.,  1966;  (RN) 
■^rrfj'i  Rnr":f,  Cr"'"'"'}nr  (Clinical  Psychology) 

B.S.,  Ohio  University,  1971;  M.S.,  George  Mason  University,  1971 
Arnold,  Elizabeth  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Georgetown  University,  1961;  M.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1964;  (RN) 
-Baker^P-itrirh)  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing-Media) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennylvania,  1970;  (RN) 
*BaroIsKy5=l*««T  Associate  Professor,  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1956;  M.A.,  New  School  for  Social  Research,  N.Y.,  1960;  Ph.D., 

Florida  State  University,  1964 
Bausell,  R.  Barker,  Associate  Professor,  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1968;  Ph.  D.,  1976 
Blakeney,  Hazle  E„  Chairperson,  Career  Development  and  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Kansas  State  College,  1944;  M.A.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1961;  Ed.D., 

1967;  (RN) 
Boland,  Barbara,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Catherine  Spaulding  College,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
::::;:Booth,  Rachel  Z.,  Chairperson,  Primary  Care  Nursing  and  Assistant  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  M.S.,  1970;  (RN) 
Booth,  Sandra,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959;  M.S.,  1975;  (RN) 
Btmk,  Anna  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  M.Ed.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1976;  (RN) 
Brooks,  Naomi,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961;  M.S.,  1976;  (RN) 
Brophy,  Merrill  C,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1978;  (RN) 
Cain,  Ann  M.,  Professor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1956;  M.S.,  University  of  Colorado,   1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1972;  (RN) 
^GaTTo,  ktfeaberh  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Maternal  and  Child  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1966;  M.S.N.,  1970;  (RN) 
Carson,  Verna  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  M.S.,  1973;  (RN) 
Chichester,  Myra,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.N. ,  Columbia  University,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  (RN) 
Ciamillo,  Carmiele,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  (RN) 
Claflin,  Marjorie  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Bridgeport,  1963;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  (RN) 
Cook,  Katherine  C,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  M.S.,  1978;  (RN) 
*<C«»»rShi«la-C-,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.5.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1963;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Illinois,  1967;  (RN) 
"■CoTTghliii,  Aiknc  Mi,  Assistant  Professor  (Nutrition) 

B.S.,  College  of  Misericordia,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland 
Bamratowskir-Frances  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  DePaul  University,    1962;   M.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,   1967;  (RN);  Certified 

Nurse   Midwife 
Damrosch,  Shirley  P.,  Assistant  Professor  (Research) 

B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1975. 
^BaTrs^Ajla-RTrAssistant  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  M.S.,  1974;  (RN) 
Deutschendorf,  Frances  A.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.N. ,  Case  Western  Reserve,  1972;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1977;  (RN) 

67 


■fiirtridtrficlpn.  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1973;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  (RN) 
Dorsey,  Donna  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  East  Carolina  University,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  (RN) 
'EaFnestrSherHyne-0;,-Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Florida  State  University,  1973;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976;  (RN) 
Edmunds,  Marilyn,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Brigham  Young  University,  1964;  M.S.,  DePaul  University,  1970;  (RN) 
I  ells,  Mary  Ann,  Associate  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  and  Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Rochester,  1968;  Ed.D.,  1970; 

(RN) 
EggejM-otenjJiKelyn  F.yAssistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,   University  of  Colorado,    1948;  M.S.,  University  of  Colorado,    1960;  (RN)  (LOA   1978- 

1979) 
Ensor,  Bttrbai  a  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  M.S.,  1974;  (RN) 
**Fischman,  Susan,  Associate  Professor  of  Maternal  and  Child  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Michigan,   1957;   M.P.H.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1965;  Dr.  P.H., 

1974;  (RN);  Certified  Nurse  Midwife 
•  Floyd,  E|jimrM.y~A~5~sistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  M.S.,  1973;  (RN) 
Foileiua,  Sliaiun  S.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.N. ,  Wilkes  College,  1971;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1978;  (RN) 
Fortier,  Julie  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Medical  College  of  Georgia,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  (RN) 
Funk,  Karen  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1971;  M.Ed.,  1973;  (RN) 
Gannon,  Mary  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1969;  (RN) 
Giles,  Lois  A.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  M.S.,  1977;  (RN) 
GipePFtoreB«e-M.,  Dean  Emerita 

B.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,   1937;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1940;  Ed.D., 

University  of  Maryland,  1952;  (RN) 
**Gordon,  Dorothy  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,   1963;  M.A.,  New  York  University,   1968;  D.N.Sc,  The 

Catholic  University  of  America,  1975;  (RN) 
Grimm,  Patricia  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1964;  M.S.,  Catholic  University,  1976;  (RN) 
*G«oss,  Elizabeth  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  California,  San  Francisco,  1966;  M.S.,  1968;  (RN) 
Guberski,  Thomasine,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  American  International  College,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1969;  (RN) 
Gunnett,  Ann  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  M.S.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University,  1975;  (RN) 
Hale,  Shirley  L.,  Assistant  Dean  and  Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1974;  (RN) 
-*Hammack,  Betty  L.,' Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,    University   of   Kentucky,    1965;   M.S.,   University   of   Maryland,    1968;   M.P.H.,   Johns 

Hopkins  University,  1974;  (RN) 
Hardman,  Margaret  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Oregon,  1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  (RN) 
Harkleroad,  Malissa  A.,  Assistant  Dean,  Undergraduate  Admissions  and  Progressions  and  Associate 

Professor 

B.S.N.,  Medical  College  of  Virginia,  1956;  M.S.N.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1961;  Ph.D., 

Catholic  University  of  America,  1973;  (RN) 
*Harvey,  Ann  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.S.,  1967;  (RN) 
-MaymMkpr,  Shqron  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Continuing  Education) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  M.S.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University,  1973;  (RN) 
Hechenberger,  Nan  B.,  Dean  and  Professor 

B.S.,  Villanova  University,    1956;   M.S.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,   1959;  Ph.D., 
1974;  (RN) 
JHchnuth,  Michalcj  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Delaware,  1968;  M.S.N. ,  Emory  University,  1971;  (RN) 
Hetetodj  I  '  "'  i   '  .  T"ct|-"^"'-  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  M.S.,  Russell  Sage  College,  1978;  (RN) 
Hicks,  Johnnye  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Maternal  and  Child  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Winston-Salem   University,    1961;   M.S.,  Yale  University,    1965;  (RN);  Certified  Nurse 

Midwife 

68 


Holt,  Frieda  M.,  Associate  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1956;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1969;  Ed.D.,  1973;  (RN) 
Horan,  Janet  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1969;  M.P.H.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1975;  (RN) 
Horensky,  Judith  L.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1978;  (RN) 
J3tJgh«s,~E1iza1>eTn7"A-ssociate  Professor,  Career  Development  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1973;  (RN) 
Hull,  Irena  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Child  Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Columbia  Union  College,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
— Hues;  Karen,  Aasistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  M.S.,  1975;  (RN) 
Ibrahim,  Elvira  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.N    D'Youville  College,  1971;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
JaffET"Komn- »^  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.N. ,  Cornell  University,  1969;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
Jensen,  JoAnne,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1976;  (RN) 
Jimerson,  Suzanne  F.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1972;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976;  (RN) 
Jones,  L.  Colette,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1958;  M.S.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1972;  (RN) 
Kennedy,  Patricia  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing-Media) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  M.S.,  1963;  (RN) 
KessteiT-JoMarie,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  California  State  University  at  Los  Angeles,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976; 

(RN) 
Kleeman,  Karen  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Columbia  Union  College,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1971;  (RN) 
Kohler,  Helen  R.,  Director,  Outreach  Program  and  Associate  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community 

Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  North  Carolina,  1974;  (RN) 
Koonz,  Frances  P.,  Director  of  Continuing  Education  and  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1954;  M.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1961;  (RN) 
Krauss,  Nancy  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1965;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967;  (RN) 
Kreider,  Mildred  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N.,  Goshen  College,  1958;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1976;  (RN) 
Kub,  Joan  Ellen,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  South  Dakota  State  University,  1973;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976;  (RN) 
Kubel,  Robin,  Assistant  Professor  of  Maternal  and  Child  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N.,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,    1967;   M.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1971;   Ph.D., 

1976;  (RN) 
Kunder,  Antonia,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
Kiillli  i,  Ruth  T  ij-Fn°trurtrr  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  M.S.,  1977;  (RN) 
Lenz,  Elizabeth  R.,  Director  of  Doctoral  Program  and  Associate  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N.,  DePauw  University,  1964;  M.S.,  Boston  College,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware, 

1976;  (RN) 
*fcewis,  Duiutlu,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  (RN) 
■-fciffllseyrAda  -M.,  Assistant  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Associate  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1959;  M.S.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1977;  (RN) 
Linthicum,  Louise  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Nursing  (Human  Development) 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1959;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1975;  (RN) 
£fcouy,'Kjlhlcuii  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Child  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,   1968;   M.S.N.,  Wayne  State  University,   1970; 

(RN) 
Lowe,  Dorothy,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Villanova  University,  1972;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1977;  (RN) 
-L-trca5T*a»k£_Mu-Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Creighton  University,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Washington,  1969;  (RN) 
MaeLaughlin,  Cheryl  F.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  M.S.,  1978;  (RN) 
Mayer,  Judith  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Northern  Illinois  University,  1973;  M.S.,  1974;  (RN) 
McBee,  Betty  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967;  M.S.,  1971;  (RN) 

69 


"MeEIroy,  Evelyn  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1973;  (RN) 
McEntee,  Betty  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
McFadden,  Ellen  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Virginia,  1973;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  (RN) 
McGinty,  Margaret  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  M.S.,  1974;  (RN) 
McGurn,  Wealtha  C.,  Associate  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Vermont,   1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,   1965;  M.A.,   1971; 

Ph.D.,  1976;  (RN) 
— ^McManama.  DelurefcA-.  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1959;  M.S.N.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1962;  (RN) 
Madison,  Ann  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
Maguire,  Maureen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N. ,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1969;  M.S.N.,  1971;  (RN) 
Marsan-Moseley,  H.  Jewel,  Associate  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate 

Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959;  M.S.,  1963;  (RN) 
Matejski,   Myrtle   S.,  Assistant  Professor,  Career  Development:  Teaching  of  Nursing  (Graduate 

Program) 

B.S.,  Boston  University,  1953;  M.S.,  1954;  A.M.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1977; 

(RN) 
Melcolm,  Norma  J.,  Director,  Senior  Year  and  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  Medical  College  of  Georgia,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  (RN) 
Modesty,  Maureen  O'Brien,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Boston  College,  1964;  M.A.,  Boston  University,  1967;  (RN) 
Mogen,  Lynn  S.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University_of^MaryIand,  1975;  M.S.,  1977;  (RN) 
Mnnrp,  MawrFPiTVI.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  M.S.,  1976;  (RN) 
Morgan,  Ann  P.,  Coordinator  of  Faculty  Development  and  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.N.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1960;  M.S.N. ,  1971;  (RN) 
Muudiugei,  Sut!  A.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1977;  (RN) 
Murphy,  Kathleen,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
Neal,  Margaret  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Southern  Missionary  College,  1965;  M.S.N.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1970;  (RN) 
Neal,  Mary  V.,  Chairperson,  Maternal  and  Child  Nursing  and  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.  Litt.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1952;  Ph.D.,  New  York 

University,  1968;  (RN) 
-— Nearaan.  BarbaraJR^-Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.A.,  Oklahoma  City  University,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
Northrop,  Cynthia  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Community  Health  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Columbia  Union  College,  1972;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  (RN) 
O'Connor,  Catherine  E.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  M.S.,  1977;  (RN) 
O'Mara,  Ann  M.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  State  University  of  New  York,   1972;  M.S.N.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1977; 

(RN) 
Parelhoff,  Sally  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1965;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  (RN) 
Parker,  Barbara  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  (RN) 
Peddicord,  Karen  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  M.S.,  1972;  (RN) 
Perry,  Lesley  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  Roberts  Wesleyan  College,  1966;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1969;  (RN) 
-  Pie&luu,  Viiiaii  G.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1970;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1975;  (RN) 
Proulx,  Joseph  R.,  Associate  Professor,  Career  Development:  Administration  of  Nursing  (Grad- 
uate Program) 

B.S.,    University    of   Bridgeport,    1961;    M.S.N.,    University   of    Pennsylvania,    1966;    Ed.D., 

Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1972;  (RN) 
Rapson,  Mary,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961;  M.S.,  1967;  (RN) 

70 


Rawlings,  Norma  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing-Media) 

B.S.,  Winston-Salem  University,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  (RN) 
Reid,  Marlene  B.,  Chairperson,  Psychiatric  Nursing  and  Associate  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N.,The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1960;  M.S.N.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1969;  (RN) 
ReifF-Ross,  Eleanor  R.,  Assistant  Professor,  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation 

A.B.,  Hunter  College,  1947;  A.M.,  Columbia  University,  1948;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland, 

1968;  Ph.D.,  1972 
^-■RObliTettc,  MarjoriL  9.,  Assistant  Professor,  Career  Development:  Teaching  of  Nursing  (Graduate 

Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  M.S.,  1968;  (RN) 
Robinson,  Lisa,  Professor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  American  University,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1970;  (RN) 
RogeftVDoris  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  1971;  M.A.,  New  York  University,  1974;  (RN) 
Rojek,  Evelyn  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  DePaul  University,  1958;  M.S.N. ,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1974;  (RN) 
Romeo,  Roberta  M.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Medical  College  of  Georgia,  1975;  M.S.,  1976;  (RN) 
Rubin,  Rita  L.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  M.S.,  1978;  (RN) 
Ruth,  Mary  V.,  Chairperson,  Community  Health  Nursing  and  Associate  Professor  (Graduate  Pro- 
gram) 

B.S.,  Georgetown  University,   1953;  M.S.,  Yale  University,   1961;  Dr.  P.H.,  Johns  Hopkins 

University,  1976;  (RN);  Certified  Nurse  Midwife 
Ryan,  Judith  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Continuing  Education) 

B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1965;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1967;  (RN) 
Sanburyt  Virginia-JrrAssistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1956;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1966;  (RN) 
Sands,  Rosetta  F.,  Assistant  Dean,  Undergraduate  Curriculum  and  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M.S.,  1970;  (RN) 
Scott,  Doris  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Human  Development) 

B.S.N.,  Dillard  University,  1963;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1968;  (RN) 
Shelley,  Sonya  I .,  Director,  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation  and  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1973 
Shubkagel,  Betty  L.,  Chairperson,  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  and  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1954;   M.N.,   Emory   University,    1957;   Ph.D.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1976;  (RN) 
Simmons,  Valerie,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976;  M.S.,  1977;  (RN) 
*Slater,  Alice  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N.,  Duke  University,  1963;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  (RN) 
Smith,  Claudia  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  M.P.H.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1971;  (RN) 
Smith,  Ruth  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

A.B.,  Asbury  College,  1960;  M.N.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1964;  (RN) 
Spivack,  Barbara  J.,  Coordinator  for  Student  Development 

A.B.,  Michigan  State  University,  1965;  M.A.,  1969 
Stanley,  Joan  M.,  Instructor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Continuing  Education) 

B.S.N.,  Duke  University,  1971;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1978;  (RN) 
Stremmel,  Jean,  Assistant  Professor  (Continuing  Education) 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1954;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 
Stuart,  Gail  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  Georgetown  University,  1971;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN)  (LOA  1978- 

1979) 
^SnmvanrMa*gaTeTA.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  M.S.,  1974;  (RN) 
Thomas,  Sue,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  M.S.,  1972;  (RN) 
Todd,  Ttteta-H-j-Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Molloy  College,  1972;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1977;  (RN) 
Tiuss,  Eleanor  W^Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Boston  College,  1956;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1962;  (RN) 
■Trotter,  Jean  M.,  "Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  M.S.,  1977;  (RN) 
Varner,  Marilyn  J.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  M.S.,  1977;  (RN) 
Vtdite,  Shirley  k.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  M.S.,  1972;  (RN)  (LOA  1978-1979) 

71 


Venn,  Mary  R.,  Director,  Junior  Year  and  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Virginia,  1964;  M.N.,  Emory  University,  1968;  (RN) 
Vore,  Anne  L.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Medical  College  of  Virginia,  1967;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1973;  (RN) 
Waldo,  Elizabeth  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  (RN) 
Walker,  Marcus  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1957;  M.S.,  1959;  M.P.H.,  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity, 1972;  Sc.D.,  1976;  (RN) 
Waltz,  Carolyn  A.,  Professor,  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  M.S.,  1968;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware,  1975;  (RN) 
Ward,  Catherine  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1954;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1962;  (RN) 
WasKejvP»tri«*«"A~M"~Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  St.  Joseph  College,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  (RN) 
— Waisburger,  Linda  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Child  Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  M.S.,  1976;  (RN) 
White,  Caroline  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Community  Health  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1962;  M.P.H.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1964;  Dr.  P.H.,  1974; 

(RN) 
Williams,  Linda  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Columbia  Union  College,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  (RN) 
Winyall,  Bette  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1952;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976;  (RN) 
*Wolfe,  Mary  L.,  Assistant  Professor,  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation 

A.B.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1949;  M.A.,  Bryn  Mawr  College,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Delaware,  1974 
WrighV-P-amefcrJr,-  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  1971;  M.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1974;  (RN) 
Wulff,  Louise,  Assistant  Professor  of  Maternal  and  Child  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  (RN) 
Wyatt,  Janet  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Continuing  Education) 

B.S.,  Keuka  College,  1971;  M.S.,  University  of  Alabama,  1974;  (RN) 
*-¥oseller Harriet,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Alcohol  and  Drug  Abuse  Program) 

B.S.,  Boston  University,  1969;  M.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1972;  (RN) 

♦Part-time  appointment 
**Joint  appointment  with  another  department 


72 


CAMPUS  MAP 


© 


IV    FAIfTTE  ST 




c 
t 

BUILDING  KEY,  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  AT  BALTIMORE 


Allied  Health  Professions  Building. 
32  S  Greene  Street 
Medical  Technology,  School  of 
Pharmacy.  Physical  Therapy. 
Radiologic  Technology  classrooms, 
offices,  laboratories 
Alpha  House  828  N  Eutaw  Street 
(off  campus) 

Baltimore  Union.  621  W  Lombard 
Street 

Cafeteria,  student  housing,  meeting 
rooms   for  students  and   faculty, 
lounges,  game  room,  Synapse 
Bressler  Research  Building.  29  S. 
Greene  Street 

Medical  school  research  labs,  Balti- 
more offices  of  the  university's 
Board  of  Regents 

Walter  P  Carter  Center.  630  W 
Fayette  Street 

The  university  uses  this  facility 
jointly  with  the  Inner  City  Mental 
Health  Program  and  the  State  De 
partment  of  Menial  Hygiene 
Community  Pediatnc  Center  412 
W  Redwood  Stteet  (off  campus) 
Innovative  program  of  comprehen- 
sive health  care  for  children  in 
southwestern  health  dtstnct  Feder- 
ally funded 

Davidge  Hall.  522  W  Lombard 
Street 

Built  in  1812  and  designed  by  Rob- 
ert Carey  Long  Sr  ,  who  used  the 
Pantheon  in  Rome  as  his  model 
The  oldest  building  in  the  nation 
used  continuously  for  medical  edu- 
cation The  university's  Medical 
Alumni  Association  plans  to  restore 
the  building  to  its  onginal  state  and 
open  it  to  the  public  as  a  medical 
museum 

Dunning  Hall.  636  W  Lombard 
Street 

School  of  Pharmacy  classrooms  and 
offices  drug  manufactunng  lab.  poi- 
son information  center 


9  Fayette  Street  Garage.  633  W  Fay 
ette  Street 

10  Gray  Laboratory,  520  Rear  W 
Lombard  Street 

Physical  Therapy  Office.  Campus 
Police.  Center  for  the  Graduate 
Social  Work  Education  of  the  Hear 

11  ing  Impaired 

Hayden-Hams  Hall.  666  W  Balti- 
more Street 

Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Sur- 
gery.  Dental   School,   clinics,   class- 

12  rooms,  labs,  offices 

Health  Sciences  Computer  Center. 
610  W   Lombard  Street 
Computer  Center,  pharmacy  school 
offices  and  labs.   Medical  Technol- 
ogy labs.  Division  of  Clinical  Investi- 

13  gation.  Office  of  Student  Affairs 
Health   Sciences   Library,    111    S 
Greene  Street 

Mam  library  for  all  professional 
schools  except  the  School  of  Law 
Includes  historical  book  collection 
and   computerized   circulation   and 

14  information  services 

Howard   Hall.   660  W    Redwood 

Street 

Central  Administration  olftces.  med- 

15  'cal  school  classrooms,  offices,  labs 
Howard  Hall  Tower.  655  W  Bait- 
more  Street 

Medical  school  classrooms,  offices, 
labs  Administrative  offices  of  the 
medical  school,  including  the  office 

16  of  dean  and  vice  chancellor 
institute  of  Psychiatry  and  Human 
Behavior,  645  W    Redwood  Street 
IE  F  and  G  wings  of  the  hospital) 
The  medical  schools  center  for  psy- 
chiatnc   teaching  and   research  as 

inpatient   and  outpatient 


17 


Kelly   Memonal   Building.   650  W 
Lombard  Street 

Headquarters  of  Maryland  Pharma- 
ceutical Association    B    Olive  Cole 


18  Lane  Hall,  500  W  Baltimore  Street 
School  of  Law  classrooms,  offices, 
library.  Developmental  Disabilities 
Law  Clinic 

19  Legal  Services  Clinic,  116  N  Paca 
Street 

20  Lombard  Building.  511  W  Lom- 
bard Street 

Bookstore.  University  Relations 

21  Maryland  Institute  for  Emergency 
Medical  Services  22  S  Greene 
Street 

The  first  major  trauma  program  in 
the  nation,  combining  multidiscinli 
nary  teaching  and  research  with  ex- 
pert round-the-clock  care  for  the 
critically  ill  and  injured  in  the  state 

22  Medical  School  Teaching  Facility, 
10  S   Pine  Street 

Medical  school  classrooms,  offices, 
research  labs,  animal  facility.  Office 
of  Medical  Education,  Illustrative 
Services 

23  Medical  Technology  Building,  31  S 
Greene  Street 

Medical  school  offices,  labs 

24  Mencken  House.  1524  Holl.ns 
Street  (off  campus) 

25  Methadone  Program,  104  N 
Greene  Street  (off  campus) 

26  National  Pituitary  Agency.  210  W 
Fayette  Street  (off  campus) 
Undet  contract  with  the  National 
institutes  of  Health,  the  University 
of  Maryland  administers  Ihe  NPA, 
which  is  Ihe  official  agency  for  col 
lection  and  distribution  of  human 
pituitary  hormones  for  research  pur- 
poses, 

27  Newman  Center.  712  W  Lombard 
Street 

28  Nilsson  House.  826  N  Eutaw  Street 
(off  campus) 

29  Parsons  Residence  Hall  for  Women. 
622  W   Lombard  Street 

30  Pratt  Street  Garage  and  Athletic  Fa 
dlity.  646  W  Pratt  Street 


31  Redwood  Hall.  721  W  Redwood 
Street 

Division  of  Alcoholism  and  Drug 
Abuse  offices,  clinical  areas 

32  School  of  Nursing  Building,  655  W 
Lombard  Street 

Nursing  school  classrooms,  offices 

33  School  of  Social  Work  and  Admin- 
istration Building.  525  W  Redwood 
Street 

Office  of  the  chancellor  School  of 
Social  Work  and  Community  Plan 
ning  classrooms,  offices 

34  State  Medical  Examiners  Building. 
1 1 1  Penn  Street 

35  Stroke  Center.  412  W  Redwood 
Street  (off  campus) 

36  Temporary  Academic  Building,  601 
Rear  W   Lombard  Street 

School  of  Social  Work  and  Com 
munity  Planning  classrooms,  offices 

37  Tuerk  House.  106  N  Greene  Street 
(off  campus) 

Residential  facility  for  alcoholism 
programs  of  the  University  of  Mary- 
land Hospital  (Also  Alpha  and  Nils 
son  Houses  ) 

38  University  College.  520  W.  Lom- 
bard Street 

Offers  degree  and  non-degree  edu- 
cational programs  Juvenile  Law 
Ginic. 

39  University  Gatage.  701  W.  Red- 
wood Street 

He  li  stop 

40  University  of  Maryland  Hospital.  22 
S  Greene  Street 

41  Western  Health  Clinic.  700  W 
Lombard  Street 

42  Whitehurst  Hall.  624  W  Lombard 
Street 

Graduate  School  office,  nursing, 
pharmacy,  social  work  and  commu- 
nity planning  offices,  classrooms 


The  campus  has  since  January  1975  attempted  to  identify  and 
eliminate  as  rapidly  as  possible  and  wherever  feasible,  physical 
barriers  and  safety  hazards  to  handicapped  persons  involving 
campus  buildings,  parking  places  and  other  facilities. 


73 


FOR  ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION 


University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing 

Program  Information  Office  of  Dean 

School  of  Nursing,  University  of  Maryland 
655  W.  Lombard  Street,  Baltimore  21201 

Undergraduate  528-7503 

Graduate  528-671 1  or  12 

Admissions  or  registration  Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 

University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore 
Howard  Hall,  Room  132 
660  W.  Redwood  Street,  Baltimore  21201 


The  provisions  of  this  publication  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  an  irrevocable  contract  between 
the  student  and  the  University  of  Maryland.  Changes  are  effected  from  time  to  time  in  the 
general  regulations  and  in  the  academic  requirements.  There  are  established  procedures  for 
making  changes,  procedures  which  protect  the  institution's  integrity  and  the  individual 
student's  interest  and  welfare.  A  curriculum  or  graduation  requirement,  when  altered,  is  not 
made  retroactive  unless  the  alteration  is  to  the  student's  advantage  and  can  be  accommodated 
within  the  span  of  years  normally  required  for  graduation.  When  the  actions  of  a  student  are 
judged  by  competent  authority,  using  established  procedure,  to  be  detrimental  to  the  interests 
of  the  university  community,  that  person  may  be  required  to  withdraw  from  the  university. 


74 


Y 

19    ! 


Changes    in    1980-1982    University   of    Maryland 
School   of    Nursing    Bulletin 


Page  14 


Lower  Division  Course  Requirements 

Effective  for  Fall  1982  Admit"  Class 

12    Credits  Social  Science  requirement  reduce  to  9  credits 
3    Credits  of  a  Sophomore  level  course  covering  Human 
Growth  and  Development  content  from  birth  through 
senescence  is  required.   As  of  2/5/82,  the  following 
courses  have  been  approved  as  meeting  this  course . 


PSY  211 

0801.201 

PSY  171 

PSY/ED  201 

PY  203  AND 
PY  207 

PSY  208 

PSY  210  AND 
PSY  212 

PSY  102 

HD  200 

PSY  203 

PSY  207 

PSY  300 

PSY  203 

SOWK  0388, 
PSYC  0306  or 
EDUC  0306 

EDHD  320 


Anne  Arundel  Community  College 

Bowie  State  College 

Catonsville  Community  College 

Cecil  Community  College 

College  of  Notre  Dame  (Both  courses  must  be  taken) 

Frederick  Community  College 

Frostburg  State  College  (Both  courses  must  be  taken) 

Harford  Community  College 

Howard  Community  College 

Montgomery  College 

Prince  George's  Community  College 

Salisbury  State  College 

Towson  State  University 

University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore  County 


University  of  Maryland,  College  Park  or 
University  College 


ED  311  A 


University  of  Maryland,  Eastern  Shore 


-  2 


Page  14 


Page  15 
Item  #8 


Page  16 


Page  17 


Effective  for  Fall  1983  Admit  Class 

English  Composition  -  Increase  the  number  of  credits  required 
from  3  to  6  credits . 

Humanities  -  Reduce  from  15  to  12  the  number  of  Humanities 
credits  that  are  required.   A  3  credit  college  level  mathematics 
course  with  a  prerequisite  of  some  college  preparatory  mathematics 
in  high  school  is  required  as  one  of  the  Humanities  courses . 

Effective  for  Fall  1982  Admit  Class 

Human  Growth  and  Development  will  not  be  taught  in  the  Junior 
Year  and,  therefore,  must  be  taken  at  the  Sophomore  level. 

Above  changes  need  to  be  considered  in  reviewing  the  assessment 
form  on  page  16 . 

The  following  changes  should  be  noted : 


NUTR  204     Towson  State  University  -  Course  not  acceptable 
if  taken  after  summer  1981 . 

NUTR  331     Towson  State  University  -  Course  not  acceptable 
effective  Fall  1981 

HE  200  Frederick  Community  College  -  Add  to  list 

HE  200  Frostburg  State  College 

BIO  203  Hagerstown  Junior  College  -  Add  to  list 

BIO  212  Prince  George's  Community  College  -  Effective  Fall  1981 

HE  210  OR    University  of  Maryland,  Eastern  Shore  -  Courses 
HE  311       acceptable  in  transfer 


Page  19 


*NURS 

311 

*NURS 

312 

#NURS 

426 

+NURS 

457 

+  NURS 

554 

+  NURS 

503 

Advanced  Placement  for  the  Registered  Nurse 

Effective  for  the  Admit  Class  of  1982 

Pathophysiology  I   (Faculty  Prepared) 

Pathophysiology  II   (Faculty  Prepared) 

Professional  Strategies  (ACT) 

Maternal  and  Child  Health  Nursing  (ACT) 

Adult  Nursing  (ACT) 

Psychiatric/Mental  Health  Nursing  (ACT) 


3  credits 
3  credits 
3  credits 
Total  of  21  credits 

for  these 
three  examinations 


-  3  - 


*A  minimum  grade  of  "C"  is  required  on  these  advanced  placement  examinations. 
#A  minimum  score  for  this  test  has  not  been  determined  as  of  this  date. 
+A  minimum  score  of  45  is  required  on  each  of  these  three  examinations. 


NURS  311  and  312  are  prepared  by  University  of  Maryland  faculty.   NURS  426, 

457,  554  and  503  are  prepared  by  the  American  College  Testing  Center.   Those 

who  would  like  to  contact  the  Center  directly  may  do  so  by  writing  the 
following  address : 


ACT  PEP 
2201  North  Dodge  Street 

P.O.  Box  168 
Iowa  City,  Iowa  52243 

If  an  applicant  fails  NURS  311  or  312  he  must  take  the  courses  after  matriculation 
or  successfully  complete  them  when  the  examinations  are  again  offered.   Students, 
also,  have  two  attempts  to  successfully  pass  NURS  457,  554,  503  and  426.   Students 
who  fail  to  pass  any  of  these  tests  on  the  second  attempt  are  allowed  to  apply 
to  the  generic  program. 


Advanced  Placement  Examinations  must  be  retaken  if  the  student  does  not 
matriculate  in  the  upper  division  course  of  study  within  two  admission  years 
after  taking  the  examinations. 


Page  20 


A  typical  plan  of  study  for  the  Generic  Students 


Effective  for  Admit  Class  of  1982 


Fall  Semester  1982 


*NURS  314  Concepts  of  Nursing  I 
*NURS  311  Pathophysiology  I 
NURS  313  Introduction  to  Nursing  Process 

Winter  Session  1983  (Month  of  January) 

NURS  323  Stressors  Through  the  Life  Span 

Spring  Semester  1983 

*NURS  315  Concepts  of  Nursing  II 
*NURS  312  Pathophysiology  II 
NURS  418  Special  Topics 


Fall  Semester  1983 


NURS  324 
*NURS  322 

NURS  321 


Track  A 

Concepts  3A 
Nursing  in  Society 

Introduction  to 

Organizational 

Eehavior 


OR 


9  credits 
3  credits 


3  credits 


Winter  Session  1984 
+NURS  326  Clinical  Elective 

Spring  Semester  1984 

Track  A 


3  credits 


NURS  324   Concepts  3 A         9  credits 
NURS  322   Nursing  in  Society   3  credits 


9  credits 
3  credits 
3  credits 


3  credits 


9  credits 
3  credits 
3  credits 


Track  B 

NURS  325  Concepts  3B  9  credits 

NURS  410  Research  and 

Statistics  3  credits 

NURS  321  Introduction  to 

Organizational 

Behavior  3  credits 


OR 


Winter  Session  1984 

+NURS  326  Clinical  Elective    3  credits 

Spring  Semester  1984 

Track  B 

NURS  325  Concepts  3B  9  credits 

NURS  410  Research  and 

Statistics  3     credits 

******************************************  icicjrir+irieieieieiririf+iririririciririeiririririricirieirir  *************** 

*These  credits  are  challenged  by  the  R.N.  after  applying  to  the  upper  division 
(Advanced  Placement  Examinations  NURS  457,  554  and  503  are  equivalent  to 
credits  for  NURS  314  and  315  and  NURS  426  is  equivalent  to  NURS  322) 

+NURS  326  may  be  taken  by  generic  students  in  summer  of  1983  with  special  permission. 


-  5  - 

Page  21     A  typical  plan  of  study  for  the  Registered  Nurse  Students . 
Effective  in  Fall  1982  (Full  Time  Studv) 


Fall  Semester  1982 

NURS  334  Concepts  IV  A 

NURS  Client  assessment 

NURS  418  Health  Elective 

or 
NURS  410  Research  &   Statistics 

Winter  Session  19? 3 


9  credits 

2  credits 

3  credits 


NURS  326  Clinical  Elective 

or  3  credits 

NURS  348  Workshop 

Spring  Semester  1983 

NURS  335  Concepts  IVB 

NURS  321  Introduction  to  Organizational  Behavior 

NURS  418  Health  Elective 

or 
NURS  410  Research  &  Statistics 


9  credits 
3  credits 


3  credits 


Page  21 


Part-Time  Study 


This  option  is  available  to  a  limited  number  of  registered  nurses  who  are  admitted 
to  the  School  of  Nursing.  Part-time  students  may  complete  the  program  in  two  or 
three  academic  years.  Enrollment  in  certain  courses  may  be  limited  depending 
ucon  demand. 


Page  23 


Item  #5 


A  grade  of  "C"  or  better  is  required  in  both  the  didactic  and  clinical  portions 
of  Nursing  Concepts  courses:   NURS  314,  315,  324,  325,  326,  334  and  335. 

Also,  a  "C"  or  better  is  required  in  NURS  311,  312  and  313  and  failure  to  obtain 
this  grade  prohibits  students  from  moving  to  the  next  level  concepts  course . 
In  sequential  courses  such  as  NURS  311,  312,  314,  315,  324  and  325  and  NURS  334 
and  335,  a  "C"  must  be  earned  in  each  course  in  the  sequence  before  registering 
for  the  next  course.   NURS  326  is  graded  pass-fail  and  requires  a  pass  grade. 
If  a  "D"  or  "F"  is  received  in  a  Nursing  Concepts  Course,  the  course  must  be 
repeated,  with  permission  of  the  Director  of  Admissions  and  Academic  Progressions, 
and  a  "C"  grade  or  higher  earned  the  next  time  it  is  offered. 


-  6  - 

Page  23     Paragraph  starting  with  "A  grade  of  D  or  F " 

A  grade  of  "D  or  F"  is  unsatisfactory  for  Nursing  Concepts  and  the  courses 
titled  as  follows: 

Pathophysiology  I 
Pathophysiology  II 
Introduction  to  the  Nursing  Process 
Client  Assessment 

New  Requirement  For  Admission  Class  of  1982 

Starting  with  the  admission  year  of  1982,  both  the  generic  and  R.N.  students 
are  required  to  be  certified  in  Cardiopulmonary  Resuscitation;  the  certificate 
must  be  effective  for  the  period  of  August  1982-June  1983.  The  certificate  must 
be  valid  as  long  as  the  student  remains  in  the  School  of  Nursing.  The  CPR  modular 
must  be  a  full  length  modular  and  must  include  the  following:   artificial  respiration, 
one  person  CPR  and  two  persons  CPR  (plus  changing  places),  infant  resuscitation, 
and  chocking  maneuvers . 

JAC/mvh 
2/E2 


SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 


University 
Of  Maryland 
at  Baltimore 

1980-1982 


CONTENTS 


General  Information  1 

Instructional  Facilities  and  Resources  7 

Undergraduate  Program  11 

Graduate  Program  35 

Continuing  Education  Program  63 

Administration  and  Faculty  65 

Calendar  76 

Campus  Map  77 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 


Statement  of  Philosophy 

The  School  of  Nursing,  an  autonomous  educational  unit  within  the  University  of  Mary- 
land, derives  the  broad  outlines  of  its  purpose  and  functions  from  the  philosophy  and  poli- 
cies of  the  University.  The  faculty  of  the  School  of  Nursing  is  accountable  for  implement- 
ing the  triad  of  University  functions:  teaching,  research  and  service.  These  functions  are 
attuned  to  the  ever-changing  needs  of  society  in  the  global  community.  The  faculty  recog- 
nizes the  interrelationships  between  teaching,  research  and  practice  in  nursing.  Through 
participation  in  research  and  utilization  of  valid  research  findings,  teachers  and  learners 
contribute  to  effective  nursing  practice. 

Inherent  to  the  practice  of  nursing  is  the  shared  belief  that  man  is  an  integration  of  com- 
ponents and  processes  that  cannot  exist  independently  of  each  other.  Internal  and  external 
environmental  influences  alter  man's  state  of  health  from  either  environment  as  both 
evolve  through  the  continuum  of  time.  When  manipulation  of  these  forces  is  required  to 
enhance  man's  potential  for  health,  nursing  can  enter  as  a  means  to  bridge  the  gap  be- 
tween potential  and  actual  health  states. 

The  goal  of  professional  nursing  is  to  assist  the  individual,  the  family  and  the  community 
in  the  development  of  their  potential  by  helping  each  to  gain,  maintain  or  increase  his  op- 
timal level  of  health.  Interacting  in  a  dynamic  way.  the  nurse  becomes  an  integral  part  of 
the  environment  of  the  client,  acting  with  awareness  o\'  selected  factors  operating  within 
that  environment.  Through  a  mutual  relationship  based  on  trust,  the  nurse  demonstrates 
respect  for  the  client's  autonomy,  integrity,  dignity  and  feelings,  and  recognizes  rights 
and  responsibilities.  This  kind  of  nursing  is  best  fostered  in  a  delivery  system  which  is  re- 
sponsive to  the  range  of  internal  and  external  forces  affecting  health  care,  strengthening 
the  forces  which  contribute  to  higher  states  of  health  and  diminishing  those  which  lead  to 
reduced  levels  of  health.  The  goal  of  nursing  is  achieved  through  recognition  of  specific 
needs  of  consumers  and  the  mobilization  and  distribution  of  resources  to  meet  those 
needs.  The  effective  operation  of  the  health  care  system  requires  essential  input  from  both 
consumers  and  professional  nurses  to  achieve  desired  goals. 

Education  is  an  on-going  process  which  involves  the  teacher  and  the  learner  in  pursuing 
and  sharing  knowledge  in  an  organized  setting  with  planned  experiences  resulting  in  de- 
sired behavioral  change.  Believing  in  democratic  principles,  the  faculty  emphasizes  its 
faith  in  the  individual  as  a  being  of  inherent  worth  and  dignity  who  has  the  right  and  re- 
sponsibility to  participate  in  the  educative  process  to  the  extent  of  his  capabilities.  Learn- 
ing is  enhanced  in  a  setting  which  encourages  analytical  evaluations  of  existing  health 
practices  and  open  communication  among  members  of  the  various  health  services.  Under 
the  guidance  of  the  faculty,  purposeful  behavior  is  encouraged  and  developed  in  students 
through  the  incorporation  of  knowledge  from  the  humanities  and  the  behavioral,  biologi- 
cal and  physical  sciences  with  current  theory  and  practice  in  professional  nursing. 

The  three  education  programs  within  the  School  of  Nursing,  undergraduate,  graduate  and 
continuing  education,  have  evolved  from  and  are  in  agreement  with  this  philosophy. 
Elaboration  of  this  basic  philosophy  will  be  found  in  sections  of  this  bulletin  dealing  with 
the  undergraduate  program,  the  graduate  program  and  the  continuing  education  program. 

History 

The  School  of  Nursing,  one  of  six  professional  schools  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
Baltimore,  was  established  on  December  15.  1889  by  Miss  Louisa  Parsons  in  the  old  Uni- 
versity Hospital  Building  on  Lombard  and  Greene  Streets.  Miss  Parsons  had  been  a  stu- 
dent of  Florence  Nightingale  and  was  a  graduate  of  Miss  Nightingale's  school  at  St. 
Thomas'  Hospital  in  London. 

The  original  curriculum  of  the  University  of  Maryland  Training  School,  which  required 
two  years  for  completion,  was  extended  to  three  years  in  1902.  In  1920  the  School  of 
Nursing  became  a  separate  unit  of  the  University  administered  by  the  hosital.  An  optional 
five-year  curriculum  was  instituted  in  1926  combining  two  years  of  arts  and  sciences  on 


the  College  Park  campus  and  three  years  at  the  School  of  Nursing  in  Baltimore.  Both  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  a  Diploma  in  Nursing  were  awarded  upon  completion  of 
the  five  year  program.  This  sequence,  as  well  as  the  three-year  hospital  school,  phased 
out  in  1952  when  Dr.  Florence  M.  Gipe.  now  dean  emerita,  became  dean  of  the  new  au- 
tonomous four-year  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Nursing. 

In  1954  the  School  of  Nursing  became  a  department  of  the  Graduate  School  which  awards 
the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  with  a  major  in  nursing  to  qualified  candidates.  One  of 
Dean  Gipe*s  lasting  contributions  to  nursing  education  in  the  south  was  her  leadership  in 
establishing  graduate  education  within  the  Nursing  Council  of  the  Southern  Regional  Edu- 
cation Board.  Together  with  the  deans  of  five  other  Schools  of  Nursing  with  accredited 
graduate  programs,  she  pioneered  in  setting  guidelines  and  interpreting  the  need  for  grad- 
uate programs  of  high  quality. 

The  first  decentralized  setting  of  the  School  of  Nursing  where  qualified  (undergraduate) 
students  could  complete  the  nursing  major  was  established  when  the  Walter  Reed  Army 
Institute  of  Nursing  (WRA1N)  was  created  in  1964  through  a  contractual  arrangement  be- 
tween the  University  of  Maryland  and  the  Department  of  the  Army.  Students  in  this  pro- 
gram were  subsidized  during  the  junior-senior  years  and  following  graduation  were  obli- 
gated to  serve  for  three  years  in  the  Army  Nurse  Corps.  The  Walter  Reed  Army  Institute 
of  Nursing  closed  with  the  last  class  of  WRAIN  students  graduating  in  June,  1978.  A  sec- 
ond decentralized  program  was  initiated  in  1974  through  an  agreement  between  the  Uni- 
versity and  the  Mercy  Hospital  Clinical  Center  in  Baltimore.  Organized  along  lines  some- 
what similar  to  WRAIN.  with  Mercy  Hospital  bearing  the  main  expense  of  instruction, 
the  Mercy  program  represented  a  unique  way  in  which  one  private  hospital  chose  to  con- 
tinue its  support  to  nursing  education  after  closing  its  hospital  school.  A  first  University 
of  Maryland  class  of  33  students  whose  main  clinical  base  had  been  the  Mercy  Clinical 
Center  graduated  in  June.  1976.  Students  in  the  decentralized  program  met  the  School's 
admission  criteria.  Faculty  at  this  center  were  appointed  by  the  University  of  Maryland 
and  utilized  University — approved  clinical  resources  in  providing  learning  experiences 
which  met  requirements  of  the  School  of  Nursing  curriculum.  Although  in  a  decentralized 
setting,  both  faculty  and  students  function  as  one  school.  The  last  class  supported  by 
Mercy  Hospital  graduated  in  June.  1980. 

The  employment  of  a  director  of  continuing  education  in  1969  resulted  in  much  appreci- 
ated services  to  nurses  throughout  Maryland.  Subsequent  development  of  regional  com- 


mittees  has  involved  large  numbers  of  nurses  in  planning  for  continuing  education  pro- 
grams geared  to  specific  interests  and  needs  (See  Continuing  Education,  page  63). 

A  multimedia  self-instructional  grant  from  the  Division  of  Nursing,  Department  of 
Health.  Education  and  Welfare,  during  1969-74,  provided  the  stimulus  for  the  develop- 
ment and  use  of  newer  teaching-learning  strategies.  An  Instructional  Media  Center  staffed 
with  nursing  faculty  and  skilled  technicians  has  continued  to  be  a  valuable  resource  to 
faculty  and  students. 

A  research  development  grant  from  the  Division  of  Nursing,  Department  of  Health,  Edu- 
cation and  Welfare,  which  was  available  to  the  School  of  Nursing  from  1970  to  1975 
served  to  increase  faculty's  involvement  in  research.  The  establishment  of  a  Center  for 
Research  and  Evaluation  in  1975  provided  for  the  coordination  of  research  courses  as  well 
as  additional  consultative  services  to  both  faculty  and  students. 

Since  early  days,  the  baccalaureate  curriculum  has  been  available  to  registered  nurses 
who  wished  to  pursue  further  study.  However,  in  recent  years  faculty  have  put  forth  great 
effort  to  encourage  nurses  who  demonstrated  motivation  and  ability  to  avail  themselves  of 
options  which  increasingly  are  available  to  the  adult  learner  in  higher  education.  Admis- 
sion to  the  School's  integrated  upper  division  clinical  program  was  facilitated  by  adminis- 
tration of  newly  designed  challenge  examinations.  Clinical  experiences  available  to 
R.N.'s  provided  innovative  approaches  to  meeting  objectives  of  the  baccalaureate  curricu- 
lum. Further  evidence  of  the  School's  concern  for  enlarging  the  pool  of  baccalaureate  pre- 
pared nurses  in  Maryland  was  the  institution  in  1975  of  an  outreach  program  for  "com- 
munity bound"  nurses  in  Western  Maryland  and  the  Eastern  Shore.  The  first  outreach 
baccalaureate  program  class  of  27  students  graduated  in  June.  1978.  In  the  fall  semester, 
1980,  the  master's  degree  program  initiated  outreach  classes  for  students  in  Western 
Maryland  and  on  the  Eastern  Shore.  The  first  master's  level  outreach  class  consisted  of  37 
students,  1 1  in  the  West  and  26  in  the  East. 

Faculty  have  accomplished  a  complete  revision  of  both  baccalaureate  and  graduate  curric- 
ula in  recent  years.  Implementation  of  the  former  was  initiated  in  the  fall  of  1972  concur- 
rently with  a  very  large  increase  in  upper  division  nursing  enrollment  of  the  Baltimore 
campus.  Since  1974,  because  of  limitations  in  the  availability  of  clinical  facilities  in  the 
Baltimore  metropolitan  area,  it  has  been  necessary  to  restrict  admissions  to  the  junior 
class  to  300  students.  The  new  master's  curriculum,  which  was  granted  approval  by  the 
Graduate  School  early  in  1976,  is  characterized  by  flexibility  in  the  choices  offered  to  stu- 
dents. The  revision  also  was  responsible  for  the  creation  of  a  new  Department  of  Primary 
Health  Care.  In  1978,  the  opportunity  for  specialization  in  gerontological  nursing  was 
added  to  the  master's  curriculum,  and  in  1979.  an  area  of  concentration  in  nursing  health 
policy  was  developed.  In  addition  to  preparing  competent  practitioners  to  meet  current 
health  care  needs,  both  curricula  endeavor  to  provide  graduates  with  a  foundation  to  adapt 
to  and  influence  changing  trends  in  health  care  delivery. 

During  the  1977-78  academic  year,  the  second  dean  of  the  School  of  Nursing,  Dr.  Marion 
I.  Murphy,  announced  her  retirement  plans.  She  served  as  dean  from  1967-78  guiding  the 
School  and  faculty  with  imaginative  and  assertive  leadership  and  continuously  working  to 
assure  quality  educational  opportunities  for  more  nurses  at  all  levels  of  preparation.  Dur- 
ing her  tenure  as  dean.  Dr.  Murphy  served  as  Chairperson  of  the  Maryland  Commission 
for  Nursing;  this  Commission  proposed  ten  recommendations  based  on  identified  nursing 
education  needs  of  the  state  of  Maryland.  In. her  final  year  as  dean,  a  substantive  proposal 
for  a  doctoral  program  in  nursing  leading  to  the  award  of  a  Ph.D.  degree  was  developed 
and  approved  by  the  University.  The  doctoral  program  in  nursing  was  implemented  in  the 
fall  semester,  1979  with  an  initial  enrollment  of  four  full-time  and  three  part-time  stu- 
dents. The  addition  of  this  program  increases  the  level  of  educational  preparation  offered 
by  the  School  of  Nursing  and  is  congruent  with  and  supportive  to  the  missions  of  the  Uni- 
versity. 

Nurses'  Alumni  Association 

Organized  in  1895,  School  of  Nursing  alumni  provided  early  leadership  in  the  organiza- 


tion  of  the  Maryland  Nurses'  Association  and  in  passage  of  the  Nurses'  Licensing  Act  of 
1903.  Over  the  years  alumni  have  demonstrated  not  only  their  strong  support  of  the 
School  but  awareness  of  changes  taking  place  in  nursing.  Although  incorporated  as  Alum- 
nae, the  Association  changed  its  title  to  Alumni  in  1964  thus  establishing  the  eligibility  of 
men  graduates  for  memberships.  The  historic  pin.  designed  by  Tiffany's  for  the  class  of 
1894.  bore  the  inscription  Nurses'  Alumni  Association  until  1970  when,  by  action  of  the 
Association,  the  lettering  for  future  graduates  was  changed  to  School  of  Nursing.  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland.  The  Nightingale  cap.  bestowed  by  the  School's  founder.  Louisa  Par- 
sons, remains  the  property  of  the  Alumni  Association.  Since  1968.  all  baccalaureate  grad- 
uates of  the  School  of  Nursing  are  eligible  to  purchase  the  cap. 

The  Campus:  The  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore 

The  tradition  of  education  of  the  human  service  professions  on  the  Baltimore  campus  be- 
gan with  the  founding  of  the  School  of  Medicine  in  1807.  The  Dental  School  was  the  first 
in  America:  other  professional  schools  in  order  of  date  of  origin  are  Law.  Pharmacy. 
Nursing  and  Social  Work  and  Community  Planning.  These  professional  schools  represent 
a  tremendous  resource  to  the  community  in  which  they  are  located.  Also,  their  proximity 
to  one  another  offers  rich  opportunity  for  interprofessional  activities  of  a  service  and  re- 
search nature.  The  professional  schools  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  have 
accepted  as  one  of  their  major  missions,  leadership  responsibility  for  the  continuing  im- 
provement of  health  care  delivery  in  Maryland.  This  will  be  accomplished  by  educating 
and  training  the  appropriate  kinds  and  numbers  of  professionals  to  meet  the  needs  of  the 
people  of  the  state.  The  development  of  improved  methods  of  health  care  delivery  will  be 
incorporated  into  the  education  process,  including  those  which  ensure  efficiency  and  es- 
tablish standards  for  quality  of  care. 

The  UMAB  campus  is  situated  in  the  heart  of  the  downtown  section  of  Baltimore,  a  city 
whose  early  historic  origins  are  rivaled  only  by  tremendous  urban  center  developments  in 
recent  years.  Baltimore  is  one  of  the  foremost  commercial,  cultural  and  scientific  centers 
on  the  Eastern  seaboard  and  offers  unlimited  extracurricular  activities  to  students  and  visi- 
tors. 

Accreditation  and  Membership 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  a  member  of  the  Association  of  American  Colleges  and  is 
accredited  by  the  Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools.  The  un- 
dergraduate and  graduate  programs  of  the  School  of  Nursing  are  accredited  by  the  Na- 
tional League  for  Nursing:  the  School  also  maintains  membership  in  the  Council  of  Mem- 
ber Agencies  of  the  Department  of  Baccalaureate  and  Higher  Degree  Programs  of  the 
National  League  for  Nursing.  The  baccalaureate  program  is  approved  by  the  Maryland 
State  Board  of  Examiners  of  Nurses.  The  School  is  represented  in  the  Council  on  Colle- 
giate Education  for  Nursing  of  the  Southern  Regional  Education  Board  by  the  dean,  asso- 
ciate deans  for  undergraduate  and  graduate  studies  and  the  director  of  continuing  educa- 
tion. The  School  also  is  a  member  of  the  American  Association  of  Colleges  of  Nursing. 

Equal  Opportunity 

Qualified  applicants  are  admitted  without  discrimination  in  regard  to  age.  creed,  ethnic 
origin,  marital  status,  handicap,  race  and  sex.  The  enrollment  of  the  racial  minority  stu- 
dent, the  male  student,  and  the  adult  learner  has  been  increasing  annually.  In  line  with  its 
stated  philosophy,  the  School  of  Nursing  encourages  students  with  diversified  back- 
grounds to  seek  admissions  to  the  baccalaureate  and  graduate  programs,  thereby  enriching 
the  educational  experience  for  all. 

Similarly,  effort  is  made  to  recruit  faculty  with  diversified  backgrounds  particularly  repre- 
sentatives of  minority  groups.  Although  all  faculty  carry  certain  common  responsibilities, 
the  black  or  male  faculty  member  undeniably  becomes  a  role  model  further  illustrating  the 
School's  commitment  to  affirmative  action. 

5 


Registration  on  Campuses  Within  the  University  of  Maryland 
System 

Registration  at  one  of  the  University  of  Maryland  campuses  permits  a  student  to  register 
for  courses  (space  available)  offered  by  another  campus  within  the  University  of  Mary- 
land system. 

Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations. 

Determination  of  In-State  Status  for  Admission,  Tuition  and 
Charge  Differential  Purposes* 

An  initial  determination  of  in-state  status  for  admission,  tuition  and  charge  differential 
purposes  will  be  made  by  the  university  at  the  time  a  student's  application  for  admission 
is  under  consideration.  The  determination  made  at  that  time  and  any  determination  made 
thereafter  shall  prevail  in  each  semester  until  the  determination  is  successfully  challenged 
prior  to  the  last  day  available  for  registration  for  the  forthcoming  semester.  A  determina- 
tion regarding  in-state  status  may  be  changed  for  any  subsequent  semester  if  circum- 
stances, as  later  defined,  warrant  redetermination. 

General  Policy 

1 .  It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  to  grant  in-state  status  for  admission,  tui- 
tion and  charge  differential  purposes  to  United  States  citizens  and  to  immigrant  aliens 
lawfully  admitted  for  permanent  residence  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  United 
States,  in  the  following  cases: 

a.  where  a  student  is  financially  dependent  upon  a  parent,  parents  or  spouse  domiciled 
in  Maryland  for  at  least  six  consecutive  months  prior  to  the  last  day  available  for 
registration  for  the  forthcoming  semester 

b.  where  a  student  is  financially  independent  for  at  least  the  preceding  12  months  and 
provided  the  student  has  maintained  his  domicile  in  Maryland  for  at  least  six  con- 
secutive months  immediately  prior  to  the  day  available  for  registration  for  the  forth- 
coming semester 

c.  where  a  student  is  a  spouse  or  a  dependent  child  of  a  full-time  employee  of  the  uni- 
versity 

d.  where  a  student  who  is  a  member  of  the  Armed  Forces  of  the  United  States  is  sta- 
tioned on  active  duty  in  Maryland  for  at  least  six  consecutive  months  immediately 
prior  to  the  last  day  available  for  registration  for  the  forthcoming  semester,  unless 
such  student  has  been  assigned  for  educational  purposes  to  attend  the  University  of 
Maryland. 

e.  where  a  student  is  a  full-time  employee  of  the  University  of  Maryland. 

2.  It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  to  attribute  out-of-state  status  for  admis- 
sion, tuition  and  charge  differential  purposes  in  all  other  cases. 

3.  Each  campus  of  the  University  will  be  responsible  for  making  the  in-state  determina- 
tion for  the  prospective  or  enrolled  student. 

4.  In-state  status  is  lost  at  any  time  a  financially  independent  student  establishes  a  domi- 
cile outside  the  State  of  Maryland.  If  the  parent(s)  or  other  persons  through  whom  the  stu- 
dent has  attained  in-state  status  establish  a  domicile  in  another  state,  the  student  shall  be 
assessed  out-of-state  tuition  and  charges  six  months  after  the  out-of-state  move  occurs. 

Insurance  Coverage 

All  nursing  students,  undergraduate  and  graduate,  enrolled  for  clinical  nursing  courses, 
are  required  to  carry  malpractice  liability  insurance. 

*A  complete  statement  of  this  policy  is  available  from  the  Office  of  Admissions,  Room  132 
Howard  Hall.  660  West  Redwood  Street.  Baltimore.  Mankind  21201 . 


INSTRUCTIONAL  FACILITIES 
AND  RESOURCES 


Health  Sciences  Library 

The  principal  library  for  the  campus  is  the  Health  Sciences  Library  which  is  located  near 
the  School  of  Nursing.  The  library,  which  houses  more  than  230,000  bound  volumes  and 
over  3,100  current  periodical  subscriptions,  is  ranked  one  of  the  top  15  health  sciences  li- 
braries in  the  nation. 

Its  collection,  which  serves  the  Schools  of  Nursing,  Pharmacy,  Dentistry,  Medicine,  and 
Social  Work  and  Community  Planning,  is  more  varied  than  those  of  most  other  libraries. 
The  subject  scope  encompasses  the  basic  biomedical  and  health-related  sciences  as  well 
as  the  social  and  behavioral  sciences.  Thus,  in  providing  literature  to  support  the  teach- 
ing, research  and  health  care  programs  on  the  campus,  the  library  makes  available  a  wide 
range  of  materials  to  the  nursing  community. 

The  Health  Sciences  Library  has  established  an  innovative  outreach  service  program 
which  adds  a  new  dimension  to  library  service  on  campus.  Each  of  six  Information  Spe- 
cialist librarians  is  assigned  to  one  of  the  professional  schools  or  the  hospital.  The  Infor- 
mation Specialists  participate  in  collection  evaluation  and  development  in  the  respective 
subject  areas  related  to  their  assigned  professional  school,  teach  seminars  and  orientations 
in  information  retrieval,  serve  as  information  consultants,  provide  traditional  reference 
service,  as  well  as  being  responsible  for  the  Computerized  Reference  and  Bibliographic 
Service  (CRABS)  which  provides  customized  subject  bibliographies. 

The  library  has  access  to  over  30  computer  data  bases  in  the  sciences  and  the  social  sci- 
ences including  MEDLINE,  Psychological  Abstracts,  ERIC.  TOXLINE,  and  Social  Sci — 
Search. 

Interlibrary  Loan  service  is  available  for  needed  materials  not  held  in  the  library  collec- 
tion. 

Self-service  photocopy  machines  are  available  on  all  floors  of  the  library. 

The  library  is  open  8  A.M.  -  10  P.M.  (Monday  -  Friday),  9  A.M.  -  5  P.M.  (Saturday) 
and  2  P.M.  -  9  P.M.  (Sunday).  Special  holiday  and  summer  hours  are  posted. 


Nursing  Media  Center 

The  School  of  Nursing  offers  opportunity  for  both  individual  and  group  learning  activities 
in  the  Nursing  Media  Center. 

Self-Instruction:  The  rationale  for  this  approach  is  that  the  knowledge  and  skills  needed 
by  individual  nursing  students  vary  at  any  given  time.  Availability  of  appropriate  mate- 
rials in  self-instructional  format  provides  for  this  diversity  of  needs.  As  the  result  of  a 
special  project,  a  group  of  faculty  and  technicians  developed  and  produced  a  large  num- 
ber of  multimedia  self-instructional  study  units.  In  addition,  commercially  prepared  mate- 
rials have  been  purchased  as  appropriate  to  meet  students'  needs.  The  environment  for 
self-study  is  an  Instructional  Media  Laboratory  with  68  carrels  including  a  variety  of 
equipment.  Undergraduate  students  may  be  required  to  study  specific  units  as  course  re- 
quirements and  may  pursue  other  self-instructional  materials  relevant  to  their  individual 
learning  needs.  Graduate  students  utilize  the  laboratory  on  a  selective  basis. 

Skills  practice:  Undergraduate  students  who  wish  to  practice  certain  nursing  skills  and 
procedures  may  do  so  in  Skills  Laboratories  adjoining  the  Nursing  Media  Center.  The 
laboratories  contain  typical  clinical  equipment  which  enables  students  to  simulate  direct 
care  situations.  A  Skills  Laboratory  Committee  of  faculty  members  prepares  skill  guides 
to  assist  the  student  using  the  laboratory;  an  R.N.  laboratory  assistant  is  available  to  pro- 
vide guidance  to  students  on  a  part-time  basis. 

Both  the  Nursing  Media  Laboratory  and  Skills  Laboratories  are  open  during  early  evening 
hours. 

8 


Group  Instruction:  Classroom  instruction  at  the  School  of  Nursing  is  supported 
through  a  variety  of  media  services.  Movie  projectors,  overhead  projectors,  audio  tape  re- 
corders and  other  equipment  are  available  for  use  in  classes  or  seminars.  A  library  of  film 
and  other  media  catalogs  is  maintained  to  help  faculty  locate  desired  films,  tapes  and 
other  resources.  Materials  for  and  assistance  in  the  production  of  slides  and  overhead  pro- 
jector transparencies  are  available  to  faculty  members  who  wish  to  make  use  of  those 
techniques. 

The  School  also  has  a  closed  circuit  television  studio  where  live  or  taped  programs  can  be 
produced.  A  portable  videotape  system  and  production  assistance  are  available  for  faculty 
and  students  who  wish  to  videotape  projects  on  their  own. 

The  University  Hospital  Media  Center  on  the  eleventh  floor,  as  well  as  other  campus  Me- 
dia Centers  are  also  open  to  students. 


Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation 

As  nursing  moves  forward  in  the  establishment  of  its  own  theoretical  base  and  explores  its 
relationship  to  other  human  services,  research  has  assumed  new  dimensions.  The  School 
of  Nursing  provides  introductory  courses  in  research  methodology  for  under-graduate  stu- 
dents and  more  advanced  offerings  for  graduate  students.  The  faculty  of  the  Center  for 
Research  and  Evaluation,  in  addition  to  teaching,  are  available  to  assist  faculty  and  gradu- 
ate students  with  research  design,  sampling  procedures,  techniques  of  measurement,  data 
collection  and  analysis  as  well  as  preparation  of  reports  and  proposals.  Specialists  in  edu- 
cational evaluation  provide  leadership  evaluation  of  curricula  and  other  areas.  The  Center 
has  a  Research  Reading  Room  with  a  collection  of  200  books  primarily  devoted  to  aspects 
of  research  methodology,  selected  journals,  and  a  file  of  measurement  instruments;  and  a 
Data  Analysis  Laboratory  that  houses  a  variety  of  mini-calculators  and  mini-computers 
for  faculty  and  student  use.  Instruction  in  utilization  of  hardware  in  the  laboratory  is 
available.  Computer  service  facilities  on  both  the  Baltimore  and  College  Park  campuses 
also  are  utilized  extensively. 

School  of  Nursing  faculty  and  students  participate  in  national  as  well  as  local  research 
consortiums.  Research  of  a  multidisciplinary  nature  is  increasingly  possible  as  nursing 
and  other  health  disciplines  have  identified  common  problems.  The  Center  schedules  two 
"Research  Days"  and  a  number  of  noon  seminars  during  the  academic  year  to  highlight 
such  activities  as  part  of  its  faculty  development  program.  A  newsletter,  RSVP,  is  distrib- 
uted biannually  to  800  Schools  of  Nursing  and  hospitals  throughout  the  country. 

Student  Services:  Undergraduate  and  Graduate  Programs 

National  Honor  Society  of  Nursing.  Sigma  Theta  Tau.  founded  in  1922.  is  the  na- 
tional honor  society  of  nursing;  Pi  Chapter  was  established  at  the  University  of  Maryland 
in  1959.  The  purposes  of  Sigma  Theta  Tau  are  to  recognize  superior  scholarship  achieve- 
ment, encourage  and  support  research  activities,  and  strengthen  commitment  to  the  ideas 
and  purposes  of  the  nursing  profession. 

Candidates  for  membership  are  selected  from  the  basic  baccalaureate,  the  registered 
nurse,  and  the  graduate  students  in  nursing  as  well  as  outstanding  nurses  from  the  com- 
munity. Selection  is  based  on  scholastic  achievement,  leadership  qualities,  creativity,  pro- 
fessional standards  and  commitment. 

Who's  Who  Among  Students  in  American  Universities  and  Colleges.  Member- 
ship in  this  organization  is  open  to  juniors,  seniors  and  graduate  students  in  the  School  of 
Nursing.  Both  students  and  faculty  participate  in  the  nomination  and  selection  of  mem- 
bers on  the  basis  of  the  following  criteria:  Scholarship  ability,  participation  and  leadership 
in  academic  and  extracurricular  activities,  citizenship  and  service  to  the  school  and  poten- 
tial for  future  achievement. 

Phi  Kappa  Phi.  Phi  Kappa  Phi  is  a  national  honor  society  which  was  established  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  in  1920.  Its  objective  is  to  foster  and  recognize  outstanding  schol- 
arship, character  and  social  usefulness  in  students  from  all  areas  of  instruction. 

Candidates  for  membership  are  selected  from  the  basic  baccalaureate,  the  registered  nurse 
and  the  graduate  students  in  nursing. 

Other  Awards.  School  of  Nursing  students  are  eligible  for  several  types  of  awards  upon 
completion  of  the  undergraduate  or  graduate  program.  The  awards,  which  are  presented  at 
an  academic  convocation,  have  been  donated  by  the  Nurses'  Alumni  Association  or  other 
groups  or  individuals  who  wish  to  recognize  outstanding  individuals  in  the  student  body. 
Annually  a  Research  Award  is  presented  to  a  master's  student  in  recognition  of  excellence 
in  research,  and  an  award  is  presented  to  the  outstanding  master's  student  in  each  area  of 
concentration. 

10 


UNDERGRADUATE  PROGRAM 


11 


Undergraduate  Program  Overview 

The  program  in  professional  nursing,  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Nursing,  is  available  to  men  and  women  who  establish  eligibility  for  admission.  The  first 
two  years  of  preprofessional  study  (lower  division  course  requirements)  are  available  at 
University  of  Maryland  campuses  and  at  other  accredited  colleges  or  universities.  On 
these  campuses,  the  student  pursues  a  program  geared  to  providing  fundamentals  of  a  lib- 
eral education  and  subjects  which  are  supportive  to  the  study  of  nursing.  The  junior  and 
senior  years  are  devoted  to  completing  the  nursing  major  on  the  Baltimore  Campus. 

Registered  nurses  who  desire  to  bring  their  previous  preparation  for  nursing  in  line  with 
requirements  for  the  baccalaureate  degree  are  encouraged  to  establish  eligibility  for  ad- 
mission. Credits  previously  earned  at  an  accredited  two  or  four  year  college  or  univer- 
sity are  assessed  according  to  University  of  Maryland  and  School  of  Nursing  policies  gov- 
erning transfer  of  credit;  opportunity  to  establish  credit  for  certain  foundational  and 
nursing  courses  is  provided. 


Objectives  of  the  Undergraduate  Program 

The  baccalaureate  graduate  of  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing  is  committed 
to  the  total  wellbeing  of  people  and  demonstrates  respect  for  their  dignity,  worth,  auton- 
omy and  uniqueness.  In  ambulatory,  community,  and  inpatient  settings,  the  graduate  pro- 
vides effective  nursing  care  that  assists  individuals,  families  and  other  groups  at  any  point 
on  the  health  continuum  to  attain,  regain,  or  maintain  their  maximum  level  of  health  and 
highest  level  of  functioning. 

The  baccalaureate  program  provides  a  learning  environment  which  fosters  purposeful  self- 
direction;  implementation  of  nursing  care  is  based  on  a  deep  grasp  of  nursing  knowledge 
and  skill,  analytical  thinking  and  discriminative  judgment.  As  a  result  of  the  educative 
process,  and  following  an  appropriate  orientation  to  a  nursing  care  setting,  the  graduate  is 
able  to  assume  beginning  leadership  in  the  practice  of  nursing.  Awareness  of  nursing's  ef- 
fectiveness on  the  improvement  of  health  care  services  to  people  gives  impetus  to  the 
graduate's  continuing  search  for  knowledge  which  supports  practice. 

To  achieve  these  ends  the  graduate: 

1.  synthesizes  selected  concepts  from  the  affective,  cognitive,  and  psychomotor  do- 
mains in  formulating  a  philosophy  of  nursing: 

2.  uses  affective,  cognitive,  and  psychomotor  behaviors  in  applying  the  nursing 
process  to  individuals  and  small  groups; 

3.  demonstrates  personal  and  professional  growth  with  increasing  self-direction; 

4.  demonstrates  leadership  in  own  nursing  practice; 

5.  demonstrates  responsible  organizational  behaviors  in  meeting  professional  goals 
within  health  care  agencies; 

6.  collaborates  in  the  assessment  of  and  planning  for  meeting  the  health  care  needs  of 
individuals  and  small  groups; 

7.  improves  own  nursing  practice  through  the  evaluation  and  application  of  selected  re- 
search. 


Upper  Division  Program 

(Pre-Admission  Advisement) 

The  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing  offers  one  undergraduate  program  which 
leads  to  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  nursing  (B.S.N. ).  It  admits  to  this  upper  division  pro- 
gram two  types  of  students:  registered  nurses  and  generic  students. 

12 


Articulation  Programs  -  An  Advisement  Tool 

Both  the  registered  nurse  and  the  generic  student  must  successfully  complete  an  equiva- 
lency of  two  years  of  lower  division  college  course  work  prior  to  matriculation  in  the  bac- 
calaureate program  of  the  School  of  Nursing  at  Baltimore.  The  required  lower  division 
courses  may  be  taken  at  any  accredited  institution  of  higher  education.  The  following 
schools  have  designed  special  articulation  programs  which  facilitate  a  student's  admission 
to  the  School  of  Nursing: 

Alleghany  Community  College 

Anne  Arundel  Community  College 

Catonsville  Community  College 

Cecil  Community  College 

Charles  County  Community  College 

Chesapeake  College 

The  Community  College  of  Baltimore 

Dundalk  Community  College 

Essex  Community  College 

Frederick  Community  College 

Garrett  Community  College 

Hagerstown  Junior  College 

Harford  Community  College 

Howard  Community  College 

Montgomery  College 

Prince  George's  Community  College 

Frostburg  State  College 

University  of  Maryland  —  Baltimore  County  Campus 

University  of  Maryland  —  College  Park  Campus 

University  of  Maryland  —  Eastern  Shore  Campus 

Wor — Wic  Community  College 

The  articulation  program  for  each  of  the  above  listed  community  colleges  is  described  in  a 
booklet  entitled:  "Programs  Articulated  Between  (insert  one  of  the  above)  College  and 
the  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  City."  This  booklet  is  kept  in  the  counseling 
center  of  each  community  college.  The  articulation  program  for  the  following  institutions 
is  listed  in  their  college  catalogue: 

University  of  Maryland  —  Baltimore  County 

University  of  Maryland  —  College  Park 

University  of  Maryland  —  Eastern  Shore  (Regular  and  Honors  Programs 

available) 
Frostburg  State  College 

These  printed  articulation  programs  can  serve  as  valuable  advisement  tools.  By  using 
them,  most  students  are  able  to  determine  which  of  their  courses  will  be  used  in  meeting 
the  lower  division  course  requirements  for  admission  to  the  School  of  Nursing  located  in 
Baltimore  City. 

Pre-Admission  Counseling  Sessions 

The  Office  of  Admissions  and  Academic  Progressions  provides  small  group  counseling 
sessions  for  students  interested  in  admission  to  the  School.  At  the  counseling  sessions  an 
explanation  of  the  admission  process  is  given  and  each  attendee's  academic  credentials 
are  evaluated.  For  an  appointment  for  one  of  the  sessions,  phone  the  following  number: 
(301)  528-6283. 

Foreign  Students  or  Native  Students  Who  Attended  Foreign  Institutions 

The  first  step  in  the  admissions  process  is  to  validate  the  completion  or  planned  comple- 
tion of  the  59  lower  division  credit  requirements  prior  to  the  student's  anticipated  matricu- 

13 


lation  date.  To  validate  which  of  the  credits  taken  at  a  foreign  institution  (s)  will  be  ac- 
cepted as  fulfilling  the  Nursing  School's  required  lower  division  courses,  the  student  must 
do  the  following: 

( 1 )  file  an  official  application  with  appropriate  fee 

(2)  have  the  appropriate  officer  at  the  foreign  school(s)  attended  send  an  official 
transcript(s)  with  English  translation  to  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations  at  660 
W.  Redwood  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201. 

Since  it  takes  approximately  6  months  for  the  processing  of  documents  received  from  a 
foreign  country,  it  is  critical  that  the  student  apply  in  early  fall  for  the  following  fall's  ad- 
mission date. 

General  admission  requirements  and  those  specific  to  the  Registered  Nurse  will  be  used 
for  foreign  nurse  applicants  who  are  registered  to  practice  nursing  in  the  United  States  and 
for  those  who  will  be  registered  by  the  anticipated  matriculation  date.  General  admission 
requirements  and  those  specific  to  the  generic  student  will  be  used  for  students  who  are 
not  eligible  for  registration  to  practice  nursing  in  the  United  States  or  who  do  not  take 
and/or  do  not  pass  the  State  Board  of  Nursing  Examination  prior  to  the  anticipated  matric- 
ulation date. 

Foreign  students  are  required  to  take  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language.  A  score 
of  500  is  considered  to  be  an  indication  that  the  applicant  could  be  successful  in  language 
comprehension  and  use. 

Lower  Division  Requirements 

Professional  upper  division  education  in  nursing  requires  a  foundation  of  learning  pro- 
vided by  required  lower — division  college  courses.  Prior  to  fall  matriculation  in  the  un- 
dergraduate program,  all  students  must  have  completed  the  following  lower  division 
course  requirements  at  an  accredited  college  or  university: 

Course  Requirements  Credits 

English  Composition    3 

Chemistry  Including  Lab  (inorganic  &  organic  content)   8 

Human  Anatomy  &  Physiology  Including  Lab  ("C"  or  better  grade) 8 

Microbiology  Including  Lab  ("C"  or  better  grade) 4 

*Social  Sciences 12 

**Humanities    15 

Nutrition  (sophomore  level) 3 

Electives   6 

Minimum  of  59 

*Must  include  at  least  one  course  in  sociology  and  one  course  in  psychology.  **Must  in- 
clude courses  selected  from  at  least  three  disciplines  within  the  humanities  areas. 

Policies  Governing  Transfer  of  Lower  Division  Credits 

The  following  is  a  list  of  policies  which  govern  the  transfer  of  college  credits  to  the 
School  of  Nursing: 

1.  Human  anatomy  and  physiology,  chemistry  and  microbiology  must  be  courses 
taken  by  students  who  plan  to  or  could  use  them  as  credits  toward  a  major  in  these 
areas.  In  other  words,  they  cannot  be  terminal  courses  for  non — majors;  i.e.,  stu — 
dents  majoring  in  nursing,  physical  education,  etc. 

2.  Required  natural  science  courses  (chemistry,  microbiology  and  human  anatomy 
and  physiology)  must  include  laboratory  experience. 

3.  Courses  in  religion  will  be  accepted  in  transfer  when  they  have  been  taught  within 
a  framework  which  oversteps  specific  sectarian  concerns  and/or  dogma.  Religion 
courses  whose  content  is  exclusively/primarily  limited  to  sectarian  dogma  will  not 
be  accepted  in  transfer. 

14 


4.  Basic  nutrition  must  be  a  course  with  prerequisites  of  organic  chemistry  and  anat- 
omy. (See  page  17  for  list  of  currently  approved  nutrition  courses.) 

5.  Humanities  credit  will  be  given  for  one  "studio"  course  in  the  fine  arts;  (i.e., 
class  in  piano  and  painting)  only  if  credit  in  the  appropriate  survey  course  is  also 
earned  (music  literature,  history  of  art,  etc.). 

6.  "D's"  are  not  transferable  for  anatomy  and  physiology  and  microbiology  from 
either  in-state  or  out-of-state  institutions.  For  other  courses,  Ds  are  transferable 
from  in-state  public  institutions  only. 

7.  Courses  taken  on  a  Pass/Fail  basis  may  be  used  for  elective  credits  only. 

8.  Credits  earned  in  courses  titled  Human  Growth  and  Development  are  not  applica- 
ble toward  preprofessional  course  requirements.  This  content  is  taught  within  the 
School  of  Nursing  (Junior  Year). 

9.  Remedial  and/or  repetitive  courses  are  not  applicable  for  credit. 

10.  Nursing  courses  are  not  transferable. 

1 1 .  Foreign  Language  —  Humanities  credit  will  be  given  for  the  first  semester  elemen- 
tary course  in  a  language  (i.e.,  FREN  101,  ITAL  101)  only  if  additional  credit  is 
earned  in  that  language.  However,  the  first  course  can  be  used  for  elective  credit 
even  if  no  additional  credit  in  that  language  is  earned. 

12.  Social,  physical  and  natural  science  courses  taken  10  or  more  years  prior  to  a 
student's  matriculation  date  will  not  be  accepted. 

13.  Only  students  with  an  overall  grade  point  average  of  a  2.0  or  better  will  be  consid- 
ered for  admission  to  the  School  of  Nursing. 

14.  Only  59  applicable  credits  are  necessary  for  matriculation  to  the  School  of  Nurs- 
ing. A  maximum  of  60  credits  will  be  applied  toward  the  matriculation  grade  point 
average;  additional  credits  earned  by  the  student  will  be  viewed  by  the  Admissions 
Committee  as  credit  for  enrichment  but  will  not  be  calculated  in  the  Student's  ma- 
triculation grade  point  average. 

15.  Whenever  possible,  credits  recorded  on  an  applicant's  transcript(s)  will  be  used  as 
the  basis  for  calculating  the  matriculation  grade  point  average  rather  then  those 
grades  resulting  from  courses  listed  on  the  "Courses  In  Progress"  sheet,  which  is 
a  form  included  in  the  official  application. 

16.  No  more  than  half  of  the  122  applicable  credits  required  for  graduation  can  be 
earned  by  examinations  (see  Department  Examinations  and  CLEP  below). 

Establishing  Lower  Division  Credit  by  Examination 

Departmental  Examinations:  Many  two-  and  four-year  colleges  and  universities  provide 
an  opportunity  for  students  to  take  examinations  for  credit,  provided  the  student  has  had 
some  instruction  and  experience  in  the  content  of  the  course  under  consideration.  Ar- 
rangements are  made  by  students  with  the  appropriate  departments  in  the  college  in  which 
they  are  matriculated  on  a  full-  or  part-time  basis.  The  School  of  Nursing  will  accept  the 
credit  earned  by  examination  provided  the  course  name  and  number,  grade,  and  credits 
earned  are  on  the  transcript.  (In  most  cases,  Pass/Fail  grades  are  not  accepted). 

CLEP:  It  is  possible  to  earn  credit  by  examination  through  the  College  Level  Examination 
Program  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board.  The  School  of  Nursing  recognizes 
selected  CLEP  exam  results  for  credit  provided  the  student  earns  a  grade  determined  ac- 
ceptable. The  results  from  the  CLEP  tests  can  be  submitted  to  the  Director  of  Admissions 
and  Registrations,  Room  132,  Howard  Hall,  660  West  Redwood  Street,  Baltimore,  Mary- 
land 21201  for  information  on  the  scores  transferability. 

15 


Assessment  Form 

For  Student  Use  Only    Not  to  be  Submitted  to  the  School 

The  following  form  is  a  model  of  the  form  used  by  admission  officers  in  assessing  an 
applicant's  eligibility  for  admission.  Interested  students  can  use  it  to  keep  track  of  their 
progress  in  meeting  lower  division  requirements. 


Lower  Division 
Requirements 

English  Composition 

Chemistry  with  Laboratory 
(Including  inorganic  and 
organic  content) 

Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 
with  Laboratory 

Microbiology  with  Laboratory 

Social  Sciences  (12  cr.  -  includes 
sociology,  psychology,  anthropology 
political  science,  economics, 
geography 

One  course  must  be  in  sociology 
and  one  must  be  in  psychology 


Humanities  (15  cr.)  Need  courses 
from  at  least  3  of  the  following 
areas:  Literature,  language,  fine 
arts,  history,  philosophy,  mathe- 
matics, public  speaking 


Nutrition  (sophomore  level) 
Electives 


Required 
Credit 

3 

8 


Matriculation  G.P.A. 
Minimum 


3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
6-7 


59 


Credit 
Earned 


Grade 


Q.P. 


School 


Year 
Taken 


16 


Approved  Nutrition  Courses  Effective  April  1980 

Others  May  Be  Added  As  Developed 

BIO  280  Anne  Arundel  Community  College 

BIOL  266  Catonsville  Community  College 

NUTR  160  Chesapeake  College 

BL  206N  College  of  Notre  Dame 

DNT  200  Community  College  of  Baltimore 

AH  160  Essex  Community  College 

NUT  200  Frostburg  State  College 

BIO  210  Harford  Community  College 

NUTR  204  Hood  College 

SCI  262  Howard  Community  College 

12A07  Johns  Hopkins  University 

12A08  Johns  Hopkins  University 

BL213  Montgomery  College 

BIO  212  Prince  George's  Community  College 

SCI  316  St.  Mary's  College  of  Maryland 

BIOL  217  Salisbury  State  College 

NUTR  204  Towson  State  University 

BIOL  0233  University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore  County 

NUTR  200  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park  or  Univ.  College 

HE  331  University  of  Maryland,  Eastern  Shore 


Admission  to  the  Upper  Division 

General  Information  for  all  Applicants 

(1)  Rolling  Admissions 

The  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing  initiated  the  process  of  rolling  admis- 
sions with  the  admission  class  of  1979.  "Rolling  admissions"  means  that  the  earlier  one 
applies,  the  earlier  one  will  hear  about  being  accepted  to  the  school. 

(2)  Obtaining  Application 

An  application  may  be  obtained  from  the  following  office  between  the  middle  of  Sep- 
tember and  January  31st  for  the  next  admission  class: 

Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 
University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore 
Howard  Hall,  Room  132 
660  West  Redwood  Street 
Baltimore,  Maryland  21201 
Phone  No.:  528—7480 

(3)  Application  Deadline 

February  1st  is  the  application  deadline.  Requests  for  exception  to  this  deadline  may  be 
directed,  in  writing,  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  and  Progressions,  655  West  Lombard 
Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201. 

(4)  Updating  Admissions  Information 

Students  planning  to  apply  to  the  School  of  Nursing  for  Fall  1983  should  contact  the 
Director,  Office  of  Admissions  and  Progressions,  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nurs- 
ing, 655  West  Lombard  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201  in  the  spring  of  1982  for  pos- 
sible changes  regarding  the  admissions  criteria. 

17 


Admissions  Information  —  Specific  to  the  Generic  Applicant 

(1)  Normal  educational  sequencing  leading  to  a  B.S.N,  for  the  generic  applicant: 

—  graduation  from  high  school 

—  completion  of  59  lower  division,  preprofessional  course  credits  at  an  accredited  col- 
lege or  university 

—  completion  of  63 — 64  upper  division,  professional  course  credits 

(State  Board  Examinations  to  become  a  registered  nurse  are  taken  following  the 
awarding  of  the  baccalaureate  degree) 

(2)  Applying  for  Admissions: 

The  School  of  Nursing  matriculates  approximately  300  generic  students  into  upper  di- 
vision course  work  in  the  fall  of  each  year.  Students  should  apply  for  admission  in  the 
fall  prior  to  their  expected  matriculation  date.  Students  are  eligible  to  apply  after  com- 
pleting approximately  30  credits  of  the  Lower  Division  preprofessional  course  work 
and  developing  a  plan  for  completing  the  remaining  29  credits  by  the  expected  matric- 
ulation date.  All  applications  will  be  considered  where  the  applicant's  overall  grade 
point  average  is  2.0  or  above.  Admission  is  competitive  and  the  basic  criteria  for  de- 
termining admissions  are: 

—  overall  grade  point  average 

—  completion  by  February  1st  of  44  semester  hours  of  applicable  (lower  division) 
credits  with  a  minimum  distribution  of  these  credits  in  the  following  categories:  En- 
glish —  3  credits;  required  Natural  Sciences  —  8  credits;  Social  Sciences  —  6 
credits;  Humanities  —  6  credits. 

—  written  plan  for  completion  of  all  required  59  lower  division  credits  by  matricula- 
tion date  (admission  preference  given  to  those  applicants  who  plan  to  complete  all  re- 
quired 59  credits  no  later  than  the  end  of  the  first  summer  session  prior  to  matricula- 
tion). 

—  successful  completion  of  the  Allied  Health  Professions  Admission  Test.  Applica- 
tions for  the  Allied  Health  Professions  Admission  Test  may  be  obtained  from  the  fol- 
lowing address: 

Allied  Health  Professions  Admission  Test 

The  Psychological  Corporation 

304  East  45th  Street 

New  York.  New  York  10017 

Phone:  (212)  888—3221 

Applicants  are  strongly  encouraged  to  take  the  Allied  Health  Professions  Admission 
Test  in  either  November  or  January  prior  to  their  requested  matriculation  date  (Allied 
Health  Professions  Admission  Test  scores  are  valid  for  only  two  admission  years  fol- 
lowing the  date  the  tests  were  taken). 

Admissions  Information  —  Specific  to  the  Registered  Nurse  Student 

(1)  Normal  educational  sequencing  leading  to  a  B.S.N,  for  the  Registered  Nurse: 

—  graduation  from  an  associate  degree  nursing  program  or  diploma  nursing  program 

—  pass  State  Boards  (failure  to  become  licensed  after  a  student  has  matriculated  will 
result  in  his  being  immediately  withdrawn  from  the  program) 

—  completion  of  59  lower  division,  preprofessional  course  credits  at  an  accredited 
college  or  university 

—  completion  of  advanced  placement  examinations  totaling  28  credits  (10  credits  are 
earned  from  faculty  made  tests  and  18  credits  are  earned  from  tests  developed  by  The 
American  College  Testing  Program) 

—  completion  of  33  upper  division,  professional  course  credits 
18 


(2)  Applying  for  Admission: 

The  School  of  Nursing  matriculates  approximately  120  registered  nurses  into  upper 
division  course  work  in  the  fall  of  each  year.  Students  should  apply  for  admission  in 
the  fall  prior  to  their  expected  matriculation  date.  Students  are  eligible  to  apply  after 
completing  approximately  30  credits  of  the  Lower  Division  preprofessional  course- 
work  and  developing  a  plan  for  completing  the  remaining  29  credits  by  the  expected 
matriculation  date.  All  applications  will  be  considered  where  the  applicant's  overall 
grade  point  average  is  2.0  or  above.  Admission  is  competitive  and  the  basic  criteria 
for  determining  admissions  are: 

—  overall  grade  point  average 

—  completion  by  February  1st  of  44  semester  hours  of  applicable  credits  with  a  mini- 
mum distribution  of  these  credits  in  the  following  categories:  English  —  3  credits;  re- 
quired Natural  Sciences  —  8  credits;  Social  Sciences  —  6  credits;  Humanities  —  6 
credits. 

—  written  plans  for  completion  of  all  required  59  lower  division  credits  by  matricula- 
tion date.  (Admission  preference  is  given  to  those  applicants  who  plan  to  complete  all 
required  59  credits  no  later  than  the  end  of  the  first  summer  session  prior  to  matricula- 
tion) 

—  successful  completion  of  advanced  placement  examinations. 

Advanced  Placement  for  the  Registered  Nurse 

When  the  official  application  for  upper  division  study  is  received  by  the  School  of  Nurs- 
ing, information  about  the  Advanced  Placement  Examinations  is  forwarded  to  the  appli- 
cant and  includes  study  guides  and  registration  forms  for  all  the  examinations.  The  re- 
quired advanced  placement  examination  are  as  follows: 

NURS  310  Pathophysiology  —  Pharmacological  Implications  4  credits 

NURS  316  Human  Growth  &  Development  3  credits 

NURS  317  Deviations  in  Human  Growth  &  Development  2  credits 

*NURS  320  Introduction  to  Administration  of  Medications 

&  Basic  Life  Support  1  credit 

tNURS  457  Maternal  &  Child  Health  Nursing  Total  of 

18  credits 
tNURS  554  Adult  Nursing  for  these 

three 
tNURS  503  Psychiatric/Mental  Health  Nursing  examinations 

Nurs  310,  316,  317  and  320  are  prepared  by  University  of  Maryland  faculty  members. 
Nurs  457.  554,  and  503  are  prepared  by  the  American  College  Testing  Center.  Those 
who  would  like  to  contact  the  Center  directly  may  do  so  by  writing  to  the  following  ad- 
dress:  ACT  PEP 

2201  North  Dodge  Street 

P.O.  Box  168 

Iowa  City,  Iowa  52243 

*A  minimum  grade  of  "C"  is  required  on  this  advanced  placement  examination. 
t  A  minimum  average  score  of  45  is  required  on  these  3  tests. 

If  an  applicant  fails  Nurs  310,  316,  317  or  320,  he  must  take  the  courses  after  matriculat- 
ing in  the  program.  Decisions  as  to  when  these  courses  are  to  be  taken  are  the  responsibil- 
ity of  the  Director  of  Admissions  and  Academic  Progressions.  Students  have  two  attempts 
to  successfully  pass  Nurs  457,  554  and  503.  Students  who  fail  to  pass  these  tests  on  the 
second  attempt  are  allowed  to  apply  to  the  generic  program. 

Advanced  placement  examinations  must  be  retaken  if  the  student  does  not  matriculate  in 
the  upper  division  course  of  study  within  two  years. 

19 


Unique  Features  of  the  Curriculum  for  Generic  Students: 
Upper  Division 

The  junior  and  senior  year  of  the  Nursing  Curriculum  are  offered  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  Baltimore  campus.  The  curriculum  is  based  on  an  integrative  model  whereby 
students  are  taught  by  a  group  of  teachers  who  have  specialized  knowledge  and  skills  in 
the  area  of  maternal-child,  psychiatric-community  mental  health,  medical-surgical  and 
community  health  nursing.  All  students  work  toward  the  same  course  objectives,  although 
the  teaching — learning  methods  may  vary  among  faculty. 

A  faculty — student  ratio  of  approximately  1:10  creates  a  learning  situation  whereby  stu- 
dents have  sufficient  opportunity  to  learn  the  clinical  skills  required  of  professional 
nurses.  Student  placement  for  the  junior  year  is  an  administrative  decision.  A  lottery  is 
used  to  make  decisions  concerning  senior  student  placements. 

The  goal  of  nursing  care  is  to  assist  man  to  reach  his  highest  level  of  functioning  compati- 
ble with  health.  Consequently,  the  curriculum  focuses  on  the  development  of  the  requisite 
interpersonal  and  cognitive  skills  such  as  problem — solving,  discriminative  thinking  and 
making  nursing  judgments  as  well  as  technical  skills.  The  curriculum  is  best  described  as 
one  which  emphasizes  the  psychosocial  needs  of  man  without  negating  the  importance  of 
physical  and  spiritual  needs. 

A  typical  plan  of  study  for  the  upper  division  nursing  major  follows: 


Junior  Year 

Fall  Semester  Credits 

*NURS  31 4  Concepts  of  Nursing  1   9 

+NURS  318  Special  Topics  —  Electives  in  Health  Related  Courses    3 

*NURS  316  Human  Growth  and  Development 3 

TOTAL     15 

Winter  Session  (Month  of  January)  Credits 

*NURS  317  Deviations  in  Human  Growth  and  Development   2 

*NURS  320  Introduction  to  the  Administration  of  Medications  and  Basic  Life  Support  1 

TOTAL       3 


Spring  Semester 

r      3  Credits 

*NURS  315  Concepts  of  Nursing  II    9 

*NURS  310  Pathophysiology  and  its  Pharmacological  Implications   4 

NURS  321  Introduction  to  Organizational  Behavior    3 

TOTAL     16 

*These  courses  are  challenged  by  R.N.  students  after  applying  to  the  upper  division  (Ad- 
vanced Placement  Examinations  Nurs  457,  554  and  503  are  equivalent  to  credits  for  Nurs 
314  and  Nurs  315  above)  ^Course  not  required  for  the  registered  nurse 


Senior  Year 

Fall  Semester  „    ,. 

Credits 

NURS  324  or  325  Concepts  of  Nursing  I1IA  or  B    9 

*NURS  322  Nursing  in  Society  3 

*NURS  410  Survey  of  Research  and  Statistics 3 

TOTAL     15 

20 


Winter  Session 

Credits 

NURS  326  Clinical  Nursing  Elective    3 

TOTAL       3 

Spring  Semester 

Credits 

NURS  324  or  325  Concepts  of  Nursing  II1A  or  B 9 

**NURS  418  Special  Topics  —  Electives  in  Health— Related  Courses    2—3 

TOTAL     11—12 
*Take  with  Nurs  325    **Take  with  Nurs  324 


Unique  Features  of  the  Curriculum  for  Registered  Nurse 
Students:  Upper  Division 

The  curriculum  developed  for  the  registered  nurse  is  planned  to  maximize  the  strengths 
the  registered  nurse  brings  to  the  baccalaureate  program.  The  registered  nurse  is  viewed 
as  an  adult  learner  who  possesses  the  special  characteristics  of  a  diverse  life,  educational 
and  clinical  experiences,  and  a  high  level  of  motivation  that  fosters  independent  and  col- 
laborative learning. 

Clinical  practice  areas  for  the  registered  nurse  are  provided  through  arrangements  with  a 
wide  variety  of  hospitals  and  other  health  agencies.  All  clinical  coursework  is  under  the 
supervision  of  faculty  of  the  School  of  Nursing.  Students  are  assigned  to  any  one  of  a 
number  of  different  agencies  for  the  purpose  of  accomplishing  the  course  objectives  as 
determined  by  faculty. 

A  typical  plan  of  full — time  study  appears  below  for  R.N.  students  who  have  met  the  re- 
quirements for  the  preprofessional  courses  and  have  established  credit  through  satisfactory 
completion  of  advanced  placement  examinations. 

Fall  Semester 

Credits 

NURS  334  Concepts  of  Nursing  1VA  9 

NURS  321  Introduction  to  Organizational  Behavior    3 

NURS  410  Survey  of  Research  and  Statistics 3 

TOTAL     15 

Winter  Session  (Month  of  January) 

Credits 

NURS  326  Clinical  Nursing  Elective  or  NURS  348  Seminar,  Workshop 3 

TOTAL       3 

Spring  Semester 

Credits 

NURS  335  Concepts  of  Nursing  IVB 9 

NURS  418  Special  Topics  —  Electives  in  Health-Related  Courses    3 

NURS  322  Nursing  In  Society 3 

TOTAL     15 

Students  may  not  take  more  than  15  credits  during  the  fall  and  spring  semesters  or  3 
credits  in  the  winter  session  without  administrative  approval  from  the  Director  of  Admis- 
sions and  Academic  Progressions. 

Part-Time  Study 

This  option  is  available  to  a  limited  number  of  registered  nurses  who  are  admitted  to  the 
School  of  Nursing.  Part — time  students  may  complete  the  program  in  two  or  three  aca- 
demic years.  Enrollment  in  certain  courses  may  be  limited  depending  upon  demand. 

21 


General  School  Policies  Related  to  Curriculum  Matters 

Policies  Regarding  Nursing  Concepts  Courses 

The  major  nursing  courses,  i.e.,  NURS  314,315,324,325,326,334  and  335,  must  be 
taken  within  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing.  This  policy  does  not  negate 
the  opportunity  for  R.N.  students  to  challenge  the  junior  year  clinical  concepts  courses. 
Faculty  —  student  ratios  for  Concept  Courses  are  maintained  at  an  average  program — 
wide  ratio  of  approximately  1:10. 

Clinical  Practice  Areas 

Clinical  practice  areas  for  the  baccalaureate  program  are  provided  through  arrangements 
with  a  wide  variety  of  hospitals  and  other  health  agencies.  All  clinical  coursework  is  un- 
der the  supervision  of  faculty  of  the  School  of  Nursing.  Students  are  assigned  to  anyone 
of  a  number  of  different  agencies  for  the  purpose  of  accomplishing  the  course  objectives 
as  determined  by  the  faculty. 

Honors  Program 

The  School  of  Nursing  is  participating  in  an  interdisciplinary  honors  program  initiated  at 
University  of  Maryland  at  Eastern  Shore  in  fall,  1979.  Plans  are  underway  to  continue  the 
concept  of  a  program  that  is  especially  designed  for  those  students  meeting  honors  crite- 
ria. 

Outreach  Students 

During  the  1975 — 1976  academic  year,  an  off — campus,  part — time  degree  completion 
program  for  "community  bound"  registered  nurses  was  established  in  Western  Maryland 
and  on  the  Eastern  Shore.  The  first  group  of  students  completed  the  program  in  1978. 
This  offering  is  currently  continuing  in  Western  Maryland,  in  the  Cumberland  area  and 
the  Hagerstown  area.  The  program  enables  registered  nurses  to  complete  all  requirements 
for  the  baccalaureate  degree  in  nursing  through  enrollment  on  a  part —  time  basis  in  re- 
gional centers.  Requirements  for  achieving  senior  year  status  are  the  same  as  on  the  Balti- 
more campus.  The  usual  senior  year  curriculum  for  R.N.'s,  which  involves  33  earned 
credits,  is  arranged  over  a  two  to  three — year  time  span.  Inquiries  should  be  addressed  to 
the  Director  of  the  Outreach  Program,  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing,  655 
West  Lombard  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201. 

Degree  Requirements  —  Baccalaureate  Program 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  faculty  of  the  School  to  establish  and  publish  degree  require- 
ments. Responsibility  for  knowing  and  successfully  meeting  these  requirements  rests  with 
the  student.  Requirements  are  set  forth  in  this  catalogue  and  updated  annually  in  the  Aca- 
demic Handbook  given  to  enrolled  students  at  the  beginning  of  each  academic  year.  Cur- 
rent requirements  are  as  follows: 

1 .  Certain  lower  division  coursework  is  required  for  admission  to  the  junior  year  of  the 
undergraduate  program  in  nursing.  Official  transcripts  of  this  coursework  must  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations  by  published  deadline  date. 

2.  A  minimum  of  120  credits  (122  for  generic  students  and  120  for  R.N.  students)  in  cer- 
tain coursework  is  required.  The  lower  division  courses  required  for  admission  to  the 
junior  year  and  the  required  courses  of  the  upper  division  major  in  nursing  completed 
at  the  University  of  Maryland  comprise  the  required  credits.  At  least  the  senior  year 
must  be  completed  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  This  does  not  negate  Outreach  Stu- 
dents from  completing  their  courses  at  Outreach  sites. 

3.  Upper  division  major  in  nursing;  required  courses  appear  elsewhere  in  the  catalogue. 

4.  A  minimum  grade  point  average  of  2.0  is  expected  each  semester  of  the  junior  and 
senior  year,  as  well  as  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.0  for  graduations. 

22 


5.  A  grade  of  C  or  better  is  required  in  both  the  didactic  and  clinical  portions  of  Nursing 
Concepts  Courses.  NURS  314,  315,  324,  325,  326,  334  and  335. 

Also  a  C  or  better  is  required  in  NURS  320  and  failure  to  obtain  this  grade  prohibits 
students  from  moving  to  the  next  level  concepts  course.  These  courses  are  sequential, 
and  a  C  must  be  earned  before  registering  for  the  next  course  (except  for  NURS  326 
which  is  graded  Pass/Fail  and  requires  a  Pass  grade).  If  a  D  or  F  is  received  in  a  Nurs- 
ing Concepts  Course,  the  course  must  be  repeated,  with  permission  of  the  Director  of 
Admissions  and  Academic  Progressions,  and  a  C  grade  or  higher  earned  the  next  time 
it  is  offered. 

6.  A  diploma  application  must  be  filed  with  the  Director  of  Admissions  and  Registra- 
tions, University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore,  before  the  stated  deadline  date  in  order  to 
receive  the  degree. 

Grading  System 

The  following  grades  are  used  to  report  the  quality  of  upper  division  coursework  on  grade 
reports  and  transcripts: 

Grade  Quality  Grade  Points 

A  Excellent  4 

B  Good  3 

C  Satisfactory  2 

D  Minimal  Passing  1  (but  not 

acceptable  in 
certain  courses) 

F  Failure  0 

I  Incomplete  — 

P  Passing  at  C  level  or  above  — 

WD  Withdrew  from  all  courses  — 

and  the  university 

AU  Audit  — 

NM  No  Grade  submitted  by  Faculty  — 

Note:  Only  Grades  of  A,B,C,D  and  F  are  computed  in  the  grade  point  average  on  the 
grade  reports  published  and  maintained  by  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Registra- 
tions. 

A  grade  of  P  is  given  only  for  specified  courses  that  are  graded  Pass/Fail  when  perfor- 
mance is  at  a  C  level  or  above. 

A  grade  of  D  or  F  is  unsatisfactory  for  Nursing  Concepts  courses  and  the  course  titled 
Administration  of  Medications  and  Basic  Life  Support.  These  courses  require  a  C  grade 
or  higher  for  the  fulfillment  of  degree  requirements. 

A  grade  of  I  is  given  at  the  discretion  of  the  instructor  only  when  extenuating  circum- 
stances beyond  the  student's  control  prevent  the  completion  of  a  minor  portion  of  work  in 
a  course.  Students  receiving  a  grade  of  an  I  are  responsible  for  arranging  with  the  instruc- 
tor the  exact  work  required  to  remove  the  incomplete.  If  an  I  grade  is  not  removed  by  the 
end  of  the  following  semester,  the  grade  automatically  converts  to  F  except  with  Nursing 
Concepts  courses  when  the  time  of  completion  is  determined  by  the  instructor.  Any  I 
grade  may  preclude  normal  progression  in  the  program  as  determined  by  progressions 
committee  policies. 

Withdrawal  Policy  —  Transcripts  Prepared  by  the  Office  of  Admissions  and 
Registrations: 

If  a  student  withdraws  from  the  University  starting  with  the  9th  week  through  the  11th 
week,  the  student  will  receive  a  "WD"  on  his  transcript.  Students  who  withdraw  in  the 
last  week  of  the  semester  will  either  receive  an  "WP  or  WF". 

23 


Drop  Policy  Administered  by  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Progressions: 

Students  can  only  drop  a  course  with  the  permission  of  the  Director  of  Admissions  and 
Academic  Progressions.  When  a  student  is  permitted  to  drop  a  course  prior  to  the  end  of 
the  7th  week,  a  "WD"  grade  will  be  retained  in  the  student's  file  in  the  Office  of  Admis- 
sions and  Academic  Progressions.  Students  who  are  permitted  to  drop  a  course  starting 
with  the  8th  week  through  the  11th  week  will  receive  either  a  "Drop  Pass"  (DP)  or  a 
"Drop  Fail"  (DF)  grade.  A  summary  of  the  student's  performance  on  the  course  will  be 
placed  in  the  student's  record  retained  in  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Academic  Pro- 
gressions. Students  are  not  permitted  to  drop  a  course  starting  the  12th  week  and  will  re- 
ceive the  grade  determined  by  the  faculty. 

Dropping  a  Concepts  Course  (NURS  314,  315,  324.  325,  334  or  335):  Students  who  drop 
a  Concepts  Course  and  maintain  enrollment  in  a  non-clinical  course  are  eligible  to  retake 
the  Concepts  course  the  next  time  there  is  space  available  in  it. 

Computation  of  Grade  Point  Average  for  a  Semester:  Grade  points  are  added  for  the 
courses  attempted  in  a  given  semester  in  the  upper  division  major  and  multiplied  by  the 
number  of  credits  attempted.  The  sum,  divided  by  the  total  credits  for  the  courses,  equals 
the  grade  point  average  as  in  the  example  below: 

NURS  314    (9  cr)  B  =  27  grade  points 

NURS  316    (3  cr)  B  =     9  grade  points 

NURS  318    (3  cr)  B  =     9  grade  points 

(15  cr)  B  =  45  grade  points 

3.00  grade  point  average 
15    145.00 

Computation  of  the  Cumulative  Grade  Point  Average:  The  total  grade  point  for  all 
courses  (including  upper  division  cousework.  challenge  examination  grades  for  the  R.N. 
and  courses  accepted  for  admission)  are  added  and  calculated  as  above. 

Progression  and  Reinstatement  Policies 

It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  monitor  his  academic  progression  toward  the  comple- 
tion of  degree  requirements,  as  well  as  to  maintain  good  academic  standing.  Students  re- 
ceive from  faculty  a  mid — semester  warning  if  in  jeopardy  of  failing  a  course.  At  the  end 
of  each  semester,  students  receive  grade  reports  on  coursework  completed  from  the  Direc- 
tor of  Admissions  and  Registrations.  These  reports  of  official  grades  (and  their  entry  on 
the  official  transcript)  and  the  grades  for  courses  accepted  for  admission  are  used  by  fac- 
ulty to  certify  academic  standing  and  to  determine  honors,  academic  probation  and  dis- 
missal, and  the  completion  of  degree  requirements. 

The  Committee  on  Academic  Progressions  meets  regularly  to  establish  and  implement 
policies  on  progression  and,  through  the  Office  of  the  Director  of  Admissions  and  Aca- 
demic Progressions,  formally  notifies  students  in  poor  academic  standing  who  are  placed 
on  academic  probation  or  are  academically  dismissed.  Students  are  notified  in  writing 
when  they  are  removed  from  academic  probation. 

Academic  Retention  and  Reinstatement 

Good  Academic  Standing:  is  defined  as  satisfactory  academic  progress  of  a  registered  de- 
gree candidate  in  coursework  and  toward  degree  requirements. 

Poor  Academic  Standing:  is  unsatisfactory  academic  progress  of  a  registered  degree  can- 
didate in  coursework  and  toward  the  completion  of  degree  requirements.  Such  students 
are  normally  placed  on  academic  probation  and  may  be  subject  to  academic  dismissal. 

Academic  Probation:  a  student  in  poor  academic  standing  is  placed  on  probation  by  the 
Committee  on  Academic  Progressions.  The  Director  of  Admissions  and  Progressions,  or 
the  Associate  Dean  for  the  Undergraduate  Program.  In  the  written  notification  of  proba- 

24 


tion  and  unsatisfactory  academic  achievement,  the  student  will  be  informed  o\'  the  length 
of  the  probation  and  any  specific  conditions  that  must  be  satisfied  to  be  removed  from 
probation.  Specific  conditions  warranting  academic  probation  include: 

1 .  a  D  or  F  in  a  Nursing  Concepts  course 

2.  a  D  or  F  in  NURS  320  —  Introduction  to  the  Administration  of  Medications  and 
Basic  Life  Support 

3.  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  1.960  to  1.999 

4.  a  grade  point  of  less  then  2.0  for  any  given  semester 

5.  repeated  mid-semester  warnings  in  courses 

6.  academic  dishonesty 

7.  an  academic  record  reflecting  other  unsatisfactory  progress  in  meeting  degree  re- 
quirements 

Academic  Dismissal:  a  student  is  dismissed  from  the  undergraduate  program  by  the  Com- 
mittee on  Academic  Progression.  Director  of  Admissions  and  Academic  Progressions,  or 
Associate  Dean  for  the  Undergraduate  Program  for  continued  evidence  of  unsatisfactory 
progress  toward  meeting  course  or  degree  requirements  as  usually  evidenced  by  repeated 
academic  probation  or  course  as  specified  below.  Specific  causes  for  academic  dismissal 
include: 

1 .  two  D  or  F  grades  earned  in  Nursing  Concepts  courses 

2.  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  1 .959  or  lower 

3.  successive  semesters  of  academic  probation 

4.  academic  dishonesty 

5.  an  academic  record  reflecting  other  unsatisfactory  progress  in  meeting  degree  re- 
quirements 

Reinstatement:  Students  who  withdraw  in  good  academic  standing  can  apply  for  reinstate- 
ment through  the  Admissions  Committee.  A  student  who  was  academically  dismissed,  or 
who  withdrew  in  poor  academic  standing,  must  request  reinstatement  to  degree  candidacy 
from  the  Committee  on  Academic  Progression.  Such  written  requests  are  made  to  the  Di- 
rector of  Admissions  and  Academic  Progressions.  Although  such  requests  are  considered 
individually,  the  following  guidelines  are  followed: 

1.  General  admission  policies  of  the  University  and  the  School  prevail  (e.g.  space 
available.  University  rules  and  regulations,  etc.) 

2.  Students  may  be  reinstated  only  once. 

3.  A  current  physical  examination  by  the  Student  Health  Service  is  required  as  a  condi- 
tion of  reinstatement. 

4.  The  student's  academic  record  and  academic  standing  upon  dismissal  are  consid- 
ered. 

5.  Academic  requirements  for  reinstatement  will  be  specified  and  will  include,  if  ap- 
propriate, a  mastery  examination  in  NURS  320. 

6.  The  student's  potential  for  successful  completion  of  the  program  is  evaluated. 

7.  Appropriate  malpractice  insurance  is  required  at  the  time  of  reinstatement. 

Deadline  dates  for  requesting  reinstatement: 

1st  Monday  of  November  for  winter  session  and  spring  semester.  First  Monday  of 
April  for  reinstatement  for  summer  and  fall  semesters. 

Notification  of  decision  as  to  reinstatement  may  be  delayed  until  information  on  space 
constraints  is  available. 

Policy  Relating  to  Plagiarism,  Cheating  and 
Other  Academic  Irregularities 

In  cases  involving  charges  of  academic  irregularities  or  dishonesty  in  an  examination, 
class  work  or  course  requirements  by  a  student,  a  faculty  member  or  another  student  shall 
report  to  the  appropriate  Chairperson  any  information  received  and  the  facts  within  his 
knowledge.  Examples  of  academic  irregularities  or  dishonesty  include  acts  such  as  plagia- 

25 


rism.  cheating,  misrepresenting  someone  else's  work  as  one's  own  work,  falsification  of 
credentials,  revealing  contents  of  an  examination  to  anyone  who  has  not  yet  taken  the 
exam,  failure  to  report  infractions. and  any  other  academic — related  behaviors  that  are  dis- 
respectful of  the  rights  of  individuals,  the  policies  of  the  School  of  Nursing  and  the  Uni- 
versity or  the  professional  standards  of  conduct. 

After  having  considered  evidence  submitted  by  student  and  faculty,  if  the  Chairperson  de- 
termines that  an  infraction  has  occurred,  (s)  he  shall  determine  the  appropriate  discipli- 
nary action.  If  the  student  is  dissatisfied  with  the  decision,  (s)  he  may  appeal  to  the  Asso- 
ciate Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies,  and  if  necessary,  to  the  Dean.  School  of  Nursing. 

Possible  penalities  for  violations  of  this  policy  include:  being  placed  on  probation,  assign- 
ing a  failing  grade  for  the  course,  suspension,  expulsion,  and  others. 

Dismissal  of  Delinquent  Students 

The  School  reserves  the  right  to  request  the  withdrawal  of  students  who  do  not  maintain 
the  required  standing  of  scholarship,  or  whose  continuance  in  the  School  would  be  detri- 
mental to  their  health,  or  to  the  health  of  others,  or  whose  conduct  is  not  satisfactory  to 
the  authorities  of  the  School.  It  is  a  general  expectation  that  students  will  abide  by  rules 
and  regulations  established  by  the  University.  Violation  of  University  regulations  may 
result  in  disciplinary  measures  being  imposed. 

Withdrawal  From  the  School 

Should  a  student  desire  or  be  compelled  to  withdraw  from  the  School  at  any  time,  he 
must: 

1.  write  a  brief  letter  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  and  Academic  Progressions  ex- 
plaining the  reason  for  withdrawal: 

2.  secure  a  withdrawal  form  with  appropriate  signatures  from  the  Director  of  Admis- 
sions and  Academic  Progressions; 

3.  submit  the  signed  withdrawal  form  to  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations. 

The  staff  of  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Academic  Progressions  will  notify  the  instruc- 
tors of  the  withdrawal. 

The  date  used  in  computing  refunds  is  the  date  the  application  for  withdrawal  is  filed  with 
the  Registrar.  Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations. 

26 


Fall 
Semester* 

Spring 
Semester 

TOTAL 

15.00 

— 

15.00 

335.00 
1215.00 

335.00 
1215.00 

670.00 
2430.00 

30.00 

60.00 

6.00 

12.00 

21.00 

42.00 

10.50 

21.00 

10.00 

20.00 

4.00 

8.00 

Financial  Information  (Undergraduate)  Fees 

The  information  given  below  is  minimal  and  reflects  fees  and  other  expenses  for  the 
1979-80  academic  year. 

University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  Upper  Division 
(Junior-Senior) 


Matriculation  (new  students  only) 

*Tuition-Fixed  Charges  Fee 

In-State 

Out-of-State  

Part-time  Undergraduate  per 

credit  -  8  credits  or  less 38.00               38.00 

Supporting  Facilities  Fee  (Full-time) 30.00 

(Part-time) 6.00 

Instructional  Resources  Fee  (Full-time) 21.00 

(Part-time) 10.50 

Student  Health  Fee  (Full-time) 10.00 

(Part-time) 4.00 

Student  Activities  Fee  (Full  &  Part-time)  . . .  5.00                5.00               10.00 

**Health  Insurance 

One  Person 105.96 

Two  Persons 197.76 

Family 264.24 

Malpractice  Insurance  Fee 12.50                —                   12.50 

Dormitory  Fee  -  Single  Occupancy 532.50             532.50           1065.00 

Double  Occupancy 480.50             480.50             961.00 

Diploma  Fee  (Seniors)  15.00 

Late  Registration  Fee  20.00               20.00 

Change  Fee 5.00                 5.00 


*A  $50.00  nonrefundable  deposit  is  required  at  the  time  of  the  student's  acceptance  for 
admission.  The  amount  will  be  applied  to  the  fall  tuition  fee. 

** Health  Insurance  (the  University  plan  or  equivalent  insurance)  is  required  of  all 
full — time  students.  Students  with  equivalent  insurance  coverage  must  provide  proof  of 
such  coverage  at  registration. 

t  Includes  Winter  Sessions. 

27 


105.96 

211.92 

197.76 

395.52 

264.24 

528.48 

Explanation  of  Fees: 

Registration  Fee:  All  students  are  expected  to  complete  registration,  including  the  filing 
of  class  cards  and  payment  of  bills,  on  the  regularly  scheduled  registration  days.  Those 
who  do  not  complete  registration  during  the  prescribed  days  must  pay  a  late  registration 
fee  of  $20.00. 

Students  on  the  Baltimore  campus  receive  registration  instructions  from  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar. 

Tuition — Fixed  Charges  Fee:  helps  defray  the  cost  of  operating  the  University's  pro- 
grams. 

Instructional  Resources  Fee:  represents  a  charge  for  instructional  materials  and/or  labora- 
tory supplies  furnished  for  and  to  students. 

Student  Activities  Fee:  collected  by  the  University  and  used  at  the  discretion  of  the  var- 
ious student  government  associations  to  provide  financial  support  for  recreational,  social 
and  professional  activities. 

Student  Health  Fee:  charged  to  help  defray  the  cost  of  providing  a  Student  Health  Serv- 
ice. This  service  includes  routine  examinations  and  emergency  care.  Blue  Cross  or  other 
acceptable  medical  insurance  is  also  required. 

Supporting  Facilities  Fee:  payable  by  all  students  on  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Balti- 
more campus  and  is  used  to  support  the  auxiliary  facilities  and  service  provided  for  the 
convenience  of  all  students. 

Diploma  Fee:  charged  to  help  defray  costs  involved  with  graduation  and  commencement. 

Malpractice  Insurance  Fee:  charged  at  registration  and  is  applicable  to  all  undergraduate 
nursing  students. 

Additional  expenses  include  the  purchase  of  uniforms  (approximate  cost  —  $120.00)  and 
the  recommended  purchase  of  a  stethoscope  at  approximately  $25.00. 

No  diploma,  certificate,  or  transcript  will  be  issued  to  a  student  until  all  financial  obliga- 
tions to  the  University  have  been  satisfied. 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  make  such  changes  in  fees  and  other  changes  as  may 
be  necessary. 

Registration 

The  initial  registration  at  the  School  of  Nursing  must  be  done  in  person,  and  according  to 
registration  dates  and  procedures  provided  by  the  UMAB  Office  of  Admissions  and  Reg- 
istrations. 

Students  may  preregister  for  subsequent  semesters  through  the  School  of  Nursing's  Office 
of  Admissions  and  Progressions  and  pay  their  bill  by  mail. 

After  classes  begin,  students  who  wish  to  terminate  their  registration  must  follow  the 
withdrawal  procedures  and  are  liable  for  charges  applicable  at  the  time  of  withdrawal. 

Students  who  are  out  of  course  sequence  with  their  classmates  must  confer  with  the  Di- 
rector of  Admissions  and  Progressions  and  develop,  if  appropriate,  an  individual  progres- 
sion pattern  to  be  followed. 

Students  who  fail  to  register  during  official  registration  periods  must  utilize  late  registra- 
tion dates  published  by  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations  and  pay  a  late  fee  of 
$20.00  together  with  a  $5.00  fee  for  each  change  in  program.  Privileges  of  the  University 
are  available  only  after  registration  has  been  completed. 

Records 

Transcripts  —  All  financial  obligations  to  the  University  must  be  satisfied  before  a  tran- 

28 


script  of  a  student's  record  will  be  furnished  any  student  or  alumnus.  There  is  a  charge  ol 
$2.00  for  each  transcript.  Checks  should  be  made  payable  to  the  University  of  Maryland. 
Transcripts  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  University  of  Mary- 
land, 660  West  Redwood  Street.  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201. 

Review  of  Records  —  All  records,  including  academic  records  from  other  institutions, 
become  part  of  the  official  file  and  can  neither  be  returned  nor  duplicated.  Provisions  are 
made  for  students  to  review  their  records  if  they  desire.  A  request  to  review  one's  record 
should  be  made  a  week  in  advance  through  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Progressions. 

Financial  Aid  Overview 

Financial  aid  in  the  form  of  grants,  loans,  and  workprograms  is  awarded  to  students  and 
is  based  upon  apparent  academic  ability  and  financial  need.  Applicants  must  complete  a 
financial  aid  application  annually  in  the  spring  preceding  the  academic  year  for  which  aid 
is  sought.  By  completing  one  application,  the  applicant  will  be  considered  for  all  types  of 
aid  available  through  the  University.  Separate  applications  must  be  completed  to  be  con- 
sidered for  funding  from  sources  outside  the  University.  Because  of  limitations  in  availa- 
ble funds,  preference  is  given  to  full —  time  students. 

Recipients  of  financial  aid  are  expected  to  make  satisfactory  progress  toward  attainment 
of  a  degree  and  to  abide  by  all  academic  and  non — academic  regulations  of  the  Univer- 
sity. In  the  case  of  new  students,  applicants  must  have  been  accepted  for  admission  to  the 
University  before  the  financial  aid  application  will  be  awarded. 

Priority  date  for  submitting  application  for  the  following  academic  year  is  February  15. 
Requests  for  information  about,  and  applications  for.  financial  aid  should  be  addressed  to: 

Student  Financial  Aid 
University  of  Maryland.  Baltimore 
520  West  Lombard  Street 
Baltimore.  Maryland  21201 

Sources  of  Aid  for  Baccalaureate  Students 

University  Sources 

State  Grant  —  Grants  for  minority  and  disadvantaged  students  who  are  residents  of  Mary- 
land. 

Dean's  Scholarship  —  Grants  for  minority  and  disadvantaged  students  who  need  not  be 
residents  of  Maryland. 

Nurse  Training  Act  Scholarships  and  Loans  —  Scholarships  to  a  maximum  of  $2,000  an- 
nually and  loans  to  a  maximum  of  $2,500  annually.  Loans  are  at  seven  percent  annual  in- 
terest with  principal  and  interest  payments  beginning  nine  months  after  graduation:  defer- 
ment and  cancellation  provisions  are  available. 

College  Work-Study  —  Support  for  students  in  career  related  employment  both  on  and  off 
campus  during  the  academic  year  as  well  as  the  summer  months. 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants  —  For  students  demonstrating  exceptional 
need. 

Private  Endowment  and  Donations  —  Donations  and  bequests  have  established  scholar- 
ship and  loan  accounts  each  varying  in  eligibility,  amounts,  availability,  and  repayment 
terms  for  loans. 

Pi  Chapter  of  Sigma  Theta  Tau  —  The  national  honor  society  for  nursing  offers  a  $300 
scholarship  to  a  senior  nursing  student  each  year.  Eligibility  requirements  are  the  same  as 
those  established  for  membership  in  Sigma  Theta  Tau.  Applications  may  be  obtained 
from  the  Office  of  Student  Aid.  Baltimore  campus.  The  deadline  for  application  is  Sep- 
tember 15. 

29 


Basic  Educational  Opportunity  Grant  —  Awards  for  undergraduate  students  who  have 
not  previously  earned  a  baccalaureate  degree;  awards,  based  on  financial  need,  range 
from  $200  to  $1,800.  Applications  are  available  from  any  financial  aid  or  high  school 
counseling  office. 

Desecration  Grants  —  Minority  students  who  are  Maryland  residents  are  eligible  for 
these  funds.  Desegregation  grants  normally  will  be  used  to  reduce  the  amount  of  loan  in- 
cluded in  the  financial  aid  award. 

Air  Force  Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps  (AFROTC)  —  Two  year  nursing  scholarships 
are  awarded  to  applicants  accepted  into  the  ROTC  program  and  the  upper  division  nursing 
program.  The  scholarship  includes  books  and  tuition  plus  $100  dollars  a  month,  or  ap- 
proximately $1,000  a  year.  Applicants  must  enroll  in  the  ROTC  course  at  the  University 
of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland.  See  the  junior  or  senior  Chairperson  about  avail- 
ability of  placement  on  the  Washington — based  team  to  reduce  commuting  problems.  For 
further  information,  contact  Detachment  330.  University  of  Maryland,  phone  301 — 454- 
3245/42. 

Non-University  Sources 

Maryland  State  Scholarship  Board  —  Residents  of  Maryland  may  apply  for  aid  through 
each  of  the  following  programs: 

House  of  Delegates  Scholarships 
Senatorial  Scholarships 
General  State  Scholarships 

Further  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Maryland  State  Scholarship  Board,  2100 
Guilford  Avenue,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21218. 

Bank  Loans  —  Students  may  obtain  educational  loans  through  private  lending  institutions 
such  as  banks  or  credit  unions.  Interest  at  7  per  cent  is  deferred  until  after  graduation.  As 
lenders  have  limited  funds  for  this  program,  students  are  encouraged  to  contact  their  lend- 
ing institutions  at  the  earliest  possible  date. 

The  Maryland  Higher  Education  Loan  Corporation  (MHELC)  Program  permits  graduates 
to  borrow  up  to  $5,000  annually,  undergraduates  may  borrow  up  to  $2,500  annually. 
MHELC  applications  are  available  in  the  Student  Aid  Office. 

Student  Services 

Academic  Counseling:  The  School  of  Nursing  maintains  a  system  of  academic  counseling 
that  is  course  related,  provided  by  faculty  and  faculty  teams.  Academic  counseling  that 
involves  the  progression  of  students  in  the  program  is  provided  by  the  School's  Office  of 
Admissions  and  Academic  Progressions.  Additionally,  there  are  special  counselors  who 
provide  academic  assistance  in  test — taking,  study  skills  and  the  writing  of  papers.  These 
counselors  may  be  contacted  through  the  Office  of  Student  Development  Services  at  the 
School  of  Nursing. 

Personal  Counseling:  Students  experiencing  personal  difficulties  may  seek  assistance 
through  the  Office  for  Student  Development  Services. 

Health  Service:  Health  insurance  is  required  of  all  full-time  nursing  students  through 
either  the  University  plan  or  self  procured  equivalent  coverage.  Additionally,  a  required 
student  health  fee  makes  services  available  at  the  Student  Health  Center  during  the  school 
year  as  well  as  the  required  physical  examinations  for  students  of  nursing. 

Student  Government  Association:  All  undergraduate  students  are  members  of  the  Student 
Government  Association  which  provides  governance  as  well  as  activities  for  students. 

Academic  Handbook:  The  school  publishes  an  Academic  Handbook  for  undergraduate 
students  which  outlines  academic  policies  applicable  to  students  pursuing  the  B.S.N,  de- 
gree. 

30 


Living  Arrangements  —  UMAB  Campus 

Information  and  applications  for  living  accommodations  on  the  Baltimore  campus  may  be 
obtained  from  the  Director  of  Housing.  University  of  Maryland.  Baltimore  Student  Un- 
ion, 621  W.  Lombard  Street.  Baltimore.  Maryland  21201.  Because  of  space  limitations, 
early  application  is  advisable.  Male  and  female  students  enrolled  on  the  Baltimore 
campus  may  arrange  for  living  accommodations  in  the  Baltimore  Student  Union.  Board 
contracts  are  not  available  on  the  Baltimore  campus;  meals  may  be  purchased  on  an  indi- 
vidual basis  in  the  Baltimore  Student  Union  or  University  of  Maryland  Hospital  cafete- 
rias. Off-campus  housing  information  is  available  through  the  housing  office. 

Scholastic  and  Special  Awards  for  Baccalaureate  Graduates 

1 .  The  Edwin  and  L.  M.  Zimmerman  Award  is  given  by  The  Trustees  of  the  Endow- 
ment Fund  for  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing  to  the  member  of  the 
graduating  class  who  consistently  demonstrates  a  high  level  of  professional  nursing 
practice  in  caring  for  patients. 

2.  The  Frances  Arnold  Memorial  Award  is  given  by  the  Women's  Auxiliary  to  the 
member  of  the  graduating  class  who  has  shown  the  most  interest,  enthusiasm  and 
proficiency  in  neurosurgical  nursing. 


31 


3.  The  Award  for  Excellence  in  Neurological  Nursing  is  given  by  the  Department  of 
Neurology  in  the  School  of  Medicine  to  the  member  of  the  graduating  class  who 
excells  in  neurological  nursing. 

4.  The  Evelyn  Lundeen  Award  for  Excellence  in  Pediatric  Premature  Care  is  given 
by  the  Department  of  Pediatrics  in  the  School  of  Medicine  to  the  member  of  the 
graduating  class  who  excells  in  premature  pediatric  care. 

5.  The  Loretta  Ford  Award  for  Excellence  in  Pediatric  Ambulatory  Care  is  given  by 
the  Department  of  Pediatrics  in  the  School  of  Medicine  to  the  student  in  the  gradu- 
ating class  who  excells  in  pediatric  ambulatory  care. 

6.  The  Flora  Hoffman  Tarum  Memorial  Award  is  given  from  the  Endowment  Fund  to 
a  member  of  the  graduating  class  for  leadership,  loyalty  and  school  spirit. 

7.  The  Elizabeth  Collins  Lee  Award  is  given  from  the  Endowment  Fund  to  the  student 
having  the  second  highest  average  in  scholarship. 

8.  The  University  of  Maryland  Alumni  Association  Award  is  given  to  the  graduate 
with  the  highest  average  in  scholarship. 

9.  The  University  of  Maryland  Alumni  Association  Award  for  leadership  in  a  Campus 
Organization  is  given  to  one  member  of  the  graduation  class. 

10.  The  R.N.  Faculty  Award  is  given  by  the  R.N.  faculty  to  one  R.N.  graduating  stu- 
dent who  is  outstanding  in  professional  leadership. 

Employment  Opportunities  upon  Graduation 

Baccalaureate  graduates  of  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing  have  many  ca- 
reer opportunities  available  to  them.  Graduates  may  choose  to  practice  nursing  in  a  hospital 
or  outpatient  clinic,  an  extended  care  facility,  or  a  variety  of  community  agencies  includ- 
ing schools,  industries,  and  physicians'  offices.  In  addition,  graduates  who  have  a  bacca- 
laureate degree  may  choose  a  career  in  civil  service,  the  military,  or  the  Veteran's  Ad- 
ministration. A  survey  of  1978  graduates  showed  that  98  percent  were  employed: 
nonemployment  was  the  choice  of  the  graduate.  Salaries  for  generic  graduates  range  from 
$13,400  to  $14,400.  The  graduate  who  earns  a  baccalaureate  degree  as  a  Registered 
Nurse  is  usually  paid  at  a  higher  rate  due  to  prior  experience  in  nursing. 

Eligibility  for  State  Licensure 

Graduates  of  the  program  are  eligible  for  admission  to  the  examination  given  by  the 
Maryland  State  Board  of  Examiners  of  Nurses  (or  by  any  other  state  board)  for  licensure 
to  practice  nursing.  Application  is  generally  submitted  prior  to  the  date  of  graduation. 
Students  interested  in  applying  for  admission  to  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of 
Nursing  should  be  aware  of  Maryland's  Nurse  Practice  Act,  Article  43,  Section  299 
which  authorizes  the  Board  to  withhold,  deny,  revoke,  suspend  or  refuse  to  renew  the  li- 
cense of  a  nurse  or  applicant  for  a  variety  of  reasons  including  conviction  of  a  crime  in- 
volving moral  turpitude  if  nature  of  the  offense  bears  directly  on  the  fitness  of  the  person 
to  practice  nursing  or  violation  of  any  provision  of  the  Nurse  Practice  Act. 


Course  Descriptions 
Baccalaureate  Program 

Upper  Division  (Junior-Senior) 
Curriculum 

NURS  310  Pathophysiology  and  its  Pharmacological  Implications  (4)  Spring 
Semester,  junior  year.  This  four — credit  lecture,  non — laboratory  course  is  designed  for 
students  having  prerequisite  course  work  in  human  anatomy  and  physiology.  Disease  is 
presented  as  an  alteration  of  form,  structure  or  function,  often  not  visible  until  it  affects 

32 


organ  or  organism  function.  Pharmacological  interventions,  emphasizing  properties, 
actions,  therapeutic  uses  and  adverse  effects  of  drugs  upon  the  system  are  presented  con- 
currently as  diseases  are  described. 

NURS  314  Concepts  Of  Nursing  I  (9)  Fall  semester,  junior  year.  The  focus  of  the 
course  is  on  man  as  a  behavioral  system,  the  concept  of  health  and  the  role  of  profes- 
sional nursing  in  helping  clients  maintain  and/or  promote  health.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  assessment  component  of  the  nursing  process.  Clinical  laboratory  experience  will  be 
primarily  in  community — based  settings. 

NURS  315  Concepts  of  Nursing  II  (9)  Spring  semester,  junior  year.  Prerequisites: 
NURS  314,  NURS  316,  NURS  317,  NURS  320.  A  study  of  adults  and  children  who  are 
experiencing  biopsychosocial  disruptions  which  are  long-term  and  relatively  stable,  with  a 
focus  on  nursing  interventions  which  assist  the  clients  to  move  toward  optimum  level  of 
functioning.  The  mutual  interaction  between  family  and  client  is  explored.  Laboratory  ex- 
perience will  include  inpatient  and  community-based  settings.  (If  NURS  320  is  not  taken 
in  the  winter  session  preceding  NURS  315,  the  student  must  pass  a  mastery  test  related  to 
dosage  calculations  within  the  first  two  weeks  of  the  course). 

NURS  316  Human  Growth  and  Development  (3)  Fall  semester,  junior  year.  Pre — 
requisites:  Sociology,  Psychology,  Anatomy  and  Physiology.  Concepts  from  the  bio — 
logical  and  behavioral  sciences  are  used  to  give  the  student  a  framework  from  which  to 
view  an  individual  from  conception  to  late  adulthood  with  his  unique  heredity,  rates  of 
growth  and  development  and  individual  experiences  that  shape  his  relations  to  his  world. 

NURS  317  Deviations  in  Human  Growth  and  Development  (2)  Winter  session, 
junior  year.  Prerequisite:  NURS  316.  Knowledge  of  normal  growth  and  development  as 
requisite,  this  focuses  on  deviations  in  development  which  are  disruptive  to  optimal 
growth.  Specific  deviations  include  learning  disabilities  and  mental  retardation.  Provision 
for  clinical  application  of  learning  is  an  integral  part  of  Concepts  of  Nursing  II  since  stu- 
dents interact  with  clients  exhibiting  deviations  in  their  developmental  patterns. 

*NURS  318  Special  Topics— Electives  in  Health  Related  Courses  (3)  Fall  se- 
mester, junior  year.  Designed  to  provide  course  offerings  in  current  health —  related 
topics  which  include  Communication  Skills  in  Health  Education,  Nutrition  for  Health  Per- 
sonnel, Sex  Education,  Death  Education,  and  Principles  of  Cross — Cultural  Nursing. 

NURS  320  Introduction  to  the  Administration  of  Medications  and  Basic  Life 
Support  (1)  Junior  year,  winter  session.  Prerequisite:  NURS  3 14.  An  introduction  to  the 
theory  and  practice  of  medication  administration  and  basic  life  support.  Professional  and 
legal  responsibilities  as  well  as  various  modes  of  medication  administration  will  be  ex- 
plored. Participant — observer  experiences  will  be  provided. 

NURS  321  Introduction  to  Organizational  Behavior  (3)  Fall,  spring  semesters, 
junior  year.  This  course  focuses  on  the  social  and  psychological  processes  of  organization 
in  modern  society.  The  course  provides  a  foundation  which  contributes  to  the  student's 
ability  to  demonstrate  responsible  organizational  behavior  in  meeting  professional  goals 
within  health  care  agencies. 

NURS  322  Nursing  in  Society  (3)  Fall,  spring  semester,  senior  year.  This  course  pro- 
vides an  opportunity  for  students  to  study  the  multiple  factors  which  have  contributed  to 
the  emergence  of  professional  nursing.  The  profession  is  studied  in  relation  to  and  as  an 
integral  part  of  the  changes  in  our  society.  Significant  issues  confronting  the  profession 
are  identified.  Upon  completion  of  this  course  the  student  should  demonstrate  a  better  un- 
derstanding of  the  profession  of  nursing  in  its  present  state  of  growth,  an  awareness  of  its 
potential  and  direction,  and  cognizance  of  each  nurse's  own  responsibility  in  its  develop- 
ment. 

NURS  324  Concepts  of  Nursing  III  A  (9)  Fall,  spring  semester,  senior  year.  Prereq- 
uisites: NURS  3 15,  NURS  320,  NURS  310,  NURS  321.  The  focus  of  this  course  is  on 
clients  experiencing  biopsychosocial  disruptions  who  are  hospitalized  and  experiencing 

33 


more  intense  stress  states.  All  components  of  the  nursing  process  are  utilized  with  the  cli- 
ent. Community  data  are  viewed  as  inputs  to  the  family  system.  Organizational  and  group 
behaviors  are  related  to  the  health  team  in  inpatient  settings. 

NURS  325  Concepts  of  Nursing  III  B(9)  Fall,  spring  semester,  senior  year.  Prerequi- 
sites: NURS  315.  NURS  320.  NURS  310.  NURS  321.  The  focus  of  this  course  is  on  cli- 
ents experiencing  biopsychosocial  disruptions  with  emphasis  on  clients  experiencing  vary- 
ing stress  states  who  are  maintained  through  ambulatory  services  and  community — based 
agencies.  All  components  of  the  nursing  process  are  utilized.  Student  interventions  in- 
clude the  assessment  of  the  family  and  intervention  with  one  or  more  family  members. 
Organization  and  group  behaviors  are  applied  in  peer  group  experience  with  nursing  stu- 
dents. 

NURS  326  Clinical  Nursing  Elective  (3)  Senior  year.  Prerequisites:  NURS  324, 
NURS  325.  NURS  334.  or  NURS  335.  Designed  to  offer  the  student  an  opportunity  to 
select  and  study  an  area  of  particular  interest  in  clinical  nursing.  Distributive  and  episodic 
nursing  practice  settings  serve  as  clinical  laboratories  for  learning.  Senior  students  may 
elect  to  take  NURS  326  off — campus  under  faculty  mentorship. 

NURS  334  Concepts  Of  Nursing  IV  A  (9)  Fall  semester,  senior  year.  This  course  is 
designed  to  assist  the  registered  nurse  student  to  synthesize  previous  knowledge  with  ad- 
vanced theoretical  concepts  in  relation  to  man.  his  primary  groups  and  his  environment. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  application  of  concepts  of  systems  theory,  health,  stress, 
communication,  family  and  group  theory  to  nursing  process.  Specific  clincial  experiences 
are  provided  with  clients  experiencing  varying  stress  states. 

NURS  335  Concepts  Of  Nursing  IV  B  (9)  Spring  semester,  senior  year.  Prerequi- 
sites: NURS  321.  NURS  334.  NURS  410.  This  course  is  designed  to  ass'ist  the  registered 
nurse  student  to  synthesize  previous  knowledge  with  advanced  theoretical  concepts  in  re- 
lation to  man.  his  primary  groups,  and  his  environment.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
application  of  concepts  of  crisis,  decision  making,  planned  change,  teaching/  learning, 
family  and  community.  Specific  clinical  experiences  are  provided  with  clients  experienc- 
ing varying  stress  states. 

NURS  348  Electives,  Workshops,  Seminars,  and  Institutes  (1—6)  Designed  to 
provide  participation  in  workshops,  institutes  and  seminars  in  various  aspects  of  nursing. 
Faculty  reserve  the  right  to  place  a  limit  on  the  number  of  credits  a  student  may  take  in 
workshops,  institutes  and  seminar  study. 

NURS  410  Survey  of  Research  and  Statistics  (3)  Prerequisite  NURS  3 14.  315  or 
by  permission  of  instructor.  Fall,  spring  semester,  senior  year.  In  the  context  of  the  total 
research  process,  the  basic  elements  of  research,  including  defining  the  research  question, 
literature  search,  sampling  research  design,  measurement  and  data  gathering,  statistical 
analysis,  and  interpretation  of  results  are  presented  and  their  interdependence  stressed.  In- 
ferential statistics  include  chi  square,  ordinal  data  methods,  correlation,  multiple  regres- 
sion, t  test,  f  test,  analysis  of  variance  (one  way  and  factorial),  and  analysis  of  covari- 
ance.  Application  and  interpretation  rather  than  theory  or  mathematical  derivation  are 
emphasized.  Evaluation  of  measurement  tools  in  terms  of  item  analysis,  reliability,  and 
validity  is  presented.  Student  research  teams  critique  a  research  project  report  in  the  liter- 
ature and  develop  a  research  proposal  which  includes  a  pilot  test  of  the  proposed  study. 
Prerequisite:  senior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

*NURS  418  Special  Topics— Electives  in  Health— Related  Courses  (3)  Fall, 
spring  semester,  senior  year.  Designed  to  provide  course  offerings  in  current  health  - 
related  topics  which  include:  Issues  in  Health  Services  Organizations,  Alcohol  and  Drug 
Abuse,  Community  Nutrition.  Intimate  Behavior,  and  Law  and  Health.  An  independent 
study  component  is  part  of  the  design  for  each  offering.  Students  also  have  the  opportu- 
nity to  elect  independent  study  for  three  credits  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty  member. 

*A  limit  of  three  credits  in  a  NURS  318  offering  and  in  a  NURS  418  offering  is  accept- 
able toward  the  total  of  120  credit  matriculation  for  completion  of  degree  requirements. 

34 


GRADUATE  PROGRAMS 


Master  of  Science  Degree 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  Degree 


35 


Master  of  Science  Degree  Areas  of  Concentration  (Majors) 

Clinical 

Child  Psychiatric  Nursing 

Community  Health  Nursing 

General  Psychiatric  Nursing 

Gerontological  Nursing 

Maternal  and  Child  Health  Nursing 

Medical-Surgical  Nursing 

Primary  Care  Nursing  (Adult  and  Pediatric) 

Role 

Administration  of  Nursing  Education 

Administration  of  Nursing  Service 

Teaching  of  Nursing — Associate  Degree  Programs 

Teaching  of  Nursing — Baccalaureate  Degree  Programs 

Teaching  of  Nursing — Staff  Development 

Nursing  Health  Policy 

Doctor  of  Philosophy  Degree  Areas  of  Concentration 
Direct  Nursing      Indirect  Nursing 

Overview 

The  master's  and  doctoral  degree  programs  for  nurses  at  the  University  of  Maryland  are 
the  only  graduate  programs  in  the  state.  Approximately  125  masters  degrees  are  awarded 
each  year  thus  making  it  one  of  the  largest  programs  in  the  nation.  While  the  programs 
are  offered  in  the  School  of  Nursing,  they  are  part  of  the  Graduate  School  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  at  Baltimore;  therefore,  are  subject  to  the  requirements  of  both  schools. 
The  master's  degree  curriculum  has  undergone  substantive  revision  with  the  new  curricu- 
lum fully  implemented  in  the  fall  semester,  1976.  The  program  is  three  semesters  and  a 
minimester  in  length  except  for  Primary  Care  Nursing  which  is  four  semesters  and  Geron- 
tological Nursing  which  is  three  semesters  and  one  summer  session. 

Congruent  with  the  changing  needs  of  society,  the  master's  degree  offers  a  number  of 
specialty  options  to  students.  Students  are  required  to  develop  competence  in  a  special- 
ized clinical  area,  and  opportunity  is  provided  to  concentrate  (major)  in  either  the  clinical 
or  the  role  area  depending  on  specific  career  goals  and  previous  preparation.  The 
student's  secondary  interest  (minor)  is  selected  in  the  opposite  area  so  that  every  graduate 
is  prepared  in  both  a  clinical  and  a  role  area. 

The  doctoral  program  in  nursing  is  designed  to  meet  the  educational  needs  of  nurses  who 
have  developed  specialized  clinical  expertise  at  the  master's  level  and  are  committed  to 
playing  a  leadership  role  in  the  discovery  and  refinement  of  nursing  knowledge  through 
research.  The  curriculum  includes  a  core  of  required  courses  which  address  the  theoretical 
and  empirical  bases  for  nursing  and  the  techniques  of  theory  building  and  research.  The 
program  is  designed  with  sufficient  flexibility  to  allow  students  to  pursue  in  depth  their 
individual  research  interests  and  career  goals  within  a  research-oriented  milieu. 

Students  specialize  in  either  the  direct  or  the  indirect  sphere  of  nursing.  Those  specializ- 
ing in  direct  nursing  focus  on  study  of  the  health  needs  of  clients/patients  and  of  nursing 
action  provided  directly  to  clients  in  a  variety  of  settings.  Those  specializing  in  the  indi- 
rect nursing  focus  on  the  study  of  nursing  systems  and  educational  and  administrative 
nursing  action  which  facilitates  and  supports  clinical  nursing  practice. 

Graduate  education  fosters  the  responsibility,  creativity,  and  self-direction  which  charac- 
terize professional  commitment  and  enhances  a  continuing  desire  to  learn  and  grow.  The 
graduate  student  is  viewed  as  a  partner  in  the  teacher-learner  dyad;  receives  stimulation 
and  support  for  scholarly  pursuits;  is  given  the  freedom  to  think  and  try  out  new  ideas; 

36 


and  has  the  opportunity  to  apply  knowledge  and  develop  new  skills.  The  opportunity  to 
articulate  beliefs,  ideas  and  formulations  is  gained  through  interaction  with  faculty  and 
other  members  of  the  academic  community. 

Refer  to  the  General  Information  and  Resources  section  of  this  bulletin  for  additional  in- 
formation. 

Elaboration  of  the  Philosophy:  Graduate  Program 

The  graduate  program  of  the  School  of  Nursing  derives  its  purposes  directly  from  the  un- 
derlying philosophy  which  is  shared  by  the  faculty.  Tenets  of  the  philosophy  held  by 
graduate  faculty  of  the  School  of  Nursing  provide  a  foundation  for  the  conceptual  frame- 
work upon  which  the  masters  degree  curriculum  is  based.  This  conceptual  framework  an- 
alyzes the  unit  (the  individual,  family  or  community)  in  terms  of  three  interrelated  expres- 
sions of  health — physical,  cognitive  and  personal.  The  physical  expression  refers  to  the 
unit's  structural  and  functional  endowment  and  integrity.  The  cognitive  expression  ad- 
dresses the  capacity  of  the  individual  to  receive,  to  perceive  and  to  organize  information. 
The  personal  expression  is  concerned  with  the  affective  relationships  of  the  unit.  The  rela- 
tionships between  the  expressions  are  complex  and  vary  at  different  points  in  time.  The 
expressions  lend  themselves  to  assessment,  quantification  and  regulation.  The  interven- 
tion phase  of  the  nursing  process  depends  on  the  relationships  between  and  the  pattern  of 
the  expressions  of  health.  Evaluation  of  nursing  intervention  is  achieved  through  exami- 
nation of  the  resulting  state  of  health  of  the  unit. 

The  doctoral  program  at  the  University  of  Maryland  is  based  on  the  belief  that  nursing  has 
a  distinct  body  of  knowledge  which  can  and  must  be  extended,  verified  and  revised  using 
the  methods  of  scholarly  inquiry.  Nursing  knowledge,  while  distinct,  is  not  isolated  or  ex- 
clusive. It  involves  the  selection,  integration  and  expansion  of  knowledge  from  nursing 
and  other  disciplines  and  the  application  of  this  knowledge  to  the  understanding  of  health 
and  illness  and  to  the  analysis  and  improvement  of  nursing  practice.  Nursing  knowledge 
is  derived  from  and  guides  nursing  practice,  which  encompasses  two  interrelated  spheres 
of  activity:  direct  service  to  clients/patients  and  indirect  action  carried  out  in  educational 
and  clinical  settings  which  support  direct  nursing  care.  Knowledge  encompassing  both 
spheres  and  their  interrelatedness  must  be  extended  and  tested,  in  order  to  effect  improve- 
ment in  nursing  practice. 

Graduate  education  in  nursing  is  built  upon  and  extends  a  knowledge  base  acquired  in  a 
baccalaureate  degree  program  in  nursing  and  is  derived  from  the  humanities  and  the  phys- 
ical, biological  and  behavioral  sciences.  Each  student  brings  to  graduate  education  a 
unique  combination  of  experience  and  capabilities,  and  the  learning  environment  facili- 
tates the  establishment  and  attainment  of  professional  objectives  throughout  the  educa- 
tional experience.  The  dynamic  interchange  between  faculty  and  students  results  in  a 
commitment  to  and  involvement  in  the  development  of  nursing  knowledge  and  the  refine- 
ment of  nursing  theory.  Recognizing  that  the  growth  process  in  the  student  is  continuous 
and  that  the  health  needs  of  society  change,  the  graduate  program  is  flexible  and  dy- 
namic. 


37 


Purposes  and  Objectives  of  the  Graduate  Programs 

Master's  Degree  Program 

The  program  objectives  are  formulated  on  the  assumption  that  graduate  education  builds 
upon  undergraduate  education.  Graduate  education  is  an  intensive  and  analytic  expansion 
of  knowledge,  enabling  the  perception  and  development  of  new  and  more  complex  rela- 
tionships that  affect  nursing.  Graduate  education  provides  further  opportunity  for  the  stu- 
dent to  think  conceptually  and  to  apply  theory  and  research  to  practice. 

The  purposes  of  the  master's  degree  program  are  to  prepare  nurses: 

1 .  with  expertise  in  a  clinical  field  of  nursing; 

2.  to  function  in  one  of  the  following  areas:  administration,  education,  clinical  special- 
ization; 

3.  for  leadership  roles; 

4.  for  entry  into  doctoral  study. 

The  objectives  of  the  master's  degree  program  are  to  prepare  graduates  who: 

1.  utilize  a  nursing  theoretical  framework  as  a  basis  for  professional  nursing  practice; 

2.  generate  innovative  nursing  actions  based  on  theories  in  nursing  and  related  fields 
and  evaluate  nursing  actions  of  self  and  others; 

3.  incorporate  organizational  theories  and  learning  theories  in  the  practice  of  one  of  the 
following  roles:  administration,  education,  clinical  specialization; 

4.  collaborate  with  health  care  providers  and  consumers  to  achieve  shared  health  care 
goals; 

5.  use  theory  in  nursing  and  related  fields  and  observations  in  practice  to  generate  hy- 
potheses and  conduct  nursing  research  studies; 

6.  analyze  factors  influencing  the  health  care  system  and  devise  strategies  for  improv- 
ing delivery  of  health  care. 

In  addition  to  the  knowledge  and  practice  components  of  the  objectives  listed  above,  it  is 
recognized  that  the  behavior  of  graduates  should  reflect  an  internally  consistent  value  sys- 
tem. It  is  expected  that  graduates  will  value  scientific  inquiry  as  a  basis  for  professional 
practice  and  will  seek  to  increase  their  contributions  to  the  nursing  profession. 

Doctoral  Degree  Program 

The  purpose  of  the  Ph.D.  program  in  nursing  is  to  prepare  scholars  and  researchers  who 
will  advance  nursing  science,  thereby  making  more  effective  the  practice  of  nursing,  and 
who  will  provide  innovative  leadership  to  the  profession.  The  program  will  prepare  grad- 
uates who: 

1 )  Construct,  test  and  evaluate  conceptual  models  and  nursing  theories  which  reflect 
synthesis,  reorganization  and  expansion  of  knowledge  from  nursing  and  related  dis- 
ciplines; 

2)  Evaluate  and  apply  appropriate  research  designs,  measures  and  statistics  to  the  study 
of  nursing  phenomena; 

3)  Conceptualize  practice  phenomena  from  the  perspective  of  nursing  frameworks  and 
theory; 

4)  Design,  conduct  and  communicate  research  relevant  to  nursing  practice; 

5)  Faciliatate  the  incorporation  of  new  knowledge  into  nursing  practice; 

6)  Initiate,  facilitate  and  participate  in  collaborative  endeavors  related  to  the  theoreti- 
cal, conceptual  and  practical  aspects  of  health  care  with  clients,  nurses  and  scholars 
from  related  disciplines. 


38 


Curriculum:  Master  of  Science  Degree 

The  nursing  program  leading  to  a  Master  of  Science  degree  is  three  semesters  and  a  mini- 
mester  in  length  and  requires  the  completion  of  41-45  credits.  The  two  exceptions  are  the 
Primary  Care  Nursing  specialties  requiring  54  credits  and  four  semesters. 

Starting  on  the  first  day  of  matriculation,  a  time  limit  of  a  maximum  of  five  years  is  al- 
lowed for  the  completion  of  graduate  degree  requirements.  This  applies  to  part-time  and 
full-time  students. 

Areas  of  Concentration 

Bach  student  selects  a  clinical  practice  area  and  a  functional  role  area.  The  student  then 
chooses  either  one  of  these  as  the  area  of  concentration  (major). 

The  student  selects  one  area  of  concentration  (major)  from  the  following: 

Administration 
Child  Psychiatric  Nursing 
Community  Health  Nursing 
Education 

General  Psychiatric  Nursing 
Gerontological  Nursing 

Maternal  and  Child  Health  Nursing  (Nursing  of  Children  or  Maternal- 
Infant  Nursing) 
Medical-Surgical  Nursing 
Nursing  Health  Policy 
Primary  Care  Nursing  (Adult  or  Pediatric) 

For  those  choosing  to  major  in  administration,  education  or  nursing  health  policy,  a 
clinical  practice  area  must  also  be  selected  from  one  of  the  following: 

Community  Health  Nursing 
Maternal  and  Child  Health  Nursing 
Medical-Surgical  Nursing 

Psychiatric  Nursing  or  Child  Psychiatric  Nursing 
In  addition,  all  students  select  a  functional  role  track  from  one  of  the  following: 

Administration  of  Nursing  Service 
Administration  of  Nursing  Education 
Teaching  in  Associate  Degree  Program 
Teaching  in  Baccalaureate  Degree  Program 
Teaching  in  Staff  Development 
Clinical  Nurse  Specialization 
Nursing  Health  Policy 

Curriculum  Design 

In  summary,  the  curriculum  design  contains  the  following  components: 

1 .  Core  courses  required  of  all  graduate  students  regardless  of  the  area  of  concentra- 
tion. 

2.  Clinical  courses  required  of  students  in  their  chosen  clinical  area  (i.e..  Community 
Health.  Gerontological.  Psychiatric.  Child  Psychiatric.  Medical-Surgical.  Maternal 
and  Child  or  Primary  Care  Nursing).  All  students  take  a  designated  number  of  these 
courses  regardless  of  whether  their  area  of  concentration  is  in  clinical  practice  or 
role  specialization. 

3.  Functional  role  track  courses  required  of  students  in  their  chosen  functional  role 
(i.e..  Administration  in  Nursing  Service.  Administration  in  Nursing  Education, 
Teaching  in  A.D.  Program.  Teaching  in  B.S.  Program,  Teaching  in  Staff  Develop- 
ment. Clinical  Nurse  Specialization  and  Nursing  Health  Policy).  All  students  take  a 
designated  number  of  these  courses  regardless  of  their  area  of  concentration. 

4.  Research  courses  required  of  all  graduate  nursing  students. 

5.  Support  courses  vary  according  to  the  student's  area  of  concentration.  These  might 
include  non-nursing  courses. 

39 


Summary  of  Design 

General  Plan: 

Core 10  credits 

Clinical 6  credits 

Role 6  credits 

Support 8-12  credits 

Research 5  credits 

Thesis/Electives 6  credits 

Total  41-45  credits 


Primary  Care  Nursing: 

Core 10  credits 

Clinical 15  credits 

Role 6  credits 

Support 9  credits 

Research 5  credits 

Thesis/Electives 6  credits 

Elective-Role  Prerequisite.  .  3  credits 


Total  54  credits 


Gerontological  Nursing: 

Core 10  credits 

Clinical 6  credits 

Role 6  credits 

Support 11-12  credits 

Research 5  credits 

Thesis/Electives 6  credits 

Total  44-45  credits 


(includes  6  credits  for  second  clinical  area) 


Thesis/Non-Thesis  Option 

A  student  may  elect  either  a  thesis  or  a  non-thesis  option,  depending  on  the  nature  of  the 
problem  she/he  wishes  to  investigate  and  her/his  career  goals;  six  credits  are  earned  for 
either  option.  In  addition,  all  students  must  successfully  pass  a  written  comprehensive  ex- 
amination. 

Thesis:  Under  the  guidance  of  a  committee, the  student  designs,  implements  evaluates 

and  orally  defends  a  research  project. 
Non-Thesis:  Under  the  guidance  of  the  adviser,  the  student  takes  six  credits  of  elec- 
tives  and  submits  one  scholarly  seminar  paper. 


Curriculum:  Doctor  of  Philosophy  Degree 

The  program  of  study  leading  to  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  includes  a  minimum  of 
60  semester  credits  beyond  the  master's  degree.  The  curriculum  design  includes  a  re- 
quired core  of  nursing  courses  which  incorporate  study  of  Man,  study  of  nursing  action, 
study  of  the  environments  in  which  nursing  is  practiced  and  study  of  the  principles  and 
methods  of  scientific  inquiry.  Throughout  the  required  core  courses  an  integrative  focus  is 
maintained  whereby  theoretical  and  methodological  approaches  of  the  biophysical  and  be- 
havioral-social sciences  are  selectively  applied  from  the  perspective  of  nursing. 

Within  the  core  courses  opportunity  is  provided  for  students  to  build  upon  their  educa- 
tional and  experiential  backgrounds  through  a  variety  of  individually  selected  learning  ex- 
periences. Elective  courses  provide  additional  flexibility  to  plan  a  course  of  study  sup- 
portive to  individual  research  interests  and  career  goals. 

The  program  design  allows  students  to  specialize  in  either  the  direct  or  the  indirect  sphere 
of  nursing.  Depth  of  knowledge  in  the  specialty  area  is  developed  through  required  course 
work  and  related  clinical  laboratory  experience,  selection  of  supportive  electives,  inde- 
pendent study  and  the  dissertation  research. 

The  program  design  incorporates  four  major  components,  totalling  60  credits,  as  detailed 
below. 


40 


Nursing  Theory  14  credits 

This  component  addresses  the  theoretical  basis  for  nursing  practice  and  the  analysis  and 
development  of  nursing  theory.  Included  are  the  study  and  development  of  key  concepts 
in  nursing,  the  selection  and  integration  of  knowledge  from  nursing  and  other  disciplines, 
and  the  study  of  techniques  for  constructing  nursing  theory  using  both  inductive  and  de- 
ductive approaches.  A  highly  individualized  clinical  laboratory  experience  provides  the 
opportunity  to  pursue  theoretical  aspects  of  specialized  areas  of  nursing  selected  by  the 
student. 

Research  and  Statistics  16  credits 

This  component  addresses  the  techniques  of  measurement,  design,  advanced  data  analysis 
and  evaluation  essential  to  the  conduct  of  nursing  research.  Students  apply  these  tech- 
niques in  developing  measurement  tools  and  conducting  research  projects  specific  to  their 
own  interests.  Opportunity  is  provided  for  each  student  to  work  closely  with  a  faculty 
member  engaged  in  an  ongoing  research  project. 

Elective  Courses  18  credits 

This  component  allows  each  student  to  pursue  an  individualized  plan  of  study  supportive 
to  his/her  research  interests  and  career  goals.  A  portion  of  the  elective  courses  are  chosen 
from  basic  sciences  which  contribute  to  the  development  of  nursing  knowledge  through 
their  theoretical  and  methodological  approaches. 

Dissertation  Research  12  credits 

Each  student  must  complete  an  independent  original  research  project  to  be  communicated 
in  a  written  dissertation.  The  research  must  address  questions  of  significance  to  the  disci- 
pline of  nursing. 

Summary  of  Design: 

Nursing  Theory  (required  core  courses)  14  credits 

Nursing  research  &  statistics  (required  core  courses)  16  credits 

Electives  18  credits 

Dissertation  Research  12  credits 

Total  60  credits 

In  addition  to  the  course  requirements,  each  student  must  successfully  complete  the  pre- 
liminary, comprehensive  and  final  oral  examinations.  The  written  preliminary  examina- 
tion, which  is  taken  upon  completion  of  two  semesters  of  full-time  study  (or  the  equiva- 
lent), tests  knowledge  in  the  areas  of  general  nursing  theory,  analysis  and  construction  of 
nursing  theory,  measurement,  research  design  and  statistics.  The  comprehensive  examina- 
tion is  taken  upon  completion  of  all  required  nursing  courses  and  a  minimum  of  42  credit 
hours  of  course  work.  The  examination  has  written  and  oral  components  and  is  an  inte- 
grative experience  which  allows  evaluation  of  the  student's  mastery  of  the  chosen  area  of 
specialization  and  of  advanced  nursing  theory  and  research.  The  final  oral  examination  is 
an  oral  defense  of  the  completed  dissertation. 

In  accord  with  Graduate  School  policy,  the  student  must  be  admitted  to  candidacy  for  the 
degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  at  least  one  year  prior  to  graduation.  The  student  may  ap- 
ply for  admission  to  candidacy  for  the  doctoral  degree  following  successful  completion 
(with  a  grade  point  average  of  3.0  or  above)  of  at  least  42  credits  of  course  work,  includ- 
ing all  required  courses;  and  successful  completion  of  preliminary  and  comprehensive  ex- 
aminations. 

Resources 

Over  60  community  and  health  care  agencies  cooperate  with  the  program  in  providing 
sites  for  clinical  and  role  practicum  experiences  and  for  the  conduct  of  research.  In  some 
instances,  faculty  have  joint  appointments  with  the  School  and  the  agency. 

41 


Additional  resources  are  available  through  the  offerings  of  other  schools  of  the  health  pro- 
fessions. Non-nursing  courses  also  may  be  taken  on  the  College  Park  campus,  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  Baltimore  County  (UMBO  campus  or  through  University  College  on 
the  Baltimore  campus. 

In  addition  to  the  Health  Sciences  Library,  the  students  have  access  to  the  Enoch  Pratt 
Free  Library  of  Baltimore,  the  Library  of  Congress  in  Washington,  and  the  National  Li- 
brary of  Medicine  in  Bethesda.  Maryland.  (See  General  Information,  Instructional  Facili- 
ties and  Resources  Section:  Instructional  Media  Center  and  the  Center  for  Research  and 
Evaluation.) 

Admission 

Admission  to  graduate  study  at  the  University  of  Maryland  is  the  exclusive  responsibility 
of  the  Graduate  School  and  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research.  Applications  to 
the  graduate  program  in  nursing  are  reviewed  by  faculty  in  the  student's  area  of  concen- 
tration and  by  the  School  of  Nursing  Graduate  Committee  on  Admissions,  Progression 
and  Graduation.  Recommendations  for  acceptance  are  then  made  by  the  Committee  to  the 
Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research. 

Any  student  who  wishes  to  attend  the  School  of  Nursing  must  apply  for  admission,  sub- 
mit required  credentials,  and  be  accepted  for  matriculation.  Consideration  is  given  to  aca- 
demic work  completed  in  other  schools.  Personal  references  are  required. 

After  an  applicant  has  been  accepted,  a  faculty  adviser  is  assigned.  The  adviser  and  the 
student  plan  a  program  of  study  leading  to  the  degree.  Course  credits  are  officially  ac- 
cepted for  the  degree  only  after  the  student  has  matriculated  in  the  School  of  Nursing. 

Senior  students  in  their  final  semester  of  work  toward  a  bachelor's  degree  may  be  offered 
provisional  admission  to  the  master's  degree  program  pending  the  receipt  of  a  supplemen- 
tary transcript  recording  the  satisfactory  completion  of  undergraduate  course  work  and  the 
awarding  of  the  degree.  Likewise  students  in  the  final  semester  of  a  master's  degree  pro- 
gram may  be  offered  provisional  admission  to  the  doctoral  program  pending  receipt  of  fi- 
nal transcripts  indicating  completion  of  the  degree.  Completed  records  of  all  previous 
work  must  be  received  within  three  months  following  the  completion  of  such  study  and 
the  awarding  of  the  degree. 

The  student  must  matriculate  within  12  months  after  notification  of  admission  acceptance. 
If  the  student  does  not  acknowledge  the  acceptance,  a  new  application  must  be  submitted 
for  future  enrollment. 

Admission  Requirements 

The  student's  previous  academic  work,  personal  qualifications  and  professional  experi- 
ence are  evaluated  to  determine  if  prerequisites  have  been  met.  Prerequisite  courses  do 
not  carry  credit  toward  the  master's  degree. 

For  admission,  the  applicant  must  meet  the  requirements  of  both  the  Graduate  School  and 
the  nursing  program.  The  nursing  program  requirements  for  the  master's  degree  program 
are: 

1 .  a  baccalaureate  degree  with  an  upper  division  nursing  major  from  an  NLN  accred- 
ited program; 

2.  satisfactory  completion  of  a  course  in  elementary  statistics; 

3.  a  photocopy  of  current  licensure  for  the  practice  of  nursing  in  one  state; 

4.  official  scores  on  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  (aptitude  portion)  and  the 
Miller  Analogies  Test  (allow  6-8  weeks  for  receipt  of  test  scores); 

5.  undergraduate  grade  point  average  (GPA)  of  3.0  on  a  4.0  point  scale.  If  GPA  is  be- 
tween 2.75  and  3.0,  provisional  acceptance  may  be  considered  if  the  candidate 
demonstrates  graduate  study  potential  by  other  means; 

6.  evidence  of  personal  and  professional  qualifications  from  three  professional  individ- 
uals familiar  with  applicant's  academic  ability,  work  experience,  professional  nurs- 

42 


ing  contributions  and  potential  to  achieve  in  Graduate  School.  Suggested  sources  for 
recommendations  include  nurse  educators,  nurse  administrators  and  colleagues  from 
other  disciplines  who  have  worked  with  the  applicant.  Two  of  the  references  must 
be  from  nurses; 

7.  personal  interviews  are  required  for  Primary  Care  Nursing  and  are  encouraged  by  all 
specialty  areas; 

8.  two  years  of  full-time  clinical  experience  are  required  for  Primary  Care;  one  year  of 
full-time  clinical  experience  is  required  for  Community  Health  as  a  secondary  area 
of  concentration,  one  year  of  experience  in  a  maternity  or  pediatric  setting  is  re- 
quired for  Maternal  and  Child  Health  Nursing,  and  one  year  of  clinical  experience 
in  a  psychiatric  setting  is  required  for  Psychiatric  Nursing. 

9.  one  year  of  full-time  clinical  experience  is  required  for  students  wishing  to  major  in 
the  administrative  or  teaching  area.  (Applicants  with  somewhat  less  experience  may 
be  accepted  as  part-time  students  if  full-time  work  experience  is  being  pursued.) 

The  Nursing  Program  requirements  for  the  Doctoral  Degree  Program  are: 

1 .  A  master's  degree  with  a  major  in  nursing  from  a  program  accredited  by  the  Na- 
tional League  for  Nursing  (or  the  equivalent); 

2.  At  least  one  graduate-level  course  in  research  and  inferential  statistics  (minimum  3 
semester  credits); 

3.  A  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  3.0  on  a  4.0  scale  for  all  previous  course  work 
(all  baccalaureate,  master's  and  subsequent  course  work): 

4.  Satisfactory  scores  on  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  (aptitude  portion)  and  the 
Miller  Analogies  Test: 

5.  License  to  practice  professional  nursing  in  at  least  one  state  (or  in  a  foreign  coun- 
try); 

6.  Evidence  of  personal  and  professional  qualifications  from  at  least  three  profes- 
sionals familiar  with  the  applicant's  ability,  work  experience,  contributions  to  nurs- 
ing and  potential  to  succeed  in  the  doctoral  program;  and 

7.  A  personal  interview. 

It  is  highly  recommended  that  prior  to  matriculation  in  the  doctoral  program  the  applicant 
will  have  completed  graduate-level  courses  in  organizational  therory  and  analysis  of  the 
health  care  system  and  will  have  completed  one  research  study  (master's  thesis  or  other 
individual  or  group  research  project).  Post-baccalaureate  work  experience  as  a  Registered 
Nurse  would  enhance  progression  through  the  program  of  study. 

A  limited  number  of  students  will  be  admitted  to  the  program  each  year;  therefore,  admis- 
sion will  be  highly  selective. 


43 


A  written  offer  of  admission  from  the  Graduate  School  will  be  sent  to  an  applicant  who 
meets  all  admission  requirements.  The  offer  will  specify  the  time  of  entrance  which  will 
normally  coincide  with  the  requested  starting  time.  Upon  acceptance  by  the  Graduate 
School,  the  applicant  should  reconfirm  enrollment  intentions  by  writing  to  the  Nursing 
Program.  If  the  applicant  is  unable  to  enroll  at  the  expected  date,  a  written  request  for  a 
postponement  of  the  admission  date  is  made  through  the  School  of  Nursing.  If  these  ar- 
rangements are  not  made  within  one  year  of  anticipated  enrollment  date,  the  offer  of  ad- 
mission lapses,  and  a  new  application  and  fee  must  be  submitted  to  be  reconsidered  for 
admission. 

The  offer  of  admission  may  be  used  as  a  permit  to  register  for  courses.  Permanent  identi- 
fication as  a  graduate  student  will  be  issued  at  the  time  of  first  registration. 

Admission  Procedure 

The  admission  forms  should  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  and  Re- 
search, University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore.  624  W.  Lombard  St..  Baltimore.  MD 
21201. 

1.  An  application  fee  of  $15.00  must  accompany  the  application  for  admission.  This 
fee  is  not  refundable  under  any  circumstance,  but  if  the  applicant  is  accepted  and 
enrolls  for  courses,  it  will  serve  as  a  matriculation  fee. 

2.  The  following  materials  should  be  returned  directly  to  the  Office  of  Graduate 
Studies  and  Research,  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore,  624  W.  Lombard  St., 
Baltimore,  MD  21201: 

a.  two  copies  of  the  application  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School; 

b.  application  fee; 

c.  two  sets  of  official  transcripts  from  each  college  and  university  attended.  If  ap- 
plicant is  a  diploma  school  graduate,  transcripts  of  the  diploma  course  work 
are  also  required; 

d.  letters  of  reference  from  three  professionals  who  know  the  candidate's  qualifi- 
cations; 

e.  official  record  of  the  results  of: 

the  Miller  Analogies  Test  (test  available  through  testing  services  of  most  colleges 
and  universities); 

the  Aptitude  Portion  of  the  Graduate  Record  Examinations  (Applicants  should  write 
to  the  Graduate  Record  Examinations,  Educational  Testing  Services,  Princeton,  NJ 
08540  for  details). 

3.  Applications  and  supporting  documents  for  the  Master's  Degree  Program  must  be 
received  by  July  1  for  the  fall  semester,  December  1  for  the  winter  session  and  the 
spring  semester,  and  May  15  for  the  summer  session. 

4.  Applications  for  admission  to  the  Doctoral  Program  are  reviewed  twice  a  year.  Ap- 
plications and  supporting  documents  (including  GRE  scores  MAT  scores  references 
and  transcripts)  for  the  doctoral  program  must  be  received  by  November  1  for  the 
fall  semester  review  and  by  March  1  for  the  spring  review. 

Admission  Status 

Applicants  are  offered  admission  status  in  the  graduate  program  according  to  the  follow- 
ing categories: 

1 .  Unconditional  Admission:  applicant  meets  all  requirements; 

2.  Provisional  Admission:  applicant  does  not  meet  all  requirements  for  unconditional 
admission  but  who  in  the  opinion  of  the  Graduate  School  and  the  Graduate  Program 
Admissions  Committee  demonstrates  potential  for  graduate  study.  To  qualify  for 
continued  enrollment  the  student  admitted  provisionally  must  achieve  a  B  grade  or 
above  in  every  course  during  the  first  semester  of  full  time  study  (the  first  12  credits 
for  part-time  students).  Unconditional  status  will  be  granted  upon  attainment  of  a  B 
grade  or  better  in  every  course  in  the  first  semester  of  full-time  study  (minimum  of 
9  credits)  or  in  the  first  12  credits  of  part-time  study; 

44 


3.  Incomplete  Admission:  applicants  for  who  information  is  incomplete; 

4.  Nondegree  Graduate  Status:  applicant  may  enroll  on  a  "course  work  only"  basis  for 
a  specified  period  of  time  if  the  applicant's  record  meets  Graduate  School  standards. 

Admission  is  granted  by  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research  and  is  confirmed  by 
enrollment  in  the  term  for  which  admission  is  approved. 

Part-time  Study 

Students  eligible  for  admission  but  who  are  able  to  devote  only  a  portion  of  their  time  to 
graduate  study  are  subject  to  the  same  privileges  and  matriculation  requirements  as  full- 
time  students.  Part-time  students  are  urged  to  assume  responsibility  for  program  planning 
with  an  adviser.  In  the  doctoral  program,  part-time  study  is  available;  however,  full-time 
enrollment  at  the  University  of  Maryland  is  required  during  two  consecutive  semesters. 

A  graduate  student  who  is  in  good  standing  at  another  institution  may  apply  to  enroll  for  a 
single  course  or  summer  session  (see  Categories  of  Admission  in  the  Graduate  School 
Bulletin). 

Foreign  Students 

Students  from  foreign  countries  who  show  evidence  of  education  equivalent  to  a  bacca- 
laureate degree  in  nursing  are  considered  for  admission  to  the  Master's  Degree  Program. 
Likewise  those  with  the  education  equivalent  of  a  Master's  Degree  in  Nursing  may  be  eli- 
gible for  admission  to  the  Doctoral  Degree  Program.  All  applicants  who  are  not  citizens 
of  the  United  States  are  classified  as  foreign  students  for  admission  purposes  (see  the 
Graduate  School  Bulletin  for  further  information). 

Record  Maintenance  and  Disposition 

All  records,  including  academic  records  from  other  institutions,  become  the  official  file 
and  can  neither  be  returned  nor  duplicated  without  the  student's  prior  consent.  Provisions 
are  made  for  students  to  review  their  records  if  they  desire. 

Admission  credentials  and  application  data  are  retained  for  one  year  only.  This  regulation 
pertains  to  applicants  who:  did  not  register  for  courses  at  the  period  for  which  they  had 
been  admitted;  did  not  respond  to  a  departmental  request  for  additional  information;  did 
not  respond  to  requests  for  additional  transcripts  or  test  results;  or  were  disapproved  for 
admission. 

Student  Advisement 

Upon  admission  to  the  graduate  program  each  student  is  assigned  an  academic  adviser 
from  the  major  area  of  concentration.  The  student  is  also  assigned  an  adviser  in  the  sec- 
ondary area  of  interest.  The  adviser  assignments  are  subject  to  change  as  additional  inter- 
ests of  the  student  are  determined  or  upon  request  of  the  adviser  or  advisee.  The  adviser  is 
available  for  academic  counseling  and  guides  the  student  in  a  plan  of  study,  determination 
of  research  interests,  and  selection  of  thesis/dissertation  chairman  or  readers  for  the  semi- 
nar paper  (for  master's  students). 

A  nondegree  student  is  assigned  an  adviser  at  the  time  of  acceptance.  An  official  record 
of  courses  is  kept  for  all  nondegree  students.  If  a  student  subsequently  wishes  to  enter  the 
degree  program,  reapplication  is  necessary.  While  consideration  may  be  given  at  a  later 
date  to  the  application  of  credits  earned  toward  a  degree  program  while  in  this  status, 
there  is  no  assurance  that  such  requests  will  be  granted.  If  granted,  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  may  be  transferred. 

Plan  of  Study 

A  Plan  of  Study  form  for  all  graduate  degree  students  (which  outlines  the  student's  ex- 
pected progression  through  the  degree  requirements)  must  be  filled  out  by  the  student  and 
the  faculty  adviser.  One  copy  of  this  Plan  of  Study  must  be  filed  with  the  Graduate  Office 

45 


by  the  beginning  of  the  second  semester  of  study  for  masters  or  third  semester  of  study 
for  doctoral  students.  A  second  copy  of  the  Plan  of  Study  remains  in  the  student's  Nurs- 
ing Program  file.  Any  major  alteration  of  the  plan  necessitates  the  refiling  of  an  amended 
plan.  It  is  suggested  that  students  retain  a  copy  of  this  plan  for  their  own  files. 

The  entire  course  of  study  constitutes  a  unified  program  approved  by  the  student's  major 
adviser  and  by  the  Graduate  School.  Faculty  in  each  department  provide  individualized 
guidance  in  the  selection  of  courses  based  upon  guidelines  and  policies  approved  by  the 
Nursing  Program  and  the  Graduate  School.  Considerable  flexibility  is  possible  within  a 
student's  area  of  interest  and  specific  career  goals. 

Statute  of  Limitations 

Starting  on  the  first  day  of  matriculation,  a  time  limit  of  a  maximum  five  years  is  allowed 
for  the  completion  of  master's  degree  requirements.  This  applies  to  part-time  and  full- 
time  students. 

For  doctoral  students,  a  student  must  be  admitted  to  candidacy  for  the  doctoral  degree 
within  five  years  after  admission  to  the  doctoral  program  and  at  least  one  academic  year 
before  the  date  on  which  the  degree  is  to  be  conferred.  The  student  must  complete  all  pro- 
gram requirements  within  four  years  following  admission  to  candidacy. 

Registration 

Registration  is  conducted  by  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations,  UMAB  campus. 
The  student  receives  detailed  instructions  concerning  dates  and  registration  procedures. 
Each  matriculated  student  in  the  School  of  Nursing  must  obtain  official  approval  from  an 
adviser  for  all  courses  in  which  enrollment  is  sought  outside  the  School  of  Nursing. 
Credit  is  granted  only  if  such  courses  have  had  prior  approval  and  are  successfully  con- 
pleted.  Students  must  file  a  list  of  these  courses  with  the  registrar  on  a  registration  card 
signed  by  the  adviser.  Graduate  students  are  not  permitted  to  enroll  for  courses  on  a  pass/ 
fail  basis. 

Students  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School  pay  tuition  fees  whether  or  not  the  credit  will  be 
used  to  satisfy  program  requirements.  Graduate  credit  will  not  be  given  unless  the  student 
has  been  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School.  The  admission  of  a  new  student  is  validated 
when  he  registers  for  and  completes  at  least  one  course  during  the  semester  for  which  en- 
trance was  authorized. 

Every  student  must  register  during  the  offical  registration  period.  Students  failing  to  regis- 
ter during  these  periods  will  be  subject  to  late  registration  fees  and  must  have  the  consent 
of  their  adviser,  the  course  instructor,  the  Graduate  School,  and  the  registrar. 

Late  Registration  Fee    $20.00 

Change  Fee  charged  for  each  change  in  program 5.00 

Students  must  be  registered  for  at  least  one  credit  in  the  semester  in  which  they  wish  to 
graduate. 

After  classes  begin,  students  who  wish  to  terminate  their  registration  must  follow  the 
withdrawal  procedures  and  are  liable  for  charges  applicable  at  the  time  of  withdrawal. 

Registration  is  completed  with  the  payment  of  the  required  fees.  Privileges  of  the  Univer- 
sity are  available  only  after  registration  has  been  completed. 

Graduate  Unit  System 

In  order  to  accurately  reflect  the  involvement  of  graduate  students  in  their  programs  of 
study  and  research,  and  the  use  of  University  resources  in  those  programs,  the  graduate 
councils  use  the  graduate  unit  system  in  making  calculations  to  determine  full  or  part-time 
graduate  student  status,  in  the  administration  of  minimum  registration  requirements  de- 
scribed below,  and  in  responding  to  student  requests  for  certification  of  full-time  status. 

46 


The  number  of  graduate  units  per  semester  credit  hour  is  calculated  in  the  following  man- 
ner: 

Courses  in  the  001-399  series  carry  2  units/credit  hour. 

Courses  in  the  400-499  series  carry  4  units/credit  hour. 

Courses  in  the  500-599  series  carry  5  units/credit  hour. 

Courses  in  the  600-798  and  800-898  series  carry  6  units/credit  hour. 

Master's  thesis  research  (799)  carries  12  units/credit  hour. 

Doctoral  dissertation  research  (899)  carries  18  units/credit  hour. 

To  be  certified  a  full-time  student,  a  graduate  student  must  be  officially  registered  for  a 
combination  of  courses  equivalent  to  48  units  per  semester.  A  graduate  assistant  holding  a 
regular  appointment  is  a  full-time  student  if  registered  for  24  units  in  addition  to  the  serv- 
ice appointment. 

Any  graduate  student  making  any  demand  upon  the  academic  or  support  services  of  the 
University,  whether  taking  regular  lecture,  seminar  or  independent  study  courses,  using 
University  libraries,  laboratories,  computer  facilities,  office  space,  consulting  with  faculty 
advisers  or  taking  comprehensive  or  final  oral  examinations,  must  register  for  the  number 
of  graduate  units  which,  in  the  judgment  of  the  faculty  adviser,  accurately  reflect  the 
student's  involvement  in  graduate  study  and  use  of  University  resources. 

Scholastic  Requirements 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  each  student  to  remain  informed  of  and  adhere  to  all  Graduate 
School,  Nursing  Program  and  University  regulations  and  requirements.  Additional  poli- 
cies and  procedures  are  found  in  the  UMAB  Graduate  School  catalogue,  the  Nursing  Pro- 
gram Faculty  Advisor/Student  Handbook  and  in  Important  Dates  for  Advisors  and  Stu- 
dents issued  each  year  by  the  Graduate  School. 

The  Graduate  School  requires  that  all  students  achieve  a  B  or  3.0  GPA  by  the  end  of  the 
third  semester  of  study.  No  grade  below  a  C  is  acceptable  toward  the  graduate  degree. 
The  Master's  Degree  Nursing  Program  requires  that  a  student  receive  a  B  or  higher  in  the 
core  and  required  nursing  courses  in  her/his  area  of  concentration.  Any  course  with  a 
grade  below  B  in  the  area  of  concentration  must  be  repeated. 

Since  graduate  students  must  maintain  an  overall  B  average,  every  credit  hour  of  C  in 
course  work  must  be  balanced  by  a  credit  hour  of  A.  A  course  in  which  a  grade  of  less 
than  B  is  received  may  be  repeated.  The  grade  on  the  repeated  course  whether  it  is  higher 
or  lower  than  the  original  grade  replaces  the  original  grade.  Courses  in  the  degree  pro- 
gram which  are  completed  with  a  D  or  F  must  be  repeated.  Grades  earned  for  thesis  or 
dissertation  research  are  not  included  in  the  computation  of  the  GPA. 

Grades  from  courses  which  are  transferred  in  for  degree  credit  from  other  schools  and/or 
previous  study  are  also  not  included  in  the  computation  of  the  GPA. 

Transfer  Credits 

A  maximum  of  six  credits  of  acceptable  graduate  level  course  work  may  be  applied  to- 
ward the  master's  degree  as  transfer  credits  from  another  school  or  from  the  course  work 
only  status.  In  the  doctoral  program  transfer  credits  are  individually  assessed  to  determine 
relevance  to  the  student's  program  of  study;  a  variable  number  of  credits  is  permissible. 
Permission  must  be  given  by  the  major  adviser  and  the  Graduate  School  before  any 
credits  are  transferred.  In  order  to  be  eligible  for  transfer,  the  transfer  course  must  have 
been  taken  within  the  statute  of  limitations  for  the  degree  and  may  not  have  been  used  to 
satisfy  requirements  for  any  other  degree  or  admission  into  the  graduate  program.  Trans- 
fer credits  are  not  calculated  in  the  final  grade  point  average  (GPA). 

47 


Credit  by  Examination 

A  graduate  student  may  receive  credit-by-examination  only  for  a  course  which  he  is  oth- 
erwise eligible  to  receive  graduate  degree  credit.  In  the  master's  program  a  maximum  of 
six  credits  is  possible  through  credit-by-examination;  nine  credits  can  be  accepted  in  the 
Primary  Care  Nursing  program.  A  graduate  student  seeking  to  utilize  this  option  must  ob- 
tain the  consent  of  the  adviser  and  of  the  instructor  currently  responsible  for  the  course. 
The  Graduate  School  maintains  a  list  of  courses  for  which  examinations  are  available  or 
will  be  prepared.  A  fee  is  paid  upon  application  for  the  examination  and  is  not  refundable 
regardless  of  whether  or  not  the  student  completes  the  examination.  The  grade(s)  received 
for  course(s)  accepted  through  credit-by-examination  is  (are)  computed  in  the  grade  point 
average. 

Withdrawal  from  a  Course 

A  withdrawal  is  noted  on  the  student's  transcript  by  a  WD.  In  cases  of  excessive  absences 
from  courses  an  F  is  given  unless  the  student  officially  withdraws  from  a  course.  The  se- 
mester credits  for  the  F  grade  are  computed  in  the  grade  point  average. 

Incomplete  Course  Work 

A  grade  of  I  (Incomplete)  is  given  if  course  work  is  not  completed  because  of  illness  or 
other  reasons  satisfactory  to  the  instructor.  In  calculating  the  GPA,  1  =  0;  therefore  a 
grade  of  I  constitutes  a  penalty  until  the  I  grade  is  removed.  The  work  must  be  completed 
and  the  I  grade  must  be  converted  to  a  letter  grade  by  the  end  of  the  next  semester  (excep- 
tions include  courses  numbered  799  or  899  or  special  problems  courses  requiring  two  or 
more  semesters  of  work  before  a  grade  can  be  determined).  If  the  course  requirements  are 
not  completed  the  I  grade  can  be  changed  by  the  instructor  to  a  grade  appropriate  to  a 
computation  without  the  missing  work.  A  course  with  an  incomplete  grade  should  not  be 
repeated.  Students  with  provisional  admission  or  on  academic  probation  may  not  register 
for  additional  course  work  until  the  I  grade  is  removed. 

Academic  Progress— Unsatisfactory  Achievement 

At  the  end  of  each  semester,  the  record  of  every  student  is  reviewed  by  the  Nursing 
Program's  committee  on  progression.  A  student's  registration  in  the  graduate  program 
may  be  discontinued  at  any  time  if  work  or  progress  is  deemed  unsatisfactory. 

Provisional  Admission:  Any  student  admitted  provisionally  will  be  granted  unconditional 
status  when  the  provision(s)  have  been  satisfied.  The  Graduate  School  will  be  responsible 
for  notifyingy  the  department  if  a  student  fails  to  meet  the  provisions  of  admission.  The 
Graduate  School  will  dismiss  those  provisional  students  who  fail  to  meet  the  provisions. 

Academic  Jeopardy — Unconditional  Admission:  Unconditionally  admitted  full-time  stu- 
dents who  have  not  maintained  a  "B"  average  during  the  first  semester  (9  credits)  are  to 
be  placed  on  probation  and  will  be  dismissed  if  "B"  minimum  grades  in  every  course  (9 
credits)  are  not  achieved  during  the  next  semester.  Unconditionally  admitted  part-time 
students  who  have  not  maintained  a  "B"  average  for  the  first  12  credits  are  to  be  placed 
on  probation  and  must  achieve  "B"  minimum  grades  in  every  course  during  the  next  12 
credit  hours  or  they  too  will  be  dismissed.  If  the  semester's  grade  point  average  is  below 
2.7  the  student  will  be  requested  to  withdraw. 

Academic  Progress  at  the  End  of  the  Third  Semester:  A  cumulative  GPA  of  3.0  must  be 
attained  by  all  graduate  students  (M.S.  and  Ph.D.  students)  by  the  end  of  the  third  semes- 
ter and  thereafter.  Failure  to  achieve  and  maintain  the  forenoted  average  will  result  in  dis- 
missal from  the  program.  In  addition,  a  satisfactory  level  of  research  performance  as  de- 
termined by  the  research  advisor  and  Research  Committee  must  be  maintained  or  a 
dismissal  from  the  program  could  result. 

Failure  of  Comprehensive  Examinations  in  Master's  Degree  Program:  A  master's  student 
who  fails  one  or  more  questions  on  the  comprehensive  examination  may  schedule  a  retake 
examination.  If  a  student  should  have  a  second  failure  of  an  examination  question(s),  ad- 

48 


ditional  course  work  will  be  required  as  recommended  by  the  student's  advisor.  Failure 
on  the  second  retake  will  result  in  dismissal  of  the  student. 

Additional  Doctoral  Program  Requirements:  A  student  will  be  asked  to  withdraw  from 
the  doctoral  program  upon  recommendation  of  the  Doctoral  Program  Committee  if  any  of 
the  following  events  occurs. 

a.  Failure  to  maintain  a  cumulative  GPA  of  3.0  (as  specified  above). 

b.  Failure  on  preliminary  examination  at  second  attempt. 

c.  Failure  on  comprehensive  examination  at  second  attempt. 

d.  Failure  to  be  admitted  to  candidacy  within  five  years  of  admission  into  the  program. 

e.  Failure  to  complete  degree  requirements  within  four  years  following  admission  to 
candidacy. 

f.  Failure  to  demonstrate  a  satisfactory  level  of  research  performance  as  determined  by 
the  Research  Advisor  and  Dissertation  Advisory  Committee. 

g.  Failure  to  maintain  continuous  registration. 

Withdrawal,  Suspension,  Dismissal 

A  "Graduate  School  Program  Withdrawal  Form"  must  be  completed  and  submitted  when 
a  student  officially  withdraws  from  the  graduate  program.  An  application  for  withdrawal 
bearing  the  proper  signatures  must  be  filed  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  If  a  student 
leaves  the  University  prior  to  the  conclusion  of  a  semester  or  session,  the  date  used  in 
computing  a  refund  is  the  date  the  application  for  withdrawal  is  filed  in  the  registrar's  of- 
fice. A  student  who  withdraws  during  the  semester  and  does  not  file  an  application  for 
withdrawal  with  the  registrar  will  receive  marks  of  failure  in  all  courses  and  will  forfeit 
the  right  to  any  refund. 

The  faculty  adviser  and  graduate  student  share  the  responsibility  for  the  student's  pro- 
gress. Students  are  expected  to  comply  with  rules  and  procedures  of  the  Graduate  School 
as  well  as  with  specific  requirements  established  by  individual  departments.  In  fulfilling 
this  responsibility  the  student  should  seek  the  advice  of  a  faculty  adviser,  department 
chairperson,  and/or  the  administrative  officers  of  the  School  of  Nursing  and  the  staff  of 
the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies. 

Procedures  are  established  to  protect  the  institution's  integrity  and  the  individual  student's 
interests  and  welfare.  The  University  of  Maryland,  through  its  various  faculties  and  ap- 
propriate committees,  reserves  the  discretionary  right  to  suspend  any  student  from  the 
University  for  failure  to  maintain  a  satisfactory  academic  record,  acceptable  personal  be- 
havior, accepted  standards  of  practice  in  a  clinical  agency,  or  satisfactory  standard  of 
health. 

When  the  actions  of  a  student  are  judged  by  competent  authority  using  established  proce- 
dure to  be  detrimental  to  the  interests  of  the  university  community,  that  person  may  be  re- 
quired to  withdraw  from  the  University. 

Graduation 

Requirements  for  graduation  from  the  master's  degree  program  include:  completion  of  the 
planned  program  within  a  five-year  period,  achieving  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of 
B  or  3.0,  and  completion  of  a  minimum  of  one  year  of  full-time  study  or  its  equivalent. 
Requirements  for  graduation  from  the  doctoral  program  include:  completion  of  the 
planned  program  within  a  nine-year  period  (a  maximum  of  five  years  between  matricula- 
tion and  admission  to  candidacy  and  a  maximum  of  four  years  following  admission  to 
candidacy);  admission  to  candidacy  for  the  doctoral  degree;  achieving  a  cumulative  GPA 
of  at  least  3.0;  successful  completion  of  preliminary,  comprehensive  and  final  oral  exami- 
nations, completion  of  a  satisfactory  dissertation,  completion  of  a  minimum  of  two  con- 
secutive semesters  of  full-time  study. 

The  student  must  be  registered  for  at  least  one  credit  in  the  semester  in  which  she/he 
wishes  to  graduate. 

49 


Application  for  the  diploma  must  be  filed  with  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  within  the  first 
three  weeks  of  the  semester  in  which  the  candidate  expects  to  obtain  a  degree  except  dur- 
ing the  summer  session.  During  the  summer  session,  the  application  must  be  filed  in  the 
Office  of  the  Registrar  during  the  first  week  of  classes. 

If,  for  any  reason,  a  student  does  not  graduate  at  the  end  of  the  semester  in  which  he  ap- 
plies for  the  diploma,  he  must  reapply  for  it  in  the  semester  in  which  he  expects  to  gradu- 
ate. 

Fees  and  Expenses 

Matriculation  (new  student)   $  15.00 

Tuition  per  credit  (in-state)    55.00 

Tuition  per  credit  (out-of-state)    100.00 

Supporting  Facilities  Fee  (full-time)  per  semester    30.00 

Supporting  Facilities  Fee  (part-time)per  semester 6.00 

Student  Health  Fee  (full-time)  per  semester   10.00 

Student  Health  Fee  (part-time)  per  semester 4 .00 

Health  Insurance  (Blue  Cross) 

One  Person 106.68 

Two  Persons 205.44 

Family 274.68 

Instructional  Resources  Fee  (full-time)  per  semester 16.00 

Instructional  Resources  Fee  (part-time)  per  semester 8.00 

Student  Activity  Fee  ($7.00  per  semester)    7.00 

Graduation  Fee    15.00 

Continuous  Registration  Fee  (Doctoral  Candidates)   10.00 

Late  Registration  Fee   20.00 

Change  Fee   5.00 

Student  Health  and  Health  Insurance 

Health  insurance  is  required  of  all  full-time  professional  school  students  (nine  or  more  se- 
mester hours)  in  addition  to  the  Student  Health  Fee.  The  insurance  coverage  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  is  Blue  Cross-Blue  Shield  Diagnostic  and  Major  Medi- 
cal. Additional  information  concerning  this  program  may  be  obtained  from  the  Student 
Health  Office. 

Students  with  equivalent  insurance  coverage  must  provide  proof  of  such  membership  at 
the  time  of  registration  and  obtain  a  hospital  insurance  waiver. 

Health  Services  are  provided  for  School  of  Nursing  students  through  the  Student  Health 
Office  in  Howard  Hall. 

Malpractice  Insurance 

All  graduate  nursing  students  are  required  to  carry  professional  malpractice  insurance 
throughout  their  academic  program.  Documentation  of  coverage  is  required  at  the  time  of 
every  registration  and  must  meet  the  amount  set  by  the  School  of  Nursing  and  clinical 
agencies. 

Financial  Aid  Overview 

Financial  aid  in  the  form  of  scholarships,  grants,  loans, and  work  programs  is  awarded  to 
women  and  men  students  and  is  based  upon  apparent  academic  ability,  nearness  to  pro- 
gram completion  and  financial  need.  Applicants  must  complete  a  traineeship  application 
at  admission  or  preregistration  preceding  the  semester  for  which  aid  is  sought.  Separate 
applications  must  be  completed  in  the  financial  aid  office  to  be  considered  for  funding 
from  sources  outside  the  school.  Because  of  limitations  in  available  funds,  preference  is 
given  to  full-time  students. 

Recipients  of  financial  aid  are  expected  to  make  satisfactory  progress  toward  attainment 
of  a  degree  and  to  abide  by  all  academic  and  nonacademic  regulations  of  the  University. 

50 


Graduate  students  must  maintain  a  3.0  GPA  to  be  eligible  for  financial  aid.  In  the  case  of 
new  students,  applicants  must  have  been  accepted  for  admission  to  the  University  before 
the  financial  application  will  be  reviewed. 

Students  should  make  early  contact  with  the  financial  aid  office  to  insure  compliance  with 
filing  dates  for  completed  aid  applications.  Requests  for  information  about,  and  applica- 
tions for.  financial  aid  should  be  addressed  to  the  following: 

Student  Aid  Officer 
University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore 
610  W.  Lombard  Street 
Baltimore.  Marvland  21201 


Sources  of  Aid 

University  Sources 

Graduate  Assistantships  The  School  of  Nursing  provides  a  limited  number  of  gradu- 
ate research  and  teaching  assistantships  to  doctoral  students  on  a  competitive  basis.  The 
graduate  assistant  earns  a  modest  salary  and  is  generally  expected  to  make  a  work  com- 
mitment of  approximately  20  hours  per  week.  Assigned  duties  are  consistent  with  the 
aims  and  objective  of  the  teaching  and  research  missions  of  the  University.  These  assist- 
antships also  provide  remission  of  tuition  and  fees  (for  up  to  10  credit  hours  per  semes- 
ter). 

In  addition  to  the  above  some  research  assistantships  are  made  available  through  grant  or 
contract  funds.  Depending  on  the  qualifications  required  for  a  particular  position, 
master's  and  doctoral  students  may  be  eligible  to  apply. 

Prospective  students  interested  in  being  considered  for  graduate  assistantships  should 
make  application  to  the  School  of  Nursing.  No  action  is  taken  by  faculty  until  eligibility 
for  admission  has  been  established. 

State  Scholarships  for  Graduate  Nursing  Program  Study  Scholarships  will  be 
available  Fall,  1980  for  Maryland  residents  enrolled  in  a  graduate  nursing  program  pre- 
paring graduates  for  employment  in  a  "nursing  shortage  area."  Scholarships  are  available 
to  full  and  part-time  students  for  a  maximum  of  $2,000  per  year  (full-time  or  part-time 
equivalent)  for  one  or  two  years. 

Traineeships  Students  who  meet  admission  requirements  and  are  U.S.  citizens  are  eligi- 
ble to  apply  to  the  School  of  Nursing  for  federal  funds  for  full-time  study.  Professional 
nurse  traineeships  available  from  the  Division  of  Nursing,  Health  Resources  Administra- 
tion, Health  and  Human  Services  provide  tuition,  fees,  and  a  monthly  stipend.  Students  in 
selected  specialty  areas  may  also  be  eligible  for  support  under  specialized  grants  obtained 
by  the  School  of  Nursing  or  available  through  application  to  a  specific  foundation  or 
funding  source.  Since  there  are  limitations  on  the  number  of  traineeships  available,  appli- 
cants are  ranked  according  to  total  professional  background. 

In  the  case  of  all  traineeships,  prospective  students  make  application  to  the  School  of 
Nursing.  No  action  is  taken  by  faculty  until  eligibility  for  admission  has  been  established. 
Graduate  students  also  are  referred  to  the  Federal  Nursing  Loan  and  Scholarship  Program 
available  through  the  financial  aid  office. 

Nurse  Training  Act  Scholarships  and  Loans  Scholarships  to  a  maximum  of  $2,000 
annually  and  loans  to  a  maximum  of  $2,500  annually  are  available.  Loans  are  at  three  per 
cent  annual  interest  with  principal  and  interest  payments  beginning  nine  months  after 
graduation;  deferment  and  cancellation  provisions  are  available. 

College  Work-Study  Support  for  students  in  career  related  employment  both  on  and  off 
campus  during  the  academic  year  as  well  as  the  summer  months  may  be  available. 

51 


Non-University  Sources 

Bank  Loans  Students  may  obtain  educational  loans  through  private  lending  institutions 
such  as  banks  or  credit  unions.  In  many  cases,  federal  assistance  in  the  payment  of  the 
seven  per  cent  interest  can  be  obtained.  As  lenders  have  limited  funds  for  this  program, 
students  are  encouraged  to  contact  their  lending  institutions  at  the  earliest  possible  date. 

The  Maryland  Higher  Education  Loan  Corporation  (MHELC)  Program  permits  graduate 
students  to  borrow  up  to  $2,000  annually.  MHELC  applications  are  available  in  the  Stu- 
dent Aid  Office. 

Employment  Opportunities 

Graduates  of  the  master's  degree  program  of  the  University  of  Maryland  have  a  variety  of 
employment  opportunities.  Surveys  of  recent  graduates  indicate  100%  employment.  Ap- 
proximately 60%  of  these  graduates  are  employed  in  hospitals,  307c  as  faculty  in  schools 
of  nursing  and  10%  in  other  areas  including  nursing  homes,  community  mental  health  and 
public  health  clinics.  Salaries  vary  with  the  type  of  position,  the  setting,  the  geographical 
areas,  and  the  individual  graduate's  professional  experience.  Beginning  salaries  in  the 
Baltimore-Washington,  D.C.  area  for  new  master's  graduates  range  from  $16,000- 
$20,000  per  year.  Doctorally  prepared  nurses  are  in  great  demand  throughout  the  nation 
as  administrators,  faculty  and  researchers.  Salaries  vary  with  the  particular  position,  the 
geographical  area  and  the  individual  background  of  the  candidate  ranging  from  $20,000- 
$45,000  per  year. 

Graduate  Student  Organizations 

Graduates  in  Nursing  (GIN)  is  an  organization  of  all  the  students  in  the  graduate  program 
in  the  School  of  Nursing.  The  purpose  of  the  organization  is  to  foster  unity  among  gradu- 
ate students  to  aid  in  the  pursuit  of  individual,  institutional  and  professional  goals,  and  to 
enhance  communication  among  students,  faculty  and  the  community.  Student  representa- 
tives function  in  a  liaison  capacity  by  serving  on  various  School  and  University  commit- 
tees. GIN  serves  the  graduate  student  body  through  orientation  programs,  a  monthly 
newsletter,  education  and  social  functions,  and  the  establishment  of  ad  hoc  committees 
when  student,  faculty  and  community  needs  arise. 

As  a  focal  point  for  graduate  student  awareness,  the  UMAB  Graduate  Student  Association 
(GSA)  is  comprised  of  one  representative  from  each  department  on  campus  that  offers  a 
graduate  degree.  Its  main  purpose  is  to  promote  a  better  graduate  student  life  by  providing 
efficient  orientation  of  new  students,  communicating  research  interests  across  departmen- 
tal lines,  and  providing  a  channel  for  the  communication  of  graduate  student  concerns  to 
the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research  and  to  the  Graduate  Council.  The  Graduate 
Student  Association  chooses  one  of  its  own  members  each  year  to  serve  as  a  voting  mem- 
ber of  the  Graduate  Council  and  also  elects  representatives  to  the  UMAB  Senate. 


Course  Descriptions 

NURS  602  Conceptual  Framework  for  Nursing  Practice  (5)  This  course  provides 
an  introduction  to  the  articulation  of  a  philosophy  of  nursing  to  a  conceptual  framework 
for  nursing  practice.  Our  philosophy  states  that  the  personal,  cognitive,  and  physical  ex- 
pressions of  health  interact  throughout  life  and  unfold  in  dynamic  interplay  with  the  envi- 
ronment. The  two  credit  theory  session  each  week  is  a  coordinated  approach  by  represent- 
ative departmental  faculty  in  which  the  study  of  scientific  concepts  which  influence  man's 
expressions  of  health  is  emphasized.  The  other  three  credits  provide  a  departmentally  su- 
pervised clinical  practicum  with  emphasis  on  assessment  and  on  evaluation  of  nursing  in- 
terventions or  regulatory  processes.  (Faculty) 

52 


NURS  603  Evaluation  of  Patient  Care:  A  Clinical  Perspective  (3)  This  course 
provides  an  opportunity  for  students  to  synthesize  a  framework  for  evaluating  health  and 
nursing  care.  Emphasis  is  on  the  analysis  o\~  structure,  process  and  outcomes  of  nursing 
care  in  terms  of  the  personal,  physical  and  cognitive  expressions  of  health.  It  is  designed 
to  supplement  the  core  courses  as  well  as  other  clinical  courses  by  presenting  quality  as- 
surance methods,  criteria  and  standards.  Prerequisites  are  the  completion  of  NURS  602  & 
701  or  permission  of  instructor.  (Walker) 

NURS  604  Organizational  Behavior  and  Role  Fulfillment  (3)  An  exploration  and 
analysis  of  commonalities  inherent  in  nursing  practice  in  various  roles.  Content  from  sys- 
tems, role,  organizational  behavior,  consultation,  learning  and  change  theories  provides 
the  basis  for  synthesis  into  a  conceptual  framework  of  practice  in  teaching,  clinical  prac- 
tice and  administration.  (Faculty) 

NURS  606  Influential  Forces,  Health  Care  and  Health  Care  Systems  (2)  The 

identification  and  analysis  of  the  economic,  social,  political  and  educational  forces  which 
influence  the  health  of  man.  affect  the  health  care  delivery  system  and  produce  changes  in 
nursing.  (Faculty) 

NURS  608  Special  Problems  in  Nursing  (1-3)  Provides  for  alternative  learning  ex- 
periences: independent  study;  development  of  specific  clinical  competencies;  classes  foc- 
using on  a  variety  of  special  interest  topics  or  topics  of  an  interdepartmental  nature.  Reg- 
istration upon  consent  of  adviser.  Students  may  register  for  one-three  credits  per  semester 
with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  611  Introduction  to  Concepts  and  Techniques  of  Primary  Care  Nurs- 
ing (2)  This  course  emphasizes  the  development  of  the  student's  concepts  of  the  ex- 
panded nursing  role.  It  builds  on  assessment  skills  and  knowledge  pertaining  to  the  con- 
ceptual framework  acquired  in  NURS  602.  It  provides  opportunity  to  collect  and  analyze 
data  with  a  variety  of  skills  and  techniques  that  expand  the  nursing  process  for  the  health 
of  adults.  Concurrent:  NURS  602.  NPHY  480.  (Faculty) 

NURS  613  Clinical  Diagnosis  and  Management  I  (4)  This  course  prepares  the  stu- 
dent to  function  at  a  beginning  level  as  a  nurse  practitioner  in  an  ambulatory  setting.  This 
is  the  first  of  two  sequential  courses  which  focuses  on  a  different  set  of  health  problems 
for  study.  The  student  applies  the  nursing  process  by  performing  diagnostic  methods,  de- 
veloping plans  of  care,  and  implementing  nursing  strategies  to  promote  personal,  cogni- 
tive and  physical  health  of  clients  with  common  health  problems.  Prerequisite:  NURS 
61 1.  NPHY  480.  Open  to  majors  only.  (Faculty) 

NURS  614  Clinical  Diagnosis  and  Management  II  (4)  This  course  prepares  the  stu- 
dent to  function  as  a  nurse  practitioner  in  an  ambulatory  setting  with  clients  who  have 
complex  health  problems.  This  is  the  second  of  two  sequential  courses  which  apply  the 
nursing  process  by  performing  communication  and  assessment  skills,  interpreting  find- 
ings, applying  laboratory  diagnostic  methods,  developing  plans  of  care,  and  implement- 
ing nursing  strategies  to  promote  personal,  cognitive  and  physical  health  of  clients.  Pre- 
requisite: NURS  613.  Open  to  majors  only.  (Faculty) 

NURS  615  Advanced  Primary  Health  Care  (5)  This  course  consists  of  intensive  ap- 
plied clinical  experience  and  seminar  sessions.  It  is  designed  to  assist  the  student  in  ana- 
lyzing multiple  variables  in  health  and  disease,  and  through  a  problem-solving  approach, 
determine  an  optimal  plan  in  relation  to  both  short  and  long-term  goals.  The  emphasis  is 
on  increased  independence  and  decision-making  in  an  interprofessional  environment.  Pre- 
requisite: NURS  614.  Open  to  majors  only.  (Faculty) 

NURS  618  Special  Problems  in  Primary  Care  (1-3)  An  independent  study  experi- 
ence which  allows  students  in  the  primary  care  department  to  develop  special  competen- 
cies or  obtain  in-depth  clinical  experience.  Students  outside  the  Department  of  Primary 
Care  Nursing  may  elect  this  experience  to  study  selected  concepts  relating  to  primary  care 
nursing.  Registration  upon  consent  of  adviser.  Students  may  register  for  varying  units  of 

53 


credit  ranging  from  one-three  credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  de- 
gree. (Faculty) 

NURS  621  Medical-Surgical  Nursing  I  (2)  The  first  level  Medical-Surgical  Nursing 
course  focuses  on  systematic  exploration  of  concepts  that  are  particularly  pertinent  to 
adult  clients  with  physical  alterations.  The  concepts  are  developed  within  the  graduate 
program  framework,  interrelationships  among  concepts  are  determined  and  clinical  impli- 
cations are  considered.  Values,  beliefs,  and  attitudes  about  nursing,  health,  and  illness  are 
explored.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent:  NURS  602  and  NPHY  480.  (Shubkagel  and  Faculty) 

NURS  622  Medical-Surgical  Nursing  II  (4)  Building  on  Nursing  602  and  621  this 
course  focuses  on  the  articulation  of  selected  concepts  with  the  development,  implementa- 
tion, and  evaluation  of  regulatory  processes  from  the  perspective  of  the  graduate  program 
framework.  The  practicum  gives  the  students  an  opportunity  to  test  the  presented  theory 
within  a  clinical  perspective,  to  strengthen  and  extend  previously  acquired  knowledge  and 
skill,  and  to  progress  toward  attainment  of  individual  clinical  goals.  Prerequisite:  NURS 
621.  (Shubkagel  and  Faculty) 

NURS  625  Introduction  to  Gerontological  Nursing  (2)  This  introductory  course 
traces,  via  an  historical  perspective,  the  beginnings  of  the  science  of  gerontology  and  ge- 
rontological nursing.  The  focus  is  on  implications  for  nursing  in  regard  to  the  myths  and 
misconceptions,  current  health  care  problems  and  the  influence  societal  thinking  has  had 
on  attitudes  and  interests  regarding  the  elderly.  (Faculty) 

NURS  626  Processes  of  Aging:  Implications  for  Nursing  Care  (4)  This  course 
provides  an  indepth  analysis  of  specific  concepts  related  to  the  cognitive,  physical  and 
psychosocial  health  care  problems  of  the  aged.  The  emphasis  in  exploring  these  concepts 
is  on  assessment  methodologies  and  nursing  care  strategies  which  are  designed  to  assist 
the  aged  person  to  cope  with  alterations  in  the  expressions  of  health  related  to  the  aging 
process  and.  where  possible,  prevent  the  occurrence  of  alterations  in  health.  (Faculty) 

NURS  628  Special  Problems  in  Medical-Surgical  Nursing  (1-3)  Provides  alterna- 
tive learning  experiences:  independent  study:  development  of  specific  clinical  competen- 
cies; classes  focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  topics  or  topics  of  an  interdepartmental  nat- 
ure within  the  broad  category  of  medical-surgical  nursing.  Registration  upon  consent  of 
adviser.  Student  may  register  for  varying  amounts  of  credits  ranging  from  one-three 
credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Shubkagel  and  Faculty) 

NURS  631  Maternal  and  Infant  Nursing  I  (2)  First  of  a  two-semester  sequence.  A 
conceptual  approach  which  focuses  on  extensive  understanding  of  nursing  in  society's  to- 
tal program  of  maternal  health  services  with  emphasis  on  increased  practitioner  skills  for 
independent  and  collaborative  components  of  professional  nursing  of  mothers  and  infants. 
Prerequisite:  NURS  602.  (Neal  and  Faculty) 

NURS  632  Maternal  and  Infant  Nursing  II  (4)  Focuses  on  extensive  knowledge  and 
understanding  of  maternal  care  and  on  gaining  increased  collaborative  and  practitioner 
skills  in  professional  nursing  within  interdisciplinary  health  agencies  and  institutions.  Sec- 
ond Semester  of  a  two-semester  sequence.  Prerequisite:  NURS  602  and  NURS  631.  (Neal 
and  Faculty) 

NURS  638  Special  Problems  in  Maternity  Nursing  (1-3)  Provides  for  alternative 
learning  experiences:  independent  study:  development  of  specific  clinical  competencies; 
classes  focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  interest  topics  or  topics  of  an  interdepartmental 
nature  within  the  broad  category  of  maternity  nursing.  Registration  upon  consent  of  ad- 
viser. Student  may  register  for  varying  amounts  of  credit  ranging  from  one-three  credits 
per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Neal  and  Faculty) 

NURS  641  Nursing  of  Children  I  (2)  First  semester  of  a  two-semester  sequence.  Fo- 
cuses on  extensive  knowledge  and  understanding  of  nursing  in  society's  total  program  of 
child  health  services  and  on  gaining  increased  practitioner  skills  in  professional  nursing  of 
children.  Prerequisite:  NURS  602.  (Neal  and  Faculty) 

54 


NURS  642  Nursing  of  Children  II  (4)  Focuses  on  extensive  knowledge  and  under- 
standing in  society's  total  program  of  child  health  services  and  in  gaining  increased  col- 
laborative and  practitioner  skills  in  professional  nursing  of  children.  Second  semester  of  a 
two-semester  sequence.  Prerequisite:  NURS  602  and  NURS  641.  (Neal  and  Faculty) 

NURS  648  Special  Problems  in  Nursing  of  Children  (1-3)  Provides  alternative 
learning  experiences:  independent  study;  development  of  specific  clinical  competencies; 
classes  focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  interest  topics  or  topics  of  an  interdepartmental 
nature  within  the  broad  category  of  nursing  of  children.  Registration  upon  consent  of  ad- 
viser. Student  may  register  for  varying  amounts  of  credit  ranging  from  one-three  credits 
per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Neal  and  Faculty) 

NURS  651  Individual  Therapy  (3)  Individual  therapy  builds  upon  the  interpersonal 
and  analytic  skills  developed  in  the  clinical  portion  of  NURS  602.  This  course  examines 
specific  types  of  ineffective  social  behaviors  as  well  as  personality  disturbances  and  their 
treatment  within  the  contexts  of  psychiatric  and  nursing  literature.  Prerequisite:  NURS 
602.  (Robinson) 

NURS  652  Group  Theory  and  Practice  I  (3)  This  course  is  designed  to  provide  the 
basis  for  a  conceptual  framework  in  group  psychotherapy.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  ap- 
plication of  theory  to  group  practice.  Included  is  the  study  of  the  therapist's  role  in  the  de- 
velopment of  technical  and  communication  skills  in  group  work.  Each  student  is  required 
to  co-lead  a  group  approved  by  the  faculty.  (Faculty) 

NURS  653  Group  Theory  and  Practice  II  (3)  This  course  is  designed  to  further  de- 
velop the  student's  theoretical  and  clinical  expertise  in  group  work  and  group  psychother- 
apy. Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  role  of  the  therapist  in  the  integration  and  utilization  of 
theoretical  concepts  to  clinical  group  practice  and  in  developing  skills  in  supervision. 
Specialized  group  therapy  techniques  and  research  as  related  to  group  practice  are  re- 
viewed. Each  student  is  required  to  co-lead  a  group  approved  by  the  faculty.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  652.  (Faculty) 

NURS  654  Liaison  Nursing  I  (3)  The  student  gains  skills  in  therapeutic  interaction 
with  hospitalized,  physically  ill  patients  based  upon  their  assessment  of  the  patient's  psy- 
chological needs  and  an  evaluation  of  appropriate  vehicles  for  their  gratification.  Goals 
are  established  which  take  into  consideration  physiological  versus  psychological  priori- 
ties, assigning  weights  in  terms  of  immediacy  of  need.  The  hospital  is  viewed  as  a  social 
system,  and  means  of  interacting  effectively  in  it  are  explored.  Offered  Fall  Semester. 
(Robinson) 

NURS  655  Orientation  to  Critical  Concepts  in  Family  (3)  Orientation  to  the  theo- 
ries and  techniques  of  family  therapy.  Emphasis  on  family  systems  theory  (the  Bowen 
Theory).  Interview  experience  with  selected  families  and  development  of  observational 
skills.  (Cain  and  Faculty) 

NURS  656  Introduction  to  Clinical  Practice  With  Families  (3)  Orientation  to  the 
role  of  the  clinician  in  family  therapy.  Emphasis  is  on  the  identification  of  existing  family 
behavior  patterns.  Clinical  practice  with  at  least  one  family.  Prerequisite:  NURS  655. 
(Cain  and  Faculty) 


55 


NURS  657  Advanced  Clinical  Practice  With  Families  (3)  Advanced  clinical  prac- 
tice and  refinement  of  clinical  skills.  Prerequisite:  NURS  656.  (Cain) 

NURS  658  Special  Problems  in  Adult  Psychiatric  Nursing  (1-3)  Provides  alterna- 
tive learning  experiences:  independent  study:  development  of  specific  clinical  competen- 
cies; classes  focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  interest  topics  or  topics  of  an  interdepart- 
mental nature  within  the  area  of  adult  psychiatric  nursing.  Registration  upon  consent  of 
adviser.  Student  may  register  for  varying  amounts  of  credit  ranging  from  one-three  credits 
per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  659  Mental  Health  Consultation  (3)  This  course  is  designed  to  introduce  the 
student  to  the  principles  and  practice  of  mental  health  consultation  and  basic  Community 
Mental  Health  Theory.  Caplan's  Model  of  mental  health  consultation  will  be  stressed  as 
well  as  development  and  management  of  consultation  programs.  Students  will  provide 
weekly  consultation  to  a  community  health  care  setting  or  social  agency  approved  by  the 
faculty.  Prerequisite:  Clinical  and/or  academic  courses  in  psychiatric/community  health 
nursing.  (Faculty) 

NURS  660  Introduction  to  Selected  Aspects  of  Child  Development  I  (2)  This 
course  explores  selective  theoretical  concepts  of  child  development  during  the  first  six 
years  of  life.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  integrating  personality  development  and  intellectual 
development.  Assessment  tools  which  reflect  the  theories  presented  will  be  discussed. 
(McElroy) 

NURS  661  Orientation  to  Critical  Problems  in  Family-Child  Relations  (3)  First 
of  two  semester  sequence.  This  course  provides  a  broad  view  of  child  psychopathology 
with  emphasis  on  intrapsychic,  interpersonal  and  sociocultural  dynamics.  The  integration 
of  concepts  in  nursing  practice,  particularly  the  development  of  assessment  and  interview- 
ing skills,  is  stressed.  (Reid  and  Faculty) 

NURS  664  Introduction  to  Selected  Aspects  of  Child  Development  II  (2)  This 
course  explores  selective  theoretical  concepts  of  child  development  during  the  years  from 
seven  through  adolescence.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  examining  the  following  theorists: 
Erikson.  Winncott.  Lidz  and  Piaget.  Prerequisite:  NURS  660.  (McElroy) 

NURS  665  Comprehensive  Care  of  Children  With  Psychiatric  Disorders  (3) 

Second  of  a  two-semester  sequence.  This  course  provides  theoretical  concepts  underlying 
the  treatment  of  children  with  psychiatric  disorders.  The  clinical  component  provides  op- 
portunity to  implement  treatment  modalities  in  a  variety  of  settings.  Prerequisite:  NURS 
661.  (Faculty) 

NURS  668  Special  Problems  in  Child  Psychiatric  Nursing  (1-3)  Provides  for  al- 
ternative learning  experiences:  independent  study;  development  of  specific  clinical  com- 
petencies; classes  focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  interest  topics  or  topics  of  an  interde- 
partmental nature  within  the  broad  category  of  child  psychiatric  nursing.  Registration 
upon  consent  of  adviser.  Student  may  register  for  varying  amounts  of  credit  ranging  from 
one-three  credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  670  School  Health  (2)  This  course  is  designed  to  examine  factors  and  programs 
that  contribute  to  the  promotion  and  maintenance  of  health  in  the  school  population.  The 
development  of  school  health  programs  and  services  are  discussed.  Issues,  legislation  and 
organizations  involved  in  school  health  are  explored.  This  course  includes  a  variety  of 
learning  experiences  such  as  field  trips  where  students  have  the  opportunity  to  develop  an 
interdisciplinary  approach  to  the  population.  AHEC  experience  is  available.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  602  or  permission  of  instructor.  Open  to  non-nursing  majors.  Offered  Winter  Ses- 
sion. (Northrop) 

NURS  671  Epidemiology  (2)  A  contemporary  approach  to  epidemiological  concepts 
and  methods.  General  considerations  and  laboratory  application  to  data  in  specific  situa- 
tions. Open  to  non-nursing  majors  with  permission  of  instructor.  Prerequisite:  Statistics. 
Offered  Spring  Semester.  (Kohler) 

56 


NURS  672  Community  Health  Nursing  I  (1)  This  first  level  departmental  course  is 
designed  to  explore  the  relevancy  of  the  school's  conceptual  framework  for  community 
health  practice.  Students  also  discuss  the  nature  and  scope  of  community  health  nursing 
and  its  relationship  to  the  public  health  sciences  and  to  nursing.  Family  and  community 
are  identified  as  the  basic  units  of  study  and  primary  prevention  as  a  major  responsibility. 
Prerequisite  or  concurrent:  NURS  602.  Offered  Fall  Semester.  (Eells  and  Strasser) 

NURS  673  Community  Health  Nursing  II  (3)  This  is  a  required  second  level  depart- 
mental course.  Although  students  continue  with  their  community  assessment  and  one  well 
family  selected  during  NURS  602,  analytical  focus  is  extended  to  include  the  use  of  regu- 
latory processes  with  families  who  have  multiple  problems.  Additional  conceptual  frame- 
works commonly  employed  in  family  and  community  study  are  examined.  Program  plan- 
ning, implementation,  and  evaluation  are  discussed  in  relation  to  the  student's  assessment 
of  a  community's  health  problems.  Prerequisite:  NURS  606  and  NURS  672.  Offered 
Spring  Semester.  (Ruth  and  Faculty) 

NURS  674  Community  Health  Nursing  Within  the  Health  Care  System  (2)  This 
course  focuses  upon  the  relationship  between  the  health  level  of  the  community  and  the 
organization  of  the  health  care  system.  Social  and  political  forces  and  major  public  poli- 
cies that  are  shaping  the  organization  and  delivery  of  community  health  nursing  services 
will  be  analyzed.  An  examination  of  theory,  research,  governmental  and  other  profes- 
sional documents  will  provide  the  bases  for  discussion  as  to  how  effective  and  efficient 
services  can  be  achieved.  Various  systems  of  health  care  organization  will  be  compared  in 
terms  of  health  level,  structure,  and  reimbursement  mechanisms.  Open  to  non-nursing 
majors  with  permission  of  instructor.  Offered  Spring  Semester,  (Ruth  and  Faculty) 

NURS  675  Community  Health  Nursing  III  (2)  This  is  a  required  third  level  depart- 
mental course  for  students  whose  area  of  concentration  is  community  health  nursing.  It  is 
given  concurrently  with  the  practicum  in  role  preparation.  While  the  emphasis  is  upon  in- 
tervention strategies  and  regulatory  processes  in  community  health  nursing,  content  re- 
lated to  public  health  administration  is  discussed  and  includes  areas  such  as  reimburse- 
ment mechanisms,  legislation  and  regulation,  and  standards  of  practice.  Students  will 
plan,  implement,  and  evaluate  a  health  program  of  primary  prevention  in  their  selected 
communities.  Prerequisite:  NURS  604  and  NURS  673.  Offered  Fall  Semester.  (Northrop 
and  Faculty) 

NURS  676  Community  Health  Groups:  Leadership  Strategies  (2)  The  theory 
content  and  practicum  of  this  course  offer  learning  experiences  particularly  pertinent  and 
applicable  to  working  with  well  families  and  health-oriented  community  groups.  The 
course  is  designed  to  provide  graduate  students  in  community  health  nursing  and  other 
specialty  areas  an  opportunity  to  gain  additional  skills  in  the  use  of  group  leadership  strat- 
egies to  bring  about  change  toward  defined  goals  and  objectives.  Prerequisite:  Basic 
course  in  group  dynamics;  permission  of  instructor.  Open  to  non-nursing  majors.  Offered 
Spring  Semester.  (Strasser) 

NURS  678  Special  Problems  in  Community  Health  Nursing  (1-3)  Provides  alter- 
native learning  experiences:  independent  study;  development  of  specific  clinical  compe- 
tencies; classes  focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  interest  topics  or  topics  of  an  interdepart- 
mental nature  within  the  broad  category  of  community  health  nursing.  Registration  by 
consent  of  adviser.  Students  may  register  for  varying  amounts  of  credit  ranging  from  one- 
three  credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  680  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Nursing  Education  (3)  This  course 
combines  the  elements  of  the  curriculum  process  with  instructional  principles  and  meth- 
odologies through  both  faculty  and  student  conducted  seminars.  It  is  designed  to  assist  the 
student  in  the  understanding  and  application  of  the  foundations  and  methods  of  curricu- 
lum development.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent:  NURS  604.  (Blakeney) 

NURS  682  Practicum  in  Teaching  in  Nursing  (3)  Experience  in  clinical  and  class- 
room settings  promotes  the  opportunity  for  development  and  increased  skill  in  the  total 

57 


teaching  learning  process.  An  analytical  approach  to  teaching  effectiveness  is  empha- 
sized. Placement  in  junior  colleges,  baccalaureate  programs  or  inservice  settings  is  ar- 
ranged according  to  track  selected.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent:  NURS  680.  (Matejski  and 
Faculty) 

NURS  683  Practicum  for  Clinical  Specialist  in  Nursing  (4)  Supervised  experience 
is  provided  by  each  clinical  department  which  will  prepare  the  graduate  student  to  func- 
tion in  the  role  of  clinical  specialist.  Placement  may  be  in  community  or  home  settings, 
chronic  and  long-term  care  facilities  as  well  as  intensive  care  units.  Concurrent:  NURS 
684.  (Jarrett  and  Faculty) 

NURS  684  Seminar  in  Nursing-Clinical  Specialization  (2)  This  seminar  focuses 
on  increasing  organizational  behaviors  to  function  effectively  as  clinical  nurse  specialists. 
Particular  attention  is  given  to  improving  the  delivery  of  health  care  to  consumers  through 
consultation,  teaching,  research,  and  clinical  practice  in  medical-surgical,  maternal  and 
child  health,  psychiatric  (adult  and  child),  gerontological  and  community  health  nursing. 
Concurrent:  NURS  683.  (Jarrett) 

NURS  685  Instructional  Skills  (3)  This  course,  conducted  by  means  of  micro  teach- 
ing lab,  fosters  the  development  and  analysis  of  selected  teaching  skills  directed  at  prede- 
termined levels  of  functioning  in  the  cognitive,  affective  and  psychomotor  domains.  Pre- 
requisite: NURS  604  and  two  semesters  of  clinical  course  work.  Prerequisite  or 
concurrent:  NURS  680.  (Faculty) 

NURS  688  Special  Problems  in  Nursing  Education  (1-3)  The  major  objectives  of 
this  independent  study  experience  are  to  develop  further  competencies  in  the  area  of 
teaching.  Registration  upon  consent  of  adviser.  Student  may  register  for  one-three  credits 
per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  689  Special  Problems  in  Clincal  Specialization  (1-3)  The  major  objectives 
of  this  independent  study  experience  are  to  develop  further  competencies  in  the  areas  of 
clinical  specialization.  Registration  upon  consent  of  adviser.  Students  may  register  for 
one-three  credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  691  Administration  of  Nursing  Education  (2)  Application  of  administrative 
processes  as  employed  in  nursing  education  settings.  Comparison  and  contrasts  of  admin- 
istrative skill  requirements  among  types  of  educational  programs  will  be  addressed  where 
appropriate.  Prerequisite:  NURS  604.  (Blakeney  and  Faculty) 

58 


NURS  692  Administration  of  Nursing  Service  (2)  Examination  and  application  of 
administrative  processes  employed  in  nursing  service  settings.  The  independent  and  inter- 
dependent functions  of  nurse  administrators  in  an  organization,  at  various  levels  of  deci- 
sion making,  are  identified  and  analyzed.  Prerequisite:  NURS  604.  (Proulx) 

NURS  693  Practicum  in  Nursing  Service  Administration  (4)  Field  placements 
provide  for  synthesis  of  learning  through  observation  of  and  participation  in  administra- 
tive activities.  Placements  are  arranged  to  support  skill  development  in  keeping  with  the 
student's  career  goals.  Regular  conferences  with  university  instructors  and  field  preceptor 
enrich  the  student's  learning  opportunity.  Prerequisite:  NURS  692.  (Proulx) 

NURS  694  Practicum  in  Nursing  Education  Administration  (4)  Field  placement 
provides  for  synthesis  of  learning  through  observation  of  and  participation  in  administra- 
tive activities.  Students  may  elect  placement  in  baccalaureate  or  associate  degree  basic 
education  programs  or  in  staff  development  settings.  Regular  conferences  with  university 
instructors  and  the  field  preceptor  enrich  the  student's  learning  opportunity.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  691.  (Blakeney  and  Faculty) 

NURS  695  Organization  Development  in  Nursing  (3)  Explores  the  nature,  origin, 
and  strategies  of  Organization  Development.  Concepts  related  to  behavioral  science  inter- 
ventions for  organizational  improvements  are  based  on  the  processes  of  planning,  orga- 
nizing, leading,  and  evaluating.  Prerequisite:  NURS  604.  (Proulx  and  Fritz) 

NURS  696  Cases  and  Concepts  in  Nursing  Administration  (2)  Second  level 
course  in  Nursing  Administration.  It  is  a  required  course  for  students  whose  major  area  of 
concentration  is  Administration  of  Nursing  Service/Education  and  is  an  elective  course 
open  to  all  other  students.  The  course  focuses  on  administrative  cases  and  is  designed  to 
assist  the  student  in  exploring  administrative  concepts  and  analyzing  administrative  situa- 
tions. Prerequisite:  NURS  604.  (Faculty) 

NURS  697  Seminar  in  Nursing  and  Health  Policy  (2)  This  course  focuses  on  the 
structure  and  function  of  agencies  that  are  responsible  for  formulating  and  implementing 
health  policy.  Included  are  key  skills  related  to  formulating  health  policy:  attention  is 
given  to  professional  values  clarification,  writing  skills,  and  legal  terminology.  Prerequi- 
site: NURS  604,  606  (Blakeney  and  Faculty)  "Proposed  Course." 

NURS  698  Special  Problems  in  Nursing  Administration  (1-3)  The  major  objec- 
tive of  this  independent  study  experience  is  to  develop  further  competencies  in  the  area  of 
administration.  Registration  by  consent  of  adviser.  Student  may  register  for  one-three 
credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  699  Practicum  in  Nursing-Health  Policy  (4)  The  practicum  is  experiential 
learning  in  the  use  of  various  regulatory  processes;  namely,  alterations,  modification,  dis- 
placements, negotiations,  confrontations,  and  ministrations  in  the  formulation  and  imple- 
mentation of  policies  that  affect  nursing  specifically  and  health  care  in  general.  The  prac- 
ticum is  12  to  16  hours  per  week  for  one  semester.  Placements  are  made  in  (1)  various 
regulatory  agencies  within  HEW  and  the  State  Health  Department,  (2)  the  student's  se- 
lected clinical  nursing  area  of  study.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  applying  nursing  knowl- 
edge to  health  policy.  Prerequisite:  NURS  697  (Blakeney  and  Faculty)  "Proposed 
Course." 

NURS  701  Research  Methods  and  Materials  in  Nursing  (3)  One  four-hour  lec- 
ture/lab a  week.  Includes  basic  understandings  of  the  philosophy  of  research,  the  nature 
of  scientific  thinking,  methods  of  research  study.  Prerequisite:  Basic  statistics.  (Faculty) 

NURS  702  Application  of  Inferential  Statistics  to  Nursing  Research  Designs 

(2)  This  course  emphasizes  the  requirements  and  interpretation  of  inferential  procedures 
widely  used  in  nursing  research  designs.  Statistical  computer  programs  are  utilized  with 
actual  nursing  data.  Selection  of  the  most  appropriate  procedure  is  stressed.  Data  snoop- 
ing and  alternative  analyses  are  studied  including  bivariate  correlation,  partial  correlation, 
one-way  ANOVA,  ANCOVA.  multiple  regression  and  various  nonparametric  analyses. 

59 


Instrument  reliability  is  computed  and  an  overview  of  other  procedures  is  presented.  A 
pragmatic  rather  than  mathematical  approach  is  used.  A  three-hour  session  each  week 
combines  lecture  and  lab.  Prerequisite:  NURS  701.  (Faculty) 

NURS  708  Special  Problems  in  Nursing  Research  (1-3)  The  major  objective  of 
this  independent  study  experience  is  to  develop  further  research  competencies.  Registra- 
tion upon  consent  of  instructor.  Variable  amounts  of  credit  ranging  from  one-three  per  se- 
mester may  be  taken  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  710  Health  Supervision  of  the  Well  Child  I  (3)  This  is  the  first  of  two  se- 
quential courses  which  focus  on  health  promotion  and  health  maintenance  for  children. 
This  course  deals  primarily  with  the  health  needs  of  children  during  the  first  five  years  of 
life.  The  student  will  function  at  a  beginning  level  as  a  Nurse  Practitioner  in  an  ambula- 
tory setting.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  application  of  the  nursing  process:  assessing  the  phys- 
ical, personal  and  cognitive  expressions  of  health  of  well  children  during  the  first  five 
years  of  life  within  the  context  of  their  family  environments;  developing  plans  of  care 
based  on  knowledge  of  the  cultural  patterns  of  the  family  and  of  the  predominant  pattern 
of  organization  of  the  child's  expressions  of  health,  implementing  and  evaluating  nursing 
strategies  to  promote  health  and  normal  growth  and  development.  Prerequisite:  NURS 
602,  NURS  61 1  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  (Faculty) 

NURS  71 1  Health  Supervision  of  the  Well  Child  II  (3)  This  is  the  second  of  two  se- 
quential courses  which  apply  the  conceptual  framework  of  the  graduate  program  and  the 
nursing  process  through  communication  and  assessment  skills,  developing  plans  of  care, 
implementing  and  evaluating  the  use  of  selected  regulatory  processes  to  promote  the  per- 
sonal, cognitive  and  physical  health  of  children.  The  course  focuses  on  the  health  needs 
of  school  age  children  and  adolescents.  Normal  growth  and  development  are  emphasized. 
Prerequisite:  NURS  710  or  permission  of  instructor.  (Faculty) 

NURS  713  Common  Health  Problems  of  Children  I  (4)  This  is  the  first  of  two  se- 
quential courses  which  focus  on  selected  health  problems  of  children  frequently  encoun- 
tered in  ambulatory  settings  and  the  underlying  alterations  in  health  equilibrium.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  on  problem  identification,  application  of  appropriate  regulatory  processes 
and  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  intervention.  Prerequisite:  NURS  602,  NURS  611 
or  permission  of  instructor.  (Faculty) 

NURS  714  Common  Health  Problems  of  Children  II  (4)  The  focus  of  this  second 
of  two  sequential  courses  is  selected  health  care  problems  of  children  and  the  underlying 
alterations  in  health  equilibrium.  The  problems  considered  will  be  of  a  more  complex  nat- 
ure. Problem  identification,  application  of  appropriate  regulatory  processes  and  evaluation 
of  the  effectiveness  of  intervention  are  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  NURS  713  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  (Faculty) 

NURS  715  Advanced  Primary  Care  of  Children  (5)  This  course  is  designed  to  as- 
sist the  student  to  integrate  and  synthesize  the  material  from  all  course  work,  material  pre- 
viously learned  and  some  new  concepts  in  Primary  Care  Pediatric  Nursing.  Clinical  expe- 
riences will  allow  the  student  to  assume  a  more  independent  role  in  assessing  and 
managing  the  health  care  of  children  from  birth  to  adolescence  as  part  of  a  multidiscipli- 
nary  health  care  team.  Prerequisite:  NURS  71 1  and  NURS  714.  (Faculty) 

NURS  754  Liaison  Nursing  II  (3)  The  second  level  course  in  psychiatric  liaison  nurs- 
ing presents  material  relevent  to  specific  patient  populations  which  are  targeted  by  the  li- 
aison practitioner.  In  the  latter  half  of  the  course,  the  student  begins  to  explore  those  is- 
sues involved  in  working  with  nursing  staff,  rather  than  directly  with  patients  to  meet  the 
latter's  psychological  needs.  In  addition  liaison  research  projects  that  were  identified  in 
the  first  level  course  will  be  further  developed  to  meet  seminar  paper  or  thesis  require- 
ments. Prerequisites:  NURS  654.  (Robinson) 

NURS  771  Occupational  Health  (2)  This  course  provides  an  examination  of  issues 
and  research  in  occupational  health.  The  expressions  of  health  of  working  segments  of  the 
adult  population  in  various  occupations  will  be  explored.  The  role  of  the  health  provider 

60 


in  occupational  health  is  considered  in  terms  of  legislation,  private  and  public  industry, 
unionized  and  nonunionized  workers.  This  course  includes  a  variety  of  learning  experi- 
ences such  as  field  trips  where  students  have  the  opportunity  to  develop  an  interdiscipli- 
nary approach  to  the  population.  AHEC  experience  is  available.  Prerequisite:  NURS  602 
or  permission  of  instructor.  Open  to  non-nursing  majors.  Offered  Winter  Semester. 
(Northrop  and  Eells) 

NURS  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6)  (Faculty) 

NURS  801  Conceptual  Basis  for  Nursing  (2)  This  course  provides  experience  in 
conceptualizing  health-related  behavior  as  an  initial  step  in  nursing  research.  Biological, 
psychological,  cognitive  and  social  dimensions  of  selected  concepts  relevant  to  nursing 
practice  are  examined  theoretically  and  operationally.  The  interrelatedness  of  these  di- 
mensions is  viewed  as  constituting  a  major  focus  in  the  study  of  Man  from  a  nursing  per- 
spective. (Kreider  and  Faculty) 

NURS  802  Analysis  of  Direct  Nursing  Action  (4)  In  this  course  clinical  settings  will 
be  utilized  for  the  examination  of  client  states  and  nursing  actions.  From  a  theoretical  per- 
spective students  will  develop  and  implement  a  plan  for  study  of  nursing  actions  and  the 
client  states  which  are  stimuli  for  and  responses  to  nursing  actions.  Prerequisites:  NURS 
801  (Kreider) 

NURS  803  Conceptualization  of  Nursing  Systems  (2)  This  course  provides  expe- 
rience in  analyzing  the  global  context  of  nursing  practice.  Systems,  theory  and  dynamics 
are  explored  in  detail;  selected  concepts  are  explored  as  interrelated  factors  influencing 
episodic  and  distributive  care  and  the  organization  and  development  of  resources  for  nurs- 
ing practice,  education  and  research.  (Faculty) 

NURS  804  Analysis  of  Indirect  Nursing  Action  (4)  From  theoretical  and  empirical 
perspectives,  indirect  nursing  actions  are  examined.  The  ways  in  which  aspects  of  nursing 
systems  constrain,  generate,  and  might  be  altered  through  nursing  actions  are  investigated 
in  various  settings.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  identification,  conceptualization  and  delinea- 
tion of  indirect  nursing  actions  and  the  extent  to  which  they  support  and  alter  direct  nurs- 
ing practice.  (Faculty) 

NURS  805  Analysis  and  Development  of  Nursing  Theory  (4)  Issues  and  tech- 
niques in  theory  analysis  and  construction  are  addressed.  Extant  nursing  theories  are  ana- 
lyzed, compared  and  evaluated  in  the  light  of  stated  criteria.  A  variety  of  metatheoretical 
approaches  to  theory  development  are  studied  from  the  perspective  of  their  existing  and 
potential  use  in  nursing.  Prerequisite:  NURS  602  or  equivalent.  (Lenz  and  Faculty) 

NURS  806  Seminar  in  Nursing  Science  (2)  The  focus  of  this  seminar  is  on  philo- 
sophical and  theoretical  issues  which  must  be  considered  in  discovering  and  verifying 
nursing  knowledge.  Advanced  topics  in  theory  development  are  addressed.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  805.  (Faculty)  "Proposed  Course." 

NURS  811  Measurement  of  Nursing  Phenomena  (3)  The  theoretical  basis  of  mea- 
surement will  be  presented  as  a  foundation  for  the  development  and  evaluation  of  mea- 
surement tools  for  use  in  nursing  research.  Types  of  measures,  techniques  of  construc- 
tion, the  statistical  analysis  of  reliability  and  validity,  and  strengths  and  limitations  for  use 
of  selected  measures  in  nursing  research  will  be  presented.  Nursing  research  studies  will 
be  evaluated  relative  to  measurement  theory.  Tools  and  procedures  including  those  used 
to  measure  affective,  cognitive,  behavioral  and  physiological  aspects  of  selected  concepts 
will  be  evaluated.  Prerequisite:  NURS  702  or  equivalent.  (Waltz) 

NURS  812  Seminar  in  Nursing  Measurement  (3)  The  theoretical  basis  of  measure- 
ment will  be  applied  in  a  highly  individualized  experience  in  the  development  and  testing 
of  an  instrument  to  measure  a  selected  concept  of  relevance  in  nursing  research.  The  sem- 
inar will  provide  the  opportunity  for  discussion  of  problems,  issues  and  strategies  in- 
volved in  tool  construction  and  validation  and  for  the  sharing  of  experiences.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  811  (Waltz) 

61 


NURS  813  Design  of  Nursing  Research  (3)  The  emphasis  in  this  course  is  on  the 
acquisition  of  methods  and  techniques  for  extending  the  scientific  base  of  knowledge  for 
nursing  practice.  Research  studies,  taken  from  the  health  care  literature,  which  address 
questions  of  impact  to  nursing  will  serve  as  foci  for  discussion  throughout  the  term.  Re- 
search designs  and  related  statistical  procedures  will  be  examined  in  terms  of  their  appro- 
priateness for  addressing  various  nursing  problems.  Small-scale  research  projects  wil  be 
carried  out  in  order  to  facilitate  acquisition  of  desired  skills.  (Wolfe) 

NURS  815  Seminar  in  Advanced  Measurement  and  Design  in  Nursing  Re- 
search Design  (3)  The  major  emphasis  in  this  course  is  on  use  of  pre  and  quasi  experi- 
mental designs  and  related  statistical  procedures  for  the  study  of  clinical  nursing  prob- 
lems. Included  are  topics  of  particular  interest  to  nurse  researchers  such  as  use  of 
professional  judgement  and  standards,  selecting  clinically  equivalent  comparison  groups', 
gaining  adequate  research  control  in  clinical  nursing  settings,  use  of  evaluative  research 
techniques  in  evaluating  the  effectiveness  of  nursing  care  programs.  This  course  is  de- 
signed as  a  sequel  to  NURS  813  which  focuses  on  the  design  and  analysis  of  experimental 
nursing  research.  (Prescott)  "Proposed  Course." 

NURS  818  Special  Topics  in  Nursing  Research  (1-3)  A  directed  individually 
planned  research  experience  which  provides  doctoral  students  the  opportunity  to  work 
collaboratively  with  a  faculty  member  on  an  ongoing  research  project.  Specific  require- 
ments and  credit  are  determined  by  contractual  agreement:  repeatable  to  a  to  a  maximum 
of  6  credits.  (Faculty) 

NURS  888  Special  Problems  in  Direct  Nursing  (1-3)  Students  select  a  topic  of  par- 
ticular professional  interest  within  the  sphere  of  direct  nursing,  to  be  studied  with  a  gradu- 
ate faculty  member  with  special  competence  in  the  subject  area.  Specific  objectives  and 
requirements  are  determined  by  contractual  agreement  prior  to  registration.  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  6  credits.  (Faculty) 

NURS  898  Special  Problems  in  Indirect  Nursing  (1-3)  Students  select  on  topic  of 
professional  interest  within  the  sphere  of  indirect  nursing,  to  be  studied  with  a  graduate 
faculty  member  with  special  competence  in  the  subject  area.  Specific  objectives  and  re- 
quirements are  determined  by  contractual  agreement  prior  to  registraiton.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  6  credits.  (Faculty) 

NURS  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  Variable  credit  (Faculty) 

NPHY  421,  422  Principles  of  Human  Physiology  (3,  3)  Required  for  students  ma- 
joring in  maternal  and  child  nursing.  Open  to  all  other  students  (Urbaitis) 

NPHY  480  Human  Physiology  (3)  The  focus  of  this  course  is  directed  toward  the 
study  of  selected  areas  in  normal  human  physiology.  Emphasis  is  given  to  analysis  of  nor- 
mal function  at  the  cellular  and  organ  levels.  Discussion  of  major  regulatory  and  integra- 
tive mechanisms  of  the  body  are  elaborated  to  elucidate  body  function.  This  course  ex- 
pands upon  a  basic  knowledge  of  physiology.  (Selmanoff) 

NPHY  610  Methods  and  Principles  of  Applied  Physiology  I  (3)  The  first  of  two 
sequential  courses  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  a  deeper  base  of  scientific  knowl- 
edge that  correlates  physiology  and  corresponding  alterations  to  a  process  of  clinical  diag- 
nosis and  management.  The  course  elaborates  upon  specific  pathophysiologic  principles 
and  a  study  of  disease  entities.  It  also  provides  exercises  in  applying  epidemiological 
knowledge  in  clinical  practice  and  preventive  health  settings.  Open  to  majors  only.  Pre1- 
requisite:  NPHY  480.  Concurrent:  NURS  613  (Faculty) 

NPHY  611  Methods  and  Principles  of  Applied  Physiology  II  (3)  The  last  of  two 
sequential  courses  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  an  indepth  base  of  scientific 
knowledge  that  correlates  physiology  and  corresponding  alterations  to  a  process  of  clini- 
cal diagnosis  and  management.  The  course  elaborates  upon  specific  pathophysiologic  en- 
tities and  study  of  disease  entities.  It  also  provides  exercises  in  applying  epidemiological 
knowledge  in  clinical  practice  and  preventive  health  settings.  Prerequisite:  NPHY  480  and 
NPHY  610.  Concurrent:  NURS  614.  Open  to  majors  only.  (Faculty) 

62 


CONTINUING  EDUCATION 
PROGRAM 


63 


The  Continuing  Education  Program  is  designed  to  facilitate  the  life-long  learning  process 
of  individual  nurses  and  provides  an  essential  bridge  between  the  School  of  Nursing  and 
the  nursing  community  in  Maryland.  The  program  offers  workshops,  short  courses  and 
seminars  which  build  upon  the  basic  preparation  of  the  registered  nurse  and  serve  to  en- 
hance or  update  knowledge  and  professional  competence  in  the  delivery  of  health  serv- 
ices. Aware  of  the  expanding  decision-making  responsibilities  now  confronting  nurses, 
the  program  provides  for  opportunities  to  learn  about  new  concepts  in  professional  nurs- 
ing, and  bring  participants  into  dialogue  with  colleagues  in  the  nursing  profession  as  well 
as  experts  in  related  fields. 

Activities  are  coordinated  with  other  professional  groups,  institutions  and  health  related 
agencies  in  the  state  to  encourage  cooperative  planning  and  interprofessional  program- 
ming. Regional  committees  consisting  of  nurses  in  western  and  southern  Maryland  and 
the  Eastern  Shore  assist  with  identification  of  continuing  education  needs  and  participate 
in  planning  and  implementing  individual  offerings  in  those  regions. 

The  School  of  Nursing  Committee  for  Continuing  Education  serves  in  an  advisory  capac- 
ity for  program  development  and  evaluation.  Faculty  members  participate  in  planning  for 
and  teaching  in  specific  offerings  and  serve  as  consultants  as  appropriate. 

The  Interprofessional  Council  for  Continuing  Education,  UMAB,  is  composed  of  the  Di- 
rectors of  Continuing  Education  in  the  six  professional  schools.  The  number  and  scope  of 
interprofessional  offerings  has  increased  considerably  as  a  result  of  the  Council's  activi- 
ties. 

The  Director  of  the  Continuing  Education  Program  serves  as  a  consultant  to  the  faculty  of 
an  ongoing  Primary  Care  Nurse  Practitioner  Program  which  is  supported  by  a  grant  from 
the  Division  of  Nursing,  DHEVV. 

Appropriate  continuing  education  units  (CELTS)  based  upon  guidelines  and  criteria  estab- 
lished by  the  National  Task  Force  on  the  Continuing  Education  Unit  are  awared  to  partici- 
pants completing  offerings  sponsored  or  co-sponsored  by  the  School  of  Nursing. 


64 


ADMINISTRATION 
AND  FACULTY 


65 


Board  of  Regents 

Mr.  Peter  F.  O'Malley,  Chairman.  1985 

The  Hon.  Joseph  D.  Tydings.  Vice  Chairman,  1984 

Mr.  Percy  M.  Chaimson,  Secretary,  1981 

Mr.  A.  Paul  Moss,  Treasurer,  1983 

Mrs.  Mary  H.  Broadwater.  Assistant  Secretary,  1983 

Mr.  George  W.  Wilson,  Jr.  Assistant  Treasurer,  1981 

The  Hon.  Wayne  A.  Cawley,  Jr.,  Ex-officio 

Mr.  Ralph  W.  Frey.  1981 

Dr.  Samuel  H.  Hoover.  1982 

The  Hon.  Blair  Lee.  III.  1985 

Mr.  Allen  L.  Schwait,  1984 

Mrs.  Constance  C.  Stuart.  1985 

Mr.  Wilbur  G.  Valentine.  1982 

Mrs.  Jennifer  A.  Walker.  1981 

Mr.  John  W.  T.  Webb.  1985 

University  of  Maryland-Central  Administration 

President 

John  S.  Toll.  B.S..  Yale  University.  1944:  A.M..  Princeton  University.  1948;  Ph.D.. 
1952. 

Executive  Vice  President  Albin  O.  Kuhn.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1938:  M.S.. 
1939:  Ph.D..  1948. 

Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs 

David  Adamany.  A.B.,  Harvard  College.  1958:  J.D..  Harvard  Law  School.  1961:  M.S.. 

University  of  Wisconsin.  1963:  Ph.D..  1967. 

Vice  President  for  General  Administration 

Warren  W.  Brandt,  B.S..  Michiean  State  University.  1944;  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois. 

1949. 

Vice  President  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research 

David  S.  Sparks,  B.A.,  Grinnell  College,  Iowa,  1944;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago, 

1945;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

Vice  President  for  Agricultural  Affairs  and  Legislative  Relations 
Frank  L.  Bentz.  Jr..  B.S..  University  of  Maryland  1942:  Ph.D..  1952. 

Vice  President  for  University  Development 

Robert  G.  Smith.  B.S..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Geneseo.  1952;  M.A..  Ohio 

University.  1956. 

University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  -  Deans 

Dean.  Dental  School 

Errol  L.  Reese.  B.S..  Fairmont  State  College.  1960;  M.S..  University  of  Detroit.  1968: 

D.D.S..  University  of  West  Virginia.  1963. 

Dean,  Graduate  School  and  Interprofessional  Studies  (Acting) 

Ross  W.  I.  Kessel.  M.B..  B.S..  University  of  London.  1956:  Ph.D..  Rutgers.  The  State 

University.  1960. 

Dean,  School  of  Law 

Michael  J.  Kelly.  B.S..  Princeton  University.  1959;  Ph.D..  Cambridge  University.  1964; 

LLB..  Yale  Law  School.  1967. 

Dean,  School  of  Medicine 

John  M.  Dennis.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1943;  M.D..  1945. 

Dean,  School  of  Nursing 

Nan  B.  Hechenberger.  B.S.,  Villanova  University,  1956;  M.S.,  The  Catholic  University 

of  America.  1959;  Ph.D..  1974;  (RN) 

66 


Dean.  School  of  Pharmacy 

William  J.  Kinnard.  Jr..  B.S..  University  of  Pittsburgh.  1953;  M.S..  1955;  Ph.D..  Pur- 
due University.  1957. 

Dean.  School  of  Social  Work  and  Community  Planning 

Ruth  H.  Young,  A.B..  Wellesley  College,  1944;  M.S.S.W..  The  Catholic  University  of 

America.  1949;  D.S.W..  1965. 

University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  -  Campus  Administration 

Chancellor 

Albin  O.  Kuhn.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  M.S..  1939;  Ph.D..  1948. 

Vice  Chancellor  for  Health  Affairs 

John  M.  Dennis.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1943;  M.D..  1945. 

Assistant  to  the  Chancellor 

Roy  Borom.  B.A.,  Wooster  College.  1959;  M.S.S.A..  Western  Reserve  University 

School  of  Applied  Social  Sciences.  1951. 

Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 

Wayne  A.  Smith.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1962. 

Director  of  Business  Sen-ices 

Robert  C.  Brown.  B.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1963. 

Director  of  Health  Sciences  Computer  Center 

Donn  Lewis.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1973;  M.B.A..  University  of  Marvland 

1976. 

Director  of  Personnel 

Ronald  J.  Baril.  B.S.  Ed..  Bridgewater  State  College.  Massachusetts,  1965. 

Director  of  Student  Financial  Aid 

James  H.  Nolan,  B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin-Madison,  1965. 

Director  of  Physical  Plant 

Robert  L.  Walton.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1938. 

Director  of  Student  Health  Services 

Wilfred  H.  Townshend,  B.A..  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1936;  M.D.,  University  of 

Maryland.  1940. 

Director  of  University  of  Maryland  Hospital 

G.  Bruce  McFadden  B.S..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  1957;  M.H.A..  Medical  Col- 
lege of  Virginia.  1961. 

Director  of  University  Relations 

Louise  M.  White,  A.B..  Randolph-Macon  Woman's  College.  1959:  M.L.A.,  Johns 

Hopkins  University.  1965. 

Librarian.  Health  Sciences  Library 

Cyril  C.  H.  Feng.  B.A..  Tamkang  College.  Taiwan.  1961:  M.S..  University  of  Ken- 
tucky. 1965. 

School  of  Nursing  Administration 

Nan  B.  Hechenberger,  Dean  and  Professor 

B.S..  Villanova  University.  1956:  M.S..  The  Catholic  Univeritv  of  America.  1959: 
Ph.D..  1974;  (RN) 

Frieda  M.  Holt,  Associate  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Professor 

B.S..  Univerity  of  Colorado.  1956;  M.S..  Boston  Univerity,  1969;  Ed.D..   1973; 
(RN) 

67 


Rachel  Z.  Booth,  Acting  Associate  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  and  Associate 
Professor.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1968:  M.S..  1970  Ph.D..  1978;  (RN) 

Ann  S.  Madison,  Assistant  Dean  for  Academic  Services  and  Associate  Professor 

B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1962;  M.S..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1964;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1973;  (RN) 

Frances  P.  Koonz,  Director  of  Continuing  Education  and  Faculty  Development 

and  Assistant  Professor.  B.S..  Seton  Hall  University.  1954:  M.S..  The  Catholic  Uni- 
versity of  America.  1961:  (RN) 

Helen  R.  Kohler,  Director,  Special  Outreach  Project  and  Associate  Professor 

B.S..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1960;  M.S..  University  of  Minnesota,  1962; 
Ph.D..  University  of  North  Carolina,  1974;  (RN) 

Elizabeth  R.  Lenz,  Director,  Doctoral  Program  and  Associate  Professor 

B.S.N. ,  DePaul  University,  1964;  M.S.,  Boston  College,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Delaware,  1976;  (RN) 

Sonya  R.  Shelley,  Director.  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation  and  Professor 

B.S..  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958;  M.Ed..  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  Ph.D.. 
1974 

Brian  Naughton.  Director.  Instructional  Media  Center  and  Assistant  Professor 
B.S..  State  University  of  New  York.  1970:  M.A..  Ohio  State  University,  1971 

Malissa  Harkleroad,  Director.  Undergraduate  Admissions  and  Progressions  and 
Associate  Professor 

B.S.N. ,  Medical  College  of  Virginia.  1956;  M.S.N. .  University  of  North  Caro- 
lina, 1961;  Ph.D.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America.  1973;  (RN) 

Hazle  Blakeney,  Chairperson,  Career  Development  and  Professor 

B.S.,  Kansas  State  College,  1946;  M.S.,  Teacher's  College.  Columbia  University, 
1953;  Ed.D.,  1967;  (RN) 

Colette  Jones,  Acting  Chairperson,  Primary  Care  Nursing  and  Assistant  Professor 
B.S..  University  of  Nebraska,  1958;  M.S..  The  Catholic  University  of  America. 
1972:  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1978:  (RN) 

Mary  V.  Neal,  Chairperson.  Maternal  and  Child  Nursing  and  Professor 

B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1949;  M.  Litt..  University  of  Pittsburgh.  1952;  Ph.D.. 
New  York  University.  1968:  (RN) 

Marlene  B.  Reid,  Chairperson,  Psychiatric  Nursing  and  Associate  Professor 

B.S.N. .  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1960;  M.S.N. .  1961;  Ph.D..  1969; 

(RN) 

M.  Virginia  Ruth,  Chairperson.  Community  Health  Nursing  and  Associate  Professor 
B.S.,  Georgetown  University,  1953;  M^S.,  Yale  Univerity,  1961;  Dr.  P.H.,  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1976;  (RN)  Certified  Nurse  Midwife 

Betty  Shubkagel,  Chairperson.  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  and  Professor 

B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1954:  M.N..  Emory  University.  1957:  Ph.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland.  1976:  (RN) 

Mary  Rapson,  Acting  Chairperson  Junior  Year  and  Assistant  Professor 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961;  M.S.,  1967;  (RN) 

Lesley  Perry,  Acting  Chairperson.  Senior  Year  and  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.N. .  Roberts  Wesleyan  College,  1966;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1969;  (RN) 

RoAnne  Dahlen,  Chairperson,  Registered  Nurse  Program  and  Assistant  Professor 
B.S..  Columbia  University,  1961;  M.A..  New  York  University,  1964;  D.N.Sc.  The 
Catholic  University  of  America.  1980;  (RN) 

68 


Nurses'  Alumni  Association 

Officers  for  1980-81  Board  of  Directors 

Ruth  Bush  Lovett.  President  Jean  Warfield  Donnelly 

Catherine  Kerr,  First  Vice  President  Claire  Greenhouse 

Thelma  Kleckner,  Second  Vice  President  Carla  Miller 

Doris  Webb.  Secretary  Debbie  Barton 
Elaine  Crow,  Treasurer 


THE  FACULTY 

University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing 

Adams,  Deborah,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Virginia,  1976;  M.S.N.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1980;  (RN) 

Akehurst,  Alice  J.,  Advisor-Office  of  Admissions  and  Progressions,  Assistant 
Professor  of  Nursing  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958;  M.S.,  1966;  (RN) 

Arnold,  Elizabeth  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Georgetown  University,  1961;  M.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1964;  (RN) 

Await,  Kathleen  A.,  Instructor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S..  Villanova  University,  1971;  M.S..  University  of  Colorado.  1976;  (RN) 

Balassone,  Patricia,  Instructor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  M.S.,  1979;  (RN) 

Baldwin,  Beverly,  Assistant  Professor  of  Gerontological  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N.,  Northwestern  State  University,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Iowa,  1970;  M.A.,  University  of  New 
Orleans,  1975;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1980;  (RN) 

Bausell,  R.  Barker,  Associate  Professor,  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation 
B.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1976 

Bayne,  Marilyn,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  M.S.,  1977;  (RN) 

Beaumont,  Christine,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 
B.S.N. ,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  M.S.,  1976;  (RN) 

Bertsch,  Coleen,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Family  Nurse  Clinician) 

B.S.N. ,  University  of  Tennessee,  1962;  M.S.N. ,  Mississippi  University  for  Women,  1977;  (RN) 

Blakeney,  Hazle  E.,  Chairperson,  Career  Development  and  Professor  (Graduate 

Program)  B.S.,  Kansas  State  College,  1944;  M.A.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1961;  Ed.D., 
1967;  (RN) 

Boland,  Barbara,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Catherine  Spaulding  College,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 

"Booth,  Rachel  Z.,  Acting  Associate  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  and 

Associate  Professor  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  M.S.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1978;  (RN) 

Brooks,  Naomi,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961;  M.S.,  1976;  (RN) 

Brophy,  Merril  C,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing  ) 

B.S.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1978;  (RN) 

"Buckley,  Kathleen,  Instructor  of  Maternal  and  Child  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  M.S.,  1976;  (RN) 

ButZ,  Arlene,  Instructor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N. ,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1973;  M.S.N. ,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1978;  (RN) 

Cain,  Ann  M.,  Professor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1956;  M.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1972;  (RN) 

Campbell,  Kathleen,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 
B.S.N. ,  University  of  Maryland.  1973;  M.S.,  1980;  (RN) 

69 


Campbell,  Nayna,  Assistant  Professor  of  Maternal  and  Child  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

A.B.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1969;  B.S.N. ,  University  of  Texas,  1971;  M.A.,  1970;  M.S.N. ,  1973;  (RN) 

Cardinale,  Sandra,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959;  M.S.,  1975:  (RN) 

Carson,  Verna  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  M.S.,  1973;  (RN) 

Chichester,  Myra,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.N. ,  Columbia  University,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1971,  (RN) 

Ciamillo,  Carmiele,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 
B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  (RN) 

Claflin,  Marjorie  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Bridgeport,  1963;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  (RN) 

Cogliano,  Janet,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  M.S.N. ,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1975;  (RN) 

Connolly,  Charlene,  Instructor  of  Gerontological  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.N. .  Duke  University,  1976;  M.S.N. ,  University  of  Maryland.  1980;  (RN) 

Cook,  Katherine  C,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  M.S.,  1978;  (RN) 

Coughlin,  Arlene  M.,  Assistant  Professor  (Nutrition) 

B.S.,  College  of  Misericordia,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973 

Cusson,  Regina,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Maternal  and  Child) 

B.S..  St.  Joseph's  College.  1971;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1978;  (RN) 

Dahlen,  RoAnne,  Chairperson,  Registered  Nurse  Program,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1961;  M.A.,  New  York  University,  1964;  D.N.Sc,  Catholic  University  of 
America,  1980;  (RN) 

Damrosch,  Shirley  P.,  Assistant  Professor,  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation 
B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1975 

Dorsey,  Donna  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 
B.S.,  East  Carolina  University,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975,  (RN) 

Edmunds,  Marilyn,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  Brigham  Young  University,  1964;  M.S.,  DePaul  University.  1970;  (RN) 

Eells,  Mary  Ann,  Associate  Professor  of  Community  Health  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Rochester,  1968;  Ed.D.,  1970;  (RN) 

Emrich,  Carol,  Instructor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1970;  M.S.,  1974;  (RN) 

Feroli,  Kathleen,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 
B.S.N. ,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  M.S.,  1980:  (RN) 

Fischman,  Susan,  Associate  Professor  of  Maternal  and  Child  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N. ,  University  of  Michigan,  1957;  M.P.H.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1965;  Dr.  P.H.,  1974;  (RN); 
Certified  Nurse  Midwife 

Fortier,  Julie  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S..  Medical  College  of  Georgia.  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  (RN) 

'Fortna,  Nancy,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Nursing  of  Children) 
B.S.N. ,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1964;  M.S.N. ,  1966;  (RN) 

Fontaine,  Dorothy,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  i 
B.S.,  Villanova  University,  1972;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1977;  (RN) 

Frit2,  Winona,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing,  Career  Development  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.N.,  University  of  Missouri.  1968;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1977;  (RN) 


Funk,  Karen  L,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 
B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1971;  M.Ed.,  1973;  (RN) 

Gerardi,  Ruth,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.N. ,  Widener  University,  1971;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970:  (RN) 


70 


Giles,  Lois  A.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1975;  M.S.,  1977;  (RN) 

Glpe,  Florence  M.,  Dean  Emerita 

B.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1937;  M.S..  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1940;  Ed.D..  University  of 
Maryland,  1952;  (RN) 

"Gordon,  Dorothy  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medcial  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N. ,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1963;  M.A.,  New  York  University,  1968;  D.N.Sc,  The  Catholic  Uni- 
versity of  America,  1975;  (RN) 

Grimm,  Patricia  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1964;  M.S.,  Catholic  University,  1976;  (RN) 

Guberski,  Thomasine,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  American  International  College,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1969;  (RN) 

Gunnett,  Ann  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  M.S.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University,  1975;  (RN) 

Hale,  Shirley  L,  Associate  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  Ph.D..  1974;  (RN) 

Hall,  Pamela  S.,  Instructor  of  Medical-Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1974;  M.S..  1980;  (RN) 

Hardman,  Margaret  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 
B.S.,  University  of  Oregon,  1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  (RN) 

Harkleroad,  Malissa  A.,  Director,  Undergraduate  Admissions;  Progressions  and  Associate  Professor 

B.S.N. ,  Medical  College  of  Virginia,  1956;  M.S.N. ,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Catholic 
University  of  America,  1973;  (RN) 

Harrison,  Jeannine,  Assistant  Professor  of  Maternal  and  Child  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1963;  M.S.,  New  York  University,  1966;  (RN) 

*Harvey,  Ann  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.S.,  1967;  (RN) 

Hechenberger,  Nan  B.,  Dean  and  Professor 

B.S.,  Villanova  University.  1956;  M.S.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1974;  (RN) 

Henderson,  Kathryn,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 
B.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  (RN) 

*Hicks,  Johnnye  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Maternal  and  Child  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Winston-Salem  University,  1961;  M.S.,  Yale  University,  1965;  (RN);  Certified  Nurse  Midwife 

Holt,  Frieda  M.,  Associate  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1956;  M.S.,  Boston  University.  1969;  Ed.D.,  1973;  (RN) 

Horensky,  Judith  L,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.N. ,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1964;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1978;  (RN) 

Hutchins,  Elizabeth,  Associate  Professor  of  Maternal  and  Child  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Boston  University,  1957;  M.S.,  1962;  M.A.,  University  of  Washington,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1978;  (RN) 

Ibrahim,  Elvira  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 
B.S.N.,  D'Youville  College,  1971;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 

"Jacox,  Ada,  Professor  of  Nursing,  Career  Development  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1959;  M.S. .Wayne  State  University.  1965;  Ph.D..  Case  Western  Reserve  Uni- 
versity, 1969;  (RN) 

Jarrett,  Grace,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing,  Career  Development:  Clinical  Specialization  (Graduate  Pro- 
gram) 

B.S.N.,  Hunter  College,  1973;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1974;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1979; 
(RN) 

Jensen,  JoAnne,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1976:  (RN) 

Jimerson,  Suzanne  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 
B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1972;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976;  (RN) 

"Jones,  L.  Colette,  Acting  Chairperson,  Primary  Care  Nursing  and  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1958;  M.S.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1972;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Maryland,  1978;  (RN) 

71 


*Keen,  Mary  Frances,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.N. ,  University  of  Maryland.  1973:  M.S..  1976:  (RN) 

Kennedy,  Patricia  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  M.S.,  1963;  (RN) 

Kleeman,  Karen  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  Columbia  Union  College,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1971;  (RN) 

"Kohler,  Helen  R.,  Director,  Outreach  Program  and  Associate  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health 
Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North 
Carolina,  1974;  (RN) 

Koonz,  Frances  P.,  Director  of  Continuing  Education  and  Assistant  Professor 

B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1954;  M.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1961;  (RN) 

Krauss,  Nancy  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1965;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967;  (RN) 

Kreider,  Mildred  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.N. ,  Goshen  College,  1958;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1968;  Ph.D.,  1976;  (RN) 

Kub,  Joan  Ellen,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  South  Dakota  State  University,  1973;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976:  (RN) 

Kubel,  Robin,  Assistant  Professor  of  Maternal  and  Child  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N. ,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1976;  (RN) 

Kunder,  Antonia,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973:  (RN) 

Leidy,  Susan,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Elizabethtown  College,  1970;  M.S.N.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1972;  (RN) 

Lenz,  Elizabeth  R.,  Director  of  Doctoral  Program  and  Associate  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N. ,  DePaul  University,  1964;  M.S.,  Boston  College,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware,  1976:  (RN) 

Linthicum,  Louise  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternal  and  Child  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopins  University,  1959;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1975;  (RN) 

McBee,  Betty  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967;  M.S.,  1971;  (RN) 

"McElroy,  Evelyn  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1973;  (RN) 

McEntee,  Betty  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 
B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1968:  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 

McFadden,  Ellen  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Virginia,  1973;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  (RN) 

McGinty,  Margaret  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing)  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1971;  M.S.,  1974;  (RN) 

McGurn,  Wealtha  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.N. ,  University  of  Vermont,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1965;  M.A.,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1976; 

(RN) 

McKinney,  Denise,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1973;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1978;  (RN) 

Madison,  Ann,  Assistant  Dean  for  Academic  Services  and  Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1973;  (RN) 

Maguire,  Maureen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.N.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1969;  M.S.N. ,  1971;  (RN) 

Marsan  Mosely,  H.  Jewel,  Associate  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.;  University  of  Maryland,  1959;  M.S.,  1963;  (RN) 

Martin,  Pamela,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1977:  (RN) 

Matejski,  Myrtle  S.,  Assistant  Professor,  Career  Development:  Teaching  of  Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S., 
Boston  University,  1953;  M.S.,  1954;  A.M.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1977;  (RN) 

72 


Mayer,  Judith  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 
B.S.,  Northern  Illinois  University,  1973;  M.S.,  1974;(RN) 

Maurer,  Frances,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  California  State  University,  1977;  M.S.N. ,  University  of  Maryland,  1979;  (RN) 

Melcolm,  Norma  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 
B.S.,  Medical  College  of  Georgia,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  (RN) 

*Micka,  Georgia,  Instructor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1979;  (RN) 

Miller,  Patricia,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1974;  B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1977;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1979; 
(RN) 

Modesty,  Maureen  O'Brien,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 
B.S.,  Boston  College,  1964;  M.A.,  Boston  University,  1967;  (RN) 

Morgan,  Ann,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Continuing  Education) 
B.S.N. ,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1960;  M.S.N.,  1971;  (RN) 

Moser,  Rose  Marie,  Counselor 

B:A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1976;  M.S.,  1977 

Naughton,  Brian,  Director,  Instructional  Media  Center  and  Assistant  Professor 
B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1970;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1971 

Neal,  Margaret  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Southern  Missionary  College,  1965;  M.S.N. ,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1970;  (RN) 

Neal,  Mary  V.,  Chairperson,  Maternal  and  Child  Nursing  and  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.  Litt.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1952;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University, 
1968;  (RN) 

Neff,  Phyllis,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Maternal-Child) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1979 

*Niklewski,  Roberta,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.N.,  St.  Joseph  College,  1972;  M.S.N.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  (RN) 

Northrop,  Cynthia  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Gerontological  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Columbia  Union  College,  1972;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  J.D.,  University  of  Baltimore. 
1979;  (RN) 

O'Connor,  Catherine  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Gerontological  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  M.S.,  1977;  (RN) 

O'Mara,  Ann  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.N. ,  State  University  of  New  York,  1972;  M.S.N. ,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1977;  (RN) 

Parelhoff,  Sally  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 
B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1965;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972:  (RN) 

Parker,  Barbara  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  (RN) 

Peeples,  Robin,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatrics) 

B.S.,  University  of  South  Carolina,   1975;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1980 

Perry,  Lesley,  Acting  Chairperson,  Senior  Year  and  Assistant  Professor  (Pediatric  Nursing) 
B.S.N.,  Robert  Wesleyan  College,  1966;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1969:  (RN) 

Prescott,  Patricia,  Associate  Professor  of  Nursing,  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation 

B.S.,  University  of  California,  1965;  M.S.,  1967;  M.A.,  University  of  Denver,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1977;  (RN) 

Proulx,  Joseph  R.,  Professor,  Career  Development:  Administration  of  Nursing 

B.S.,  University  of  Bridgeport,  1961;  M.S.N. ,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1966;  Ed.D.,  Teachers  College, 
Columbia  University,  1972;  (RN) 

Rankin,  Elizabeth,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 
B.S.N. ,  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  M.S.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1979;  (RN) 

Rapson,  Mary,  Acting  Chairperson,  Junior  Year,  Assistant  Professor 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961;  M.S.,  1967;  (RN) 


73 


Rawlings,  Norma  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Winston— Salem  University.  1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1968:  (RN) 

Reid,  Marlene  B.,  Chairperson,  Psychiatric  Nursing  and  Associate  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.N. ,  The  Catholic  University  of  America.  1960;  M.S.N. .  1961;  Ph.D..  1969;  (RN) 

Reiff-Ross,  Eleanor  R.,  Assistant  Professor,  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation 

A.B.,  Hunter  College,  1947;  A.M.,  Columbia  University,  1948;  M.Ed..  University  of  Maryland,  1968; 
Ph.D..  1972 

Robinson,  Lisa,  Professor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  American  University.  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1970;  (RN) 

Rogers,  Peggy  P.,  Assistant  Professor,  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation 
B.A.,  Park  College,  1969;  M.A.,  George  Peabody  College,  1974;  Ph.D..  1976 

Romeo,  Roberta  M.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 
B.S..  Medical  College  of  Georgia,  1975:  M.S..  1976;  (RN) 

Rubin,  Rita  L,  Instructor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  M.S.,  1978;  (RN) 

Ruth,  M.  Virginia,  Chairperson,  Community  Health  Nursing  and  Associate  Professor  (Graduate  ProgTam) 
B.S.,  Georgetown  University.  1953;  M.S..  Yale  University.  1961:  Dr.  PH..  Johns  Hopkins  University, 
1976:  (RN)  Certified  Nurse  Midwife 

Ryan,  Judith  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Continuing  Education) 
B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1965;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1967;  (RN) 

Sands,  Rosetta  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M.S.,  1970;  (RN) 

Sapperstein,  Anne,  Instructor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Continuing  Education) 

B.S.N. ,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  M.P.H.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1977;  (RN) 

Sappington,  Ellen,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  M.S.,  1976;  (RN) 

Schweitzer,  Betty,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  New  York  University,  1959;  M.A.,  1971;  (RN) 

Scipio,  JoAnn,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Maternal  and  Child  Nursing) 
B.S.N. ,  Catholic  University.  1973:  M.S.N.,  1974;  (RN) 

Scott,  Doris  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 
B.S.N. ,  Dillard  University,  1963;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1968;  (RN) 

Scott,  Jane,  Instructor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Continuing  Education) 

B.S.N. ,  Duke  University,  1973;  M.S.N.,  Wayne  State  University,  1978;  (RN) 

Scott,  Jessie  M.,  Associate  Professor.  Career  Development:  Nursing  Health  Policy  (Graduate  Program  I 

B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1943:  M.A..  Teachers  College.  Columbia  University,  1949:  (RN) 
Shelley,  Sonya  I.,  Director.  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation,  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958;  M.Ed..  University  of  Maryland.  1971;  Ph.D.,  1973 

Shubkagel,  Betty  L,  Chairperson,  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  and  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954:  M.N.,  Emory  University,  1957;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1976; 
(RN) 

Simmons,  Valerie,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1976:  M.S..  1977:  (RN) 

Skinner,  Suzanne,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 
B.S.N.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976;  M.S.N. ,  1979;  (RN) 

Smith,  Claudia  M.,  Assistsant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community  Health  Nursing) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965:  M.P.H.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1971;  (RN) 

Smith,  Ruth  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 
A.B.,  Asbury  College.  1960:  M.N.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1964;  (RN) 

Soeken,  Karen,  Assistant  Professor.  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation 

B.A.,  Valpariso  University,  1965:  M.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  Ph.D.. 

Spellbring,  Ann  Marie,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 
B.S.N. ,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1967;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1973:  (RN) 

Spivack,  Barbara  J.,  Coordinator  for  Student  Development  Services  A.B..  Michigan  State  University.  1965; 
M.A.,  1969 

74 


Stanley,  Joan  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Continuing  Education) 
B.S.N. ,  Duke  University,  1971;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1978;  (RN) 

Stilwell,  Edna,  Assistant  Professor  of  Gerontological  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.N.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  M.S.,  1972;  (RN) 

*Strasser,  Judith,  Instructor  of  Community  Health  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  Villanova  University,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  (RN) 

Stremmel,  Jean,  Assistant  Professor  (Continuing  Education) 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1954;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN) 

Strickland,  Ora,  Associate  Professor  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  North  Carolina  Agricultural  and  Technical  State  University,  1970;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1972; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro,  1977;  (RN) 

Swope,  Donna,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Maternal  and  Child) 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1978 

Thomas,  Sue,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  M.S.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1979;  (RN) 

Tyler,  Sandra,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Columbia  Union  College,  1975;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1978;  (RN) 

"Urbaltls,  Barbara,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiology 

B.A.,  Hunter  College,  1960;  M.A.,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1968 

Venn,  Mary  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 
B.S.,  University  of  Virginia,  1964;  M.N. ,  Emory  University,  1968;  (RN) 

Vore,  Anne  L,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Medical  College  of  Virginia,  1967;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1973;  (RN) 

Waldo,  Elizabeth  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 
B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  (RN) 

Walker,  Marcus  L.j  Associate  Professor  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1957;  M.S.,  1959;  M.P.H.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1972; 
Sc.D.,  1976;  (RN) 

Waltz,  Carolyn  A.,  Professor  of  Nursing,  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryalnd,  1963;  M.S.,  1968;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware,  1975;  (RN) 

Ward,  Catherine  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1954;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1962;  (RN) 

White,  Caroline  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Community  Health  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 

B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1962;  M.P.H.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1964;  Dr.  P.H.,  1974;  (RN) 

Williams,  Linda  L,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Columbia  Union  College,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  (RN) 

Wimbush,  Frances,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing) 
B.S.N. ,  University  of  Maryland,  1976:  M.S.,  1979;  (RN) 

Winkelstein,  Marilyn,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Maternal  and  Child  Nursing) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  M.S.,  1979;  (RN) 

Wlnyall,  Bette  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing) 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1952;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976;  (RN) 

Wolfe,  Mary  L,  Assistant  Professor,  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation 

A.B.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1949;  M.A.,  Bryn  Mawr  College,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware, 
1974 

Wyatt,  Janet  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  Keuka  College,  1971;  M.S.,  University  of  Alabama,  1974;  (RN) 

Zalosh,  Lynne  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Maternal  and  Child  Nursing) 
B.S.N. ,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  M.S.N. ,  1977;  (RN) 

*  Part-time  appointment  **  Joint  appointment  with  another  department 


75 


University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing 
1980-1981  Academic  Calendar 


Fall  Semester  1980 


August  21-22 
August  25 
August  26 
August  26 
August  27 
September  1 
September  16 
November  3-14 
November  27-28 
November  28 
December  5 

December  19 


Thursday-Friday 

Monday 

Tuesday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Monday 

Friday 

Monday-Friday 

Thursday-Friday 

Friday 

Monday 

Friday 


Registration  (Undergraduate) 
Orientation  (Graduate) 
Arena  Registration  (Graduate) 
Orientation  ( Undergraduate) 
Instruction  Begins 
HOLIDAY  -  Labor  Day 
Last  Day,  Jan.  1981  Diplomas 
Preregistration  for  Winter  and  Spring 
HOLIDAY  -  Thanksgiving 
Last  Day  Certification-Thesis  (Graduate) 
Last  Day  Thesis  Defense-Certification- 
Non-Thesis  (Graduate) 
Semester  Ends 


Winter  Session  1981 

January  5  Monday 


January  5 
January  5 
January  15 
January  30 


Monday 
Monday 
Thursday 
Friday 


Drop-Add  Period  for  Winter 

(Undergraduate) 
Arena  Registration  (Graduate) 
Instruction  Begins 
HOLIDAY  -  King's  Birthday 
Winter  Session  Ends 


Spring  Semester  1981 


January  27 

Tuesday 

Instruction  Begins-Clinical  Courses 
( Undergraduates) 

January  29 

Thursday 

Orientation  (Graduate) 

January  30 

Friday 

Drop-Add  Period  for  Spring 
(Undergraduate) 

January  30 

Friday 

Arena  Registration  (Graduate) 

February  2 

Monday 

Instruction  Begins  (Graduate) 

February  2 

Monday 

Instruction  Begins-Non-Clinical  Nursing 
Courses  ( Undergraduates) 

February  20 

Friday 

Last  Day,  May  1981  Diplomas 

February  23 

Monday 

HOLIDAY  -  Washington's  Birthday 

April  1 3- 17 

Monday-Friday 

Spring  Break 

April  20 

Monday 

Last  Day  Certification-Thesis  (Graduate) 

April  20-24 

Monday-Friday 

Preregistration.  Fall  1981 

May  8 

Friday 

Last  Day  Thesis  Defense-Certification 
Non-Thesis  (Graduate) 

May  28 

Thursday 

Semester  Ends 

May  28 

Thursday 

Convocation  -  9:00  A.M. 

May  29 

Friday 

Commencement  -  3:00  P.M. 

June  1 

Monday 

HOLIDAY  -  Memorial  Day 

76 


Campus 
Map 


BUILDING  KEY.  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  AT  BALTIMORE 


Allied  Health  Professions  Building. 
32  S  Greene  Street 
Medical  Technology.  School  of 
Pharmacy  Physical  Therapy, 
Radiologic  Technology  dassrooms, 
offices,  laboratories 
Alpha  House.  828  N.  Eutaw  Street 
(off  campus) 

Baltimore  Union  621  W  Lombard 
Street 

Cafetena    student  housing,  meeting 
rooms   for  students  and   faculty 
lounges,  game  room.  Synapse 
Bressler  Research  Building.  29  S. 
Greene  Street 

Medical  school  research  labs,  Balti 
more  offices  of  the  university's 
Board  of  Regents 

Walter  P  Carter  Center,  630  W 
Fayette  Street 

The  university  uses  this  facility 
jointly  with  the  Inner  City  Mental 
Health  Program  and  the  State  De- 
partment  of  Mental  Hygiene 
Community  Pediatric  Center.  412 
W  Redwood  Street  (off  campus) 
Innovative  program  of  comprehen- 
sive health  care  for  children  in 
southwestern  health  distnet  Feder 
ally  funded 

Davidge  Hall.  522  W  Lombard 
Street 

Built  in  1812  and  designed  by  Rob- 
ert Carey  Long  Sr  ,  who  used  the 
Pantheon  in  Rome  as  his  model 
The  oldest  building  in  the  nation 
used  continuously  for  medical  edu- 
cation The  university's  Medical 
Alumni  Association  plans  to  restore 
the  building  to  its  original  state  and 
open  it  to  the  public  as  a  medical 
museum 

Dunning  Hall,  636  W  Lombard 
Street 

School  of  Pharmacy  classrooms  and 
offices,  drug  manufactunng  lab.  poi- 
son information  center 


9    Fayette  Street  Garage,  633  W   Fay- 
ette Street 
10.    Gray   Laboratory.   520   Rear  W 
Lombard  Street 

Physical  Therapy  Office,  Campus 
Police,  Center  for  the  Graduate 
Social  Work  Education  of  the  Hear 

11  ing  Impaired 

Hayden-Hams  Hall,  666  W  Bain 
more  Street 

Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Sur- 
gery, Dental  School  clinics,  class- 
rooms, labs,  offices 

12  Health  Sciences  Computer  Center, 
610  W  Lombard  Street 
Computer  Center,  pharmacy  school 
offices  and  labs  Medical  Technol- 
ogy labs.  Division  of  Clinical  Investi- 
gation, Office  of  Student  Affairs 

13  Health   Sciences   Library,    111    S 
Greene  Street 

Main  library  for  all  professional 
schools  except  the  School  of  Law 
Includes  historical  book  collection 
and  computerized  circulation  and 
information  services 

14  Howard    Hall,   660  W    Red-wood 
Street 

Central  Administration  offices,  med- 
ical school  classrooms,  offices   labs 

15  Howard  Hall  Tower.  655  W    Balti- 
more Street 

Medical  school  classrooms,  offices, 
labs  Administrative  offices  of  the 
medical  school,  including  the  office 
of  dean  and  vice  chancellor 

16  Institute  of  Psychiatry  and  Human 
Behavior  645  W  Redwood  Street 
(E,  F  and  G  wings  of  the  hospital! 
The  medical  school's  center  for  psy- 
chiatric teaching  and  research  as 
well  as  inpatient  and  outpatient 

17  Kelly   Memorial   Building.  650  W 
Lombard  Street 

Headquarters  of  Maryland  Pharma- 
ceutical Association    B    Olive  Cole 

Museum 


18  Lane  Hall.  500  W  Baltimore  Street 
School  of  Law  classrooms,  offices, 
library.  Developmental  Disabilities 
Law  Clinic 

19  Legal  Services  Clinic,  116  N  Paca 
Street 

20  Lombard  Building,  511  W  Lom- 
bard Street 

Bookstore   University  Relations 

21  Maryland  Institute  for  Emergency 
Medical  Services.  22  S  Greene 
Street 

The  first  major  trauma  program  in 
the  nation,  combining  multidiscipli 
nary  teaching  and  research  with  en 
pert  round  the-clock  care  for  the 
critically  ill  and  injured  in  the  state 

22  Medical  School  Teaching  Facility. 
10  S   Pine  Street 

Medical  school  classrooms,  offices, 
research  labs,  animal  facility.  Office 
of  Medical  Education,  Illustrative 
Services 

23  Medical  Technology  Building,  31  S 
Greene  Street 

Medical  school  offices,  labs 

24  Mencken  House.  1524  Hollins 
Street  (off  campus) 

25  Methadone  Program,  104  N 
Greene  Street  (off  campus) 

26  National  Pituitary  Agency,  210  W 
Fayette  Street  l  off  campus) 
Under  contract  with  the  National 
Institutes  of  Health,  the  University 
of  Maryland  administers  the  NPA. 
which  is  the  official  agency  for  col- 
lection and  distribution  of  human 
pituitary  hormones  for  research  pur- 
poses, 

27  Newman  Center,  712  W  Lombard 
Street 

28  Nilsson  House.  826  N  Eutaw  Street 
(off  campus) 

29  Parsons  Residence  Hall  for  Women, 
622  W   Lombard  Street 

30  Pratt  Street  Garage  and  Athletic  Fa 
cility.  646  W   Pratt  Street 


31  Redwood  Hall,  721  W  Redwood 
Street 

Division  of  Alcoholism  and  Drug 
Abuse  offices,  clinical  areas. 

32  School  of  Nursing  Building.  655  W 
Lombard  Street 

Nursing  school  classrooms,  offices 

33  School  of  Social  Work  and  Admin- 
istration Building,  525  W  Redwood 
Street 

Office  of  the  chancellor  School  of 
Social  Work  and  Community  Plan- 
ning classrooms,  offices 

34  State  Medical  Examiner's  Building. 
1 1 1  Penn  Street 

35.  Stroke  Center,  412  W  Redwood 
Street  (off  campus) 

36  Temporary  Academic  Building.  601 
Rear  W   Lombard  Street 

School  of  Social  Work  and  Com- 
munity Planning  classrooms,  offices 

37  Tuerk  House.  106  N  Greene  Street 
(off  campus) 

Residential  facility  for  alcoholism 
programs  of  the  University  of  Mary- 
land Hospital.  (Also  Alpha  and  Nils- 
son  Houses  ) 

38  University  College.  520  W.  Lom- 
bard Street 

Offers  degree  and  non-degree  edu- 
cational  programs    Juvenile   Law 
Clinic 
39.   University  Garage,    701   W,    Red- 
wood Street 
Helistop 

40  University  of  Maryland  Hospital  22 
S,  Greene  Street 

41  Western  Health  Clinic.  700  W 
Lombard  Street 

42  Whitehurst  Hall,  624  W.  Lombard 
Street 

Graduate  School  office,  nursing, 
pharmacy,  social  work  and  commu- 
nity planning  offices,  classrooms 


77 


For  Additional  Information 


University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing 

Program  Information  Office  of  Dean 

School  of  Nursing.  University  of  Maryland 
655  W.  Lombard  Street,  Baltimore  21201 

Undergraduate  528-7503 

Graduate  528-6711  or  12 

Admissions  or  registration  Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 

University  of  Maryland.  Baltimore 
Howard  Hall.  Room  132 
660  W.  Redwood  Street.  Baltimore  21201 


The  provisions  of  this  publication  arc  not  to  be  regarded  as  an  irrevocable  contract  between  the  student  and 
the  University  oj  Maryland.  Changes  are  effected  from  time  to  time  in  the  general  regulations  and  in  the 
academic  requirements.  There  arc  established  procedures  for  making  changes,  procedures  which  protect  the 
institution's  integrity  and  the  individual  student's  interest  and  welfare.  A  curriculum  or  graduation 
requirement,  when  altered,  is  not  made  retroactive  unless  the  alteration  is  to  the  student's  advantage  and  can 
be  accommodated  within  the  span  of  years  normally  required  for  graduation.  When  the  actions  of  a  student 
are  judged  by  competent  authority,  using  established  procedure,  to  be  detrimental  to  the  interests  of  the 
university  community,  that  person  may  be  required  to  withdraw  from  the  university. 


78 


SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 


UNIVERSITY 

OF  MARYLAND 

AT  BALTIMORE 

1982-1984 


Louisa  Parsons  League 

Named  in  honor  of  the  inspiring  student  of 
Florence  Nightingale  who  served  as  the  first  di- 
rector of  the  School  of  Nursing,  the  Louisa  Par- 
sons League  was  established  in  1981  to  recog- 
nize those  alumni  and  friends  whose  generous 
gifts  reflect  a  substantial  commitment  to  the 
continued  development  of  the  School  and  the 
tradition  of  excellence  in  education  and  service 
set  by  our  foundress  for  the  people  of  the  State 
of  Maryland.  Because  of  Miss  Parson's  suc- 
cess, Miss  Nightingale  honored  the  program's 
graduates  with  the  use  of  a  cap  of  point  d'esprit 
of  her  design. 

Members  of  the  Louisa  Parsons  League  be- 
come an  integral  part  of  the  School  of  Nursing 
and  are  involved  in  opportunities  of  mutual 
benefit.  In  addition,  they  may  elect  to  enjoy  si- 
multaneous membership  and  recognition  from 
the  President's  Club  of  the  University  of  Mary- 
land system. 

Virginia  Lee  Franklin 
Grace  Elgin  Hartley 


CONTENTS 


General  Information  1 

Instructional  Facilities  and  Resources  7 

Undergraduate  Program  1 1 

Graduate  Programs  33 

Continuing  Education  Program  59 

Administration  61 

Faculty  64 

Calendar  69 

Campus  Map  70 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 


Statement  of  Philosophy 

The  School  of  Nursing,  an  autonomous  educa- 
tional unit  within  the  University  of  Maryland, 
derives  the  broad  ouUines  of  its  purpose  and 
functions  from  the  philosophy  and  policies  of 
the  University.  The  faculty  of  the  School  of 
Nursing  is  accountable  for  implementing  the 
triad  of  University  functions:  teaching,  research 
and  service,  and  recognizes  the  interrelation- 
ships between  teaching,  research,  and  practice 
in  nursing.  Through  participation  in  research 
and  utilization  of  valid  research  findings,  teach- 
ers and  learners  contribute  to  effective  nursing 
practice.  These  functions  and  activities  are  at- 
tuned to  the  ever-changing  needs  of  society  in 
the  global  community. 

Inherent  in  the  practice  of  nursing  is  the 
shared  belief  that  man  is  an  integration  of  com- 
ponents and  processes  that  cannot  exist  indepen- 
dently of  each  other.  Internal  and  external  envi- 
ronmental influences  alter  man's  state  of  health 
along  the  continuum  of  time.  When  manipula- 
tion of  these  forces  is  required  to  enhance 
man's  potential  for  health,  nursing  can  function 
to  bridge  the  gap  between  potential  and  actual 
health  states. 

The  goal  of  professional  nursing  is  to  assist 
the  individual,  the  family  and  the  community  in 
the  development  of  their  potential  by  helping 
each  to  gain,  maintain  or  increase  an  optimal 
level  of  health.  The  nurse  becomes  an  integral 
part  of  the  environment  of  the  client,  acting 
with  awareness  of  selected  factors  and  interact- 
ing in  a  dynamic  way  within  that  environment. 
Through  a  mutual  relationship  based  on  trust, 
the  nurse  demonstrates  respect  for  the  client's 
autonomy,  integrity,  dignity  and  feelings,  and 
recognizes  rights  and  responsibilities.  This  kind 
of  nursing  is  best  fostered  in  a  delivery  system 
which  is  responsive  to  the  range  of  internal  and 
external  forces  affecting  health  care,  strengthen- 
ing the  forces  which  contribute  to  higher  states 
of  health  and  diminishing  those  which  lead  to 
reduced  levels  of  health.  The  goal  of  nursing  is 
achieved  through  recognition  of  specific  needs 
of  consumers  and  the  mobilization  and  distribu- 
tion of  resources  to  meet  those  needs.  The  ef- 
fective operation  of  the  health  care  system  re- 
quires essential  input  from  both  consumers  and 
professional  nurses  to  achieve  desired  goals. 

Education  is  an  on-going  process  which  in- 
volves the  teacher  and  the  learner  in  pursuing 
and  sharing  knowledge  in  an  organized  setting 
with  planned  experiences  resulting  in  desired 


behavioral  change.  Believing  in  democratic 
principles,  the  faculty  emphasizes  its  faith  in  the 
individual  as  a  being  of  inherent  worth  and  dig- 
nity and  as  having  the  right  and  responsibility 
to  participate  in  the  educative  process  to  the  ex- 
tent of  one's  capabilities.  Learning  is  enhanced 
in  a  setting  which  encourages  analytical  evalua- 
tions of  existing  health  practices  and  open  com- 
munication among  members  of  the  various 
health  services.  Under  the  guidance  of  the  fac- 
ulty, purposeful  behavior  is  developed  and  en- 
couraged in  students  through  the  incorporation 
of  knowledge  from  the  humanities  and  the  be- 
havioral, biological  and  physical  sciences  as 
well  as  from  current  theory  and  practice  in  pro- 
fessional nursing. 

The  three  education  programs  within  the 
School  of  Nursing,  undergraduate,  graduate  and 
continuing  education,  have  evolved  from  and 
are  in  agreement  with  this  philosophy.  Elabora- 
tion of  this  basic  philosophy  will  be  found  in 
sections  of  this  bulletin  dealing  with  the  under- 
graduate program,  the  graduate  program  and  the 
continuing  education  program. 

History 

The  School  of  Nursing,  one  of  six  professional 
schools  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Balti- 
more, was  established  on  December  15,  1889 
by  Miss  Louisa  Parsons  in  the  old  University 
Hospital  Building  which  was  located  on  Lom- 
bard and  Greene  Streets.  Miss  Parsons  was  a 
student  of  Florence  Nightingale  and  a  graduate 
of  Miss  Nightingale's  school  at  St.  Thomas' 
Hospital  in  London.  The  original  curriculum  of 
the  University  of  Maryland  Training  School, 
which  required  two  years  for  completion,  was 
extended  to  three  years  in  1902.  In  1920  the 
School  of  Nursing  became  a  separate  unit  of 
the  University  administered  by  the  hospital.  An 
optional  five-year  curriculum  was  instituted  in 
1926  combining  two  years  of  arts  and  sciences 
on  the  College  Park  campus  and  three  years  at 
the  School  of  Nursing  in  Baltimore.  Both  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  a  Diploma  in 
Nursing  were  awarded  upon  completion  of  the 
five  year  program.  This  sequence,  as  well  as 
the  three-year  hospital  school,  phased  out  in 
1952  when  Dr.  Florence  M.  Gipe,  now  dean 
emerita,  became  dean  of  the  new  autonomous 
four-year  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Nursing. 

In  1954  the  School  of  Nursing  became  a  de- 
partment of  the  Graduate  School  which  awards 


a  Master  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in 
nursing  to  qualified  candidates.  One  of  Dean 
Gipe's  lasting  contributions  to  nursing  education 
in  the  South  was  her  leadership  in  establishing 
graduate  education  within  the  Nursing  Council 
of  the  Southern  Regional  Education  Board.  To- 
gether with  the  deans  of  five  other  Schools  of 
Nursing  with  accredited  graduate  programs,  she 
pioneered  in  setting  guidelines  and  interpreting 
the  need  for  graduate  programs  of  high  quality. 

The  employment  of  a  director  of  continuing 
education  in  1969  resulted  in  much  appreciated 
services  to  nurses  throughout  Maryland.  Subse- 
quent development  of  regional  committees  has 
involved  large  numbers  of  nurses  in  planning 
for  continuing  education  programs  geared  to 
specific  interests  and  needs  (See  Continuing  Ed- 
ucation, page  59).  A  multimedia  self- 
instructional  grant  from  the  Division  of  Nurs- 
ing. Department  of  Health.  Education  and 
Welfare,  during  1969-74.  provided  the  stimulus 
for  the  development  and  use  of  newer  teaching- 
learning  strategies.  An  Instructional  Media  Cen- 
ter staffed  with  nursing  faculty  and  skilled  tech- 
nicians has  continued  to  be  a  valuable  resource 
to  faculty  and  students. 

A  research  development  grant  from  the  Divi- 
sion of  Nursing.  Department  of  Health,  Educa- 
tion and  Welfare,  which  was  available  to  the 
School  of  Nursing  from  1970  to  1975  served  to 
increase  faculty's  involvement  in  research.  The 
establishment  of  a  Center  for  Research  in  1975 


provided  for  the  coordination  of  research 
courses  as  well  as  additional  support  services  to 
both  faculty  and  students. 

Since  early  days,  the  baccalaureate  curricu- 
lum has  been  available  to  registered  nurses  who 
wished  to  pursue  further  study.  However,  in  re- 
cent years  faculty  have  put  forth  great  effort  to 
encourage  nurses  who  demonstrated  motivation 
and  ability  to  avail  themselves  of  options  which 
increasingly  are  available  to  the  adult  learner  in 
higher  education.  Admission  to  the  School's  in- 
tegrated upper  division  program  is  facilitated  by 
administration  of  challenge  examinations.  Clini- 
cal experiences  available  to  R.N.'s  provide  in- 
novative approaches  to  meeting  objectives  of 
the  baccalaureate  curriculum. 

Further  evidence  of  the  School's  concern  for 
enlarging  the  pool  of  baccalaureate  prepared 
nurses  in  Maryland  was  the  institution  in  1975 
of  an  outreach  program  for  "community 
bound"  nurses  in  Western  Maryland  and  the 
Eastern  Shore.  The  first  outreach  baccalaureate 
program  class  graduated  in  June,  1978.  In  the 
fall  semester,  1980,  the  master's  degree  pro- 
gram initiated  outreach  classes  for  students  in 
Western  Maryland  and  on  the  Eastern  Shore. 

Because  of  limitations  in  the  availability  of 
clinical  facilities  in  the  Baltimore  metropolitan 
area,  it  has  been  necessary  to  restrict  admissions 
to  the  junior  class  to  approximately  300  stu- 
dents. Beginning  Fall  1982,  a  select  number  of 
junior  level  students  will  be  admitted  each  year 
to  an  expansion  of  the  nursing  program  to  be 
located  at  University  of  Maryland  Baltimore 
County. 

The  new  master's  curriculum,  which  was 
granted  approval  by  the  Graduate  School  early 
in  1976,  is  characterized  by  flexibility  in  the 
choices  offered  to  students.  The  revision  also 
was  responsible  for  the  creation  of  a  new  De- 
partment of  Primary  Health  Care.  In  1978,  the 
opportunity  for  specialization  in  gerontological 
nursing  was  added  to  the  master's  curriculum, 
and  in  1979,  an  area  of  concentration  in  nursing 
health  policy  was  developed.  In  addition  to  pre- 
paring competent  practitioners  to  meet  current 
health  care  needs,  both  curricula  endeavor  to 
provide  graduates  with  a  foundation  to  adapt  to 
and  influence  changing  trends  in  health  care  de- 
livery. 

During  the  1977-78  academic  year,  the  sec- 
ond dean  of  the  School  of  Nursing,  Dr.  Marion 
I.  Murphy,  announced  her  retirement  plans.  She 
served  as  dean  from  1967-78,  guiding  the 
School  and  faculty  with  imaginative  and  assert- 


ive  leadership  and  levels  of  preparation.  In  her 
final  year  as  dean,  a  substantive  proposal  for  a 
doctoral  program  in  nursing  leading  to  the 
award  of  a  Ph.D.  degree  was  developed  and 
approved  by  the  University.  The  doctoral  pro- 
gram in  nursing  was  implemented  in  the  fall  se- 
mester, 1979.  The  addition  of  this  program  in- 
creases the  level  of  educational  preparation 
offered  by  the  School  of  Nursing  and  is  congru- 
ent with  and  supportive  of  the  missions  of  the 
University. 

Nurses'  Alumni  Association 

Organized  in  1895,  School  of  Nursing  alumni 
provided  early  leadership  in  the  organization  of 
the  Maryland  Nurses'  Association  and  in  pas- 
sage of  the  Nurses'  Licensing  Act  of  1903. 
Over  the  years  alumni  have  demonstrated  not 
only  their  strong  support  of  the  School  but 
awareness  of  changes  taking  place  in  nursing. 
Although  incorporated  as  Alumnae,  the  Associ- 
ation changed  its  title  to  Alumni  in  1964,  thus 
establishing  the  eligibility  of  men  graduates  for 
membership.  The  historic  pin,  designed  by  Tif- 
fany's for  the  class  of  1894,  bore  the  inscription 
Nurses'  Alumni  Association  until  1970  when, 
by  action  of  the  Association,  the  lettering  for 
future  graduates  was  changed  to  School  of 
Nursing,  University  of  Maryland.  The  Nightin- 
gale cap,  bestowed  by  the  School's  founder, 
Louisa  Parsons,  remains  the  property  of  the 
Alumni  Association.  Since  1968,  all  baccalaure- 
ate graduates  of  the  School  of  Nursing  are  eligi- 
ble to  purchase  the  cap. 

The  Campus:  The  University  of 
Maryland  at  Baltimore 

The  tradition  of  education  of  the  human  service 
professions  on  the  Baltimore  campus  began 
with  the  founding  of  the  School  of  Medicine  in 
1807.  The  Dental  School  was  the  first  in  Amer- 
ica; other  professional  schools  in  order  of  date 
of  origin  are  Law,  Pharmacy,  Nursing  and  So- 
cial \\brk  and  Community  Planning.  These  pro- 
fessional schools  represent  a  tremendous  re- 
source to  the  community  in  which  they  are 
located.  Also,  their  proximity  to  one  another  of- 
fers rich  opportunity  for  interprofessional  activi- 
ties of  a  service  and  research  nature.  The  pro- 
fessional schools  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
at  Baltimore  have  accepted  as  one  of  their  ma- 
jor missions,  the  leadership  responsibility  for 
the  continuing  improvement  of  health  care  de- 
livery in  Maryland.  This  will  be  accomplished 


by  educating  and  training  the  appropriate  kinds 
and  numbers  of  professionals  to  meet  the  needs 
of  the  people  of  the  state.  The  development  of 
improved  methods  of  health  care  delivery  will 
be  incorporated  into  the  education  process,  in- 
cluding those  which  ensure  efficiency  and  es- 
tablish standards  for  quality  of  care. 

The  UMAB  campus  is  situated  in  the  heart 
of  the  downtown  section  of  Baltimore,  a  city 
whose  early  historic  origins  are  rivaled  only  by 
tremendous  urban  center  developments  in  recent 
years.  Baltimore  is  one  of  the  foremost  com- 
mercial, cultural  and  scientific  centers  on  the 
Eastern  seaboard  and  offers  unlimited  extracur- 
ricular activities  to  students  and  visitors. 

Accreditation  and  Membership 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  a  member  of  the 
Association  of  American  Colleges  and  is  ac- 
credited by  the  Middle  States  Association  of 
Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools.  The  under- 
graduate and  graduate  programs  of  the  School 
of  Nursing  are  accredited  by  the  National 
League  for  Nursing;  the  School  also  maintains 
membership  in  the  Council  of  Member  Agen- 
cies of  the  Department  of  Baccalaureate  and 
Higher  Degree  Programs  of  the  National 
League  for  Nursing.  The  baccalaureate  program 
is  approved  by  the  Maryland  State  Board  of 
Examiners  of  Nurses.  The  School  is  represented 
in  the  Council  on  Collegiate  Education  for 
Nursing  of  the  Southern  Regional  Education 
Board  by  the  dean,  associate  deans  for  under- 
graduate and  graduate  studies  and  the  assistant 
dean  for  continuing  education.  The  School  also 
is  a  member  of  the  American  Association  of 
Colleges  of  Nursing. 

Equal  Opportunity 

Qualified  applicants  are  admitted  without  dis- 
crimination in  regard  to  age,  creed,  ethnic  ori- 
gin, marital  status,  handicap,  race  and  sex.  The 
enrollment  of  the  racial  minority  student,  the 
male  student,  and  the  adult  learner  has  been  in- 
creasing annually.  In  line  with  its  stated  philoso- 
phy, the  School  of  Nursing  encourages  students 
with  diversified  backgrounds  to  seek  admissions 
to  the  baccalaureate  and  graduate  programs, 
thereby  enriching  the  educational  experience  for 
all. 

Similarly,  effort  is  made  to  recruit  faculty 
with  diversified  backgrounds  particularly  repre- 
sentatives of  minority  groups.  Although  all  fac- 
ulty carry  certain  common  responsibilities,  the 


black  or  male  faculty  member  undeniably  be- 
comes a  role  model  further  illustrating  the 
School's  commitment  to  affirmative  action. 

Registration  on  Campuses  Within 
the  University  of  Maryland 
System 

Registration  at  one  of  the  University  of  Mary- 
land campuses  permits  a  student  to  register  for 
courses  (space  available)  offered  by  another 
campus  within  the  University  of  Maryland  sys- 
tem. 

Insurance  Coverage 

All  nursing  students,  undergraduate  and  gradu- 
ate, enrolled  for  clinical  nursing  courses,  are  re- 
quired to  carry  malpractice  liability  insurance. 

Determination  of  In-State  Status 
for  Admission,  Tuition  and  Charge 
Differential  Purposes 

An  initial  determination  of  in— state  status  for 
admission,  tuition  and  charge  differential  pur- 
poses will  be  made  by  the  university  at  the  time 
a  student's  application  for  admission  is  under 
consideration.  The  determination  made  at  that 
time  and  any  determination  made  thereafter 
shall  prevail  in  each  semester  until  the  determi- 
nation is  successfully  challenged  prior  to  the 
last  day  available  for  registration  for  the  forth- 
coming semester.  A  determination  regarding  in- 
state status  may  be  changed  for  any  subsequent 
semester  if  circumstances,  as  later  defined,  war- 
rant redetermination. 


General  Policy 

1.  It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Mary- 
land to  grant  in-state  status  for  admission,  tui- 
tion and  charge  differential  purposes  to  United 
States  citizens  and  to  immigrant  aliens  lawfully 
admitted  for  permanent  residence  in  accordance 
with  the  laws  of  the  United  States,  in  the  fol- 
lowing cases: 

a.  where  a  student  is  financially  dependent 
upon  a  parent,  parents  or  spouse  domi- 
ciled in  Maryland  for  at  least  six  consecu- 
tive months  prior  to  the  last  day  available 
for  registration  for  the  forthcoming  semes- 
ter 

b.  where  a  student  is  financially  independent 
for  at  least  the  preceding  12  months  and 


provided  the  student  has  maintained  his 
domicile  in  Maryland  for  at  least  six  con- 
secutive months  immediately  prior  to  the 
day  available  for  registration  for  the  forth- 
coming semester 

c.  where  a  student  is  a  spouse  or  a  depen- 
dent child  of  a  full-time  employee  of  the 
university 

d.  where  a  student  who  is  a  member  of  the 
Armed  Forces  of  the  United  States  is  sta- 
tioned on  active  duty  in  Maryland  for  at 
least  six  consecutive  months  immediately 
prior  to  the  last  day  available  for  registra- 
tion for  the  forthcoming  semester,  unless 
such  student  has  been  assigned  for  educa- 
tional purposes  to  attend  the  University  of 
Maryland. 

e.  where  a  student  is  a  full-time  employee  of 
the  University  of  Maryland. 

2.  It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Mary- 
land to  attribute  out-of-state  status  for  admis- 
sion, tuition  and  charge  differential  purposes  in 
all  other  cases. 

3.  Each  campus  of  the  University  will  be  re- 
sponsible for  making  the  in-state  determination 
for  the  prospective  or  enrolled  student. 

4.  In-state  status  is  lost  at  any  time  a  finan- 
cially independent  student  establishes  a  domicile 
outside  the  State  of  Maryland.  If  the  parent  (s) 
or  other  persons  through  whom  the  student  has 
attained  in-state  status  establish  a  domicile  in 
another  state,  the  student  shall  be  assessed  out- 
of-state  tuition  and  charges  six  months  after  the 
out-of-state  move  occurs. 

A  complete  statement  of  this  policy  is  availa- 
ble from  the  Office  of  Admissions,  Room  132 
Howard  Hall,  660  West  Redwood  Street,  Balti- 
more, Maryland  21201. 

Statement  of  Faculty,  Student  and 
Institutional  Rights  and 
Responsibilities  for  Academic 
Integrity* 

Preamble 

At  the  heart  of  the  academic  enterprise  are 
learning,  teaching,  and  scholarship.  In  universi- 
ties these  are  exemplified  by  reasoned  discus- 
sion between  student  and  teacher,  a  mutual  re- 
spect for  the  learning  and  teaching  process,  and 
intellectual  honesty  in  the  pursuit  of  new 
knowledge.  In  the  traditions  of  the  academic 
enterprise,  students  and  teachers  have  certain 
rights  and  responsibilities  which  they  bring  to 
the  academic  community.  While  the  following 


statements  do  not  imply  a  contract  between  the 
teacher  or  the  University  and  the  student,  they 
are  nevertheless  conventions  which  the  Univer- 
sity believes  to  be  central  to  the  learning  and 
teaching  process. 

Faculty  Rights  and 
Responsibilities 

1.  Faculty  shall  share  with  students  and  admin- 
istration the  responsibility  for  academic  in- 
tegrity. 

2.  Faculty  are  accorded  freedom  in  the  class- 
room to  discuss  subject  matter  reasonably 
related  to  the  course.  In  turn  they  have  the 
responsibility  to  encourage  free  and  honest 
inquiry  and  expression  on  the  part  of  stu- 
dents. 

3.  Faculty  are  responsible  for  the  structure  and 
content  of  their  courses,  but  they  have  the 
responsibility  to  present  courses  that  are  con- 
sistent with  their  descriptions  in  the  Univer- 
sity catalog.  In  addition,  faculty  have  the 
obligation  to  make  students  aware  of  the  ex- 
pectations in  the  course,  the  evaluation  pro- 
cedures, and  the  grading  policy. 

4.  Faculty  are  obligated  to  evaluate  students 
fairly  and  equitably  in  a  manner  appropriate 
to  the  course  and  its  objectives.  Grades  shall 
be  assigned  without  prejudice  or  bias. 

5.  Faculty  shall  make  all  reasonable  efforts  to 
prevent  the  occurrence  of  academic  dishon- 
esty through  the  appropriate  design  and  ad- 
ministration of  assignments  and  examina- 
tions, through  the  careful  safeguarding  of 
course  materials  and  examinations,  and 
through  regular  reassessment  of  evaluation 
procedures. 

6.  When  instances  of  academic  dishonesty  are 
suspected,  faculty  shall  have  the  right  and 
responsibility  to  see  that  appropriate  action  is 
taken  in  accordance  with  University  regula- 
tions. 

Student  Rights  and 
Responsibilities 

1 .  Students  shall  share  with  faculty  and  admin- 
istration the  responsibility  for  academic  in- 
tegrity. 

2.  Students  shall  have  the  right  of  inquiry  and 
expression  in  their  courses  without  prejudice 
or  bias.  In  addition,  students  shall  have  the 


right  to  know  the  requirements  of  their 
courses  and  to  know  the  manner  in  which 
they  will  be  evaluated  and  graded. 

3.  Students  shall  have  the  obligation  to  com- 
plete the  requirements  of  their  courses  in  the 
time  and  manner  prescribed  and  to  submit  to 
evaluation  of  their  work. 

4.  Students  shall  have  the  right  to  be  evaluated 
fairly  and  equitably  in  a  manner  appropriate 
to  the  course  and  its  objectives. 

5.  Students  shall  not  submit  as  their  own  work 
any  work  which  has  been  prepared  by  oth- 
ers. Outside  assistance  in  the  preparation  of 
this  work,  such  as  librarian  assistance,  tuto- 
rial assistance,  typing  assistance,  or  such  as- 
sistance as  may  be  specified  or  approved  by 
the  instructor  is  allowed. 

6.  Students  shall  make  all  reasonable  efforts  to 
prevent  the  occurrence  of  academic  dishon- 
esty. They  shall  by  their  own  example  en- 
courage academic  integrity  and  shall  them- 
selves refrain  from  acts  of  cheating  and 
plagiarism  or  other  acts  of  academic  dishon- 
esty. 

7.  When  instances  of  academic  dishonesty  are 
suspected,  students  shall  have  the  right  and 
responsibility  to  bring  this  to  the  attention  of 
the  faculty  or  other  appropriate  authority. 

Institutional  Responsibility 

1 .  Campuses  or  appropriate  administrative  units 
of  the  University  of  Maryland  shall  take  ap- 
propriate measures  to  foster  academic  integ- 
rity in  the  classroom. 

2.  Campuses  or  appropriate  administrative  units 
shall  take  steps  to  define  acts  of  academic 
dishonesty,  to  insure  procedures  for  due 
process  for  students  accused  or  suspected  of 
acts  of  academic  dishonesty,  and  to  impose 
appropriate  sanctions  on  students  guilty  of 
acts  of  academic  dishonesty. 

3.  Campuses  or  appropriate  administrative  units 
shall  take  steps  to  determine  how  admission 
or  matriculation  shall  be  affected  by  acts  of 
academic  dishonesty  on  another  campus  or 
at  another  institution.  No  student  suspended 
for  disciplinary  reasons  at  any  campus  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  shall  be  admitted  to 
any  other  University  of  Maryland  campus 
during  the  period  of  suspension. 

*  Adopted  May  8,  198 1,  by  the  Board  of  Regents 


INSTRUCTIONAL  FACILITIES 
AND  RESOURCES 


Health  Sciences  Library 

The  principal  library  for  the  campus  is  the 
Health  Sciences  Library  which  is  located  near 
the  School  of  Nursing.  The  library,  which 
houses  more  than  240,000  bound  volumes  and 
over  3,100  current  periodical  subscriptions,  is 
ranked  one  of  the  top  15  health  sciences  li- 
braries in  the  nation.  Its  collection  serves  the 
Schools  of  Nursing,  Pharmacy,  Dentistry,  Medi- 
cine, and  Social  Wfork  and  Community  Plan- 
ning. The  subject  scope  encompasses  the  basic 
biomedical  and  health-related  sciences  as  well 
as  the  social  and  behavioral  sciences.  Thus,  in 
providing  literature  to  support  the  teaching,  re- 
search and  health  care  programs  on  the  campus, 
the  library  makes  available  a  wide  range  of  ma- 
terials to  the  nursing  community. 

The  Health  Sciences  Library  has  established 
an  innovative  outreach  service  program  which 
adds  a  new  dimension  to  library  service.  Each 
of  six  Information  Specialist  librarians  is  as- 
signed to  one  of  the  professional  schools  on 
campus.  The  Information  Specialists  participate 
in  collection,  evaluation,  and  development  in 
the  respective  subject  areas  related  to  their  as- 
signed professional  school.  They  also  teach 
seminars  on  information  retrieval,  provide  ori- 
entations to  the  library,  perform  traditional  refer- 
ence service,  and  provide  general  services  as 
well  as  being  responsible  information  consult- 
ants. 

Computerized  Reference  and  Bibliographic 
Service  (CRABS)  is  another  service  the  library 
provides.  The  library  has  access  to  over  30 
computer  data  bases  in  the  sciences  and  the  so- 
cial sciences  including  MEDLINE,  Psychologi- 
cal Abstracts,  ERIC,  TOXLINE,  and  Social 
Sci—  Search.  Using  the  Information  Specialist 
as  an  intermediary,  the  patron  is  able  to  obtain  a 
list  of  current  references  in  a  matter  of  minutes. 
Interlibrary  Loan  Service  is  available  for  needed 
materials  not  held  in  the  library  collection. 

Self-service  photocopy  machines  are  available 
on  all  floors  of  the  library.  The  library  is  open  8 
A.M.- 10  P.M.  (Monday-Friday),  9  A.M.— 
5  P.M.  (Saturday)  and  noon— 8  P.M.  (Sunday). 
Special  holiday  and  summer  hours  are  posted. 


Nursing  Media  Center 

The  School  of  Nursing  offers  opportunity  for 
both  individual  and  group  learning  activities  in 
the  Nursing  Media  Center. 


Self-Instruction:  The  rationale  for  this  approach 
is  that  the  knowledge  and  skills  needed  by  indi- 
vidual nursing  students  vary  at  any  given  time. 
Availability  of  appropriate  materials  in  self- 
instructional  format  provides  for  this  diversity  of 
needs.  As  the  result  of  a  special  project,  a 
group  of  faculty  and  technicians  developed  and 
produced  a  large  number  of  multimedia  self- 
instructional  study  units.  In  addition,  commer- 
cially prepared  materials  have  been  purchased 
as  appropriate  to  meet  students  needs.  The  en- 
vironment for  self-study  is  an  Instructional  Me- 
dia Laboratory  with  68  carrels  containing  a  va- 
riety of  equipment.  Undergraduate  students  may 
be  required  to  study  specific  units  as  course  re- 
quirements and  may  pursue  other  self- 
instructional  materials  relevant  to  their  individ- 
ual learning  needs.  Graduate  students  utilize  the 
laboratory  on  a  selective  basis. 

Skills  Practice:  Undergraduate  students  who 
wish  to  practice  certain  nursing  skills  and  proce- 
dures may  do  so  in  Skills  Laboratories  adjoin- 
ing the  Nursing  Media  Center.  The  laboratories 
contain  typical  clinical  equipment  which  enables 
students  to  simulate  direct  care  situations.  In  ad- 
dition to  faculty  guidance,  a  Skills  Nurse  is 
available  to  assist  students.  Both  the  Nursing 
Media  Laboratory  and  Skills  Laboratories  are 
open  during  the  early  morning  and  some  eve- 
nings. 

Group  Instruction:  Classroom  instruction  at 
the  School  of  Nursing  is  supported  through  a 
variety  of  media  services.  16MM  projectors, 
overhead  projectors,  audio  tape  recorders,  video 
tape  recorders  and  other  equipment  are  available 
for  use  in  classes  or  seminars. 

A  library  of  film  and  other  media  catalogs  is 
maintained  to  help  faculty  locate  desired  films, 
tapes  and  other  resources.  Materials  for  and  as- 
sistance in  the  production  of  slides  and  over- 
head projector  transparencies  are  available  to 
faculty  members  who  wish  to  make  use  of 
those  techniques  as  well  as  to  students  on  a  cost 
recovery  basis.  The  School  also  has  a  closed 
circuit  television  studio  where  live  or  taped  pro- 
grams can  be  produced  and  transmitted.  A  port- 
able videotape  system  and  production  assistance 
are  available  for  faculty  and  students  who  wish 
to  videotape  projects  on  their  own.  The  Univer- 
sity Hospital  Media  Center  on  the  eleventh 
floor,  as  well  as  other  campus  Media  Centers 
are  also  open  to  students. 

Consultation:  Consultation  on  the  use  and  pro- 


duction  of  audio-visual  materials  is  provided  by 
NMC  faculty  and  staff.  This  consultation  not 
only  entails  classroom  applications  of  media, 
but  grant  proposal,  research,  outside  presenta- 
tions and  all  other  applications  as  well. 

Center  for  Research 

As  nursing  moves  forward  in  the  establishment 
of  its  own  theoretical  base  and  explores  its  rela- 
tionship to  other  human  services,  research  has 
assumed  new  dimensions.  The  School  of  Nurs- 
ing provides  introductory  courses  in  research 
methodology  for  undergraduate  students  and 
more  advanced  offerings  for  graduate  students. 
The  faculty  of  the  Center  for  Research,  in  addi- 
tion to  teaching,  are  available  to  assist  faculty 
and  graduate  students  with  research  design, 
sampling  procedures,  techniques  of  measure- 
ment, data  collection  and  analysis  as  well  as 
preparation  of  reports  and  proposals.  The  Cen- 
ter has  a  Research  Reading  Room  with  a  col- 
lection of  200  books  primarily  devoted  to  as- 
pects of  research  methodology,  selected 
journals,  and  a  file  of  measurement  instruments; 
and  a  Data  Analysis  Laboratory  that  houses  a 
variety  of  mini-calculators  and  mini-computers 
for  faculty  and  student  use.  Instruction  in  utili- 
zation of  hardware  in  the  laboratory  is  availa- 
ble. Computer  service  facilities  on  both  the  Bal- 
timore and  College  Park  campuses  also  are 
utilized  extensively. 

School  of  Nursing  faculty  and  students  partic- 
ipate in  national  as  well  as  local  research  con- 
sortiums. Research  of  a  multidisciplinary  nature 
is  increasingly  possible  as  nursing  and  other 
health  disciplines  have  identified  common  prob- 


lems. The  Center  conducts  two  "Research 
Days"  annually,  provides  regularly  scheduled 
noon  seminars,  and  hosts  regional  research  con- 
ferences as  part  of  its  faculty  evelopment  and 
community  service  program.  A  news  letter, 
RSVP,  is  distributed  biannually  to  800  Schools 
of  Nursing  and  hospitals  throughout  the  country. 

Student  Services 

The  Office  of  Student  Services  is  responsible 
for  providing  activities  and  services  which  assist 
students  with  personal  and  academic  adjustment 
to  the  School  of  Nursing.  Among  the  activities 
coordinated  by  the  office  are  student  orienta- 
tion, Parents  Day,  Student  Government  Associa- 
tion, a  peer  tutorial  program  for  minority  stu- 
dents, a  writing  class,  test  taking  and  study 
skills  classes,  and  Honors  Convocation.  Addi- 
tionally, counselors  are  available  to  assist  stu- 
dents who  request  counseling  for  personal  diffi- 
culties. 

Student  Organizations 

Several  student  organizations  are  active  in  the 
School  of  Nursing.  Those  organizations  which 
function  at  the  undergraduate  level  are  as  fol- 
lows: 

Student  Government  Association 

Black  Student  Nurse  Association 

Junior  Class 

Senior  Class 

"Pledge"  Yearbook 

Maryland  Student  Nurse  Association 
Graduate  students  are  represented  by  Graduates 
in  Nursing  which  is  affiliated  with  the  UMAB 
Graduate  Student  Association. 


Scholastic  Honors  for  Graduates 

Honor  Societies 

National  Honor  Society  of  Nursing.  Sigma  Theta 
Tau,  founded  in  1922.  is  the  national  honor  so- 
ciety of  nursing:  Pi  Chapter  was  established  at 
the  University  of  Maryland  in  1959.  The  pur- 
poses of  Sigma  Theta  Tau  are  to  recognize  su- 
perior scholarship  achievement,  encourage  and 
support  research  activities,  and  strengthen  com- 
mitment to  the  ideas  and  purposes  of  the  nurs- 
ing profession. 

Candidates  for  membership  are  selected  from 
the  basic  baccalaureate,  the  registered  nurse, 
and  the  graduate  programs  as  well  as  from  the 
nursing  community.  Selection  is  based  on  scho- 
lastic achievement,  leadership  qualities,  creativ- 
ity, professional  standards  and  commitment. 

A  scholarship  is  offered  to  a  Junior.  Senior 
and  Graduate  nursing  student  each  year.  Eligi- 
bility requirements  are  similar  to  those  estab- 
lished for  membership.  Applications  may  be 
obtained  from  the  Counselor  of  Pi  Chapter. 

Who 's  Who  Among  Students  in  American  Uni- 
versities and  Colleges.  Membership  in  this  or- 
ganization is  open  to  juniors,  seniors  and  gradu- 
ate students  in  the  School  of  Nursing.  Both 
students  and  faculty  participate  in  the  nomina- 
tion and  selection  of  members  on  the  basis  of 
the  following  criteria:  Scholarship  ability,  partic- 
ipation and  leadership  in  academic  and  extracur- 
ricular activities,  citizenship  and  service  to  the 
school,  and  potential  for  future  achievement. 

Phi  Kappa  Phi.  Phi  Kappa  Phi  is  a  national 
honor  society  which  was  established  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  in  1920.  Its  objective  is  to 
foster  and  recognize  outstanding  scholarship, 
character  and  social  usefulness  in  students  from 
all  areas  of  instruction.  Candidates  for  member- 
ship are  selected  from  the  basic  baccalaureate, 
the  registered  nurse  and  the  graduate  students  in 
nursing. 

Special  Awards  for  Baccalaureate 
Graduates 

The  Edwin  and  L.M.  Zimmerman  Award  is 
given  by  The  Trustees  of  the  Endowment  Fund 
for  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nurs- 
ing to  the  member  of  the  graduating  class  who 
consistendy  demonstrates  a  high  level  of  profes- 
sional nursing  practice  in  caring  for  patients. 

The  Frances  Arnold  Memorial  Award  is  given 


by  the  Women's  Auxiliary  to  the  member  of  the 
graduating  class  who  has  shown  the  most  inter- 
est, enthusiasm  and  proficiency  in  neurosurgical 
nursing. 

The  Award  for  Excellence  in  Neurological  Nurs- 
ing is  given  by  the  Department  of  Neurology  in 
the  School  of  Medicine  to  the  member  of  the 
graduating  class  who  excells  in  neurological 
nursing. 

The  Evelyn  Lundeen  Award  for  Excellence  in  Pe- 
diatric Premature  Care  is  given  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Pediatrics  in  the  School  of  Medicine  to 
the  member  of  the  graduating  class  who  excells 
in  premature  pediatric  care. 

The  Loretta  Ford  Award  for  Excellence  in  Pedi- 
atric Ambulatory  Care  is  given  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Pediatrics  in  the  School  of  Medicine  to 
the  student  in  the  graduating  class  who  excells 
in  pediatric  ambulatory  care. 

The  Flora  Hoffman  Thrum  Memorial  Award  is 
given  from  the  Endowment  Fund  to  a  member 
of  the  graduating  class  for  leadership,  loyalty 
and  school  spirit. 

The  Elizabeth  Collins  Lee  Award  is  given  from 
the  Endowment  Fund  to  the  student  having  the 
second  highest  average  in  scholarship. 

The  University  of  Maryland  Alumni  Association 
Award  is  given  to  the  graduate  with  the  highest 
average  in  scholarship. 

The  University  of  Maryland  Alumni  Association 
Award  for  leadership  in  a  Campus  Organization 
is  given  to  one  member  of  the  graduation  class. 

The  R.N.  Faculty  Award  is  given  by  the  R.N. 
faculty  to  one  R.N.  graduating  student  who  is 
outstanding  in  professional  leadership. 

Other  Awards 

School  of  Nursing  students  are  eligible  for  sev- 
eral types  of  awards  upon  completion  of  the  un- 
dergraduate or  graduate  program.  The  awards, 
which  are  presented  at  an  academic  convoca- 
tion, have  been  donated  by  the  Nurses'  Alumni 
Association  or  other  groups  or  individuals  who 
wish  to  recognize  outstanding  individuals  in  the 
student  body  Annually  a  Research  Award  is 
presented  to  a  master's  student  in  recognition  of 
excellence  in  research,  and  an  award  is  pre- 
sented to  the  outstanding  master's  student  in 
each  area  of  concentration. 


10 


UNDERGRADUATE  PROGRAM 


11 


Undergraduate  Program  Overview 

The  program  in  professional  nursing,  leading  to 
the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing,  is 
available  to  men  and  women  who  establish  eli- 
gibility for  admission.  The  first  two  years  of 
preprofessional  study  (lower  division  course  re- 
quirements) are  available  at  University  of  Mary- 
land campuses  and  at  other  accredited  colleges 
or  universities.  On  these  campuses,  the  student 
pursues  a  program  geared  to  providing  funda- 
mentals of  a  liberal  education  and  subjects 
which  are  supportive  to  the  study  of  nursing. 
The  junior  and  senior  years  are  devoted  to  com- 
pleting the  nursing  major  on  the  Baltimore  City 
or  Baltimore  County  Campus. 

Registered  nurses  who  desire  to  bring  their 
previous  preparation  for  nursing  in  line  with  re- 
quirements for  the  baccalaureate  degree  are  en- 
couraged to  establish  eligibility  for  admission. 
Credits  previously  earned  at  an  accredited  two 
or  four-year  college  or  university  are  assessed 
according  to  University  of  Maryland  and  School 
of  Nursing  policies  governing  transfer  of  credit. 
Opportunity  to  establish  credit  for  certain  foun- 
dational and  nursing  courses  is  provided. 

The  School  of  Nursing  offers  an  expansion  of 
the  undergraduate  program  on  the  University  of 
Maryland  Baltimore  County  campus  for  a  lim- 
ited number  of  generic  students.  The  curriculum 
at  UMBC  is  identical  to  that  which  is  offered  at 
UMAB.  Students  admitted  to  the  UMBC  cam- 
pus remain  there  for  their  entire  program  and 
receive  their  degree  from  UMBC.  Transfer  be- 
tween campuses  is  not  permitted.  Students  in- 
terested in  attending  the  UMBC  expansion 
should  apply  to  the  School  of  Nursing  at 
UMAB.  Students  are  not  assigned  to  a  particu- 
lar campus  of  the  University  of  Maryland  until 
after  they  are  accepted  to  the  School  of  Nurs- 
ing. 

Objectives  of  the  Undergraduate 
Program 

The  baccalaureate  graduate  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  School  of  Nursing  is  committed  to 
the  total  well-being  of  people  and  demonstrates 
respect  for  their  dignity,  worth,  autonomy  and 
uniqueness.  In  ambulatory,  community,  and  in- 
patient settings,  the  graduate  provides  effective 
nursing  care  that  assists  individuals,  families 
and  other  groups  at  any  point  on  the  health 
continuum  to  attain,  regain,  or  maintain  their 
maximum  level  of  health  and  functioning.  The 
baccalaureate  program  provides  a  learning  envi- 


ronment which  fosters  purposeful  self-direction 
and  implementation  of  nursing  care  based  on  a 
deep  grasp  of  nursing  knowledge  and  skill,  ana- 
lytical thinking  and  discriminative  judgment.  As 
a  result  of  the  educative  process,  the  graduate  is 
able  to  assume  beginning  leadership  in  the  prac- 
tice of  nursing.  Awareness  of  nursing's  effec- 
tiveness on  the  improvement  of  health  care 
services  to  people  gives  impetus  to  the  gradu- 
ate's continuing  search  for  knowledge  which 
supports  practice.  To  achieve  these  ends  the 
graduate: 

1.  synthesizes  selected  concepts  from  the  affec- 
tive, cognitive,  and  psychomotor  domains  in 
formulating  a  philosophy  of  nursing; 

2.  uses  affective,  cognitive,  and  psychomotor 
behaviors  in  applying  the  nursing  process  to 
individuals  and  small  groups; 

3.  demonstrates  personal  and  professional 
growth  with  increasing  self-direction; 

4.  demonstrates  leadership  in  own  nursing 
practice; 

5.  demonstrates  responsible  organizational  be- 
haviors in  meeting  professional  goals  within 
health  care  agencies; 

6.  collaborates  in  the  assessment  of  and  plan- 
ning for  meeting  the  health  care  needs  of  in- 
dividuals and  small  groups; 

7.  improves  own  nursing  practice  through  the 
evaluation  and  application  of  selected  re- 
search. 

Upper  Division  Program 

The  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing 
offers  one  undergraduate  program  which  leads 
to  a  bachelor  of  science  degree  in  nursing 
(B.S.N.).  Two  types  of  students  are  admitted  to 
the  upper  division  program:  registered  nurses 
and  generic  students. 

Articulation  Programs— 
An  Advisement  Tool 

Both  the  registered  nurse  and  the  generic  stu- 
dent must  successfully  complete  an  equivalency 
of  two  years  of  lower  division  college  course 
work  prior  to  matriculation  in  the  baccalaureate 
program.  The  required  lower  division  courses 
may  be  taken  at  any  accredited  institution  of 
higher  education.  The  following  schools  have 
designed  special  articulation  programs  which  fa- 
cilitate a  student's  admission  to  the  School  of 
Nursing: 
Allegany  Community  College 
Anne  Arundel  Community  College 


12 


Catonsville  Community  College 

Cecil  Community  College 

Charles  County  Community  College 

Chesapeake  College 

The  Community  College  of  Baltimore 

Dundalk  Community  College 

Essex  Community  College 

Frederick  Community  College 

Garrett  Community  College 

Hagerstown  Junior  College 

Harford  Community  College 

Howard  Community  College 

Montgomery  College 

Prince  George's  Community  College 

Frostburg  State  College 

Morgan  State  University 

University  of  Maryland  Baltimore  County 
Campus 

University  of  Maryland  College  Park 
Campus 

University  of  Maryland  Eastern  Shore 
Campus 

Wbr-Wic  Community  College 
The  articulation  program  for  each  of  the  above 
listed  community  colleges  is  described  in  a 
booklet  entitled:  "Programs  Articulated  Between 
(insert  one  of  the  above)  College  and  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  City.  "  The 
booklet  contains  a  list  of  the  lower  division 
courses  offered  at  the  particular  institution  that 


meet  the  lower  division  requirements.  This 
booklet  is  kept  in  the  counseling  center  of  each 
community  college.  The  articulation  program 
for  the  following  institutions  is  listed  in  their 
college  catalogue: 
University  of  Maryland  Baltimore  County 
University  of  Maryland  College  Park 
University  of  Maryland  Eastern  Shore  (Regu- 
lar and  Honors  Programs  available) 
Frostburg  State  College 
Morgan  State  University 

These  printed  articulation  programs  can  serve  as 
valuable  advisement  tools.  By  using  them,  most 
students  are  able  to  determine  which  of  their 
courses  will  be  used  in  meeting  the  lower  divi- 
sion course  requirements  for  admission  to  the 
School  of  Nursing. 


Pre-Admission  Counseling  Sessions 

The  staff  of  Admissions  and  Academic  Progres- 
sions provides  individual  and  small  group  coun- 
seling sessions  for  students  interested  in  admis- 
sion to  the  School.  At  the  counseling  sessions 
an  explanation  of  the  admission  process  is 
given  and  each  attendee's  academic  credentials 
are  evaluated.  For  an  appointment  for  one  of 
the  sessions,  phone  the  following  number: 
(301)  528-6283. 


13 


Foreign  Students  or  Native  Students 
Who  Attended  Foreign  Institutions 

The  first  step  in  the  admissions  process  is  to 
validate  the  completion  or  planned  completion 
of  the  59  lower  division  credit  requirements 
prior  to  the  student's  anticipated  matriculation 
date.  To  validate  which  of  the  credits  taken  at  a 
foreign  institution(s)  will  be  accepted  as  fulfill- 
ing the  School  of  Nursing's  required  lower  divi- 
sion courses,  the  student  must  do  the  following: 
(1)  file  an  official  application  with  appropriate 
fee  (2)  have  the  appropriate  officer  at  the  for- 
eign school(s)  attended  send  an  official  tran- 
script(s)  with  English  translation  to  the  Office 
of  Admissions  and  Registrations  at  660  W.  Red- 
wood Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201.  Since 
it  takes  approximately  six  months  for  the  proc- 
essing of  documents  received  from  a  foreign 
country,  it  is  critical  that  the  student  apply  in 
early  fall  for  the  following  fall's  admission 
date.  General  admission  requirements  and  those 
specific  to  the  Registered  Nurse  will  be  used 
for  foreign  nurse  applicants  who  are  registered 


to  practice  nursing  in  the  United  States  and  for 
those  who  will  be  registered  by  the  anticipated 
matriculation  date.  General  admission  require- 
ments and  those  specific  to  the  generic  student 
will  be  used  for  students  who  are  not  eligible 
for  registration  to  practice  nursing  in  the  United 
States  or  who  do  not  take  and/or  do  not  pass 
the  State  Board  of  Nursing  Examination  prior  to 
the  anticipated  matriculation  date. 

Foreign  students  are  required  to  take  the  Test 
of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language.  A  score  of 
500  is  considered  to  be  an  indication  that  the 
applicant  could  be  successful  in  language  com- 
prehension and  use. 

Lower  Division  Requirements 

Professional,  upper  division  education  in  nurs- 
ing requires  a  foundation  of  learning  provided 
by  required  lower  division  college  courses. 
Prior  to  fall  matriculation  in  the  undergraduate 
program,  all  students  must  have  completed  the 
following  lower  division  course  requirements  at 
an  accredited  college  or  university: 


Course  Requirements  Credits 

English  Composition 6 

Chemistry  Including  Lab  (inorganic  &  organic  content)    8 

Human  Anatomy  &  Physiology  Including  Lab  ("C"  or  better  grade) 8 

Microbiology  Including  Lab  ("C"  or  better  grade) 4 

*Social  Sciences   9 

Human  Growth  and  Development  (sophomore  level)    3 

**Humanities   12 

Nutrition  (sophomore  level) 3 

Electives  6 

Minimum  of 59 

*Musi  include  at  least  one  course  in  sociology  and  one  course  in  psychology: 
**Must  include  courses  selected  from  at  least  three  disciplines  within  the  humanities  areas,  including  three  credits  of  college 
level  mathematics. 


Policies  Governing  Transfer  of  Lower 
Division  Credits 

The  following  is  a  list  of  policies  which  govern 
the  transfer  of  college  credits  to  the  School  of 
Nursing: 

1 .  Human  anatomy  and  physiology,  chemistry 
and  microbiology  must  be  courses  taken  by  stu- 
dents who  plan  to  or  could  use  them  as  credits 
toward  a  major  in  these  areas.  In  other  words, 
they  cannot  be  terminal  courses  for  nonmajors; 
i.e.,  students  majoring  in  nursing,  physical  edu- 
cation, etc. 


2.  Required  natural  science  courses  (chemistry, 
microbiology  and  human  anatomy  and  physiol- 
ogy) must  include  laboratory  experience. 

3.  Courses  in  religion  will  be  accepted  in  trans- 
fer when  they  have  been  taught  within  a  frame- 
work which  oversteps  specific  sectarian  con- 
cerns and/or  dogma.  Religion  courses  whose 
content  is  exclusively /primarily  limited  to  sec- 
tarian dogma  will  not  be  accepted  in  transfer. 

4.  Basic  nutrition  must  be  a  course  with  pre- 
requisites of  organic  chemistry  and  anatomy. 
Applicants  should  contact  the  Office  of  Admis- 
sions and  Academic  Progressions  for  the  course 


14 


numbers  of  approved  nutrition  courses  at  Mary- 
land institutions. 

5.  Humanities  credit  will  be  given  for  one 
"studio"  course  in  the  fine  arts;  (i.e.,  class  in 
piano  and  painting)  only  if  credit  in  the  appro- 
priate survey  course  is  also  earned  (music  litera- 
ture, history  of  art,  etc.). 

6.  "D's"  are  not  transferable  for  anatomy  and 
physiology  and  microbiology  from  either  instate 
or  out  of  state  institutions.  For  other  courses, 
Ds  are  transferable  from  instate  public  institu- 
tions only. 

7.  Courses  taken  on  a  Pass/Fail  basis  may  be 
used  for  elective  credits  only. 

8.  A  sophomore  level  human  growth  and  de- 
velopment course  covering  content  throughout 
the  various  stages  of  the  lifespan  is  required. 
Applicants  should  contact  the  Office  of  Under- 
graduate Admissions  and  Academic  Progres- 
sions for  the  course  numbers  of  approved  Hu- 
man Growth  and  Development  courses  at 
Maryland  institutions. 

9.  A  college  level  mathematics  course  is  re- 
quired. The  course  should  be  one  with  a  pre- 
requisite of  some  college  preparatory  mathemat- 
ics in  high  school. 

10.  Remedial  and/or  repetitive  courses  are  not 
applicable  for  credit. 

11.  Nursing  courses  are  not  transferable. 
(These  are  taught  in  the  junior-senior  years). 

12.  Foreign  Language  Humanities  credit  will 
be  given  for  the  first  semester  elementary 
course  in  a  language  (i.e.,  FREN  101,  rEAL 
101)  only  if  additional  credit  is  earned  in  that 
language.  However,  the  first  course  can  be  used 
for  elective  credit  even  if  no  additional  credit  in 
that  language  is  earned. 


13.  Social,  physical  and  natural  science  courses 
taken  10  or  more  years  prior  to  a  student's  ma- 
triculation date  will  not  be  accepted. 

14.  Only  students  with  an  overall  grade  point 
average  of  a  2.0  or  better  will  be  considered  for 
admission. 

15.  Only  59  applicable  credits  are  necessary  for 
matriculation  to  the  School  of  Nursing.  A  maxi- 
mum of  62  credits  will  be  applied  toward  the 
matriculation  grade  point  average;  additional 
credits  earned  by  the  student  will  be  viewed  by 
the  Admissions  Committee  as  credit  for  enrich- 
ment but  will  not  be  calculated  in  the  student's 
matriculation  grade  point  average. 

16.  Whenever  possible,  credits  recorded  on  an 
applicant's  transcript(s)  will  be  used  as  the  basis 
for  calculating  the  matriculation  grade  point  av- 
erage rather  then  those  grades  resulting  from 
courses  listed  on  the  "Courses  In  Progress" 
sheet,  which  is  a  form  included  in  the  official 
application. 

17.  No  more  than  half  of  the  122  applicable 
credits  required  for  graduation  can  be  earned  by 
examinations  (see  Departmental  Examinations 
and  CLEP,  below). 

Establishing  Lower  Division  Credit  by 
Examination 

Departmental  Examinations:  Many  two  and  four 
year  colleges  and  universities  provide  an  oppor- 
tunity for  students  to  take  examinations  for 
credit,  provided  the  student  has  had  some  in- 
struction and  experience  in  the  content  of  the 
course  under  consideration.  Arrangements  are 
made  by  students  with  the  appropriate  depart- 
ments in  the  college  in  which  they  are  matricu- 
lated on  a  full  or  part  time  basis.  The  School  of 
Nursing  will  accept  the  credit  earned  by  exami- 
nation provided  the  course  name  and  number, 
grade,  and  credits  earned  are  on  the  transcript. 
(In  most  cases,  Pass/Fail  grades  are  not  ac- 
cepted). 

CLEP:  It  is  possible  to  earn  credit  by  examina- 
tion through  the  College  Level  Examination 
Program  (CLEP)  of  the  College  Entrance  Ex- 
amination Board.  The  School  of  Nursing  recog- 
nizes selected  CLEP  exam  results  for  credit 
provided  the  student  earns  a  grade  determined 
acceptable.  The  results  from  the  CLEP  tests 
can  be  submitted  to  the  Director  of  Admissions 
and  Registrations,  Room  132,  Howard  Hall, 
660  West  Redwood  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland 
21201  for  evaluation  of  the  scores  transferabil- 
ity. 


15 


Assessment  Form 

For  Student  Use  Only/Not  to  be  Submitted  to  the  School 

The  following  form  is  a  model  of  the  form  used  by  admission  officers  in  assessing  an 
applicant's  eligibility  for  admission.  Interested  students  can  use  it  to  keep  track  of  their 
progress  in  meeting  lower  division  requirements. 


Lower  Division 
Requirements 


Required 
Credit 


Credit 
Earned 


Grade 


Q.P. 


School 


Year 
Taken 


English  Composition 

Chemistry  with  Laboratory 

(Including  inorganic  and  organic  content) 

Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 
with  Laboratory 

Microbiology  with  Laboratory 

Social  Sciences  (9  cr.  —  includes  sociol- 
ogy, psychology,  anthropology,  political 
science,  economics,  geography) 

One  course  must  be  in  sociology  and  one 
must  be  in  psychology 


Human  Growth  and  Development 
(sophomore  level) 

Humanities  (12  cr.)  Need  courses  from  at 
least  3  of  the  following  areas  including  3 
credits  of  college  level  mathematics,  Lit- 
erature, language,  fine  arts,  history,  phi- 
losophy, mathematics,  public  speaking 


Nutrition  (sophomore  level) 
Electives 


Matriculation  G.P.A. 
Minimum 


59 


16 


Admission  to  the  Upper  Division 

General  Information  for  All  Applicants 

(1)  Rolling  Admissions:  The  University  of 
Maryland  School  of  Nursing  utilizes  the  process 
of  rolling  admissions  which  means  that  the  ear- 
lier one  applies,  the  earlier  one  will  hear  about 
being  accepted  to  the  school. 

(2)  Obtaining  Application:  An  application  may 
be  obtained  from  the  following  office  between 
the  middle  of  September  and  January  31st  for 
the  next  admission  class: 

Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 
University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore 
Howard  Hall,  Room  132 
660  West  Redwood  Street 
Baltimore,  Maryland  21201 
Phone  No.:  528-7480 

(3)  Application  Deadline:  February  1st  is  the  ap- 
plication deadline.  Requests  for  exception  to 
this  deadline  may  be  directed,  in  writing,  to  the 
Director  of  Admissions  and  Academic  Progres- 
sions, 655  West  Lombard  Street,  Baltimore, 
Maryland  21201. 

(4)  Updating  Admissions  Information:  Students 
planning  to  apply  to  the  School  of  Nursing  for 
fall  1984  should  contact  the  Director,  Office  of 
Admissions  and  Progressions,  University  of 
Maryland  School  of  Nursing,  655  West  Lom- 
bard Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201  in  the 
spring  of  1983  for  possible  changes  regarding 
the  admissions  criteria. 

(5)  CPR  Requirement:  Generic  and  R.N.  stu- 
dents are  required  to  be  certified  in  Cardiopul- 
monary Resuscitation  prior  to  their  enrollment 
in  the  School  of  Nursing.  The  certificate  must 
be  valid  for  the  time  period  which  covers  the 
August  of  the  year  of  their  initial  enrollment 
through  June  of  the  following  year.  Since  stu- 
dents will  need  to  maintain  a  valid  CPR  certifi- 
cate during  the  entire  enrollment  in  the  School 
of  Nursing'  they  will  need  to  be  recertified  at 
the  appropriate  time.  The  Office  of  Admissions 
and  Academic  Progressions  will  maintain  the 
record  of  student  certification. 


Admissions  Information— Specific  to  the 
Generic  Applicant 

(I)  Normal  educational  sequencing  leading  to  a 
B.S.N,  for  the  generic  applicant: 

—graduation  from  high  school 

—completion  of  59  lower  division,  preprofes- 


sional  course  credits  at  an  accredited  college 
or  university 

—completion  of  63  upper  division,  profes- 
sional course  credits 

(State  Board  Examinations  to  become  a  regis- 
tered nurse  are  taken  following  the  awarding 
of  the  baccalaureate  degree) 

(2)  Applying  for  Admissions:  The  School  of 
Nursing  matriculates  generic  students  into  upper 
division  course  work  in  the  fall  of  each  year. 
Students  should  apply  for  admission  in  the  fall 
prior  to  their  expected  matriculation  date.  Stu- 
dents are  eligible  to  apply  after  completing  ap- 
proximately 30  credits  of  the  Lower  Division 
pre-professional  course  work  and  developing  a 
plan  for  completing  the  remaining  29  credits  by 
the  expected  matriculation  date.  All  applications 
will  be  considered  where  the  applicant's  overall 
grade  point  average  is  2.0  or  above.  Admission 
is  competitive  and  the  basic  criteria  for  deter- 
mining admissions  are: 
—overall  grade  point  average 
—completion  by  February  1st  of  44  semester 
hours  of  applicable  (lower  division)  credits 
with  a  minimum  distribution  of  these  credits 
in  the  following  categories:  English— 3 
credits;  required  Natural  Sciences— 8  credits; 
Social  Sciences— 6  credits;  Humanities— 6 
credits. 

—written  plan  for  completion  of  all  required 
59  lower  division  credits  by  matriculation 
date  (admission  preference  given  to  those  ap- 
plicants who  plan  to  complete  all  required  59 


17 


credits  no  later  than  the  end  of  the  first  sum- 
mer session  prior  to  matriculation), 
—successful  completion  of  the  Allied  Health 
Professions  Admissions  Test.  Applications  for 
the  Allied  Health  Professions  Admission  Test 
may  be  obtained  from  the  following  address: 
Allied  Health  Professions  Admission  Test 
The  Psychological  Corporation 
304  East  45th  Street 
New  York,  New  York  10017 
Phone:  (212)  888-3221 
Applicants  are  strongly  encouraged  to  take  the 
Allied  Health  Professions  Admission  Test  in  ei- 
ther November  or  January  prior  to  their  re- 
quested matriculation  date  (Allied  Health  Pro- 
fessions Admission  Test  scores  are  valid  for  five 
admission  years  following  the  date  the  tests 
were  taken). 

Admissions  Information— Specific  to  the 
Registered  Nurse  Student 

(I)  Normal  educational  sequencing  leading  to  a 

B.S.N,  for  the  Registered  Nurse: 
—  graduation  from  an  associate  degree  nurs- 
ing program  or  diploma  nursing  program 
—pass  State  Boards  (failure  to  become  li- 
censed after  a  student  has  matriculated  will 
result  in  his  being  immediately  withdrawn 
from  the  program) 

—completion  of  59  lower  division,  preprofes- 
sional  course  credits  at  an  accredited  college 
or  university 

—completion  of  advanced  placement  exami- 
nations totaling  30  credits  (6  credits  are 
earned  from  faculty  made  tests  and  24  credits 
are  earned  from  tests  developed  by  The 
American  College  Testing  Program) 
—completion  of  32  upper  division,  profes- 
sional course  credits 


(2)  Applying  for  Admission:  The  School  of 
Nursing  matriculates  approximately  120  regis- 
tered nurses  into  upper  division  course  work  in 
the  fall  of  each  year.  Students  should  apply  for 
admission  in  the  fall  prior  to  their  expected  ma- 
triculation date.  Students  are  eligible  to  apply 
after  completing  approximately  30  credits  of  the 
Lower  Division  preprofessional  coursework  and 
developing  a  plan  for  completing  the  remaining 
29  credits  by  the  expected  matriculation  date. 
All  applications  will  be  considered  where  the 
applicant's  overall  grade  point  average  is  2.0  or 
above.  Admission  is  competitive  and  the  basic 
criteria  for  determining  admissions  are: 
—overall  grade  point  average 
—completion  by  February  1st  of  44  semester 
hours  of  applicable  credits  with  a  minimum 
distribution  of  these  credits  in  the  following 
categories:  English— 3  credits;  required  Natu- 
ral Sciences— 8  credits;  Social  Sciences— 6 
credits;  Humanities— 6  credits, 
—written  plans  for  completion  of  all  required 
59  lower  division  credits  by  matriculation 
date.  (Admission  preference  is  given  to  those 
applicants  who  plan  to  complete  all  required 
59  credits  no  later  than  the  end  of  the  first 
summer  session  prior  to  matriculation), 
—successful  completion  of  advanced  place- 
ment examinations. 

Advanced  Placement  for  the 
Registered  Nurse 

When  the  official  application  for  upper  division 
study  is  received  by  the  School  of  Nursing,  in- 
formation about  the  Advanced  Placement  Ex- 
aminations is  forwarded  to  the  applicant  and  in- 
cludes study  guides  and  registration  forms  for 
all  the  examinations.  The  required  advanced 
placement  examinations  are  as  follows: 


*NURS  311/312  Pathophysiological  Concepts  and  Clinical  Implications  and 
Pharmacologic  Agents  and  Clinical  Applications 
Satisfactory  performance  on  a  mathematics  mastery  examination  is  also  required 

*  *NURS  426  Professional  Strategies 

*  *  *NURS  457  Maternal  &  Child  Health  Nursing 

*  *  *NURS  554  Adult  Nursing 

*  *  *NURS  503  Psychiatric/Mental  Health  Nursing 


6  credits 
0  credits 

3  credits 

Total  of 

21  credits 

for  these 

three 

examinations 


*A  minimum  grade  oj  "C"  is  required  on  this  advanced  placement  examination. 
**A  minimum  score  oj  33  is  required  on  this  advanced  placement  examination. 
***A  minimum  score  of  45  is  required  on  each  of  these  3  tests. 


18 


Nuns  31 1  and  312  are  prepared  by  University 
of  Maryland  faculty  members.  Nurs  426,  457, 
554,  and  503  are  prepared  by  the  American 
College  Testing  Center.  Those  who  would  like 
to  contact  the  Center  directly  may  do  so  by 
writing  to  the  following  address: 

ACT  PEP 

2201  North  Dodge  Street 

P.O.  Box  168 

Iowa  City,  Iowa  52243 

If  an  applicant  fails  Nurs  311,  312.  or  426, 
(s)he  must  take  the  courses  after  matriculating 
in  the  program.  Decisions  as  to  when  these 
courses  are  to  be  taken  are  the  responsibility  of 
the  Director  of  Admissions  and  Academic  Pro- 
gressions. Students  have  two  attempts  to  suc- 
cessfully pass  Nurs  311,  312,  426,  457.  554 
and  503.  Students  who  fail  to  pass  Nurs  457, 
554,  and  503  tests  on  the  second  attempt  are  al- 
lowed to  apply  to  the  generic  program. 

Advanced  placement  examinations  must  be 
retaken  if  the  student  does  not  matriculate  in  the 
upper  division  course  of  study  within  five  ad- 
mission years. 


Unique  Features  of  the 
Curriculum  for  Generic  Students: 
Upper  Division 

The  junior  and  senior  year  of  the  Nursing  Cur- 
riculum are  offered  at  the  University  of  Mary- 
land at  Baltimore  campus  and  the  University  of 
Maryland  Baltimore  County  campus.  The  cur- 
riculum is  based  on  an  integrative  model 
whereby  students  are  taught  by  teachers  who 
have  specialized  knowledge  and  skills  in  the 
area  of  maternal-child,  psychiatric-coummunity 
mental  health,  medical-surgical,  community 
health  nursing,  and  primary  care  nursing.  All 
students  work  toward  the  same  course  objec- 
tives, although  the  teaching-learning  methods 
may  vary  among  faculty. 

A  faculty— student  ratio  of  approximately 
1:10  creates  a  learning  situation  whereby  stu- 
dents have  sufficient  opportunity  to  learn  the 
clinical  skills  required  of  professional  nurses. 
Student  placement  for  the  junior  year  is  an  ad- 
ministrative decision.  A  lottery  is  used  to  make 
decisions  concerning  senior  student  placements. 

A  typical  plan  of  study  for  the  upper  division 
nursing  major  follows: 


JUNIOR  YEAR 


Fall  Semester 

NURS  314  Concepts  of  Nursing  I 
*NURS  311  Pathophysiological  Concepts  and  Clinical  Implications 
*NURS  313  Introduction  to  Nursing  Process 

TOTAL 

Winter  Session  (Month  of  January) 

NURS  323  Stressors  through  the  Life  Span 

TOTAL 

Spring  Semester 

*NURS  315  Concepts  of  Nursing  n 

*NURS  312  Pharmacologic  Agents  and  Clinical  Applications 
NURS  418  Special  Topics— Electives  in  Health  Related  Courses 

TOTAL 


Credits 

9 
3 
3 

15 

Credits 

3 

3 
Credits 

9 

3 
3 

15 


*Tliese  courses  are  challenged  by  R.N.  students  after  applying  to  the  upper  division  (Advanced  Placement  Examinations  Nurs 
457,  554  and  503  are  equivalent  to  credits  for  Nurs  314  and  Nurs  315  above;  Nurs  426  is  equivalent  to  Nurs  322) 


19 


SENIOR  YEAR 

Fall  Semester 

NURS  324/325  Concepts  of  Nursing  ITJA  or  B 
NURS  321  Leadership  and  Management  in  Health  Care  Settings 
*NURS  322  Nursing  in  Society 
**NURS  410  Research  and  Statistics 

TOTAL 

Winter  Session 

*NURS  326  Clinical  Nursing  Elective  (may  be  taken  by 
generic  students  in  the  summer) 

TOTAL 

Spring  Semester 

NURS  324/325  Concepts  of  Nursing  IUA  or  B 
*NURS  322  Nursing  in  Society 
**NURS  410  Research  and  Statistics 

TOTAL 

*Take  with  Nurs  324 
**Take  with  Nurs  325 


Credits 

9 

3 
3 
3 

15 

Credits 

3 

3 

Credits 

9 
3 
3 

12 


Unique  Features  of  the 
Curriculum  for  Registered  Nurse 
Students:  Upper  Division 

The  curriculum  for  the  registered  nurse  is 
planned  to  maximize  the  strengths  the  registered 
nurse  brings  to  the  baccalaureate  program.  The 
registered  nurse  is  viewed  as  an  adult  learner 
who  possesses  the  special  characteristics  of  a  di- 
verse life,  educational  and  clinical  experiences, 
and  a  high  level  of  motivation  that  fosters  inde- 
pendent and  collaborative  learning. 
Clinical  practice  areas  for  the  registered  nurse 


are  provided  through  arrangements  with  a  wide 
variety  of  health  care  agencies.  All  clinical 
coursework  is  under  the  supervision  of  faculty 
of  the  School  of  Nursing.  Students  are  assigned 
to  any  one  of  a  number  of  different  agencies 
for  the  purpose  of  accomplishing  the  course  ob- 
jectives as  determined  by  faculty. 

A  typical  plan  of  full-time  study  appears  be- 
low for  R.N.  students  who  have  met  the  re- 
quirements for  the  preprofessional  courses  and 
have  established  credit  through  satisfactory 
completion  of  advanced  placement  examina- 
tions. 


Fall  Semester 

NURS  334  Concepts  of  Nursing  F/A 
NURS  333  Client  Assessment 
NURS  418  Health  Elective  or 
NURS  410  Research  and  Statistics 

TOTAL 

Winter  Session  (month  of  January) 

NURS  326  Clinical  Nursing  Elective  or 
NURS  348  Seminar,  Workshop 

TOTAL 


Credits 


3 

14 

Credits 

3 

3 


20 


Spring  Semester 

NURS  335  Concepts  of  Nursing  IVB 

NURS  418  Health  Elective  or 

NURS  410  Research  and  Statistics 

NURS  321  Leadership  and  Management  in  Health  Care  Settings 

TOTAL 


Credits 

9 

3 
3 

15 


Students  may  not  take  more  than  15  credits  dur- 
ing the  fall  and  spring  semesters  or  3  credits  in 
the  winter  session  without  administrative  ap- 
proval from  the  Director  of  Admissions  and 
Academic  Progressions. 

Part-Time  Study 

This  option  is  available  to  a  limited  number  of 
registered  nurses  who  may  complete  the  pro- 
gram in  two  or  three  academic  years.  Enroll- 
ment in  certain  courses  may  be  limited  depend- 
ing upon  demand. 

General  School  Policies  Related 
to  Curriculum  Matters 

Policies  Regarding  Nursing  Concepts 
Courses 

The  major  nursing  courses,  i.e.,  NURS 
314,315,324,325,326,334  and  335,  must  be 
taken  within  the  University  of  Maryland  School 
of  Nursing.  This  policy  does  not  negate  the  op- 
portunity for  R.N.  students  to  challenge  the  jun- 
ior year  clinical  concepts  courses.  Faculty- 
student  ratios  for  Concept  Courses  are 
maintained  at  an  average  program-wide  ratio  of 
approximately  1:10. 

Clinical  Practice  Areas 

Clinical  practice  areas  for  the  baccalaureate  pro- 
gram are  provided  through  arrangements  with  a 
wide  variety  of  hospitals  and  other  health  agen- 
cies. Clinical  practice  is  under  the  supervision 
of  faculty  of  the  School  of  Nursing.  Students 
are  assigned  to  different  types  of  agencies  for 
the  purpose  of  accomplishing  the  course  objec- 
tives as  determined  by  the  faculty. 

Honors  Program 

The  School  of  Nursing  is  participating  in  an  in- 
terdisciplinary honors  program  initiated  at  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  at  Eastern  Shore  in  fall, 
1979.  Plans  are  underway  to  continue  the  con- 
cept of  a  program  that  is  especially  designed  for 
those  students  meeting  honors  criteria. 


Outreach  Students 

During  the  1975-1976  academic  year,  an  off- 
campus,  part-time  degree  completion  program 
for  "community  bound"  registered  nurses  was 
established  in  Astern  Maryland  and  on  the 
Eastern  Shore.  The  first  group  of  students  com- 
pleted the  program  in  1978.  This  offering  is 
currently  continuing  in  Western  Maryland,  in 
the  Cumberland  area  and  the  Hagerstown  area. 
The  program  enables  registered  nurses  to  com- 
plete all  requirements  for  the  baccalaureate  de- 
gree in  nursing  through  enrollment  on  a  part- 
time  basis  in  regional  centers.  Requirements  for 
achieving  senior  year  status  are  the  same  as  on 
the  Baltimore  campus.  The  usual  senior  year 
curriculum  for  R.N. 's,  which  involves  32 
earned  credits,  is  arranged  over  a  two  to  three- 
year  time  span.  Inquiries  should  be  addressed  to 
the  Director  of  the  Outreach  Program,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing,  655  West 
Lombard  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201. 


■  ""3 


21 


Degree  Requirements  for  the 
Baccalaureate  Program 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  faculty  of  the  School 
to  establish  and  publish  degree  requirements. 
Responsibility  for  knowing  and  successfully 
meeting  these  requirements  rests  with  the  stu- 
dent. Requirements  are  set  forth  in  this  cata- 
logue and  updated  annually  in  the  Academic 
Handbook  given  to  enrolled  students  at  the  be- 
ginning of  each  academic  year.  Current  require- 
ments are  as  follows: 

1 .  Certain  lower  division  coursework  is  re- 
quired for  admission  to  the  junior  year  of  the 
undergraduate  program  in  nursing.  Official  tran- 
scripts of  this  coursework  must  be  submitted  to 
the  Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations  by 
published  deadline  date. 

2.  A  minimum  of  120  credits  (122  for  ge- 
neric students  and  121  for  R.N.  students)  in 
certain  coursework  is  required.  The  lower  divi- 
sion courses  required  for  admission  to  the  junior 
year  and  the  required  courses  of  the  upper  divi- 
sion major  in  nursing  completed  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  comprise  the  required  credits. 
At  least  the  senior  year  must  be  completed  at 
the  University  of  Maryland.  This  does  not  ne- 
gate Outreach  Students  from  completing  their 


courses  at  Outreach  sites. 

3.  Upper  division  major  in  nursing;  required 
courses  appear  elsewhere  in  the  catalogue. 

4.  A  minimum  grade  point  average  of  2.0  is 
expected  each  semester  of  the  junior  and  senior 
year,  as  well  as  a  cumulative  grade  point  aver- 
age of  2.0  for  graduation. 

5.  A  grade  of  C  or  better  is  required  in  both 
the  didactic  and  clinical  portions  of  Nursing 
Concepts  Courses,  NURS 
314,315,324,325.326,334  and  335.  Also  a  C  or 
better  is  required  in  NURS  311,  312,  313,  and 
333,  and  failure  to  obtain  this  grade  prohibits 
students  from  moving  to  the  next  level  concepts 
course.  In  sequential  courses  such  as  NURS 
311,  312,  314,  315,  324,  325,  334,  and  335  a 
C  must  be  earned  in  the  initial  course  before 
registering  for  the  next  one.  If  a  D  or  F  is  re- 
ceived in  these  courses  the  course  must  be  re- 
peated, with  permission  of  the  Director  of  Ad- 
missions and  Academic  Progressions,  and  a  C 
grade  or  higher  earned  the  next  time  it  is  of- 
fered. 

6.  A  diploma  application  must  be  filed  with 
the  Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations, 
University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore,  before  the 
stated  deadline  date  in  order  to  receive  the  de- 
gree. 


Grading  System 

The  following  grades  are  used  to  report  the  quality  of  upper  division  coursework 
on  grade  reports  and  transcripts: 

Grade  Quality  Grade  Points 


A 

Excellent 

B 

Good 

C 

Satisfactory 

D 

Minimal  Passing 

F 

Failure 

I 

Incomplete 

P 

Passing  at  C  level  or  above 

WD 

Withdrew  from  all  courses 

and  the  university 

AU 

Audit 

NM 

No  Grade  submitted  by  Faculty 

(but  not  acceptable  in 
certain  courses) 


22 


Note:  Only  Grades  of  A.B.C.D  and  F  are  com- 
puted in  the  grade  point  average  on  the  grade 
reports  published  and  maintained  by  the  Office 
of  Admissions  and  Registrations. 

A  grade  of  P  is  given  only  for  specified 
courses  that  are  graded  Pass/Fail  when  perfor- 
mance is  at  a  C  level  or  above. 

A  grade  of  D  or  F  is  unsatisfactory  for  Nurs- 
ing Concepts  courses  and  the  courses  titled 
Pathophysiological  Concepts  and  Clinical  Impli- 
cations, Pharmacologic  Agents  and  Clinical  Ap- 
plications. Introduction  to  Nursing  Process  and 
Client  Assessment.  These  courses  require  a  C 
grade  or  higher  for  the  fulfillment  of  degree  re- 
quirements. A  grade  of  I  is  given  at  the  discre- 
tion of  the  instructor  only  when  extenuating  cir- 
cumstances beyond  the  student's  control  prevent 
the  completion  of  a  minor  portion  of  work  in  a 
course.  Students  receiving  a  grade  of  an  I  are 
responsible  for  arranging  with  the  instructor  the 
exact  work  required  to  remove  the  incomplete. 
If  an  I  grade  is  not  removed  by  the  end  of  the 
following  semester,  the  grade  automatically  con- 
verts to  F  except  with  Nursing  Concepts 


courses  when  the  time  of  completion  is  deter- 
mined by  the  instructor.  Any  I  grade  may  pre- 
clude normal  progression  in  the  program  as  de- 
termined by  Progressions  Committee  policies. 

Withdrawal  Policy 

A  student  may  withdraw  from  the  School  of 
Nursing  at  any  time.  The  student  will  receive  a 
"WD"  on  his  transcript.  If  the  student  with- 
draws after  the  beginning  of  the  eighth  week,  a 
summary  statement  is  placed  in  the  student  re- 
cord with  a  form  noting  whether  the  student 
was  passing  or  failing. 

Dropping  A  Course 

Students  are  not  permitted  to  drop  courses.  Ex- 
ceptions to  this  rule  may  be  made  by  the  Direc- 
tor of  Admissions  and  Academic  Progressions 
when  extenuating  circumstances  warrant  it. 

Record  keeping  policies  of  the  Office  of  Ad- 
missions and  Academic  Progressions  of  the 
School  of  Nursing  and  the  Office  of  Admis- 
sions and  Registrations  vary  slightly. 

The  following  chart  shows  the  policies: 


Office  of 

Office  of 

Admissions 

Admissions 

and  Academic- 

and 

Time  Frame 

Progressions 

Registrations 

1st  day  to 

Records  that  a  stu- 

Nothing recorded 

end  of  7th 

dent  registered  for 

on  student's 

week. 

the  course  and  the 
date  he  dropped  it. 

record. 

Starting  the 

A  drop-passing  (DP) 

Nothing  recorded 

8th  week  through 

or  a  drop-failing 

on  student's  record. 

the  end  of  the 

(DF)  will  be  recorded. 

semester. 

NOTE:   1 .  Students  who  fail  or  drop  a  Con- 
cepts of  Nursing  course  and  maintain 
enrollment  in  non-clinical  nursing 
courses  are  eligible  to  retake  the  Con- 
cepts course  the  next  time  there  is 
space  available.  The  Director  of  Ad- 
missions and  Academic  Progressions 
determines  which  non-clinical  courses 
a  student  can  take  while  waiting  to  re- 
take Concepts. 

2.  Students  repeating  a  Concepts 


course  as  a  result  of  a  failure  or  drop 
may  not  take  additional  non-clinical 
courses  at  the  time  of  the  repeat  with- 
out permission  of  the  Director  of  Ad- 
missions and  Academic  Progressions. 

Computation  of  Grade  Point  Average  for  a  Se- 
mester: Grade  points  are  given  for  the  courses 
attempted  in  a  given  semester  in  the  upper  divi- 
sion major  and  multiplied  by  the  number  of 
credits  attempted.  The  sum  of  the  grade  points 
divided  by  the  total  credits  for  the  courses. 


23 


equals  the  grade  point  average  as  in  the  exam- 
ple below: 

NURS  314  (9  cr)  B  =  27  grade  points 
NURS  418  (3  cr)  B  =  9  grade  points 
NURS  312  (3  cr)  B  =    9  grade  points 

Total    (15  cr)  B  =  45  grade  points 

3.00  grade  point  average 
15 145.00 


Grade  Points 
A  =  4  points 
B  =  3  points 
C  =  2  points 
D  =  1  points 
F  =  0  points 

Computation  of  the  Cumulative  Grade  Point  Av- 
erage: The  total  grade  point  for  all  courses  (in- 
cluding upper  division  cousework,  challenge  ex- 
amination grades  for  the  R.N.  and  courses 
accepted  for  admission)  are  added  and  calcu- 
lated as  above. 

Progression  and  Reinstatement 
Policies 

It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  monitor  his 
academic  progression  toward  the  completion  of 
degree  requirements,  as  well  as  to  maintain 
good  academic  standing.  Students  receive  from 
faculty  a  mid-semester  warning  if  in  jeopardy 
of  failing  a  course.  At  the  end  of  each  semes- 
ter, students  receive  grade  reports  on  course- 
work  completed  from  the  Director  of  Admis- 
sions and  Registrations.  These  reports  of  official 
grades  (and  their  entry  on  the  official  transcript) 
and  the  grades  for  courses  accepted  for  admis- 
sion are  used  by  faculty  to  certify  academic 
standing  and  to  determine  honors,  academic 
warning  and  dismissal,  and  the  completion  of 
degree  requirements. 

The  Committee  on  Academic  Progressions 
meets  regularly  to  establish  and  implement  poli- 
cies on  progression  and,  through  the  Office  of 
the  Director  of  Admissions  and  Academic  Pro- 
gressions, formally  notifies  students  in  poor  ac- 
ademic standing  who  are  placed  on  academic 
warning  or  are  academically  dismissed.  Stu- 
dents are  notified  in  writing  when  they  are  re- 
moved from  academic  warning. 


Academic  Standing  and 
Reinstatement 

Good  Academic  Standing:  is  defined  as  satisfac- 
tory academic  progress  of  a  registered  degree 
candidate  in  coursework  and  toward  degree  re- 
quirements. 

Poor  Academic  Standing:  is  defined  as  tempo- 
rary academic  preformance  that  is  below  the  ex- 
pected level  of  achievement  in  a  professional 
nursing  course(s).  However,  such  students  are 
making  progress  toward  the  degree.  Such  stu- 
dents are  normally  placed  on  academic  warning 
and  may  be  subject  to  academic  dismissal. 

Academic  Warning:  a  student  in  poor  academic 
standing  is  placed  on  academic  warning  by  the 
Committee  on  Academic  Progressions,  The  Di- 
rector of  Admissions  and  Academic  Progres- 
sions, or  the  Associate  Dean  for  the  Undergrad- 
uate Program.  In  the  written  notification  of 
academic  warning  and  unsatisfactory  academic 
achievement,  the  student  will  be  informed  of 
the  length  of  the  warning  and  any  specific  con- 
ditions that  must  be  satisfied  to  be  removed 
from  warning.  Specific  conditions  warranting 
academic  warning  include: 

1 .  a  D  or  F  in  a  Nursing  course 

2.  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  1 .960 
to  1.999 

3.  a  grade  point  of  less  than  2.0  for  any 
given  semester 


24 


4.  academic  dishonesty 

5.  an  academic  record  reflecting  other  unsat- 
isfactory progress  in  meeting  degree  re- 
quirements 

Academic  Dismissal:  a  student  is  dismissed  from 
the  undergraduate  program  by  the  Committee 
on  Academic  Progressions.  Director  of  Admis- 
sions and  Academic  Progressions,  or  Associate 
Dean  for  the  Undergraduate  Program  for  con- 
tinued evidence  of  unsatisfactory  progress  to- 
ward meeting  course  or  degree  requirements  as 
usually  evidenced  by  repeated  courses  or  aca- 
demic warnings  as  specified  below: 

1 .  two  D  or  F  grades  earned  in  Nursing  Con- 
cepts courses 

2.  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  1 .959 
or  lower 

3.  being  placed  on  academic  warning  more 
than  twice 

4.  academic  dishonesty 

5.  an  academic  record  reflecting  other  unsatis- 
factory progress  in  meeting  degree  require- 
ments 

Reinstatement:  students  who  withdraw  in  good 
academic  standing  can  apply  for  reinstatement 
through  the  Admissions  Committee.  A  student 
who  was  academically  dismissed,  or  who  with- 
drew in  poor  academic  standing,  must  request 
reinstatement  to  degree  candidacy  from  the 
Committee  on  Academic  Progressions.  Such 
written  requests  are  made  to  the  Director  of 
Admissions  and  Academic  Progressions.  Al- 
though such  requests  are  considered  individu- 
ally, the  following  guidelines  are  followed: 

1 .  General  admission  policies  of  the  Univer- 
sity and  the  School  prevail  (e.g.  space 
available.  University  rules  and  regulations, 
etc.) 

2.  Students  may  be  reinstated  only  once. 

3.  A  current  physical  examination  which  de- 
clares the  student  as  having  acceptable 
health  status  by  the  Student  Health  Service 
is  required  as  a  condition  of  reinstatement. 

4.  The  student's  academic  record  and  aca- 
demic standing  upon  dismissal  are  consid- 
ered. 

5.  Academic  requirements  for  reinstatement 
will  be  specified  and  will  include,  if  ap- 
propriate, a  mastery  examination  in  math- 
ematics. 

6.  The  student's  potential  for  successful 
completion  of  the  program  is  evaluated. 

7.  Appropriate  malpractice  insurance  is  re- 
quired at  the  time  of  reinstatement. 


Deadline  dates  for  requesting  reinstatement: 

First  Monday  of  November  for  winter  session 
and  spring  semester. 

First  Monday  of  April  for  reinstatement  for 
summer  and  fall  semesters. 

Notification  of  decision  as  to  reinstatement 
may  be  delayed  until  infomiation  on  space  con- 
straints is  available. 

Policy  Relating  to  Plagiarism, 
Cheating  and  Other  Academic 
Irregularities 

In  cases  involving  charges  of  academic  irregu- 
larities or  dishonesty  in  an  examination,  class 
work  or  course  requirements  by  a  student,  a 
faculty  member  or  another  student  shall  report 
to  the  appropriate  Chairperson  any  information 
received  and  the  facts  within  his  knowledge. 
Examples  of  academic  irregularities  or  dishon- 
esty include  acts  such  as  plagiarism,  cheating, 
misrepresenting  someone  else's  work  as  one's 
own  work,  falsification  of  credentials,  revealing 
contents  of  an  examination  to  anyone  who  has 
not  yet  taken  the  exam,  failure  to  report  infrac- 
tions, and  any  other  academic-related  behaviors 
that  are  disrespectful  of  the  rights  of  individ- 
uals, the  policies  of  the  School  of  Nursing  and 
the  University  or  the  professional  standards  of 
conduct. 

After  having  considered  evidence  submitted 
by  student  and  faculty,  if  the  Chairperson  deter- 
mines that  an  infraction  has  occurred,  (s)he 
shall  determine  the  appropriate  disciplinary 
action.  If  the  student  is  dissatisfied  with  the  de- 
cision, (s)he  may  appeal  to  the  Associate  Dean 
for  Undergraduate  Studies,  and  if  necessary,  to 
the  Dean,  School  of  Nursing. 

Possible  penalities  for  violations  of  this  policy 
include:  being  placed  on  academic  warning,  as- 
signing a  failing  grade  for  the  course,  suspen- 
sion, expulsion,  and  others. 

Dismissal  of  Delinquent  Students 

The  School  reserves  the  right  to  request  the 
withdrawal  of  students  who  do  not  maintain  the 
required  standing  of  scholarship,  or  whose  con- 
tinuance in  the  School  would  be  detrimental  to 
their  health,  or  to  the  health  of  others,  or  whose 
conduct  is  not  satisfactory  to  the  authorities  of 
the  School.  It  is  a  general  expectation  that  stu- 
dents will  abide  by  rules  and  regulations  estab- 
lished by  the  University.  Violation  of  University 
regulations  may  result  in  disciplinary  measures 
being  imposed. 


25 


Withdrawal  From  the  School 

Should  a  student  desire  or  be  compelled  to 
withdraw  from  the  School  at  any  time,  he 
must: 

1 .  write  a  brief  letter  to  the  Director  of  Ad- 
missions and  Academic  Progressions  ex- 
plaining the  reason  for  withdrawal; 

2.  secure  a  withdrawal  form  with  appropriate 
signatures  from  the  Director  of  Admis- 
sions and  Academic  Progressions; 

3.  submit  the  signed  withdrawal  form  to  the 
Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations. 


The  staff  of  the  Office  of  Admissions  and 
Academic  Progressions  will  notify  the  instruc- 
tors of  the  withdrawal.  The  date  used  in  com- 
puting refunds  is  the  date  the  application  for 
withdrawal  is  filed  with  the  Registrar,  Office  of 
Admissions  and  Registrations. 

Financial  Information 
(Undergraduate)  Fees 

The  infomiation  given  below  is  minimal  and  re- 
flects fees  and  other  expenses  for  the  1981- 
1982  academic  year. 


University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore 
Upper  Division  (Junior-Senior) 


Fall 
Semester* 


Spring 
Semester 


Total 


Matriculation  (new  students  only)    20.00  20.00 

*Tuition-Fixed  Charge  Fee 

In-State 478.50  478.50  957.00 

Outof-State    1559.50  1559.50  31 19.00 

Part-time  Undergraduate  per 

credit— 8  credits  or  less 56.00  56.00 

Supporting  Facilities  Fee  (Full-time)    44.00  44.00  88.00 

(Part-time)    9.00  9.00  18.00 

Instructional  Resources  Fee  (Full-time)    23.00  23.00  46.00 

(Part-time)    12.50  12.50  25.00 

Student  Health  Fee  (Full-time) 1 1 .00  1 1 .00  22.00 

(Part-time) 4.50  4.50  9.00 

Student  Activities  Fee  (Full  &  Part-time) 5.50  5.50  1 1.00 

**Health  Insurance 

One  Person 173.04  173.04  346.08 

Two  Persons  332.76  332.76  665.52 

Family    447.00  447.00  894.00 

Malpractice  Insurance  Fee   13.00  13.00 

Dormitory  Fee-Single  Occupancy   905.00  905.00  1810.00 

-Double  Occupancy    805.00  805.00  1610.00 

Diploma  Fee  (Seniors) 15.00 

Late  Registration  Fee 20.00  20.00 

Change  Fee  5.00  5.00 

*A  $50  nonrefundable  deposit  is  required  at  the  time  of  the  student 's  acceptance  for  admission.  This  amount  is  applied  to  the 
fall  tuition. 

**Health  Insurance  (the  University  plan  or  equivalent  insurance)  is  required  of  all  full— time  students.  Students  with  equiva- 
lent insurance  coverage  must  provide  proof  of  such  coverage  at  registration. 


26 


Explanation  of  Fees: 

Registration  Fee:  All  students  are  expected  to 
complete  registration,  including  the  filing  of 
class  cards  and  payment  of  bills,  on  the  regu- 
lariy  scheduled  registration  days.  Those  who  do 
not  complete  registration  during  the  prescribed 
days  must  pay  a  late  registration  fee  of  $20.00. 
Students  receive  registration  instructions  from 
the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 

Tuition-Fixed  Charges  Fee:  helps  defray  the  cost 
of  operating  the  University's  programs. 

Instructional  Resources  Fee:  represents  a  charge 
for  instructional  materials  and/or  laboratory  sup- 
plies furnished  for  and  to  students. 

Student  Acti\iries  Fee:  collected  by  the  Univer- 
sity and  used  at  the  discretion  of  the  various 
student  government  associations  to  provide  fi- 
nancial support  for  recreational,  social  and  pro- 
fessional activities. 

Student  Health  Fee:  charged  to  help  defray  the 
cost  of  providing  a  Student  Health  Service.  This 
service  includes  routine  examinations  and  emer- 
gency care.  Blue  Cross  or  other  acceptable 
medical  insurance  is  also  required. 

Supporting  Facilities  Fee:  payable  by  all  stu- 
dents on  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Balti- 
more campus  and  is  used  to  support  the  auxil- 
iary facilities  and  service  provided  for  the 
convenience  of  all  students. 

Diploma  Fee:  charged  to  help  defray  costs  in- 
volved with  graduation  and  commencement. 

Malpractice  Imurance  Fee:  charged  at  registra- 
tion and  is  applicable  to  all  undergraduate  nurs- 
ing students.  Additional  expenses  include  the 
purchase  of  uniforms  (approximate  cost  — 
$130.00)  and  the  recommended  purchase  of  a 
stethoscope  at  approximately  $30.00.  No  di- 
ploma, certificate,  or  transcript  will  be  issued  to 
a  student  until  all  financial  obligations  to  the 
University  have  been  satisfied.  The  University 
reserves  the  right  to  make  such  changes  in  fees 
and  other  changes  as  may  be  necessary. 

Registration 

The  initial  registration  at  the  School  of  Nursing 
must  be  done  in  person,  and  according  to  regis- 
tration dates  and  procedures  provided  by  the 
UMAB  Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations. 

All  students  must  receive  health  clearance 
from  the  UMAB  Student  Health  Office  in  order 


to  begin  or  remain  in  clinical  courses.  This  in- 
cludes passing  a  physical  examination  at  a  satis- 
factory level.  In  some  instances  students  may 
be  required  to  return  to  the  Student  Health  Of- 
fice for  further  evaluation.  Students  may  prere- 
gister  for  subsequent  semesters  through  the 
School  of  Nursing's  Office  of  Admissions  and 
Progressions  and  pay  their  bill  by  mail.  After 
classes  begin,  students  who  wish  to  terminate 
their  registration  must  follow  the  withdrawal 
procedures  and  are  liable  for  charges  applicable 
at  the  time  of  withdrawal. 

Students  who  are  out  of  course  sequence  with 
their  classmates  must  confer  with  the  Director 
of  Admissions  and  Academic  Progressions  and 
develop,  if  appropriate,  an  individual  progres- 
sion pattern  to  be  followed. 

Students  who  fail  to  register  during  official 
registration  periods  must  utilize  late  registration 
dates  published  by  the  Office  of  Admissions 
and  Registrations  and  pay  a  late  fee  of  $20.00 
together  with  a  $5.00  fee  for  each  change  in 
program.  Privileges  of  the  University  are  availa- 
ble only  after  registration  has  been  completed. 

Records 

Transcripts:  All  financial  obligations  to  the  Uni- 
versity must  be  satisfied  before  a  transcript  of  a 
student's  record  will  be  furnished  any  student  or 
alumnus.  There  is  a  charge  of  $2.00  for  each 
transcript.  Checks  should  be  made  payable  to 
the  University  of  Maryland.  Transcripts  may  be 
obtained  by  writing  to  the  Office  of  the  Regis- 
trar, University  of  Maryland,  660  West  Red- 
wood Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201. 

Review  of  Records:  All  records,  including  aca- 
demic records  from  other  institutions,  become 
part  of  the  official  file  and  can  neither  be  re- 
turned nor  duplicated.  Provisions  are  made  for 
students  to  review  their  records  if  they  desire. 
A  request  to  review  one's  record  should  be 
made  a  week  in  advance  through  the  Office  of 
Admissions  and  Progressions. 

Financial  Aid  Overview 

Financial  aid  in  the  form  of  grants,  loans,  and 
work-programs  is  awarded  to  students  and  is 
based  upon  financial  need.  Applicants  must 
complete  a  financial  aid  application  annually  in 
the  spring  preceding  the  academic  year  for 
which  aid  is  sought.  By  completing  one  appli- 
cation, the  applicant  will  be  considered  for  all 
types  of  aid  available  through  the  University. 


27 


Separate  applications  must  be  completed  to  be 
considered  for  funding  from  sources  outside  the 
University.  Because  of  limitations  in  available 
funds,  preference  is  given  to  full  time  students. 
Recipients  of  financial  aid  are  expected  to  make 
satisfactory  progress  toward  attainment  of  a  de- 
gree and  to  abide  by  all  academic  and  non- 
academic  regulations  of  the  University.  In  the 
case  of  new  students,  applicants  must  have 
been  accepted  for  admission  to  the  University 
before  the  financial  aid  will  be  awarded.  Prior- 
ity date  for  submitting  application  for  the  fol- 
lowing academic  year  is  February  15.  Requests 
for  information  about,  and  applications  for,  fi- 
nancial aid  should  be  addressed  to: 

Student  Financial  Aid 

University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore 

624  West  Lombard  Street 

Baltimore.  Maryland  21201 


Sources  of  Aid  for  Baccalaureate 
Students 

University  Sources 

University  Grant:  Grants  for  disadvantaged  stu- 
dents who  are  residents  of  Maryland. 

Dean 's  Scholarship:  Grants  for  disadvantaged 
students  who  need  not  be  residents  of  Mary- 
land. 

Nurse  Training  Act  Loans:  Loans  to  a  maximum 
of  $2,500  annually.  Loans  are  at  seven  percent 
annual  interest  with  principal  and  interest  pay- 
ments beginning  nine  months  after  graduation; 
deferment  and  cancellation  provisions  are  avail- 
able. 

College  Wjrk-Study:  Support  for  students  in  ca- 
reer related  employment  during  the  academic 
year  as  well  as  the  summer  months. 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants: 
For  students  demonstrating  exceptional  need. 

Private  Endowment  and  Donations:  Donations 
and  bequests  have  established  scholarship  and 
loan  accounts  each  varying  in  eligibility. 
amounts,  availability,  and  repayment  terms  for 
loans. 

Pi  Chapter  of  Sigma  Tlwta  Tan:  The  national 
honor  society  for  nursing  offers  a  scholarship  to 
one  junior  and  one  senior  nursing  student  each 
year.  Eligibility  requirements  are  the  same  as 
those  established  for  membership  in  Sigma 


Theta  Tau.  The  deadline  for  application  is  Sep- 
tember 15. 

Hospital  Scholarships:  Some  hospitals  have  spe- 
cial plans  for  financial  aid  if  the  student  agrees 
to  work  for  the  agency  upon  graduation.  For  in- 
formation regarding  this  source  contact  the  Fi- 
nancial Aid  Office  or  the  Associate  Dean  for 
Undergraduate  Studies. 

Pell  Grant:  Awards  for  undergraduate  students 
who  have  not  previously  earned  a  baccalaureate 
degree;  awards,  based  on  financial  need,  range 
from  $200  to  $1,800.  Applications  are  available 
from  any  financial  aid  or  high  school  counsel- 
ing office. 

Desegregation  Grants:  Minority  students  who 
are  Maryland  residents  are  eligible  for  these 
funds.  Desegregation  grants  normally  will  be 
used  to  reduce  the  amount  of  loan  included  in 
the  financial  aid  award. 

Air  Force  Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps 
(AFROTC):  Two  year  nursing  scholarships  are 
awarded  to  applicants  accepted  into  the  ROTC 
program  and  the  upper  division  nursing  pro- 
gram. The  scholarship  includes  books  and  tui- 
tion plus  $100  dollars  a  month,  or  approxi- 
mately $1,000  a  year.  Applicants  must  enroll  in 
the  ROTC  course  at  the  University  of  Mary- 
land, College  Park,  Maryland.  See  the  junior  or 
senior  Year  Director  about  availability  of  place- 
ment on  the  Washington-based  team  to  reduce 
commuting  problems.  For  further  information, 
contact  Detachment  330,  University  of  Mary- 
land, phone  301454-3245/42. 


Non-University  Sources 

Maryland  State  Scholarship  Board:  Residents  of 
Maryland  may  apply  for  aid  through  each  of 
the  following  programs: 

House  of  Delegates  Scholarships 

Senatorial  Scholarships 

General  State  Scholarships 
Further  information  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Maryland  State  Scholarship  Board,  2100 
Guilford  Avenue,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21218. 

Bank  Loans:  Students  may  obtain  educational 
loans  through  private  lending  institutions  such 
as  banks  or  credit  unions.  Interest  at  nine  per 
cent  is  deferred  until  after  graduation.  As 


28 


lenders  have  limited  funds  for  this  program, 
students  are  encouraged  to  contact  their  lending 
institutions  at  the  earliest  possible  date. 

The  Maryland  Higher  Education  Loan  Cor- 
poration (MHELC)  Program  permits  graduates 
to  borrow  up  to  $5,000  annually,  undergradu- 
ates may  borrow  up  to  $2,500  annually. 
MHELC  applications  are  available  in  the  Stu- 
dent Aid  Office. 


Student  Services 

Academic  Counseling:  The  School  of  Nursing 
maintains  a  system  of  academic  counseling  that 
is  course  related,  provided  by  faculty  and  fac- 
ulty teams.  Academic  counseling  that  involves 
the  progression  of  students  in  the  program  is 
provided  by  the  School's  Office  of  Admissions 
and  Academic  Progressions.  Additionally,  there 
are  special  counselors  who  provide  academic 
assistance  in  test-taking,  study  skills  and  the 
writing  of  papers.  These  counselors  may  be 
contacted  through  the  Office  of  Student  Devel- 
opment Services  at  the  School  of  Nursing. 

Personal  Counseling:  Students  experiencing  per- 
sonal difficulties  may  seek  assistance  through 
the  Office  for  Student  Development  Services. 

Health  Senice:  Health  insurance  is  required  of 
all  full-time  nursing  students  through  either  the 
University  plan  or  self  procured  equivalent  cov- 
erage. Additionally,  a  required  student  health 
fee  makes  services  available  at  the  Student 
Health  Center  during  the  school  year  as  well  as 
the  required  physical  examinations  for  students 
of  nursing. 

Student  Government  Association:  All  undergrad- 
uate students  are  members  of  the  Student  Gov- 
ernment Association  which  provides  governance 
as  well  as  activities  for  students. 

Academic  Handbook:  The  school  publishes  an 
Academic  Handbook  for  undergraduate  students 
which  outlines  academic  policies  applicable  to 
students  pursuing  the  B.S.N,  degree. 


Living  Arrangements  on  UMAB 
Campus 

Information  and  applications  for  living  accom- 
modations on  the  Baltimore  campus  may  be  ob- 
tained from  the  Director  of  Housing,  University 
of  Maryland,  Baltimore  Student  Union,  621  W. 


Lombard  Street,  Baltimore.  Maryland  21201. 
Because  of  space  limitations,  early  application 
is  advisable.  Male  and  female  students  enrolled 
on  the  Baltimore  City  campus  may  arrange  for 
living  accommodations  in  the  Baltimore  Student 
Union.  Board  contracts  are  not  available  on  the 
Baltimore  City  campus;  meals  may  be  pur- 
chased on  an  individual  basis  in  the  Baltimore 
Student  Union  or  University  of  Maryland  Hos- 
pital cafeterias.  Off-campus  housing  information 
is  available  through  the  housing  office. 


Employment  Opportunities  Upon 
Graduation 

Baccalaureate  graduates  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  School  of  Nursing  have  many  career 
opportunities  available  to  them.  Graduates  may 
choose  to  practice  nursing  in  a  hospital  or  out- 
patient clinic,  an  extended  care  facility,  or  a  va- 
riety of  community  agencies  including  schools, 
industries,  and  physicians  offices.  In  addition, 
graduates  who  have  a  baccalaureate  degree  may 
choose  a  career  in  civil  service,  the  military,  or 
the  Xfeteran's  Administration.  A  survey  of  1979 
graduates  showed  that  99  percent  were  em- 
ployed: nonemployment  was  the  choice  of  the 
graduate.  Salaries  for  generic  graduates  ranged 
from  $16,000  to  $17,000.  The  graduate  who 
earns  a  baccalaureate  degree  as  a  Registered 
Nurse  is  usually  paid  at  a  higher  rate  due  to 
prior  experience  in  nursing. 


Eligibility  for  State  Licensure 

Graduates  of  the  program  are  eligible  for  ad- 
mission to  the  examination  given  by  the  Mary- 
land State  Board  of  Examiners  of  Nurses  (or  by 
any  other  state  board)  for  licensure  to  practice 
nursing.  Application  is  generally  submitted  prior 
to  the  date  of  graduation.  Students  interested  in 
applying  for  admission  to  the  University  of 
Maryland  School  of  Nursing  should  be  aware 
of  Maryland's  Nurse  Practice  Act,  Article  43, 
Section  299  which  authorizes  the  Board  to  with- 
hold, deny,  revoke,  suspend  or  refuse  to  renew 
the  license  of  a  nurse  or  applicant  for  a  variety 
of  reasons  including  conviction  of  a  crime  in- 
volving moral  turpitude  if  nature  of  the  offense 
bears  directly  on  the  fitness  of  the  person  or 
practice  nursing  or  violation  of  any  provision  of 
the  Nurse  Practice  Act. 


29 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

Baccalaureate  Program 
Upper  Division  (Junior-Senior) 
Curriculum 

NURS  311  Pathophysiological  Concepts 
and  Clinical  Implications  (3)  Fall  Semester, 
junior  year.  This  course  focuses  on  pathophysi- 
ological disruptions  to  system  functioning.  The 
alterations  within  the  system  are  discussed  as 
well  as  the  impact  of  these  alterations  on  the  in- 
dividual. The  student  will  apply  previously  ac- 
quired knowledge  in  human  anatomy  and  physi- 
ology as  well  as  other  basic  sciences.  This 
course  contributes  to  the  scientific  basis  for  uti- 
lization of  the  nursing  process. 


y> 


NURS  312  Pharmacologic  Agents  and 
Clinical  Applications  (3)  Spring  Semester, 
junior  year.  Prerequisite:  NURS  311.  This 
course  focuses  on  the  use  of  therapeutic  drugs 
in  the  health  care  setting  and  their  effects  upon 
normal  and  abnormal  physiology.  Pharmaco- 
logic agents  are  discussed  in  relation  to  their  ef- 
fects on  body  systems,  mechanisms  of  action 
and  excretion,  therapeutic  usage  and  nursing 
implications.  This  course  builds  upon  the  stu- 
dent's understanding  of  physiological  and  patho- 
physiological processes  gained  in  NURS  3 1 1 
and  other  courses. 

NURS  313  Introduction  to  the  Nursing 
Process  (3)  Fall  Semester,  junior  year.  This 


30 


course  introduces  the  student  to  the  components 
of  the  nursing  process— assessment,  planning, 
implementation  and  evaluation— as  a  basis  for 
nursing  practice.  Basic  assessment,  interper- 
sonal, psychomotor  and  medication  administra- 
tion skills  will  be  the  focus  of  the  course.  Stu- 
dents will  have  an  opportunity  to  learn  and 
practice  basic  nursing  skills  in  the  laboratory 
and  clinical  settings. 

NURS  314  Concepts  of  Nursing  I  (9)  Fall 
Semester,  junior  year.  This  course  must  be  ac- 
companied by  NURS  313  unless  credit  for 
NURS  313  has  previously  been  established. 
The  focus  of  the  course  is  on  man  as  a  behav- 
ioral system,  the  health-illness  continuum,  and 
the  role  of  the  professional  nurse  in  helping  cli- 
ents of  all  ages  to  maintain  and/or  promote  op- 
timal health.  Students  are  introduced  to  the  con- 
ceptual framework  and  the  four  major  concepts 
which  provide  the  organizing  schema  for  the 
Concepts  of  Nursing  courses:  stress  and  adapta- 
tion, systems  functioning,  the  nursing  process, 
and  the  role  of  the  nurse.  The  assessment  com- 
ponent of  the  nursing  process  constitutes  a  ma- 
jor focus  of  this  course.  However,  all  aspects  of 
the  nursing  process  are  included.  An  integral 
part  of  this  course  is  the  development  of  a  help- 
ing relationship  with  clients  of  all  ages  experi- 
encing common  problems  involving  a  mild 
stress  level.  Resources  and  support  systems 
within  the  family  and  community  are  included. 
Use  of  communication  skills,  health  teaching, 
and  other  nursing  interventions  will  serve  as  a 
basis  for  future  learnings. 

NURS  315  Concepts  of  Nursing  II  (9) 

Spring  Semester,  junior  year.  Prerequisites: 
NURS  311,  NURS  313,  NURS  314,  NURS 
323.  The  focus  of  this  course  is  the  nursing 
care  of  clients  experiencing  stress  states  charac- 
terized by  moderate  intensity  and  relative  stabil- 
ity. All  aspects  of  the  nursing  process  are  in- 
cluded. The  mutual  interaction  between  the 
client  and  family  are  explored  as  well  as  re- 
sources within  the  health  team  and  community. 
Students  will  work  with  adults  and  children  to 
assist  them  in  regaining  and/or  promoting  opti- 
mal health,  and  with  families  in  the  perinatal 
period. 

NURS  321  Leadership  and  Management 
in  Health  Care  Settings  (3)  Fall  Semester, 
senior  year.  Prerequisite:  NURS  315.  This 
course  focuses  on  the  role  of  the  professional 
nurse  as  a  leader  and  manager.  Organizational 
and  interpersonal  factors  and  theories  that  effect 


nursing  practice  are  examined.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  group  theory  and  process.  Applica- 
tion of  management  principles  and  skills  is 
made  to  a  variety  of  health  care  settings. 

NURS  322  Nursing  in  Society  (3)  Fall  or 
Spring  Semester,  senior  year.  This  course  pro- 
vides an  opportunity  for  students  to  study  the 
multiple  factors  which  have  contributed  to  the 
emergence  of  professional  nursing.  The  profes- 
sion is  studied  in  relation  to  and  as  an  integral 
part  of  the  changes  in  our  society.  Significant  is- 
sues confronting  the  profession  are  identified. 
Upon  completion  of  this  course  the  student 
should  demonstrate  a  better  understanding  of 
the  profession  of  nursing  in  its  present  state  of 
growth,  an  awareness  of  its  potential  and  direc- 
tion, and  cognizance  of  each  nurse's  own  re- 
sponsibility in  its  development. 

NURS  323  Stressors  through  the  Lifes- 
pan (3)  Minimester,  junior  year.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  314.  This  course  provides  the  student 
with  an  indepth  look  at  selected  psychosocial 
concepts  basic  to  understanding  client  responses 
in  a  variety  of  settings.  The  theoretical  bases  of 
each  concept  are  presented,  as  well  as  its  ex- 
pression at  varying  points  along  the  lifespan. 
Developmental  and  situational  stressors  affect- 
ing these  concepts  are  examined.  Interventions 
to  assist  clients  to  cope  with  these  stressors  are 
discussed. 

NURS  324  Concepts  of  Nursing  III  A  (9) 

Fall  or  Spring  Semester,  senior  year.  Prerequi- 
sites: NURS  312,  NURS  315.  The  focus  of 
this  course  is  on  hospitalized  clients  experienc- 
ing biopsychosocial  disruptions  and  intense  or 
variable  stress  states.  All  components  of  the 
nursing  process  are  used.  Student  learning  expe- 
riences include  working  with  adult  and  child 
clients  experiencing  complex,  multiple  system 
problems  requiring  rapid  utilization  of  the  nurs- 
ing process.  Major  components  of  the  course 
are  the  opportunity  to  apply  management  princi- 
ples as  a  leader  of  a  small  work  group  and  the 
multidisciplinary  interaction  with  other  health 
team  members. 

NURS  325  Concepts  of  Nursing  IIIB  (9) 
Fall  or  Spring  Semester.  Prerequisites:  NURS 
312,  NURS  315.  The  three  major  areas  of  fo- 
cus for  this  course  are  mental  health,  family 
and  community.  All  components  of  the  nursing 
process  are  used.  Students  will  have  an  oppor- 
tunity to  work  with  clients  in  mental  health  set- 


31 


tings  as  well  as  with  families  who  may  have  at 
least  one  member  experiencing  varying  stress 
states  but  are  maintained  through  use  of  ambu- 
latory services  and  community  based  agencies. 
This  course  provides  students  the  opportunity  to 
work  with  clients  over  an  extended  period  of 
time  and  to  work  in  a  group  setting  to  evaluate 
health  needs  of  a  specified  community  group. 

NURS  326  Clinical  Nursing  Elective  (3) 

Minimester,  senior  year.  Prerequisites:  NURS 
324  or  NURS  325  for  generic  students  and 
NURS  333  and  NURS  334  for  RN  students. 
Designed  to  offer  the  student  an  opportunity  to 
select  and  study  an  area  of  particular  interest  in 
clinical  nursing.  Distributive  and  episodic  nurs- 
ing practice  settings  serve  as  clinical  laborato- 
ries for  learning.  Senior  students  may  elect  to 
participate  in  a  faculty  offered  course,  indepen- 
dent study  under  faculty  mentorship  or  a  sum- 
mer clinical  elective  offered  in  collaboration 
with  University  of  Maryland  Hospital  and  other 
clinical  agencies. 

NURS  333  Client  Assessment  (2)  Fall  Se- 
mester, senior  year.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to 
RN  level.  The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  pro- 
vide the  registered  nurse  with  the  skills  to  per- 
form health  assessments  of  clients.  The  class 
and  laboratory  experiences  will  be  organized  us- 
ing selected  processes  from  the  subsystems  cur- 
riculum framework.  Since  the  registered  nurse 
student  brings  a  background  of  knowledge,  ex- 
perience and  competencies  to  this  course,  these 
will  be  utilized  in  meeting  the  course  require- 
ments. An  emphasis  of  this  course  is  the  evalu- 
ation of  clients  with  special  attention  directed 
toward  the  effects  of  stress  and  stress-mediated 
responses.  The  integration  of  the  biopsychoso- 
cial  assessment  will  be  facilitated  using  com- 
mon health  concerns  prominent  in  the  American 
society.  This  two  credit  course  will  have  a  one 
hour  class  presentation  and  a  three  hour  labora- 
tory experience  each  week  during  which  stu- 
dents will  practice,  under  direct  supervision,  the 
assessment  skills  being  taught. 

NURS  334  Concepts  of  Nursing  IV  A  (9) 

Fall  Semester,  senior  year.  Prerequisites:  Satis- 
factory completion  of  Mastery  Examination  in 
Mathematics  or  NURS  313.  This  course  is  de- 
signed to  assist  the  registered  nurse  student  to 
synthesize  previous  knowledge  with  advanced 
theoretical  concepts  in  relation  to  man,  his  pri- 
mary groups  and  his  environment.  Emphasis 


will  be  placed  on  the  application  of  concepts  of 
systems  theory,  health  stress,  communication, 
family  and  group  theory  to  nursing  process. 
Specific  clinical  experiences  are  provided  with 
clients  experiencing  varying  stress  states. 

NURS  335  Concepts  of  Nursing  IV  B  (9) 

Spring  Semester,  senior  year.  Prerequisites: 
NURS  333.  NURS  334,  and  NURS  326  or 
NURS  348.  This  course  is  designed  to  assist 
the  registered  nurse  student  to  synthesize  pre- 
vious knowledge  with  advanced  theoretical  con- 
cepts in  relation  to  man,  his  primary  groups, 
and  his  environment.  Emphasis  will  be  placed 
on  the  application  of  concepts  of  crisis,  decision 
making,  planned  change,  teaching/learning, 
family  and  community.  Specific  clinical  experi- 
ences are  provided  with  clients  experiencing 
varying  stress  states. 

NURS  348  Electives,  Workshops,  Semi- 
nars, and  Institutes  (1-6)  Prerequisites: 
NURS  333  and  NURS  334.  Designed  to  pro- 
vide participation  in  workshops,  institutes  and 
seminars  in  various  aspects  of  nursing.  Faculty 
reserve  the  right  to  place  a  limit  on  the  number 
of  credits  a  student  may  take  in  workshops,  in- 
stitutes and  seminar  study. 

^f  NURS  410  Research  and  Statistics  (3) 

Fall  or  Spring  Semester,  senior  year.  Prerequi- 
sites: NURS  3 15  or  by  permission  of  instructor. 
In  the  context  of  the  total  research  process,  the 
basic  elements  of  research,  including  defining 
the  research  question,  literature  search,  sam- 
pling research  design,  measurement  and  data 
gathering,  statistical  analysis,  and  interpretation 
of  results  are  presented  and  their  interdepen- 
dence stressed.  Inferential  statistics  include  chi 
square,  ordinal  data  methods,  correlation,  multi- 
ple regression,  t  test,  f  test,  analysis  of  variance 
(one  way  and  factorial),  and  analysis  of  covari- 
ance.  Application  and  interpretation  rather  than 
theory  or  mathematical  derivation  are  empha- 
sized. Evaluation  of  measurement  tools  in  temis 
of  item  analysis,  reliability,  and  validity  is  pre- 
sented. Student  research  teams  critique  a  re- 
search project  report  in  the  literature  and  de- 
velop a  research  proposal  which  includes  a  pilot 
test  of  the  proposed  study. 

NURS  418  Special  Topics  (2-3)  Spring  Se- 
mester, junior  year.  This  course  is  designed  to 
provide  offerings  in  current  health-related  topics 
which  include  Parenting.  Holistic  Health  Care, 
Cross  Cultural  Nursing,  and  Thanatological  As- 
pects of  Nursing. 


32 


GRADUATE  PROGRAMS 


Master  of  Science  Degree 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  Degree 


33 


Master  of  Science  Degree  Areas 
of  Concentration  (Majors) 

Clinical  Practice  Areas: 

Community  Health  Nursing  (Track:  Community 

Health  Nursing) 
Gerontological  Nursing  (Track:  Gerontological 

Nursing) 
Maternal  and  Child  Health  Nursing  (Tracks: 

Maternal  Infant  and  Nursing  of  Children) 
Medical-Surgical  Nursing  (Tracks:  General 

Medical-Surgical  and  Trauma-Critical  Care 

Nursing) 
Primary  Care  Nursing  (Tracks:  Adult  and  Pedi- 
atric Primary  Care  Nursing) 
Psychiatric  Nursing  (Tracks:  Child  and  General 

Psychiatric  Nursing) 

Functional  Role  Areas: 

Administration  (Tracks:  Administration  of  Nurs- 
ing Education  or  Nursing  Service) 

Education  (Tracks:  Teaching  Nursing  in  Associ- 
ate Degree,  Baccalaureate  Degree  or  Staff 
Development  Programs) 

Nursing  Health  Policy  (Track:  Nursing  Health 
Policy) 

Doctor  of  Philosophy  Degree 
Areas  of  Concentration 

Direct 
Indirect 

Overview  of  Masters  and  Ph.D. 
Degree  Programs 

The  University  of  Maryland's  graduate  nursing 
program  is  the  only  one  in  the  state  and  is  one 
of  the  largest  programs  in  the  nation.  While  the 
programs  are  offered  in  the  School  of  Nursing, 
they  are  part  of  the  Graduate  School  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore;  therefore, 
are  subject  to  the  requirements  of  both  schools. 
The  master's  degree  curriculum  has  undergone 
substantive  revision  with  the  new  curriculum 
fully  implemented  in  the  fall  semester,  1976. 
The  program  is  three  semesters  and  a  minimes- 
ter  in  length  except  for  Primary  Care  Nursing 
which  is  four  semesters  and  Gerontological 
Nursing  which  is  three  semesters  and  one  sum- 
mer session. 

Congruent  with  the  changing  needs  of  soci- 
ety, the  master's  degree  offers  a  number  of  spe- 
cialty options  to  students.  Students  are  required 
to  develop  competence  in  a  specialized  clinical 
area,  and  opportunity  is  provided  to  concentrate 


(major)  in  either  the  clinical  or  the  role  area  de- 
pending on  specific  career  goals  and  previous 
preparation.  Multiple  tracks  are  available  within 
areas  of  concentration  to  provide  individualized 
courses  of  study.  Every  student  selects  both  a 
clinical  and  a  role  track  to  prepare  for  speciali- 
zation within  a  clinical  area  and  beginning  func- 
tional role. 

The  doctoral  program  in  nursing  first  admit- 
ted students  in  1979.  The  program  is  designed 
to  meet  the  educational  needs  of  nurses  who 
have  developed  specialized  clinical  expertise  at 
the  master's  level  and  are  committed  to  playing 
a  leadership  role  in  the  discovery  and  refine- 
ment of  nursing  knowledge  through  research. 
The  curriculum  includes  a  core  of  required 
courses  which  address  the  theoretical  and  em- 
pirical bases  for  nursing  and  the  techniques  of 
theory  building  and  research.  The  program  is 
designed  with  sufficient  flexibility  to  allow  stu- 
dents to  pursue  in  depth  their  individual  re- 
search interests  and  career  goals  within  a 
research-oriented  milieu. 

Students  specialize  in  either  the  direct  or  the 
indirect  sphere  of  nursing.  Those  specializing  in 
direct  nursing  focus  on  study  of  the  health 
needs  of  clients/patients  and  of  nursing  action 
provided  directly  to  clients  in  a  variety  of  set- 
tings. Those  specializing  in  the  indirect  nursing 
focus  on  the  study  of  nursing  systems  and  edu- 
cation and  administrative  nursing  action  which 
facilitates  and  supports  clinical  nursing  practice. 

Graduate  education  fosters  the  responsibility, 
creativity,  and  self-direction  which  characterize 
professional  commitment  and  enhances  a  con- 
tinuing desire  to  learn  and  grow.  The  graduate 
student  is  viewed  as  a  partner  in  the  teacher- 
learner  dyad;  receives  stimulation  and  support 
for  scholarly  pursuits;  is  given  the  freedom  to 
think  and  try  out  new  ideas;  and  has  the  oppor- 
tunity to  apply  knowledge  and  develop  new 
skills.  The  opportunity  to  articulate  beliefs, 
ideas  and  formulations  is  gained  through  inter- 
action with  faculty  and  other  members  of  the 
academic  community. 

Refer  to  the  General  Information  and  Resources 
section  of  this  bulletin  for  additional  information. 

Elaboration  of  the  Philosophy: 
Graduate  Program 

The  graduate  program  of  the  School  of  Nursing 
derives  its  purposes  directly  from  the  underlying 
philosophy  which  is  shared  by  the  faculty.  Ten- 
ets of  the  philosophy  held  by  graduate  faculty 


34 


of  the  School  of  Nursing  provide  a  foundation 
for  the  conceptual  framework  upon  which  the 
master's  degree  curriculum  is  based.  This  con- 
ceptual framework  analyzes  the  unit  (the  indi- 
vidual, family  or  community)  in  terms  of  three 
interrelated  expressions  of  health— physical, 
cognitive  and  personal.  The  physical  expression 
refers  to  the  unit's  structural  and  functional  en- 
dowment and  integrity.  The  cognitive  expression 
addresses  the  capacity  of  the  individual  to  re- 
ceive, to  perceive  and  to  organize  information. 
The  personal  expression  is  concerned  with  the 
affective  relationships  of  the  unit.  The  relation- 
ships between  the  expressions  are  complex  and 
vary  at  different  points  in  time.  The  expressions 
lend  themselves  to  assessment,  quantification 
and  regulation.  The  intervention  phase  of  the 
nursing  process  depends  on  the  relationships  be- 
tween them  and  the  pattern  of  the  expressions 
of  health.  Evaluation  of  nursing  intervention  is 
achieved  through  examination  of  the  resulting 
state  of  health  of  the  unit. 

The  doctoral  program  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  is  based  on  the  belief  that  nursing  has 
a  distinct  body  of  knowledge  which  can  and 
must  be  extended,  verified  and  revised  using 
the  methods  of  scholarly  inquiry.  Nursing 
knowledge,  while  distinct,  is  not  isolated  or  ex- 
clusive. It  involves  the  selection,  integration  and 
expansion  of  knowledge  from  nursing  and  other 
disciplines  and  the  application  of  this  knowl- 
edge to  the  understanding  of  health  and  illness 
and  to  the  analysis  and  improvement  of  nursing 
practice.  Nursing  knowledge  is  derived  from 
and  guides  nursing  practice,  which  encompasses 
two  interrelated  spheres  of  activity:  direct  serv- 
ice to  clients/patients  and  indirect  action  carried 
out  in  educational  and  clinical  settings  which 
support  direct  nursing  care.  Knowledge  encom- 
passing both  spheres  and  their  interrelatedness 
must  be  extended  and  tested,  in  order  to  effect 
improvement  in  nursing  practice.  Graduate  edu- 
cation in  nursing  is  built  upon  and  extends  a 
knowledge  base  acquired  in  a  baccalaureate  de- 
gree program  in  nursing  and  is  derived  from  the 
humanities  and  the  physical,  biological  and  be- 
havioral sciences.  Each  student  brings  to  gradu- 
ate education  a  unique  combination  of  experi- 
ence and  capabilities  and  the  learning 
environment  facilitates  the  establishment  and  at- 
tainment of  professional  objectives  throughout 
the  educational  experience.  The  dynamic  inter- 
change between  faculty  and  students  results  in  a 
commitment  to  and  involvement  in  the  develop- 
ment of  nursing  knowledge  and  the  refinement 


of  nursing  theory.  Recognizing  that  the  growth 
process  in  the  student  is  continuous  and  that  the 
health  needs  of  society  change,  the  graduate 
program  is  flexible  and  dynamic. 

Purposes  and  Objectives  of  the 
Graduate  Programs 
Master's  Degree  Program 

The  program  objectives  are  formulated  on  the 
assumption  that  graduate  education  builds  upon 
undergraduate  education.  Graduate  education  is 
an  intensive  and  analytic  expansion  of  knowl- 
edge, enabling  the  perception  and  development 
of  new  and  more  complex  relationships  that  af- 
fect nursing.  Graduate  education  provides  fur- 
ther opportunity  for  the  student  to  think  concep- 
tually and  to  apply  theory  and  research  to 
practice. 

The  purposes  of  the  master's  degree  program 
are  to  prepare  nurses: 

1.  with  expertise  in  a  clinical  field  of  nursing; 

2.  to  function  in  one  of  the  following  areas: 
administration,  education,  nursing/health  pol- 
icy planning,  clinical  specialization; 

3.  for  leadership  roles; 

4.  for  entry  into  doctoral  study. 

The  objectives  of  the  master's  degree  pro- 
gram are  to  prepare  graduates  who: 

1 .  utilize  a  nursing  theoretical  framework  as  a 
basis  for  professional  nursing  practice; 

2.  generate  innovative  nursing  actions  based  on 
theories  in  nursing  and  related  fields  and 
evaluate  nursing  actions  of  self  and  others; 

3.  incorporate  organizational  theories  and  learn- 
ing theories  in  the  practice  of  one  of  the  fol- 
lowing roles:  administration,  education, 
nursing/health  policy  planning,  clinical  spe- 
cialization; 

4.  collaborate  with  health  care  providers  and 
consumers  to  achieve  shared  health  care 
goals; 

5.  use  theory  in  nursing  and  related  fields  and 
observations  in  practice  to  generate  hypothe- 
ses and  conduct  nursing  research  studies; 

6.  analyze  factors  influencing  the  health  care 
system  and  devise  strategies  for  improving 
delivery  of  health  care. 

In  addition  to  the  knowledge  and  practice 
components  of  the  objectives  listed  above,  it  is 
recognized  that  the  behavior  of  graduates  should 
reflect  an  internally  consistent  value  system.  It 
is  expected  that  graduates  will  value  scientific 
inquiry  as  a  basis  for  professional  practice  and 
will  seek  to  increase  their  contributions  to  the 
nursing  profession. 


35 


Doctoral  Degree  Program 

The  purpose  of  the  Ph.D.  program  in  nursing  is 
to  prepare  scholars  and  researchers  who  will  ad- 
vance nursing  science,  thereby  making  more  ef- 
fective the  practice  of  nursing,  and  who  will 
provide  innovative  leadership  to  the  profession. 
The  program  will  prepare  graduates  who: 

1 .  Construct,  test  and  evaluate  conceptual 
models  and  nursing  theories  which  reflect 
synthesis,  reorganization  and  expansion  of 
knowledge  from  nursing  and  related  disci- 
plines; 

2.  Evaluate  and  apply  appropriate  research  de- 
signs, measures  and  statistics  to  the  study  of 
nursing  phenomena; 

3.  Conceptualize  practice  phenomena  from  the 
perspective  of  nursing  frameworks  and  the- 
ory; 

4.  Design,  conduct  and  communicate  research 
relevant  to  nursing  practice; 

5.  Facilitate  the  incorporation  of  new  knowl- 
edge into  nursing  practice; 

6.  Initiate,  facilitate  and  participate  in  collabo- 
rative endeavors  related  to  the  theoretical, 
conceptual  and  practical  aspects  of  health 


care  with  clients,  nurses  and  scholars  from 
related  disciplines. 


Curriculum: 
Degree 


Master  of  Science 


The  nursing  program  leading  to  a  Master  of 
Science  degree  is  three  semesters  and  a  mini- 
mester  in  length  and  requires  the  completion  of 
4145  credits.  The  two  exceptions  are  the  Pri- 
mary Care  Nursing  specialities  requiring  54 
credits  and  four  semesters. 

Starting  on  the  first  day  of  matriculation,  a 
time  limit  of  a  maximum  of  five  years  is  al- 
lowed for  the  completion  of  graduate  degree  re- 
quirements. This  applies  to  part-time  and  full- 
time  students. 

Areas  of  Concentration 

Each  student  selects  an  area  of  concentration 
(major)  within  a  clinical  practice  or  a  functional 
role  area.  The  student  then  chooses  a  specialty 
track  within  the  area  of  concentration.  A  second 
track  is  also  selected  as  all  students  must  have 
both  a  clinical  and  role  track.  The  areas  of  con- 
centration and  the  related  tracks  are  as  follows: 


Clinical  Practice  Areas 
of  Concentration 


Clinical  Tracks 


Community  Health  Nursing 
*  Gerontological  Nursing 
Maternal  Child  Health  Nursing 

Medical-Surgical  Nursing 

Primary  Care  Nursing 


Psychiatric  Nursing 

Functional  Role  Areas 
of  Concentration 


Community  Health  Nursing 
^Gerontological  Nursing 

Maternal  Infant  Nursing 

Nursing  of  Children 

General  Medical-Surgical  Nursing 

Trauma/Critical  Care  Nursing 
**  Adult  Nurse  Practitioner  in  Primary  Care 

Nursing 
**  Pediatric  Nurse  Practitioner  in  Primary  Care 

Nursing 

Child  Psychiatric  Nursing 

General  Psychiatric  Nursing 


Role  Tracks 


Administration 
Education 


Nursing  Health  Policy 
(Any  Clinical  Area) 


Administration  of  Nursing  Education 
Administration  of  Nursing  Service 
Teaching  in  Associate  Degree  Program 
Teaching  in  Baccalaureate  Degree  Programs 
Teaching  in  Staff  Development 
**  Nursing  Health  Policy 
Clinical  Nurse  Specialization 


*AII  Students  selecting  this  area  of  concentration  must  select  two  clinical  tracks  in  addition  to  role  track. 
**Track  is  open  only  to  those  in  the  same  area  of  concentration. 


36 


Curriculum  Design/Courses 

The  curriculum  design  for  the  Master  of  Sci- 
ence degree  contains  the  following  components: 


Core  JO  Credits 

Core  courses  are  required  of  all  graduate  stu- 
dents regardless  of  the  area  of  concentration. 

Clinical  6  Credits 

Clinical  track  courses  required  of  students  in 
their  chosen  clinical  area  (i.e..  Community 
Health.  Gerontological,  General  Psychiatric, 
Child  Psychiatric.  Medical-Surgical.  Maternal 
and  Child  or  Primary  Care  Nursing).  All  stu- 
dents take  a  designated  number  of  these  courses 
regardless  of  whether  their  area  of  concentration 
is  in  clinical  practice  or  role  specialization. 


Research/Diesis  or  Non-Thesis  II  Credits 

Research  courses  and  thesis  or  non-thesis  option 
credits  are  required  of  all  graduate  nursing  stu- 
dents. 

Support  8-12  Credits 

Support  courses  vary  according  to  the  student's 
area  of  concentration.  These  might  include  non- 
nursing  courses. 

Summary  of  Design 

General  Plan 

Core   10  credits 

Clinical  6  credits 

Role    6  credits 

Support    8-12  credits 

Research 5  credits 

Thesis/Electives    6  credits 

Total:    A\-A5  credits 


Role  6  Credits 

Functional  role  track  courses  required  of  stu- 
dents in  their  chosen  functional  role  (i.e..  Ad- 
ministration in  Nursing  Service,  Administration 
in  Nursing  Education,  teaching  in  A.D.  Pro- 
gram, Teaching  in  B.S.  Program.  Teaching  in 
Staff  Development,  Clinical  Nurse  Specializa- 
tion and  Nursing  Health  Policy).  All  students 
take  a  designated  number  of  these  courses  re- 
gardless of  their  area  of  concentration. 


Primary  Care  Nursing: 

Core   10  credits 

Clinical  15  credits 

Role    6  credits 

Support 9  credits 

Research  5  credits 

Thesis/Electives    6  credits 

Elective-Role  Prerequisite   3  credits 

Total:    54  credits 


37 


Thesis/Non-Thesis  Option 

A  student  may  elect  either  a  thesis  or  non-thesis 
option,  depending  on  the  nature  of  the  problem 
she/he  wishes  to  investigate  and  her/his  career 
goals;  six  credits  are  required  for  either  option. 
In  addition,  all  students  must  successfully  pass 
a  written  comprehensive  examination. 

Ttiesis:  Under  the  guidance  of  a  committee,  the 
student  designs,  implements  and  orally  defends 
a  research  project. 

Non-Thesis:  Under  the  guidance  of  the  adviser, 
the  student  takes  six  credits  of  electives  and 
submits  one  scholarly  seminar  paper. 

Curriculum:  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
Degree 

The  program  of  study  leading  to  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degree  includes  a  minimum  of  60 
semester  credits  beyond  the  master's  degree. 
The  curriculum  design  includes  a  required  core 
of  nursing  courses  which  incorporate  study  of 
Man,  study  of  nursing  action,  study  of  the  en- 
vironments in  which  nursing  is  practiced  and 
study  of  the  principles  and  methods  of  scientific 
inquiry.  Throughout  the  required  core  courses 
an  integrative  focus  is  maintained  whereby  the- 
oretical and  methodological  approaches  of  the 
biophysical  and  behavioral/social  sciences  are 
selected  and  applied  from  the  perspective  of 
nursing.  Within  the  core  courses  opportunity  is 
provided  for  students  to  build  upon  their  educa- 
tional and  experiential  backgrounds  through  a 
variety  of  individually  selected  learning  experi- 
ences. Elective  courses  provide  additional  flexi- 
bility to  plan  a  course  of  study  supportive  to  in- 
dividual research  interests  and  career  goals. 

The  program  design  allows  students  to  spe- 
cialize in  either  the  direct  or  the  indirect  sphere 
of  nursing.  Depth  of  knowledge  in  the  specialty 
area  is  developed  through  required  course  work 
and  related  clinical  laboratory  experience,  selec- 
tion of  supportive  electives,  independent  study 
and  the  dissertation  research. 

The  program  design  incorporates  four  major 
components,  totalling  60  credits,  as  detailed  be- 
low. 

Nursing  Tlieory  14  credits 

This  component  addresses  the  theoretical  basis 
for  nursing  practice  and  the  analysis  and  devel- 
opment of  nursing  theory.  Included  are  the 
study  and  development  of  key  concepts  in  nurs- 
ing, the  selection  and  integration  of  knowledge 


from  nursing  and  other  disciplines,  and  the 
study  of  techniques  for  constructing  nursing  the- 
ory using  both  inductive  and  deductive  ap- 
proaches. A  highly  individualized  clinical  labo- 
ratory experience  provides  the  opportunity  to 
pursue  theoretical  aspects  of  specialized  areas  of 
nursing  selected  by  the  student. 

Research  and  Statistics  16  credits 

This  component  addresses  the  techniques  of 
measurement,  design,  advanced  data  analysis 
and  evaluation  essential  to  the  conduct  of  nurs- 
ing research.  Students  apply  these  techniques  in 
developing  measurement  tools  and  conducting 
research  projects  specific  to  their  own  interests. 
Opportunity  is  provided  for  each  student  to 
work  closely  with  a  faculty  member  engaged  in 
an  ongoing  research  project. 

Elective  Courses  18  credits 

This  component  allows  each  student  to  pursue 
an  individualized  plan  of  study  supportive  to 
his/her  research  interests  and  career  goals.  A 
portion  of  the  elective  courses  are  chosen  from 
basic  sciences  which  contribute  to  the  develop- 
ment of  nursing  knowledge  through  their  theo- 
retical and  methodological  approaches. 

Dissertation  Research  12  credits 

Each  student  must  complete  an  independent 
original  research  project  to  be  communicated  in 
a  written  dissertation.  The  research  must  ad- 
dress questions  of  significance  to  the  discipline 
of  nursing. 


Summary  of  Design: 

Nursing  Theory 

(required  core  courses) 

14  credits 

Nursing  research  &  statistics 

(required  core  courses) 

16  credits 

Electives 

18  credits 

Dissertation  Research 

12  credits 

Total: 

60  credits 

In  addition  to  the  course  requirements,  each  stu- 
dent must  successfully  complete  the  preliminary, 
comprehensive  and  final  oral  examinations.  The 
written  preliminary  examination,  which  is  taken 
upon  completion  of  two  semesters  of  full-time 
study  (or  the  equivalent),  tests  knowledge  in  the 
areas  of  general  nursing  theory,  analysis  and 
construction  of  nursing  theory,  measurement,  re- 
search design  and  statistics.  The  comprehensive 
examination  is  taken  upon  completion  of  all  re- 
quired nursing  courses  and  a  minimum  of  42 
credit  hours  of  course  work.  The  examination 
has  written  and  oral  components  and  is  an  inte- 


38 


grative  experience  which  allows  evaluation  of 
the  student's  mastery  of  the  chosen  area  of  spe- 
cialization and  of  advanced  nursing  theory  and 
research.  The  final  oral  examination  is  an  oral 
defense  of  the  completed  dissertation. 

In  accord  with  Graduate  School  policy  the 
student  must  be  admitted  to  candidacy  for  the 
degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  at  least  one 
year  prior  to  graduation.  The  student  may  apply 
for  admission  to  candidacy  for  the  doctoral  de- 
gree following  successful  completion  (with  a 
grade  point  average  of  3.0  or  above)  of  at  least 
42  credits  of  course  work,  including  all  required 
courses;  and  successful  completion  of  prelimi- 
nary and  comprehensive  examinations. 

Resources 

Over  90  community  and  health  care  agencies 
cooperate  with  the  program  in  providing  sites 
for  clinical  and  role  practicum  experiences  and 
for  the  conduct  of  research.  In  some  instances, 
faculty  have  joint  appointments  with  the  School 
and  the  agency 

Additional  resources  are  available  through  the 
offerings  of  other  schools  of  the  health  profes- 
sions. Non-nursing  courses  also  may  be  taken 
on  the  College  Park  campus,  at  the  University 
of  Maryland  Baltimore  County  (UMBC)  cam- 
pus or  through  University  College. 

In  addition  to  the  Health  Sciences  Library,  the 
students  have  access  to  the  Enoch  Pratt  Free 
Library  of  Baltimore,  the  Library  of  Congress 
in  Washington,  and  the  National  Library  of 
Medicine  in  Bethesda.  Maryland.  (See  General 
Information,  Instructional  Facilities  and  Re- 
sources Section:  Instructional  Media  Center  and 
the  Center  for  Research  and  Evaluation.) 

Admission 

Admission  to  graduate  study  at  the  University 
of  Maryland  is  the  exclusive  responsibility  of 
the  Graduate  School  and  the  Dean  for  Graduate 
Studies  and  Research.  Applications  to  the  grad- 
uate program  in  nursing  are  reviewed  by  faculty 
in  the  student's  area  of  concentration  and  by  the 
School  of  Nursing  Graduate  Committee  on  Ad- 
missions, Progression  and  Graduation.  Recom- 
mendations for  acceptance  are  then  made  by  the 
Committee  to  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies 
and  Research. 

Any  student  who  wishes  to  attend  the  School 
of  Nursing  must  apply  for  admission,  submit 
required  credentials,  and  be  accepted  for  matric- 
ulation. Consideration  is  given  to  academic 


work  completed  in  other  schools.  Personal  ref- 
erences are  required. 

After  an  applicant  has  been  accepted,  a  fac- 
ulty adviser  is  assigned.  The  adviser  and  the 
student  plan  a  program  of  study  leading  to  the 
degree.  Course  credits  are  officially  accepted 
for  the  degree  only  after  the  student  has  matric- 
ulated in  the  School  of  Nursing. 

Senior  students  in  their  final  semester  of 
work  toward  a  bachelor's  degree  may  be  of- 
fered provisional  admission  to  the  master's  de- 
gree program  pending  the  receipt  of  a  supple- 
mentary transcript  recording  the  satisfactory 
completion  of  undergraduate  course  work  and 
the  awarding  of  the  degree.  Likewise  students 
in  the  final  semester  of  a  master's  degree  pro- 
gram may  be  offered  provisional  admission  to 
the  doctoral  program  pending  receipt  of  final 
transcripts  indicating  completion  of  the  degree. 
Completed  records  of  all  previous  work  must 
be  received  within  three  months  following  the 
completion  of  such  study  and  the  awarding  of 
the  degree. 

The  student  must  matriculate  within  12 
months  after  notification  of  admission  accept- 
ance. If  the  student  does  not  acknowledge  the 
acceptance,  a  new  application  must  be  submit- 
ted for  future  enrollment. 

Admission  Requirements 

The  student's  previous  academic  work,  personal 
qualifications  and  professional  experience  are 
evaluated  to  determine  if  prerequisites  have 
been  met.  Prerequisite  courses  do  not  carry 
credit  toward  the  graduate  degree.  For  admis- 
sion, the  applicant  must  meet  the  requirements 
of  both  the  Graduate  School  and  the  nursing 
program.  The  nursing  program  requirements  for 
the  Master's  Degree  Program  are: 

1 .  a  baccalaureate  degree  with  an  upper  divi- 
sion nursing  major  from  an  NLN  accred- 
ited program  equivalent  to  that  offered  at 
the  University  of  Maryland; 

2.  satisfactory  completion  of  a  course  in  ele- 
mentary statistics; 

3.  a  photocopy  of  current  licensure  for  the 
practice  of  nursing  in  one  state;  (or  in  a 
foreign  country); 

4.  official  scores  on  the  Graduate  Record  Ex- 
amination (aptitude  portion)  and  the  Miller 
Analogies  Test  (allow  6-§  weeks  for  receipt 
of  test  scores); 

5.  undergraduate  grade  point  average  (GPA) 
of  3.0  on  a  4.0  point  scale.  If  GPA  is  be- 
tween 2.75  and  3.0,  provisional  acceptance 


39 


may  be  considered  if  the  candidate  demon- 
strates graduate  study  potential  by  other 
means; 

6.  evidence  of  personal  and  professional  qual- 
ifications from  three  professional  individ- 
uals familiar  with  applicant's  academic 
ability,  work  experience,  professional  nurs- 
ing contributions  and  potential  to  achieve 
in  Graduate  School.  Suggested  sources  for 
recommendations  include  nurse  educators, 
nurse  administrators  and  colleagues  from 
other  disciplines  who  have  worked  with  the 
applicant.  Two  of  the  references  must  be 
from  nurses; 

7.  personal  interviews  are  required  for  Pri- 
mary Care  Nursing  and  are  encouraged  by 
all  specialty  areas; 

8.  clinical  nursing  experience  is  required  for 
the  following  areas  of  concentration:  Ad- 
ministration, Education  or  Nursing  Health 
Policy— one  year  full  time;  Community 
Health  track  if  area  of  concentration  is 
role— one  year  in  a  Community  Health  set- 
ting; Maternal-Child  Health  Track— one 
year  in  a  Maternity /Pediatric  setting;  Psy- 
chiatric track— one  year  in  a  psychiatric 
setting;  and  Primary  Care— two  years  full 
time.  (Applicants  with  somewhat  less  expe- 
rience may  be  accepted  as  part-time  stu- 
dents if  full  time  work  experience  is  being 
pursued.); 

9.  physical  assessment  skills  are  required  for 
Gerontological,  Medical  Surgical,  Trauma- 
Critical  Care  and  Primary  Care,  and  highly 
recommended  for  Maternal -Child  tracks; 

10.  a  strong  background  or  recent  review  of 
physiology/pathophysiology  are  highly  rec- 
ommended for  Gerontological,  Maternal- 
Child.  Medical  Surgical,  Trauma-Critical 
Care  and  Primary  Care  tracks. 

The  Nursing  Program  requirements  for  the 
Doctoral  Degree  Program  are: 

1.  a  master's  degree  with  a  major  in  nursing 
from  a  program  accredited  by  the  National 
League  for  Nursing  (or  the  equivalent); 

2.  at  least  one  graduate-level  course  in  research 
and  inferential  statistics  (minimum  3  semes- 
ter credits); 

3.  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  3.0  on 
a  4.0  scale  for  all  previous  course  work  (all 
baccalaureate,  master's  and  subsequent 
course  work); 

4.  satisfactory  scores  on  the  Graduate  Record 
Examination  (aptitude  portion)  and  the 
Miller  Analogies  Test; 


5.  license  to  practice  professional  nursing  in  at 
least  one  state  (or  in  a  foreign  country); 

6.  evidence  of  personal  and  professional  quali- 
fications from  at  least  three  professionals  fa- 
miliar with  the  applicant's  ability,  work  ex- 
perience, contributions  to  nursing  and 
potential  to  succeed  in  the  doctoral  program; 
and 

7.  a  persona]  interview. 

It  is  highly  recommended  that  prior  to  matric- 
ulation in  the  doctoral  program  the  applicant 
will  have  completed  graduate-level  courses  in 
organizational  theory  and  analysis  of  the  health 
care  system  and  will  have  completed  one  re- 
search study  (master's  thesis  or  other  individual 
or  group  research  project).  Post-baccalaureate 
work  experience  as  a  Registered  Nurse  would 
enhance  progression  through  the  program  of 
study. 

A  limited  number  of  students  will  be  admit- 
ted to  the  program  each  year;  therefore,  admis- 
sion will  be  highly  selective. 

A  written  offer  of  admission  from  the  Gradu- 
ate School  will  be  sent  to  an  applicant  who 
meets  all  admission  requirements.  The  offer 
will  specify  the  time  of  entrance  which  will 
normally  coincide  with  the  requested  starting 
time.  Upon  acceptance  by  the  Graduate  School, 
the  applicant  should  reconfirm  enrollment  inten- 
tions by  writing  to  the  Nursing  Program.  If  the 
applicant  is  unable  to  enroll  at  the  expected 
date,  a  written  request  for  a  postponement  of 
the  admission  date  is  made  through  the  School 
of  Nursing.  The  offer  of  admission  lapses  after 
one  year  and  a  new  application  and  fee  must  be 
submitted  to  be  reconsidered  for  admission. 

The  current  offer  of  admission  from  the 
Graduate  School  is  used  as  a  permit  to  register. 
Permanent  identification  as  a  graduate  student 
will  be  issued  at  the  time  of  first  registration. 

Admission  Procedure 

The  admission  forms  should  be  obtained  from 
the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  and  Research, 
University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore,  624  W. 
Lombard  St.,  Baltimore.  MD  21201. 

1.  An  application  fee  of  $20.00  must  accom- 
pany the  application  for  admission.  This  fee 
is  not  refundable  under  any  circumstance, 
but  if  the  applicant  is  accepted  and  enrolls 
for  courses,  it  will  serve  as  a  matriculation 
fee. 

2.  The  following  materials  should  be  returned 
directly  to  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies 


40 


and  Research.  University  of  Maryland  at 
Baltimore.  624  W.  Lombard  St..  Baltimore. 
MD  21201: 

a.  two  copies  of  the  application  for  admis- 
sion to  the  Graduate  School; 

b.  application  fee; 

c.  two  sets  of  official  transcripts  from  each 
college  and  university  attended.  If  appli- 
cant is  a  diploma  school  graduate,  tran- 
scripts of  the  diploma  course  work  are 
also  required; 

d.  letters  of  reference  from  three  profession- 
als who  know  the  candidate's  qualifica- 
tions; 

e.  official  record  of  the  results  of: 

—the  Miller  Analogies  Test  (test  availa- 
ble through  testing  services  of  most 
colleges  and  universities); 

—the  Aptitude  Portion  of  the  Graduate 
Record  Examinations  (Applicants 
should  write  to  the  Graduate  Record 
Examinations.  Educational  Testing 
Services.  Princeton.  NJ  08540  for  de- 
tails); 

3.  Applications  and  supporting  documents  for 
the  Master's  Degree  Program  must  be  re- 
ceived by  July  1  for  the  fall  semester,  De- 
cember 1  for  the  winter  session  and  the 
spring  semester,  and  May  15  for  the  sum- 
mer session. 

4.  Applications  for  admission  to  the  Doctoral 
Program  are  reviewed  twice  a  year.  Applica- 
tions and  supporting  documents  (including 
GRE  scores,  MAT  scores,  references  and 
transcripts)  for  the  doctoral  program  must  be 
received  by  November  1  for  the  fall  review 
and  by  March  1  for  the  spring  review.  It  is 
the  doctoral  nursing  program  policy  to  admit 
students  only  in  the  fall  semester. 

Admission  Status 

Applicants  are  offered  admission  status  in  the 
graduate  program  according  to  the  following 
categories: 

1.  Unconditional  Admission:  applicant  meets 
all  requirements; 

2.  Provisional  Admission:  applicant  does  not 
meet  all  requirements  for  unconditional  ad- 
mission, but  in  the  opinion  of  the  Graduate 
School  and  the  Graduate  Program  Admis- 
sions Committee  demonstrates  potential  for 
graduate  study.  To  qualify  for  continued  en- 
rollment the  student  admitted  provisionally 
must  achieve  a  B  grade  or  above  in  every 
course  during  the  first  semester  of  full  time 


study  (the  first  12  credits  for  part-time  stu- 
dents). Unconditional  status  will  be  granted 
upon  attainment  of  a  B  grade  or  better  in 
every  course  in  the  first  semester  of  full-time 
study  (minimum  of  9  credits)  or  in  the  first 
12  credits  of  part-time  study; 

3.  Incomplete  Admission:  applicant  whose  in- 
formation is  incomplete; 

4.  Non-degree  Graduate  Status:  applicant  may 
enroll  on  a  "course  work  only"  basis  for  a 
specified  period  of  time  if  the  applicant's  re- 
cord meets  Graduate  School  standards. 

Admission  is  granted  by  the  Dean  for  Gradu- 
ate Studies  and  Research  and  is  confirmed  by 
enrollment  in  the  term  for  which  admission  is 
approved. 

Part-time  Study 

Students  eligible  for  admission,  but  who  are 
able  to  devote  only  a  portion  of  their  time  to 
graduate  study  are  subject  to  the  same  privi- 
leges and  matriculation  requirements  as  full- 
time  students.  Part-time  students  are  urged  to 
assume  responsibility  for  program  planning  with 
an  advisor.  In  the  doctoral  program,  part-time 
study  is  available;  however,  full-time  enrollment 
at  the  University  of  Maryland  is  required  during 
two  consecutive  semesters. 

A  graduate  student  who  is  in  good  standing 
at  another  institution  may  apply  to  enroll  for  a 
single  course  or  summer  session  (see  Categories 
of  Admission  in  the  Graduate  School  Bulletin). 

Foreign  Students 

Students  from  foreign  countries  who  show  evi- 
dence of  education  equivalent  to  a  baccalaureate 
degree  in  nursing  are  considered  for  admission 
to  the  Master's  Degree  Program.  Likewise 
those  with  the  education  equivalent  of  a  Mas- 
ter's Degree  in  Nursing  may  be  eligible  for  ad- 
mission to  the  Doctoral  Degree  Program.  All 
applicants  who  are  not  citizens  of  the  United 
States  are  classified  as  foreign  students  for  ad- 
mission purposes  (see  the  Graduate  School  Bul- 
letin for  further  information). 

Record  Maintenance  and  Disposition 

All  records,  including  academic  records  from 
other  institutions,  become  the  official  file  and 
can  neither  be  returned  nor  duplicated  without 
the  student's  prior  consent.  Provisions  are  made 
for  students  to  review  their  records  if  they  de- 
sire. 

Admission  credentials  and  application  data 
are  retained  for  one  year  only.  This  regulation 


41 


pertains  to  applicants  who:  did  not  register  for 
courses  at  the  period  for  which  they  had  been 
admitted;  did  not  respond  to  a  departmental  re- 
quest for  additional  information;  did  not  re- 
spond to  requests  for  additional  transcripts  or 
test  results;  or  were  disapproved  for  admission. 

Student  Advisement 

Upon  admission  to  the  graduate  program  each 
student  is  assigned  an  academic  adviser  from 
the  area  of  concentration.  The  masters  students 
are  also  assigned  an  advisor  in  the  second  track 
area.  The  advisor  assignments  are  subject  to 
change  as  additional  interests  of  the  student  are 
determined  or  upon  request  of  the  advisor  or 
advisee.  The  advisor  is  available  for  academic 
counseling  and  guides  the  student  in  a  plan  of 
study,  determination  of  research  interests,  and 
selection  of  thesis/dissertation  chairman  or  read- 
ers for  the  seminar  papers  (for  master's  stu- 
dents). 

A  non-degree  student  is  assigned  an  advisor 
at  the  time  of  acceptance.  An  official  record  of 
courses  is  kept  for  all  non-degree  students.  If  a 
student  subsequendy  wishes  to  enter  the  degree 
program,  reapplication  is  necessary.  While  con- 
sideration may  be  given  at  a  later  date  to  the 
application  of  credits  earned  toward  a  degree 
program  while  in  this  status,  there  is  no  assur- 
ance that  such  requests  will  be  granted.  If 
granted,  a  maximum  of  six  credits  may  be 
transferred. 

Plan  of  Study 

A  Plan  of  Study  form  for  all  graduate  degree 
students  (which  outlines  the  student's  expected 
progression  through  the  degree  requirements) 
must  be  filled  out  by  the  student  and  the  faculty 
adviser.  One  copy  of  this  Plan  of  Study  must 
be  filed  with  the  Graduate  Office  by  the  begin- 
ning of  the  second  semester  of  study  for  mas- 
ters or  third  semester  of  study  for  doctoral  stu- 
dents. A  second  copy  of  the  Plan  of  Study 
remains  in  the  student's  Nursing  Program  file. 
Any  major  alteration  of  the  plan  necessitates  the 
refiling  of  an  amended  plan.  It  is  suggested  that 
students  retain  a  copy  of  this  plan  for  their  own 
files. 

The  entire  course  of  study  constitutes  a  uni- 
fied program  approved  by  the  student's  major 
advisor  and  by  the  Graduate  School.  Faculty  in 
each  department  provide  individualized  guid- 
ance in  the  selection  of  courses  based  upon 
guidelines  and  policies  approved  by  the  Nursing 
Program  and  the  Graduate  School.  Considerable 


flexibility  is  possible  within  a  student's  area  of 
interest  and  specific  career  goals. 

Statute  of  Limitations 

Starting  on  the  first  day  of  matriculation  (or 
with  the  first  transfer  course)  a  time  limit  of  a 
maximum  five  years  is  allowed  for  the  comple- 
tion of  master's  degree  requirements.  This  ap- 
plies to  part-time  and  full-time  students.  For 
doctoral  students,  a  student  must  be  admitted  to 
candidacy  for  the  doctoral  degree  within  five 
years  after  admission  to  the  doctoral  program 
and  at  least  one  academic  year  before  the  date 
on  which  the  degree  is  to  be  conferred.  The 
student  must  complete  all  program  requirements 
within  four  years  following  admission  to  candi- 
dacy. 

Registration 

Registration  is  conducted  by  the  Office  of  Ad- 
missions and  Registrations,  UMAB  campus. 
The  student  receives  detailed  instructions  con- 
cerning dates  and  registration  procedures.  Each 
matriculated  student  in  the  School  of  Nursing 
must  obtain  official  approval  from  an  advisor 
for  all  courses  in  which  enrollment  is  sought 
outside  the  School  of  Nursing.  Credit  is  granted 
only  if  such  courses  have  had  prior  approval 
and  are  successfully  completed.  Students  must 
file  a  list  of  these  courses  with  the  registrar  on 
a  registration  card  signed  by  the  advisor.  Gradu- 
ate students  are  not  permitted  to  enroll  for 
courses  on  a  pass/fail  basis. 

Students  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School  pay 
tuition  fees  whether  or  not  the  credit  will  be 


42 


used  to  satisfy  program  requirements.  Graduate 
credit  will  not  be  given  unless  the  student  has 
been  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School.  The  ad- 
mission of  a  new  student  is  validated  when  she/ 
he  registers  for  and  completes  at  least  one 
course  during  the  semester  for  which  entrance 
was  authorized.  Every  student  must  register 
during  the  official  registration  period.  Students 
failing  to  register  during  these  periods  will  be 
subject  to  late  registration  fees  and  must  have 
the  consent  of  their  advisor,  the  course  instruc- 
tor, the  Graduate  School,  and  the  registrar. 

Late  Registration  Fee    $20.00 

Change  Fee  charged  for  each 

change  in  program    5.00 

Doctoral  students  must  maintain  continuous  reg- 
istration. All  students  must  be  registered  for  at 
least  one  credit  in  the  semester  in  which  they 
wish  to  graduate.  Any  graduate  student  making 
any  demand  upon  the  academic  or  support  serv- 
ices of  the  University,  whether  taking  regular 
lecture,  seminar  or  independent  study  courses, 
using  University  libraries,  laboratories,  com- 
puter facilities,  office  space,  consulting  with 
faculty  advisers  or  taking  comprehensive  or  fi- 
nal oral  examinations,  must  register  for  the 
number  of  graduate  credits  which,  in  the  judg- 
ment of  the  faculty  and  adviser,  accurately  re- 
flect the  students  involvement  in  graduate  study 
and  use  of  University  resources.  After  classes 
begin,  students  who  wish  to  terminate  their  reg- 
istration must  follow  the  withdrawal  procedures 
and  are  liable  for  charges  applicable  at  the  time 
of  withdrawal. 

Registration  is  completed  with  the  payment 
of  the  required  fees.  Privileges  of  the  University 
are  available  only  after  registration  has  been 
completed. 

Graduate  Unit  System 

In  order  to  accurately  reflect  the  involvement  of 
graduate  students  in  their  programs  of  study  and 
research,  and  the  use  of  University  resources  in 
those  programs,  the  graduate  councils  use  the 
graduate  unit  system  in  making  calculations  to 
determine  full  or  part-time  graduate  student  stat- 
us, in  the  administration  of  minimum  registra- 
tion requirements  described  below,  and  in  re- 
sponding to  student  requests  for  certification  of 
full-time  status.  The  number  of  graduate  units 
per  semester  credit  hour  is  calculated  in  the  fol- 
lowing manner: 

Courses  in  the  001-399  series  carry  2  units/ 
credit  hour. 


Courses  in  the  400-499  series  carry  4  units/ 

credit  hour. 
Courses  in  the  500-599  series  carry  5  units/ 

credit  hour. 
Courses  in  the  600-798  and  800-898  series 

carry  6  units/credit  hour. 
Master's  thesis  research  (799)  carries  12  units/ 

credit  hour. 
Doctoral  dissertation  research  (899)  carries  18 

units/credit  hour. 

To  be  certified  a  full-time  student,  a  graduate 
student  must  be  officially  registered  for  a  com- 
bination of  courses  equivalent  to  48  units  per 
semester.  A  graduate  assistant  holding  a  regular 
appointment  is  a  full-time  student  if  registered 
for  24  units  in  addition  to  the  service  appoint- 
ment. 


Scholastic  Requirements 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  each  student  to  remain 
informed  of  and  adhere  to  all  Graduate  School, 
Nursing  Program  and  University  regulations 
and  requirements.  Additional  policies  and  pro- 
cedures are  found  in  the  UMAB  Graduate 
School  catalogue,  the  Nursing  Program  Faculty 
Advisor/Student  Handbook  and  in  Important 
Dates  for  Advisors  and  Students,  issued  each 
year  by  the  Graduate  School. 

The  Graduate  School  requires  that  all  students 
achieve  a  B  or  3.0  GPA  by  the  end  of  the  third 
semester  of  study.  No  grade  below  a  C  is  ac- 
ceptable toward  the  graduate  degree.  The  Mas- 
ter's Degree  Nursing  Program  requires  that  a 
student  receive  a  B  or  higher  in  the  core  and  re- 
quired nursing  courses  in  her/his  area  of  con- 
centration. Any  course  with  a  grade  below  B  in 
the  area  of  concentration  must  be  repeated. 

Since  graduate  students  must  maintain  an 
overall  B  average,  every  credit  hour  of  C  in 
course  work  must  be  balanced  by  a  credit  hour 
of  A.  A  course  in  which  a  grade  of  less  than  B 
is  received  may  be  repeated.  The  grade  on  the 
repeated  course  whether  it  is  higher  or  lower 
than  the  original  grade  replaces  the  original 
grade.  Courses  in  the  degree  program  which  are 
completed  with  a  D  or  F  must  be  repeated. 
Grades  earned  for  thesis  or  dissertation  research 
are  not  included  in  the  computation  of  the 
GPA. 

Grades  from  courses  which  are  transferred  in 
for  degree  credit  from  other  schools  and/or  pre- 
vious study  are  also  not  included  in  the  compu- 
tation of  the  GPA. 


43 


Transfer  Credits 

A  maximum  of  six  credits  of  acceptable  gradu- 
ate level  course  work  may  be  applied  toward 
the  master's  degree  as  transfer  credits  from  an- 
other school  or  from  the  course  work  only  stat- 
us. In  the  doctoral  program,  transfer  credits  are 
individually  assessed  to  determine  relevance  to 
the  student's  program  of  study;  a  variable  num- 
ber of  credits  is  permissible.  Permission  must 
be  given  by  the  major  advisor  and  the  Graduate 
School  before  any  credits  are  transferred.  In  or- 
der to  be  eligible  for  transfer,  the  transfer  course 
must  have  been  taken  within  the  statute  of  limi- 
tations for  the  degree  and  may  not  have  been 
used  to  satisfy  requirements  for  any  other  de- 
gree or  admission  into  the  graduate  program. 
Transfer  credits  are  not  calculated  in  the  final 
grade  point  average  (GPA). 

Credit  by  Examination 

A  graduate  student  may  receive  credit-by- 
examination  only  for  a  course  which  she/he  is 
otherwise  eligible  to  receive  graduate  degree 
credit.  In  the  master's  program  a  maximum  of 
six  (nine  in  Primary  Care)  credits  is  possible 
through  credit-by -examination.  A  graduate  stu- 
dent seeking  to  utilize  this  option  must  obtain 
the  consent  of  the  adviser  and  of  the  instructor 
currently  responsible  for  the  course.  The  Gradu- 
ate School  maintains  a  list  of  courses  for  which 
examinations  are  available  or  will  be  prepared. 
A  fee  is  paid  upon  application  for  the  examina- 
tion and  is  not  refundable  regardless  of  whether 
or  not  the  student  completes  the  examination. 
The  grade(s)  received  for  course(s)  accepted 
through  credit-by-examination  is  (are)  computed 
in  the  grade  point  average. 

Withdrawal  from  a  Course 

A  withdrawal  is  noted  on  the  student's  tran- 
script by  a  WD.  In  cases  of  excessive  absences 
from  courses  an  F  is  given  unless  the  student 
officially  withdraws  from  a  course.  The  semes- 
ter credits  for  the  F  grade  are  computed  in  the 
grade  point  average. 

Incomplete  Course  Work 

A  grade  of  I  (Incomplete)  is  given  if  course 
work  is  not  completed  because  of  illness  or 
other  reasons  satisfactory  to  the  instructor.  In 
calculating  the  GPA,  1=0;  therefore  a  grade  of 
I  constitutes  a  penalty  until  the  I  grade  is  re- 
moved. The  work  must  be  completed  and  the  I 
grade  must  be  converted  to  a  letter  grade  by  the 


end  of  the  next  semester  (exceptions  include 
courses  numbered  799  or  899  or  special  prob- 
lems courses  requiring  two  or  more  semesters 
of  work  before  a  grade  can  be  determined).  If 
the  course  requirements  are  not  completed  the  I 
grade  can  be  changed  by  the  instructor  to  a 
grade  appropriate  to  a  computation  without  the 
missing  work.  A  course  with  an  incomplete 
grade  should  not  be  repeated.  Students  with 
provisional  admission  or  on  academic  probation 
may  not  register  for  additional  course  work  un- 
til the  I  grade  is  removed. 

Academic  Progress— Unsatisfactory 
Achievement 

At  the  end  of  each  semester,  the  record  of 
every  student  is  reviewed  by  the  Nursing  Pro- 
gram's committee  on  progression.  A  student's 
registration  in  the  graduate  program  may  be  dis- 
continued at  any  time  if  work  or  progress  is 
deemed  unsatisfactory. 

Provisional  Admission:  Any  student  admitted 
provisionally  will  be  granted  unconditional  stat- 
us when  the  provision(s)  have  been  satisfied. 
The  Graduate  School  will  be  responsible  for  no- 
tifying the  department  if  a  student  fails  to  meet 
the  provisions  of  admission.  The  Graduate 
School  will  dismiss  those  provisional  students 
who  fail  to  meet  the  provisions. 

Academic  Jeopardy— Unconditional  Admission: 
Unconditionally  admitted  full-time  students  who 
have  not  maintained  a  B  average  during  the 
first  semester  (9  credits)  are  to  be  placed  on 
probation  and  will  be  dismissed  if  B  minimum 
grades  in  every  course  (9  credits)  are  not 
achieved  during  the  next  semester.  Uncondition- 
ally admitted  part-time  students  who  have  not 
maintained  a  B  average  for  the  first  12  credits 
are  to  be  placed  on  probation  and  must  achieve 
B  minimum  grades  in  every  course  during  the 
next  12  credit  hours  or  they  too  will  be  dis- 
missed. If  the  semester's  grade  point  average  is 
below  2.75  the  student  will  be  requested  to 
withdraw. 

Academic  Progress  at  the  End  of  the  Third  Se- 
mester: A  cumulative  GPA  of  3.0  must  be  at- 
tained by  all  graduate  students  (M.S.  and  Ph.D. 
students)  by  the  end  of  the  third  semester  and 
thereafter.  Failure  to  achieve  and  maintain  the 
3.00  average  will  result  in  dismissal  from  the 
program.  In  addition,  a  satisfactory  level  of  re- 
search performance  as  determined  by  the  re- 
search advisor  and  Research  Committee  must 


44 


be  maintained  or  a  dismissal  from  the  program 
could  result. 

Failure  of  Comprehensive  Examinations  in  Mas- 
ter's Degree  Program:  A  master's  student  who 
fails  one  or  more  questions  on  the  comprehen- 
sive examination  may  schedule  a  retake  exami- 
nation. If  a  student  should  have  a  second  failure 
of  an  examination  question(s),  additional  course 
work  will  be  required  as  recommended  by  the 
student's  advisor.  Failure  on  the  second  retake 
will  result  in  dismissal  of  the  student. 

Additional  Doctoral  Program  Requirements:  A 
student  will  be  asked  to  withdraw  from  the  doc- 
toral program  upon  recommendation  of  the 
Doctoral  Program  Committee  if  any  of  the  fol- 
lowing events  occurs. 

a.  Failure  to  maintain  a  cumulative  GPA  of  3.0 
(as  specified  above). 

b.  Failure  on  preliminary  examination  at  sec- 
ond attempt. 

c.  Failure  on  comprehensive  examination  at 
second  attempt. 

d.  Failure  to  be  admitted  to  candidacy  within 
five  years  of  admission  into  the  program. 

e.  Failure  to  complete  degree  requirements 
within  four  years  following  admission  to 
candidacy. 

f.  Failure  to  demonstrate  a  satisfactory  level  of 
research  performance  as  determined  by  the 
Research  Advisor  and  Dissertation  Advisory 
Committee. 

g.  Failure  to  maintain  continuous  registration. 

Withdrawal,  Suspension,  Dismissal 

A  "Graduate  School  Program  Withdrawal 
Form"  must  be  completed  and  submitted  when 
a  student  officially  withdraws  from  the  graduate 
program.  An  application  or  withdrawal  bearing 
the  proper  signatures  must  be  filed  in  the  Office 
of  the  Registrar.  If  a  student  leaves  the  Univer- 
sity prior  to  the  conclusion  of  a  semester  or  ses- 
sion, the  date  used  in  computing  a  refund  is  the 
date  the  application  for  withdrawal  is  filed  in 
the  registrar's  office.  A  student  who  withdraws 
during  a  semester  and  does  not  file  an  applica- 
tion for  withdrawal  with  the  registrar  will  re- 
ceive marks  of  failure  in  all  courses  and  will 
forfeit  the  right  to  any  refund. 

The  faculty  advisor  and  graduate  student 
share  the  responsibility  for  the  student's  pro- 
gress. Students  are  expected  to  comply  with 
rules  and  procedures  of  the  Graduate  School  as 
well  as  with  specific  requirements  established 


by  individual  departments.  In  fulfilling  this  re- 
sponsibility the  student  should  seek  the  advice 
of  a  faculty  advisor,  department  chairperson, 
and/or  the  administrative  officers  of  the  School 
of  Nursing  and  the  staff  of  the  Dean  for  Gradu- 
ate Studies. 

Procedures  are  established  to  protect  the  insti- 
tution's integrity  and  the  individual  student's  in- 
terests and  welfare.  The  University  of  Mary- 
land, through  its  various  faculties  and 
appropriate  committees,  reserves  the  discretion- 
ary right  to  suspend  any  student  from  the  Uni- 
versity for  failure  to  maintain  a  satisfactory  aca- 
demic record,  acceptable  personal  behavior, 
accepted  standards  of  practice  in  a  clinical 
agency,  or  satisfactory  standard  of  health. 

When  the  actions  of  a  student  are  judged  by 
competent  authority  using  established  procedure 
to  be  detrimental  to  the  interests  of  the  univer- 
sity community,  that  person  may  be  required  to 
withdraw  from  the  University. 

Graduation 

Requirements  for  graduation  from  the  master's 
degree  program  include:  completion  of  the 
planned  program  within  a  five-year  period, 
achieving  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of 
B  or  3.0,  and  completion  of  a  minimum  of  one 
year  of  full-time  study  or  its  equivalent.  Re- 
quirements for  graduation  from  the  doctoral 
program  include:  completion  of  the  planned 
program  within  a  nine-year  period  (a  maximum 
of  five  years  between  matriculation  and  admis- 
sion to  candidacy  and  a  maximum  of  four  years 
following  admission  to  candidacy);  admission  to 
candidacy  for  the  doctoral  degree;  achieving  a 
cumulative  GPA  of  at  least  3.0;  successful  com- 
pletion of  preliminary,  comprehensive  and  final 
oral  examinations,  completion  of  a  satisfactory 
dissertation,  completion  of  a  minimum  of  two 
consecutive  semesters  of  full-time  study. 

The  student  must  be  registered  for  at  least 
one  credit  in  the  semester  in  which  she/he 
wishes  to  graduate. 

Application  for  the  diploma  must  be  filed 
with  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  within  the  first 
three  weeks  of  the  semester  in  which  the  candi- 
date expects  to  obtain  a  degree  except  during 
the  summer  session.  During  the  summer  ses- 
sion, the  application  must  be  filed  in  the  Office 
of  the  Registrar  during  the  first  week  of  classes. 

If,  for  any  reason,  a  student  does  not  gradu- 
ate at  the  end  of  the  semester  in  which  he  ap- 
plies for  the  diploma,  he  must  reapply  for  it  in 
the  semester  in  which  he  expects  to  graduate. 


45 


Fees  and  Expenses 

Matriculation  (new  student) $  20.00 

Tuition  —  per  credit  (in-state) 67.00 

Tuition  —  per  credit  (out-of-state)    122.00 

Supporting  Facilities  Fee  (full-time)  per  semester 36.00 

Supporting  Facilities  Fee  (part-time)per  semester    6.00 

Student  Health  Fee  (full-time)  per  semester   9.00 

Health  Insurance  (Blue  Cross) 

One  Person    106.68 

Two  Persons 205.44 

Instructional  Resources  Fee  (full-time)  per  semester 18.00 

Instructional  Resources  Fee  (part-time)  per  semester    9.00 

Student  Activity  Fee  (both  full  and  part-time  $7.50  per  semester) 7.50 

Graduation  Fee  15.00 

Continuous  Registration  Fee  (Doctoral  Candidates)    22.00 

Late  Registration  Fee    20.00 

Change  Fee    5.00 


Student  Health  and  Health  Insurance 

Health  insurance  is  required  of  all  full-time  pro- 
fessional school  students  (nine  or  more  semester 
hours)  in  addition  to  the  Student  Health  Fee. 
The  insurance  coverage  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  Baltimore  is  Blue  Cross-Blue 
Shield  Diagnostic  and  Major  Medical.  Addi- 
tional information  concerning  this  program  may 
be  obtained  from  the  Student  Health  Office. 

Students  with  equivalent  insurance  coverage 
must  provide  proof  of  such  membership  at  the 
time  of  registration  and  obtain  a  hospital  insur- 
ance waiver.  Health  Services  are  provided  for 
School  of  Nursing  students  through  the  Student 
Health  Office  in  Howard  Hall. 


Malpractice  Insurance 

All  graduate  nursing  students  are  required  to 
carry  professional  malpractice  insurance 
throughout  their  academic  program.  Documen- 
tation of  coverage  is  required  at  the  time  of 
every  registration  and  must  meet  the  amount  set 
by  the  School  of  Nursing  and  clinical  agencies. 

Financial  Aid  Overview 

Financial  aid  in  the  form  of  scholarships, 
grants,  loans,  and  work-programs  is  awarded  to 
women  and  men  students  and  is  based  upon  ap- 
parent academic  ability,  nearness  to  program 
completion  and  financial  need.  Applicants  must 
complete  a  traineeship  application  at  admission 
or  preregistration  preceding  the  semester  for 
which  aid  is  sought.  Separate  applications  must 


be  completed  in  the  financial  aid  office  to  be 
considered  for  funding  from  sources  outside  the 
school.  Because  of  limitations  in  available 
funds,  preference  is  given  to  full-time  students. 

Recipients  of  financial  aid  are  expected  to 
make  satisfactory  progress  toward  attainment  of 
a  degree  and  to  abide  by  all  academic  and  non- 
academic  regulations  of  the  University.  Gradu- 
ate students  must  maintain  a  3.0  GPA  to  be  eli- 
gible for  financial  aid.  In  the  case  of  new 
students,  applicants  must  have  been  accepted 
for  admission  to  the  University  before  the  finan- 
cial application  will  be  reviewed. 

Students  should  make  early  contact  with  the 
financial  aid  office  to  insure  compliance  with 
filing  dates  for  completed  aid  applications.  Re- 
quests for  information  about,  and  applications 
for,  financial  aid  should  be  addressed  to  the  fol- 
lowing: 

Student  Aid  Officer 

University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore 

624  W.  Lombard  Street 

Baltimore,  Maryland  21201 

Sources  of  Aid 

University  Sources 

Graduate  Assistantships:  The  School  of  Nursing 
provides  a  limited  number  of  graduate  research 
and  teaching  assistantships  to  doctoral  students 
on  a  competitive  basis.  These  assistantships 
provide  remission  of  tuition  (10  credits  per  se- 
mester) and  fees  in  addition  to  a  modest  salary. 
The  graduate  assistant  is  generally  expected 
to  make  a  work  commitment  of  approximately 


46 


20  hours  per  week.  Assigned  duties  are  consist- 
ent with  the  aims  and  objectives  of  the  teaching 
and  research  missions  of  the  University.  In  addi- 
tion to  the  above,  some  research  assistantships 
are  made  available  through  grant  or  contract 
funds.  Depending  on  the  qualifications  required 
for  a  particular  position,  masters  and  doctoral 
students  may  be  eligible  to  apply. 

Prospective  students  interested  in  being  con- 
sidered for  graduate  assistantships  should  make 
application  to  the  School  of  Nursing.  No  action 
is  taken  by  faculty  until  eligibility  for  admission 
has  been  established. 

State  Scholarships  for  Graduate  Nursing  Pro- 
gram Study:  Scholarships  are  available  for 
Maryland  residents  enrolled  in  a  graduate  nurs- 
ing program  preparing  graduates  for  employ- 
ment in  a  "nursing  shortage  area."  Scholar- 
ships are  available  to  full  and  part-time  students 
for  a  maximum  of  $2,000  per  year  (full-time  or 
part-time  equivalent)  for  one  or  two  years. 

Traineeships:  Students  who  meet  admission  re- 
quirements and  are  U.S.  citizens  are  eligible  to 
apply  to  the  School  of  Nursing  for  federal  funds 
for  full-time  study.  Professional  nurse  trainee- 
ships  available  from  the  Division  of  Nursing, 
Health  and  Human  Services  provide  tuition, 
fees,  and  a  monthly  stipend.  Students  in  se- 
lected specialty  areas  may  also  be  eligible  for 
support  under  specialized  grants  obtained  by  the 
School  of  Nursing  or  available  through  applica- 
tion to  a  specific  foundation  or  funding  source. 
Since  there  are  limitations  on  the  number  of 
traineeships  available,  applicants  are  ranked  ac- 
cording to  total  professional  background.  In  the 
case  of  all  traineeships,  prospective  students 
make  application  to  the  School  of  Nursing.  No 
action  is  taken  by  faculty  until  eligibility  for  ad- 
mission has  been  established.  Graduate  students 
also  are  referred  to  the  Federal  Nursing  Loan 
and  Scholarship  Program  available  through  the 
financial  aid  office. 

Nurse  Training  Act  Scholarships  and  Loans: 
Scholarships  to  a  maximum  of  $2,000  annually 
and  loans  to  a  maximum  of  $2,500  annually 
are  available.  Loans  are  at  three  per  cent  annual 
interest  with  principal  and  interest  payments  be- 
ginning nine  months  after  graduation;  deferment 
and  cancellation  provisions  are  available. 

College  Wbrk-Study:  Support  for  students  in  ca- 
reer related  employment  both  on  and  off  cam- 
pus during  the  academic  year  as  well  as  the 
summer  months  may  be  available. 


Non-University  Sources 

Bank  Loans:  Students  may  obtain  educational 
loans  through  private  lending  institutions  such 
as  banks  or  credit  unions.  In  many  cases,  fed- 
eral assistance  in  the  payment  of  the  seven  per 
cent  interest  can  be  obtained.  As  lenders  have 
limited  funds  for  this  program,  students  are  en- 
couraged to  contact  their  lending  institutions  at 
the  earliest  possible  date. 

The  Maryland  Higher  Education  Loan  Cor- 
poration (MHELC)  Program  permits  graduate 
students  to  borrow  up  to  $2,000  annually. 
MHELC  applications  are  available  in  the  Stu- 
dent Aid  Office. 

Employment  Opportunities 

Graduates  of  the  master's  degree  program  of 
the  University  of  Maryland  have  a  variety  of 
employment  opportunities.  Surveys  of  recent 
graduates  indicate  100%  employment.  Approxi- 
mately 60%  of  these  graduates  are  employed  in 
hospitals,  30%  as  faculty  in  schools  of  nursing 
and  10%  in  other  areas  including  nursing 
homes,  community  mental  health  and  public 
health  clinics.  Salaries  vary  with  the  type  of  po- 
sition, the  setting,  the  geographical  areas,  and 
the  individual  graduate's  professional  experi- 
ence. Beginning  salaries  in  the  Baltimore- 
Washington,  D.C.  area  for  new  master's  gradu- 
ates range  from  $22,000-26,000  per  year. 
Doctorally  prepared  nurses  are  in  great  demand 
throughout  the  nation  as  administrators,  faculty 
and  researchers.  Salaries  vary  with  the  particular 
position,  the  geographical  area  and  the  individ- 
ual background  of  the  candidate  ranging  from 
$25,000-$45,000  per  year. 

Graduate  Student  Organizations 

Graduates  in  Nursing  (GIN)  is  an  organization 
of  all  the  students  in  the  graduate  program  in 
the  School  of  Nursing.  The  purpose  of  the  or- 
ganization is  to  foster  unity  among  graduate  stu- 
dents to  aid  in  the  pursuit  of  individual,  institu- 
tional and  professional  goals,  and  to  enhance 
communication  among  students,  faculty  and  the 
community.  Student  representatives  function  in  a 
liaison  capacity  by  serving  on  various  School 
and  University  committees.  GIN  serves  the 
graduate  student  body  through  orientation  pro- 
grams, a  monthly  newsletter,  education  and  so- 
cial functions,  and  the  establishment  of  ad  hoc 
committees  when  student,  faculty  and  commu- 
nity needs  arise. 


47 


As  a  focal  point  for  graduate  student  aware- 
ness, the  UMAB  Graduate  Student  Association 
(GSA)  is  comprised  of  one  representative  from 
each  department  on  campus  that  offers  a  gradu- 
ate degree.  Its  main  purpose  is  to  promote  a 
better  graduate  student  life  by  providing  effi- 
cient orientation  of  new  students,  communicat- 
ing research  interests  across  departmental  lines, 
and  providing  a  channel  for  the  communication 
of  graduate  student  concerns  to  the  Dean  for 
Graduate  Studies  and  Research  and  to  the  Grad- 
uate Council.  The  Graduate  Student  Association 
chooses  one  of  its  own  members  each  year  to 
serve  as  a  voting  member  of  the  Graduate 
Council  and  also  elects  representatives  to  the 
UMAB  Senate. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

NURS  602  Conceptual  Framework  lor 
Nursing  Practice  (5)  This  course  provides  an 
introduction  to  the  articulation  of  a  philosophy 
of  nursing  to  a  conceptual  frame  work  for  nurs- 
ing practice.  Our  philosophy  states  that  the  per- 
sonal, cognitive,  and  physical  expressions  of 
health  interact  throughout  life  and  unfold  in  dy- 
namic interplay  with  the  environment.  The  two 
credit  theory  session  each  week  is  a  coordinated 
approach  by  representative  departmental  faculty 
in  which  the  study  of  scientific  concepts  which 
influence  man's  expressions  of  health  is  empha- 
sized. The  other  three  credits  provide  a  depart- 
mentally  supervised  clinical  practicum  with  em- 
phasis on  assessment  and  on  evaluation  of 
nursing  interventions  or  regulatory  processes. 
(Kreider  and  Faculty) 

NURS  603  Evaluation  of  Patient  Care:  A 
Clinical  Perspective  (3)  This  course  provides 
an  opportunity  for  students  to  synthesize  a 
framework  for  evaluating  health  and  nursing 
care.  Emphasis  is  on  the  analysis  of  structure, 
process  and  outcomes  of  nursing  care  in  terms 
of  the  personal,  physical  and  cognitive  expres- 
sions of  health.  It  is  designed  to  supplement  the 
core  courses  as  well  as  other  clinical  courses  by 
presenting  quality  assurance  methods,  criteria 
and  standards.  Prerequisites  are  the  completion 
of  NURS  602  &  701  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. (Walker) 

NURS  604  Organizational  Behavior  and 
Role  Fulfillment  (3)  An  exploration  and  anal- 
ysis of  commonalities  inherent  in  nursing  prac- 
tice in  various  roles.  Content  from  systems, 
role,  organizational  behavior,  consultation, 


learning  and  change  theories  provides  the  basis 
for  synthesis  into  a  conceptual  framework  of 
practice  in  teaching,  clinical  practice  and  ad- 
ministration. (Faculty) 

NURS  606  Influential  Forces,  Health  Care 
and  Health  Care  Systems  (2)  The  identifica- 
tion and  analysis  of  the  economic,  social,  politi- 
cal and  educational  forces  which  influence  the 
health  of  man,  affect  the  health  care  delivery 
system  and  produce  changes  in  nursing.  (Fac- 
ulty) 

NURS  607  Alcoholism  and  Family  Sys- 
tems (3)  The  theory  content  and  clinical  prac- 
ticum of  this  course  is  designed  for  the  study  of 
alcoholism  and  the  concomitant  family  patterns 
of  organization.  The  course  emphasizes  the  use 
of  regulatory  processes  for  the  restoration  of  op- 
timal balance  within  the  family  and  between  the 
family  and  its  environment,  the  recruitment  of 
family  member/s  into  treatment,  and  the  pre- 
vention of  illness  among  vulnerable  family 
members.  (Eells) 

NURS  608  Special  Problems  in  Nursing 
(1-3)  Provides  for  alternative  learning  experi- 
ences: independent  study;  development  of  spe- 
cific clinical  competencies;  classes  focusing  on 
a  variety  of  special  interest  topics  or  topics  of 
an  interdepartmental  nature.  Registration  upon 
consent  of  advisor.  Students  may  register  for 
one-three  credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum 
of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  611  Introduction  to  Concepts  and 
Techniques  of  Primary  Care  Nursing  (2) 

This  course  emphasizes  the  development  of  the 
student's  concepts  of  the  expanded  nursing  role. 
It  builds  on  assessment  skills  and  knowledge 
pertaining  to  the  conceptual  framework  acquired 
in  NURS  602.  It  provides  opportunity  to  collect 
and  analyze  data  with  a  variety  of  skills  and 
techniques  that  expand  the  nursing  process  for 
the  health  of  adults.  Concurrent:  NURS  602, 
NPHY  480.  (Faculty) 

NURS  613  Clinical  Diagnosis  and  Man- 
agement I  (4)  This  course  prepares  the  stu- 
dent to  function  at  a  beginning  level  as  a  nurse 
practitioner  in  an  ambulatory  setting.  This  is  the 
first  of  two  sequential  courses  which  focuses  on 
a  different  set  of  health  problems  for  study.  The 
student  applies  the  nursing  process  by  perform- 
ing diagnostic  methods,  developing  plans  of 
care,  and  implementing  nursing  strategies  to 
promote  personal,  cognitive  and  physical  health 


48 


of  clients  with  common  health  problems.  Pre- 
requisite: NURS  611,  NPHY  480.  Open  to  ma- 
jors only.  (Faculty) 

NURS  614  Clinical  Diagnosis  and  Man- 
agement II  (4)  This  course  prepares  the  stu- 
dent to  function  as  a  nurse  practitioner  in  an 
ambulatory  setting  with  clients  who  have  com- 
plex health  problems.  This  is  the  second  of  two 
sequential  courses  which  apply  the  nursing 
process  by  performing  communication  and  as- 
sessment skills,  interpreting  findings,  applying 
laboratory  diagnostic  methods,  developing  plans 
of  care,  and  implementing  nursing  strategies  to 
promote  personal,  cognitive  and  physical  health 
of  clients.  Prerequisite:  NURS  613.  Open  to 
majors  only.  (Faculty) 

NURS  615  Advanced  Primary  Health  Care 

(5)  This  course  consists  of  intensive  applied 
clinical  experience  and  seminar  sessions.  It  is 
designed  to  assist  the  student  in  analyzing  mul- 
tiple variables  in  health  and  disease,  and 
through  a  problem  solving  approach,  determine 
an  optimal  plan  in  relation  to  both  short  and 
long-term  goals.  The  emphasis  is  on  increased 
independence  and  decisionmaking  in  an  in- 
terprofessional environment.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  614.  Open  to  majors  only.  (Faculty) 


NURS  618  Special  Problems  in  Primary 
Care  (1-6)  An  independent  study  experience 
which  allows  students  in  the  primary  care  de- 
partment to  develop  special  competencies  or  ob- 
tain in-depth  clinical  experience.  Students  out- 
side the  Department  of  Primary  Care  Nursing 
may  elect  this  experience  to  study  selected  con- 
cepts relating  to  primary  care  nursing.  Registra- 
tion upon  consent  of  advisor.  Students  may  reg- 
ister for  varying  units  of  credit  ranging  from 
one-three  credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum 
of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  621  Medical-Surgical  Nursing  I  (2) 

The  first  level  Medical-Surgical  Nursing  course 
focuses  on  systematic  exploration  of  concepts 
that  are  particularly  pertinent  to  adult  clients 
with  physical  alterations.  The  concepts  are  de- 
veloped within  the  graduate  program  frame- 
work, interrelationships  among  concepts  are  de- 
termined and  clinical  implications  are 
considered,  \alues,  beliefs,  and  attitudes  about 
nursing,  health,  and  illness  are  explored.  Pre- 
requisite or  concurrent:  NURS  602  and  NPHY 
480.  (Shubkagel  and  Faculty) 

NURS  622  Medical-Surgical  Nursing  II  (4) 

Building  on  Nursing  602  and  62 1  this  course 
focuses  on  the  articulation  of  selected  concepts 
with  the  development,  imple  mentation,  and 
evaluation  of  regulatory  processes  from  the  per- 
spective of  the  graduate  program  framework. 
The  practicum  gives  the  students  an  opportunity 
to  test  the  presented  theory  within  a  clinical  per- 
spective, to  strengthen  and  extend  previously 
acquired  knowledge  and  skill,  and  to  progress 
toward  attainment  of  individual  clinical  goals. 
Prerequisite:  NURS  621.  (Shubkagel  and  Fac- 
ulty) 

NURS  623  Trauma/Critical  Care  Nursing  I 

(2)  This  first  level  Trauma/Critical  Care  Nurs- 
ing course  focuses  on  systematic  exploration  of 
concepts  particularly  relevant  to  trauma  patients 
and  their  families.  The  concepts  are  developed 
within  the  graduate  program  framework,  interre- 
lationships among  concepts  are  determined  and 
clinical  implications  are  considered;  examples 
of  concepts  to  be  examined  would  include  body 
image,  sensation,  mobility,  motility,  perception 
and  stress.  Each  student  explores  one  concept 
in  depth  with  development/critique  of  an  assess- 
ment tool  which  is  relevant  to  the  clinical  area. 
Consideration  is  given  to  assessment  data  ob- 
tained through  technologies  available  in  the 
Trauma/  Critical  Care  environment.  Prerequi- 


49 


sites  or  concurrent:  NURS  602  and  NPHY 
480.  (Gordon  and  Faculty) 

NURS  624  Trauma/Critical  Care  Nursing  II 

(4)  This  second  level  course  focuses  on  regula- 
tory processes  useful  in  the  trauma/critical  care 
process.  Surveillance,  ministration,  confronta- 
tion, and  affirmation  are  examples  of  regulatory 
processes  which  will  be  examined  in  theory  and 
as  nursing  strategies  in  the  clinical  setting.  Rele- 
vant technologies  will  be  considered  (respira- 
tors, airways,  invasive  catheters,  hyperalimenta- 
tion and  immobilization  devices)  as  tools  in 
surveillance  and  ministration.  Evaluation  of  the 
effect  of  these  strategies  in  the  rapidly  changing 
patient  situation  exemplified  by  critical  care/ 
trauma  will  be  considered.  Prerequisite:  NURS 
623.  (Gordon  and  Faculty) 

./  NURS  625  Introduction  to  Gerontological 
Nursing  (2)  This  introductory  course  traces, 
via  an  historical  perspective,  the  beginnings  of 
the  science  of  gerontology  and  gerontological 
nursing.  The  focus  is  on  implications  for  nurs- 
ing in  regard  to  the  myths  and  misconceptions, 
current  health  care  problems  and  the  influence 
societal  thinking  has  had  on  attitudes  and  inter- 
ests regarding  the  elderiy.  (Stilwell  and  Faculty) 

NURS  626  Processes  of  Aging:  Implica- 
tions for  Nursing  Care  (4)  This  course  pro- 
vides an  indepth  analysis  of  specific  concepts 
related  to  the  cognitive,  physical  and  psychoso- 
cial health  care  problems  of  the  aged.  The  em- 
phasis in  exploring  these  concepts  is  on  assess- 
ment methodologies  and  nursing  care  strategies 
which  are  designed  to  assist  the  aged  person  to 
cope  with  alterations  in  the  expressions  of 
health  related  to  the  aging  process  and,  where 
possible,  prevent  the  occurrence  of  alterations  in 
health.  (Stilwell  and  Faculty) 

NURS  628  Special  Problems  in  Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing  (1-3)  Provides  alternative 
learning  experiences:  independent  study;  devel- 
opment of  specific  clinical  competencies; 
classes  focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  topics  or 
topics  of  an  inter  departmental  nature  within  the 
broad  category  of  medical-surgical  nursing. 
Registration  upon  consent  of  adviser.  Student 
may  register  for  varying  amounts  of  credits 
ranging  from  one-three  credits  per  semester 
with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree. 
(Shubkagel  and  Faculty) 

NURS  631  Maternal  and  Infant  Nursing  I 

(2)  First  of  a  two-semester  sequence.  A  con- 


ceptual approach  which  focuses  on  extensive 
understanding  of  nursing  in  society's  total  pro- 
gram of  maternal  health  services  with  emphasis 
on  increased  practitioner  skills  for  independent 
and  collaborative  components  of  professional 
nursing  of  mothers  and  infants.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  602.  (Neal  and  Faculty) 

NURS  632  Maternal  and  Infant  Nursing  II 

(4)  Focuses  on  extensive  knowledge  and  under- 
standing of  maternal  care  and  on  gaining  in- 
creased collaborative  and  practitioner  skills  in 
professional  nursing  within  interdisciplinary 
health  agencies  and  institutions.  Second  Semes- 
ter of  a  two-semester  sequence.  Prerequisites: 
NURS  602  and  NURS  631.  (Neal  and  Faculty) 

NURS  638  Special  Problems  in  Maternity 
Nursing  (1-3)  Provides  for  alternative  learning 
experiences:  independent  study;  development  of 
specific  clinical  competencies;  classes  focusing 
on  a  variety  of  special  interest  topics  or  topics 
of  an  interdepartmental  nature  within  the  broad 
category  of  maternity  nursing.  Registration  upon 
consent  of  advisor.  Student  may  register  for 
varying  amounts  of  credit  ranging  from  one- 
three  credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of 
six  credits  per  degree.  (Neal  and  Faculty) 

NURS  641  Nursing  of  Children  I  (2)  First 
semester  of  a  two-semester  sequence.  Focuses 
on  extensive  knowledge  and  understanding  of 
nursing  in  society's  total  program  of  child 
health  services  and  on  gaining  increased  practi- 
tioner skills  in  professional  nursing  of  children. 
Prerequisite:  NURS  602.  (Neal  and  Faculty) 

NURS  642  Nursing  of  Children  II  (4)  Fo- 
cuses on  extensive  knowledge  and  understand- 
ing in  society's  total  program  of  child  health 
services  and  in  gaining  increased  collaborative 
and  practitioner  skills  in  professional  nursing  of 
children.  Second  semester  of  a  two-semester  se- 
quence. Prerequisites:  NURS  602  and  NURS 
641.  (Neal  and  Faculty) 

NURS  648  Special  Problems  in  Nursing 
of  Children  (1-3)  Provides  alternative  learning 
experiences:  independent  study;  development  of 
specific  clinical  competencies;  classes  focusing 
on  a  variety  of  special  interest  topics  or  topics 
of  an  interdepartmental  nature  within  the  broad 
category  of  nursing  of  children.  Registration 
upon  consent  of  advisor.  Student  may  register 
for  varying  amounts  of  credit  ranging  from  one- 
three  credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of 
six  credits  per  degree.  (Neal  and  Faculty) 


50 


NURS  650  Foundations  for  Psychiatric 
Nursing  I  (2)  This  is  the  first  half  of  a  two  se- 
mester course  which  will  provide  graduate  stu- 
dents in  psychiatric  nursing  with  a  theoretical 
basis  for  clinical  practice,  an  overview  of  multi- 
ple schools  of  psychotherapy,  and  a  matrix 
within  which  to  integrate  concepts  for  Core  I 
(N  602)  which  are  particularly  relevant  to  psy- 
chiatric nursing.  The  course  content  encourages 
the  student  to  view  the  client  developmentally 
in  order  to  assess  his/her  or  the  family's  prob- 
lem(s)  and  to  choose  therapeutic  interventions 
that  are  grounded  either  in  theory  or  in  knowl- 
edge generated  from  empirically  tested  data.  Ei- 
ther NURS  650  or  NURS  750  must  be  taken 
concurrently  with  NURS  602.  Offered  Fall  se- 
mester. (Aguilera  and  Faculty) 

NURS  651  Individual  Therapy  (3)  Individ- 
ual therapy  builds  upon  the  interpersonal  and 
analytic  skill  developed  in  the  clinical  portion  of 
NURS  602.  This  course  examines  specific 
types  of  ineffective  social  behaviors  as  well  as 
personality  disturbances  and  their  treatment 
within  the  contexts  of  psychiatric  and  nursing 
literature.  (Robinson) 

NURS  652  Group  Theory  and  Practice  I 

(3)  This  course  is  designed  to  provide  the  basis 
for  a  conceptual  framework  in  group  psycho- 
therapy. Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  application 
of  theory  to  group  practice.  Included  is  the 
study  of  the  therapist's  role  in  the  development 
of  technical  and  communication  skills  in  group 
work.  Each  student  is  required  to  co-lead  a 
group  approved  by  the  faculty.  (Aguilera  and 
Faculty) 

NURS  653  Group  Theory  and  Practice  II 

(3)  This  course  is  designed  to  further  develop 
the  student's  theoretical  and  clinical  expertise  in 
group  work  and  group  psychotherapy.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  the  role  of  the  therapist  in  the  inte- 
gration and  utilization  of  theoretical  concepts  to 
clinical  group  practice  and  in  developing  skills 
in  supervision.  Specialized  group  therapy  tech- 
niques and  research  as  related  to  group  practice 
are  reviewed.  Each  student  is  required  to  co- 
lead  a  group  approved  by  the  faculty.  Prerequi- 
site: NURS  652.  (Aguilera  and  Faculty) 

NURS  654  Liaison  Nursing  I  (3)  The  stu- 
dents gain  skills  in  therapeutic  interaction  with 
hospitalized,  physically  ill  patients  based  upon 
their  assessment  of  the  patient's  psychological 
needs  and  an  evaluation  of  appropriate  vehicles 
for  their  gratification.  Goals  are  established 


which  take  into  consideration  physiological  ver- 
sus psychological  priorities,  assigning  weights 
in  terms  of  immediacy  of  need.  The  hospital  is 
viewed  as  a  social  system,  and  means  of  inter- 
acting effectively  in  it  are  explored.  Offered 
Fall  Semester.  (Robinson) 

NURS  655  Orientation  to  Critical  Con- 
cepts in  Family  (3)  Orientation  to  the  theories 
and  techniques  of  family  therapy.  Emphasis  on 
family  systems  theory  (the  Bowen  Theory).  De- 
velopment of  observational  skills  and  interview 
experience  with  selected  families.  (Cain  and 
Faculty) 

NURS  656  Introduction  to  Clinical  Prac- 
tice With  Families  (3)  Orientation  to  the  role 
of  the  clinician  in  family  therapy.  Emphasis  is 
on  the  identification  of  existing  family  behavior 
patterns.  Clinical  practice  with  at  least  one  fam- 
ily. Prerequisite:  NURS  655.  (Cain  and  Faculty) 

NURS  657  Advanced  Clinical  Practice 
With  Families  (3)  Advanced  clinical  practice 
and  refinement  of  clinical  skills.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  656.  (Cain) 

NURS  658  Special  Problems  in  Adult 
Psychiatric  Nursing  (1-3)  Provides  alterna- 
tive learning  experiences:  independent  study; 
development  of  specific  clinical  competencies; 
classes  focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  interest 
topics  or  topics  of  an  interdepartmental  nature 
within  the  area  of  adult  psychiatric  nursing. 
Registration  upon  consent  of  advisor.  Student 
may  register  for  varying  amounts  of  credit  rang- 
ing from  one-three  credits  per  semester  with  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Aguilera 
and  Faculty) 

NURS  659  Mental  Health  Consultation  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  introduce  the  student 
to  the  principles  and  practice  of  mental  health 
consultation  and  basic  Community  Mental 
Health  Theory.  Caplan's  Model  of  mental 
health  consultation  will  be  stressed  as  well  as 
development  and  management  of  consultation 
programs.  Students  will  provide  weekly  consul- 
tation to  a  community  health  care  setting  or  so- 
cial agency  approved  by  the  faculty.  Prerequi- 
site: Clinical  and/or  academic  courses  in 
psychiatric/community  health  nursing.  (Aguilera 
and  Faculty) 

NURS  660  Introduction  to  Selected  As- 
pects of  Child  Development  I  (2)  This 
course  explores  selective  theoretical  concepts  of 


51 


child  development  during  the  first  six  years  of 
life.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  integrating  personal- 
ity development  and  intellectual  development. 
Assessment  tools  which  reflect  the  theories  pre- 
sented will  be  discussed.  (McElroy) 

NURS  661  Orientation  to  Critical  Prob- 
lems in  Family-Child  Relations  (3)  First  of 
two  semester  sequence.  This  course  provides  a 
broad  view  of  child  psychopathology  with  em- 
phasis on  intrapsychic,  interpersonal  and  socio- 
cultural  dynamics.  The  integration  of  concepts 
in  nursing  practice,  particularly  the  development 
of  assessment  and  interviewing  skills,  is 
stressed.  (Faculty) 

NURS  664  Introduction  to  Selected  As- 
pects of  Child  Development  II  (2)  This 
course  explores  selective  theoretical  concepts  of 
child  development  during  the  years  from  seven 
through  adolescence.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  ex- 
amining the  following  theorists:  Erikson,  Winn- 
cott,  Lidz  and  Piaget.  Prerequisite:  NURS  660. 
(McElroy) 

NURS  665  Comprehensive  Care  of  Chil- 
dren With  Psychiatric  Disorders  (3)  Sec- 
ond of  a  two-semester  sequence.  This  course 
provides  theoretical  concepts  underlying  the 
treatment  of  children  with  psychiatric  disorders. 
The  clinical  component  provides  opportunity  to 
implement  treatment  modalities  in  a  variety  of 
settings.  Prerequisite:  NURS  66 1.  (Faculty) 

NURS  668  Special  Problems  in  Child 
Psychiatric  Nursing  (1-3)  Provides  for  alter- 
native learning  experiences:  independent  study; 
development  of  specific  clinical  competencies; 
classes  focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  interest 
topics  or  topics  of  an  interdepartmental  nature 
within  the  broad  category  of  child  psychiatric 
nursing.  Registration  upon  consent  of  advisor. 
Student  may  register  for  varying  amounts  of 
credit  ranging  from  one-three  credits  per  semes- 
ter with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree. 
(Aguilera  and  Faculty) 

NURS  670  School  Health  (2)  This  course  is 
designed  to  examine  factors  and  programs  that 
contribute  to  the  promotion  and  maintenance  of 
health  in  the  school  population.  The  develop- 
ment of  school  health  programs  and  services  are 
discussed.  Issues,  legislation  and  organizations 
involved  in  school  health  are  explored.  This 
course  includes  a  variety  of  learning  experiences 
such  as  field  trips  where  students  have  the  op- 
portunity to  develop  an  interdisciplinary  ap- 


proach to  the  population.  AHEC  experience  is 
available.  Prerequisite:  NURS  602  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Open  to  non-nursing  majors. 
Offered  Winter  Session.  (Northrop  and  Strasser) 

NURS  671  Epidemiology  (2)  A  contempo- 
rary approach  to  epidemiological  concepts  and 
methods.  General  considerations  and  laboratory 
application  to  data  in  specific  situations.  Open 
to  non-nursing  majors  with  permission  of  in- 
structor. Prerequisite:  Statistics.  Offered  Spring 
Semester.  (Kohler) 

NURS  672  Community  Health  Nursing  I 

(1)  This  first  level  departmental  course  is  de- 
signed to  explore  the  relevancy  of  the  school's 
conceptual  framework  for  community  health 
practice.  Students  also  discuss  the  nature  and 
scope  of  community  health  nursing  and  its  rela- 
tionship to  the  public  health  sciences  and  to 
nursing.  Family  and  community  are  identified 
as  the  basic  units  of  study  and  primary  preven- 
tion as  a  major  responsibility.  Prerequisite  or 
concurrent:  NURS  602.  Offered  Fall  Semester. 
(Eells) 

NURS  673  Community  Health  Nursing  II 

(3)  This  is  a  required  second  level  departmental 
course.  Although  students  continue  with  their 
community  assessment  and  one  well  family  se- 
lected during  NURS  602,  analytical  focus  is  ex- 
tended to  include  the  use  of  regulatory  proc- 
esses with  families  who  have  multiple 
problems.  Additional  conceptual  frameworks 
commonly  employed  in  family  and  community 
study  are  examined.  Program  planning,  imple- 
mentation, and  evaluation  are  discussed  in  rela- 
tion to  the  student's  assessment  of  a  commu- 
nity's health  problems.  Prerequisites  or 
Concurrent:  NURS  606  and  NURS  672.  Of- 
fered Spring  Semester.  (Ruth) 

NURS  674  Community  Health  Nursing 
Within  the  Health  Care  System  (2)  This 
course  focuses  upon  the  relationship  between 
the  health  level  of  the  community  and  the  or- 
ganization of  the  health  care  system.  Social  and 
political  forces  and  major  public  policies  that 
are  shaping  the  organization  and  delivery  of 
community  health  nursing  services  will  be  ana- 
lyzed. An  examination  of  theory,  research,  gov- 
ernmental and  other  professional  documents  will 
provide  the  basis  for  discussion  as  to  how  ef- 
fective and  efficient  services  can  be  achieved. 
\arious  systems  of  health  care  organization  will 
be  compared  in  terms  of  health  level,  structure, 
and  reimbursement  mechanisms.  Open  to  non- 


52 


nursing  majors  with  permission  of  instructor. 
Offered  Spring  Semester.  (Ruth) 

NURS  675  Community  Health  Nursing  III 

(2)  This  is  a  required  third  level  departmental 
course  for  students  whose  area  of  concentration 
is  community  health  nursing.  It  is  given  concur- 
rendy  with  the  practicum  in  role  preparation. 
While  the  emphasis  is  upon  intervention  strate- 
gies and  regulatory  processes  in  community 
health  nursing,  content  related  to  public  health 
administration  is  discussed  and  includes  areas 
such  as  reimbursement  mechanisms,  legislation 
and  regulation,  and  standards  of  practice.  Stu- 
dents will  plan,  implement,  and  evaluate  a 
health  program  of  primary  prevention  in  their 
selected  communities.  Prerequisites  or  Concur- 
rent: NURS  604  and  NURS  673.  Offered  Fall 
Semester.  (Northrop  and  Strasser) 

NURS  676  Community  Health  Groups: 
Leadership  Strategies  (2)  The  theory  con- 
tent and  practicum  of  this  course  offer  learning 
experiences  particularly  pertinent  and  applicable 
to  working  with  well  families  and  health- 
oriented  community  groups.  The  course  is  de- 
signed to  provide  graduate  students  in  commu- 
nity health  nursing  and  other  specialty  areas  an 
opportunity  to  gain  additional  skills  in  the  use 
of  group  leadership  strategies  to  bring  about 
change  toward  defined  goals  and  objectives. 
Prerequisite:  Basic  course  in  group  dynamics; 
permission  of  instructor.  Open  to  non-nursing 
majors.  Offered  Spring  Semester.  (Strasser) 


NURS  678  Special  Problems  in  Commu- 
nity Health  Nursing  (1-3)  Provides  alternative 
learning  experiences:  independent  study;  devel- 
opment of  specific  clinical  competencies; 
classes  focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  interest 
topics  or  topics  of  an  interdepartmental  nature 
within  the  broad  category  of  community  health 
nursing.  Registration  by  consent  of  adviser.  Stu- 
dents may  register  for  varying  amounts  of  credit 
ranging  from  one-three  credits  per  semester 
with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree. 
(Faculty) 

NURS  680  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in 
Nursing  Education  (3)  This  course  combines 
the  elements  of  the  curriculum  process  with  in- 
structional principles  and  methodologies  through 
both  faculty  and  student  conducted  seminars.  It 
is  designed  to  assist  the  student  in  the  under- 
standing and  application  of  the  foundations  and 
methods  of  curriculum  development.  Prerequi- 
site or  concurrent:  NURS  604.  (Faculty) 

NURS  682  Practicum  in  Teaching  in 
Nursing  (3)  Experience  in  clinical  and  class- 
room settings  promotes  the  opportunity  for  de- 
velopment and  increased  skill  in  the  total  teach- 
ing learning  process.  An  analytical  approach  to 
teaching  effectiveness  is  emphasized.  Placement 
in  junior  colleges,  baccalaureate  programs  or  in- 
service  settings  is  arranged  according  to  track 
selected.  Prerequisite:  NURS  604  and  two  se- 
mesters of  clinical  course  work.  (Heller  and 
Faculty)  Prerequisite  or  concurrent:  NURS  680. 


53 


NURS  683  Practicum  for  Clinical  Special- 
ist in  Nursing  (4)  Supervised  experience  is 
provided  by  each  clinical  department  which  will 
prepare  the  graduate  student  to  function  in  the 
role  of  clinical  specialist.  Placement  may  be  in 
community  or  home  settings,  chronic  and  long- 
term  care  facilities  as  well  as  intensive  care 
units.  Concurrent:  NURS  684.  (Jarrett  and  Fac- 
ulty) 

NURS  684  Seminar  in  Nursing— Clinical 
Specialization  (2)  This  seminar  focuses  on 
increasing  organizational  behaviors  to  function 
effectively  as  clinical  nurse  specialists.  Particu- 
lar attention  is  given  to  improving  the  delivery 
of  health  care  to  consumers  through  consulta- 
tion, teaching,  research,  and  clinical  practice  in 
medical-surgical,  maternal  and  child  health, 
psychiatric  (adult  and  child),  geronto  logical 
and  community  health  nursing.  Concurrent: 
NURS  683.  (Jarrett) 

NURS  685  Instructional  Skills  (3)  This 
course,  conducted  by  means  of  microteaching 
lab,  fosters  the  development  and  analysis  of  se- 
lected teaching  skills  directed  at  predetermined 
levels  of  functioning  in  the  cognitive,  affective 
and  psychomotor  domains.  Prerequisite:  NURS 
604  and  two  semesters  of  clinical  course  work. 
Prerequisite  or  concurrent:  NURS  680.  (Heller 
and  Faculty) 

NURS  688  Special  Problems  in  Nursing 
Education  (1-3)  The  major  objectives  of  this 
independent  study  experience  are  to  develop 
further  competencies  in  the  area  of  teaching. 
Registration  upon  consent  of  adviser.  Student 
may  register  for  one-three  credits  per  semester 
with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree. 
(Faculty) 

NURS  689  Special  Problems  in  Clinical 
Specialization  (1-3)  The  major  objectives  of 
this  independent  study  experience  are  to  de- 
velop further  competencies  in  the  areas  of  clini- 
cal specialization.  Registration  upon  consent  of 
advisor.  Students  may  register  for  one-three 
credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  690  Managerial  Health  Finance  (3) 

This  course  focuses  on  the  role  and  responsibil- 
ity of  the  administrator  in  fiscal  management  of 
health-care  institutions  in  both  the  public  and 
private  sectors.  Training  is  provided  in  resource 
management  and  accountability.  Conceptual  and 
practical  issues  related  to  health  care  eco- 


nomics, financial  management,  and  budget 
preparation  will  be  stressed.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  604.  (Proulx  and  Faculty) 

NURS  691  Administration  of  Nursing  Ed- 
ucation (2)  Application  of  administrative  proc- 
esses as  employed  in  nursing  education  settings. 
Comparison  and  contrasts  of  administrative  skill 
requirements  among  types  of  educational  pro- 
grams will  be  addressed  where  appropriate.  Pre- 
requisite: NURS  604.  (Heller) 

NURS  692  Administration  of  Nursing 
Service  (2)  Examination  and  application  of  ad- 
ministrative processes  employed  in  nursing  serv- 
ice settings.  The  independent  and  interdepen- 
dent functions  of  nurse  administrators  in  an 
organization,  at  various  levels  of  decision  mak- 
ing, are  identified  and  analyzed.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  604.  (Proulx  and  Faculty) 

NURS  693  Practicum  in  Nursing  Service 
Administration  (4)  Field  placements  provide 
for  synthesis  of  learning  through  observation  of 
and  participation  in  administrative  activities. 
Placements  are  arranged  to  support  skill  devel- 
opment in  keeping  with  the  student's  career 
goals.  Regular  conferences  with  university  in- 
structors and  field  preceptor  enrich  the  student's 
learning  opportunity.  Prerequisite:  NURS  692. 
(Proulx  and  Faculty) 

NURS  694  Practicum  in  Nursing  Educa- 
tion Administration  (4)  Field  placement  pro- 
vides for  synthesis  of  learning  through  observa- 
tion of  and  participation  in  administrative 
activities.  Students  may  elect  placement  in  bac- 
calaureate or  associate  degree  basic  education 
programs  or  in  staff  development  settings.  Reg- 
ular conferences  with  university  instructors  and 
the  field  preceptor  enrich  the  student's  learning 
opportunity.  Prerequisite:  NURS  69 1.  (Heller 
and  Faculty) 

NURS  696  Cases  and  Concepts  in  Nurs- 
ing Administration  (2)  Second  level  course 
in  Nursing  Administration.  It  is  a  required 
course  for  students  whose  major  area  of  con- 
centration is  Administration  of  Nursing  Service/ 
Education  and  is  an  elective  course  open  to  all 
other  students.  The  course  focuses  on  adminis- 
trative cases  and  is  designed  to  assist  the  stu- 
dent in  exploring  administrative  concepts  and 
analyzing  administrative  situations.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  604.  (Faculty) 

NURS  697  Seminar  in  Nursing— Health 
Policy  (2)  This  course  focuses  on  formulation 


54 


and  implementation  of  health  policy  viewed 
from  a  historical  perspective  and  an  examina- 
tion of  selected  current  issues.  Attention  will  be 
given  to  the  role  of  nurses  in  influencing  policy 
decisions.  Prerequisite  POSI-601.  Open  to  ma- 
jors only.  (Scott) 

NURS  698  Special  Problems  in  Nursing 
Administration  (1-3)  The  major  objective  of 
this  independent  study  experience  is  to  develop 
further  competencies  in  the  area  of  administra- 
tion. Registration  by  consent  of  advisor.  Student 
may  register  for  one-three  credits  per  semester 
with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree. 
(Faculty) 

NURS  699  Practicum  in  Nursing-Health 
Policy  (4)  This  course  is  the  last  in  nursing 
health  policy  major.  Practical  experience  in  se- 
lected agencies  will  reinforce  and  enhance  ana- 
lytic skills  needed  in  policy  formulation  and  im- 
plementation. Placement  will  be  in  accord  with 
students'  special  interests  in  the  nursing  health 
field.  Prerequisite:  NURS  697:  Seminar  in 
Nursing  and  Health  Policy.  (Scott) 

NURS  701  Research  Methods  and  Mate- 
rials in  Nursing  (3)  One  four-hour  lecture/ 
lab  a  week.  Includes  basic  understandings  of 
the  philosophy  of  research,  the  nature  of  scien- 
tific thinking,  and  methods  of  research  study. 
Prerequisite:  Basic  statistics.  (Faculty) 

NURS  702  Application  of  Inferential  Sta- 
tistics to  Nursing  Research  Designs  (2) 

This  course  emphasizes  the  requirements  and 
interpretation  of  inferential  procedures  widely 
used  in  nursing  research  designs.  Statistical 
computer  programs  are  utilized  with  actual 
nursing  data.  Selection  of  the  most  appropriate 
procedure  is  stressed.  Data  snooping  and  alter- 
native analyses  are  studied  including  bivariate 
correlation,  partial  correlation,  one-way 
ANOVA,  ANCOVA,  multiple  regression  and 
various  nonparametric  analyses.  Instrument  reli- 
ability is  computed  and  an  overview  of  other 
procedures  is  presented.  A  pragmatic  rather 
than  mathematical  approach  is  used.  A  three- 
hour  session  each  week  combines  lecture  and 
lab.  Prerequisite:  NURS  701.  (Faculty) 

NURS  704  Program  Evaluation  In  Nurs- 
ing (3)  This  elective  course  introduces  students 
to  various  models  and  approaches  available  for 
the  evaluation  of  nursing  programs  in  both  edu- 
cational and  service  settings.  Class  discussions 
focus  on  the  components  of  various  models. 


their  relative  strengths  and  weaknesses,  and 
their  utility  for  the  evaluation  of  nursing  pro- 
grams. Opportunities  to  evaluate  program  evalu- 
ation efforts  in  nursing  are  also  provided.  Pre- 
requisite: Permission  of  Instructor.  (Waltz) 

NURS  708  Special  Problems  in  Nursing 
Research  (1-3)  The  major  objective  of  this  in- 
dependent study  experience  is  to  develop  further 
research  competencies.  Registration  upon  con- 
sent of  instructor.  \ariable  amounts  of  credit 
ranging  from  one-three  per  semester  may  be 
taken  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  de- 
gree. (Faculty) 

NURS  710  Health  Supervision  of  the  Well 
Child  I  (3)  This  is  the  first  of  two  sequential 
courses  which  focus  on  health  promotion  and 
health  maintenance  for  children.  This  course 
deals  primarily  with  the  health  needs  of  children 
during  the  first  five  years  of  life.  The  student 
will  function  at  a  beginning  level  as  a  Nurse 
Practitioner  in  an  ambulatory  setting.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  application  of  the  nursing  process: 
assessing  the  physical,  personal  and  cognitive 
expressions  of  health  of  well  children  during  the 
first  five  years  of  life  within  the  context  of  their 
family  environments;  developing  plans  of  care 
based  on  knowledge  of  the  cultural  patterns  of 
the  family  and  of  the  predominant  pattern  of  or- 
ganization of  the  child's  expressions  of  health, 
implementing  and  evaluating  nursing  strategies 
to  promote  health  and  normal  growth  and  de- 
velopment. Prerequisite:  NURS  602,  NURS 
61 1  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  (Faculty) 


55 


NURS  711  Health  Supervision  of  the  Well 
Child  II  (3)  This  is  the  second  of  two  sequen- 
tial courses  which  apply  the  conceptual  frame- 
work of  the  graduate  program  and  the  nursing 
process  through  communication  and  assessment 
skills,  developing  plans  of  care,  implementing 
and  evaluating  the  use  of  selected  regulatory 
processes  to  promote  the  personal,  cognitive 
and  physical  health  of  children.  The  course  fo- 
cuses on  the  health  needs  of  school  age  children 
and  adolescents.  Normal  growth  and  develop- 
ment are  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  NURS  710 
or  permission  of  instructor.  (Faculty) 

NURS  713  Common  Health  Problems  of 
Children  I  (4)  This  is  the  first  of  two  sequen- 
tial courses  which  focus  on  selected  health 
problems  of  children  frequently  encountered  in 
ambulatory  settings  and  the  underlying  altera- 
tions in  health  equilibrium.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  problem  identification,  application  of  appro- 
priate regulatory  processes  and  evaluation  of  the 
effectiveness  of  intervention.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  602,  NURS  61 1  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. (Faculty) 

NURS  714  Common  Health  Problems  of 
Children  II  (4)  The  focus  of  this  second  of 
two  sequential  courses  is  selected  health  care 
problems  of  children  and  the  underlying  altera- 
tions in  health  equilibrium.  The  problems  con- 
sidered will  be  of  a  more  complex  nature. 
Problem  identification,  application  of  appropri- 
ate regulatory  processes  and  evaluation  of  the 
effectiveness  of  intervention  are  emphasized. 
Prerequisite:  NURS  713  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. (Faculty) 

NURS  715  Advanced  Primary  Care  of 
Children  (5)  This  course  is  designed  to  assist 
the  student  to  integrate  and  synthesize  the  mate- 
rial from  all  course  work,  material  previously 
learned  and  some  new  concepts  in  Primary 
Care  Pediatric  Nursing.  Clinical  experiences 
will  allow  the  student  to  assume  a  more  inde- 
pendent role  in  assessing  and  managing  the 
health  care  of  children  from  birth  to  adoles- 
cence as  part  of  a  multidisciplinary  health  care 
team.  Prerequisite:  NURS  711  and  NURS  714. 
(Faculty) 

NURS  721  Psychophysiological  Interven- 
tions in  Nursing  (3)  This  course  is  an  over- 
view of  the  psychophysiological  inter- 
relationships commonly  seen  in  patients 
manifesting  symptomatology  such  as  hyperten- 
sion, low  back  pain,  headaches  and  arthritis. 


Psychophysiological  models  unique  to  advanced 
nursing  assessment  and  intervention  within  a 
family  systems  framework  are  examined,  prac- 
ticed and  applied  to  actual  client  situations.  Pre- 
requisite: NURS  602  Conceptual  Framework 
for  Nursing  Practice.  (Thomas) 

NURS  750  Foundations  for  Psychiatric 
Nursing  II  (2)  This  is  the  second  half  of  a  two 
semester  course  which  will  provide  graduate 
students  in  psychiatric  nursing  with  a  theoretical 
basis  for  clinical  practice,  an  overview  of  multi- 
ple schools  of  psychotherapy,  and  a  matrix 
within  which  to  integrate  concepts  for  Core  I 
which  are  particularly  relevent  to  psychiatric 
nursing.  The  course  content  encourages  the  stu- 
dent to  view  the  client  developmentally  in  order 
to  assess  his/her  or  the  family's  problem(s)  and 
to  choose  therapeutic  interventions  that  are 
grounded  either  in  theory  or  in  knowledge  gen- 
erated from  empirically  tested  data.  Either 
NURS  650  or  NURS  750  must  be  taken  con- 
currendy  with  NURS  602.  Offered  Spring  se- 
mester. (Aguilera  and  Faculty) 

NURS  754  Liaison  Nursing  II  (3)  The  sec- 
ond level  course  in  psychiatric  liaison  nursing 


56 


presents  material  relevant  to  specific  patient 
population  which  are  targeted  by  the  liaison 
practitioner.  In  the  latter  half  of  the  course,  the 
student  begins  to  explore  those  issues  involved 
in  working  with  nursing  staff,  rather  than  di- 
rectly with  patients  to  meet  the  latter' s  psycho- 
logical needs.  In  addition  liaison  research  pro- 
jects that  were  identified  in  the  first  level  course 
will  be  further  developed  to  meet  seminar  paper 
or  thesis  requirements.  Prerequisites:  NURS 
654.  (Robinson) 

NURS  770  Strategies  for  Legal-Ethical  Di- 
lemmas in  Nursing  (2)  This  course  is  de- 
signed to  explore  and  analyze  legal  and  ethical 
dimensions  of  nursing  interventions  within  the 
context  of  selected  professional  issues  such  as 
autonomy,  privacy,  justice,  power,  responsibility, 
self-regulation,  confidentiality,  use  of  human 
subjects  and  informed  consent.  The  process  of 
identifying  issues,  taking  and  supporting  posi- 
tions and  selecting  effective  nursing  strategies 
will  be  stressed.  The  interface  of  law  ethics  and 
nursing  is  the  primary  focus  of  the  course.  Pre- 
requisites: NURS  602  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. (Northrop) 

NURS  771  Occupational  Health  (2)  This 
course  provides  an  examination  of  issues  and 
research  in  occupational  health.  The  expressions 
of  health  of  working  segments  of  the  adult  pop- 
ulation in  various  occupations  will  be  explored. 
The  role  of  the  health  provider  in  occupational 
health  is  considered  in  terms  of  legislation,  pri- 
vate and  public  industry,  unionized  and  nonun- 
ionized  workers.  This  course  includes  a  variety 
of  learning  experiences  such  as  field  trips  where 
students  have  the  opportunity  to  develop  an  in- 
terdisciplinary approach  to  the  population. 
AHEC  experience  is  available.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  602  or  permission  of  instructor.  Open  to 
non-nursing  majors.  Offered  Winter  Semester. 
(Northrop) 

NURS  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1- 
6)  (Faculty) 

NURS  801  Conceptual  Basis  for  Nursing 

(2)  This  course  provides  experience  in  concep- 
tualizing health-related  behavior  as  an  initial 
step  in  nursing  research.  Biological,  psychologi- 
cal, cognitive  and  social  dimensions  of  selected 
concepts  relevant  to  nursing  practice  are  exam- 
ined theoretically  and  operationally.  The  interre- 
latedness  of  these  dimensions  is  viewed  as  con- 
stituting a  major  focus  in  the  study  of  Man 
from  a  nursing  perspective.  (Kreider  and  Grady) 


NURS  802  Analysis  of  Direct  Nursing 
Action  (4)  In  this  course  clinical  settings  will 
be  utilized  for  the  examination  of  client  states 
and  nursing  actions.  From  a  theoretical  perspec- 
tive students  will  develop  and  implement  a  plan 
for  study  of  nursing  actions  and  the  client  states 
which  are  stimuli  for  and  responses  to  nursing 
actions.  Prerequisites:  NURS  801  (Kreider  and 
Grady) 

NURS  803  Conceptualization  of  Nursing 
Systems  (2)  An  overview  of  the  social,  politi- 
cal and  organizational  contexts  within  which 
nursing  is  practiced  and  taught.  Includes  an  in- 
troduction to  and  comparison  of  organizational 
and  systems  theories,  and  consideration  of  orga- 
nizational problems  of  particular  importance  to 
the  practice  and  teaching  of  nursing.  (Jacox) 

NURS  804  Analysis  of  Indirect  Nursing 
Action  (4)  The  processes  by  which  national 
health  and  nursing  policies  are  determined  and 
organizational  problems  of  particular  importance 
to  the  practice  and  teaching  of  nursing  are  ana- 
lyzed. Emphasis  is  placed  on  factors  which  in- 
fluence the  acquisition  and  use  of  nursing  re- 
sources, the  regulation  of  nursing  practice, 
authority  and  decision-making,  and  conflict 
management  in  organizations.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  803.  (Jacox) 

NURS  805  Analysis  and  Development 
Nursing  Theory  (4)  Philosophical  bases  for 
nursing  theory  are  analyzed  and  several  me- 
tatheoretical  approaches  to  theory  development 
are  studied.  Extant  nursing  theories  are  ana- 
lyzed, compared  and  evaluated.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  602  or  equivalent.  (Lenz  and  Suppe) 

NURS  806  Seminar  in  Nursing  Science 

(2)  Philosophical,  theoretical  and  professional 
issues  to  be  considered  in  discovering  and  veri- 
fying nursing  knowledge  are  addressed.  Ap- 
proaches to  theory  development  in  nursing  are 
examined  and  critiqued.  Prerequisite:  NURS 
805  (Lenz  and  Faculty) 

NURS  811  Measurement  of  Nursing  Phe- 
nomena (3)  The  theoretical  basis  of  measure- 
ment will  be  presented  as  a  foundation  for  the 
development  and  evaluation  of  measurement 
tools  for  use  in  nursing  research.  Types  of  mea- 
sures, techniques  of  construction,  the  statistical 
analysis  of  reliability  and  validity,  and  strengths 
and  limitations  for  use  of  selected  measures  in 
nursing  research  will  be  presented.  Nursing  re- 
search studies  will  be  evaluated  relative  to  mea- 


57 


surement  theory.  Tools  and  procedures,  includ- 
ing those  used  to  measure  effective,  cognitive, 
behavioral  and  physiological  aspects  of  selected 
concepts,  will  be  evaluated.  Prerequisites: 
NURS  702  ,  NURS  813  or  equivalent.  (Waltz) 

NURS  812  Seminar  in  Nursing  Measure- 
ment (3)  The  theoretical  basis  of  measurement 
will  be  applied  in  a  highly  individualized  expe- 
rience in  the  development  and  testing  of  an  in- 
strument to  measure  a  selected  concept  of  rele- 
vance in  nursing  research.  The  seminar  will 
provide  the  opportunity  for  discussion  of  prob- 
lems, issues  and  strategies  involved  in  tool  con- 
struction and  validation  and  for  the  sharing  of 
experiences.  Prerequisite:  NURS  811  and 
NURS  813  (Waltz) 

NURS  813  Design  of  Nursing  Research 

(3)  The  emphasis  in  this  course  is  on  the  acqui- 
sition of  methods  and  techniques  for  extending 
the  scientific  base  of  knowledge  for  nursing 
practice.  Research  studies,  taken  from  the 
health  care  literature,  which  address  questions 
of  impact  to  nursing  will  serve  as  foci  for  dis- 
cussion throughout  the  term.  Research  designs 
and  related  statistical  procedures  will  be  exam- 
ined in  terms  of  their  appropriateness  for  ad- 
dressing various  nursing  problems.  Small-scale 
research  projects  will  be  carried  out  in  order  to 
facilitate  acquisition  of  desired  skills.  (Wolfe 
and  Faculty) 

NURS  815  Advanced  Seminar  in  Nursing 
Research  (3)  Emphasis  is  on  use  of  pre-  and 
quasi-experimental  designs  and  related  statistical 
procedures  for  the  study  of  nursing  problems. 
Included  are  evaluation  research  strategies,  is- 
sues of  research  control  in  field  settings  and 
major  sampling  procedures.  Prerequisites  or 
concurrent:  NURS  813,  COMP  601  or  equiva- 
lent. (Prescott) 

NURS  818  Special  Topics  in  Nursing  Re- 
search (1-3)  A  directed  individually  planned 
research  experience  which  provides  doctoral  stu- 
dents the  opportunity  to  work  collaboratively 
with  a  faculty  member  on  an  ongoing  research 
project.  Specific  requirements  and  credit  are  de- 
termined by  contractual  agreement;  repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  6  credits.  (Faculty) 

NURS  888  Special  Problems  in  Direct 
Nursing  (1-3)  Students  select  a  topic  of  partic- 
ular professional  interest  within  the  sphere  of 
direct  nursing,  to  be  studied  with  a  graduate 
faculty  member  with  special  competence  in  the 


subject  area.  Specific  objectives  and  require- 
ments are  determined  by  contractual  agreement 
prior  to  registration.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum 
of  6  credits.  (Faculty) 

NURS  898  Special  Problems  in  Indirect 
Nursing  (1-3)  Students  select  a  topic  of  pro- 
fessional interest  within  the  sphere  of  indirect 
nursing,  to  be  studied  with  a  graduate  faculty 
member  with  special  competence  in  the  subject 
area.  Specific  objectives  and  requirements  are 
determined  by  contractual  agreement  prior  to 
registration.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
credits.  (Faculty) 

NURS  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search (1-12)  \ariable  credit  (Faculty) 

NPHY  421,  422  Principles  of  Human 
Physiology  (3,  3)  Required  for  students  ma- 
joring in  maternal  and  child  nursing.  Open  to 
all  other  students  (Urbaitis) 

NPHY  480  Human  Physiology  (3)  The  focus 
of  this  course  is  directed  toward  the  study  of 
selected  areas  in  normal  human  physiology. 
Emphasis  is  given  to  analysis  of  normal  func- 
tion at  the  cellular  and  organ  levels.  Major  reg- 
ulatory and  integrative  mechanisms  of  the  body 
are  elaborated  to  elucidate  body  function.  This 
course  expands  upon  a  basic  knowledge  of 
physiology.  (Faculty) 

NPHY  610  Methods  and  Principles  of  Ap- 
plied Physiology  I  (3)  The  first  of  two  se- 
quential courses  designed  to  provide  the  student 
with  a  deeper  base  of  scientific  knowledge  that 
correlates  physiology  and  corresponding  altera- 
tions to  a  process  of  clinical  diagnosis  and  man- 
agement. The  course  elaborates  upon  specific 
pathophysiologic  principles  and  a  study  of  dis- 
ease entities.  It  also  provides  exercises  in  apply- 
ing epidemiological  knowledge  in  clinical  prac- 
tice and  preventive  health  settings.  Prerequisite: 
NPHY  480.  (Faculty) 

NPHY  611  Methods  and  Principles  of  Ap- 
plied Physiology  II  (3)  The  last  of  two  se- 
quential courses  designed  to  provide  the  student 
with  an  indepth  base  of  scientific  knowledge 
that  correlates  physiology  and  corresponding  al- 
terations to  a  process  of  clinical  diagnosis  and 
management.  The  course  elaborates  upon  spe- 
cific pathophysiologic  entities  and  study  of  dis- 
ease entities.  It  also  provides  exercises  in  apply- 
ing epidemiological  knowledge  in  clinical 
practice  and  preventive  health  settings.  Prereq- 
uisite: NPHY  480  and  NPHY  610.  (Faculty) 


58 


CONTINUING  EDUCATION 
PROGRAM 


59 


The  Continuing  Education  Program  is  designed 
to  facilitate  the  life-long  learning  process  of  in- 
dividual nurses  and  provides  an  essential  bridge 
between  the  School  of  Nursing  and  the  nursing 
community  in  Maryland.  The  program  offers 
workshops,  short  courses  and  seminars  which 
build  upon  the  basic  preparation  of  the  regis- 
tered nurse  and  serve  to  enhance  or  update 
knowledge  and  professional  competence  in  the 
delivery  of  health  services.  Aware  of  the  ex- 
panding decision  making  responsibilities  now 
confronting  nurses,  the  program  provides  for 
opportunities  to  learn  about  new  concepts  in 
professional  nursing,  and  bring  participants  into 
dialogue  with  colleagues  in  the  nursing  profes- 
sion as  well  as  experts  in  related  fields. 

Activities  are  coordinated  with  other  profes- 
sional groups,  institutions  and  health  related 
agencies  in  the  state  to  encourage  cooperative 
planning  and  interprofessional  programming. 
Regional  committees  consisting  of  nurses  in 
western  and  southern  Maryland  and  the  Eastern 


Shore  assist  with  identification  of  continuing  ed- 
ucation needs  and  participate  in  planning  and 
implementing  individual  offerings  in  those  re- 
gions. 

The  School  of  Nursing  Committee  for  Con- 
tinuing Education  serves  in  an  advisory  capacity 
for  program  development  and  evaluation.  Fac- 
ulty members  participate  in  planning  for  and 
teaching  in  specific  offerings  and  serve  as  con- 
sultants as  appropriate. 

The  Interprofessional  Council  for  Continuing 
Education,  UMAB,  is  composed  of  the  Direc- 
tors of  Continuing  Education  in  the  six  profes- 
sional schools.  The  number  and  scope  of  in- 
terprofessional offerings  has  increased  con- 
siderably as  a  result  of  the  Council's  activities. 

Appropriate  continuing  education  units 
(CEU'S)  based  upon  guidelines  and  criteria  es- 
tablished by  the  National  Task  Force  on  the 
Continuing  Education  Unit  are  awared  to  partic- 
ipants completing  offerings  sponsored  or  co- 
sponsored  by  the  School  of  Nursing. 


60 


ADMINISTRATION 
AND  FACULTY 


61 


Administration 

Board  of  Regents 

The  Hon.  Joseph  D.  Tydings.  Chairman,  1984 

Mr.  Allen  L.  Schwait,  Vice  Chairman,  1984 

Mr.  A.  Paul  Moss.  Secretary,  1983 

Mrs.  Mar)  H.  Broadwater.  Treasurer,  1983 

Mrs.  Constance  C.  Stuart.  Assistant  Secretary,  1985 

Mr.  David  K.  Fram.  Assistant  Treasurer.  1983 

The  Hon.  Wayne  A.  Caw  ley.  Jr..  Ex  Officio 

Mr.  A.  James  Clark.  1986 

Mr.  Ralph  W.  Frey.  1986 

Mr.  Frank  A.  Gunther.  Jr..  1987 

The  Hon.  Blair  Lee.  IU.  1985 

Mr.  Clarence  M.  Mitchell.  Jr..  1987 

Mr.  Peter  F.  O'Malley,  1985 

Mr.  Neil  W.  Randall.  1983 

Mr.  John  W.  T.  Webb 


University  of  Maryland  Central 
Administration 

President:  John  S.  Toll.  B.S..  Yale  University  1944: 
A.M..  Princeton  University,  1948:  Ph.D..  Princeton 
University.  1952. 

Executive  Vice  President:  Kenneth  W.  Ford.  A.B.. 
Harvard  University,  1948:  Ph.D..  Princeton  Univer- 
sity, 1953. 

Acting  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs:  David  S. 
Sparks.  B.S..  Grinnel  College.  1944;  M.A..  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago.  1945:  Ph.D..  University  of  Chi- 
cago. 1951. 

Vice  President  for  Agricultural  Affairs  and  Legislative 
Relations:  Frank  L.  Bentz.  Jr..  B.S..  Universit)  of 
Maryland.  1942:  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland. 
1952. 

Vice  President  for  General  Administration:  Warren 
W  Brandt.  B.S..  Michigan  State  University,  1944: 
Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois.  1949. 

Vice  President  for  University  Relations:  Robert  G. 
Smith.  B.S..  State  University  of  New  York.  1952: 
M.A.,  Ohio  University,  1956. 
Acting  Vice  President  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Re- 
search: Robert  E.  Menzer.  B.S..  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1960:  M.S..  University  of  Maryland. 
1962:  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1964.' 
Assistant  to  the  President:  W.  Jackson  Stenger.  A.B.. 
Wishington  College.  1949:  M.A..  Georgetown  Uni- 
versity. 1959:  Ph.D..  Georgetown  University.  1965. 

Assistant  to  the  President:  Earl  S.  Richardson.  B.A.. 
Maryland  State  College.  1965:  M.S..  Universit)  of 
Pennsylvania.  1973;  D.Ed..  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1976. 

Associate  Vice  President  for  Universit}  Relations: 
Leo  E.  Geier.  A.B..  Universit)  of  Nebraska.  1950. 
Associate  Vice  President  for  Development:  Patricia  P. 
Purcell.  B.A..  Wells  College.  1966:  M.Ed..  Boston 
University.  1967. 


University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore 
Administration 

Chancellor: 
Dr.  T.  Albert  Farmer 
Executive  Assistant  to  the  Chancellor: 
Roy  Borom 

Special  Assistant  to  the  Chancellor: 
Dr.  Malinda  B.  Orlin 
Vice  Chancellor  for  Health  Affairs: 
Dr.  John  M.  Dennis 
Vice  Cliancellor  for  the  Medical  System: 
Dr.  Morton  I.  Rapoport 

Associate  Vice  Chancellor  for  General  Administra- 
tion: 

Dr.  George  Stuehler 

Associate  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs: 
Dr.  Louis  J.  Murdock 
Director,  Admissions  and  Registrations: 
Wayne  A.  Smith 

Director,  Budget  Office: 
James  T.  Hill 

Director,  Health  Sciences  Library: 

Cyril  H.  Feng 

Coordinator,  Office  of  Residence  Life: 

Nadine  Lomakin 

Director,  Office  of  Institutional  Advancement: 

Dr.  Frederick  J.  Ramsay 

Director,  Institutional  Research: 
Paul  A.  Davalli 

Director,  Personnel  Services: 

Fred  G.  Bank 

Director,  Facilities  Management: 

Richard  Vicens 

Director,  Professional  Schools  Computer  Center: 

Donn  A.  Lewis 

Director,  Student  Financial  Aid: 

James  H.  Nolan 

Director.  Campus  Health  Services: 
Dr.  Robert  Evans 

Special  Assistant  to  the  Vice  Chancellor: 
G.  Bruce  McFadden 

University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore— Deans 

Dean,  Dental  School:  Errol  L.  Reese.  B.S..  Fair- 
mont State  College.  1960;  M.S..  University  of  De- 
troit. 1968;  D.D.S.,  University  of  West  Virginia. 
1963. 

Dean  (Acting),  Graduate  School  and  Interprofes- 
sional Studies:  Ross  W  I.  Kessel.  M.B..  B.S..  Uni- 
versity of  London.  1956;  Ph.D..  Rutgers.  The  State 
University.  1960. 

Dean.  School  of  Law ::  Michael  J.  Kelly.  B.A.. 
Princeton  University.  1959;  Ph.D..  Cambridge  Uni- 
versity. 1964:  LLb..  Yale  Law  School.  1967. 
Dean,  School  of  Medicine:  John  M.  Dennis.  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1943:  M.D..  1945. 


62 


Decvi,  School  of  Nursing:  Nan  B.  Hechenberger. 
B.S..  Villanova  University.  1956:  M.S..  The  Catho- 
lic Universitj  of  America,  1959;  Ph.D..  1974;  RN 
Dean.  School  of  Pharmacy:  William  J.  Kinnard.  Jr.. 
B.S..  Universitv  of  Pittsburgh.  1953;  M.S..  1955; 
Ph.D..  Purdue  University,  1957. 
Demi.  School  ofSo<ial  Vlfork  and  Community  Pkm- 
ning:  Ruth  H.  Young.  A.B..  Wellesley  College. 
1944;  M.S.S.W..  The  Catholic  University  of  Amer- 
ica. 1949;  D.S.W..  1965. 

School  of  Nursing  Administration 

Nan  B.  Hechenberger,  Dean  and  Professor  B.S.. 
Villanova  University  1956:  M.S..  The  Catholic 
University  of  America,  1959;  Ph.D..  1974:  (RN) 

Frieda  M.  Holt,  Associate  Dean  for  Graduate 
Studies  and  Professor  B.S..  University  of  Colo- 
rado. 1956:  M.S..  Boston  University  1969; 
Ed.D..  1973:  (RN) 

Rachel  Z.  Booth, Associate  Dean  for  Undergradu- 
ate Studies  and  Associate  Professor  B.S..  Uni\er- 
sitv  of  Marvland.  1968:  M.S..  1970  Ph.D.. 
1978;  (RN)' 

Ann  S.  Madison,  Assistant  Dean  for  Academic 
Services  and  Associate  Professor  B.S..  University 
of  Maryland.  1962;  M.S..  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. 1964;  Ph.D..  University  of  Marvland. 
1973:  (RN) 

Barbara  Byfield,  Acting  Assistant  Dean  for  Con- 
tinuing Education  and  Faculty  Development  B.S.. 
D'Youville  College.  1967:  M.S..  University  of 
California.  197lf(RXt 

Helen  R.  Kohler,  Director.  Outreach  Projects  and 
Associate  Professor  B.S..  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. 1960:  M.S..  University  of  Minnesota. 
1962:  Ph.D..  University  of  North  Carolina. 
1974;  (RN) 

Elizabeth  R.  Lenz,  Director.  Doctoral  Program 
and  Associate  Professor  B.S.N..  DePauvv  Univer- 
sity. 1964:  M.S..  Boston  College.  1967:  Ph.D.. 
Universitv  of  Delaware.  1976:  (RN) 

Ada  Jacox,  Director.  Center  for  Research  and 
Professor  B.S..  Columbia  University.  1959: 
M.S..  Wayne  State  University.  1965:  Ph.D..  Case 
Western  Reserve  University.  1969;  (RN) 

Barbara  Spivak,  Director  of  Student  Services 
A.B..  Michigan  Suite  University.  1965;  M.S.. 
1969 

Brian  Naughton,  Director.  Nursing  Media  Center 
and  Assistant  Professor  B.S..  State  University  of 
New  York.  1970:  M.A..  Ohio  State  Universitv. 
1971 

Judith  Court,  Director.  Admissions  and  Academic 
Progressions  and  Assistant  Professor  B.A..  State 
Universitv  of  New  York  City,  Albanv.  1971: 
M.A..  Columbia  University.'  1972;  Ed.D..  1979. 

Donna  Aguilera,  Chairperson.  Psychiatric  Nurs- 
ing and  Professor  B.S..  University  of  California. 
Los  Anseles.  1963:  M.S..  1965:'Ph.D..  Univer- 


sitv of  Southern  California.  Los  Angeles.  1974: 
(RN) 

Hazle  Blakeney,  Chairperson.  Career  Develop- 
ment and  Professor  B.S..  Kansas  State  College. 
1946:  M.S..  Teacher's  College.  Columbia  Uni- 
versity  1953;  Ed.D..  1967;  (RN) 

M.  Virginia  Ruth,  Chairperson.  Community 
Health.  Maternal  Child  and  Primary  Care  Nurs- 
ing and  Associate  Professor  B.S..  Georgetown 
University.  1953:  M.S..  Yale  University  1961: 
Dr.  PH..  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1976;  (RN) 
Certified  Nurse  Midwife 

Betty  Shubkagel,  Chairperson.  Medical  Surgical. 
Gerontological  and  Trauma/  Critical  Care  Nursing 
and  Professor  B.S..  University  of  Maryland. 
1954;  M.N..  Emory  University.  1957:Ph.D.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1976;  (RN) 

RoAnne  Dahlen,  Chairperson.  Registered  Nurse 
Program  and  Assistant  Professor  B.S..  Columbia 
University.  1961:  M.A..  New  York  University. 
1964:  D.N.Sc.  The  Catholic  University  of 
America.  1980:  (RN) 

Lesley  Perry,  Acting  Chairperson.  Senior  Year  and 
Assistant  Professor  B.S.N. .  Roberts  Wesleyan 
College.  1966;  M.S..  Boston  University.  1969: 
(RNf 

Mary  Rapson,  Chairperson  Junior  Year  and  As- 
sistant Professor  B.S..  University  of  Marvland. 
1961.  M.S..  1967:  Ph.D..  1980  (RN) 

Doreen  C.  Harper,  Chairperson.  Undergraduate 
Expansion  UMBC  and  Assistant  Professor: 
B.S.N:  Cornell  University.  1971;  M.S.N..  Catho- 
lic University  of  America,  1974;  Ph.D..  Univer- 
sitv of  Maryland.  1980:  (RN) 

Nurses'  Alumni  Association 

Officers  for  1980-81 

Catherine  Kerr.  President 

Carolann  L.  Engler.  First  Vice  Pr. 

Thelma  Kleckner.  Second  Vice  President 

Margaret  Carrozza.  Secretary 

Elaine  Crow.  Treasurer 

Board  of  Directors 

Jean  Warfield  Donnelly 

Claire  Greenhouse 

Carla  Miller 

Debbie  Barton 


63 


Faculty 

University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing 

Acuff,  Mathilda,  Instructor  (Psychiatric-Mental 

Health  Nursing)  B.S.N. .  Medical  College  of  Vir- 
ginia. 1965;  M.S..  Virginia  Commonwealth  Uni- 
versity, 1975:  (RN) 

Adams,  Deborah,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric 
Nursing)  B.S.N..  University  of  Virginia.  1976: 
M.S.N. ,  University  of  North  Carolina.  1980: 
(RN) 

Afkari,  Elizabeth,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Maternal 
and  Child)  B.S.N. .  Columbia  University,  1958: 
M.Ed..  1967:  (RN) 

Aguilera,  Donna,  Chairperson,  Psychiatric  Nurs- 
ing  and  Professor,  B.S..  University  of  California. 
Los  Angeles.  1963:  M.S..  1965:  Ph.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Southern  California.  Los  Angeles.  1974: 
(RN) 

Arnold,  Elizabeth  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nurs- 
ing (Psychiatric  Nursing)  B.S..  Georgetown  Uni- 
versity, 1961;  M.S..  Catholic  University  of 
America.  1964;  (RN) 

Await,  Kathleen  A.,  Instructor  of  Primary  Care 
Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S..  Villanova  Uni- 
versity. 1971:  M.S..  University  of  Colorado. 
1976:'  (RN) 

Baldwin,  Beverly,  Assistant  Professor  of  Geronto- 
logical Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.N.. 
Northwestern  State  University,  1966:  M.S..  Uni- 
versity of  Iowa.  1970;  M.A.,  University  of  New 
Orleans.  1975:  (RN) 

Baldwin,  Mary  Ann,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Fam- 
ily Health  Nursing)  B.S.N. .  Duquesne  University, 
1970:  M.S..  Catholic  University.  1981:  (RN) 

Bausell,  R.  Barker,  Associate  Professor.  Center 
for  Research  B.S..  University  of  Delaware.  1968: 
Ph.  D..  1976 

Bayne,  Marilyn,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Medical  and  Surgical)  B.S..  University  of  Mary- 
land. 1974:  M.S..  1977:  (RN) 

Bertsch,  Coleen,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Family 
Nurse  Clinician)  B.S.N. .  University  of  Tennes- 
see. 1962:  M.S.N. .  Mississippi  University  for 
Women.  1977:  (RN) 

Blakeney,  Hazle  E.,  Chairperson,  Career  Devel- 
opment and  Professor  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.. 
Kansas  State  College.  1944:  M.A..  Teachers  Col- 
lege. Columbia  University.  1961;  Ed.D..  1967: 
(RN) 

Boland,  Barbara,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing)  B.S..  Catherine 
Spaulding  College.  1960:  M.S..  University  of 
Maryland,  1973-  (RN) 

Booth,  Rachel  Z.,  Associate  Dean  for  Undergrad- 
uate Studies  and  Associate  Professor.  B.S..  Uni- 
versity  of  Maryland,  1968:  M.S..  1970:  Ph.D.. 
1978:' (RN) 

Braun,  Rita,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing,  Career 
Development  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.N..  St. 


Louis  University.  1964:  M.S.N..  The  Catholic 
University.  1966:  (RN) 

Brooks,  Naomi,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Community  Health  Nursing)  B.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1961;  M.S..  1976:  (RN) 

Brophy,  Merril  C,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric 
Nursing)  B.S..  Western  Reserve  University.  1966; 
M.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1978:  (RN) 

Brownell,  Ruth,  Instructor  q)  Nursing  (Primary 
Care  Nursing)  B.S.  University  of  Maryland. 
1979:  M.S.."  1981:  (RN) 

Brunger,  Judith,  Instructor  of  Nursing 

(Psychiatric-Mental  Health  Nursing)  B.S.  Duke 
University.  1969:  M.S.N.  Catholic  University  of 
America.  1979;  (RN) 

Byfield,  Barbara,  Acting  Assistant  Dean  for  Con- 
tinuing Education  and  Faculty  Development  and 
Assistant  Professor.  B.S..  D'Youville  College. 
1969;  M.S..  University  of  California,  San  Fran- 
cisco. 1971;  (RN) 

Cain,  Ann  M.,  Professor  Psychiatric  Nursing 
(Graduate  Program)  B.S..  Ohio  State  University. 
1956:  M.S..  University  of  Colorado.  1959: 
Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1972:  (RN) 

Campbell,  Kathleen,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pedi- 
atric Nursing)  B.S.N. .  University  of  Maryland. 
1973:  M.S..  1980:  (RN) 

Cardinale,  Sandra,  Assistant  Professor  Nursing 
(Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing)  B.S..  University 
of  Maryland.  1959;  M.S..  1975:  (RN) 

Carson,  Verna  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing)  B.S..  University  of  Maty- 
land.  1968:  M.S..  1973:  (RN) 

Cassidy,  Jean  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Maternal  Child  Nursing)  B.S.N. .  St.  Anselm's 
College.  1964:  M.P.H..  John's  Hopkins  Univer- 
sity. 1973;  Dr.  RH;  1981  (RN)  Certified  Nurse 
Midwife 

Chichester,  Myra,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Maternity  Nursing)  B.S.N..  Columbia  Univer- 
sity. 1957:  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1971. 
(RN) 

Cogliano.  Janet,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical 
and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1965;  M.S.N..  Catholic 
University  of  America.  1975;  D.N.Sc.  Catholic 
University  of  America.  1981.  (RN) 

Court,  Judith  A.,  Assistant  Professor.  Director  of 
Admissions  and  Academic  Progressions.  B.A., 
State  University  of  New  York  City.  Albany,  1971: 
M.A..  Columbia  University,  1972:  Ed.D..  1979 

Cusson,  Regina,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Maternal 
and  Child)  B.S..  St.  Joseph's  College.  1971: 
M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1978:  (RN) 

Dahlen,  RoAnne,  Chairperson,  Registered  Nurse 
Program  and  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing,  B.S.. 
Columbia  University.  1961:  M.A..  New  York 
University.  1964:  D.N.Sc.  Catholic  University  of 
America,  1980:  (RN) 


64 


Damrosch,  Shirley  P.,  Assistant  Professor,  Center 
for  Research  B.A..  Ohio  State  University,  1954; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota.  1975 

DeLuca,  Kathleen  E.,  Instructor  of  Nursing 

(Medical-Surgieal  Nursing)  B.S.N. .  St.  Louis 
University.  1971;  M.S.N. .  Catholic  University 
1977;  (RN) 

Edmunds,  Marilyn,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary 
Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.. 
Brighman  Young  University.  1964;  M.S..  DePaul 
University.  1970;  (RN) 

Eells,  Mary  Ann,  Associate  Professor  of  Commu- 
nity Health  Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.. 
State  Universit)  of  New  York.  1955;  M.S..  Uni- 
versity of  Rochester,  1968;  Ed.D..  1970;  (RN) 

Emrich,  Carol,  Instructor  of  Medical  and  Surgical 
Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1970;  M.S.,  1974:  (RN) 

Feroli,  Kathleen,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric 
Nursing)  B.S.N. .  Universitv  of  Maryland.  1973; 
M.S..  1980;  (RN) 

**Fischman,  Susan,  Associate  Professor  of  Ma- 
ternal and  Child  Nursing  (Graduate  Pmgram) 
B.S.N. ,  University  of  Michigan.  1957;  M.P.H., 
Johns  Hopkins  Universitv.  1965;  Dr.  PH..  1974; 
(RN)  Certified  Nurse  Midwife 

Fishbein,  Eileen  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nurs- 
ing (Maternal-Child  Nursing)  B.S.N. ,  University 
of  Maryland.  1958;  M.S..  1959;  D.N.Sc,  Cath- 
olic University  of  America.  1981:  (RN) 

Fitzgerald,  Sheila,  T,  Instructor  of  Primary  Care 
Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.N. .  University 
of  Wisconsin.  1968;  M.S.N..  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1973;  (RN) 

Fontaine,  Dorothy,  Instructor  of  Medical  and  Sur- 
gical Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.,  Villanova 
University.  1972;  M.S..  Universit)'  of  Maryland, 
1977;  (RN) 

Fortier,  Julie  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Maternity  Nursing)  B.S..  Medical  College  of 
Georgia.  1966:  M.S..  Universitv  of  Marvland. 
1968;  (RN) 

'Fortna,  Nancy,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Nursing  of 
Children)  B.S.N. .  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
1964;  M.S.N. .  1966:  (RN) 

*  Fritz,  Winona,  Assistant  Professor  Nursing,  Career 
Development  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.N.,  Univer- 
sity of  Missouri.  1968;  M.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1977:  (RN) 

Fuller,  Antonia  K.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing)  B.S..  University  of  Colo- 
rado. 1968;  M.S..  Universitv  of  Marvland,  1973; 
(RN) 

Gerardi,  Ruth,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and 
Surgical  Nursing)  B.S.N. .  Widener  University. 
1971;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1970;  (RN) 

Gift,  Audrey,  Assistant  Professor  (Medical-Surgical 
Nursing)  B.S.N. .  Teachers  College.  Columbia 
University.  1967:  University  of  Pennsvlvania. 
1969;  (RN) 


Giles,  Lois  A.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric 
Nursing)  B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1975; 
M.S..  1977;  (RN) 

Gipe,  Florence  M.,  Dean  Emerita  B.S..  Catholic 
Universitv  of  America.  1937:  M.S.,  University 
of  Pennsylvania.  1940:  Ed.D..  University  of 
Maryland.  1952:  (RN) 

* 'Gordon,  Dorothy  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medi- 
cal and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.N. .  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1963;  M.S.. 
New  York  University.  1968:  D.N.Sc.  The  Cath- 
olic University  of  America,  1975;  (RN) 

Gray,  Peggy,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Gerontological 
Nursing)  B.S..  University  of  Virginia.  1969; 
Ohio  State  University,  1973;  (RN) 

Grimm,  Patricia  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nurs- 
ing (Psychiatric  Nursing)  B.S..  University  of 
Connecticut.  1964:  M.S..  Catholic  University. 
1976:  (RN) 

Guberski,  Thomasine,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pri- 
mary Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.. 
American  International  College.  1964;  M.S., 
University  of  Michigan.  1969.  (RN) 

Gunnett,  Ann  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing)  B.S.,  University 
of  Maryland.  1968;  M.S..  Case  Western  Reserve 
University:  1975;  (RN) 

Hale,  Shirley  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing)  B.S..  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania. 1957:  M.S.,  Universitv  of  Maryland, 
I960;  Ph.D..  1974:  (RN) 

Hall,  Pamela  S.,  Instructor  of  Medical-Surgical 
Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S..  Universitv  of 
Maryland.  1974:  M.S..  1980:  (RN) 

Hardman,  Margaret  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of 
Nursing  (Maternity  Nursing)  B.S..  University  of 
Oregon.  1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Marvland. 
1972:  (RN) 

Harper,  Doreen  C,  Chairperson,  Undergraduate 
Expansion  UMBC  and  Assistant  Professor; 
B.S.N. ,  Cornell  University.  1971;  M.S.N. .  Cath- 
olic University  of  America.  1974;  Ph.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1980:  (RN) 

*  Harvey,  Ann  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical 
and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1964:  M.S..  1967:  (RN) 

Hechenberger,  Nan  B.,  Dean  and  Professor 
B.S..  Villanova  University.  1956;  M.S..  The 
Catholic  University  of  America.  1959;  Ph.D.. 
1974:  (RN) 

Heller,  Barbara,  Associate  Professor,  Career  De- 
velopment, (Graduate  Program)  B.S..  Boston  Uni- 
versity 1962;  M.S.N. .  Adelphi  University,  1966; 
Ed.  M..  Teachers  College.  Columbia  University, 
1971:  Ed.  D..  1973:  (RN) 

*Hicks,  Johnnye  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mater- 
nal and  Child  Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.. 
Winston-Salem  University.  1961:  M.S..  Yale  Uni- 
versity. 1965:  (RN)  Certified  Nurse  Midwife 

Holt,  Frieda  M.,  Associate  Dean  for  Graduate 
Studies  and  Professor  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.. 


65 


University  of  Colorado,  1956;  M.S..  Boston  Uni- 
versity. 1969;  Ed.D..  1973;  (RN) 

Horensky,  Judith  L.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Com- 
munity Health  Nursing)  B.S.N. ,  University  of 
Pittsburgh,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland. 
1978;  (RN) 

Ignatavicius,  Donna  D.,  Instructor  of  Nursing 
(Medical-Surgical  Nursing)  B.S.N.,  University  of 
Maryland.  1976:  M.S..  1981;  (RN) 

Jacox,  Ada,  Director,  Center  for  Research  and 
Professor  B.S..  Columbia  University,  1959; 
M.S.,  Wayne  State  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Case 
Western  Reserve  University.  1969;  (RN) 

Jarrett,  Grace,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing,  Ca- 
reer Development:  Clinical  Specialization  (Gradu- 
ate Program)  B.S.N. ,  Hunter  College.  1973: 
M.A..  Columbia  University.  1974;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1979;  (RN) 

**  Jones,  L.  Colette,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary- 
Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S..  Univer- 
sity of  Nebraska.  1958;  M.S..  The  Catholic  Uni- 
versity of  America,  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1978;  (RN) 

Kennedy,  Patrica  H.,  Assistant  Professor  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing)  B.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1962;  M.S..  1963;  (RN) 

Kleeman,  Karen  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medi- 
cal and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  Columbia  Union  College,  1968;  M.S., 
University  of  Colorado,  1971:  (RN) 

Klemm,  Paula  R.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing)  B.S.N. ,  Stoney  Brook  Univer- 
sity, 1976;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1981; 
(RN) 

**Kohler,  Helen  R.,  Director,  Outreach  Projects  and 
Associate  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community 
Health  Nursing)  B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylva- 
nia, 1960:  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1962; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina.  1974;  (RN) 

Krauss,  Nancy  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing)  B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity. 1965;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1967;  (RN) 

Kreider,  Mildred  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Medi- 
cal and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.N. .  Goshen  College,  1958;  M.S..  University 
of  Maryland,  1968;  Ph.D..  1976;  (RN) 

Lamm,  Naomi  H.,  Inst nictor  of  Nursing  (Maternal 
Child  Nursing)  B.S.N. ,  University  of  Maryland, 
1976;  M.S.,  1981;  (RN) 

Leidy,  Susan,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and 
Surgical  Nursing)  B.S..  Elizabethtown  College, 
1970;  M.S.N. ,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1972: 
(RN) 

Lenz,  Elizabeth  R.,  Director  of  Doctoral  Program 
and  Associate  Professor  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.N. ,  DePauw  University.  1964;  M.S..  Boston 
College,  1967;  Ph.D..  University  of  Delaware. 
1976;  (RN) 

Linthicum,  Louise  R.,  Associate  Professor  of 
Nursing  (Maternal  and  Child  Nursing)  B.S., 


Johns  Hopkins  University.  1959:  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland.  1964;  Ph.D..  1975:  (RN) 

Liscik,  Eileen,  Instructor  (Pediatric  Nursing) 
B.S.N..  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1973;  M.S. 
Catholic  University  of  America,  1977:  (RN) 

Marshall,  Mary  Jo,  Instructor  (Pediatric  Nursing) 
B.S.N. .  University  of  Maryland.  1969;  M.S.N., 
University  of  Texas,  1976;  (RN) 

McBee,  Betty  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Maternity  Nursing)  B.S..  University  of  Mary- 
land. 1967;  M.S..  1971;  (RN) 

**McElroy,  Evelyn  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psy- 
chiatric Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S..  Uni- 
versity of  Colorado,  1961;  M.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1966;  Ph.D..  1973:  (RN) 

McEntee,  Margaret  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of 
Nursing  (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing)  B.S.,  Se- 
ton  Hall  University.  1968;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1973:  (RN) 

McFadden,  Ellen  A.,    Assistant  Professor  of  Nurs- 
ing (Psychiatric  Nursing)  B.S.,  University  of  Vir- 
ginia, 1973;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1974;  (RN) 

McGurn,  Wealtha  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Pri- 
mary Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.N.. 
University  of  Vermont,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1965;  M.A.,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1976; 
(RN) 

McKinney,  Denise,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical 
and  Surgical  Nursing)  B.S..  University  of  Dela- 
ware, 1973;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1978;  (RN) 

Madison,  Ann,  Assistant  Dean  for  Academic  Sen- 
ices  and  Associate  Professor  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylva- 
nia, 1964;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1973; 
(RN) 

Maguire,  Maureen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary 
Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.N. ,  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania,  1969;  M.S.N.,  1971; 
(RN) 

Marsan  Mosely,  H.  Jewel,  Associate  Professor  of 
Medical  atul  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959;  M.S..  1963; 
(RN) 

Maurer,  Frances,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical 
and  Surgical  Nursing)  B.S..  California  State  Uni- 
versity, 1977;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1979;  (RN) 

Melcolm,  Norma  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nurs- 
ing (Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing)  B.S.,  Medical 
College  of  Georgia,  1966;  M.S..  University  of 
Maryland,  1969:  (RN) 

'Micka,  Georgia,  Instructor  of  Primary  Care  Nurs- 
ing (Graduate  Program)  B.S..  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1966;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1979; 
(RN) 

Miller,  Cynthia,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and 
Surgical  Nursing)  B.S.N. .  University  of  Mary- 
land. 1976;  M.S.,  1981;  (RN) 


66 


Miller,  Patricia,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical  and 
Surgical  Nursing)  B.S..  Loyola  College.  1974; 
B.sT.  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1977;  M.S.. 
University  of  Maryland,  1979;  (RN) 

Montana,  Joanne,  D.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pe- 
diatric Nursing)  B.S.N. .  University  of  Pittsburg. 
1973;  Catholic  University  of  America.  1980; 
(RN) 

Morgan,  Ann,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psy- 
chiatric Nursing)  B.S.N. .  Catholic  University  of 
America.  I960;  M.S.N. .  1971;  (RN) 

Moser,  Rose  Marie,  Counselor  B. A.,  University 
of  Pennsylvania.  1976;  M.S..  1977;  Ph.D.,  1981 

Murphy,  Marion  I.,  Dean  Emerita  B.S..  Univer- 
sity of  Minnesota.  1936;  M.P.H..  University  of 
Michigan.  1946;  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan, 
1959:  (RN) 

Nalven,  Lynne,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Maternal 
Child  Nursins)  B.S.N. ,  University  of  Maryland. 
1975;  M.S..  1977;  (RN) 

Naughton,  Brian,  Director.  Nursing  Media  Center 
and  Assistant  Professor  B.S..  State  University  of 
New  York.  1970;  M.A..  Ohio  State  University. 
1971 

Neal,  Margaret  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing)  B.S..  Southern  Missionary 
College.  1965;  M.S.N. ,  Catholic  University  of 
America.  1970;  (RN) 

Neal,  Mary  V.,  Professor  of  Maternal  and  Child 
Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1949;  M.  Litt..  University  of  Pins- 
burgh.  1952;  Ph.D..  New  York  University,  1968: 
(RN) 

Neff,  Phyllis,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Maternal- 
Child)  B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1976: 
M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1979.  1979  (RN) 

*Niklewski,  Roberta,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nurs- 
ing (Psychiatric  Nursing)  B.S.N. .  St.  Joseph  Col- 
lege. 1972;  M.S.N. .  University  of  Maryland. 
1975:  (RN) 

Northrop,  Cynthia  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of 
Community  Health  Nursing  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S..  Columbia  Union  College.  1972;  M.S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1975;  J.D.,  University 
of  Baltimore.  1979;  (RN) 

O'Brien,  Maureen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing)  B.S..  Boston  College. 
1964:  M.A..  Boston  University.  1967:  (RN) 

O'Connor,  Catherine  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of 
Gerontological  Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1975:  M.S..  1977:  (RN) 

O'Mara,  Ann  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing)  B.S.N. .  State 
University  of  New  York.  1972:  M.S.N..  Catholic 
University  of  America.  1977:  (RN) 

Parker,  Barbara  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing)  B.S..  University  of  Illinois. 
1968:  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1972:  (RN) 

Perry,  Lesley,  Acting  Chairperson,  Senior  Year  and 
Assistant  Professor  (Pediatric  Nursing)  B.S.N. . 


Robert  Wesleyan  College.  1966;  M.S..  Boston 
University.  1969;  (RN) 

Phillips,  May  E.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Maternity 
Nursing)  B.S..  University  of  Vermont,  1960; 
M.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1980;  (RN) 

Prescott,  Patricia,  Associate  Professor  of  Nursing, 
Center  for  Research  B.S..  University  of  Califor- 
nia. 1965:  M.S..  1967;  M.A.,  University  of 
Denver.  1974;  Ph.D..  1977;  (RN) 

Proulx,  Joseph  R.,  Professor,  Career  Develop- 
ment: Administration  of  Nursing  (Graduate  Pro- 
gram) B.S..  University  of  Bridgeport.  1961: 
M.S.N.,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1966: 
Ed.D..  Teachers  College.  Columbia  University, 
1972;  (RN) 

Quinn,  Charlene  Connolly,  Instructor  of  Nurs- 
ing, Career  Development  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.N. ,  Duke  University.  1976;  M.S.N..  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1980;  (RN) 

Rankin,  Elizabeth,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing)  B.S.N. ,  University  of 
Maryland.  1970;  M.S..  1972;  Ph.D..  1979:  (RN) 

Rapson,  Mary,  Chairperson,  Junior  Year,  Assistant 
Professor  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1961: 
M.S..  1967;  Ph.D..  1980:  (RN) 

Rawlings,  Norma  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nurs- 
ing (Maternity  Nursing)  b.S..  Winston-Salem 
University.  1964;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland. 
1968:  (RN) 

Redgraves,  Patricia  C,  Instructor  of  Nursing 
(Maternal  Child  Nursing)  B.S.N. .  University  of 
Maryland.  1975;  M.S.,  1981;  (RN) 

Robinson,  Lisa,  Professor  Psychiatric  Nursing 
(Graduate  Program)  B.S.,  American  University. 
1961:  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1965; 
Ph.D..  1970;  (RN) 

Roblyer,  Jody,  Instructor  (Pediatric  Nursing)  B.S.. 
State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton. 
1977;  M.S.  University  of  Maryland,  1982:  (RN) 

Rogers,  Peggy  P.,  Assistant  Professor,  Center  for 
Research  B.A..  Park  College.  1969;  M.A., 
George  Peabody  College.  1974;  Ph.D..  1976 

Ross,  Linda  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary 
Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.N..  Catho- 
lic University,  1967:  M.A..  Teachers  College, 
Columbia  University.  1974;  (RN) 

Russell,  Sandee  E.,  Instructor  of  Nursing 
(Medical-Surgical  Nursing)  B.S.N. .  Duke  Uni- 
versity. 1973;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland, 
1981;  (RN) 
Ruth,  M.  Virginia,  Chairperson,  Community 
Health,  Maternal  Child  and  Primary  Care  Nursing 
and  Associate  Professor  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.. 
Georgetown  University,  1953;  M.S..  Yale  Univer- 
sity. 1961;  Dr.  PH.,  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
1976;  (RN)  Certified  Nurse  Midwife 

Sands,  Rostta  E,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing)  B.S..  University  oi 
Maryland,  1966:  M.S..  1970;  Ph.D..  Union  Col- 
leges and  Universities.  Cincinnati,  Ohio.  1980: 
(RN) 


67 


Scott,  Doris  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing)  B.S.N. .  Dillard  University, 
1963;  M.S..  Boston  University.  1968:  (RN) 

Scott,  Jessie  M.,  Associate  Professor.  Career  De- 
velopment: Nursing  Health  Policy  (Graduate  Pro- 
gram) B.S..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1943: 
M.A..  Teacher  College.  Columbia  University, 
1949:  (RN) 

Seff,  Sandra,  Assistant  Professor  (Maternity  Nurs- 
ing). B.S.  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1973: 
M.P.H..  1976:  Dr.P.H..  1982:  (RN) 

Shelley,  Sonya  I.,  Professor,  Center  for  Research 
B.S..  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958:  M.Ed.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1971:  Ph.D..  1973 

Shubkagel,  Betty  L.,  Chairperson,  Medical  Sur- 
gical. Gerontological  and  Trauma    Critical  Care 
Nursing  and  Professor  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1954:  M.N..  Emory 
University,  1957:  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland. 
1976:  (RN) 

Simmons,  Valerie,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical 
and  Surgical  Nursing)  B.S..  University  of  Mary- 
land. 1976:  M.S..  1977:  (RN) 

Smith,  Claudia  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Community  Health  Nursing)  B.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1965;  M.P.H..  University  of  North 
Carolina.  1971;  (RN) 

Smith,  Ruth  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing)  A.B..  Asburj 
Collese.  1960:  M.N.Ed..  Universit)  of  Pitts- 
burgh, 1964;  (RN) 

Soeken,  Karen,  Assistant  Professor.  Center  for  Re- 
search B.A..  Valpariso  University.  1965:  M.A.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1970:  Ph.D. 

Sphritz,  Deborah  R.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Med- 
ical and  Surgical  Nursing)  B.S.N..  Universit)  of 
Maryland.  M.S..  1982:  (RN) 

Spivack,  Barbara  J.,  Director  of  Student  Senices 
A.B..  Michigan  State  University.  1965:  M.A.. 
1969 

Stilwell.  Edna,  Assistant  Professor  of  Gerontologi- 
cal Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.N..  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland.  1962:  M.S..  1972;  Ph.D..  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland.  1981;  (RN) 

Strasser,  Judith,  Instructor  of  Community  Health 
Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S..  Villanova  Uni- 
versity. 1970:  M.S..  University  of  Maryland, 
1975:' (RN) 

Strickland,  Ora,  Associate  Professor  Nursing 
(Graduate  Program)  B.S..  North  Carolina  Agri- 
cultural and  Technical  State  University,  1970: 
M.S..  Boston  University,  1972:  Ph.D..  Universit) 
of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro.  1977:  (RN) 

Thomas,  Sue,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical  and 
Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S..  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland.  1969:  M.S..  1972:  Ph.D.. 
1979:"  (RN) 

Ulione,  Margaret  S.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Fam- 
ily Health  Nursing)  B.S.N. .  Columbia  University, 
1975:  M.S.N..  University  of  Akron.  1981:  (RN) 


Uphold,  Constance  R.,  Instuctor  of  Nursing 
(Family  Health  Nursing)  B.S.N. .  Penn  State  Uni- 
versity, 1973:  M.S..  1979;  (RN) 

Urbaitis,  Barbara,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physiol- 
ogy B.A.,  Hunter  College.  1960:  M.A..  1965; 
Ph.D..  Cornell  University,  1968 

Venn,  Mary  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing)  B.S..  University 
of  Virginia.  1964;  M.N..  Emory  University. 
1968;  "(RN) 

Vore,  Anne  L.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric 
Nursing)  B.S..  Medical  College  of  Virginia, 
1967;  M.S..  Ohio  State  University.  1973:  (RN) 

Walker,  Marcus  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Medical 
and  Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.. 
Teachers  College.  Columbia  University.  1957: 
M.S..  1959:  M.P.H..  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
1972;  Sc.D..  1976;  (RN) 

Walleck,  Constance,  Instructor  of  Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S..  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland.  1980:  M.S..  1982:  (RN) 

Waltz,  Carolyn  E,  Coordinator  for  Evaluation  and 
Professor  of  Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland,  1963:  M.S..  1968: 
Ph.D..  University  of  Delaware,  1975:  (RN) 

Ward,  Catherine  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychi- 
atric Nursing  (Graduate  Program)  B.S..  Johns 
Hopkins  Universit).  1954;  M.S..  Boston  Univer- 
sity, 1962:  (RN) 

Wilson,  Carol  E.,  Instructor  of  Primary  Care 
Nursing,  (Graduate  Program)  B.S.N. .  University 
of  Maryland.  1972:  M.N..  University  of  Florida. 
1974;  (RN) 

Wilson,  Leslie  S.,  Instructor  oj  Nursing  (Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing)  B.S.N..  Humboldt  State  Col- 
lege. 1973:  M.S..  University  of  Massachusetts. 
1977;  (RN) 

Wimbush,  Frances,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medi- 
cal and  Surgical  Nursing)  B.S.N..  University  of 
Maryland.  1976:  M.S..  1979:  (RN) 

Winkelstein,  Marilyn,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Ma- 
ternal and  Child  Nursing)  B.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1972:  M.S./l979:  (RN) 

Winyall,  Bette  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Maternity  Nursing)  B.S..  Johns  Hopkins  Univer- 
sity. 1952:  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1976: 
(RN) 

Wolfe,  Mary  L.,  Assistant  Professor.  Center  for  Re- 
search A.B..  Western  Reserve  University.  1949: 
M.A..  Bryn  Mawr  College,  1967;  Ph.D..  Uni- 
versity of  Delaware,  1974 

"Pan-lime  appointment 

Joint  appointment  with  another  department 


68 


University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing 
1982-1983  Academic  Calendar 


Fall  Semester  1982 


August  26-27 

Thursday-Friday 

August  30 

Monday 

August  31 

Tuesday 

September  1 

Wednesday 

September  1 

Wednesday 

September  6 

Monday 

September  17 

Friday 

November  5 

Friday 

November  1-12 

Monday-Friday 

November  25-26 

Thursday-Friday 

November  24 

Wednesday 

December  3 

Friday 

December  22 

Wednesday 

December  23 

Thursday 

Winter  Session  1983 

January  3 

Monday 

January  3 

Monday 

January  3 

Monday 

January  14 

Friday 

January  21 

Friday 

January  24 

Monday 

Spring  Semester  1983 

January  20 

Thursday 

January  21 

Friday 

January  21 

Friday 

January  24 

Monday 

February  1 1 

Friday 

March  18 

Friday 

March  14-20 

Monday-Friday 

April  22 

Friday 

April  4-15 

Monday-Friday 

May  2 

Monday 

May  6 

Friday 

May  20 

Friday 

May  19 

Thursday 

May  20 

Friday 

May  20 

Friday 

May  30 

Monday 

Summer  Session  1983 

June  6  (Exact  date  unknown) 

Monday 

June  27 

Monday 

July  15 

Friday 

July  29  (Exact  date  unknown) 

Friday 

August  5 

Friday 

August  12 

Friday 

Registration 

Orientation  (Graduate) 

Arena  Registration  (Graduate) 

Orientation  (Undergraduate) 

Instruction  Begins 

HOLIDAY- Labor  Day 

Last  Day,  Jan.  1983  Diplomas 

Program  Forms  tor  Jan.  Graduates  (Graduate) 

Preregistration  for  Winter  and  Spring 

HOLIDAY— Thanksgiving 

Last  Day  Certification— Thesis  (Graduate) 

Last  Day  Thesis  Defense— Certification 

Non-Thesis  (Graduate) 

Grades  Due  (Graduate  and  Undergraduate) 

Semester  Ends 


Drop-Add  Period  for  Winter  (Undergraduate) 

Arena  Registration  (Graduate) 

Instruction  Begins 

HOLIDAY- King's  Birthday 

Winter  Session  Ends 

Grades  Due  (Graduate  and  Undergraduate) 


Orientation  (Graduate) 

Drop- Add  Period  for  Spring  (Undergraduate) 

Arena  Registration  (Graduate) 

Instruction  Begins  (Graduate  and  Undergrad) 

Last  Day.  May  1983  Diplomas 

Program  Forms  for  May  Graduation  (Graduates) 

Spring  Break  (For  Students  Only) 

Last  Day  Certification — Thesis  (Graduate) 

Preregistration.  Fall  1983 

Last  Day  Thesis  Defense— Certification 

Non-Thesis  (Graduate) 

Senior  Grades  Due  (Graduate  and  Undergrad) 

Semester  Ends 

Convocation— 9:00  A.M. 

Commencement— 3:00  P.M. 

Grades  Due  (Undergraduate  and  Graduate) 

HOLIDAY- Memorial  Day 


Registration  (Summer  Session) 

Last  Day.  August  1983  Diplomas 

Program  Forms  for  Aug.  Graduation  (Grad) 

Classes  End— 8  week  Summer  Session 

Last  Day.  Certification— Thesis  (Graduate) 

Last  Day.  Thesis  Defense.  Certification 

(Non-Thesis) 


69 


CAMPUS  MAP 


~7f^ 


UNIVERSITY  &  CAMPUS 
RELATED  BUILDINGS 


1.  Allied  Health  Professions 
Building,  32  S.  Greene  St. 

2.  Baltimore  Union,  621  W, 
Lombard  St. 

3.  (Walter  P.)  Carter  Center,  630  W. 
Fayette  St. 

4.  Community  Pediatric  Center,  700 
W  Lombard  St. 

5.  Davidge  Hall,  522  W.  Lombard  St. 

6.  Dental  School.  Hayden  Harris 
Hall,  666  W  Baltimore  St 

7.  Dunning  Hall.  636  W.  Lombard  St. 
8    East  Hall,  520  W.  Lombard  St. 

9.  Fremont  Building, 73 7  W. 
Lombard  St. 

10.  Gray  Laboratory,  520  W 
Lombard  St  (rear) 

11.  Greene  Street  Building,  29  S 
Greene  St 


12.  Health  Sciences  Computer 
Center,  610  W  Lombard  St. 

13.  Health  Sciences  Library,  111  S. 
Greene  St. 

14.  Howard  Hall,  660  W.  Redwood  St. 

15.  Institute  of  Psychiatry  and 

Human  Behavior,  645  W.  Redwood  St. 

16.  Kelly  Memorial  Building,  650  W. 
Lombard  St. 

17.  Law  School,  Lane  Hall,  500  W. 
Baltimore  St. 

18.  Legal  Services  Clinic,  116  N. 
Paca  St. 

19.  Lombard  Building,  511  W. 
Lombard  St. 

20.  Maryland  Institute  for 
Emergency  Medical  Services 
Systems,  22  S.  Greene  St. 

21.  Medical  School,  Frank  C. 
Bressler  Research  Building,  655 
W  Baltimore  St, 

22.  Medical  School  Teaching  Facility, 
10  S.  Pine  St. 

23.  Medical  Technology,  31  S. 
Greene  St. 

24.  Mencken  House,  1524  Hollins 
St.,  (off  campus) 

25.  Methadone  Program,  121  S. 
Greene  St.,  (off  campus) 

26.  National  Pituitary  Agency,  210 
W.  Fayette  St.,  (off  campus) 

27.  Newman  Center,  712  W. 
Lombard  St. 

28.  Nilsson  House,  826  N.  Eutaw 
St.,  (off  campus) 

29.  Nursing  School,  655  W. 
Lombard  St. 

30.  Parsons  Hall,  622  W.  Lombard  St. 
31    Pascault  Row,  651-655  W. 

Lexington  St 

32.  Pharmacy  School,  10  N.  Pine  St. 

33.  Poe  School,  520  W  Fayette  St. 

34.  Pratt  Street  Garage  and  Athletic 
Facility.  646  W.  Pratt  St. 

35.  Redwood  Hall,  721  W.  Redwood  St. 

36  Ronald  McDonald  House,  635 
W.  Lexington  St. 

37  Social  Work  and  Administration 
Building,  525  W.  Redwood  St. 

38.  Social  Work  and  Community 
Planning,  525  W.  Redwood  St. 

39    State  Medical  Examiner's  Building, 
1 1 1  Penn  St. 

40.  Storage  Building,  710  W. 
Lombard  St. 

41 .  Temporary  Academic  Building 
(Tempo  South),  601  W.  Lombard  St. 

42.  Tuerk  House,  106  N   Greene  St. 

43.  University  Blood  Donor  Center,  22 

S.  Greene  St.,  2nd  fir.  North  Hospital 

44.  University  of  Maryland  Hospital, 
22  S.  Greene  St. 

45.  University  Plaza  and  Garage, 
Redwood  and  Greene  Sts. 

46.  Westminster  Church,  515  W. 
Fayette  St. 

47    Whitehurst  Hall,  624  W. 
Lombard  St. 


70 


For  Additional  Information 


University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing 

Program  Information  Office  of  Dean 

School  of  Nursing,  University  of  Maryland 
655  W.  Lombard  Street,  Baltimore,  Md.  21201 

Undergraduate  528-7503 

Graduate  528-6711  or  12 

Admissions  or  registration  Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 

University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore 
Howard  Hall,  Room  132 
660  W.  Redwood  Street,  Baltimore,  Md.  21201 


The  provisions  of  this  publication  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  an  irrevocable  contract  between  the  student  and 
the  University  of  Maryland.  Changes  are  effected  from  time  to  time  in  the  general  regulations  and  in  the 
academic  requirements.  There  are  established  procedures  fin-  making  changes,  procedures  which  protect  the 
institution  's  integrity  and  the  individual  student  s  interest  and  welfare.  A  curriculum  or  graduation 
requirement,  when  altered,  is  not  made  retroactive  unless  the  alteration  is  to  the  student's  advantage  and  can 
be  accommodated  within  the  span  of  years  normally  required  for  graduation,  mien  the  actions  of  a  student 
are  judged  by  competent  authority,  using  established  procedure,  to  be  detrimental  to  the  interests  of  the 
university  community,  that  person  may  be  required  to  withdraw  from  the  university. 


71 


LOUISA  PARSONS  LEAGUE 


Named  in  honor  of  the  inspiring  student  of 
Florence  Nightingale  who  served  as  the  first 
director  of  the  School  of  Nursing,  the  Louisa 
Parsons  League  was  established  in  1981  to 
recognize  those  alumni  and  friends  whose 
generous  gifts  reflect  a  substantial  commit- 
ment to  the  continued  development  of  the 
school  and  the  tradition  of  excellence  in 
education  and  service  set  by  our  foundress 
for  the  people  of  the  state  of  Maryland. 
Because  of  Miss  Rarsons's  success,  Miss  Night- 
ingale honored  the  programs  graduates  with 
the  use  of  a  cap  of  point  d'esprit  of  her 
design.  Members  of  the  Louisa  Rarsons 
League  become  an  integral  part  of  the  School 
of  Nursing  and  are  involved  in  opportunities 
of  mutual  benefit.  In  addition,  they  may  elect 
to  enjoy  simultaneous  membership  and  rec- 
ognition from  the  Presidents  Club  of  the 
University  of  Maryland. 

Virginia  Lee  Franklin 
Sonya  Gershowitz 
Grace  Elgin  Hartley 


CONTENTS 


The  School  and  Its  Environment  5 

The  School  5 

The  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  10 

The  City  1 1 


Academic  Information  13 

Registration  13 

Records  14 

Undergraduate  Academic  Regulations  15 

Graduate  Academic  Regulations  19 

Scholastic  Honors  for  Graduates  22 


Student  Services 

Office  of  Student  Services 
Student  Organizations 
Campus  Health  Services 
Housing 
Athletic  Facilities 


25 

25 
25 
25 
25 
25 


Financial  Information  27 

Undergraduate  Fees  and  Expenses, 

1984-85  27 

Graduate  Fees  and  Expenses,  1984-85  28 

Financial  Aid  28 


Graduate  Programs  47 

Overview  47 

Master  of  Science  Curriculum  49 

Doctor  of  Philosophy  Curriculum  52 

Admission  53 

Graduate  Student  Organizations  57 

Employment  Opportunities  57 

Graduate  Courses  58 


Continuing  Education  Program 


Policy  Statements 


69 


Administration  and  Faculty  71 

University  of  Maryland  71 

University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  71 

School  of  Nursing  71 


78 


Campus  Map 


80 


Undergraduate  Program  31 

Overview  31 

Admission  to  the  Upper  Division  35 
The  Upper  Division  Curriculum  for 

Generic  Students  38 
The  Upper  Division  Curriculum  for 

Registered  Nurse  Students  40 
General  School  Policies  Related  to 

Curriculum  40 

Employment  Opportunities  41 

Eligibility  for  State  Licensure  41 

Undergraduate  Courses  42 


THE  SCHOOL  AND  ITS 
ENVIRONMENT 


5 


The  School 

The  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing 
prepares  highly  qualified  professional  nurses 
to  meet  the  public's  health  care  needs  as 
clinicians,  researchers,  educators  and  admin- 
istrators. The  university  awards  approximately 
350  baccalaureate  degrees  in  nursing  and  125 
masters  degrees  in  nursing  annually,  making 
its  programs  the  largest  in  the  nation.  The 
first  Ph.D.  in  nursing  was  awarded  in  1984. 

Within  the  last  decade,  both  the  under- 
graduate and  graduate  curricula  have  been 
revised  to  ensure  that  they  remain  responsive 
to  the  changing  health  care  needs  of  society. 
In  addition  to  learning  the  fundamentals  of 
nursing,  baccalaureate  students  have  in- 
creased opportunities  for  clinical  practice, 
selecting  from  among  more  than  100  clinical 
sites  in  Maryland,  the  District  of  Columbia 
and  northern  Virginia.  At  the  nearby  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  Medical  System,  students  see 
first-hand  the  latest  advances  in  such  areas  as 
neonatal  care,  coronary  care,  cancer  treat- 
ment and  trauma  care. 

The  School  of  Nursing  has  been  a  leader 
in  the  education  of  nurse  practitioners  and 
was  among  the  first  to  develop  a  masters 
program  in  primary  care.  The  graduate  pro- 
gram now  offers  opportunities  for  specializa- 
tion in  new  areas  such  as  health  policy  and 
trauma/critical  care. 

One  of  the  most  important  contributions 
the  school  makes  to  the  community  and  the 
profession  is  through  the  expertise  of  its 
faculty.  School  of  Nursing  faculty  members 
hold  leadership  positions  in  national  profes- 
sional organizations,  including  the  American 
Nurses  Association  and  the  National  League 
for  Nursing,  and  serve  as  consultants  to 
health  care  agencies,  institutions  of  higher 
education  and  government. 


Educational  Philosophy 

The  School  of  Nursing,  an  autonomous  edu- 
cational unit  within  the  University  of  Mary- 
land, derives  the  broad  outlines  of  its 
purpose  and  functions  from  the  philosophy 
and  policies  of  the  university.  As  an  integral 
part  of  a  university  academic  health  center, 
the  School  of  Nursing  combines  the  missions 
of  the  university  and  the  goals  of  a  profes- 
sional discipline.  The  mission  of  the  school  is 
to  provide  leadership  in  nursing  through 
scholarship,  research  and  evaluation.  Identifi- 
cation and  development  of  areas  of  practice 
and  nursing  care  delivery  systems  which 
anticipate  and  are  responsive  to  societal 
needs  through  the  development  of  research 
and  teaching  programs  are  the  primary  focus. 

The  faculty  of  the  School  of  Nursing  is 
accountable  for  implementing  the  triad  of 
university  functions:  teaching,  research  and 
service,  and  recognizes  the  interrelationships 
among  teaching,  research  and  practice  in 
nursing.  Through  participation  in  research 
and  utilization  of  valid  research  findings, 
teachers  and  students  contribute  to  effective 
nursing  practice.  These  functions  and  ac- 
tivities are  attuned  to  the  ever-changing  needs 
of  society  in  the  global  community. 

Inherent  in  the  practice  of  nursing  is  the 
shared  belief  that  man  is  an  integration  of 
components  and  processes  that  cannot  exist 
independently  of  each  other.  Internal  and 
external  environmental  influences  alter  man's 
state  of  health  along  the  continuum  of  time. 
When  manipulation  of  these  forces  is  re- 
quired to  enhance  mans  potential  for  health, 
nursing  can  function  to  bridge  the  gap  be- 
tween potential  and  actual  health  states. 


The  goal  of  professional  nursing  is  to 
assist  the  individual,  the  family  and  the  com- 
munity in  the  development  of  their  potential 
by  helping  each  to  gain,  maintain  or  increase 
an  optimal  level  of  health.  The  nurse  be- 
comes an  integral  part  of  the  environment  of 
the  client,  acting  with  awareness  of  selected 
factors  and  interacting  in  a  dynamic  way 
within  that  environment.  Through  a  mutual 
relationship  based  on  trust,  the  nurse  demon- 
strates respect  for  the  clients  autonomy,  integ- 
rity, dignity  and  feelings,  and  recognizes 
rights  and  responsibilities.  This  kind  of  nurs- 
ing is  best  fostered  in  a  delivery  system 
which  is  responsive  to  the  range  of  internal 
and  external  forces  affecting  health  care, 
strengthening  the  forces  which  contribute  to 
higher  states  of  health  and  diminishing  those 
which  lead  to  reduced  levels  of  health.  The 
goal  of  nursing  is  achieved  through  recogni- 
tion of  specific  needs  of  consumers  and  the 
mobilization  and  distribution  of  resources  to 
meet  those  needs.  The  effective  operation  of 
the  health  care  system  requires  essential 
input  from  both  consumers  and  professional 
nurses  to  achieve  desired  goals. 

Education  is  an  ongoing  process  which 
involves  the  teacher  and  the  learner  in  pursu- 
ing and  sharing  knowledge  in  an  organized 
setting  with  planned  experiences  resulting  in 
desired  behavioral  change.  Believing  in  dem- 
ocratic principles,  the  faculty  emphasizes  its 
faith  in  the  individual  as  a  being  of  inherent 
worth  and  dignity  and  as  having  the  right  and 
responsibility  to  participate  in  the  educative 
process  to  the  extent  of  ones  capabilities. 
Learning  is  enhanced  in  a  setting  which 
encourages  analytical  evaluations  of  existing 
health  practices  and  open  communication 
among  members  of  the  various  health  serv- 
ices. Under  the  guidance  of  the  faculty,  pur- 
poseful behavior  is  developed  and 
encouraged  in  students  through  the  incorpo- 
ration of  knowledge  from  the  humanities  and 
the  behavioral,  biological  and  physical  sci- 
ences as  well  as  from  current  theory  and 
practice  in  professional  nursing. 


The  three  education  programs  within  the 
School  of  Nursing,  undergraduate,  graduate 
and  continuing  education,  have  evolved  from 
and  are  in  agreement  with  this  philosophy. 
Elaboration  of  this  basic  philosophy  will  be 
found  in  sections  of  this  bulletin  dealing  with 
the  undergraduate  program,  the  graduate  pro- 
gram and  the  continuing  education  program. 

History 

The  School  of  Nursing,  one  of  the  six  profes- 
sional schools  on  the  University  of  Maryland's 
Baltimore  campus,  was  established  on  De- 
cember 15,  1889,  by  Louisa  Parsons,  a  student 
of  Florence  Nightingale  and  a  graduate  of  St. 
Thomas's  Hospital  School  of  London,  England. 
Because  of  her  keen  interest  in  Miss  Parsons's 
new  American  school,  Miss  Nightingale  de- 
signed the  cap  which  is  still  worn  by  gradu- 
ates of  the  program  and  is  known  as  the 
Nightingale  cap. 

The  original  curriculum  of  the  University 
of  Maryland  Training  School  required  two 
years  for  completion;  it  was  extended  to  three 
years  in  1902.  In  1920  the  School  of  Nursing 
became  a  separate  unit  of  the  University 
Hospital.  An  optional  five-year  curriculum  was 
instituted  in  1926,  combining  two  years  of 
arts  and  sciences  on  the  College  Park  campus 
and  three  years  at  the  School  of  Nursing  in 
Baltimore.  Both  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree 
and  a  Diploma  in  Nursing  were  awarded 
upon  completion  of  the  five-year  program. 
This  sequence,  as  well  as  the  three -year 
hospital  school,  were  phased  out  in  1952 
when  Dr.  Florence  M.  Gipe  became  dean  of 
the  new  four-year  program  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  nursing. 


In  1954  the  School  of  Nursing  began  to 
offer  a  Master  of  Science  program  through 
the  Graduate  School  of  the  University  of 
Maryland.  The  University  of  Maryland  School 
of  Nursing  was  designated  by  the  Southern 
Regional  Board  as  one  of  six  institutions  to 
offer  graduate  programs  in  nursing. 

In  1964  the  Walter  Reed  Army  Institute  of 
Nursing  was  created  through  a  contractual 
arrangement  between  the  Department  of  the 
Army  and  the  University  of  Maryland,  thus 
extending  the  teaching  facilities  of  the  School 
of  Nursing  to  include  Walter  Reed  Army 
Medical  Center.  This  and  other  military  and 
civilian  clinical  centers  offered  the  faculty  of 
the  School  of  Nursing  the  opportunity  to 
provide  learning  experiences  for  students 
subsidized  by  the  United  States  Army  who, 
following  graduation  from  the  University  of 
Maryland,  served  three  years  in  the  Army 
Nurses  Corps. 

In  the  late  1960s  the  schools  continuing 
education  program  expanded  to  provide  in- 
creased resources  for  nurses  in  Maryland.  In 
1971  the  school  initiated  a  research  develop- 
ment project  through  funding  from  the  Divi- 
sion of  Nursing,  National  Institutes  of  Health. 
The  project  was  designed  to  improve  patient 
care  through  providing  means  whereby  key 
School  of  Nursing  faculty  held  joint  appoint- 
ments in  the  Department  of  Nursing  in  the 
University  of  Maryland  Hospital.  The  project 
augmented  the  school's  resources  for  increas- 
ing faculty  and  student  research. 

A  research  development  grant  from  the 
Division  of  Nursing,  Department  of  Health, 
Education  and  Welfare  awarded  to  the  School 
of  Nursing  from  1970  to  1975  increased 
faculty  involvement  in  research  and  led  to  the 
creation  of  a  Center  for  Research. 

An  outreach  program  for  community- 
bound  nurses  in  Western  Maryland  and  the 
Eastern  Shore  was  initiated  in  1975  in  order 


to  enlarge  the  pool  of  baccalaureate-prepared 
nurses  in  the  state  of  Maryland.  The  first 
outreach  baccalaureate  nurse  graduated  in 
June,  1978,  and  in  the  fall  of  1980,  the 
masters  degree  program  began  classes  in 
these  areas  of  Maryland. 

The  graduate  school  approved  a  new 
masters  curriculum  in  1976.  The  revision 
allowed  the  creation  of  a  new  Department  of 
Primary  Health  Care.  In  1978,  the  specializa- 
tion of  gerontological  nursing  was  added  to 
the  masters  curriculum,  and  in  1979,  a  con- 
centration in  nursing  health  policy  was  devel- 
oped. 


8 


A  separate  baccalaureate  curriculum  of 
the  School  of  Nursing  is  open  to  registered 
nurses  who  wish  to  pursue  further  study.  In 
recent  years  increased  effort  has  been  di- 
rected toward  elimination  of  duplication  and 
extension  of  opportunity  for  credit  by  exam- 
ination for  this  important  group  of  nurses.  In 
the  fall  of  1983  the  RN  to  BSN  program 
relocated  to  the  University  of  Maryland  Bal- 
timore County  campus  as  part  of  the  School 
of  Nursing  expansion  program. 

During  the  administration  of  the  second 
dean  of  nursing,  Dr.  Marion  I.  Murphy,  a 
proposal  for  a  doctoral  progarm  in  nursing 
was  approved.  In  the  fall  of  1979  the  program 
began  and  in  May,  1984,  the  first  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  in  Nursing  degree  was  awarded. 

Nurses  Alumni  Association 

Organized  in  1895,  the  Nurses  Alumni  Asso- 
ciation provided  early  leadership  in  the 
organization  of  the  Maryland  Nurses  Associa- 
tion and  in  passage  of  the  Nurses  Licensing 
Act  of  1903.  Over  the  years  alumni  have 
demonstrated  not  only  their  strong  support  of 
the  school  but  also  awareness  of  changes 
taking  place  in  nursing. 

The  historic  pin,  designed  by  Tiffanys  for 
the  class  of  1894,  bore  the  inscription  Nurses 
Alumni  Association  until  1970  when,  by  ac- 
tion of  the  association,  the  lettering  for  future 
graduates  was  changed  to  School  of  Nursing, 
University  of  Maryland.  The  Nightingale  cap, 
bestowed  by  the  school's  founder,  Louisa  Par- 
sons, remains  the  property  of  the  Nurses 
Alumni  Association.  Since  1968,  all  bac- 
calaureate graduates  of  the  School  of  Nursing 
are  eligible  to  purchase  the  cap. 

Accreditation  and  Membership 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  a  member  of 
the  Association  of  American  Colleges  and  is 
accredited  by  the  Middle  States  Association  of 
Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools.  The  under- 
graduate and  graduate  programs  of  the 
School  of  Nursing  are  accredited  by  the 
National  League  for  Nursing;  the  school  also 


maintains  membership  in  the  Council  of 
Member  Agencies  of  the  Department  of  Bac- 
calaureate and  Higher  Degree  Programs  of 
the  National  League  for  Nursing.  The  bac- 
calaureate program  is  approved  by  the  Mary- 
land State  Board  of  Examiners  of  Nurses.  The 
school  is  represented  in  the  Council  on 
Collegiate  Education  for  Nursing  of  the  South- 
ern Regional  Education  Board  by  the  dean, 
associate  deans  for  undergraduate  and  gradu- 
ate studies  and  the  assistant  dean  for  continu- 
ing education.  The  school  also  is  a  member 
of  the  American  Association  of  Colleges  of 
Nursing. 

Center  for  Research 

As  nursing  moves  forward  in  the  establish- 
ment of  its  own  theoretical  base  and  explores, 
its  relationship  to  other  human  services,  re- 
search has  assumed  new  dimensions.  The 
School  of  Nursing  provides  introductory 
courses  in  research  methods  for  undergradu- 
ate students  and  more  advanced  offerings  for 
masters  and  doctoral  students.  The  faculty  of 
the  Center  for  Research,  in  addition  to  teach- 
ing, are  available  to  assist  faculty  and  graduate 
students  with  research  design,  sampling  pro- 
cedures, techniques  of  measurement,  data 
collection  and  analysis,  preparation  of  pro- 
posals and  reports  and  grantsmanship  The 
center  has  a  research  reading  room  with  a 
collection  of  200  books  primarily  devoted  to 
aspects  of  research  methods,  selected  jour- 
nals, an  extensive  file  of  600  measurement 
instruments  relevant  to  nursing  research  and 
a  data  analysis  laboratory  that  houses  a  variety 
of  mini-calculators  and  mini-computers  for 


9 


faculty-  and  student  use.  Instruction  in  utiliza- 
tion of  hardware  in  the  laboratory  is  available. 
Computer  service  facilities  on  both  the  Bal- 
timore and  College  Park  campuses  also  are 
utilized  extensively. 

School  of  Nursing  faculty  and  students 
participate  in  national  as  well  as  local  re- 
search consortiums.  Research  of  a  multi- 
disciplinary  nature  is  increasingly  possible  as 
nursing  and  other  health  disciplines  have 
identified  common  problems.  The  center 
provides  research  consultation  to  clinical 
agencies,  conducts  research  days,  provides 
regularly  scheduled  seminars  and  hosts  re- 
gional research  conferences  as  part  of  its 
faculty  development  and  community  service 
program.  A  newsletter,  RSVP,  is  distributed 
biannually  to  800  schools  of  nursing  and 
hospitals  throughout  the  country. 

Nursing  Media  Center 

The  School  of  Nursing  offers  opportunities 
for  both  individual  and  group  learning  ac- 
tivities in  the  Nursing  Media  Center. 

Self-Instruction:  The  rationale  for  this  ap- 
proach is  that  the  knowledge  and  skills 
needed  by  individual  nursing  students  vary  at 
any  given  time.  Availability  of  appropriate 
materials  in  self-instructional  format  provides 
for  this  diversity  of  needs.  As  the  result  of  a 
special  project,  a  group  of  faculty  and  techni- 
cians developed  and  produced  a  large 
number  of  multimedia  self-instructional  study 
units.  In  addition,  commercially  prepared 
materials  have  been  purchased  as  appropriate 
to  meet  students'  needs.  The  environment  for 
self-study  is  an  Instructional  Media  Laboratory 
with  68  carrels  containing  a  variety  of  equip- 
ment. Undergraduate  students  may  be  re- 
quired to  study  specific  units  as  course 
requirements  and  may  pursue  other  self- 
instructional  materials  relevant  to  their  indi- 
vidual learning  needs.  Graduate  students  uti- 
lize the  laboratory  on  a  selective  basis. 


Skills  Practice:  Undergraduate  students  who 
wish  to  practice  certain  nursing  skills  and 
procedures  may  do  so  in  Skills  Laboratories 
adjoining  the  Nursing  Media  Center.  The 
laboratories  contain  typical  clinical  equip- 
ment which  enables  students  to  simulate 
direct  care  situations.  In  addition  to  faculty 
guidance,  a  skills  nurse  is  available" to  assist 
students.  Both  the  Instructional  Media  Labora- 
tory and  Skills  Laboratories  are  open  during 
the  early  morning  and  some  evenings. 

Group  Instruction:  Classroom  instruction  at 
the  School  of  Nursing  is  supported  through  a 
variety  of  media  services.  Sixteen  millimeter 
projectors,  overhead  projectors,  audio  tape 
recorders,  videotape  recorders  and  other 
equipment  are  available  for  use  in  classes  or 
seminars. 

A  library  of  film  and  other  media  cata- 
logs is  maintained  to  help  faculty  locate 
desired  films,  tapes  and  other  resources. 
Materials  for  and  assistance  in  the  production 
of  slides  and  overhead  projector  transparen- 
cies are  available  to  faculty  members  who 
wish  to  make  use  of  those  techniques  as  well 
as  to  students  on  a  cost  recovery  basis.  The 
school  also  has  a  closed  circuit  television 
studio  where  live  or  taped  programs  can  be 
produced  and  transmitted.  A  portable  video- 
tape system  and  production  assistance  are 
available  for  faculty  and  students  who  wish  to 
videotape  projects  on  their  own.  The  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  Medical  System  Media  Center 


10 


on  the  eleventh  floor,  as  well  as  other  campus 
media  centers,  are  also  open  to  students. 

Consultation:  Consultation  on  the  use  and 
production  of  audiovisual  materials  is  pro- 
vided by  Nursing  Media  Center  faculty  and 
staff.  This  consultation  not  only  entails  class- 
room applications  of  media,  but  grant  pro- 
posal, research,  outside  presentations  and  all 
other  applications  as  well. 

The  University  of  Maryland  at 
Baltimore 

The  School  of  Nursing  is  part  of  one  of  the 
country's  first  centers  for  professional  educa- 
tion. Located  on  36  acres  in  downtown  Bal- 
timore, the  university's  professional  schools 
campus  began  in  1807  with  the  founding  of 
the  School  of  Medicine.  The  School  of  Nurs- 
ing now  shares  the  campus  with  the  Schools 
of  Medicine,  Dentistry,  Pharmacy,  Law,  Social 
Work  and  Community  Planning,  the  Graduate 
School  and  the  University  of  Maryland  Medi- 
cal System.  The  medical  system  complex, 
which  includes  a  785-bed  hospital,  cancer 
center  and  shock  trauma  center,  is  a  primary 
training  site  for  many  students  in  the  profes- 
sional schools  as  well  as  a  comprehensive 
health  care  facility  for  the  community  and  the 
state. 

Opportunities  abound  for  faculty  and 
students  to  join  with  other  human  service 
professionals  in  interdisciplinary  study,  infor- 
mal exchange  of  ideas  and  interprofessional 
clinical  practice  and  research.  The  Baltimore 
campus  is  located  in  the  midst  of  one  of  the 
greatest  concentrations  of  health  care  institu- 
tions, research  facilities,  government  agencies 
and  professional  associations  in  the  nation — 
offering  students  a  wide  selection  of  clinical 
field  experiences. 


The  Health  Sciences  Library 

The  Health  Sciences  Library  of  the  University 
of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  serves  the  Dental 
School,  the  Schools  of  Medicine,  Nursing, 
Pharmacy,  Social  Work  and  Community  Plan- 
ning, the  University  of  Maryland  Medical 
System,  the  Graduate  School  and  other  affili- 
ated institutions.  Currently  the  library  has 
over  240,000  volumes  and  over  3,100  peri- 
odical subscriptions.  The  collection  size  ranks 
the  library  among  the  15  largest  health  sci- 
ences libraries  in  the  United  States. 

To  enhance  services  the  library  has  com- 
puterized many  of  its  operations,  including 
circulation  and  cataloging.  The  online  catalog, 
which  offers  more  searching  options  than  the 
card  catalog,  can  be  accessed  via  library 
terminals,  on-campus  terminals  linked  to  the 
computer  center  and  home  or  office  termi- 
nals with  dial-up  capabilities.  The  Health 
Sciences  Library  also  provides  Computerized 
Reference  and  Bibliographic  Services 
(CRABS)  an  automated  literature  retrieval  sys- 
tem for  journal  articles  which  includes 
MEDLINE,  PSYCHINFO,  ERIC  and  TOXLINE  as 
well  as  30  other  information  data  bases. 

The  library  is  open  8  a.m.  to  10  p.m. 
(Monday-Friday)  9  a.m.  to  5  p.m.  (Saturday) 
and  12  noon  to  8  p.m.  (Sunday).  Special 
holiday  and  summer  hours  are  posted.  Bor- 
rowers must  show  a  UMAB  ID  badge  vali- 
dated for  the  current  year. 


Computer  Center 

Computers  located  on  both  the  UMAB  and 
College  Park  campuses  are  available  to  en- 
rolled students  on  the  UMAB  campus  through 
the  facilities  of  the  Instructional  and  Research 
Computing  Unit.  The  system  has  capabilities 
to  use  Basic,  Fortran,  Pascal  and  PL-1  lan- 
guages; and  to  program  statistical  analysis 
packages  SPSS,  SAS  and  BMDP  To  gain  access 
to  this  unit,  a  student  must  open  an  account 
with  the  computer  center.  Credit  and  non- 
credit  courses  on  programming  and  com- 
puter applications  are  offered  to  help 
students  use  the  center  to  full  advantage. 

The  City 

Baltimore  is  the  largest  city  in  Maryland,  the 
ninth  most  populous  in  the  nation  and  the 
site  of  the  country's  fourth  largest  foreign- 
commerce  seaport.  The  Baltimore  region  has 
much  to  offer,  from  the  sophistication  and 
culture  of  a  large,  metropolitan  city  to  the 
beauty  and  leisure  of  the  waterfront  and  rural 
areas  that  surround  it.  Less  than  an  hour's 
drive  away  is  Washington,  D.C.,  with  its  many 
attractions. 

Having  been  an  important  city  in  our 
nations  history,  Baltimore  maintains  a  strong 
feeling  for  the  past,  typified  by  the  many 
charming  neighborhoods  of  restored  houses 
and  an  abundance  of  historic  buildings.  In 
the  last  decade  the  downtown  area  has  un- 
dergone a  dramatic  revitalization.  Several 
blocks  from  campus  is  the  nationally  ac- 
claimed Inner  Harbor  area,  where  Har- 
borplace,  a  complex  of  businesses,  shops  and 
restaurants,  shares  the  harbor  with  sloops, 
renovated  federal-style  townhouses  and  the 
architecturally  striking  National  Aquarium. 
The  new  Baltimore  Metro,  the  first  leg  of  an 
anticipated  city-wide  subway  system,  connects 
the  downtown  area  to  the  outskirts  of  the  city. 


Baltimore's  cultural  offerings  will  please 
the  most  discriminating  tastes.  An  excellent 
symphony  orchestra  performs  in  a  spec- 
tacular new  symphony  hall,  opened  in  1982 
as  the  centerpiece  of  the  Arts  District.  The 
district  also  features  a  renovated  Lyric  Opera 
House  and  the  Maryland  Institute  College  of 
Art.  The  city  boasts  many  fine  museums, 
libraries  and  professional  theater  groups. 

For  the  sports  fan,  Baltimore  has  the 
Orioles  as  well  as  excellent  lacrosse,  indoor 
soccer,  ice  hockey  and  horse  racing.  Nearby 
the  Chesapeake  Bay  awaits,  offering  un- 
paralleled water  sports  and  the  seafood  for 
which  the  region  is  famous. 


ACADEMIC  INFORMATION 


13 


Registration 

Registration  is  conducted  by  the  UMAB  Divi- 
sion of  Admissions  and  Registrations.  Students 
receive  instructions  concerning  dates  and  reg- 
istration procedures.  The  initial  registration  at 
the  School  of  Nursing  must  be  done  in 
person.  Returning  students  may  preregister 
for  subsequent  semesters  through  the  School 
of  Nursings  Office  of  Admissions  and  Aca- 
demic Progressions  and  pay  their  bill  by  mail. 
After  classes  begin,  students  who  wish  to 
terminate  their  registration  must  follow  with- 
drawal procedures  and  are  liable  for  charges 
applicable  at  the  time  of  withdrawal. 

Students  who  fail  to  register  during  offi- 
cial registration  periods  must  utilize  late  regi- 
stration dates  published  by  the  Division  of 
Admissions  and  Registrations  and  pay  a  late 
fee  of  $25  together  with  a  $10  fee  for  each 
program  change.  Students  must  obtain  appro- 
priate approvals  to  late  register.  Registration  is 
completed  with  the  payment  of  the  required 
fees.  Privileges  of  the  university  are  available 
only  after  registration  has  been  completed. 

All  students  must  receive  health  clear- 
ance from  Campus  Health  Services  in  order 
to  begin  their  respective  programs  and  re- 
main in  clinical  courses.  This  includes  pass- 
ing the  physical  examination  at  a  satisfactory 
level.  At  any  time  during  the  program  stu- 
dents may  be  required  to  return  to  Campus 
Health  for  further  physical  or  psychological 
evaluation.  Failure  to  comply  with  this  policy 
may  result  in  dismissal  from  the  school. 

The  Office  of  Admissions  and  Academic 
Progressions  determines  the  plan  of  study  for 
undergraduate  students.  Faculty  academic  ad- 
visors guide  graduate  students  in  their  plans 
of  study. 

Each  matriculated  graduate  student  in  the 
School  of  Nursing  must  obtain  official  ap- 
proval from  an  advisor  for  all  courses  in 
which  enrollment  is  sought  outside  the 
School  of  Nursing.  Credit  is  granted  only  if 
such  courses  have  had  prior  approval  and  are 
successfully  completed.  Students  must  file  a 
list  of  these  courses  with  the  registrar  on  a 


registration  card  signed  by  the  advisor.  Regis- 
tration at  one  University  of  Maryland  campus 
permits  a  student  to  register  for  courses 
(space  available)  offered  by  another  campus 
within  the  University  of  Maryland  system. 
Graduate  students  are  not  permitted  to  enroll 
for  courses  on  a  pass/fail  basis. 

Students  admitted  to  the  Graduate 
School  pay  tuition  and  fees  whether  or  not 
the  credit  will  be  used  to  satisfy  program 
requirements.  Graduate  credit  will  not  be 
given  unless  the  student  has  been  admitted  to 
the  Graduate  School.  The  admission  of  a  new 
student  is  validated  when  the  student  regis- 
ters for  and  completes  at  least  one  course 
during  the  semester  for  which  entrance  was 
authorized. 

Graduate  students  are  expected  to  par- 
ticipate in  a  program  of  graduate  study  every 
semester  after  entry  into  an  M.S.  or  Ph.D. 
program.  To  maintain  full-time  status  graduate 
students  must  register  for  48  units  each 
semester  (full-time  graduate  assistants,  24 
units).  To  maintain  part-time  status  graduate 
students  must  register  for  at  least  one  credit 
each  semester.  Any  graduate  student  making 
any  demand  upon  the  academic  or  support 
services  of  the  university — whether  taking 
regular  lecture,  seminar  or  independent 
study  courses,  using  university  libraries,  labo- 
ratories, computer  facilities,  office  space,  con- 
sulting with  faculty  advisors  or  taking 
comprehensive  or  final  oral  examinations — 
must  register  for  the  number  of  graduate 
credits  which,  in  the  judgment  of  the  faculty 
and  advisor,  accurately  reflect  the  students 
involvement  in  graduate  study  and  use  of 
university  resources. 

Exceptions  to  this  policy  may  be  granted 
by  the  dean  of  the  Graduate  School  upon 
written  request  of  the  program  director. 
Failure  to  register  for  one  credit  will  result  in 
students  being  dropped  from  the  rolls  of  the 
Graduate  School. 


14 


Graduate  Unit  System 

In  order  to  accurately  reflect  the  involvement 
of  graduate  students  in  their  programs  of 
study  and  research,  and  the  use  of  university 
resources  in  those  programs,  the  graduate 
councils  use  the  graduate  unit  system  in 
making  calculations  to  determine  full-  or 
part-time  graduate  student  status,  in  the  ad- 
ministration of  minimum  registration  require- 
ments described  below,  and  in  responding  to 
student  requests  for  certification  of  full-time 
status.  The  number  of  graduate  units  per 
semester  credit  hour  is  calculated  in  the 
following  manner: 

Courses  in  the  001-399  series  carry  2  units/ 

credit  hour. 
Courses  in  the  400-499  series  carry  4  units/ 

credit  hour. 
Courses  in  the  500-599  series  carry  5  units/ 

credit  hour. 
Courses  in  the  600-798  and  800-898  series 

carry  6  units/credit  hour. 
Masters  thesis  research  (799)  carries  12  units/ 

credit  hour. 
Doctoral  dissertation  research  (899)  carries 

18  units/credit  hour. 

To  be  certified  a  full-time  student,  a 
graduate  student  must  be  officially  registered 
for  a  combination  of  courses  equivalent  to  48 
units  per  semester.  A  graduate  assistant  hold- 
ing a  regular  appointment  is  a  full-time 
student  if  registered  for  24  units  in  addition 
to  the  service  appointment. 

Determination  of  In-State  Status 

An  initial  determination  of  in-state  status  for 
admission,  tuition  and  charge-differential  pur- 
poses will  be  made  by  the  university  at  the 
time  a  students  application  for  admission  is 
under  consideration.  The  determination  made 
at  that  time,  and  any  determination  made 
thereafter,  shall  prevail  in  each  semester  until 
the  determination  is  successfully  challenged. 
Students  classified  as  in-state  for  admis- 
sion, tuition  and  charge-differential  purposes 
are  responsible  for  notifying  the  Division  of 
Admissions  and  Registrations,  in  writing, 
within  15  days  of  any  change  in  their  circum- 
stances which  might  in  any  way  affect  their 
classification  at  UMAB. 


The  determination  of  in-state  status  for 
admission,  tuition  and  charge-differential  pur- 
poses is  the  responsibility  of  the  Division  of 
Admissions  and  Registrations.  Copies  of  the 
university's  policy  are  available  in  the  admis- 
sions office  and  in  the  dean's  office. 

Records 

Disclosure  of  Student  Information 

In  accordance  with  "The  Family  Education 
Rights  and  Privacy  Act  of  1974"  (PL93-380) 
popularly  referred  to  as  the  "Buckley  Amend- 
ment," privacy  of  student  records  is  assured. 
Specifically,  the  act  provides  for  the  student's 
access  to  educational  records  maintained  by 
the  school,  challenge  to  content  of  the  rec- 
ords and  control  of  disclosure  of  the  records. 
A  full  policy  statement  may  be  found  in  the 
current  UMAB  Student  Handbook. 

Transcripts 

All  financial  obligations  to  the  university  must 
be  satisfied  before  a  transcript  of  a  student's 
record  will  be  furnished  any  student  or 
alumnus.  There  is  a  charge  of  $2.00  for  each 
transcript.  Checks  should  be  made  payable  to 
the  University  of  Maryland.  Transcripts  may  be 
obtained  by  writing: 

Division  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 

University  of  Maryland 

621  West  Lombard  Street 

Baltimore,  Maryland  21201 

Review  of  Records 

All  records,  including  academic  records  from 
other  institutions,  become  part  of  the  official 
file  and  can  neither  be  returned  nor  dupli- 
cated. Provisions  are  made  for  students  to 
review  their  records  if  they  desire.  A  request 
to  review  one's  record  should  be  made  a 
week  in  advance  through  the  Office  of  Admis- 
sions and  Progressions. 


15 


Undergraduate  Academic 
Regulations 

Degree  Requirements  for  the 
Baccalaureate  Program 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  faculty  of  the  school 
to  establish  and  publish  degree  require- 
ments. Responsibility  for  knowing  and  suc- 
cessfully meeting  these  requirements  rests 
with  the  student.  Requirements  are  set  forth 
in  this  catalogue  and  updated  annually  in  the 
Academic  Handbook  given  to  enrolled  stu- 
dents at  the  beginning  of  each  academic  year. 
Current  requirements  are  as  follows: 

1.  Certain  lower  division  coursework  is  re- 
quired for  admission  to  the  junior  year  of 
the  undergraduate  program  in  nursing. 
Official  transcripts  of  this  coursework  must 
be  submitted  to  the  Director  of  Admis- 
sions and  Registrations  by  the  published 
deadline  date. 

2.  A  minimum  of  120  credits  (122  for 
generic  students  and  121  for  R.N.  stu- 
dents) in  certain  coursework  is  required. 
The  lower  division  courses  required  for 
admission  to  the  junior  year  and  the 
required  courses  of  the  upper  division 
major  in  nursing  completed  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  comprise  the  required 
credits.  At  least  the  senior  year  must  be 
completed  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 
This  does  not  negate  outreac"h  students 
from  completing  their  courses  at  outreach 
sites. 

3.  Upper  division  major  in  nursing;  required 
courses  appear  elsewhere  in  the  catalogue. 

4.  A  minimum  grade  point  average  of  2.0  is 
expected  each  semester  of  the  junior  and 
senior  years,  as  well  as  a  cumulative  grade 
point  average  of  2.0  for  graduation. 

5.  A  grade  of  C  or  better  is  required  in  both 
the  didactic  and  clinical  portions  of  Nurs- 
ing Concepts  courses,  NURS  314,  315,  324, 
325,  326,  334  and  335.  Also  a  C  or  better  is 
required  in  NURS  311,  312,  313  and  333, 
and  failure  to  obtain  this  grade  prohibits 
students  from  moving  to  the  next  level 
concepts  course.  In  sequential  courses 


such  as  NURS  311,  312,  314,  315,  324,  325, 
334  and  335  a  C  must  be  earned  in  the 
initial  course  before  registering  for  the 
next  one.  If  a  D  or  F  is  received  in  these 
courses,  the  course  must  be  repeated,  with 
permission  of  the  Director  of  Admissions 
and  Academic  Progressions,  and  a  C  grade 
or  higher  earned  the  next  time  it  is 
offered. 
6.  A  diploma  application  must  be  filed  with 
the  Director  of  Admissions  and  Registra- 
tions, University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore, 
before  the  stated  deadline  in  order  to 
receive  the  degree. 

Grading  System 

The  following  grades  are  used  to  report  the 
quality  of  upper  division  coursework  on 
grade  reports  and  transcripts: 


GRADE 

QUALITY 

GRADE 
POINTS 

A 

Excellent 

4 

B 

Good 

3 

C 

Satisfactory 

2 

D 

Minimal  passing 

1 

(but  not  ac- 
ceptable in  cer- 
tain courses) 

F 

Failure 

— 

I 

Incomplete 

— 

P 

Passing  at  C  level  or 

above 

— 

WD 

Withdrew  from  all 
courses  and  the  uni- 

versity 

— 

AU 

Audit 

— 

NM 

No  grade  submitted  by 

faculty 

~ 

NOTE:  Only  grades  of  A,  B,  C,  D  and  F  are 
computed  in  the  grade  point  average  on  the 


16 


grade  reports  published  and  maintained  by 
the  Division  of  Admissions  and  Registrations. 

A  grade  of  P  is  given  only  for  specified 
courses  that  are  graded  Pass/Fail  when  per- 
formance is  at  a  C  level  or  above. 

A  grade  of  D  or  F  is  unsatisfactory  for 
Nursing  Concepts  courses  and  the  courses 
titled  Pathophysiological  Concepts  and 
Clinical  Implications,  Pharmacologic  Agents 
and  Clinical  Applications,  Introduction  to 
Nursing  Process  and  Client  Assessment.  These 
courses  require  a  C  grade  or  higher  for  the 
fulfillment  of  degree  requirements.  A  grade 
of  I  is  given  at  the  discretion  of  the  instructor 
only  when  extenuating  circumstances  beyond 
the  students  control  prevent  the  completion 
of  a  minor  portion  of  work  in  a  course. 
Students  receiving  a  grade  of  I  are  responsi- 
ble for  arranging  with  the  instructor  the 
exact  work  required  to  remove  the  in- 
complete. If  an  I  grade  is  not  removed  by  the 
end  of  the  following  semester,  the  grade 
automatically  converts  to  F  except  with  Nurs- 
ing Concepts  courses,  for  which  the  time  of 
completion  is  determined  by  the  instructor. 
Any  I  grade  may  preclude  normal  progres- 
sion in  the  program  as  determined  by  Under- 
graduate Program  Committee  policies. 

Computation  of  Grade  Point  Average  for  a 
Semester:  Grade  points  are  given  for  the 
courses  attempted  in  a  given  semester  in  the 
upper  division  major  and  multiplied  by  the 
number  of  credits  attempted.  The  sum  of  the 
grade  points,  divided  by  the  total  credits  for 
the  courses,  equals  the  grade  point  average. 
Computation  of  the  Cumulative  Grade  Point 
Average:  The  total  grade  points  for  all  courses 
(including  upper  division  cousework,  chal- 
lenge examination  grades  for  the  R.N.  and 
courses  accepted  for  admission)  are  added 
and  calculated  as  above.  Only  the  most  recent 
attempt  of  a  repeated  course  will  be  calcu- 
lated into  the  grade  point  average. 

Withdrawal  Policy 

A  student  may  withdraw  from  the  School  of 
Nursing  at  any  time.  A  "WD"  will  be  recorded 
on  the  transcript.  If  the  student  withdraws 
after  the  beginning  of  the  eighth  week,  a 


summary  statement  is  placed  in  the  students 
record  with  a  form  noting  whether  the  stu- 
dent was  passing  or  failing.  Students  who 
withdraw  from  the  school  after  the  twelfth 
week  of  the  semester  who  are  failing  will 
receive  the  grade  they  have  earned  on  their 
transcript,  not  a  "WD." 

Dropping  a  Course 

Students  are  not  permitted  to  drop  courses. 
Exceptions  to  this  rule  may  be  made  by  the 
Director  of  Admissions  and  Academic  Pro- 
gressions when  extenuating  circumstances 
warrant  it.  Dropped  courses  are  not  recorded 
on  the  transcript. 

Students  who  fail  or  drop  a  Nursing 
Concepts  course  and  maintain  enrollment  in 
nonclinical  nursing  courses  are  eligible  to 
retake  the  concepts  course  the  next  time 
there  is  space  available.  The  Director  of 
Admissions  and  Academic  Progressions  deter- 
mines which  nonclinical  courses  a  student 
can  take  while  waiting  to  retake  concepts 
courses. 

Students  repeating  a  concepts  course  as 
a  result  of  a  failure  or  drop  may  not  take 
additional  nonclinical  courses  at  the  time  of 
the  repeat  without  permission  of  the  Director 
of  Admissions  and  Academic  Progressions. 

Progression  and  Reinstatement 

It  is  the  students  responsibility  to  monitor  his 
or  her  academic  progression  toward  the  com- 
pletion of  degree  requirements,  as  well  as  to 
maintain  good  academic  standing.  Students 
receive  from  faculty  a  mid-semester  warning 
if  in  jeopardy  of  failing  a  course.  At  the  end 
of  each  semester,  students  receive  from  the 
Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 
grade  reports  on  coursework  completed. 
These  reports  of  official  grades  (and  their 
entry  on  the  official  transcript)  and  the 
grades  for  courses  accepted  for  admission  are 
used  by  faculty  to  certify  academic  standing 


17 


and  to  determine  honors,  academic  warning 
and  dismissal  and  the  completion  of  degree 
requirements. 

The  Undergraduate  Program  Committee 
meets  regularly  to  establish  and  implement 
policies  on  progression  and,  through  the 
Office  of  the  Director  of  Admissions  and 
Academic  Progressions,  formally  notifies  stu- 
dents in  poor  academic  standing  who  are 
placed  on  academic  warning  or  are  academ- 
ically dismissed.  Students  are  notified  in  writ- 
ing when  they  are  removed  from  academic 
warning. 

Academic  Standing  and 
Reinstatement 

Good  Academic  Standing  is  defined  as  satis- 
factory academic  progress  of  a  registered 
degree  candidate  in  coursework  and  toward 
degree  requirements. 

Poor  Academic  Standing  is  defined  as  aca- 
demic performance  that  is  temporarily  below 
the  expected  level  of  achievement  in  a  profes- 
sional nursing  course(s).  However,  such  stu- 
dents are  making  progress  toward  the  degree. 
Such  students  are  normally  placed  on  aca- 
demic warning  and  may  be  subject  to  aca- 
demic dismissal. 

Academic  Warning  is  written  notice  to  a 
student  in  poor  academic  standing  from  the 
Undergraduate  Program  Committee,  the  Di- 
rector of  Admissions  and  Academic  Progres- 
sions or  the  Associate  Dean  for  the 
Undergraduate  Program.  In  the  written  notifi- 
cation of  academic  warning  and  unsatisfactory 
academic  achievement,  the  student  will  be 
informed  of  the  length  of  the  warning  and 
any  specific  conditions  that  must  be  satisfied 
to  be  removed  from  warning.  Specific  condi- 
tions warranting  academic  warning  include: 

1.  A  D  or  F  in  a  nursing  course 

2.  A  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  1.960 
to  1.999 

3.  A  grade  point  average  of  less  then  2.0  for 
any  given  semester 

4.  Academic  dishonesty 

5.  An  academic  record  reflecting  other  un- 
satisfactory progress  in  meeting  degree 
requirements 


Academic  Dismissal  is  dismissal  from  the 
undergraduate  program  by  the  Undergraduate 
Program  Committee,  Director  of  Admissions 
and  Academic  Progressions  or  Associate  Dean 
for  the  Undergraduate  Program  for  continued 
evidence  of  unsatisfactory  progress  toward 
meeting  course  or  degree  requirements  as 
usually  evidenced  by  repeated  courses  or 
academic  warnings  as  specified  below: 

1.  Two  D  or  F  grades  earned  in  Nursing 
Concepts  courses 

2.  A  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  1.959 
or  lower 

3.  Being  placed  on  academic  warning  more 
than  twice 

4.  Academic  dishonesty 

5.  An  academic  record  reflecting  other  un- 
satisfactory progress  in  meeting  degree 
requirements 

6.  Failure  to  complete  the  required  junior 
year  courses  satisfactorily  in  two  academic 
years  of  continuous  enrollment 

Dismissal  of  Delinquent  Students 

The  school  reserves  the  right  to  request  the 
withdrawal  of  students  who  do  not  maintain 
the  required  standing  of  scholarship,  or 
whose  continuance  in  the  school  would  be 
detrimental  to  their  health,  or  to  the  health  of 
others,  or  whose  conduct  is  not  satisfactory  to 
the  authorities  of  the  school.  It  is  a  general 
expectation  that  students  will  abide  by  rules 
and  regulations  established  by  the  university. 
Violation  of  university  regulations  may  result 
in  disciplinary  measures  being  imposed. 


18 


Withdrawal  from  the  School:  A  student  who 
withdraws  from  the  school  at  any  time  must: 

1.  Write  a  brief  letter  to  the  Director  of 
Admissions  and  Academic  Progressions  ex- 
plaining the  reason  for  withdrawal; 

2.  Secure  a  withdrawal  form  with  appropriate 
signatures  from  the  Director  of  Admissions 
and  Academic  Progressions; 

3.  Submit  the  signed  withdrawal  form  to  the 
Division  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 

The  staff  of  the  Office  of  Admissions  and 
Academic  Progressions  will  notify  the  instruc- 
tors of  the  withdrawal.  The  date  used  in 
computing  refunds  is  the  date  the  application 
for  withdrawal  is  filed  with  the  registrar, 
Division  of  Admissions  and  Registrations. 

Reinstatement  is  granted  through  the  Under- 
graduate Program  Committee  to  students  who 
withdrew  in  good  academic  standing,  who 
were  academically  dismissed,  or  who  with- 
drew in  poor  academic  standing.  Such  written 
requests  are  made  to  the  Director  of  Admis- 
sions and  Academic  Progressions.  Although 
such  requests  are  considered  individually, 
these  guidelines  are  followed: 


1.  General  admission  policies  of  the  univer- 
sity and  the  school  prevail  (e.g.,  space 
available,  university  rules  and  regulations). 

2.  Students  may  be  reinstated  only  once. 

3.  A  current  physical  examination  by  the 
Campus  Health  Services  is  required,  indi- 
cating that  the  student's  health  status  is 
acceptable. 

4.  The  students  academic  record  and  aca- 
demic standing  upon  dismissal  are  con- 
sidered. 

5.  Academic  requirements  for  reinstatement 
will  be  specified  and  will  include,  if  appro- 
priate, a  mastery  examination  in  mathemat- 
ics. 

6.  The  students  potential  for  successful  com- 
pletion of  the  program  is  evaluated. 

7.  Appropriate  malpractice  insurance  is  re- 
quired at  the  time  of  reinstatement. 

Deadlines  for  requesting  reinstatement 
are:  first  Monday  of  November  for  winter 
session  and  spring  semester,  first  Monday  of 
April  for  summer  and  fall  semesters. 

Notification  of  the  decision  as  to  re- 
instatement may  be  delayed  until  information 
on  space  constraints  is  available. 

Plagiarism,  Cheating  and  Other 
Academic  Irregularities 

In  cases  involving  charges  of  academic  irreg- 
ularities or  dishonesty  in  an  examination, 
classwork  or  course  requirements  by  a  stu- 
dent, a  faculty  member  or  another  student 
shall  report  to  the  appropriate  chairperson 
any  information  received  and  the  facts  within 
his  or  her  knowledge.  Examples  of  academic 
irregularities  or  dishonesty  include  acts  such 
as  plagiarism,  cheating,  misrepresenting 
someone  else's  work  as  one's  own  work, 
falsification  of  credentials,  revealing  contents 
of  an  examination  to  anyone  who  has  not  yet 
taken  the  exam,  failure  to  report  infractions 


19 


and  any  other  academic-related  behaviors  that 
are  disrespectful  of  the  rights  of  individuals, 
the  policies  of  the  School  of  Nursing  and  the 
university  or  the  professional  standards  of 
conduct. 

After  having  considered  evidence  submit- 
ted by  student  and  faculty,  if  the  chairperson 
determines  that  an  infraction  has  occurred, 
he  or  she  shall  determine  the  appropriate 
disciplinary  action.  A  student  who  is  dissatis- 
fied with  the  decision  may  appeal  to  the 
Associate  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies 
and,  if  necessary,  to  the  Dean,  School  of 
Nursing. 

Possible  penalities  for  violations  of  this 
policy  include:  being  placed  on  academic 
warning,  receiving  a  failing  grade  for  the 
course,  suspension,  expulsion. 

Graduate  Academic  Regulations 
Degree  Requirements 

Requirements  for  graduation  from  the  mas- 
ters degree  program  include:  completion  of 
the  planned  program  within  a  five-year  pe- 
riod, achieving  a  cumulative  grade  point  aver- 
age of  B  or  30  and  completion  of  a 
minimum  of  one  year  of  full-time  study  or  its 
equivalent.  Requirements  for  graduation  from 
the  doctoral  program  include:  completion  of 
the  planned  program  within  a  nine-year  pe- 
riod (a  maximum  of  five  years  between 
matriculation  and  admission  to  candidacy  and 
a  maximum  of  four  years  following  admission 
to  candidacy);  admission  to  candidacy  for  the 
doctoral  degree;  achieving  a  cumulative  GPA 
of  at  least  30;  successful  completion  of  pre- 
liminary, comprehensive  and  final  oral  exam- 
inations; completion  of  a  satisfactory 
dissertation;  and  completion  of  a  minimum  of 
two  consecutive  semesters  of  full-time  study. 

The  student  must  be  registered  for  at 
least  one  credit  in  the  semester  in  which  she/ 
he  wishes  to  graduate. 

Application  for  the  diploma  must  be 
filed  with  the  registrar  within  the  first  three 
weeks  of  the  semester  in  which  the  candidate 


expects  to  obtain  a  degree  except  during  the 
summer  session.  During  the  summer  session, 
the  application  must  be  filed  in  the  office  of 
the  registrar  during  the  first  week  of  classes. 
A  student  who  does  not  graduate  at  the 
end  of  the  semester  in  which  he  or  she 
applies  for  the  diploma  must  reapply  for  it  in 
the  semester  in  which  he  or  she  expects  to 
graduate. 

Plan  of  Study 

Upon  admission  to  the  graduate  program 
each  student  is  assigned  an  academic  advisor 
from  the  area  of  concentration.  The  masters 
students  are  also  assigned  an  advisor  in  the 
second  track  area.  Nondegree  students  are 
assigned  advisors  in  their  area  of  interest.  The 
advisor  assignments  are  subject  to  change  as 
additional  interests  of  the  student  are  deter- 
mined or  upon  request  of  the  advisor  or 
advisee.  The  advisor  is  available  for  academic 
counseling  and  guides  the  student  in  a  plan 
of  study  determination  of  research  interests 
and  selection  of  thesis/dissertation  chairman 
or  readers  for  the  seminar  papers  (for  mas- 
ters students). 

All  graduate  students  must  complete  a 
Plan  of  Study  form,  which  outlines  the  stu- 
dents expected  progression  through  the  de- 
gree requirements.  One  copy  of  this  Plan  of 
Study  must  be  filed  with  the  Graduate  School 
by  the  beginning  of  the  second  semester  of 
study  for  masters  or  third  semester  of  study 
for  doctoral  students.  A  second  copy  of  the 
Plan  of  Study  remains  in  the  students  nursing 
program  file.  Any  major  alteration  of  the  plan 
necessitates  filing  an  amended  plan.  It  is 
suggested  that  students  retain  a  copy  of  this 
plan  for  their  own  files. 


20 


The  entire  course  of  study  constitutes  a 
unified  program  approved  by  the  student's 
major  advisor  and  by  the  Graduate  School. 
Faculty  in  each  department  provide  indi- 
vidualized guidance  in  the  selection  of 
courses  based  upon  guidelines  and  policies 
approved  by  the  nursing  program  and  the 
Graduate  School.  Considerable  flexibility  is 
possible  within  a  student's  area  of  interest 
and  specific  career  goals. 

Statute  of  Limitations 

Starting  on  the  first  day  of  matriculation  (or 
with  the  first  transfer  course)  a  maximum  five 
years  is  allowed  for  the  completion  of  mas- 
ter's degree  requirements.  This  applies  to 
part-time  and  full-time  students.  Doctoral  stu- 
dents must  be  admitted  to  candidacy  for  the 
doctoral  degree  within  five  years  after  admis- 
sion to  the  doctoral  program  and  at  least  one 
academic  year  before  the  date  on  which  the 
degree  is  to  be  conferred.  The  student  must 
complete  all  program  requirements  within 
four  years  following  admission  to  candidacy. 

Scholastic  Requirements 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  each  student  to 
remain  informed  of  and  adhere  to  all  Gradu- 
ate School,  nursing  program  and  university 
regulations  and  requirements.  Additional  pol- 
icies and  procedures  are  found  in  the  Gradu- 
ate School  catalogue,  the  Nursing  Program 
Faculty  Advisor/Student  Handbook  and  in 
Important  Dates  for  Advisors  and  Students, 
issued  each  year  by  the  Graduate  School. 

The  Graduate  School  requires  that  all 
students  achieve  a  B  or  30  cumulative  GPA  by 
the  end  of  the  third  semester  of  study.  No 
grade  below  a  C  is  acceptable  toward  the 
graduate  degree.  The  master's  degree  nursing 
program  requires  that  a  student  receive  a  B 
or  higher  in  the  core  and  required  nursing 
courses  in  her/his  area  of  concentration.  Any 
course  with  a  grade  below  B  in  the  area  of 
concentration  must  be  repeated. 

Since  graduate  students  must  maintain  an 
overall  B  average,  every  credit  hour  of  C  in 
coursework  must  be  balanced  by  a  credit 
hour  of  A.  A  course  in  which  a  grade  of  less 


than  B  is  received  may  be  repeated.  The 
grade  on  the  repeated  course,  whether  it  is 
higher  or  lower  than  the  original  grade, 
replaces  the  original  grade.  Courses  in  the 
degree  program  which  are  completed  with  a 
D  or  F  must  be  repeated.  Grades  earned  for 
thesis  or  dissertation  research  and  grades 
earned  from  courses  which  are  transferred 
for  degree  credit  from  other  schools  and/or 
previous  study  are  also  not  included  in  the 
computation  of  the  GPA. 

Transfer  Credits 

A  maximum  of  six  credits  of  acceptable 
graduate  level  coursework  may  be  applied 
toward  the  master's  degree  as  transfer  credits 
from  another  school  or  from  the  coursework 
only  status.  In  the  doctoral  program,  transfer 
credits  are  individually  assessed  to  determine 
relevance  to  the  student's  program  of  study;  a 
variable  number  of  credits  is  permissible. 
Permission  must  be  given  by  the  major  ad- 
visor and  the  Graduate  School  before  any 
credits  are  transferred.  In  order  to  be  eligible 
for  transfer,  the  transfer  course  must  have 
been  taken  within  the  statute  of  limitations 
for  the  degree  and  may  not  have  been  used 
to  satisfy  requirements  for  any  other  degree 
or  admission  into  the  graduate  program. 
Transfer  credits  are  not  calculated  in  the  final 
grade  point  average. 

Credit  by  Examination 

A  graduate  student  may  receive  credit  by 
examination  only  for  a  course  for  which 
she/he  is  otherwise  eligible  to  receive  gradu- 
ate degree  credit.  In  the  master's  program  a 
maximum  of  six  (nine  in  Primary  Care) 
credits  is  possible  through  credit  by  examina- 
tion. A  graduate  student  seeking  to  utilize  this 
option  must  obtain  the  consent  of  the  advisor 
and  of  the  instructor  currently  responsible 
for  the  course.  The  Graduate  School  main- 
tains a  list  of  courses  for  which  examinations 
are  available  or  will  be  prepared.  A  fee  is 


21 


paid  upon  application  for  the  examination 
and  is  not  refundable  regardless  of  whether 
or  not  the  student  completes  the  examina- 
tion. The  grade  received  for  a  course  ac- 
cepted through  credit  by  examination  is 
computed  in  the  grade  point  average. 

Withdrawal  from  a  Course 

A  withdrawal  is  noted  on  the  students  tran- 
script by  a  WD.  In  cases  of  excessive  absences 
from  courses,  an  F  is  given  unless  the  student 
officially  withdraws  from  a  course.  The  se- 
mester credits  for  the  F  grade  are  computed 
in  the  grade  point  average. 

Temporary  and  Final  Grades 

Temporary  Grade  of  "Incomplete"  may  be 
given,  on  occasion,  to  graduate  students  un- 
able to  complete  all  the  requirements  of  a 
course  in  the  semester  in  which  it  is  taken. 
An  "Incomplete"  grade  must  be  changed  to  a 
final  letter  grade  (A,  B,  C,  D,  F)  within  one 
full  academic  year  of  the  time  at  which  the 
course  ended.  Failure  to  report  a  final  letter 
grade  within  this  one-year  time  period  will 
automatically  result  in  the  student  being 
awarded  a  grade  of  F. 

In  calculating  the  GPA,  I  =  0;  therefore,  a 
grade  of  I  constitutes  a  penalty  until  the  I 
grade  is  removed.  A  course  with  an  in- 
complete grade  should  not  be  repeated.  Stu- 
dents with  provisional  admission  or  on 
academic  probation  may  not  register  for  addi- 
tional coursework  until  the  I  grade  is  re- 
moved. These  policies  do  not  apply  to  799  or 
899  research  grades,  which  should  be  re- 
moved when  the  applicable  research  has 
been  certified  by  the  appropriate  oral  exam- 
ination committee. 

Temporary  Grade  of  "No  Mark"  may  be 
given,  on  occasion,  when  faculty  members 
are  unable  to  complete  the  grading  process 
within  the  semester  in  which  the  course  is 
given  even  though  the  student  has  completed 
all  requirements.  A  grade  of  NM  must  be 
changed  to  a  letter  grade  (A,  B,  C,  D,  F)  by 
the  beginning  of  the  next  semester  after  the 
course  was  given. 


Academic  Progress — Unsatisfactory 
Achievement 

At  the  end  of  each  semester,  the  record  of 
every  student  is  reviewed  by  the  Master's 
Degree  or  Doctoral  Program  Committee.  A 
students  registration  in  the  graduate  program 
may  be  discontinued  at  any  time  if  work  or 
progress  is  deemed  unsatisfactory. 

Provisional  Admission:  Any  student  admitted 
provisionally  will  be  granted  unconditional 
status  when  the  provision(s)  have  been  satis- 
fied. The  Graduate  School  will  be  responsible 
for  notifying  the  department  if  a  student  fails 
to  meet  the  provisions  of  admission.  The 
Graduate  School  will  dismiss  those  provi- 
sional students  who  fail  to  meet  the  provi- 
sions. 

Academic  Jeopardy — Unconditional  Admis- 
sion: Unconditionally  admitted  full-time  stu- 
dents who  have  not  maintained  a  B  average 
during  the  first  semester  (9  credits)  are  to  be 
placed  on  probation  and  will  be  dismissed  if 
B  minimum  grades  in  every  course  (9  cred- 
its) are  not  achieved  during  the  next  se- 
mester. Unconditionally  admitted  part-time 
students  who  have  not  maintained  a  B  aver- 
age for  the  first  12  credits  are  to  be  placed 
on  probation  and  must  achieve  B  minimum 
grades  in  every  course  during  the  next  12 
credit  hours  or  they  too  will  be  dismissed.  If 
the  semesters  grade  point  average  is  below 
2.75  the  student  will  be  requested  to  with- 
draw. 

Academic  Progress  at  the  End  of  the  Third 
Semester:  A  cumulative  GPA  of  30  must  be 
attained  by  all  graduate  students  (M.S.  and 
Ph.D.  students)  by  the  end  of  the  third 
semester  and  thereafter.  Failure  to  achieve 
and  maintain  the  30  average  will  result  in 
dismissal  from  the  program.  In  addition,  a 


22 


satisfactory  level  of  research  performance  as 
determined  by  the  research  advisor  and  Re- 
search Committee  must  be  maintained  or  a 
dismissal  from  the  program  could  result. 

Failure  of  Comprehensive  Examinations  in 
Master's  Degree  Program:  A  master's  student 
who  fails  one  or  more  questions  on  the 
comprehensive  examination  may  schedule  a 
retake  examination.  If  a  student  should  have  a 
second  failure  of  an  examination  question(s) 
additional  coursework  will  be  required  as 
recommended  by  the  student's  advisor. 
Failure  on  the  second  retake  will  result  in 
dismissal  of  the  student. 

Additional  Doctoral  Program  Requirements: 

A  student  will  be  asked  to  withdraw  from  the 
doctoral  program  upon  recommendation  of 
the  Doctoral  Program  Committee  if  any  of  the 
following  events  occur. 

a.  Failure  to  maintain  a  cumulative  GPA  of  30 
(as  specified  above) 

b.  Failure  on  preliminary  examination  at  sec- 
ond attempt 

c.  Failure  on  comprehensive  examination  at 
second  attempt 

d.  Failure  to  be  admitted  to  candidacy  within 
five  years  of  admission  into  the  program 

e.  Failure  to  complete  degree  requirements 
within  four  years  following  admission  to 
candidacy 

f  Failure  to  demonstrate  a  satisfactory  level  of 
research  performance  as  determined  by  the 
research  advisor  and  Dissertation  Advisory 
Committee 

g.  Failure  to  maintain  continuous  registration 

Withdrawal,  Suspension,  Dismissal 

A  "Graduate  School  Program  Withdrawal 
Form"  must  be  completed  and  submitted 
when  a  student  officially  withdraws  from  the 
graduate  program.  An  application  for  with- 
drawal bearing  the  proper  signatures  must 
be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  registrar.  If  a 
student  leaves  the  university  prior  to  the 
conclusion  of  a  semester  or  session,  the  date 
used  in  computing  a  refund  is  the  date  the 
application  for  withdrawal  is  filed  in  the 
registrars  office.  A  student  who  withdraws 
during  a  semester  and  does  not  file  an 


application  for  withdrawal  with  the  registrar 
will  receive  marks  of  failure  in  all  courses 
and  will  forfeit  the  right  to  any  refund. 

The  faculty  advisor  and  graduate  student 
share  the  responsibility  for  the  student's  pro- 
gress. Students  are  expected  to  comply  with 
rules  and  procedures  of  the  Graduate  School 
as  well  as  with  specific  requirements  estab- 
lished by  individual  departments.  In  fulfilling 
this  responsibility  the  student  should  seek  the 
advice  of  a  faculty  advisor,  department  chair- 
person and/or  the  administrative  officers  of 
the  School  of  Nursing  and  the  staff  of  the 
dean  for  graduate  studies. 

Procedures  are  established  to  protect  the 
institution's  integrity  and  the  individual  stu- 
dent's interests  and  welfare.  The  University  of 
Maryland,  through  its  various  faculties  and 
appropriate  committees,  reserves  the  discre- 
tionary right  to  suspend  any  student  from  the 
university  for  failure  to  maintain  a  satisfactory 
academic  record,  acceptable  personal  behav- 
ior, accepted  standards  of  practice  in  a  clinical 
agency  or  satisfactory  standard  of  health. 

When  the  actions  of  a  student  are  judged 
by  competent  authority  using  established  pro- 
cedure to  be  detrimental  to  the  interests  of 
the  university  community,  that  person  may  be 
required  to  withdraw  from  the  university. 

Scholastic  Honors  for  Graduates 

Honor  Societies 

National  Honor  Society  of  Nursing:  Sigma 
Theta  Tau,  founded  in  1922,  is  the  national 
honor  society  of  nursing;  Pi  chapter  was 
established  at  the  University  of  Maryland  in 
1959.  The  purposes  of  Sigma  Theta  Tau  are  to 
recognize  superior  scholarship  achievement, 
encourage  and  support  research  activities  and 
strengthen  commitment  to  the  ideas  and 
purposes  of  the  nursing  profession. 


23 


Candidates  for  membership  are  selected 
from  the  graduating  senior  students  in  the 
generic  and  registered  nurse  programs  and 
the  graduate  programs  as  well  as  from  the 
nursing  community.  Selection  is  based  on 
scholastic  achievement,  leadership  qualities, 
creativity,  professional  standards  and  commit- 
ment. 

A  scholarship  is  offered  by  Pi  chapter  to 
a  nursing  student  each  year.  Eligibility  re- 
quirements are  similar  to  those  established 
for  membership.  Applications  may  be  ob- 
tained from  the  counselor  of  Pi  chapter. 
Who's  Who  among  Students  in  American 
Universities  and  Colleges:  Membership  in  this 
organization  is  open  to  juniors,  seniors  and 
graduate  students  in  the  School  of  Nursing. 
Both  students  and  faculty  participate  in  the 
nomination  and  selection  of  members  on  the 
basis  of  the  following  criteria:  scholarship 
ability,  participation  and  leadership  in  aca- 
demic and  extracurricular  activities,  cit- 
izenship and  service  to  the  school  and 
potential  for  future  achievement. 

Phi  Kappa  Phi:  Phi  Kappa  Phi  is  a  national 
honor  society  which  was  established  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  in  1920.  Its  objective  is 
to  foster  and  recognize  outstanding  schol- 
arship, character  and  social  usefulness  in 
students  from  all  areas  of  instruction.  Candi- 
dates for  membership  are  selected  from  the 
basic  baccalaureate,  registered  nurse  and 
graduate  programs  in  nursing. 

Special  Awards  for  Baccalaureate 
Graduates 

The  Edwin  and  LM.  Zimmerman  Award  is 

given  by  the  Trustees  of  the  Endowment  Fund 
for  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of 
Nursing  to  the  member  of  the  graduating 
class  who  consistently  demonstrates  a  high 
level  of  professional  nursing  practice  in  car- 
ing for  patients. 

The  Frances  Arnold  Memorial  Award  is 

given  by  the  Women's  Auxiliary  to  the  mem- 
ber of  the  graduating  class  who  has  shown 
the  most  interest,  enthusiasm  and  proficiency 
in  neurosurgical  nursing. 


The  Award  for  Excellence  in  Neurological 
Nursing  is  given  by  the  Department  of  Neu- 
rology in  the  School  of  Medicine  to  the 
member  of  the  graduating  class  who  excels  in 
neurological  nursing. 

The  Flora  Hoffman  Tarum  Memorial  Award 

is  given  from  the  Endowment  Fund  to  a 
member  of  the  graduating  class  for  lead- 
ership, loyalty  and  school  spirit. 

The  Elizabeth  Collins  Lee  Award  is  given 
from  the  Endowment  Fund  to  the  student 
having  the  second  highest  average  in  schol- 
arship. 

The  University  of  Maryland  Alumni  Asso- 
ciation Award  is  given  to  the  graduate  with 
the  highest  average  in  scholarship. 

The  Nurses  Alumni  Association  Award  for 

Leadership  in  a  Campus  Organization  is  given 
to  one  member  of  the  graduation  class. 

The  R.N.  Faculty  Award  is  given  by  the  R.N. 
faculty  to  one  R.N.  graduating  student  who  is 
outstanding  in  professional  leadership. 

Other  Awards 

School  of  Nursing  students  are  eligible  for 
several  types  of  awards  upon  completion  of 
the  undergraduate  or  graduate  program.  The 
awards,  which  are  presented  at  an  academic 
convocation,  have  been  donated  by  the 
Nurses  Alumni  Association  or  other  groups  or 
individuals  who  wish  to  recognize  outstand- 
ing individuals  in  the  student  body.  Annually 
a  Research  Award  is  presented  to  a  master's 
student  in  recognition  of  excellence  in  re- 
search, and  an  award  is  presented  to  the 
outstanding  masters  student  in  each  area  of 
concentration. 


STUDENT  SERVICES 


25 


Office  of  Student  Services 

The  Office  of  Student  Services  is  responsible 
for  providing  activities  and  services  which 
assist  students  with  personal  and  academic 
adjustment  to  the  School  of  Nursing.  Among 
the  activities  coordinated  by  the  office  are 
student  orientation,  Parents  Day,  Student  Gov- 
ernment Association,  a  peer  tutorial  program 
for  minority  students,  a  writing  class,  test 
taking  and  study  skills  classes  and  Honors 
Convocation.  Additionally,  counselors  are 
available  to  assist  students  who  request  coun- 
seling for  personal  difficulties. 

Student  Organizations 

Several  student  organizations  are  active  in  the 
School  of  Nursing.  Those  organizations  which 
function  at  the  undergraduate  level  are  as 
follows: 

Student  Government  Association 

Black  Student  Nurse  Association 

Junior  Class 

Senior  Class 

"Pledge"  Yearbook 

Maryland  Student  Nurse  Association 
Graduate  students  are  represented  by  the 
Graduates  in  Nursing  Association,  which  is 
affiliated  with  the  UMAB  Graduate  Student 
Association. 

Campus  Health  Services 

Health  insurance  is  required  of  all  full-time 
nursing  students  (nine  or  more  semester 
hours)  through  either  the  university  plan  or 
self-procured  equivalent  coverage.  Students 
with  equivalent  coverage  must  provide  proof 
of  such  membership  at  registration  and  ob- 
tain an  insurance  waiver  form. 

The  school  provides  medical  care  for  its 
students  through  the  Campus  Health  Services, 
located  on  the  first  floor  of  Howard  Hall,  660 
West  Redwood  Street.  Emergency  service  is 
available,  at  night  and  on  weekends,  by 
calling  528-6790  and  talking  directly  to  the 
medical  admitting  officer.  Emergency  room 
care  will  be  covered  only  if  the  problem  is 
life-threatening  and  immediate  or  if  the  stu- 
dent is  referred  by  the  medical  admitting 


officer.  The  office  is  staffed  by  a  physician 
director  and  seven  physicians  in  internal 
medicine,  psychiatry  and  gynecology;  a  psy- 
chologist; three  nurse  practitioners  and  two 
registered  nurses. 

A  required  student  health  fee  makes 
these  services  available  and  covers  the  phys- 
ical examination  required  of  all  nursing  stu- 
dents. 

Housing 

The  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  is 
predominantly  a  commuter  campus.  Most 
students  locate  housing  in  Baltimore  or  com- 
mute from  their  homes  elsewhere  in  the 
state.  Two  types  of  on-campus  housing  are 
available  on  a  limited  basis.  Dormitory-style 
living  is  available  for  men  and  women  in  the 
Baltimore  Student  Union.  Fully  furnished  effi- 
ciency and  one-  and  two-bedroom  apartments 
are  available  in  the  uniquely  restored  Pascault 
Row  townhouses. 

Athletic  Facilities 

The  campus  has  a  single-floor  recreation  area 
located  atop  the  Pratt  Street  Garage.  It  is 
equipped  with  two  squash  courts,  two  rac- 
quetball/handball  courts  and  two  basketball 
courts  which  may  also  be  used  for  tennis, 
badminton  and  volleyball.  In  addition,  there 
is  a  weight  room  equipped  with  a  15  station 
Universal  Gym  and  a  sauna  in  each  locker 
room. 

Facilities  are  available  for  use  by  UMAB 
students,  faculty,  staff  and  alumni.  A  ticket 
service  for  University  of  Maryland  College 
Park  athletic  events  is  housed  in  this  facility. 
UMAB  students  with  a  current  and  valid  I.D. 
are  admitted  free  to  the  UMAB  athletic  facility. 
Faculty  and  staff  members  who  want  to  use 
the  gym  are  charged  a  $25  per  academic  year 
membership  fee.  For  additional  information, 
contact  the  athletic  manager  at  528-3902. 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 


27 


Undergraduate  Fees  and 
Expenses,  1984-85 


Baltimore  Campus,  I 

Upper  Division 

(Ju  n  ior-Sen  ior) 

Per 

Per 

Seniester 

Year 

Matriculation  fee 

$20.00 

$20.00 

(new  students  only) 

(fall  only) 

Tuition* 

In-State  (full- 

578.00 

1,156.00 

time) 

Out-of-state  (full- 

1,854.00 

3,708.00 

time) 

Part-time 

68.00  per  credit 

(8  credits  or  less) 

Supporting  facilities 

fee 

(full-time) 

60.00 

120.00 

(part-time) 

20.00 

40.00 

Instructional  re- 

23.00 

46.00 

sources  fee  (full- 

time) 

Student  health  fee 

(full-time) 

25.00 

50.00 

(part-time) 

12.50 

25.00 

Health  insurance 

(one  person) 

277.87 

555.74 

(two  persons) 

596.14 

1,192.28 

(family) 

648.67 

1,297.34 

Malpractice  insurance 

20.00 

Student  activities 

6.00 

12.00 

fee 

Student  government 

fee 

(full-time) 

6.00 

12.00 

(part-time) 

2.50 

5.00 

Dormitory  fee, 

830.00 

1,660.00 

double  occu- 

pancy 

Apartment  fee 

185-200/month 

plus  utilities 

Diploma  fee 

20.00 

(seniors) 

Late  registration  fee 

25.00 

*A  $50  nonrefundable  deposit  is  required  at  the  time 
of  the  student's  acceptance  for  admission.  This 
amount  is  applied  to  the  fall  tuition. 

Registered  nurse  students  should  check 
the  University  of  Maryland  Baltimore  County 
catalog  for  fee  information. 

Explanation  of  Fees 

Tuition  helps  defray  the  cost  of  operating  the 
university's  programs. 

Supporting  facilities  fee  is  used  to  support 
the  auxiliary  facilities  and  service  provided 
for  the  convenience  of  all  students. 

Instructional  resources  fee  represents  a 
charge  for  instructional  materials  and/or  labo- 
ratory supplies  furnished  for  and  to  students. 

Student  health  fee  is  charged  to  help  defray 
the  cost  of  providing  a  Campus  Health  Serv- 
ice. This  service  includes  routine  examina- 
tions and  emergency  care.  Blue  Cross  or 
other  acceptable  medical  insurance  is  also 
required. 

Health  insurance  (the  university  plan  or 
equivalent  insurance)  is  required  of  all  full- 
time  students.  Students  with  equivalent  insur- 
ance coverage  must  provide  proof  of  such 
coverage  at  registration. 

Malpractice  insurance  is  required  of  all  un- 
dergraduate nursing  students. 

Student  activities  and  student  government 
fees  are  used  at  the  discretion  of  the  various 
student  government  associations  to  provide 
financial  support  for  recreational,  social  and 
professional  activities. 

Diploma  fee  helps  defray  costs  involved  with 
graduation  and  commencement. 

Late  registration  fee:  All  students  are  ex- 
pected to  complete  registration,  including  the 
filing  of  class  cards  and  payment  of  bills,  on 
the  regularly  scheduled  registration  days. 
Those  who  do  not  complete  registration  dur- 
ing the  prescribed  days  must  pay  a  late 
registration  fee  of  $25.  Students  receive  regis- 
tration instructions  from  the  office  of  the 
registrar. 


Change  fee 


10.00 


28 


Additional  expenses  include  the  pur- 
chase of  uniforms  (approximate  cost  $130) 
and  the  recommended  purchase  of  a 
stethoscope  at  approximately  $30.  No  di- 
ploma, certificate  or  transcript  will  be  issued 
to  a  student  until  all  financial  obligations  to 
the  university  have  been  satisfied.  The  univer- 
sity reserves  the  right  to  make  such  changes 
in  fees  and  other  changes  as  may  be  neces- 
sary. 

Graduate  Fees  and  Expenses, 
1984-85 

Matriculation  (new  student)  $20.00 

Tuition,  per  credit 

In-state  82.00 

Out-of-state  145.00 

Supporting  facilities  fee,  per  semester 

Full-time  60.00 

Part-time  20.00 

Student  health  fee,  per  semester 

Full-time  25.00 

Part-time  12.50 

Health  insurance  (Blue  Cross),  per  semester 
One  person  277.87 

Two  persons  596.14 

Student  activities  fee,  per  semester  1500 

Graduation  fee  20.00 

Continuous  registration  fee 

(doctoral  candidates)  22.00 

Late  registration  fee  25.00 

Change  fee  10.00 

NOTE:  All  graduate  nursing  students  are  re- 
quired to  carry  professional  malpractice  in- 
surance throughout  their  academic  program. 
Documentation  of  coverage  is  required  at  the 
time  of  every  registration  and  must  meet  the 
amount  set  by  the  School  of  Nursing  and 
clinical  agencies. 


Financial  Aid 

Student  financial  aid  programs  for  graduate 
students  and  generic  undergraduate  students 
are  centrally  administered  by  the  Student 
Financial  Aid  Office,  located  in  the  Baltimore 
Student  Union.  Financial  aid  for  students  in 
the  baccalaureate  degree  program  for  regis- 
tered nurses  is  administered  by  the  Student 
Financial  Aid  Office  at  UMBC.  The  UMBC 
catalog  provides  program  information. 

The  primary  purpose  of  a  financial  aid 
program  is  to  provide  assistance  to  students 
who  otherwise  would  be  unable  to  attend  the 
university.  Financial  aid  is  offered  only  after  it 
is  determined  that  the  resources  of  the  family 
are  insufficient  to  meet  educational  and  living 
expenses.  Any  aid  then  offered  will  not  ex- 
ceed the  difference  between  the  total  ex- 
penses and  family  resources.  In  the  case  of 
new  students,  applicants  do  not  have  to  be 
admitted  in  order  to  submit  an  application, 
but  the  student  must  be  accepted  before  an 
award  can  be  made. 

Specific  requirements  and  terms  for  all 
grants,  scholarships  and  loans  are  listed  in 
the  student  financial  aid  brochure.  Requests 
for  information  and  financial  aid  applications 
should  be  addressed  to  the  Student  Financial 
Aid  Office,  University  of  Maryland  at  Bal- 
timore, 621  West  Lombard  Street,  Baltimore, 
Maryland  21201.  Priority  date  for  submitting 
applications  for  the  following  academic  year 
is  February  15. 

University  Grants 

In  an  attempt  to  meet  the  ever-increasing 
needs  of  students,  the  Maryland  legislature 
each  year  allocates  to  the  university  funds 
earmarked  for  student  assistance.  As  a  result, 
university  grants  are  available  to  Maryland 
residents  who  demonstrate  a  financial  need. 
After  careful  review  of  the  students  current 
financial  situation,  awards  are  made  on  an 
individual  basis  in  the  form  of  Dean's  Schol- 
arships, Desegregation  Grants,  Other  Race 
Grants,  Maryland  State  Scholarship  Board 
Funds  and/or  tuition  waivers. 


29 


Federal  Grants 

Under  provisions  established  by  the  federal 
government,  limited  grants  are  available  to 
encourage  students  of  exceptional  financial 
need  to  continue  their  postsecondary  school 
education.  A  recipient  must  be  a  United  States 
citizen  enrolled  as  a  full-time  student.  Such 
grants  include:  the  Supplemental  Education 
Opportunity  Grant,  Work-Study  and  Pell 
Grant. 

Through  the  Health  Professional  Schol- 
arship Program,  the  Veterans  Administration 
will  pay  undergraduate  nursing  students  and 
graduate  students  in  certain  specialty  areas  a 
monthly  stipend  in  addition  to  tuition  and 
fees  and  other  reasonable  education  expenses 
during  their  enrollment  in  nursing  school  in 
exchange  for  two  years  of  service  in  a  Vet- 
erans Administration  Medical  Center.  Further 
information  may  be  obtained  by  writing  the 
Health  Professional  Scholarship  Program 
(14N),  VA  Central  Office,  810  Vermont  Ave- 
nue, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20420. 

Other  Aid  Sources  for  Baccalaureate 
Students 

Private  organizations  and  donations  have  es- 
tablished various  scholarship  and  loan  ac- 
counts. Certain  hospitals  have  special  plans 
for  financial  aid  if  the  student  agrees  to  work 
for  the  agency  upon  graduation.  Students  are 
routinely  notified  of  their  availability. 

Reserve  Officer  Training  Corps  (ROTC) 
two-year  nursing  scholarships  are  awarded  to 
applicants  accepted  into  the  ROTC  program 
and  the  upper  division  nursing  program. 
Students  must  enroll  in  the  ROTC  course 
concurrently  with  the  nursing  program.  The 
scholarship  includes  tuition,  fees  and  a  sti- 
pend. 

Additional  Aid  Sources  for  Graduate 
Students 

Graduate  Assistantships:  The  School  of  Nurs- 
ing provides  a  limited  number  of  graduate 
research  and  teaching  assistantships  to  doc- 
toral students  on  a  competitive  basis.  These 
assistantships  provide  remission  of  tuition  (10 
credits  per  semester)  and  fees  in  addition  to 
a  modest  salarv. 


The  graduate  assistant  is  generally  ex- 
pected to  make  a  work  commitment  of  ap- 
proximately 20  hours  per  week.  Assigned 
duties  are  consistent  with  the  aims  and  objec- 
tives of  the  teaching  and  research  missions  of 
the  university.  In  addition  to  the  above,  some 
research  assistantships  are  available  through 
grant  or  contract  funds.  Depending  on  the 
qualifications  required  for  a  particular  posi- 
tion, masters  and  doctoral  students  may  be 
eligible  to  apply. 

Prospective  students  interested  in  being 
considered  for  graduate  assistantships  should 
make  application  to  the  School  of  Nursing. 
No  action  is  taken  by  faculty  until  eligibility 
for  admission  has  been  established. 

Traineeships:  Students  who  meet  admission 
requirements  and  are  U.S.  citizens  are  eligi- 
ble to  apply  to  the  School  of  Nursing  for 
federal  funds  for  full-time  study.  Professional 
nurse  traineeships  available  from  the  Division 
of  Nursing,  Health  and  Human  Services  pro- 
vide tuition  and  fees  (and  a  monthly  stipend 
if  money  is  available). 

Students  in  selected  specialty  areas  may 
also  be  eligible  for  support  under  specialized 
grants  obtained  by  the  School  of  Nursing  or 
available  through  application  to  a  specific 
foundation  or  funding  source.  Since  there  are 
limitations  on  the  number  of  traineeships 
available,  applicants  are  ranked  according  to 
total  professional  background.  In  the  case  of 
all  traineeships,  prospective  students  make 
application  to  the  School  of  Nursing.  No 
action  is  taken  by  faculty  until  eligibility  for 
admission  has  been  established. 

Recipients  of  financial  aid  are  expected 
to  make  satisfactory  progress  toward  attain- 
ment of  a  degree  and  to  abide  by  all  aca- 
demic and  nonacademic  regulations  of  the 
university.  Graduate  students  must  maintain  a 
3.0  GPA  to  be  eligible  for  financial  aid. 


UNDERGRADUATE 
PROGRAM 


31 


Overview 

The  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing 
offers  one  undergraduate  program  which 
leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Nursing  ( B.S.N. ).  Two  types  of  students  are 
admitted  to  the  upper  division  program: 
registered  nurses  and  generic  students. 

The  program  in  professional  nursing, 
leading  to  the  degree  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Nursing,  is  available  to  men  and  women  who 
establish  eligibility  for  admission.  The  first 
two  years  of  preprofessional  study  (lower 
division  course  requirements)  are  available  at 
University  of  Maryland  campuses  and  at  other 
accredited  colleges  or  universities.  On  these 
campuses,  the  student  pursues  a  program 
geared  to  providing  fundamentals  of  a  liberal 
education  and  subjects  which  are  supportive 
to  the  study  of  nursing.  The  junior  and  senior 
years  are  devoted  to  completing  the  nursing 
major  on  the  Baltimore  City  campus. 

Registered  nurses  who  desire  to  bring 
their  previous  preparation  for  nursing  in  line 
with  requirements  for  the  baccalaureate  de- 
gree are  encouraged  to  establish  eligibility 
for  admission.  Credits  previously  earned  at  an 
accredited  two-  or  four-year  college  or  uni- 
versity are  assessed  according  to  University  of 
Maryland  and  School  of  Nursing  policies 
governing  transfer  of  credit.  Opportunity  to 
establish  credit  for  certain  foundational  and 
nursing  courses  is  provided.  The  program  for 
registered  nurses  is  offered  at  the  University 
of  Maryland  Baltimore  County  campus.  RN 
students  receive  their  degrees  from  UMBC. 

Objectives  of  the  Undergraduate 
Program 

The  haccalaureate  graduate  of  the  University 
of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing  is  committed 
to  the  total  well-being  of  people  and  demon- 
strates respect  for  their  dignity,  worth,  auton- 
omy and  uniqueness.  In  ambulatory, 
community  and  inpatient  settings,  the  gradu- 
ate provides  effective  nursing  care  that  assists 
individuals,  families  and  other  groups  at  any 


point  on  the  health  continuum  to  attain, 
regain  or  maintain  their  maximum  level  of 
health  and  functioning. 

The  baccalaureate  program  provides  a 
learning  environment  which  fosters  pur- 
poseful self-direction  and  implementation  of 
nursing  care  based  on  a  deep  grasp  of 
nursing  knowledge  and  skill,  analytical  think- 
ing and  discriminative  judgment.  As  a  result 
of  the  educative  process,  the  graduate  is  able 
to  assume  beginning  leadership  in  the  prac- 
tice of  nursing.  Awareness  of  nursings  effec- 
tiveness on  the  improvement  of  health  care 
services  to  people  gives  impetus  to  the  grad- 
uate's continuing  search  for  knowledge  which 
supports  practice.  To  achieve  these  ends  the 
graduate: 

1.  Synthesizes  selected  concepts  from  the 
affective,  cognitive  and  psychomotor  do- 
mains in  formulating  a  philosophy  of  nurs- 
ing; 

2.  Uses  affective,  cognitive  and  psychomotor 
behaviors  in  applying  the  nursing  process 
to  individuals  and  small  groups; 

3.  Demonstrates  personal  and  professional 
growth  with  increasing  self-direction; 

4.  Demonstrates  leadership  in  nursing  prac- 
tice; 

5.  Demonstrates  responsible  organizational 
behaviors  in  meeting  professional  goals 
within  health  care  agencies; 
Collaborates  in  the  assessment  of  and 
planning  for  meeting  the  health  care 
needs  of  individuals  and  small  groups; 
Improves  nursing  practice  through  the 
evaluation  and  application  of  selected  re- 
search. 


6, 


7 


COURSE  REQUIREMENTS 

CREDITS 

English  composition  (C  or  better 

grade) 

6 

Chemistry,  with  laboratory  (in- 

organic &  organic  content,  C  or 

better  grade) 

8 

Human  anatomy  and  physiology, 

with  laboratory  (C  or  better 

grade) 

8 

Microbiology,  with  laboratory  (C 

or  better  grade) 

4 

Social  sciences 

9 

Human  growth  and  development 

(sophomore  level) 

3 

Humanities 

12 

Nutrition  (sophomore  level) 

3 

Electives 

6 

Minimum  Total 

59 

Lower  Division  Requirements 

Professional,  upper  division  education  in 
nursing  requires  a  foundation  of  learning 
provided  by  required  lower  division  college 
courses.  Prior  to  fall  matriculation  in  the 
undergraduate  program,  all  students  must 
have  completed  the  lower  division  course 
requirements  listed  below  at  an  accredited 
college  or  university. 

Each  of  the  other  campuses  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  and  all  of  the  Maryland 
community  colleges  have  designed  special 
articulation  programs  which  facilitate  a  stu- 
dents admission  to  the  School  of  Nursing.  In 
addition,  Frostburg  State  College,  Morgan 
State  Univeristy  and  Villa  Julie  College  have 
articulation  programs  with  the  School  of 
Nursing.  A  list  of  the  course  numbers  and 
titles  of  the  lower  division  courses  offered  at 
the  particular  institution  that  meet  the  lower 
division  requirements  is  available  at  the  coun- 
seling center  of  the  college. 


*Mnst  include  at  least  one  course  in  sociology'  and 
one  course  in  psychology. 

**Must  include  courses  selected  from  at  least  tljree 
disciplines  within  the  humanities  area,  including 
tljree  credits  of  college-lavl  mathematics. 

The  following  policies  govern  the  transfer  of 
lower  division  college  credits  to  the  School 
of  Nursing: 

1.  Human  anatomy  and  physiology,  chem- 
istry and  microbiology  must  be  courses 
for  students  who  plan  to  or  could  use 
them  as  credits  toward  a  major  in  these 
areas.  In  other  words,  they  cannot  be 
terminal  courses  for  nonmajors. 

2.  Required  natural  science  courses  (chem- 
istry, micobiology  and  human  anatomy 
and  physiology)  must  include  laboratory 
experience. 

3.  Courses  in  religion  will  be  accepted  in 
transfer  when  they  have  been  taught 
within  a  framework  which  oversteps  spe- 
cific sectarian  concerns  and/or  dogma. 


33 


10. 


11 


12. 


13 


14. 


Basic  nutrition  must  be  a  course  with 
prerequisites  of  organic  chemistry  and 
anatomy.  Applicants  should  contact  the 
Office  of  Admissions  and  Academic  Pro- 
gressions for  the  course  numbers  of 
approved  nutrition  courses  at  Maryland 
institutions. 

Humanities  credit  will  be  given  for  one 
studio  course  in  the  fine  arts  (e.g.,  a  class 
in  piano  or  painting)  only  if  credit  in  the 
appropriate  survey  course  is  also  earned 
( music  literature,  history  of  art,  etc. ). 
Ds  are  not  transferable  for  English  com- 
position, chemistry,  anatomy  and  phys- 
iology and  microbiology  from  either  in- 
state or  out-of-state  institutions.  For  other 
courses,  Ds  are  transferable  from  in-state 
public  institutions  only. 
Courses  taken  on  a  Pass/Fail  basis  may  be 
used  for  nonscience  credits  only.  Up  to  6 
credits  of  Pass  may  be  transferred. 
A  sophomore-level  human  growth  and 
development  course  covering  content 
throughout  the  various  stages  of  the  life- 
span is  required.  Applicants  should  con- 
tact the  Office  of  Admissions  and 
Academic  Progressions  for  the  course 
numbers  of  approved  human  growth  and 
development  courses  at  Maryland  institu- 
tions. 

A  college-level  mathematics  course  is  re- 
quired. The  course  should  be  one  with  a 
prerequisite  of  some  college  preparatory 
mathematics  in  high  school. 
Remedial  and/or  repetitive  courses  are 
not  applicable  for  credit. 
Nursing  courses  are  not  transferable. 
(These  are  taught  in  the  junior/senior 
years). 

Natural  science  courses  taken  10  or  more 
years  prior  to  a  students  matriculation 
date  will  generally  not  be  accepted  for 
generic  students. 

Only  students  with  an  overall  grade  point 
average  of  2.0  or  better  will  be  consid- 
ered for  admission. 

Only  59  applicable  credits  are  necessary 
for  matriculation  to  the  School  of  Nurs- 
ing. A  maximum  of  62  will  be  applied 
toward  the  matriculation  grade  point  aver- 
age. 


15.  Whenever  possible,  credits  recorded  on 
an  applicant's  transcripts )  will  be  used  as 
the  basis  for  calculating  the  matriculation 
grade  point  average  rather  than  those 
grades  resulting  from  courses  listed  on 
the  Courses  In  Progress  sheet,  which  is  a 
form  included  in  the  official  application. 

16.  No  more  than  half  of  the  122  applicable 
credits  required  for  graduation  can  be 
earned  by  examinations  (see  Department 
Examinations  and  CLEP,  below). 

Establishing  Lower  Division  Credit  by 
Examination 

Department  Examinations:  Many  two-  and 
four-year  colleges  and  universities  provide  an 
opportunity  for  students  to  take  examinations 
for  credit,  provided  the  student  has  had  some 
instruction  and  experience  in  the  content  of 
the  course  under  consideration. 

Arrangements  are  made  by  students  with 
the  appropriate  departments  in  the  college  in 
which  they  are  matriculated  on  a  full-  or  part- 
time  basis.  The  School  of  Nursing  will  accept 
the  credit  earned  by  examination  provided 
the  course  name  and  number,  grade  and 
credits  earned  are  on  the  transcript.  (In  most 
cases,  Pass/Fail  grades  are  not  accepted). 

CLEP:  It  is  possible  to  earn  credit  by  exam- 
ination through  the  College  Level  Examina- 
tion Program  (CLEP)  of  the  College  Entrance 
Examination  Board.  The  School  of  Nurisng 
recognizes  selected  CLEP  exam  results  for 
credit,  provided  the  student  earns  a  grade 
determined  acceptable.  The  results  from  the 
CLEP  tests  can  be  submitted  to  the  Director 
of  Admissions  and  Registrations,  Room  326, 
Baltimore  Student  Union,  621  West  Lombard 
Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201  for  evalua- 
tion of  the  scores  transferability. 


34 


Assessment  Form 

(For  student  use  only/not  to  be  submitted 
to  the  school) 

The  following  form  is  a  model  of  the  form 


used  by  admission  officers  in  assessing  an 
applicant's  eligibility  for  admission.  Interested 
students  can  use  it  to  keep  track  of  their 
progress  in  meeting  lower  division  require- 
ments. 


Lower  Division 
Requirements 


Required 
Credit 


Credit 
Earned 


Grade 


Q.P. 


School 


Year 
Taken 


English  composition  6 

Chemistry,  with  laboratory  8 

(including  inorganic  and  organic 
content) 

Human  anatomy  and  physiology,  8 

with  laboratory 

Microbiology,  with  laboratory  4 

Social  sciences  (9  cr.) — includes 
sociology,  psychology,  anthropology, 
political  science,  economics, 
geography. 

One  course  must  be  in  sociology 
and  one  must  be  in  psychology. 

3 

3 

3 

Human  growth  and  development  3 
(sophomore  level) 

Humanities  (12  cr.) — need  3  credits 
of  college-level  mathematics  and 
courses  from  at  least  3  of  the 
following  areas:  literature,  language, 
fine  arts,  history,  philosophy, 
mathematics,  public  speaking. 

3 

3 

3 

3 

Nutrition  (sophomore  level)  3 

Academic  electives  6 


Matriculation  G.P.A. 

Minimum  Total  59 


35 


Admission  to  the  Upper 
Division 

General  Information 

Applications  may  be  obtained  between  the 
middle  of  September  and  January  31  for  the 
next  admission  class  from: 

Division  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 

Baltimore  Student  Union,  Room  326 

621  West  Lombard  Street 

Baltimore,  Maryland  21201 

Phone:  528-7480 

Application  deadline  is  February-  1.  All  sup- 
porting documents  must  be  received  bv 
March  1. 

Required  application  materials  must  be  sub- 
mitted before  a  final  disposition  can  be  made 
on  an  application: 

1 .  Transcripts  of  all  college-level  work  taken 
to  date,  including  summer  sessions. 

2.  Courses  in  Progress  Form,  including  all 
coursework  which  the  applicant  is  cur- 
rently taking,  as  well  as  all  courses  which 
will  be  taken  during  upcoming  semesters 
to  meet  the  lower  division  requirements. 

3.  Course  descriptions,  if  applicants  have 
taken  any  of  the  required  natural  science, 
nutrition  or  human  growth  and  develop- 
ment courses  out-of-state. 

Preadmission  counseling  sessions  are  offered 
by  the  staff  of  Admissions  and  Academic 
Progressions  for  students  interested  in  admis- 
sion to  the  school.  The  individual  or  small 
group  counseling  sessions  include  an  expla- 
nation of  the  admission  process  and  each 
attendee's  academic  credentials  are  evaluated. 
For  an  appointment,  phone  (301)  528-6282. 

For  updated  admissions  information,  students 
planning  to  apply  to  the  School  of  Nursing 
for  fall  1986  should  contact  the  Director, 
Office  of  Admissions  and  Progressions,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing,  655 
West  Lombard  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland 
21201  in  the  spring  of  1985. 


Cardiopulmonary  Resuscitation  (CPR)  cer- 
tification is  required  of  all  generic  and  R.N. 
students  prior  to  their  enrollment  in  the 
School  of  Nursing.  The  certificate  must  be 
valid  for  the  time  period  which  covers  August 
of  the  year  of  their  initial  enrollment  through 
June  of  the  following  year.  Since  students  will 
need  to  maintain  a  valid  CPR  certificate  dur- 
ing the  entire  enrollment  in  the  School  of 
Nursing,  they  will  need  to  be  recertified  at 
the  appropriate  time.  The  Office  of  Admis- 
sions and  Academic  Progressions  will  main- 
tain the  record  of  student  certification. 

Applicants  who  attended  foreign  institutions 

will  need  to  validate  which  of  the  credits 
taken  at  a  foreign  institution s)  will  be  ac- 
cepted as  fulfilling  the  School  of  Nursings 
required  lower  division  courses.  The  students 
must  (1)  file  an  official  application  with  ap- 
propriate fee;  (2)  have  the  appropriate  officer 
at  the  foreign  school(s)  attended  send  an 
official  transcript(s)  with  English  translation 
to  the  Division  of  Admissions  and  Registra- 
tions, 621  W  Lombard  Street,  Baltimore, 
Maryland  21201.  Since  it  takes  approximately 
six  months  for  the  processing  of  documents 
received  from  a  foreign  country,  it  is  critical 
that  the  student  apply  in  early  fall  for  the 
following  falls  admission. 

Foreign  students  are  required  to  take  the  Test 
of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language.  A  score  of 
500  is  considered  to  be  an  indication  that  the 
applicant  could  be  successful  in  language 
comprehension  and  use. 

Undergraduate  admission  credentials  and 
application  data  are  retained  for  3  years. 


36 


Admissions  Information  for  Generic 
Applicants 

Normal  educational  sequencing  leading  to  a 
B.S.N,  for  the  generic  applicant  entails  gradu- 
ation from  high  school;  completion  of  59 
lower  division,  preprofessional  course  credits 
at  an  accredited  college  or  university;  and 
completion  of  63  upper  division,  professional 
course  credits.  (State  Board  Examinations  to 
become  a  registered  nurse  are  taken  follow- 
ing the  awarding  of  the  baccalaureate  de- 
gree.) 

The  School  of  Nursing  matriculates  ge- 
neric students  into  upper  division  course- 
work  in  the  fall  of  each  year.  Students  should 
apply  for  admission  in  the  fall  prior  to  their 
expected  matriculation  date.  Students  are  eli- 
gible to  apply  after  completing  approximately 
30  credits  of  the  lower  division  preprofes- 
sional coursework  and  developing  a  plan  for 
completing  the  remaining  29  credits  by  the 
expected  matriculation  date.  All  applications 
will  be  considered  where  the  applicants 
overall  grade  point  average  is  2.0  or  above. 
Admission  is  competitive  and  the  basic  crite- 
ria for  determining  admissions  are: 

1.  Overall  grade  point  average 

2.  Completion  by  February  1  of  44  semester 
hours  of  applicable  (lower  division)  cred- 
its with  a  minimum  distribution  of  these 
credits  in  the  following  categories:  Eng- 
lish— 3  credits;  required  natural  sci- 
ences— 8  credits;  social  sciences — 6  cred- 
its; humanities — 6  credits 

3.  Written  plan  for  completion  of  all  required 
59  lower  division  credits  by  matriculation 
date. 

Early  Review:  Students  whose  application, 
required  transcripts  and  course  descriptions, 
if  applicable,  are  received  by  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  Baltimore  by  November  15  will 
be  considered  for  early  review. 

Early  review  decisions  will  be  an- 
nounced as  soon  as  they  are  made.  Only 
applicants  who  meet  the  criteria  for  early 
review  will  receive  their  admissions  decision 
at  that  time.  Students  who  do  not  meet  the 
criteria  for  early  review  will  automatically  be 


considered  for  regular  review.  Decisions 
made  by  regular  review  will  be  announced  in 
March  and  April.  In  addition,  those  applicants 
who  do  not  meet  the  academic  criteria  for 
the  program  will  be  notified  once  their 
application  has  been  reviewed. 

The  following  are  the  criteria  for  early 
review: 

1.  A  minimum  of  approximately  a  3.0  average 
in  the  preprofessional  course  require- 
ments attempted  at  the  time  of  record 
review.  (All  attempts  of  repeated  courses 
are  used  to  calculate  the  grade  point 
average.) 

2.  Evidence  of  satisfactory  completion  of  8  of 
the  required  20  credits  in  the  natural 
sciences  at  the  time  of  record  review. 

3.  No  D  or  F  grades  recorded  for  any  col- 
lege-level work. 

Regular  Review:  The  application  and  tran- 
scripts for  all  college-level  coursework  com- 
pleted through  the  fall  semester  must  be 
received  by  the  School  of  Nursing's  Admis- 
sions Office  to  be  considered  for  regular 
review.  The  deadline  for  receiving  all  re- 
quired transcripts  and  course  descriptions  is 
March  1.  Applications  still  incomplete  after 
March  1  will  be  processed  only  if  spaces 
remain  to  be  filled  in  the  entering  class. 

A  grade  point  average  will  be  calculated 
for  the  preprofessional  course  requirements 
attempted  at  the  time  of  record  review.  All 
attempts  of  repeated  courses  are  used  to 
calculate  the  grade  point  average.  The  aca- 
demic credentials  of  the  applicant  pool  being 
considered  for  regular  review  in  a  given  year 
will  help  determine  the  exact  criteria  for 
regular  review. 

Individual  Admissions:  Students  who  do  not 
meet  the  admission  criteria  for  early  or 
regular  review  may  still  be  eligible  for  admis- 
sion. They  may  include,  but  are  not  limited 
to,  the  educationally  disadvantaged  and  the 
mature  adult.  Applicants  who  wish  to  be 


37 


considered  for  individual  admission  must 
submit  a  written  request  to  the  Office  of 
Admissions  of  the  School  of  Nursing  after 
they  have  filed  their  application. 

Applicants  who  wish  to  be  considered 
for  individual  admission  are  required  to  sub- 
mit supportive  information,  such  as  letters  of 
recommendation  and  personal  statements, 
with  their  application  explaining  why  their 
application  deserves  special  consideration 
and  why  their  record  does  not  meet  the 
criteria.  Written  requests  for  individual  admis- 
sion and  any  supporting  documentation  must 
be  received  no  later  than  March  1. 

Individual  admissions  shall  be  limited  to 
15  percent  of  the  entering  class  of  the  School 
of  Nursing.  Individual  admissions  applicants 
and  regular  review  applicants  are  reviewed  at 
the  same  time. 

Although  not  a  requirement  for  all  ge- 
neric applicants,  scores  from  the  Allied 
Health  Professions  Admissions  Test  may  be 
submitted  by  individual  admissions  appli- 
cants. These  students  may  take  the  AHPAT  in 
November  or  January  to  improve  their  admis- 
sion status.  In  the  event  an  applicants  grade 
point  average  is  not  competitive,  the  AHPAT 
scores,  if  submitted,  can  be  used  as  an 
additional  admissions  criterion.  (AHPAT 
scores  are  valid  for  five  admissions  years.) 
Applications  for  the  AHPAT  may  be  obtained 
from: 

AHPAT 

The  Psychological  Corporation 

7500  Old  Oak  Boulevard 

Middleburgh  Heights,  Ohio  44130 

Admissions  Information  for 
Registered  Nurse  Applicants 

Normal  educational  sequencing  leading  to  a 
B.S.N,  for  the  registered  nurse  entails  gradua- 
tion from  an  associate  degree  nursing  pro- 
gram or  diploma  nursing  program;  state 
licensure  (failure  to  become  licensed  after  a 
student  has  matriculated  will  result  in  the 
student  being  immediately  withdrawn  from 
the  program);  completion  of  59  lower  divi- 
sion, preprofessional  course  credits  at  an 
accredited  college  or  university;  completion 


of  advanced  placement  examinations  totaling 
30  credits  (6  credits  are  earned  from  faculty 
made  tests  and  24  credits  are  earned  from 
tests  developed  by  the  American  College 
Testing  Program);  completion  of  32  upper 
division,  professional  course  credits. 

The  School  of  Nursing  matriculates  ap- 
proximately 120  registered  nurses  into  upper 
division  qoursework  in  the  fall  of  each  year. 
Students  should  apply  for  admission  in  the 
fall  prior  to  their  expected  matriculation  date. 
Students  are  eligible  to  apply  after  complet- 
ing approximately  30  credits  of  the  lower 
division  preprofessional  coursework  and  de- 
veloping a  plan  for  completing  the  remaining 
29  credits  by  the  expected  matriculation  date. 
All  applications  will  be  considered  where  the 
applicants  overall  grade  point  average  is  2.0 
or  above. 

The  School  of  Nursing  uses  the  process 
of  rolling  admissions  in  reviewing  applica- 
tions from  registered  nurses.  "Rolling  admis- 
sions" means  that  the  earlier  one  applies  and 
submits  all  required  information,  the  earlier 
one  will  hear  about  being  accepted  to  the 
school.  Admission  is  competitive  and  the 
basic  criteria  for  determining  admissions  are: 

1.  Overall  grade  point  average 

2.  Completion  by  February  1  of  44  semester 
hours  of  applicable  credits  with  a  mini- 
mum distribution  of  these  credits  in  the 
following  categories:  English — 3  credits; 
required  natural  sciences — 8  credits;  social 
sciences — 6  credits;  humanities — 6  credits 

3.  Vftitten  plans  for  completion  of  all  re- 
quired 59  lower  division  credits  by  ma- 
triculation date 

4.  Successful  completion  of  advanced  place- 
ment examinations 


38 


Advanced  Placement  for  the 
Registered  Nurse 

When  the  official  application  for  upper  divi- 
sion study  is  received  by  the  School  of 
Nursing,  information  about  the  Advanced 
Placement  Examinations  is  forwarded  to  the 
applicant  and  includes  study  guides  and  regi- 
stration forms  for  all  the  examinations.  The 
required  advanced  placement  examinations 
are  as  follows: 


CREDITS 


MIMIMUM 

GRADE  OR 

SCORE 


NURS  311  and  312  Patho- 
physiological Concepts 
and  Clinical  Implications 
and  Pharmacologic  Agents 
and  Clinical  Applications 


Satisfactory  performance 

on  a  mathematics  mastery 

examination 

NURS  426  Professional 

3 

33 

Strategies 

NURS  457  Maternal  and 

Total  of 

45 

Child  Health  Nursing 

21  for 

NURS  554  Adult  Nursing 

these 

45 

NURS  503  Psychiatric/ 

examina- 

45 

Mental  Health  Nursing 

tions 

NURS  311  and  312  are  prepared  by 
University  of  Maryland  faculty  members. 
NURS  426,  457,  554  and  503  are  prepared  by 
the  American  College  Testing  Center.  Those 
who  would  like  to  contact  the  center  directly 
may  do  so  by  writing: 

ACT  PEP 

2201  North  Dodge  Street 

P.O.  Box  168 

Iowa  City,  Iowa  52243 


An  applicant  who  fails  NURS  311,  312  or 
426  must  take  these  courses  after  matriculat- 
ing in  the  program.  Decisions  as  to  when 
these  courses  are  to  be  taken  are  the  respon- 
sibility of  the  Director  of  Admissions  and 
Academic  Progressions.  Students  have  two 
attempts  to  pass  NURS  311,  312,  426,  457,  554 
and  503  successfully.  Students  who  fail  NURS 
457,  554  and  503  tests  on  the  second  attempt 
are  ineligible  to  enter  the  program. 

Advanced  placement  examinations  must 
be  retaken  if  the  student  does  not  matriculate 
in  the  upper  division  course  of  study  within 
five  admission  years. 

The  Upper  Division  Curriculum 
for  Generic  Students 

The  junior  and  senior  years  of  the  nursing 
curriculum  are  offered  at  the  University  of 
Maryland's  Baltimore  campus.  The  curriculum 
is  based  on  an  integrated  model  whereby 
students  are  taught  by  faculty  who  have 
specialized  knowledge  and  skill  in  the  area  of 
maternal-child,  psychiatric-mental  health, 
medical-surgical,  community  health  and  pri- 
mary care  nursing. 

A  faculty-student  ratio  of  approximately 
1:10  creates  a  learning  situation  in  which 
students  have  sufficient  opportunity  to  learn 
the  clinical  skills  required  of  professional 
nurses.  Student  placement  for  the  junior  year 
is  an  administrative  decision.  A  lottery  is  used 
to  make  decisions  concerning  senior  student 
placements. 

A  typical  plan  of  study  for  the  upper 
division  nursing  major  follows. 


39 


JUNIOR  YEAR 


CREDITS 


Fall  Semester 

NURS  314* 
Concepts  of  Nursing  I 

9 

NURS  311* 

Pathophysiological  Concepts  and 
Clinical  Implications 

3 

NURS  313* 

Introduction  to  Nursing  Process 

3 

Winter  Session  (January) 

15 

NURS  418 

Special  Topics — Electives  in  Health- 
Related  Courses 

3 

Spring  Semester 

NURS  315* 

Concepts  of  Nursing  II 

9 

NURS  312* 

Pharmacologic  Agents  and  Clinical 
Applications 

3 

NURS  323 

Stressors  through  the  Lifespan 

3 

SENIOR  YEAR 

15 
CREDITS 

Fall  Semester 

NURS  324  or  325 

Concepts  of  Nursing  IIIA  or  B 

9 

NURS  321 

Leadership  and  Management  in  Health 
Care  Settings 

3 

NURS  322* 

Nursing  in  Society  (taken  with  NURS 
324) 

3 

NURS  410 

Research  and  Statistics  (taken  with 
NURS  325) 

3 

15 


Winter  Session 

NURS  326 

Clinical  Nursing  Elective  (may  be  taken 
by  generic  students  in  the  summer 
between  the  junior  and  senior  years) 

3 

Spring  Semester 

NURS  324  or  325 

Concepts  of  Nursing  IIIA  or  B 

9 

NURS  322* 
Nursing  in  Society 

3 

NURS  410 

Research  and  Statistics 

3 

15 

These  courses  are  challenged  by  R.N.  stu- 
dents after  applying  to  the  upper  division 
(Advanced  Placment  Examinations  NURS  457, 
554  and  503  are  equivalent  to  credits  for 
NURS  314  and  NURS  315  above;  NURS  426  is 
equivalent  to  NURS  322). 


40 


The  Upper  Division  Curriculum 
for  Registered  Nurse  Students 

The  curriculum  for  the  registered  nurse  is 
planned  to  maximize  the  strengths  the  regis- 
tered nurse  brings  to  the  baccalaureate  pro- 
gram. The  registered  nurse  is  viewed  as  an 
adult  learner  who  possesses  the  special  char- 
acteristics of  a  diverse  life,  educational  and 
clinical  experiences  and  a  high  level  of  moti- 
vation that  fosters  independent  and  collab- 
orative learning. 

Clinical  practice  areas  for  the  registered 
nurse  are  provided  through  arrangements 
with  a  wide  variety  of  health  care  agencies. 
All  clinical  coursework  is  under  the  supervi- 
sion of  faculty  of  the  School  of  Nursing. 
Students  are  assigned  to  any  one  of  a  number 
of  different  agencies  for  the  purpose  of 
accomplishing  the  course  objectives  as  deter- 
mined by  faculty. 

A  typical  plan  of  full-time  study  appears 
below  for  R.N.  students  who  have  met  the 
requirements  for  the  preprofessional  courses 
and  have  established  credit  through  satisfac- 
tory completion  of  advanced  placement  ex- 
aminations. 


Spring  Semester 


NURS  335 

Concepts  of  Nursing  IVB 


Fall  Semester 

CREDITS 

NURS  334 

Concepts  of  Nursing  FVA 

9 

NURS  333 
Client  Assessment 

2 

NURS  418 
Health  Elective  or 
NURS  410 
Research  and  Statistics 

3 

Winter  Session  (January) 

14 

NURS  326 

Clinical  Nursing  Elective  or 

NURS  348 

Seminar,  Vtorkshop 

3 

NURS  418 
Health  Elective  or 
NURS  410 
Research  and  Statistics 


NURS  321  3 

Leadership  and  Management  in  Health 

Care  Settings 

15 

Students  may  not  take  more  than  15 
credits  during  the  fall  and  spring  semesters 
or  3  credits  in  the  winter  session  without 
administrative  approval  from  the  Director  of 
Admissions  and  Academic  Progressions. 

Part-Time  Study 

This  option  is  available  to  a  limited  number 
of  registered  nurses  who  may  complete  the 
program  in  two  or  three  academic  years. 
Enrollment  in  certain  courses  may  be  limited 
depending  upon  demand. 

General  School  Policies  Related 
to  Curriculum  Matters 

Nursing  Concepts  Courses 

The  major  nursing  courses,  NURS  314,  315, 
324,  325,  326,  334  and  335,  must  be  taken 
within  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of 
Nursing.  This  policy  does  not  negate  the 
opportunity  for  R.N.  students  to  challenge  the 
junior  year  clinical  concepts  courses.  Faculty- 
student  ratios  for  Concepts  Courses  are  main- 
tained at  an  average  program-wide  ratio  of 
approximately  1:10. 

Clinical  Practice  Areas 

Clinical  practice  areas  for  the  baccalaureate 
program  are  provided  through  arrangements 
with  a  wide  variety  of  hospitals  and  other 
health  agencies.  Clinical  practice  is  under  the 
supervision  of  faculty  of  the  School  of  Nurs- 
ing. Students  are  assigned  to  different  types 
of  agencies  for  the  purpose  of  accomplishing 
the  course  objectives  as  determined  by  the 
faculty. 


41 


Honors  Program 

The  University  of  Maryland  Eastern  Shore,  in 
cooperation  with  the  professional  schools  of 
the  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore,  has 
instituted  an  honors  program  for  students  of 
great  promise  and  ability  who  can  meet 
rigorous  academic  standards.  The  program 
includes  specific  preprofessional  tracks  in 
medicine,  dentistry,  law,  pharmacy,  nursing 
and  social  work  and  community  planning. 

The  program  of  study  consists  primarily 
of  honors  sections  in  biology,  chemistry,  Eng- 
lish, mathematics  and  social  sciences.  It  also 
emphasizes  independent  study  courses  and 
honors  seminars  through  which  students  ex- 
plore in  depth  various  academic  disciplines. 

For  additional  information,  write  to  the 
Chairman  of  the  Honors  Program  Committee, 
University  of  Maryland  Eastern  Shore,  Prin- 
cess Anne,  Maryland  21853- 

Outreach  Students 

During  the  1975-1976  academic  year,  an  off- 
campus,  part-time  degree  completion  pro- 
gram for  community-bound  registered  nurses 
was  established  in  western  Maryland  and  on 
the  Eastern  Shore.  The  first  group  of  students 
completed  the  program  in  1978.  This  offering 
is  currently  continuing  in  western  Maryland, 
in  the  Cumberland  area.  The  program  en- 
ables registered  nurses  to  complete  all  re- 
quirements for  the  baccalaureate  degree  in 
nursing  through  enrollment  on  a  part-time 
basis  in  regional  centers.  Requirements  for 
achieving  senior  year  status  are  the  same  as 
on  the  Baltimore  campus.  The  usual  senior 
year  curriculum  for  R.N.s,  which  involves  32 
earned  credits,  is  arranged  over  a  two-  to 
three-year  time  span.  Inquiries  should  be 
addressed  to  the  Director  of  the  Outreach 
Program,  University  of  Maryland  School  of 
Nursing,  655  West  Lombard  Street,  Baltimore, 
Marvland  21201. 


Employment  Opportunities 

Baccalaureate  graduates  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  School  of  Nursing  have  many  career 
opportunities  available  to  them.  Graduates 
may  choose  to  practice  nursing  in  a  hospital 
or  outpatient  clinic,  an  extended  care  facility 
or  a  variety  of  community  agencies  including 
schools,  industries  and  physicians'  offices.  In 
addition,,  graduates  may  choose  a  career  in 
civil  service,  the  military  or  the  Veterans 
Administration.  A  survey  of  1982  graduates 
showed  that  salaries  for  generic  graduates 
ranged  from  $17,000  to  $21,000.  The  RN  who 
earns  a  baccalaureate  degree  is  usually  paid  at 
a  higher  rate  due  to  prior  experience  in 
nursing. 

Eligibility  for  State  Licensure 

Graduates  of  the  program  are  eligible  for 
admission  to  the  examination  given  by  the 
Maryland  State  Board  of  Examiners  of  Nurses 
(or  by  any  other  state  board)  for  licensure  to 
practice  nursing.  Application  is  generally  sub- 
mitted prior  to  the  date  of  graduation.  Stu- 
dents interested  in  applying  for  admission  to 
the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing 
should  be  aware  of  Maryland's  Nurse  Practice 
Act,  Article  43,  Section  299,  which  authorizes 
the  board  to  withhold,  deny,  revoke,  suspend 
or  refuse  to  renew  the  license  of  a  nurse  or 
applicant  for  a  variety  of  reasons,  including 
conviction  of  a  crime  involving  moral  tur- 
pitude if  the  nature  of  the  offense  bears  di- 
rectly on  the  fitness  of  the  person  to  practice 
nursing  or  violation  of  any  provision  of  the 
Nurse  Practice  Act. 


Undergraduate  Courses 

NURS  311  Pathophysiological  Concepts  and 
Clinical  Implications  (3)  Fall  semester,  junior 
year.  Focuses  on  pathophysiological  disrup- 
tions to  system  functioning.  The  alterations 
within  the  system  are  discussed  as  well  as  the 
impact  of  these  alterations  on  the  individual. 
The  student  will  apply  previously  acquired 
knowledge  in  human  anatomy  and  physiology 
as  well  as  other  basic  sciences.  This  course 
contributes  to  the  scientific  basis  for  utiliza- 
tion of  the  nursing  process. 


NURS  312  Pharmacologic  Agents  and 
Clinical  Applications  (3)  Spring  semester, 
junior  year.  Prerequisite:  NURS  311-  The  use 
of  therapeutic  drugs  in  the  health  care  setting 
and  their  effects  upon  normal  and  abnormal 
physiology.  Pharmacologic  agents  are  dis- 
cussed in  relation  to  their  effects  on  body 
systems,  mechanism  of  action  and  excretion, 
therapeutic  usage  and  nursing  implications. 
The  course  builds  upon  the  students  under- 
standing of  physiological  and  patho- 
physiological processes  gained  in  NURS  311 
and  other  courses. 

NURS  313  Introduction  to  the  Nursing  Pro- 
cess (3)  Fall  semester,  junior  year.  Introduces 
the  student  to  the  components  of  the  nursing 
process — assessment,  planning,  implementa- 
tion and  evaluation — as  a  basis  for  nursing 
practice.  Basic  assessment,  interpersonal,  psy- 
chomotor and  medication  administration 
skills  will  be  the  focus  of  the  course.  Students 
will  have  an  opportunity  to  learn  and  practice 
basic  nursing  skills  in  laboratory  and  clinical 
settings. 

NURS  314  Concepts  of  Nursing  I  (9).  Fall 
semester,  junior  year.  Must  be  accompanied 
by  NURS  313  unless  credit  for  NURS  313  has 
previously  been  established.  The  focus  is  on 
man  as  a  behavioral  system,  the  health-illness 
continuum  and  the  role  of  the  professional 
nurse  in  helping  clients  of  all  ages  to  main- 
tain and/or  promote  optimal  health.  Students 
are  introduced  to  the  conceptual  framework 
and  the  four  major  concepts  which  provide 
the  organizing  schema  for  the  Concepts  of 
Nursing  courses:  stress  and  adaptation,  sys- 
tems functioning,  the  nursing  process  and  the 
role  of  the  nurse.  The  assessment  component 
of  the  nursing  process  constitutes  a  major 
focus  of  this  course.  However,  all  aspects  of 
the  nursing  process  are  included.  An  integral 
part  of  this  course  is  the  development  of  a 


43 


helping  relationship  with  clients  of  all  ages 
experiencing  common  problems  involving  a 
mild  stress  level.  Resources  and  support  sys- 
tems within  the  family  and  community  are  in- 
cluded. Use  of  communication  skills,  health 
teaching  and  other  nursing  interventions  will 
serve  as  a  basis  for  future  knowledge. 

NURS  315  Concepts  of  Nursing  II  (9).  Spring 
semester,  junior  year.  Prerequisites:  NURS  311, 
NURS  313,  NURS  314.  The  focus  is  on  the 
nursing  care  of  clients  experiencing  stress 
states  characterized  by  moderate  intensity  and 
relative  stability.  All  aspects  of  the  nursing 
process  are  included.  The  mutual  interaction 
between  the  client  and  family  is  explored  as 
well  as  resources  within  the  health  team  and 
community.  Students  will  work  with  adults 
and  children  to  assist  them  in  regaining 
and/or  promoting  optimal  health,  and  with 
families  in  the  perinatal  period. 

NURS  321  Leadership  and  Management  in 
Health  Care  Settings  (3).  Fall  semester,  senior 
year.  Prerequisite:  NURS  315.  The  role  of  the 
professional  nurse  as  a  leader  and  manager. 
Organizational  and  interpersonal  factors  and 
theories  that  affect  nursing  practice  are  exam- 
ined. Emphasis  is  placed  on  group  theory  and 
process.  Management  principles  and  skills  are 
•applied  to  a  variety  of  health  care  settings. 

NURS  322  Nursing  in  Society  (3).  Fall  or 
spring  semester,  senior  year.  Provides  an 
opportunity  for  students  to  study  the  multiple 
factors  which  have  contributed  to  the  emer- 
gence of  professional  nursing.  The  profession 
is  studied  in  relation  to  and  as  an  integral  part 
of  the  changes  in  our  society.  Significant 


issues  confronting  the  profession  are  identi- 
fied. Upon  completion  of  this  course  the 
student  should  demonstrate  a  better  under- 
standing of  the  profession  of  nursing  in  its 
present  state  of  growth,  an  awareness  of  its 
potential  and  direction  and  cognizance  of 
each  nurse's  own  responsibility  in  its  develop- 
ment. 

NURS  323  Stressors  through  the  Lifespan  (3). 
Spring  semester,  junior  year.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  314.  An  in-depth  look  at  selected  psy- 
chosocial concepts  basic  to  understanding 
client  responses  in  a  variety  of  settings.  The 
theoretical  bases  of  each  concept  are  pre- 
sented, as  well  as  the  concept's  expression  at 
varying  points  along  the  lifespan.  Develop- 
mental and  situational  stressors  affecting  these 
concepts  are  examined.  Interventions  to  assist 
clients  to  cope  with  these  stressors  are  dis- 
cussed. 


44 


NURS  324  Concepts  of  Nursing  IIIA  (9).  Fall 
or  spring  semester,  senior  year.  Prerequisites: 
NURS  312,  NURS  315.  The  focus  is  on  hospi- 
talized clients  experiencing  biopsychosocial 
disruptions  and  intense  or  variable  stress 
states.  All  components  of  the  nursing  process 
are  used.  Student  learning  experiences  in- 
clude working  with  adult  and  child  clients 
experiencing  complex,  multiple  system  prob- 
lems requiring  rapid  utilization  of  the  nursing 
process.  Major  components  of  the  course  are 
the  opportunity  to  apply  management  princi- 
ples as  a  leader  of  a  small  work  group  and  the 
multidisciplinary  interaction  with  other  health 
team  members. 

NURS  325  Concepts  of  Nursing  MB:  Dimen- 
sions of  Family  Care  (9).  Fall  or  spring 
semester,  senior  year.  Prerequisites:  NURS  312, 
NURS  315.  An  opportunity  to  learn  and  prac- 
tice using  those  concepts  necessary  and 
sufficient  to  promote  and  maintain  family 
health,  with  a  focus  on  psychiatric-mental 
health  and  community  health  nursing.  Clients 
exhibit  biopsychosocial  disruptions  spanning 
the  stress  continuum.  As  a  result  of  analyses  of 
the  interactions  among  the  critical  concepts, 
interventions  will  be  targeted  appropriately 
with  individuals,  groups,  families  and  commu- 
nities. Emphases  include  group  dynamics  and 
the  implementation  and  evaluation  compo- 
nents of  the  nursing  process. 

NURS  326  Clinical  Nursing  Elective  (3). 
Minimester,  senior  year.  Prerequisites:  NURS 
324  or  NURS  325  for  generic  students  and 
NURS  333  and  NURS  334  for  RN  students. 
Offers  an  opportunity  to  select  and  study  an 
area  of  particular  interest  in  clinical  nursing. 
Distributive  and  episodic  nursing  practice 
settings  serve  as  clinical  laboratories  for  learn- 
ing. Senior  students  may  elect  to  participate  in 
a  faculty  offered  course,  independent  study 


under  faculty  mentorship  or  a  summer  clinical 
elective  offered  in  collaboration  with  the 
University  of  Maryland  Medical  System  and 
other  clinical  agencies. 

NURS  333  Client  Assessment  (2).  Fall  semes- 
ter, senior  year.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  RN 
level.  Designed  to  provide  the  registered 
nurse  with  the  skills  to  perform  health  assess- 
ments of  clients.  The  class  and  laboratory 
experiences  will  be  organized  using  selected 
processes  from  the  subsystems  curriculum 
framework.  Since  the  registered  nurse  student 
brings  a  background  of  knowledge,  experi- 
ence and  competencies  to  this  course,  these 
will  be  utilized  in  meeting  the  course  require- 
ments. An  emphasis  of  this  course  is  the 
evaluation  of  clients  with  special  attention 
directed  toward  the  effects  of  stress  and  stress- 
mediated  responses.  The  integration  of  the 
biopsychosocial  assessment  will  be  facilitated 
using  common  health  concerns  prominent  in 
American  society.  This  two-credit  course  will 
have  a  one-hour  class  presentation  and  a 
three-hour  laboratory  experience  each  week 
during  which  students  will  practice,  under 
direct  supervision,  the  assessment  skills  being 
taught. 

NURS  334  Concepts  of  Nursing  IV  A  (9).  Fall 
semester,  senior  year.  Prerequisites:  Satisfac- 
tory completion  of  mastery  examination  in 
mathematics  or  NURS  313.  Helps  the  regis- 
tered nurse  student  to  synthesize  previous 
knowledge  with  advanced  theoretical  concepts 
in  relation  to  man,  his  primary  groups  and  his 
environment.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 


application  of  concepts  of  systems  theory, 
health  stress,  communication,  family  and 
group  theory  to  nursing  process.  Specific 
clinical  experiences  are  provided  with  clients 
experiencing  varying  stress  states. 

NURS  335  Concepts  of  Nursing  IV  B  (9). 

Spring  semester,  senior  year.  Prerequisites: 
NURS  333,  NURS  334  and  NURS  326  or  NURS 
348.  Designed  to  assist  the  registered  nurse 
student  to  synthesize  previous  knowledge 
with  advanced  theoretical  concepts  in  relation 
to  man,  his  primary  groups  and  his  environ- 
ment. Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
application  of  concepts  of  crisis,  decision 
making,  planned  change,  teaching/learning, 
family  and  community.  Specific  clinical  experi- 
ences are  provided  with  clients  experiencing 
varying  stress  states. 

NURS  348  Electives,  Workshops,  Seminars 
and  Institutes  (1-6)  Minimester,  senior  year. 
Prerequisites:  NURS  333  and  NURS  334.  An 
opportunity  to  participate  in  workshops,  in- 
stitutes and  seminars  on  various  aspects  of 
nursing.  Faculty  reserve  the  right  to  limit  the 
number  of  credits  a  student  may  take  in 
workshops,  institutes  and  seminar  study. 

NURS  410  Research  and  Statistics  (3).  Fall  or 
spring  semester,  senior  year.  Prerequisites: 
NURS  315  or  by  permission  of  instructor.  In 
the  context  of  the  total  research  process,  the 
basic  elements  of  research,  including  defining 
the  research  question,  literature  search,  sam- 
pling, research  design,  measurement  and  data 
gathering,  statistical  analysis  and  interpretation 
of  results  are  presented  and  their  interdepen- 
dence stressed.  Statistics  include  chi  square, 
correlation,  t-test,  F-test  and  analysis  of  vari- 
ance (one  way).  Application  and  interpretation 
rather  than  theory  or  mathematical  derivation 
are  emphasized.  Evaluation  of  measurement 
instruments  in  terms  of  reliability  and  validity 


W 


■  ■ 


is  presented.  Students  critique  research  re- 
ports in  the  literature.  Students  also  prepare  a 
report  of  a  class  research  project  planned 
primarily  by  the  instructor. 

NURS  418  Special  Topics  (2-3).  Minimester, 
junior  year.  Focuses  on  current  health-related 
topics  such  as  parenting,  holistic  health  care, 
cross-cultural  nursing,  and  thanatological  as- 
pects of  nursing. 


GRADUATE  PROGRAMS 


47 


Overview 

The  University  of  Man-land's  graduate  nursing 
program  is  the  only  comprehensive  one  in  the 
state  and  is  one  of  the  largest  programs  in  the 
nation.  While  the  programs  are  offered  in  the 
School  of  Nursing,  they  are  part  of  the 
Graduate  School  of  the  University  of  Maryland; 
therefore,  are  subject  to  the  requirements  of 
both  schools. 

The  master's  degree  curriculum  is  three 
semesters  and  a  minimester  in  length  except 
for  Primary  Care  Nursing,  which  is  four 
semesters.  Congruent  with  the  changing  needs 
of  society,  the  master's  degree  offers  a  num- 
ber of  specialty  options  to  students.  Students 
are  required  to  develop  competence  in  a 
specialized  clinical  area,  and  opportunity  is 
provided  to  concentrate  (major)  in  either  the 
clinical  or  the  role  area  depending  on  specific 
career  goals  and  previous  preparation.  Multi- 
ple tracks  are  available  within  areas  of 
concentration  to  provide  individualized 
courses  of  study.  Every  student  selects  both  a 
clinical  and  a  role  track  to  prepare  for 
specialization  within  a  clinical  area  and  a 
beginning  functional  role. 

The  doctoral  program  in  nursing  first 
admitted  students  in  1979.  The  program  is 
designed  to  meet  the  educational  needs  of 
nurses  who  have  developed  specialized  clini- 
cal expertise  at  the  master's  level  and  are 
committed  to  playing  a  leadership  role  in  the 
discovery  and  refinement  of  nursing  knowl- 
edge through  research.  The  curriculum 
includes  a  core  of  required  courses  which 
address  the  theoretical  and  empirical  bases  for 
nursing  and  the  techniques  of  theory  building 
and  research.  The  program  is  designed  with 
sufficient  flexibility  to  allow  students  to  pur- 
sue in  depth  their  individual  research  interests 
and  career  goals  within  a  research-oriented 
milieu. 

Students  specialize  in  either  the  direct  or 
the  indirect  sphere  of  nursing.  Those  spe- 
cializing in  direct  nursing  focus  on  study  of 
the  health  needs  of  clients/patients  and  of 


nursing  action  provided  directly  to  clients  in  a 
variety  of  settings.  Their  research  falls  within 
the  realm  of  clinical  nursing  research.  Those 
specializing  in  indirect  nursing  focus  on  the 
study  of  nursing  systems  and  education  and 
administrative  nursing  action  which  facilitates 
and  supports  clinical  nursing  practice.  Their 
research  interests  fall  within  the  areas  of 
health  and  nursing  services,  organization, 
health  policy  and  nursing  education. 

Graduate  education  fosters  the  responsi- 
bility, creativity  and  self-direction  which 
characterize  professional  commitment  and  en- 
hances a  continuing  desire  to  learn  and  grow. 
The  graduate  student  is  viewed  as  a  partner  in 
the  teacher-learner  dyad;  receives  stimulation 
and  support  for  scholarly  pursuits;  is  given  the 
freedom  to  think  and  try  out  new  ideas;  and 
has  the  opportunity  to  apply  knowledge  and 
develop  new  skills.  The  opportunity  to  articu- 
late beliefs,  ideas  and  formulations  is  gained 
through  interaction  with  faculty  and  other 
members  of  the  academic  community. 

Philosophy 

The  graduate  program  of  the  School  of 
Nursing  derives  its  purposes  directly  from  the 
underlying  philosophy  which  is  shared  by  the 
faculty.  Tenets  of  the  philosophy  held  by 
graduate  faculty  of  the  School  of  Nursing 
provide  a  foundation  for  the  conceptual 
framework  upon  which  the  master's  degree 
curriculum  is  based.  This  conceptual  frame- 
work analyzes  the  unit  (the  individual,  family 
or  community)  in  terms  of  three  interrelated 
expressions  of  health — physical,  cognitive  and 
personal.  The  physical  expression  refers  to  the 
unit's  structural  and  functional  endowment 
and  integrity.  The  cognitive  expression  ad- 
dresses the  capacity  of  the  individual  to 
receive,  to  perceive  and  to  organize  informa- 
tion. The  personal  expression  is  concerned 
with  the  affective  relationships  of  the  unit. 


48 


The  relationships  among  the  expressions 
are  complex  and  vary  at  different  points  in 
time.  The  expressions  lend  themselves  to 
assessment,  quantification  and  regulation.  The 
intervention  phase  of  the  nursing  process 
depends  on  the  relationships  among  them  and 
the  pattern  of  the  expressions  of  health. 
Evaluation  of  nursing  intervention  is  achieved 
through  examination  of  the  resulting  state  of 
health  of  the  unit. 

The  doctoral  program  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  is  based  on  the  belief  that  nursing 
has  a  distinct  body  of  knowledge  which  can 
and  must  be  extended,  verified  and  revised 
using  the  methods  of  scholarly  inquiry.  Nurs- 
ing knowledge,  while  distinct,  is  not  isolated 
or  exclusive.  It  involves  the  selection,  integra- 
tion and  expansion  of  knowledge  from 
nursing  and  other  disciplines  and  the  applica- 
tion of  this  knowledge  to  the  understanding  of 
health  and  illness  and  to  the  analysis  and 
improvement  of  nursing  practice.  Nursing 
knowledge  is  derived  from  and  guides  nurs- 
ing practice,  which  encompasses  two 
interrelated  spheres  of  activity:  direct  service 
to  clients/patients  and  indirect  action  carried 
out  in  educational  and  clinical  settings  which 
support  direct  nursing  care.  Knowledge  en- 
compassing both  spheres  and  their 
interrelatedness  must  be  extended  and  tested, 
in  order  to  effect  improvement  in  nursing 
practice. 

Graduate  education  in  nursing  is  built 
upon  and  extends  a  knowledge  base  acquired 
in  a  baccalaureate  degree  program  in  nursing 
and  is  derived  from  the  humanities  and  the 
physical,  biological  and  behavioral  sciences. 
Each  student  brings  to  graduate  education  a 
unique  combination  of  experience  and  ca- 
pabilities and  the  learning  environment 
facilitates  the  establishment  and  attainment  of 
professional  objectives  throughout  the  educa- 
tional experience.  The  dynamic  interchange 
between  faculty  and  students  results  in  a 
commitment  to  and  involvement  in  the  devel- 
opment of  nursing  knowledge  and  the 
refinement  of  nursing  theory.  Recognizing  that 
the  growth  process  in  the  student  is  continu- 
ous and  that  the  health  needs  of  society 
change,  the  graduate  program  is  flexible  and 
dynamic. 


Purposes  and  Objectives 

Master's  degree  program  objectives  are  formu- 
lated on  the  assumption  that  graduate 
education  builds  upon  undergraduate  educa- 
tion. Graduate  education  is  an  intensive  and 
analytic  expansion  of  knowledge,  enabling  the 
perception  and  development  of  new  and 
more  complex  relationships  that  affect  nurs- 
ing. Graduate  education  provides  further 
opportunity  for  the  student  to  think  concep- 
tually and  to  apply  theory  and  research  to 
practice. 

The  purposes  of  the  master's  degree 
program  are  to  prepare  nurses: 

•  With  expertise  in  a  clinical  field  of  nursing 

•  To  function  in  one  of  the  following  areas: 
administration,  education,  nursing/health 
policy  planning,  clinical  specialization 

•  For  leadership  roles 

•  For  entry  into  doctoral  study 

The  objectives  of  the  master's  degree 
program  are  to  prepare  graduates  who: 

•  Utilize  a  nursing  theoretical  framework  as  a 
basis  for  professional  nursing  practice 

•  Generate  innovative  nursing  actions  based 
on  theories  in  nursing  and  related  fields 
and  evaluate  nursing  actions  of  self  and  oth- 
ers 

•  Incorporate  organizational  theories  and 
learning  theories  in  the  practice  of  one  of 
the  following  roles:  administration,  educa- 
tion, nursing/health  policy  planning,  clinical 
specialization 

•  Collaborate  with  health  care  providers  and 
consumers  to  achieve  shared  health  care 
goals 

•  Use  theory  in  nursing  and  related  fields 
and  observations  in  practice  to  generate  hy- 
potheses and  conduct  nursing  research 
studies 

•  Analyze  factors  influencing  the  health  care 
system  and  devise  strategies  for  improving 
delivery  of  health  care 


49 


In  addition  to  the  knowledge  and  practice 
components  of  the  objectives  listed  above,  it  is 
recognized  that  the  behavior  of  graduates 
should  reflect  an  internally  consistent  value 
system.  It  is  expected  that  graduates  will  value 
scientific  inquiry  as  a  basis  for  professional 
practice  and  will  seek  to  increase  their  contri- 
butions to  the  nursing  profession. 

The  purpose  of  the  doctoral  degree 
program  in  nursing  is  to  prepare  scholars  and 
researchers  who  will  advance  nursing  science 
and  provide  innovative  leadership  to  the 
profession.  The  program  will  prepare  gradu- 
ates who: 

•  Construct,  test  and  evaluate  conceptual 
models  and  nursing  theories  which  reflect 
synthesis,  reorganization  and  expansion  of 
knowledge  from  nursing  and  related  disci- 
plines 

•  Evaluate  and  apply  appropriate  research  de- 
signs, measures  and  statistics  to  the  study  of 
nursing  phenomena 

•  Conceptualize  practice  phenomena  from 
the' perspective  of  nursing  frameworks  and 
theory 

•  Design,  conduct  and  communicate  research 
relevant  to  nursing  practice 

•  Facilitate  the  incorporation  of  new  knowl- 
edge into  nursing  practice 

•  Initiate,  facilitate  and  participate  in  collab- 
orative endeavors  related  to  the  theoretical, 
conceptual  and  practical  aspects  of  health 
care  with  clients,  nurses  and  scholars  from 
related  disciplines. 

Master  of  Science  Curriculum 

The  nursing  program  leading  to  a  Master  of 
Science  degree  is  three  semesters  and  a 
minimester  in  length  and  requires  the  com- 
pletion of  41  to  45  credits.  The  two  exceptions 
are  the  Primary  Care  Nursing  specialities 
requiring  54  credits  and  four  semesters. 

Starting  on  the  first  day  of  matriculation, 
a  maximum  of  five  years  is  allowed  for  the 
completion  of  graduate  degree  requirements. 
This  applies  to  pan-time  and  full-time  stu- 
dents. 


Areas  of  Concentration 

Each  student  selects  an  area  of  concentration 
(major)  within  a  clinical  practice  or  a  func- 
tional role  area.  The  student  then  chooses  a 
specialty  track  within  the  area  of  concentra- 
tion. A  second  track  is  also  selected  as  all 
students  must  have  both  a  clinical  and  a  role 
track.  The  areas  of  concentration  and  the 
related  tracks  are  as  follows: 


CLINICAL 
PRACTICE 
AREA 

CLINICAL 
TRACK(S) 

Community  Health 
Nursing 

Community  Health 
Nursing 

Gerontological  Nursing 

Gerontological  Nursing 

Maternal-Child  Health 
Nursing 

Maternal-Infant  Nursing 
Nursing  of  Children 

Medical-Surgical  Nursing 

General  Medical-Surgical 
Nursing 

Trauma/Critical  Care 
Nursing 

Primary  Care  Nursing 

Adult  Nurse  Practitioner 
in  Primary  Care 
Nursing 

Pediatric  Nurse 
Practitioner  in 
Primary  Care  Nursing 

Psychiatric  Nursing 

General  Psychiatric 
Nursing 

¥ 


FUNCTIONAL  ROLE 
AREA 


ROLE  TRACK(S) 


Administration 


Administration  of 
Nursing  Service 


Education 


Teaching  in  Associate 
Degree  Programs 

Teaching  in 

Baccalaureate  Degree 
Programs 

Teaching  in  Staff 
Development 


Nursing  Health  Policy         *Nursing  Health  Policy 


(Any  Clinical  Area) 


Clinical  Nurse 
Specialization 


*  Track  is  open  only  to  those  in  the  same  area  of 
concentration. 


Curriculum  Design/Courses 

The  curriculum  design  for  the  Master  of  Sci- 
ence degree  contains  the  following  compo- 
nents: 
CORE  10  CREDITS 

Core  courses  are  required  of  all  graduate  stu- 
dents regardless  of  the  area  of  concentration. 

CLINICAL  6-15  CREDITS 

Clinical  track  courses  are  required  of  stu- 
dents in  their  chosen  clinical  area  (i.e.,  Com- 
munity Health,  Gerontological,  Maternal-Child 
Health,  Medical-Surgical,  Primary  Care  or  Psy- 
chiatric Nursing).  All  students  take  a  desig- 
nated number  of  clinical  courses  regardless 
of  whether  their  area  of  concentration  is  in 
clinical  practice  or  role  specialization. 

ROLE  6  CREDITS 

Functional  role  track  courses  are  required  of 
students  in  their  chosen  functional  role  track 
(i.e.,  Administration  of  Nursing  Service,  Teach- 
ing in  Associate  Degree  Programs,  Teaching  in 
Baccalaureate  Programs,  Teaching  in  Staff  De- 
velopment, Nursing  Health  Policy  and  Clinical 
Nurse  Specialization).  All  students  take  a  des- 
ignated number  of  these  courses  regardless 
of  their  area  of  concentration. 

RESEARCH/ 

THESIS  OR  NONTHESIS  11  CREDITS 

Research  courses  and  thesis  or  nonthesis  op- 
tion credits  are  required  of  all  graduate  nurs- 
ing students. 

SUPPORT  8-12  CREDITS 

Support  courses  vary  according  to  the  stu- 
dents area  of  concentration.  These  might  in- 
clude non-nursing  courses. 


51 


Summary  of  Design 


COURSE 


CREDITS 


General 

Primar)' 

Plan 

Care 

Core 

10 

10 

Clinical 

6 

15 

Role 

6 

6 

Support 

8-12 

9 

Research 

5 

s 

Thesis/Electives 

6 

6 

Elective-Role 

Prerequisite 

3 

Total 


41-45 


54 


A  typical  general  recommended  program  for 
mil-time  students  and  a  typical  plan  for  full- 
time  primary  care  students  follow. 

General  Recommended  Program  Plan 
for  Full-Time  Students 


SEMESTER  I 


CREDITS 


NURS  701  Research  I 
NURS  602  Core  I 
Clinical  I 
Clinical  Support 


3 

5 

2-3 

2-3 

13-14 


WINTER  SESSION 


Thesis/Elective 


SEMESTER  II 


NURS  702  Research  II 
NURS  604  Core  II 
Clinical  II 
Role  Support 
Role  Theory 


3 
3-4 

3 

2-3 

13-14 


SEMESTER  III 


Thesis/Elective 

NURS  606  Core  III 

Support 

Role  Practicum 

Total 


4 

2 

2 

3-4 

11-12 

41 


*For  Administration  or  Community  Health  mote  to 
first  semester. 


Primary  Care  Recommended  Program 
for  Full-Time  Students 


SEMESTER  I 


CREDITS 


NURS  602  Core  I 
NURS  701  Research  I 
NURS  611  Primary  Care  I 
Primary  Care  Support 


5 
3 
2 
3 
13 


WINTER  SESSION 


Thesis/Elective 


SEMESTER  II 


NURS  604  Core  I 
NURS  606  Core  II 
NURS  702  Research  II 
Primary  Care  Support 
Primary  Care  II 


3 
2 
2 
3 
4 
14 


SEMESTER  III 


Primary  Care  Support 
Primary  Care  III 
**Role  Theory 
Elective 


3 

4 

2-3 

3 

12-13 


SEMESTER  IV 


NURS  715  Primary  Care  IV 
"*Role  Practicum 
Thesis/Elective 

Total 


5 

3-4 

4 

12-13 

54 


*  If  Administration  role  mote  NURS  604  to  first  se- 
mester, replacing  NURS  701  and  mote  NURS  702 
to  third  semester. 

*Clinical  nurse  specialists  take  role  theory  and 
role  practicum  concurrently. 


52 


Thesis/Nonthesis  Option 

A  student  may  elect  either  a  thesis  or  a 
nonthesis  option,  depending  on  the  nature  of 
the  problem  to  be  studied  and  specific  career 
goals;  six  credits  are  required  for  either 
option.  In  addition,  all  students  must  success- 
fully pass  a  written  comprehensive 
examination. 

Thesis:  Under  the  guidance  of  a  committee, 
the  student  designs,  implements  and  orally 
defends  a  research  project. 

Nonthesis:  Under  the  guidance  of  the  advisor, 
the  student  takes  six  credits  of  electives  and 
submits  one  scholarly  seminar  paper. 

Doctor  of  Philosophy 
Curriculum 

The  program  of  study  leading  to  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degree  includes  a  minimum  of  60 
semester  credits  beyond  the  master's  degree. 
The  curriculum  design  includes  a  required 
core  of  nursing  courses  which  incorporate  the 
study  of  man,  nursing  action,  the  environ- 
ments in  which  nursing  is  practiced  and  the 
principles  and  methods  of  scientific  inquiry. 
Throughout  the  required  core  courses  an 
integrative  focus  is  maintained  whereby  the- 
oretical and  methodological  approaches  of  the 
biophysical  and  behavioral/social  sciences  are 
selected  and  applied  from  the  perspective  of 
nursing.  Within  the  core  courses  opportunity 
is  provided  for  students  to  build  upon  their 
educational  and  experiential  backgrounds 
through  a  variety  of  individually  selected 
learning  experiences.  Elective  courses  provide 
additional  flexibility  to  plan  a  course  of  study 
supportive  to  individual  research  interests  and 
career  goals. 

The  program  design  allows  students  to 
specialize  in  either  the  direct  or  the  indirect 
sphere  of  nursing.  Depth  of  knowledge  in  the 
specialty  area  is  developed  through  required 
coursework  and  related  field  experiences, 
selection  of  supportive  electives,  independent 
study  and  the  dissertation  research. 


The  program  design  incorporates  four 
major  components,  totalling  60  credits,  as 
detailed  below. 

NURSING  THEORY  14  CREDITS 

This  component  addresses  the  theoretical 
basis  for  nursing  practice  and  the  analysis  and 
development  of  nursing  theory.  Included  are 
the  study  and  development  of  key  concepts  in 
nursing,  the  selection  and  integration  of 
knowledge  from  nursing  and  other  disciplines 
and  the  study  of  techniques  for  constructing 
nursing  theory.  A  highly  individualized  field 
experience  provides  the  opportunity  to  pur- 
sue theoretical  aspects  of  specialized  areas  of 
nursing  selected  by  the  student. 

RESEARCH  AND  STATISTICS  17  CREDITS 

This  component  addresses  the  techniques  of 
measurement,  design,  advanced  data  analysis 
and  evaluation  essential  to  the  conduct  of 
nursing  research.  Students  apply  these  tech- 
niques in  developing  measurement  tools  and 
conducting  research  projects  specific  to  their 
own  interests.  Qualitative  and  quantitative  re- 
search methods  are  addressed.  Opportunity  is 
provided  for  each  student  to  work  closely 
with  a  faculty  member  engaged  in  an  on- 
going research  project. 

ELECTIVES  17  CREDITS 

This  component  allows  each  student  to  pursue 
an  individualized  plan  of  study  supportive  to 
his/her  research  interests  and  career  goals.  A 
portion  of  the  elective  courses  is  chosen  from 
other  disciplines  which  contribute  to  the 
development  of  nursing  knowledge  through 
their  theoretical  and  methodological  ap- 
proaches. 


53 


DISSERTATION  RESEARCH  12  CREDITS 

Each  student  must  complete  an  independent 
original  research  project  to  be  communicated 
in  a  written  dissertation.  The  research  must 
address  questions  of  significance  to  the  disci- 
pline of  nursing. 

SUMMARY  OF  DESIGN  CREDITS 
Nursing  Theory  (required  core 

courses)  14 
Research  and  Statistics  (required  core 

courses)  17 

Electives  17 

Dissertation  Research  12 

Total  60 

In  addition  to  the  course  requirements, 
each  student  must  successfully  complete  the 
preliminary,  comprehensive  and  final  oral 
examinations.  The  written  preliminary  exami- 
nation, which  is  taken  upon  completion  of 
two  semesters  of  full-time  study  (or  the 
equivalent),  tests  knowledge  in  the  areas  of 
general  nursing  theory,  analysis  and  construc- 
tion of  nursing  theory  and  research 
methodology  and  statistics.  The  comprehen- 
sive examination  is  taken  upon  completion  of 
all  required  nursing  courses  and  a  minimum 
of  42  credit  hours  of  coursework.  The  exami- 
nation has  written  and  oral  components  and  is 
an  integrative  experience  which  allows  evalua- 
tion of  the  student's  mastery  of  the  chosen 
area  of  specialization  and  of  advanced  nursing 
theory,  measurement  and  research.  The  final 
oral  examination  is  an  oral  defense  of  the 
completed  dissertation. 

In  accord  with  Graduate  School  policy, 
the  student  must  be  admitted  to  candidacy  for 
the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  within  five 
years  of  matriculation  at  least  one  year  prior 
to  graduation.  The  student  may  apply  for 
admission  to  candidacy  for  the  doctoral  de- 
gree following  successful  completion  (with  a 
grade  point  average  of  30  or  above)  of  at  least 
42  credits  of  coursework,  including  all  re- 
quired courses;  and  successful  completion  of 
preliminary  and  comprehensive  examinations. 


Resources 

Over  90  community  and  health  care  agencies 
cooperate  with  the  program  in  providing  sites 
for  clinical  and  role  practicum  experiences 
and  for  the  conduct  of  research.  In  some 
instances,  faculty  have  joint  appointments  with 
the  school  and  the  agency. 

Additional  resources  are  available 
through  the  offerings  of  other  schools  of  the 
health  professions.  Non-nursing  courses  also 
may  be  taken  on  the  College  Park  campus,  at 
the  University  of  Maryland  Baltimore  County 
(UMBC)  campus  or  through  University  Col- 
lege. 

In  addition  to  the  Health  Sciences  Library, 
students  have  access  to  the  Enoch  Pratt  Free 
Library  of  Baltimore,  the  Library  of  Congress 
in  Washington  and  the  National  Library  of 
Medicine  in  Bethesda,  Maryland.  (See  The 
School  and  Its  Environment  for  descriptions 
of  other  facilities  and  resources.) 

Admission 

Admission  to  graduate  study  at  the  University 
of  Maryland  is  the  exclusive  responsibility  of 
the  Graduate  School  and  the  Dean  for  Gradu- 
ate Studies  and  Research.  Applications  to  the 
graduate  program  in  nursing  are  reviewed  by 
faculty  in  the  student's  area  of  concentration 
and  by  the  appropriate  committee  in  the 
School  of  Nursing.  Recommendations  for  ac- 
ceptance are  then  made  by  the  committee  to 
the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research. 

Any  student  who  wishes  to  attend  the 
School  of  Nursing  must  apply  for  admission, 
submit  required  credentials,  and  be  accepted 
for  matriculation.  Consideration  is  given  to 
academic  work  completed  in  other  schools. 
Personal  references  are  required. 


54 


After  an  applicant  has  been  accepted,  a 
faculty  advisor  is  assigned.  The  advisor  and 
the  student  plan  a  program  of  study  leading  to 
the  degree.  Course  credits  are  officially  ac- 
cepted for  the  degree  only  after  the  student 
has  matriculated  in  the  School  of  Nursing. 

Senior  students  in  their  final  semester  of 
work  toward  a  bachelor's  degree  may  be 
offered  provisional  admission  to  the  master's 
degree  program  pending  the  receipt  of  a 
supplementary  transcript  recording  the  satis- 
factory completion  of  undergraduate 
coursework  and  the  awarding  of  the  degree. 
Likewise  students  in  the  final  semester  of  a 
master's  degree  program  may  be  offered 
provisional  admission  to  the  doctoral  program 
pending  receipt  of  a  final  transcript  indicating 
completion  of  the  degree. 

Completed  records  of  all  previous  work 
must  be  received  within  three  months  follow- 
ing the  completion  of  such  study  and  the 
awarding  of  the  degree.  The  student  must 
matriculate  within  12  months  after  notification 
of  admission  acceptance.  If  the  student  does 
not  acknowledge  the  acceptance,  a  new  ap- 
plication must  be  submitted  for  future 
enrollment.  Admission  credentials  and  ap- 
plication data  are  retained  for  one  year  only. 

Admission  Requirements 

The  student's  previous  academic  work,  per- 
sonal qualifications  and  professional 
experience  are  evaluated  to  determine  if 
prerequisites  have  been  met.  Prerequisite 
courses  do  not  carry  credit  toward  the  gradu- 
ate degree.  For  admission,  the  applicant  must 
meet  the  requirements  of  both  the  Graduate 
School  and  the  nursing  program.  The  nursing 
program  requirements  for  the  master's  degree 
program  are: 

1.  A  baccalaureate  degree  with  an  upper 
division  nursing  major  from  an  NLN- 
accredited  program  equivalent  to  that 
offered  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 

2.  Satisfactory  completion  of  a  course  in 
elementary  statistics. 


3.  A  photocopy  of  current  licensure  for  the 
practice  of  nursing  in  one  state  (or  in  a 
foreign  country). 

4.  Official  scores  on  the  aptitude  portion  of 
the  Graduate  Record  Examination  (allow  6 
to  8  weeks  for  receipt  of  test  scores.) 

5.  Undergraduate  grade  point  average  (GPA) 
of  30  on  a  4.0  point  scale.  If  GPA  is 
between  2.75  and  30,  provisional  accep- 
tance may  be  considered  if  the  candidate 
demonstrates  graduate  study  potential  by 
other  means. 

6.  Evidence  of  personal  and  professional 
qualifications  from  three  professional  in- 
dividuals familiar  with  applicant's 
academic  ability,  work  experience,  profes- 
sional nursing  contributions  and  potential 
to  achieve  in  graduate  school.  Suggested 
sources  for  recommendations  include 
nurse  educators,  nurse  administrators  and 
colleagues  from  other  disciplines  who 
have  worked  with  the  applicant.  Two  of 
the  references  must  be  from  nurses. 

7.  Personal  interviews  are  required  for  Pri- 
mary Care  Nursing  and  are  encouraged  by 
all  specialty  areas. 

8.  Clinical  nursing  experience  is  required 
for  the  following  areas  of  concentration: 
Administration,  Education  or  Nursing 
Health  Policy — one  year  full-time;  Com- 
munity Health  track  if  area  of 
concentration  is  a  role  area — one  year  in 
a  community  health  setting;  Maternal- 
Child  Health  track — one  year  in  a  mater- 
nity/pediatric  setting;  Psychiatric  track — 
one  year  in  a  psychiatric  setting;  and 
Primary  Care — two  years  full-time.  (Appli- 
cants with  somewhat  less  experience  may 
be  accepted  as  part-time  students  if  full- 
time  work  experience  is  being  pursued.) 


55 


9.  Completion  of  an  approved  physical  as- 
sessment course  is  required  for 
Gerontological,  General  Medical-Surgical, 
Trauma/Critical  Care,  Primary  Care  and 
highly  recommended  for  Maternal-Child 
Health  tracks. 
10  A  strong  background  in  or  recent  review  of 
physiology/pathophysiology  is  highly  re- 
commended for  Gerontological,  Maternal- 
Child,  Medical-Surgical,  Trauma/Critical 
Care  and  Primary  Care  tracks. 

The  nursing  program  requirements  for 
the  doctoral  degree  program  are: 

1.  A  master's  degree  with  a  major  in  nursing 
from  a  program  accredited  by  the  National 
League  for  Nursing. 

2.  At  least  one  graduate-level  course  in  re- 
search and  inferential  statistics  (minimum  3 
semester  credits). 

3.  A  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  30  on 
a  4.0  scale  for  all  previous  coursework  (all 
baccalaureate,  master's  and  subsequent 
coursework). 

4.  Satisfactory  scores  on  the  Graduate  Record 
Examination  (aptitude  portion)  and  the 
Miller  Analogies  Test. 

5.  License  to  practice  professional  nursing  in 
at  least  one  state  (or  in  a  foreign  country). 

6.  Evidence  of  personal  and  professional  qual- 
ifications from  at  least  three  professionals 
familiar  with  the  applicant's  ability,  work 
experience,  contributions  to  nursing  and 
potential  to  succeed  in  the  doctoral  pro- 
gram. 

7.  A  personal  interview. 

It  is  highly  recommended  that  prior  to 
matriculation  in  the  doctoral  program  the 
applicant  will  have  completed  graduate-level 
courses  in  organizational  theory  and  analysis 
of  the  health  care  system  and  will  have 
completed  one  research  study  (master's  thesis 
or  other  individual  or  group  research  project). 
Postbaccalaureate  work  experience  as  a  regis- 
tered nurse  would  enhance  progression 
through  the  program  of  study. 

A  limited  number  of  students  can  be 
admitted  to  the  program  each  year;  therefore, 
admission  is  highly  selective. 


A  written  offer  of  admission  from  the 
Graduate  School  will  be  sent  to  an  applicant 
who  is  recommended  by  the  Doctoral  Pro- 
gram Committee.  The  offer  will  specify  the 
time  of  entrance  which  will  normally  coincide 
with  the  requested  starting  time.  Upon  accep- 
tance by  the  Graduate  School,  the  applicant 
should  reconfirm  enrollment  intentions  by 
writing  to  the  nursing  program.  If  the  appli- 
cant is  unable  to  enroll  at  the  expected  date,  a 
written  request  for  a  postponement  of  the 
admission  date  is  made  through  the  School  of 
Nursing.  The  offer  of  admission  lapses  after 
one  year  and  a  new  application  and  fee  must 
be  submitted  to  be  reconsidered  for  admis- 
sion. 

The  current  offer  of  admission  from  the 
Graduate  School  is  used  as  a  permit  to 
register.  Permanent  identification  as  a  gradu- 
ate student  will  be  issued  at  the  time  of  first 
registration. 

Admission  Procedure:  Admission  forms 
should  be  obtained  from  the  Graduate  School, 
University  of  Maryland,  660  West  Redwood  St., 
Baltimore,  MD  21201. 

1.  An  application  fee  of  $20.00  must  accom- 
pany the  application  for  admission.  This  fee 
is  not  refundable  under  any  circumstance, 
but  if  the  applicant  is  accepted  and  enrolls 
for  courses,  it  will  serve  as  a  matriculation 
fee. 

2.  The  following  materials  should  be  returned 
directly  to  the  Graduate  School,  University 
of  Maryland,  660  West  Redwood  St.,  Bal- 
timore, MD  21201: 

a.  Two  copies  of  the  application  for  admis- 
sion to  the  Graduate  School. 


56 


b.  Application  fee. 

c.  Two  sets  of  official  transcripts  from  each 
college  and  university  attended.  If  applicant 
is  a  diploma  school  graduate,  transcripts  of 
the  diploma  coursework  are  also  required. 

d.  Letters  of  reference  from  three  profes- 
sionals who  know  the  candidate's 
qualifications. 

e.  Official  record  of  the  results  of:  the  Mil- 
ler Analogies  Test  (test  available  through 
testing  services  of  most  colleges  and  uni- 
versities) for  doctoral  program;  and  the  ap- 
titude portion  of  the  Graduate  Record  Ex- 
amination (write  to  Graduate  Record 
Examination,  Educational  Testing  Service, 
Princeton,  NJ  08540  for  details). 

3.  Applications  and  supporting  documents  for 
the  master's  degree  program  must  be 
received  by  July  1  for  the  fall  semester,  by 
December  1  for  the  winter  session  and  the 
spring  semester  and  by  May  15  for  the 
summer  session. 

4.  Applications  for  admission  to  the  doctoral 
program  are  reviewed  twice  a  year.  Ap- 
plications and  supporting  documents 
(including  GRE  scores,  MAT  scores,  refer- 
ences and  transcripts)  for  the  doctoral 
program  must  be  received  by  November  1 
for  the  fall  review  and  by  March  1  for  the 
spring  review.  It  is  the  doctoral  nursing 
program  policy  to  admit  students  only  in 
the  fall  semester. 


Categories  of  Admission:  Applicants  are  of- 
fered admission  to  the  Graduate  School  in  any 
of  the  following  categories. 

1.  Full  graduate  status:  applicant  meets  all 
requirements. 

2.  Provisional  graduate  status:  applicant  does 
not  meet  all  of  the  academic  requirements 
for  full  admission,  but  in  the  opinion  of  the 
Graduate  School  and  the  Graduate  Program 
Committee,  demonstrates  potential  for 
graduate  study.  To  qualify  for  continued 
enrollment  the  student  admitted  provision- 
ally must  achieve  a  B  grade  or  above  in 
every  course  during  the  first  semester  of 
full-time  study  (the  first  12  credits  for  part- 
time  students).  Full  status  will  be  granted 
upon  attainment  of  a  B  grade  or  better  in 
every  course  in  the  first  semester  of  full- 
time  study  (minimum  of  9  credits)  or  in 
the  first  12  credits  of  pan-time  study. 

3.  Provisional  admission  with  additional  spec- 
ified departmental  requirements:  full 
graduate  status  will  be  granted  upon  attain- 
ment of  the  program's  specified 
requirements. 

4.  Incomplete  admission:  information  on  the 
applicant  is  incomplete;  admission  status 
will  be  determined  on  receipt  of  the 
completed  information. 

5.  Nondegree  graduate  status:  applicant  may 
enroll  on  a  "coursework  only"  basis  for  a 
specified  period  of  time  if  the  applicant's 
record  meets  Graduate  School  standards.  If 
a  nondegree  student  subsequently  wishes 
to  enter  the  degree  program,  reapplication 
is  necessary.  Consideration  may  be  given  at 
a  later  date  to  the  application  of  credits 
earned  toward  a  degree  program  while  in 
this  status,  but  there  is  no  assurance  that 
such  requests  will  be  granted.  If  granted,  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  may  be  transferred. 

Admission  is  granted  by  the  dean  for 
graduate  studies  and  research  and  is  con- 
firmed by  enrollment  in  the  term  for  which 
admission  is  approved. 


57 


Part-Time  Study 

Students  eligible  for  admission,  but  who  are 
able  to  devote  only  a  portion  of  their  time  to 
graduate  study,  are  subject  to  the  same  priv- 
ileges and  matriculation  requirements  as  full- 
time  students.  Part-time  students  are  urged  to 
assume  responsibility  for  program  planning 
with  an  advisor.  In  the  doctoral  program,  part- 
time  study  is  available;  however,  full-time 
enrollment  at  the  University  of  Maryland  is 
required  during  two  consecutive  semesters. 

A  graduate  student  who  is  in  good 
standing  at  another  institution  may  apply  to 
enroll  for  a  single  course  or  summer  session 
(see  Categories  of  Admission  in  the  Graduate 
School  catalogue). 

Foreign  Students 

Students  from  foreign  countries  who  show 
evidence  of  education  equivalent  to  a  bac- 
calaureate degree  in  nursing  may  be 
considered  for  admission  to  the  master's 
degree  program.  Likewise  those  with  educa- 
tion equivalent  to  a  master's  degree  in  nursing 
may  be  eligible  for  admission  to  the  doctoral 
degree  program.  All  applicants  who  are  not 
citizens  of  the  United  States  are  classified  as 
foreign  students  for  admission  purposes  (see 
the  Graduate  School  catalogue  for  further 
information). 

Graduate  Student  Organizations 

Graduates  in  Nursing  (GIN)  is  an  organization 
of  all  the  students  in  the  graduate  program  in 
the  School  of  Nursing.  The  purposes  of  the 
organization  are  to  foster  unity  among  gradu- 
ate students;  to  aid  in  the  pursuit  of  individual, 
institutional  and  professional  goals;  and  to 
enhance  communication  among  students,  fac- 
ulty and  the  community.  Student 
representatives  function  in  a  liaison  capacity 
by  serving  on  various  school  and  university 
committees.  GIN  serves  the  graduate  student 
body  through  orientation  programs,  a  monthly 
newsletter,  education  and  social  functions  and 
the  establishment  of  ad  hoc  committees  when 
student,  faculty  and  community  needs  arise. 

As  a  focal  point  for  graduate  student 
awareness,  the  UMAB  Graduate  Student  Asso- 


ciation (GSA)  is  comprised  of  one 
representative  from  each  department  on  cam- 
pus that  offers  a  graduate  degree.  Its  main 
purpose  is  to  promote  a  better  graduate 
student  life  by  providing  efficient  orientation 
of  new  students,  communicating  research 
interests  across  departmental  lines  and  provid- 
ing a  channel  for  the  communication  of 
graduate  student  concerns  to  the  dean  for 
graduate  studies  and  research  and  to  the 
Graduate  Council.  The  Graduate  Student  Asso- 
ciation chooses  one  of  its  own  members  each 
year  to  serve  as  a  voting  member  of  the 
Graduate  Council  and  also  elects  representa- 
tives to  the  UMAB  Senate. 

Employment  Opportunities 

Graduates  of  the  master's  degree  program  of 
the  University  of  Maryland  have  a  variety  of 
employment  opportunities.  Surveys  of  recent 
graduates  indicate  100%  employment.  Approx- 
imately 60%  of  these  graduates  are  employed 
in  hospitals,  30%  as  faculty  in  schools  of 
nursing  and  10%  in  other  areas  including 
nursing  homes,  community  mental  health  and 
public  health  clinics.  Salaries  vary  with  the 
type  of  position,  the  setting,  the  geographical 
areas  and  the  individual  graduate's  profes- 
sional experience.  Beginning  salaries  in  the 
Baltimore-Washington,  D.C.,  area  for  new  mas- 
ter's graduates  range  from  $24,000  to  $32,000 
per  year. 

Doctorally  prepared  nurses  are  in  great 
demand  throughout  the  nation  as  administra- 
tors, faculty  and  researchers.  Salaries  vary  with 
the  particular  position,  the  geographical  area 
and  the  individual  background  of  the  candi- 
date but  range  from  $30,000  to  $45,000  per 
year. 


Graduate  Courses 

NURS  602  Conceptual  Framework  for  Nurs- 
ing Practice  (5).  An  introduction  to  the  artic- 
ulation of  a  philosophy  of  nursing  to  a  con- 
ceptual framework  for  nursing  practice.  Our 
philosophy  states  that  the  personal,  cognitive 
and  physical  expressions  of  health  interact 
throughout  life  and  unfold  in  dynamic  inter- 
play with  the  environment.  The  two-credit 
theory  session  each  week  is  a  coordinated  ap- 
proach by  representative  departmental  fac- 
ulty in  which  the  study  of  scientific  concepts 
which  influence  man's  expressions  of  health 
is  emphasized.  The  other  three  credits  pro- 
vide a  departmentally  supervised  clinical 
practicum  with  emphasis  on  assessment  and 
on  evaluation  of  nursing  interventions  or  reg- 
ulatory processes.  (Kreider  and  Faculty) 


NURS  603  Evaluation  of  Patient  Care:  A 
Clinical  Perspective  (3).  An  opportunity  for 
students  to  synthesize  a  framework  for  eval- 
uating health  and  nursing  care.  Emphasis  is  on 
the  analysis  of  structure,  process  and  out- 
comes of  nursing  care  in  terms  of  the 
personal,  physical  and  cognitive  expressions 
of  health.  It  is  designed  to  supplement  the 
core  courses  as  well  as  other  clinical  courses 
by  presenting  quality  assurance  methods,  cri- 
teria and  standards.  Prerequisites:  NURS  602 
and  701  or  permission  of  instructor.  (Walker) 

NURS  604  Organizational  Behavior  and  Role 
Fulfillment  (3).  An  exploration  and  analysis  of 
commonalities  inherent  in  nursing  practice  in 
various  roles.  Content  from  systems,  role, 
organizational  behavior,  consultation,  learning 
and  change  theories  provides  the  basis  for 
synthesis  into  a  conceptual  framework  of 
practice  in  teaching,  clinical  practice  and 
administration.  (Faculty) 

NURS  606  Influential  Forces,  Health  Care  and 
Health  Care  Systems  (  2  ).  The  identification 
and  analysis  of  the  economic,  social,  political 
and  educational  forces  which  influence  the 
health  of  man,  affect  the  health  care  deliver)' 
system  and  produce  changes  in  nursing. 
(Faculty) 

NURS  607  Alcoholism  and  Family  Systems 
(3).  The  theory  content  and  clinical  practicum 
of  this  course  are  designed  for  the  study  of 
alcoholism  and  the  concomitant  family  pat- 
terns of  organization.  The  course  emphasizes 
the  use  of  regulatory  processes  for  the  resto- 
ration of  optimal  balance  within  the  family 
and  between  the  family  and  its  environment, 
the  recruitment  of  family  members  into  treat- 
ment and  the  prevention  of  illness  among 
vulnerable  family  members.  (Eells) 

NURS  608  Special  Problems  in  Nursing  (1-3). 
Provides  for  alternative  learning  experiences: 
independent  study;  development  of  specific 
clinical  competencies;  classes  focusing  on  a 
variety  of  special  interest  topics  or  topics  of  an 
interdepartmental  nature.  Registration  upon 
consent  of  advisor.  Students  may  register  for 
one  to  three  credits  per  semester  with  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 


59 


NURS  611  Introduction  to  Primary  Care 
Nursing  (2).  Emphasizes  the  development  of 
the  expanded  nursing  role  and  builds  on 
assessment  skills  and  on  knowledge  acquired 
in  NURS  602.  It  provides  opportunity  to 
collect  and  analyze  data  with  a  variety  of  skills 
and  techniques  that  expand  the  nursing  pro- 
cess for  the  health  of  adults.  Prerequisite  or 
concurrent:  NURS  602,  NPHY600.  (Faculty) 

NURS  613  Clinical  Diagnosis  and  Manage- 
ment I  (4).  Prepares  the  student  to  function  at 
a  beginning  level  as  a  nurse  practitioner  in  an 
ambulatory  setting.  This  is  the  first  of  two 
sequential  courses  which  focus  on  different 
sets  of  health  problems.  The  student  applies 
the  nursing  process  through  diagnosis,  devel- 
oping plans  of  care  and  implementing  nursing 
strategies  to  promote  personal,  cognitive  and 
phvsical  health  of  clients  with  common  health 
problems.  Prerequisites:  NURS  611,  NPHY  600. 
Open  to  majors  only.  (Faculty) 

NURS«6l4  Clinical  Diagnosis  and  Manage- 
ment II  (4).  Prepares  the  student  to  function 
as  a  nurse  practitioner  in  an  ambulatory 
setting  with  clients  who  have  complex  health 
problems.  This  is  the  second  of  two  sequential 
courses  which  apply  the  nursing  process 
through  communication  and  assessment  skills, 
interpreting  findings,  applying  laboratory  diag- 
nostic methods,  developing  plans  of  care  and 
implementing  nursing  strategies  to  promote 
personal,  cognitive  and  physical  health  of 
clients.  Prerequisite:  NURS  613-  Open  to  ma- 
jors only.  ( Faculty) 

NURS  615  Advanced  Primary  Health  Care  (5). 
An  intensive  applied  clinical  experience  and 
seminar  sessions  designed  to  assist  the  student 
in  analyzing  multiple  variables  in  health  and 
disease  and,  through  a  problem-solving  ap- 
proach, in  determining  an  optimal  plan  in 
relation  to  both  short-  and  long-term  goals. 
The  emphasis  is  on  increased  independence 
and  decisionmaking  in  an  interprofessional 
environment.  Prerequisite:  NURS  614.  Open  to 
majors  only.  (Faculty) 


NURS  618  Special  Problems  in  Primary  Care 
(1-6).  An  independent  study  experience  which 
allows  students  in  the  primary  care  depart- 
ment to  develop  special  competencies  or 
obtain  in-depth  clinical  experience.  Students 
outside  the  department  may  elect  this  experi- 
ence to  study  selected  concepts  relating  to 
primary  care  nursing.  Registration  upon  con- 
sent of  advisor.  Students  may  register  for 
varying  units  of  credit  ranging  from  one  to 
three  credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of 
six  credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  621  Medical-Surgical  Nursing  1(2).  The 

first  level  Medical-Surgical  Nursing  course 
focuses  on  systematic  exploration  of  concepts 
that  are  particularly  pertinent  to  adult  clients 
with  physical  alterations.  The  concepts  are 
developed  within  the  graduate  program 
framework;  interrelationships  among  concepts 
are  determined  and  clinical  implications  are 
considered.  Values,  beliefs  and  attitudes  about 
nursing,  health,  and  illness  are  explored.  Pre- 
requisite or  concurrent:  NURS  602  and  NPHY 
600.  (Faculty) 

NURS  622  Medical-Surgical  Nursing  II  (4). 
Building  on  NURS  602  and  621,  this  course 
focuses  on  the  articulation  of  selected  con- 
cepts with  the  development,  implementation 
and  evaluation  of  regulatory  processes  from 
the  perspective  framework.  The  practicum 
gives  students  an  opportunity  to  test  the 
presented  theory  within  a  clinical  perspective, 
to  strengthen  and  extend  previously  acquired 
knowledge  and  skill  and  to  progress  toward 
attainment  of  individual  clinical  goals.  Prereq- 
uisite: NURS  621.  (Faculty) 

NURS  623  Trauma/Critical  Care  Nursing  I 

(2).  This  first-level  course  focuses  on  the 
exploration  and  application  of  the  graduate 
nursing  program  framework  as  a  basis  for 
trauma/critical  care  nursing  practice.  Altera- 
tions and  interrelationships  of  selected 
concepts  are  considered  in  conjunction  with 
appropriate  regulatory  processes.  Clinical  ap- 
plications and  research  implications  are 
discussed  with  consideration  of  the  critical 
care  environment  and  specific  patient  charac- 
teristics. Prerequisite  or  concurrent  NURS  602, 
NPHY  600  (Faculty) 


60 


NURS  624  Trauma/Critical  Care  Nursing  II 
(4).  This  second-level  course  continues  to 
examine  the  theory  and  practice  of  trauma/ 
critical  care  nursing  wihtin  the  graduate  nurs- 
ing framework.  The  course  includes  a  clinical 
practicum  which  offers  the  opportunity  to  test 
course  theory,  expand  collaborative  and  ad- 
vanced nursing  skills  and  progress  toward 
achievement  of  individual  professional  goals. 
Prerequisities:  NURS  623  and  NPHY  620  or 
instructor  permission.  (Faculty) 

NURS  625  Introduction  to  Gerontological 
Nursing  (2).  Traces,  via  an  historical  perspec- 
tive, the  beginnings  of  the  science  of 
gerontology  and  gerontological  nursing.  The 
focus  is  on  implications  for  nursing  in  regard 
to  the  myths  and  misconceptions,  current 
health  care  problems  and  the  influence  soci- 
etal thinking  has  had  on  attitudes  and  interests 
regarding  the  elderly.  Prerequisite:  NURS  602 
(Stilwell  and  Faculty) 


NURS  626  Processes  of  Aging:  Implications 
for  Nursing  Care  (4).  An  in-depth  analysis  of 
specific  concepts  related  to  the  cognitive, 
physical  and  psychosocial  health  care  prob- 
lems of  the  aged.  The  emphasis  in  exploring 
these  concepts  is  on  assessment  meth- 
odologies and  nursing  care  strategies  which 
are  designed  to  assist  the  aged  person  to  cope 
with  alterations  in  the  expressions  of  health 
related  to  the  aging  process  and,  where 
possible,  to  prevent  the  occurrence  of  altera- 
tions in  health.  (Stilwell  and  Faculty) 

NURS  628  Special  Problems  in  Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing  (1-3).  Provides  alternative 
learning  experiences:  independent  study;  de- 
velopment of  specific  clinical  competencies; 
classes  focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  topics 
or  topics  of  an  interdepartmental  nature 
within  the  broad  category  of  medical-surgical 
nursing.  Registration  upon  consent  of  advisor. 
Students  may  register  for  varying  amounts  of 
credit  ranging  from  one  to  three  credits  per 
semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per 
degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  631  Maternal  and  Infant  Nursing  1(2). 

First  of  a  two-semester  sequence.  A  conceptual 
approach  which  focuses  on  extensive  under- 
standing of  nursing  in  society's  total  program 
of  maternal  health  services  with  emphasis  on 
increased  practitioner  skills  for  independent 
and  collaborative  components  of  professional 
nursing  of  mothers  and  infants.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  602.  (Faculty) 

NURS  632  Maternal  and  Infant  Nursing  II  (4). 
Focuses  on  extensive  knowledge  and  under- 
standing of  maternal  care  and  on  gaining 
increased  collaborative  and  practitioner  skills 
in  professional  nursing  within  interdisciplin- 
ary health  agencies  and  institutions.  Second 
semester  of  a  two-semester  sequence.  Prereq- 
uisites: NURS  602  and  NURS  631.  (Faculty) 


61 


NURS  638  Special  Problems  in  Maternity 
Nursing  (1-3).  Provides  for  alternative  learn- 
ing experiences:  independent  study; 
development  of  specific  clinical  competencies; 
classes  focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  interest 
topics  or  topics  of  an  interdepartmental  nature 
within  the  broad  category  of  maternity  nurs- 
ing. Registration  upon  consent  of  advisors. 
Students  may  register  for  varying  amounts  of 
credit  ranging  from  one  to  three  credits  per 
semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per 
degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  641  Nursing  of  Children  1(2).  First 
semester  of  a  two-semester  sequence.  Focuses 
on  extensive  knowledge  and  understanding  of 
nursing  in  society's  total  program  of  child 
health  services  and  on  gaining  increased 
practitioner  skills  in  professional  nursing  of 
children.  Prerequisite:  NURS  602.  (Faculty) 

NURS  642  Nursing  of  Children  II  (4).  Focuses 
on  extensive  knowledge  and  understanding  in 
society's  total  program  of  child  health  services 
and  in  gaining  increased  collaborative  and 
practitioner  skills  in  professional  nursing  of 
children.  Second  semester  of  a  two-semester 
sequence.  Prerequisite:  NURS  602  and  NURS 
641.  (Faculty) 

NURS  648  Special  Problems  in  Nursing  of 
Children  (1-3)  Provides  alternative  learning 
experiences:  independent  study;  development 
of  specific  clinical  competencies;  classes  focus- 
ing on  a  variety  of  special  interest  topics  or 
topics  of  an  interdepartmental  nature  within 
the  broad  category  of  nursing  of  children. 
Registration  upon  consent  of  advisor.  Students 
may  register  for  varying  amounts  of  credit 
ranging  from  one  to  three  credits  per  semes- 
ter with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per  degree. 
(Faculty) 

NURS  650  Foundations  for  Psychiatric  Nurs- 
ing 1(2).  First  half  of  a  two-semester  course 
which  provides  graduate  students  in  psychi- 
atric nursing  with  a  theoretical  basis  for 
clinical  practice,  an  overview  of  multiple 
schools  of  psychotherapy  and  a  matrix  within 
which  to  integrate  concepts  for  Core  I  (NURS 


602)  which  are  particularly  relevant  to  psychi- 
atric nursing.  The  course  content  encourages 
the  student  to  view  the  client  developmentally 
in  order  to  assess  his/her  or  the  family's 
problem(s)  and  to  choose  therapeutic  inter- 
ventions that  are  grounded  either  in  theory  or 
in  knowledge  generated  from  empirically 
tested  data.  Offered  fall  semester.  (Faculty) 
NURS  651  Individual  Therapy  (3).  Individual 
therapy  builds  upon  the  interpersonal  and 
analytic  skill  developed  in  the  clinical  portion 
of  NURS  602.  This  course  examines  specific 
types  of  ineffective  social  behaviors  as  well  as 
personality  disturbances  and  their  treatment 
within  the  contexts  of  psychiatric  and  nursing 
literature.  (Robinson) 

NURS  652  Group  Theory  and  Practice  1(3). 
Provides  the  basis  for  a  conceptual  framework 
in  group  psychotherapy.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  application  of  theory  to  group  practice. 
Included  is  the  study  of  the  therapist's  role  in 
the  development  of  technical  and  communica- 
tion skills  in  group  work.  Each  student  is 
required  to  co-lead  a  group  approved  by  the 
faculty.  (Faculty) 

NURS  653  Group  Theory  and  Practice  II  (3). 

Designed  to  further  develop  the  student's 
theoretical  and  clinical  expertise  in  group 
work  and  group  psychotherapy.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  role  of  the  therapist  in  the 
integration  and  utilization  of  theoretical  con- 
cepts to  clinical  group  practice  and  in 
developing  skills  in  supervision.  Specialized 
group  therapy  techniques  and  research  as 
related  to  group  practice  are  reviewed.  Each 
student  is  required  to  co-lead  a  group  ap- 
proved by  the  faculty.  Prerequisite:  NURS 
652.  (Faculty) 


62 


NURS  654  Liaison  Nursing  1(3).  Students 
gain  skills  in  therapeutic  interaction  with 
hospitalized,  physically  ill  patients  based  upon 
their  assessment  of  the  patient's  psychological 
needs  and  an  evaluation  of  appropriate  vehi- 
cles for  their  gratification.  Goals  are 
established  which  take  into  consideration 
physiological  versus  psychological  priorities, 
assigning  weights  in  terms  of  immediacy  of 
need.  The  hospital  is  viewed  as  a  social 
system,  and  means  of  interacting  effectively  in 
it  are  explored.  Offered  fall  semester  (Robin- 
son) 

NURS  674  Community  Health  Nursing  within 
the  Health  Care  System  (  2  ).  Focuses  on  the 
relationship  between  the  health  level  of  the 
community  and  the  organization  of  the  health 
care  system.  Social  and  political  forces  and 
major  public  policies  that  are  shaping  the 
organization  and  delivery  of  community 
health  nursing  services  will  be  analyzed.  An 
examination  of  theory,  research,  governmental 
and  other  professional  documents  will  pro- 
vide the  basis  for  discussion  as  to  how 
effective  and  efficient  services  can  be  ach- 
ieved. Various  systems  of  health  care 
organization  will  be  compared  in  terms  of 
health  level,  structure  and  reimbursement 
mechanisms.  Open  to  non-nursing  majors 
with  permission  of  instructor.  Offered  spring 
semester.  (Ruth) 

NURS  675  Community  Health  Nursing  III  (2). 
A  required  third-level  departmental  course  for 
students  whose  area  of  concentration  is  com- 
munity health  nursing.  It  is  given  concurrently 
with  the  practicum  in  role  preparation.  While 
the  emphasis  is  upon  intervention  strategies 
and  regulatory  processes  in  community  health 
nursing,  content  related  to  public  health 
administration  is  discussed  and  includes  areas 
such  as  reimbursement  mechanisms,  legisla- 
tion and  regulation  and  standards  of  practice. 
Students  will  plan,  implement  and  evaluate  a 
health  program  of  primary  prevention  in  their 
selected  communities.  Prerequisites  or  con- 
current: NURS  604  and  NURS  673.  Offered  fall 
semester.  (Strasser) 


NURS  676  Community  Health  Groups:  Lead- 
ership Strategies  (2).  The  theory  content  and 
practicum  of  this  course  offer  learning  experi- 
ences particularly  pertinent  and  applicable  to 
working  with  well  families  and  health-ori- 
ented community  groups.  The  course  is 
designed  to  provide  graduate  students  in 
community  health  nursing  and  other  specialty 
areas  an  opportunity  to  gain  additional  skills 
in  the  use  of  group  leadership  strategies  to 
bring  about  change  toward  defined  goals  and 
objectives.  Prerequisite:  Basic  course  in  group 
dynamics;  permission  of  instructor.  Open  to 
non-nursing  majors.  Offered  spring  semester. 
(Strasser) 

NURS  678  Special  Problems  in  Community 
Health  Nursing  (1-3).  Provides  alternative 
learning  experiences:  independent  study;  de- 
velopment of  specific  clinical  competencies; 
classes  focusing  on  a  variety  of  special  interest 
topics  or  topics  of  an  interdepartmental  nature 
within  the  broad  category  of  community 
health  nursing.  Registration  by  consent  of 
advisor.  Students  may  register  for  varying 
amounts  of  credit  ranging  from  one  to  three 
credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  680  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in 
Nursing  Education  (  3  )■  Combines  the  ele- 
ments of  the  curriculum  process  with 
instructional  principles  and  methodologies 
through  both  faculty-  and  student-conducted 
seminars.  It  is  designed  to  assist  the  student  in 
the  understanding  and  application  of  the 
foundations  and  methods  of  curriculum  devel- 
opment. Prerequisite  or  concurrent:  NURS 
604.  (Faculty) 


€*% 


NURS  682  Practicum  in  Teaching  in  Nursing 
(3).  Experience  in  clinical  and  classroom 
settings  promotes  the  opportunity  for  devel- 
opment and  increased  skill  in  the  total 
teaching/learning  process.  An  analytical  ap- 
proach to  teaching  effectiveness  is 
emphasized.  Placement  in  junior  colleges, 
baccalaureate  programs  or  in-service  settings 
is  arranged  according  to  track  selected.  Pre- 
requisite: NURS  604  and  two  semesters  of 
clinical  coursework.  Prerequisite  or  concur- 
rent: NURS  680.  (Faculty) 

NURS  683  Practicum  for  Clinical  Specialist  in 
Nursing  (4).  Supervised  experience  is  pro- 
vided by  each  clinical  department  which  will 
prepare  the  graduate  student  to  function  in 
the  role  of  clinical  specialist.  Placement  may 
be  in  community  or  home  settings,  chronic 
and  long-term  care  facilities  as  well  as  inten- 
sive care  units.  Prerequisite:  Two  semesters  of 
clinical  coursework.  Prerequisite  or  concur- 
rent: NURS  684.  (Faculty) 

NURS  684  Seminar  in  Nursing — Clinical  Spe- 
cialization (  2  ).  Focuses  on  increasing 
organizational  behaviors  to  function  effectively 
as  clinical  nurse  specialists.  Particular  attention 
is  given  to  improving  the  delivery  of  health 
care  to  consumers  through  consultation, 
teaching,  research  and  clinical  practice  in 
medical-surgical,  maternal-child  health,  psy- 
chiatric, gerontological  and  community  health 
nursing.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent:  NURS 
604.  (Faculty) 

NURS  685  Instructional  Skills  (3).  This 
course,  conducted  by  means  of  microteaching 
lab,  fosters  the  development  and  analysis  of 
selected  teaching  skills  directed  at  predeter- 
mined levels  of  functioning  in  the  cognitive, 
affective  and  psychomotor  domains.  Prerequi- 
site: NURS  604  and  two  semesters  of  clinical 
coursework.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent:  NURS 
680.  (Heller) 


C 


NURS  688  Special  Problems  in  Nursing  Edu- 
cation (1-3).  The  major  objectives  of  this 
independent  study  experience  are  to  develop 
further  competencies  in  the  area  of  teaching. 
Registration  upon  consent  of  advisor.  Student 
may  register  for  one  to  three  credits  per 
semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits  per 
degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  689  Special  Problems  in  Clinical  Spe- 
cialization (1-3).  The  major  objectives  of  this 
independent  study  experience  are  to  develop 
further  competencies  in  the  areas  of  clinical 
specialization.  Registration  upon  consent  of 
advisor.  Students  may  register  for  one  to  three 
credits  per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 


64 


NURS  690  Managerial  Health  Finance  (3). 

Focuses  on  the  role  and  responsibility  of  the 
administrator  in  fiscal  management  of  health 
care  institutions  in  both  the  public  and  private 
sectors.  Training  is  provided  in  resource 
management  and  accountability.  Conceptual 
and  practical  issues  related  to  health  care 
economics,  financial  management  and  budget 
preparation  will  be  stressed.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  604.  (Faculty) 

NURS  692  Administration  of  Nursing  Service 
(2).  Examination  and  application  of  admin- 
istrative processes  employed  in  nursing 
service  settings.  The  independent  and  interde- 
pendent functions  of  nurse  administrators  in 
an  organization,  at  various  levels  of  decision 
making,  are  identified  and  analyzed.  Prerequi- 
site: NURS  604.  (Faculty) 

NURS  693  Practicum  in  Nursing  Service  Ad- 
ministration (4)  Field  placements  provide 
for  synthesis  of  learning  through  observation 
of  and  participation  in  administrative  ac- 
tivities. Placements  are  arranged  to  support 
skill  development  in  keeping  with  the  stu- 
dents career  goals.  Regular  conferences  with 
university  instructors  and  field  preceptor  en- 
rich the  student's  learning  opportunity.  Pre- 
requisite: NURS  692.  (Faculty) 

NURS  696  Cases  and  Concepts  in  Nursing 
Administration  (2).  This  second-level  course 
is  required  for  students  whose  major  area  of 
concentration  is  Administration  of  Nursing 
Service  and  is  an  elective  open  to  all  other 
students.  The  course  focuses  on  administrative 
cases  and  is  designed  to  assist  the  student  in 
exploring  administrative  concepts  and  analyz- 
ing administrative  situations.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  604.  (Faculty) 

NURS  697  Nursing  and  Health  Policy  (2). 
Focuses  on  formulation  and  implementation 
of  health  policy  viewed  from  an  historical 
perspective  and  on  examination  of  selected 
current  issues.  Attention  will  be  given  to  the 
role  of  nurses  in  influencing  policy'  decisions. 
Prerequisite  POSI  601.  Open  to  majors  only. 
(Faculty) 


NURS  698  Special  Problems  in  Nursing  Ad- 
ministration (1-3)-  The  major  objective  of  this 
independent  study  experience  is  to  develop 
further  competencies  in  the  area  of  admin- 
istration. Registration  by  consent  of  advisor. 
Student  may  register  for  one  to  three  credits 
per  semester  with  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  699  Practicum  in  Nursing  and  Health 
Policy  (4).  This  course  is  the  last  in  the 
nursing  health  policy  major.  Practical  experi- 
ence in  selected  agencies  will  reinforce  and 
enhance  analytic  skills  needed  in  policy  for- 
mulation and  implementation.  Placement  will 
be  in  accord  with  students'  special  interests  in 
the  nursing  health  field.  Prerequisite:  NURS 
697.  (Faculty) 

NURS  701  Research  Methods  and  Materials  in 
Nursing  (3).  One  four-hour  lecture/lab  a 
week.  Includes  basic  understandings  of  the 
philosophy  of  research,  the  nature  of  scientific 
thinking  and  methods  of  research  study. 
Prerequisite:  Basic  statistics.  (Faculty) 

NURS  702  Application  of  Inferential  Statistics 
to  Nursing  Research  Designs  (  2  ).  Emphasizes 
the  requirements  and  interpretation  of  in- 
ferential procedures  widely  used  in  nursing 
research  designs.  Statistical  computer  pro- 
grams are  utilized  with  actual  nursing  data. 
Selection  of  the  most  appropriate  procedure 
is  stressed.  Data  analyses,  including  bivariate 
correlation,  partial  correlation,  one-way 
ANOVA,  ANCOVA,  multiple  regression  and 
various  nonparametric  analyses  are  studied. 
Instrument  reliability  is  computed  and  an 
overview  of  other  procedures  is  presented.  A 
pragmatic  rather  than  mathematical  approach 
is  used.  A  three-hour  session  each  week 
combines  lecture  and  lab.  Prerequisite:  NURS 
701.  (Faculty) 


65 


NURS  704  Program  Evaluation  in  Nursing 

(3).  This  elective  course  introduces  students 
to  various  models  and  approaches  available 
for  the  evaluation  of  nursing  programs  in  both 
educational  and  service  settings.  Class  discus- 
sions focus  on  the  components  of  various 
models,  their  relative  strengths  and  weak- 
nesses and  their  utility  for  the  evaluation  of 
nursing  programs.  Opportunities  to  assess 
program  evaluation  efforts  in  nursing  are  also 
provided.  Prerequisite-.  Permission  of  instruc- 
tor. (Waltz) 

NURS  708  Special  Problems  in  Nursing  Re- 
search (1-3).  The  major  objective  of  this 
independent  study  experience  is  to  develop 
further  research  competencies.  Registration 
upon  consent  of  instructor.  Variable  amounts 
of  credit  ranging  from  one  to  three  per 
semester  may  be  taken  with  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  per  degree.  (Faculty) 

NURS  710  Health  Supervision  of  the  Well 
Child  1(3)-  The  first  of  two  sequential  courses 
which  focus  on  health  promotion  and  health 
maintenance  for  children,  this  course  deals 
primarily  with  the  health  needs  of  children 
during  the  first  five  years  of  life.  The  student 
will  function  at  a  beginning  level  as  a  nurse 
practitioner  in  an  ambulatory  setting.  Empha- 
sis is  placed  on  application  of  the  nursing 
process:  assessing  the  physical,  personal  and 
cognitive  expressions  of  health  of  well  chil- 
dren during  the  first  five  years  of  life  within 
the  context  of  their  family  environments; 
developing  plans  of  care  based  on  knowledge 
of  the  cultural  patterns  of  the  family  and  of  the 
predominant  pattern  of  organization  of  the 
child's  expressions  of  health,  implementing 
and  evaluating  nursing  strategies  to  promote 
health  and  development.  Prerequisite:  NURS 
602,  NURS  611  or  permission  of  instructor. 
(Faculty) 

NURS  711  Health  Supervision  of  the  Well 
Child  II  (3).  This  is  the  second  of  two 
sequential  courses  which  apply  the  conceptual 
framework  of  the  graduate  program  and  the 
nursing  process  through  communication  and 
assessment  skills,  developing  plans  of  care, 
implementing  and  evaluating  the  use  of  se- 
lected regulatory  processes  to  promote  the 


personal,  cognitive  and  physical  health  of 
children.  The  course  focuses  on  the  health 
needs  of  school-age  children  and  adolescents. 
Normal  growth  and  development  are  empha- 
sized. Prerequisite:  NURS  710  or  permission  of 
instructor.  (Faculty) 

NURS  713  Common  Health  Problems  of 
Children  1(4).  This  is  the  first  of  two 
sequential  courses  which  focus  on  selected 
health  problems  of  children  frequently  en- 
countered in  ambulatory  settings  and  the 
underlying  alterations  in  health  equilibrium. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  problem  identification, 
application  of  appropriate  regulatory  pro- 
cesses and  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of 
intervention.  Prerequisite:  NURS  602,  NURS 
611  or  permission  of  instructor.  (Faculty) 

NURS  714  Common  Health  Problems  of 
Children  II  (4).  The  focus  of  this  second  of 
two  sequential  courses  is  selected  health  care 
problems  of  children  and  the  underlying 
alterations  in  health.  The  problems  consid- 
ered will  be  of  a  more  complex  nature. 
Problem  identification,  application  of  appro- 
priate regulatory  processes  and  evaluation  of 
the  effectiveness  of  intervention  are  empha- 
sized. Prerequisite:  NURS  713  or  permission  of 
instructor.  (Faculty) 

NURS  715  Advanced  Primary  Care  of  Chil- 
dren (5).  Designed  to  assist  the  student  to 
integrate  and  synthesize  the  material  from  all 
coursework,  material  previously  learned  and 
some  new  concepts  relevant  to  the  pediatric 
nurse  practitioner  in  primary  care.  Clinical 
experiences  require  that  the  student  assume  a 
more  independent  role  in  assessing  and 
managing  the  health  care  of  children  from 
birth  to  adolescence  as  pan  of  a  multi- 
disciplinary  health  care  team.  Prerequisites: 
NURS  711  and  NURS  714.  (Faculty) 


66 


NURS  721  Psychophysiological  Interventions 
in  Nursing  (3).  An  overview  of  the  psycho- 
physiological interrelationships  commonly 
seen  in  patients  manifesting  symptomatology 
such  as  hypertension,  low  back  pain,  head- 
aches and  arthritis.  Psychophysiological 
models  unique  to  advanced  nursing  assess- 
ment and  intervention  within  a  family  systems 
framework  are  examined,  practiced  and  ap- 
plied to  actual  client  situations.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  602  (Thomas) 

NURS  750  Foundations  for  Psychiatric  Nurs- 
ing II  (2).  This  second  half  of  a  two-semester 
course  provides  graduate  students  in  psychi- 
atric nursing  with  a  theoretical  basis  for 
clinical  practice,  an  overview  of  multiple 
schools  of  psychotherapy  and  a  matrix  within 
which  to  integrate  concepts  for  Core  I  which 
are  particularly  relevent  to  psychiatric  nursing. 
The  course  content  encourages  the  student  to 
view  the  client  developmentally  in  order  to 
assess  his/her  or  the  family's  problem(s)  and 
to  choose  therapeutic  interventions  that  are 
grounded  either  in  theory  or  in  knowledge 
generated  from  empirically  tested  data.  Of- 
fered spring  semester.  (Faculty) 

NURS  754  Liaison  Nursing  II  (3).  The  second- 
level  course  in  psychiatric  liaison  nursing 
presents  material  relevent  to  specific  patient 
populations  which  are  targeted  by  the  liaison 
practitioner.  In  the  latter  half  of  the  course, 
the  student  begins  to  explore  those  issues 
involved  in  working  with  nursing  staff,  rather 
than  directly  with  patients  to  meet  the  latter 's 
psychological  needs.  In  addition,  liaison  re- 
search projects  that  were  identified  in  the 
first-level  course  will  be  further  developed  to 
meet  seminar  paper  or  thesis  requirements. 
Prerequisite:  NURS  654.  (Robinson) 

NURS  755  Families  in  Trauma/Critical  Care 
Settings  (3).  Introduces  students  to  the  system 
theory  orientation  for  understanding  human 
functioning  as  well  as  to  the  application  of  this 
orientation  to  personal,  patient/family  and 
critical  care  delivery  systems.  The  family  is  the 
unit  of  study  and  the  personal  expression  of 
health  is  emphasized.  The  course  includes  a 
seminar  focused  on  defining  systems  theory 


and  its  application  to  issues  and  situations  in 
trauma/critical  care  nursing  and  supervised 
clinical  work  with  patients/families.  Prerequi- 
sites: NURS  602  and  permission  of  instructor. 
(Faculty) 

NURS  770  Strategies  for  Legal-Ethical  Dilem- 
mas in  Nursing  (2).  Designed  to  explore  and 
analyze  legal  and  ethical  dimensions  of  nurs- 
ing interventions  with  the  context  of  selected 
professional  issues  such  as  autonomy,  privacy, 
justice,  power,  responsibility,  self-regulation, 
confidentiality,  use  of  human  subjects  and 
informed  consent.  The  process  of  identifying 
issues,  taking  and  supporting  positions  and 
selecting  effective  nursing  strategies  will  be 
stressed.  The  interface  of  law,  ethics  and 
nursing  is  the  primary  focus  of  the  course. 
Prerequisite:  NURS  602  or  permission  of 
instructor.  (Faculty) 

NURS  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6). 

(Faculty) 

NURS  801  Conceptual  Basis  for  Nursing  (2). 
Provides  experience  in  conceptualizing 
health-related  behavior  as  an  initial  step  in 
nursing  research.  Biological,  psychological, 
cognitive  and  social  dimensions  of  selected 
concepts  relevant  to  nursing  practice  are 
examined  theoretically  and  operationally.  The 
interrelatedness  of  these  dimensions  is  viewed 
as  constituting  a  major  focus  in  the  study  of 
man  from  a  nursing  perspective.  (Kreider  and 
Faculty) 

NURS  802  Analysis  of  Direct  Nursing  Action 

(4).  Clinical  settings  will  be  utilized  for  the 
examination  of  client  states  and  nursing  ac- 
tions. From  a  theoretical  perspective  students 
will  develop  and  implement  a  plan  for  study 
of  nursing  actions  and  the  client  states  which 
are  stimuli  for  and  responses  to  nursing 
actions.  Prerequisite:  NURS  801  (Kreider  and 
Faculty) 


67 


NURS  803  Conceptualization  of  Nursing  Sys- 
tems (2).  An  overview  of  the  social,  political 
and  organizational  contexts  within  which 
nursing  is  practiced  and  taught.  Includes  an 
introduction  to  and  comparison  of  organiza- 
tional and  systems  theories,  and  consideration 
of  organizational  problems  of  particular  im- 
portance to  the  practice  and  teaching  of 
nursing.  (Jacox) 

NURS  804  Analysis  of  Indirect  Nursing  Action 
(4).  The  processes  by  which  national  health 
and  nursing  policies  are  determined  and 
organizational  problems  of  particular  impor- 
tance to  the  practice  and  teaching  of  nursing 
are  analyzed.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  factors 
which  influence  the  acquisition  and  use  of 
nursing  resources,  the  regulation  of  nursing 
practice,  authority  and  decision  making  and 
conflict  management  in  organizations.  Prereq- 
uisite: NURS  803.  (Jacox) 
NURS  805  Analysis  and  Development  of 
Nursing  Theory  (4).  Philosophical  bases  for 
nursing  theory  are  analyzed  and  several  meta- 
theoretical  approaches  to  theory  development 
are  studied.  Extant  nursing  theories  are  ana- 
lyzed, compared  and  evaluated.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  602  or  equivalent.  (Lenz  and  Suppe) 
NURS  806  Seminar  in  Nursing  Science  (2). 
Philosophical,  theoretical  and  professional  is- 
sues to  be  considered  in  discovering  and 
verifying  nursing  knowledge  are  addressed. 
Approaches  to  theory  development  in  nursing 
are  examined  and  applied.  Prerequisite:  NURS 
805.  (Lenz  and  Suppe) 

NURS  811  Measurement  of  Nursing  Phenom- 
ena (3).  The  theoretical  basis  of  measurement 
will  be  presented  as  a  foundation  for  the 
development  and  evaluation  of  measurement 
tools  for  use  in  nursing  research.  Types  of 
measures,  techniques  of  construction,  the    - 
statistical  analysis  of  reliability  and  validity  and 
strengths  and  limitations  for  use  of  selected 
measures  in  nursing  research  will  be  pre- 
sented. Nursing  research  studies  will  be 
evaluated  relative  to  measurement  theory. 
Tools  and  procedures,  including  those  used  to 
measure  affective,  cognitive,  behavioral  and 


physiological  aspects  of  selected  concepts,  will 
be  evaluated.  Prerequisites:  NURS  702,  NURS 
813  or  equivalent.  (Waltz) 
NURS  812  Seminar  in  Nursing  Measurement 
(3).  The  theoretical  basis  of  measurement  will 
be  applied  in  a  highly  individualized  experi- 
ence in  the  development  and  testing  of  an 
instrument  to  measure  a  selected  concept  of 
relevance  in  nursing  research.  The  seminar 
will  provide  the  opportunity  for  discussion  of 
problems,  issues  and  strategies  involved  in 
tool  construction  and  validation  and  for  the 
sharing  of  experiences.  Prerequisites:  NURS 
811  and  NURS  813.  (Waltz) 
NURS  813  Design  of  Nursing  Research  (3). 
The  emphasis  in  this  course  is  on  the  acquisi- 
tion of  methods  and  techniques  for  extending 
the  scientific  base  of  knowledge  for  nursing 
practice.  Research  studies,  taken  from  the 
health  care  literature,  which  address  questions 
of  impact  to  nursing  will  serve  as  foci  for 
discussion  throughout  the  term.  Research 
designs  and  related  statistical  procedures  will 
be  examined  in  terms  of  their  appropriateness 
for  addressing  various  nursing  problems. 
Small-scale  research  projects  will  be  carried 
out  in  order  to  facilitate  acquisition  of  de- 
sired skills.  (Wolfe  and  Prescott) 

NURS  815  Advanced  Seminar  in  Nursing 
Research  (  3  >  Emphasis  is  on  use  of  quali- 
tative research  methods  and  pre-  and  quasi- 
experimental  designs  and  related  statistical 
procedures  for  the  study  of  nursing  prob- 
lems. Included  are  evaluation  research  strat- 
egies, issues  of  research  control  in  field  set- 
tings and  major  sampling  procedures. 
Prerequisites  or  concurrent:  NURS  813,  COMP 
601  or  equivalent.  (Prescott) 


68 


NURS  818  Special  Topics  in  Nursing  Research 

(1-3).  A  directed  individually  planned  re- 
search experience  which  provides  doctoral 
students  the  opportunity  to  work  collab- 
oratively with  a  faculty  member  on  an 
ongoing  research  project.  Specific  require- 
ments and  credit  are  determined  by 
contractual  agreement;  repeatable  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  six  credits.  (Faculty) 
NURS  888  Special  Problems  in  Direct  Nursing 
(1-3).  Students  select  a  topic  of  particular 
professional  interest  within  the  sphere  of 
direct  nursing,  to  be  studied  with  a  graduate 
faculty  member  with  special  competence  in 
the  subject  area.  Specific  objectives  and  re- 
quirements are  determined  by  contractual 
agreement  prior  to  registration.  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  six  credits.  (Faculty) 
NURS  898  Special  Problems  in  Indirect  Nurs- 
ing (1-3).  Students  select  a  topic  of 
professional  interest  within  the  sphere  of 
indirect  nursing,  to  be  studied  with  a  graduate 
faculty  member  with  special  competence  in 
the  subject  area.  Specific  objectives  and  re- 
quirements are  determined  by  contractual 
agreement  prior  to  registration.  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  six  credits.  (Faculty) 
NURS  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research 
(1-12).  Variable  credit.  (Faculty) 

NPHY  600  Human  Physiology  and  Pa- 
thophysiology (3).  Focuses  on  the  study  of 
selected  areas  in  normal  human  physiology 
and  pathophysiology.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  analysis  of  normal  function  using  a  prob- 
lem-solving process.  Major  regulating  and 


integrative  mechanisms  and  examples  of  non- 
optimal  to  pathological  function  are 
elaborated  to  elucidate  a  conceptual  approach 
to  the  physiologic  basis  of  nursing  practice. 
The  course  builds  upon  a  basic  knowledge  of 
physiology.  (Faculty) 

NPHY  608  Topics  in  Physiology:  Reproduc- 
tion and  Neonatal  Physiology  (2).  Builds 
upon  the  concepts  developed  in  NPHY  600  to 
provide  more  extensive  knowledge  of  human 
reproduction  and  the  physiologic  function  of 
the  newborn  infant.  Selected  examples  of 
pathophysiology  will  also  be  presented.  The 
focus  is  upon  developing  a  scientific  client 
assessment  of  needs  and  selecting  regulatory 
processes  for  the  care  of  clients  with  complex 
physical  needs.  Concepts  addressed  include: 
reproduction,  growth,  oxygenation,  circula- 
tion, motion,  motility  and  elimination. 
(Faculty) 

NPHY  610  Methods  and  Principles  of  Applied 
Physiology  (3).  Designed  to  provide  the 
student  with  a  deeper  base  of  scientific 
knowledge  that  correlates  physiology  and 
corresponding  alterations  to  a  process  of 
clinical  diagnosis  and  management.  The 
course  elaborates  upon  specific  pathos  princi- 
ples and  a  study  of  disease  entities.  It  also 
provides  exercises  in  applying  epidemiologi- 
cal knowledge  in  clinical  practice  and 
preventive  health  settings.  Prerequisite:  NPHY 
600  (Faculty) 

NPHY  620  Physiological  Alterations  in  the 
Critically  111  Patient  (3).  Includes  lectures 
defining  and  describing  alterations  in  the 
physiological  processes  commonly  seen  in 
trauma/critically  ill  patients  and  application  of 
this  theory  base  through  supervised  clinical 
experience  in  a  trauma/critical  care  unit.  The 
course  is  designed  to  enhance  the  student's 
assessment  skills  and  knowledge  base  of 
pathophysiological  findings.  The  patient  is  the 
unit  of  analysis  and  the  physical  expression  of 
health  is  emphasized.  Prerequisites:  NPHY  600 
and  NURS  602.  (Faculty) 


CONTINUING  EDUCATION 
PROGRAM 

The  Continuing  Education  Program  is  de- 
signed to  facilitate  the  lifelong  learning 
process  of  individual  nurses  and  provides  an 
essential  bridge  between  the  School  of  Nurs- 
ing and  the  nursing  community  in  Maryland. 
The  program  offers  national,  regional  and 
local  workshops,  short  courses  and  seminars 
which  build  upon  the  basic  preparation  of  the 
registered  nurse  and  enhance  or  update 
knowledge  and  professional  competence  in 
the  deliver}'  of  health  services.  As  a  result  of 
the  expanding  decision  making  respon- 
sibilities now  confronting  nurses,  the  program 
provides  for  opportunities  to  learn  about  new 
concepts  in  professional  nursing  and  brings 
participants  into  dialogue  with  colleagues  in 
the  nursing  profession  as  well  as  experts  in 
related -fields.  The  program  also  provides  in- 
house  educational  offerings  and  consultation 
to  health  care  agencies  in  the  state.  Such 
offerings  are  designed  to  meet  specific  agency 
needs. 

Activities  are  coordinated  with  other  pro- 
fessional groups,  institutions  and  health- 
related  agencies  in  the  state  to  encourage 
cooperative  planning  and  interprofessional 
programming. 

The  School  of  Nursing  Committee  for 
Continuing  Education  serves  in  an  advisory 
capacity  for  program  development  and  evalua- 
tion. Faculty  members  participate  in  planning 
for  and  teaching  in  specific  offerings  and 
serve  as  consultants  as  appropriate. 


*flT 


V 


/ 


Appropriate  continuing  education  units 
(CEUs),  based  upon  guidelines  and  criteria 
established  by  the  National  Task  Force  on  the 
Continuing  Education  Unit,  are  awarded  to 
participants  completing  offerings  sponsored 
or  co-sponsored  by  the  School  of  Nursing. 


ADMINISTRATION  AND 
FACULTY 


71 


University  of  Maryland 
Board  of  Regents 

The  Honorable  Wayne  A.  Cawley,  Jr.,  Ex  Officio 

John  W.  Carlson,  1985 

A  James  Clark,  1986 

Betty  R.  Coss,  1988 

Ralph  W.  Frey,  1986 

Frank  A.  Gunther,  Jr.,  1987 

The  Honorable  Blair  Lee  III,  1985 

George  V.  McGowan,  1989 

A  Paul  Moss,  1988 

Allen  L.  Schwait,  1989 

Barbara  M.  Simmons,  1985 

Constance  C.  Stuart,  1985 

Albert  W.  Turner,  1985 

John  W.  T.  Webb,  1985 

Central  Administration 

John  S.  Toll,  Ph.D.,  President 

Albert  H.  Bowker,  Ph.D.,  Executive  Vice  President 

Rita  R.  Colwell,  Ph.D.,  Vice  President  for  Academic 
Affairs 

Frank  L.  Bentzjr.,  Ph.D.,  Vice  President  for  Agri- 
cultural Affairs  and  Legislative  Relations 

Donald  L.  Myers,  M.B.A.,  Vice  President  for  General 
Administration 

David  S.  Sparks,  Ph.D.,  Vice  President  for  Graduate 
Studies  and  Research 

Robert  G.  Smith,  M.A.,  Vice  President  for  University' 
Relations 

Leroy  Keith,  Jr.,  Ed.D.,  Vice  President  for  Policy  and 
Planning 

University  of  Maryland  at 
Baltimore 

Edward  N.  Brandt,  M.D.,  Ph.D.,  Chancellor 
John  M.  Dennis,  M.D.,  Vice  Chancellor,  Academic 

Affairs 
George  Stuehler,  Sc.D.,  Vice  Chancellor,  Admin- 
istration 
Morton  I.  Rapoport,  M.D.,  President,  University  of 

Maryland  Medical  System 
Errol  L.  Reese,  D.D.S.,  Dean,  Dental  School 
Ross  WI.  Kessel,  Ph.D.,  Acting  Dean,  Graduate 

School 
Michael  J.  Kelly,  LL.B.,  Dean,  School  of  Law 
John  M.  Dennis,  M.D.,  Dean,  School  of  Medicine 
Nan  B.  Hechenberger,  Ph.D.,  Dean,  School  of  Nurs- 
ing 
William  J.  Kinnardjr,  Ph.D.,  Dean,  School  of  Phar- 
macy 
Ruth  H.  Young,  D.S.W,  Dean,  School  of  Social 
Work  and  Community  Planning 


School  of  Nursing 


Administration 

Nan  B.  Hechenberger,  Dean  and  Professor,  B.S., 
Villanova  University,  1956;  M.S.,  Catholic  Uni- 
versity of  America,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1974;  (RN). 

Frieda  M.  Holt,  Associate  Dean  for  Graduate 

Studies  and  Professor,  B.S.,  University  of  Colo- 
rado, 1956;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1969;  Ed.D., 
1973;  (RN). 

Mary  Rapson,  Acting  Associate  Dean  for  Under- 
graduate Studies  and  Assistant  Professor,  B.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1961;  M.S.,  1967;  Ph.D., 
1980;  (RN). 

Ann  S.  Madison,  Assistant  Dean  for  Academic 

Services  and  Associate  Professor,  B.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1973;  (RN). 

Barbara  Byfield,  Acting  Assistant  Dean  for  Continu- 
ing Education  and  Faculty  Development  and 
Assistant  Professor,  B.S.,  DYouville  College, 
1967;  M.S.,  University  of  California,  1971;  (RN). 

Helen  R.  Kohler,  Director,  Outreach  Projects  and 
Associate  Professor,*  B.S.,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, I960;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1974; 
(RN). 

Elizabeth  R.  Lenz,  Director,  Doctoral  Program  and 
Associate  Professor,*  B.S.N.,  DePauw  Univer- 
sity, 1964;  M.S.,  Boston  College,  1967;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Delaware,  1976;  (RN). 

Ada  Jacox,  Director,  Center  for  Research  and 

Professor,  B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1959;  M.S., 
Wayne  State  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Case  West- 
ern Reserve  University,  1969;  (RN). 

Barbara  Spivack,  Director  of  Student  Services,  AB., 
Michigan  State  University,  1965;  M.S.,  1969. 

Judith  Baillieul,  Director,  Admissions  and  Aca- 
demic Progressions,  BA.,  State  University  of 
New  York,  Albany,  1971;  M.S.,  Teachers  Col- 
lege, Columbia  University,  1972;  Ed.D.,  1979. 

Joseph  R.  Proulx,  Acting  Chairperson,  Career  De- 
velopment and  Professor,  B.S.,  University  of 
Bridgeport,  1961;  M.S.N.,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1966;  Ed.D.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia 
University,  1972;  (RN). 


*  Part-time  appointment. 


72 


sj    M.  Virginia  Ruth,  Chairperson,  Community  Health, 
Maternal-Child  and  Primary  Care  Nursing  and 
Associate  Professor,*  B.S.,  Georgetown  Univer- 
sity, 1953;  M.S.,  Yale  University,  1961;  Dr.  P.H., 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1976;  (RN);  Certified 
Nurse  Midwife. 

Marcus  L.  Walker,  Acting  Chairperson,  Medical- 
Surgical,  Gerontological  and  Trauma/Critical 
Care  Nursing  and  Associate  Professor,  B.S., 
Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1957; 
M.S.,  1959;  M.P.H.,  Johns  Hopkins  University, 
1972;  Sc.D.,  1976;  (RN). 

Doreen  C.  Harper,  Chairperson,  Registered  Nurse 
Program  and  Assistant  Professor;*  B.S.N,  Corn- 
ell University,  1971;  M.S.N.,  Catholic  University 
of  America,  1974;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1980;  (RN). 

Lesley  Perry,  Chairperson,  Senior  Year  and  As- 
sistant Professor,  B.S.N.,  Roberts  Wesleyan  Col- 
lege, 1966;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1969; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1982;  (RN). 

Louise  R  Linthicum,  Acting  Chairperson,  Junior 
Year  and  Associate  Professor,  B.S.Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1959;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1975;  (RN). 

Mary  Etta  Mills,  Assistant  Dean  for  Clinical  Affairs 
and  Associate  Director  for  Nursing  Services, 
University  of  Maryland  Medical  System,  B.S.N., 
University  of  Maryland,  1971;  M.S.,  1973;  Sc.D., 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1979;  (RN). 

Nurses  Alumni  Association  Officers 
for  1984-86 

Jean  Warfield  Donnelly,  President 
Jean  Friese  Yeakel,  First  Vice  President 
Thelma  Kleckner,  Second  Vice  President 
Margaret  Carrozza,  Secretary 
Elaine  Woodburn  Crow,  Treasurer 
Board  of  Directors 
Linda  Williams 
Joann  Gesell  Sheely 
Christine  Raab  Weber 
Lois  Kaiserski 


Faculty 

Adams,  Deborah,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric 
Nursing),  B.S.N. ,  University  of  Virginia,  1976; 
M.S.N.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1980; 
(RN). 

Arnold,  Elizabeth  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing),  B.S.,  Georgetown  Uni- 
versity, 1961;  M.S.,  Catholic  University  of 
America,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1984;  (RN). 

Baldwin,  Beverly,  Assistant  Professor  of  Geron- 
tological Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S.N. , 
Northwestern  State  University,  1966;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Iowa,  1970;  M.A,  University  of  New 
Orleans,  1975;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky, 
1984;  (RN). 

Barbosa,  Gail,  Instructor  (Maternal-Child  Nursing), 
B.S.N.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  M.S.,  1982; 
(RN). 

Bausell,  R.  Barker,  Associate  Professor,  Center  for- 
Research,  B.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1968; 
Ph.D.,  1976. 

Bayne,  Marilyn,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

(Medical-Surgical  Nursing),  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1974;  M.S.,  1977;  (RN). 

Beaumont,  Christine,  Assistant  Professor  (Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing),  B.S.N.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1975;  M.S.,  1977;  (RN). 

Blakeney,  Hazle  E.,  Professor,  Career  Development 
(Graduate  Program),  B.S.,  Kansas  State  College, 
1944;  M.A.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1961;  Ed.D.,  1967;  (RN). 

Boland,  Barbara,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Medical-Surgical  Nursing)  B.S.,  Catherine 
Spaulding  College,  I960;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1973;  (RN). 

Braun,  Rita,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing,  Career 
Development  (Graduate  Program),  B.S.N.,  St. 
Louis  University,  1964;  M.S.N.,  Catholic  Univer- 
sity of  America,  1966;  (RN). 

Bronner,  Mimi,  Assistant  Professor,  Career  Devel- 
opment (Graduate  Program),  B.S.N. ,  West 
Chester  State  University,  1958;  M.A.,  Columbia 
University,  1961;  (RN). 

Brooks,  Naomi,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Community  Health  Nursing),  B.S.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1961;  M.S.,  1976;  (RN). 

Brownell,  Ruth,  Instructor  (Adult  Nurse  Practi- 
tioner), B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  M.S., 
1981;  (RN). 


73 


Brunger,  Judith,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Psychiatric- 
Mental  Health  Nursing),  B.S.,  Duke  University, 
1969;  M.S.N.,  Catholic  University  of  America, 
1979;  (RN). 

Buch,  Karen,  Instructor  of  Primary  Care  Nursing 
(Graduate  Program),*  B.S.N.,  University  of 
Man-land,  1974;  M.S.,  1981;  (RN). 

Byfield,  Barbara,  Acting  Assistant  Dean  for  Continu- 
ing Education  and  Faculty  Development  and 
Assistant  Professor,  B.S.,  DYouville  College, 
1967;  M.S.,  University  of  California,  1971;  (RN). 

Cahill,  Cheryl  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S.N. , 
Boston  College,  1971;  M.N.,  University  of  Wash- 
ington, 1973;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1983;  (RN). 

Cain,  Ann  M.,  Professor  of  Psychiatric  Nursing 
(Graduate  Program),  B.S.,  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, 1956;  M.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1959; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  (RN). 

Carson,  Verna  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing),  B.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1968;  M.S.,  1973;  (RN). 

Cassidy,  Jean  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Maternal-Child  Nursing),  B.S.N. ,  St.  Anselm's 
College,  1964;  M. P.H.Johns  Hopkins  Univer- 
sity, 1973;  Dr.  P.H,  1981;  Certified  Nurse 
Midwife;  (RN). 

Cogliano,  Janet,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1965;  M.S.N.,  Catholic 
University  of  America,  1975;  D.N.Sc,  1981;  (RN). 

Creasia,  Joan,  Assistant  Professor  (Medical-Surgical 
Nursing),  B.S.N.,  University  of  Vermont,  1964; 
M.S.N.,  University  of  Maryland,  1977;  (RN). 

Cusson,  Regina,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Maternal- 
Child  Nursing),  B.S.,  St.  Joseph's  College,  1971; 
M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1978;  (RN). 

Damrosch,  Shirley  P.,  Assistant  Professor,  Center 
for  Research  B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1954; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Minnesota,  1975. 
DeLuca,  Kathleen  E.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medi- 
cal-Surgical Nursing),  B.S.N.,  St.  Louis 
University,  1971;  M.S.N. ,  Catholic  University  of 
America,  1977;  (RN). 
Deutschendorf,  Amy,  Instructor  (Medical-Surgical 
Nursing),  B.S.N.,  Case  Western  Reserve  Univer- 
sity, 1972;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1977; 
(RN). 


Douglas,  Charlene,  Instructor  (Community  Health 
Nursing),  B.S.N. ,  Case  Western  Reserve  Univer- 
sity, 1978;  M.P.H.,  Johns  Hopkins  University, 
1981;  (RN). 

Edmunds,  Marilyn,  Assistant  Professor  of  Primary 
Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S.,  Brig- 
ham  Young  University,  1964;  M.S.,  De  Pauw 
University,  1970;  (RN). 

Eells,  Mary  Ann,  Associate  Professor  of  Community 
H^jth_NursingJ Graduate  Program),  B.S.,  State 
University  of  New  York,  1955;  M.S.,  University 
of  Rochester,  1968;  Ed.D.,  1970;  (RN). 

Emrich,  Carol,  Instructor  of  Medical-Surgical  Nurs- 
ing (Graduate  Program),  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1970;  M.S.,  1974;  (RN). 

Feroli,  Kathleen,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pediatric 
Nursing),  B.S.N.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973; 
M.S.,  1980;  (RN). 

Fischman,  Susan,  Associate  Professor  of  Maternal- 
Child  Nursing  (Graduate  Program),*  +  B.S.N., 
University  of  Michigan,  1957;  M.P.H.,  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1965;  Dr.P.H.,  1974;  Cer- 
tified Nurse  Midwife;  (RN). 

Fishbein,  Eileen  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Maternal-Child  Nursing),  B.S.N. ,  University  of 
Maryland,  1958;  M.S.,  1959;  D.N.Sc,  Catholic 
University  of  America,  1981;  (RN). 

Fontaine,  Dorothy,  Instructor  of  Trauma/Critical 
Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S.,  Vil- 
lanova  University,  1972;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1977;  (RN). 

Fortier,  Julie  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Maternity  Nursing),  B.S.,  Medical  College  of 
Georgia,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1968;  Ph.D.,  1984;  (RN). 

Fortna,  Nancy,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Nursing  of 
Children),  B.S.N.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1964;  M.S.N.,  1966;  (RN). 

Gannon,  Mary  Ellen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S.N., 
University  of  Pittsburgh,  1961;  M.S.N.,  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan,  1969;  (RN). 

Gift,  Audrey,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical-Surgical 
Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S.N.,  Teachers 
College,  Columbia  University,  1967;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania,  1969;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1984;  (RN). 


74 


Gordon,  Dorothy  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program),*  B.S.N., 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1963;  M.S-,  New 
York  University,  1968;  D.N.Sc,  Catholic  Univer- 
sity of  America,  1975;  (RN). 

Grimm,  Patricia  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing),  B.S.,  University  of  Con- 
necticut, 1964;  M.S.,  Catholic  University  of 
America,  1976;  (RN). 

Guberski,  Thomasine,  Assistant  Professor  of  Pri- 
mary Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S., 
American  International  College,  1964;  M.S., 
University  of  Michigan,  1969;  (RN). 

Gunnett,  Ann  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Medical-Surgical  Nursing),  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1968;  M.S.,  Case  Western  Reserve 
University,  1975;  (RN). 

Hale,  Shirley  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing),  B.S.,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, 1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
I960;  Ph.D.,  1974;  (RN). 

Hall,  Pamela  S.,  Instructor  of  Medical-Surgical  Nurs- 
ing (Graduate  Program),  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1974;  M.S.,  1980;  (RN). 

Hanley,  Barbara,  Assistant  Professor,  Career  Devel- 
opment (Graduate  Program),  B.S.,  Boston 
College,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Colorado, 
1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1983;  (RN). 

Hardman,  Margaret  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nurs- 
ing (Maternity  Nursing),  B.S.,  University  of 
Oregon,  1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1972;  (RN). 

Harper,  Doreen  C,  Chairperson,  Registered  Nurse 
Program  UMBC  and  Assistant  Professor;  B.S.N., 
Cornell  University,  1971;  M.S.N.,  Catholic  Uni- 
versity of  America,  1974;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1980;  (RN). 

Haymaker,  Sharon  R.,  Assistant  Professor  in  Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S.N., 
University  of  Maryland,  1970;  M.S.,  Case  West- 
ern Reserve  University,  1973;  Sc.D.,  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1984;  (RN). 

Hechenberger,  Nan  B.,  Dean  and  Professor,  B.S., 
Villanova  University,  1956;  M.S.,  Catholic  Uni- 
versity of  America,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1974;  (RN). 

Heller,  Barbara,  Associate  Professor,  Career  Devel- 
opment (Graduate  Program),  B.S.,  Boston 
University,  1962;  M.S.N.,  Adelphi  University, 
1966;  Ed.  M.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia 
University,  1971;  Ed.D.,  1973;  (RN). 


Holt,  Frieda  M.,  Associate  Dean  for  Graduate 
Studies  and  Professor  (Graduate  Program), 
B.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1956;  M.S.,  Boston 
University,  1969;  Ed.D.,  1973;  (RN). 

Hum,  Patricia  D.,  Instructor  of  Trauma/Critical  Care 
Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S.N.,  University 
of  Florida,  1974;  M.S.,  University  of  Washington, 
1981;  (RN). 

Ignatavicius,  Donna  D.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Me- 
dical-Surgical Nursing),  B.S.N. ,  University  of 
Maryland,  1976;  M.S.,  1981;  (RN). 

Jacox,  Ada,  Director,  Center  for  Research  and 

Professor,  B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1959;  M.S., 
Wayne  State  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Case  West- 
ern Reserve  University,  1969;  (RN). 

Jones,  L.  Colette,  Associate  Professor  of  Primary 
Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Nebraska,  1958;  M.S.,  Catholic  University 
of  America,  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1978;  (RN). 

\,    Keller,  Lorraine,  Instructor  (Community  Health 

Nursing),  B.S.N.,  University  of  Bridgeport,  1970; 
M.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1973,  (RN). 

Kennedy,  Patricia  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing),  B.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1962;  M.S.,  1963;  (RN). 

Kidd,  Charlene,  Instructor  (Community  Heath 
Nursing),  B.S.,  Wayne  State  University,  1972; 
M.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1982;  (RN). 

Kleeman,  Karen  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S., 
Columbia  Union  College,  1968;  M.S.,  University 
of  Colorado,  1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1983;  (RN). 

Klemm,  Paula  R.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing),  B.S.N. ,  State  University  of 
New  York  at  Stony  Brook,  1976;  M.S.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1981;  (RN). 

Kohler,  Helen  R.,  Director,  Outreach  Programs  and 
Associate  Professor  of  Nursing  (Community 
Health  Nursing),  B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylva- 
nia, I960;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1962; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1974;  (RN). 

Kreider,  Mildred  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S.N. , 
Goshen  College,  1958;  M.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1968;  Ph.D.,  1976;  (RN). 


75 


Kruchko,  Susan,  Assistant  Instructor  (Maternal-Child 
Nursing),  B.S.N.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1971; 
M.S.N.,  University  of  Maryland,  1984;  (RN). 

Leidy,  Susan,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical-Surgi- 
cal Nursing),  B.S.,  Elizabethtown  College,  1970; 
M.S.N. ,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1972;  (RN). 

Lenz,  Elizabeth  R.,  Director  of  Doctoral  Program 
and  Associate  Professor  (Graduate  Program), 
B.S.N. ,  De  Pauw  University,  1964;  M.S.,  Boston 
College,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware, 
1976;  (RN). 

Linthicum,  Louise  R.,  Acting  Chairperson,  Junior 
Year  and  Associate  Professor  of  Nursing  (Mater- 
nal-Child Nursing),  B.S.Johns  Hopkins 
University,  1959;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1964;  Ph.D.,  1975;  (RN). 

Liscik,  Eileen,  Instructor  (Pediatric  Nursing),  B.S.N., 
University  of  Pittsburgh,  1973;  M.S.,  Catholic 
University  of  America,  1977;  (RN). 

Lyons,  Marianne,  Instructor  (Medical-Surgical  Nurs- 
ing), B.S.,  Albright  College,  1976;  M.S.N., 
University  of  Maryland,  1983;  (RN). 

McCarron,  Kim,  Instructor  (Medical-Surgical  Nurs- 
ing), B.S.N.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1978; 
M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1982;  (RN). 

McElroy,  Evelyn  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychi- 
atric Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S., 
University  of  Colorado,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1973;  (RN). 

McEntee,  Margaret  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nurs- 
ing (Medical-Surgical  Nursing)  B.S.,  Seton 
Hall  University,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1973;  Ph.D.,  1983;  (RN). 

McFadden,  Ellen  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing),  B.S.,  University  of  Vir- 
ginia, 1973;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974; 
(RN). 

McGinty,  Margaret,  Assistant  Professor  (Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing),  B.S.N. ,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1971;  M.S.,  1974;  (RN). 

McGurn,  Wealtha  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Primary 
Care  Nursing  (Graduate  Program),*  B.S.N., 
University  of  Vermont,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1965;  MA,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1976; 
(RN). 

McMullen,  Patricia  C,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Mater- 
nal-Child Nursing),  B.S.N. ,  University  of 
Maryland,  1975;  M.S.,  1981;  (RN). 


Madison,  Ann,  Assistant  Dean  for  Academic  Services 
and  Associate  Professor,  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylva- 
nia, 1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973; 
(RN). 

Marsiglia,  Diane,  Instructor  (Pediatric  Nursing), 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976;  M.S.,  1984; 
(RN). 

Mason,  Paula,  Instructor  of  Trauma/Critical  Care 
Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S.N.,  Catholic 
University  of  America,  1974;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1980;  (RN). 

Maurer,  Frances,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing)  B.S.,  California  State  Univer- 
sity, 1977;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1979; 
(RN). 

Mazzocco,  Gail,  Instructor  (Medical-Surgical  Nurs- 
ing), B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  M.S., 
1974;  (RN). 

Melcolm,  Norma  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Medical  and  Surgical  Nursing),  B.S.,  Medical 
College  of  Georgia,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1983;  (RN). 

Miller,  Cynthia,  Instructor  (Medical-Surgical  Nurs- 
ing), B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976;  M.S., 
1981;  (RN). 

Miller,  Patricia,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical-Sur- 
gical Nursing)  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1974;  B.S., 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1977;  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1979;  (RN). 

Montana,  Joanne  D.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Pedi- 
atric Nursing)  B.S.N. ,  University  of  Pittsburgh, 
1973;  Catholic  University  of  America,  1980; 
(RN). 

Morgan,  Ann,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing  (Psy- 
chiatric Nursing)  B.S.N.,  Catholic  University  of 
America,  I960;  M.S.N. ,  1971;  (RN). 

Mullin,  Virginia,  Assistant  Professor  (Medical-Sur- 
gical Nursing)  B.S.,  St.  Anselm  College,  1957; 
M.S.,  St.  Johns  University,  1962;  (RN). 

Murphy,  Kathleen,  Instructor  (Pediatric  Nursing) 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  M.S.,  1982; 
(RN) 

Neal,  Margaret  T,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing),  B.S.,  Southern  Mission- 
ary College,  1965;  M.S.N.,  Catholic  University  of 
America,  1970;  (RN). 

Niklewski,  Roberta,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing),  B.S.N.,  St.  Joseph  Col- 
lege, 1972;  M.S.N.,  University  of  Marvland,  1975; 
(RN). 


76 


O'Mara,  Ann  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Medical-Surgical  Nursing),  B.S.N.,  State  Uni- 
versity of  New  York,  1972;  M.S.N.,  Catholic 
University  of  America,  1977;  (RN). 

Palmer,  Mary  H.,  Instructor  of  Gerontological  Nurs- 
ing (Graduate  Program),  B.S.N.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1975;  M.S.,  1982;  (RN). 

Panzarine,  Susan,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  (Psy- 
chiatric Mental  Health  Nursing),  B.S.,  Cornell 
University,  1973;  M.S.,  University  of  Rochester, 
1977;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Utah,  1983;  (RN). 

Papa,  Patricia,  Instructor  (Pediatric  Nursing),  B.S.N. , 
Catholic  University  of  America,  1970;  M.S.N. , 
1983;  (RN). 

Parker,  Barbara  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing),  B.S.,  University  of  Illi- 
nois, 1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972; 
(RN). 

Parks,  Peggy,  Assistant  Professor,  Center  for  Re- 
search, B.A,  Park  College,  1969;  MA,  George 
Peabody  College,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Peddicord,  Karen  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Maternal- 
Child  Nursing  (Graduate  Program),*  B.S.N., 
University  of  Maryland,  1970;  M.S.,  1972;  (RN). 

Perry,  Lesley,  Chairperson,  Senior  Year  and  As- 
sistant Professor  (Pediatric  Nursing \  B.S.N. , 
Roberts  Wesleyan  College,  1966;  M.S.,  Boston 
University,  1969;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1982;  (RN). 

Petit,  Constance  C,  Instructor  of  Pediatric  Nursing 
(Graduate  Program),  B.S.,  Keuka  College,  I960; 
M.P.H.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1965;  S.N. P., 
University  of  Colorado,  1980;  (RN). 

Prescott,  Patricia,  Associate  Professor  of  Nursing, 
Center  for  Research,  B.S.,  University  of  Califor- 
nia, 1965;  M.S.,  1967;  MA,  University  of  Denver, 
1974;  Ph.D.,  1977;  (RN). 
Proulx,  Joseph  R,  Acting  Chairperson  and  Pro- 
fessor, Career  Development  (Graduate 
Program),  B.S.,  University  of  Bridgeport,  1961; 
M.S.N.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1966;  Ed.D., 
Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1972; 
(RN). 
Pruitt,  Rosanna,  Instructor  (Community  Health 
Nursing),  B.S.N.,  Emory  University,  1974;  M.N., 
University  of  South  Carolina,  1979;  (RN). 
Quinn,  Charlene  Connolly,  Instructor  of  Nursing, 
Career  Development  (Graduate  Program) 
B.S.N.,  Duke  University,  1976;  M.S.N.,  Univerity 
of  Maryland,  1980;  (RN). 


Rankin,  Elizabeth,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Psychiatric  Nursing),  B.S.N. ,  University  of 
Maryland,  1970;  M.S.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1979;  (RN). 

Rapson,  Mary,  Acting  Associate  Dean,  Undergradu- 
ate Studies  and  Assistant  Professor,  B.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1961;  M.S.,  1967;  Ph.D., 
1980;  (RN). 

Rawlings,  Norma  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Maternity  Nursing),  B.S.,  Winston-Salem  Uni- 
versity, 1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968; 
(RN). 

Robinson,  Lisa,  Professor  Psychiatric  Nursing  (Grad- 
uate Program),  B.S.,  American  University,  1961; 
M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1970; 
(RN). 

Roblyer,  Jody,  Instructor  (Pediatric  Nursing),  B.S., 
State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton, 
1977;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1982;  (RN). 

Romeo,  Cathy,  Instructor  (Maternal-Child  Nursing), 
B.S.N.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Pitts- 
burgh, 1979;  M.S.N. ,  Catholic  University  of 
America,  1982;  (RN). 

Rudner,  Nancy,  Instructor  in  Primary  Care  Nursing 
(Graduate  Program),  BA,  University  of  Con- 
necticut, 1975;  M.S.N.,  Pace  University,  1979; 
M.RH,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1983;  (RN). 

Ruth,  M.  Virginia,  Chairperson,  Community  Health, 
Maternal-Child  and  Primary  Care  Nursing  and 
Associate  Professor  (Graduate  Program)*  B.S., 
Georgetown  University,  1953;  M.S.,  Yale  Uni- 
versity, 1961;  Dr.  PH.,  Johns  Hopkins  Univer- 
sity, 1976;  Certified  Nurse  Midwife;  (RN). 

Ryan,  Joan,  Instructor  ( Psychiatric  Mental  Health 
Nursing),  B.S.N.,  Rutgers  University,  1969; 
M.S.N,  University  of  Kentucky,  1972;  (RN). 

Sabatier,  Kathleen,  Instructor  of  Medical-Surgical 
Nursing  (Graduate  Program),*  B.S.N,  Case 
western  Reserve  University,  1972;  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1980;  (RN). 

Sartain,  Mary  Ann,  Instructor  (Pediatric  Nursing), 
B.S,  George  Mason  University,  1979;  M.S.N, 
Catholic  University,  1981;  (RN). 

Scott,  Doris  E,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 

(Psychiatric  Nursing)  B.S.N,  Dillard  University, 
1963;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1968;  (RN). 

Sen;  Sandra,  Assistant  Professor  (Maternity  Nursing), 
B.S.Johns  Hopkins  University,  1973;  M.RH, 
1976;  Dr.RH,  1982;  (RN). 


77 


Shelley,  Sonya  L,  Professor,  Center  for  Research, 
B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958;  M.Ed., 
University  of  Maryland,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Shubkagel,  Betty  L.,  Professor  of  Medical-Surgical 
Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1954;  M.N,  Emory  University,  1957; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976;  (RN). 

Simmons,  Valerie,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing),  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1976;  M.S.,  1977;  (RN). 

Smith,  Claudia  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
(Community  Health  Nursing),  B.S.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1965;  M.P.H.,  University  of  North 
Carolina,  1971;  (RN). 

Soeken,  Karen,  Assistant  Professor,  Center  for  Re- 
search, B.A,  Valparaiso  University,  1965;  M.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Spellbring,  Ann  Marie,  Assistant  Professor  of  Medi- 
cal-Surgical Nursing  (Graduate  Program),* 
B.S.N.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1967;  M.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1973;  (RN). 

Sphritz,  Deborah  R.,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing),  B.S.N. ,  University  of  Mary- 
land; M.S.,  1982;  (RN). 

Spivack,  Barbara  J.,  Director  of  Student  Services,* 
AB.,  Michigan  State  University,  1965;  M.A,  1969. 

Spunt,  Debra,  Instructor  (Medical-Surgical  Nurs- 
ing), B.S.N,  University  of  Maryland,  1979;  M.S., 
1983;  (RN). 

Stilwell,  Edna,  Assistant  Professor  of  Gerontological 
Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S.N,  University 
of  Maryland,  1962;  M.S.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1981;  (RN). 

Strasser,  Judith,  Instructor  of  Community  Health 
Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S,  Villanova 
University,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1975;  D.N.Sc,  Catholic  University  of  America, 
1984;  (RN). 

Strickland,  Ora,  Associate  Professor  of  Nursing 

(Graduate  Program),  B.S,  North  Carolina  Agri- 
cultural and  Technical  State  University,  1970; 
M.S.,  Boston  University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro,  1977;  (RN). 

Sullivan,  Patricia  A,  Assistant  Professor,  Career 

Development  (Graduate  Program),  B.S,  Mount 
St.  Man-  College,  1965;  B.S.N,  St.  Anselm 
College,  19710;  M.S.,  Boston  University,  1972; 
S.M,  Harvard  University,  1977;  Sc.D,  1981;  (RN). 

Suppe,  Frederick,  Professor  of  Philosophy  (Gradu- 
ate Program \+  A.B,  University  of  California, 
1962;  AM,  Universitv  of  Michigan,  1964;  PhD, 
1967. 


Thomas,  Sue,  Associate  Professor  of  Medical-Surgi- 
cal Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S, 
University  of  Maryland,  1969;  M.S.,  1972;  Ph.D., 
1979;  (RN). 

Townsend,  Carleen,  Instructor  (Pediatric  Nursing), 
B.S.N,  Marymount  College  of  Virginia,  1981; 
M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1984;  (RN). 

Ulione,  Margaret  S,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Family 
Health  Nursing),  B.S.N,  Columbia  University, 
1975;  M.S.N,  University  of  Akron,  1981;  (RN). 

Uphold,  Constance  R,  Instuctor  of  Nursing  (Family 
Health  Nursing),  B.S.N,  Pennsylvania  State  Uni- 
versity, 1973;  M.S.,  1979;  (RN). 

Vlda,  Patricia,  Instructor  (Medical-Surgical  Nursing), 
B.S,  Boston  College,  1973;  M.S.,  1975;  (RN). 

Walker,  Marcus  L,  Acting  Chairperson  and  Associate 
Professor  of  Medical-Surgical  Nursing  (Gradu- 
ate Program),  B.S,  Teachers  College,  Columbia 
University,  1957;  M.S.,  1959;  M.P.H,  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1972;  Sc.D,  1976;  (RN). 

Waltz,  Carolyn  F,  Coordinator  for  Evaluation  and 
Professor  of  Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S, 
University  of  Maryland,  1963;  M.S.,  1968;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Delaware,  1975;  (RN). 

Ward,  Catherine  E,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychi- 
atric Nursing  (Graduate  Program),  B.S,  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1954;  M.S.,  Boston  Univer- 
sity, 1962;  (RN). 

Wesley,  Ruby,  Instructor  (Medical-Surgical  Nursing), 
B.S.N,  Wayne  State  University,  1974;  M.S.,  1977; 
(RN). 

Wilson,  Leslie  S,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing),  B.S.N,  Humboldt  State  Col- 
lege, 1973;  M.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts, 
1977;  (RN). 

Wimbush,  Frances,  Instructor  of  Nursing  (Medical- 
Surgical  Nursing),  B.S.N,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1976;  M.S.,  1979;  (RN). 

Winkelstein,  Marilyn,  Instuctor  of  Nursing  (Mater- 
nal-Child Nursing),  B.S,  University  of 
Maryland,  1972;  M.S.,  1979;  (RN). 

Wolfe,  Mary  L,  Assistant  Professor,  Center  for 
Research,  AB,  Western  Reserve  University, 
1949;  MA,  Bryn  Mawr  College,  1967;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Delaware,  1974. 

Wright,  Jonelle  E,  Assistant  Professor,  Career  Devel- 
opment (Graduate  Program),  B.S.N,  Point 
Lomo  College,  1974;  M.S.N,  Oral  Roberts 
University,  1981;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas, 
1984;  (RN). 

+ Joint  appointment  with  another  department. 


78 


Statement  of  Faculty,  Student 
and  Institutional  Rights  and 
Responsibilities  for  Academic 

Integrity 

Preamble 

At  the  heart  of  the  academic  enterprise  are  learn- 
ing, teaching,  and  scholarship.  In  universities  these 
are  exemplified  by  reasoned  discussion  between 
student  and  teacher,  a  mutual  respect  for  the 
learning  and  teaching  process,  and  intellectual 
honesty  in  the  pursuit  of  new  knowledge.  In  the 
traditions  of  the  academic  enterprise,  students  and 
teachers  have  certain  rights  and  responsibilities 
which  they  bring  to  the  academic  community. 
While  the  following  statements  do  not  imply  a 
contract  between  the  teacher  or  the  university  and 
the  student,  they  are  nevertheless  conventions 
which  the  university  believes  to  be  central  to  the 
learning  and  teaching  process. 

Faculty  Rights  and  Responsibilities 

1.  Faculty  shall  share  with  students  and  administra- 
tion the  responsibility  for  academic  integrity. 

2.  Faculty  are  accorded  freedom  in  the  classroom 
to  discuss  subject  matter  reasonably  related  to 
the  course.  In  turn  they  have  the  responsibility 
to  encourage  free  and  honest  inquiry  and  ex- 
pression on  the  part  of  students. 

3.  Faculty  are  responsible  for  the  structure  and 
content  of  their  courses,  but  they  have  responsi- 
bility to  present  courses  that  are  consistent  with 
their  descriptions  in  the  university  catalog.  In 
addition,  faculty  have  the  obligation  to  make 
students  aware  of  the  expectations  in  the 
course,  the  evaluation  procedures,  and  the 
grading  policy. 

4.  Faculty  are  obligated  to  evaluate  students  fairly 
and  equitably  in  a  manner  appropriate  to  the 
course  and  its  objectives.  Grades  shall  be  as- 
signed without  prejudice  or  bias. 

5.  Faculty  shall  make  all  reasonable  efforts  to  pre- 
vent the  occurrence  of  academic  dishonesty 
through  the  appropriate  design  and  administra- 
tion of  assignments  and  examinations,  through 
the  careful  safeguarding  of  course  materials  and 
examinations,  and  through  regular  reassessment 
of  evaluation  procedures. 


6.  When  instances  of  academic  dishonesty  are  sus- 
pected, faculty  shall  have  the  right  and  responsi- 
bility to  see  that  appropriate  action  is  taken  in 
accordance  with  university  regulations. 

Student  Rights  and  Responsibilities 

1.  Students  shall  share  with  faculty  and  administra- 
tion the  responsibility  for  academic  integrity. 

2.  Students  shall  have  the  right  of  inquiry  and  ex- 
pression in  their  courses  without  prejudice  or 
bias.  In  addition,  students  shall  have  the  right  to 
know  the  requirements  of  their  courses  and  to 
know  the  manner  in  which  they  will  be  evalu- 
ated and  graded. 

3.  Students  shall  have  the  obligation  to  complete 
the  requirements  of  their  courses  in  the  time 
and  manner  prescribed  and  to  submit  to  evalua- 
tion of  their  work. 

4.  Students  shall  have  the  right  to  be  evaluated 
fairly  and  equitably  in  a  manner  appropriate  to 
the  course  and  its  objectives. 

5-  Students  shall  not  submit  as  their  own  work  any 
work  which  has  been  prepared  by  others.  Out- 
side assistance  in  the  preparation  of  this  work, 
such  as  librarian  assistance,  tutorial  assistance, 
typing  assistance,  or  such  assistance  as  may  be 
specified  or  approved  by  the  instructor  is  al- 
lowed. 

6.  Students  shall  make  all  reasonable  efforts  to 
prevent  the  occurrence  of  academic  dishonesty. 
They  shall  by  their  own  example  encourage  ac- 
ademic integrity  and  shall  themselves  refrain 
from  acts  of  cheating  and  plagiarism  or  other 
acts  of  academic  dishonesty. 

7.  When  instances  of  academic  dishonesy  are  sus- 
pected, students  shall  have  the  right  and  re- 
sponsibility to  bring  this  to  the  attention  of  the 
faculty  or  other  appropriate  authority. 


Institutional  Responsibility 

1.  Campuses  or  appropriate  administrative  units  of 
the  University  of  Maryland  shall  take  appropri- 
ate measures  to  foster  academic  integrity  in  the 
classroom. 

2.  Campuses  or  appropriate  administrative  units 
shall  take  steps  to  define  acts  of  academic  dis- 
honesty, to  ensure  procedures  for  due  process 
for  students  accused  or  suspected  of  acts  of  aca- 
demic dishonesty  and  to  impose  appropriate 
sanctions  on  students  guilty  of  acts  of  academic 
dishonesty. 

3.  Campuses  or  appropriate  administrative  units 
shall  take  steps  to  determine  how  admission  or 
matriculation  shall  be  affected  by  acts  of  aca- 
demic dishonesty  on  another  campus  or  at  an 
other  institution.  No  student  suspended  for  dis- 
ciplinary reasons  at  any  campus  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  shall  be  admitted  to  any  other 
University  of  Maryland  campus  during  the  pe- 
riod of  suspension. 

(Adopted  May  8,  1981,  by  the  Board  of  Regents) 

The  University  of  Maryland  Position 
on  Acts  of  Violence  and  Extremism 
Which  Are  Racially,  Ethnically,  Re- 
ligiously or  Politically  Motivated 

The  Board  of  Regents  strongly  condemns  criminal 
acts  of  destruction  or  violence  against  the  person 
or  property  of  others.  Individuals  committing  such 
acts  at  any  campus  or  facility  of  the  university  will 
be  subject  to  swift  campus  judicial  and  personnel 
action,  including  possible  expulsion  or  termina- 
tion, as  well  as  possible  state  criminal  proceedings. 

The  provisions  of  this  publication  are  not  to  be 
regarded  as  an  irrevocable  contract  between  the 
student  and  the  University  of  Maryland.  The  univer- 
sity reserves  the  right  to  change  a  provision  or 
requirement  at  any  time  within  the  student's  term 
of  residence.  The  university  further  reserves  the 
right,  at  any  time,  to  ask  a  student  to  withdraw 
when  it  considers  such  action  to  be  in  the  best 
interests  of  the  university. 


The  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing  is  an 
affirmative  action,  equal  opportunity  institution.  It 
adheres  to  all  federal  and  state  laws  and  regula- 
tions on  discrimination  regarding  race,  color,  re- 
ligion, age,  national  origin  or  sex.  It  adheres  to  all 
federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations  on  non- 
discrimination regarding  physical  or  mental  hand- 
icap. 

Students  are  considered  for  admission  to  the 
University  of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing  without 
regard  to  race,  color,  creed  or  sex.  It  is  the 
objective  of  the  school  to  enroll  students  with 
diversified  backgrounds  in  order  to  make  the 
educational  experience  more  meaningful  for  each 
individual. 


CAMPUS  MAP 

University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore 


University  &  Campus-Related  Buddings 


Administration  Building 

737  W  Lombard  St 

Allied  Health  Professions  Building 

32  S.  Greene  St 

Baltimore  Student  Union 

621  W  Lombard  St 

OXalter  P.)  Carter  Center 

630  W  Fayette  St. 

Davidge  Hall 

522  W  Lombard  St 

Dental  School 

Hayden  Harris  Hall 

666  W  Baltimore  St 

Dunning  Hall 

636  W  Lombard  St 

East  Hall 

520  W  Lombard  St 


Gray  Laboratory 
520  W  Lombard  St 
10  Greene  Street  Building 
29  S.  Greene  St 

11.  Health  Sciences  Building 
610  W  Lombard  St 

12.  Health  Sciences  Library 
111  S.  GreeneSt 

13.  Howard  Hall 
660W  Redwood  St 

14.  Institute  of  Psychiatry  and 
Human  Behavior 

645  W  Redwood  St 

15.  Kelly  Memorial  Building 
650  W  Lombard  St. 

16.  Law  School,  Lane  Hall 
500  W  Baltimore  St 


17.  Lombard  Building 
511  W  Lombard  St 

18.  Maryland  Institute  for 
Emergency  Medical  Services 
Systems  Shock  Trauma  Center 
22  S.  Greene  St 

19.  Medical  Faculty  Foundation 
Diagnostic  Center 
419421  WReauoodSt. 

20.  Medical  School 
Frank  C.  Bressler 
Research  Building 
655  W  Baltimore  St 

21.  Medical  School  Teaching  Facility 
10  S.  Pine  St 

22.  Medical  Technology 
31  S.  Greene  St 

23.  Methadone  Program 
121  S  Greene  St. 

24.  Newman  Center 
712  W  Lombard  St. 

25.  Nursing  School 

,  ,655  W  Lombard  St 

26.  Parsons  Hall 

622  W  Lombard  St 

27.  Pascault  'Row 

651-655  W  Lexington  St 

28.  Pharmacy  Hall 
20  N.  Pine  St 

29   Pine  Street  Station 
210  N.  Pine  St 

30.  Poe  School 

520  W  Fayette  St 

31.  Pratt  Street  Garage  and 
Athletic  Facility 

646  W  Pratt  St. 

32.  Redwood  Hall 

721  W  Redwood  St 

33.  Ronald  McDonald  House 
635  W  Lexington  St. 

34.  School  of  Social  VCbrk  and 
Community  Planning 

525  W  Redwood  St 

35.  State  Medical 
Examiner's  Building 
111  PennSt. 

36.  Storage  Building 
710  W  Lombard  St 

37.  Tuerk  House 
106  N.  Greene  St 

38.  University  Health  Center 
120  S.  Greene  St 

39.  University  of  Maryland 
Medical  System 

22  S.  Greene  St 

40.  University  Plaza  and  Garage 
Redwood  and  Greene  Sts. 

41.  Vtefem  Health  Center 
700  W  Lombard  St. 

42.  Wstminster  Hall 
515  W  layette  St. 

43.  Whitehurst  Hall 
624  W  Lombard  St 


+-1 

T3 

U. 

c 

H 

X! 

d 

& 

k: 

CO 
Q 

a  4-1 

U 

^ 

o 

0) 

-p 

•H 

a 

c 

en 

CU 

M 

-C 

S-i 

(U 

-p 

a; 

> 

1— 1 

U-l 

•H 

ro 

<u 

c 

<U 

a 

D 

X 

o 
z 


CD 
UJ    CNJ 

kg 

2   K  CO  5?l 
U-   =>   S   g 

o  z  o  ^ 
I      .1 


>- 

U_ 

_l 

UJ 

1 — 

o 

H- 

oc 

oo 

I 

oo 

UJ 

o 

cc 

UJ 

o 
o 

3= 

5= 

~^r- 

C3 

to 

r? 

oo 

to 

The  University  of  Marx  land 

School  of  Nursing 

655  West  Lombard  Street 

Baltimore.  Man  land  21201 


7071CH     7K  I 

'""'  16-12 1577S     XI     *